Language: English
Book: Acts
Chapter 1
Acts 1 General Notes
Structure and formatting
This chapter records an event, commonly known as the "Ascension," when Jesus returned to heaven after he became alive again. He will not come back until he returns at his "second coming." (See: heaven and resurrection)
The UDB has set the words "Dear Theophilus" apart from the other words. This is because English speakers often start letters this way. You might want to start this book the way people start letters in your culture.
Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULB does this with the two quotes from Psalms in 1:20.
Special concepts in this chapter
Baptize
The word "baptize" has two meanings in this chapter. It refers to the water baptism of John and to the baptism of the Holy Spirit (Acts 1:5). (See: baptize)
"He spoke about the kingdom of God"
Some scholars believe that when Jesus "spoke about the kingdom of God," he explained to the disciples why the kingdom of God did not come before he died. Others believe that the kingdom of God did begin while Jesus was alive and that here Jesus was explaining that it was beginning in a new form.
Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
The twelve disciples
The following are the lists of the twelve disciples:
In Matthew:
Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.
In Mark:
Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.
In Luke:
Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.
Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.
Akeldama
This is a phrase in Hebrew or Aramaic. Luke used Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded, and then he told what it means. You should probably spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain the meaning.
Acts 1:1
The former account I wrote
The "former account" is the Gospel of Luke.
Theophilus
Luke wrote this book to a man named Theophilus. Some translations follow their own culture's way of addressing a letter and write "Dear Theophilus" at the beginning of the sentence. Theophilus means "friend of God"
Acts 1:2
until the day that he was taken up
This refers to Jesus's ascension into heaven. Alternate translation: "until the day on which God took him up to heaven" or "until the day that he ascended into heaven"
he had given commands through the Holy Spirit
The Holy Spirit had led Jesus to instruct his apostles on certain things.
Acts 1:3
After his suffering
This refers to Jesus's suffering and death on the cross.
he presented himself alive to them
Jesus appeared to his apostles and to many other disciples.
Acts 1:4
General Information:
Here the word "he" refers to Jesus. Except where otherwise noted, the word "you" in the book of Acts is plural.
Connecting Statement:
This event happened during the 40 days that Jesus appeared to his followers after he had risen from the dead.
When he was meeting together with them
"When Jesus was meeting together with his apostles"
the promise of the Father, about which he said
This is a reference to the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: "the Holy Spirit, whom the Father promised to send, about whom Jesus said"
Acts 1:5
John indeed baptized with water ... baptized with the Holy Spirit
Jesus contrasts how John baptized people in water with how God would baptize believers in the Holy Spirit.
John indeed baptized with water
"John indeed baptized people with water"
you will be baptized
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will baptize you"
Acts 1:6
General Information:
Here the word "they" refers to the apostles.
is this the time you will restore the kingdom to Israel
"will you now make Israel a great kingdom again"
Acts 1:7
the times or the seasons
Possible meanings are 1) the words "times" and "seasons" refer to different kinds of time. Alternate translation: "the general period of time or the specific date" or 2) the two words are basically synonymous. Alternate translation: "the exact time"
Acts 1:8
you will receive power ... and you will be my witnesses
The apostles will receive power that will enable them to be witnesses for Jesus. Alternate translation: "God will empower you ... to be my witnesses"
to the ends of the earth
Possible meanings are 1) "all over the world" or 2) "to the places on earth that are farthest away"
Acts 1:9
as they were looking up
"as they watched." The apostles "were looking" at Jesus because Jesus rose into the sky. Alternate translation: "as they were looking up at the sky"
he was raised up
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he rose up into the sky" or "God raised him up into the sky"
a cloud hid him from their eyes
"a cloud blocked their view so that they could no longer see him"
Acts 1:10
looking intensely to heaven
"staring at the sky" or "gazing at the sky"
Acts 1:11
of Galilee
"from Galilee"
will return in the same manner
Jesus ascended into the sky, through the clouds, and the clouds hid him Acts 1:9. He will return from the sky, through (or on) the clouds, and people will be able to see him.
Acts 1:12
Then they returned
"The apostles returned"
a Sabbath day's journey
This refers to the distance which, according to Rabbinical tradition, a person was allowed to walk on a Sabbath day. Alternate translation: "about one kilometer away"
Acts 1:13
When they arrived
"When they reached their destination." Verse 12 says they were returning to Jerusalem.
the upper chamber
"the room on the upper level of the house"
Acts 1:14
They all were devoted ... to prayer
They all spent much time ... praying
with one purpose
The phrase "with one purpose" translates a word that speaks of people who agree with each other and who work together to accomplish a common purpose.
Acts 1:15
Connecting Statement:
This event happened during the time that Peter and the other believers were staying together in the upper room.
In those days
These words mark the beginning of a new part of the story. They refer to the period of time after Jesus ascended. On many days after Jesus ascended, the disciples met in the upper chamber. Alternate translation: "During that time"
120 names
"one hundred and twenty names"
names
The word "names" is a metonym for the people whose names they were. Alternate translation: "people"
in the midst of the brothers
Here the word "brothers" refers to fellow believers and includes both men and women.
Acts 1:16
it was necessary that the scripture should be fulfilled
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the things that we read about in scripture had to take place"
by the mouth of David
The word "mouth" refers to the words that David wrote. Alternate translation: "through the words of David"
Acts 1:17
General Information:
Although Peter is addressing the entire group of people, here the word "us" refers only to the apostles.
Connecting Statement:
In verse 17 Peter continues his speech to the believers that he began in Acts 1:16.
Acts 1:18
General Information:
The author begins to tell the reader background information about how Judas died and what people called the field where he died. This is not part of Peter's speech.
Now this man
The words "this man" refers to Judas Iscariot.
the earnings he received for his wickedness
"the money that he earned from the evil thing that he did." The words "his wickedness" refer to Judas Iscariot's betraying Jesus to the people who killed him.
there he fell headfirst, and his body burst open, and all his intestines poured out
This suggests that Judas fell from a high place, rather than just falling down. The fall was severe enough to cause his body to burst open. Other passages of scripture mention that he hanged himself.
Acts 1:19
General Information:
The author finishes telling the reader background information about how Judas died and what people called the field where he died. This is not part of Peter's speech.
Field of Blood
When the people living in Jerusalem heard of the way in which Judas died, they renamed the field.
Acts 1:20
General Information:
Based on the situation with Judas that Peter just recounted, he recalls two Psalms of David that relate to the incident. The quote ends at the end of this verse.
Connecting Statement:
Peter continues his speech to the believers that he began in Acts 1:16.
For it is written in the Book of Psalms
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For David wrote in the Book of Psalms"
Let his field be made desolate, and do not let even one person live there
These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words.
Let his field be made desolate
Possible meanings are 1) that the word "field" refers to the field where Judas died or 2) that the word "field" refers to Judas's dwelling place and is a metaphor for his family line.
be made desolate
"become empty"
Acts 1:21
General Information:
Here the word "us" refers to the apostles and does not include the audience to whom Peter is speaking.
Connecting Statement:
Peter finishes his speech to the believers that he began in Acts 1:16.
It is necessary, therefore
Based on the scriptures that he quoted and on what Judas had done, Peter tells the group what they must do.
the Lord Jesus went in and out among us
Going in and out among a group of people is a metaphor for openly being part of that group. Alternate translation: "the Lord Jesus lived among us"
Acts 1:22
beginning from the baptism of John ... become a witness with us of his resurrection
The qualification for the new apostle that began with the words "It is necessary ... that one of the men who accompanied us" in verse 21 ends here. The subject of the verb "become" is thus "one of the men." Here is a reduced form of the sentence: "It is necessary ... that one of the men who accompanied us ... beginning from the baptism of John ... must become a witness with us."
beginning from the baptism of John
The noun "baptism" can be translated as a verb. Possible meanings: 1) "beginning from when John baptized Jesus" or 2) "beginning from when John baptized people"
to the day that he was taken up from us
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "until the day when Jesus left us and rose up to heaven" or "until the day that God took him up from us"
become a witness with us of his resurrection
"must begin to testify with us about his resurrection"
Acts 1:23
They put forward two men
Here the word "They" refers to all of the believers who were present. Alternate translation: "They proposed two men who fulfilled the requirements that Peter listed"
Joseph called Barsabbas, who was also called Justus
This can be translated with an active form. Alternate translation: "Joseph, whom people also called Barsabbas and Justus"
Acts 1:24
They prayed and said
Here the word "They" refers to all of the believers, but it was probably one of the apostles who spoke these words. Alternate translation: "The believers prayed together and one of the apostles said"
You, Lord, know the hearts of all people
Here the word "hearts" refers to the thoughts and motives. Alternate translation: "You, Lord, know the thoughts and motives of everyone"
Acts 1:25
to take the place in this ministry and apostleship
Here the word "apostleship" defines what kind of "ministry" this is. Alternate translation: "to take Judas's place in this apostolic ministry" or "to take Judas's place in serving as an apostle"
from which Judas turned away
Here the expression "turned away" means that Judas stopped performing this ministry. Alternate translation: "which Judas stopped fulfilling"
to go to his own place
This phrase refers to Judas's death and likely to his judgment after death. Alternate translation: "to go where he belongs"
Acts 1:26
They cast lots for them
The apostles cast lots to decide between Joseph and Matthias.
the lot fell to Matthias
The lot indicated that Matthias was the one to replace Judas.
he was numbered with the eleven apostles
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the believers considered him to be an apostle with the other eleven"
Chapter 2
Acts 2 General Notes
Structure and formatting
Some translations set poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to show that it is poetry. The ULB does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 2:17-21, 25-28, and 34-35.
Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULB does this with the quoted material in 2:31.
The events described in this chapter are commonly called "Pentecost." Many people believe that the church began to exist when the Holy Spirit came to live inside believers at Pentecost.
Special concepts in this chapter
Tongues
The word "tongues" has two meanings in this chapter. Luke describes what came down from heaven (Acts 2:3](../../act/02/03.md)) as tongues that looked like fire. This is different from "a tongue of flame," which is a fire that looks like a tongue. Luke also uses the word "tongues" to describe the languages that the people spoke after the Holy Spirit filled them ([Acts 2:4).
Last days
No one knows for sure when the "last days" (Acts 2:17) began. Your translation should not say more than the ULB does about this. (See: lastday)
Baptize
The word "baptize" in this chapter refers to Christian baptism (Acts 2:38-41). Though the event described in Acts 2:1-11 is the baptism of the Holy Spirit that Jesus promised in Acts 1:5, the word "baptize" here does not refer to that event. (See: baptize)
The prophecy of Joel
Many of the things that Joel said would happen did happen on the day of Pentecost (Acts 2:17-18), but some things Joel spoke of have not happened yet (Acts 2:19-20). (See: prophet)
Wonders and signs
These words refer to things that only God could do, things that showed that Jesus was who the disciples said he was.
Acts 2:1
General Information:
This is a new event; it is now the Day of Pentecost, 50 days after Passover.
Here the word "they" refers to the apostles and the other 120 believers that Luke mentions in Acts 1:15.
Acts 2:2
Suddenly
This word explains that no one expected to hear the sound or to have it fill the house.
a sound like the rush of a violent wind came from heaven
Possible meanings are 1) "heaven" refers to the place where God lives. Alternate translation: "a sound came from heaven" or 2) "heaven" refers to the sky. Alternate translation: "a sound came from the sky"
the whole house
This may have been a house or a larger building.
Acts 2:3
There appeared to them tongues like fire
These might have been something that looked like tongues or like fire, not actual tongues or fire. Possible meanings are 1) tongues that looked like they were made of fire or 2) small flames of fire that looked like tongues. When fire burns in a small space, such as on a lamp, the flame can be shaped like a tongue.
that were distributed, and they sat upon each one of them
This means that the "tongues like fire" spread out so that there was one on each person.
Acts 2:4
They were all filled with the Holy Spirit and
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The Holy Spirit filled all of those who were there and they"
speak in other tongues
They were speaking in languages that they did not already know.
as the Spirit gave them the ability
The Holy Spirit gave them the ability to speak; they were dependent on the Spirit to speak in different languages.
Acts 2:5
General Information:
Here the word "them" refers to the believers; the word "his" refers to each person in the multitude. Verse 5 gives background information about the large number of Jews who were living in Jerusalem, many of whom were present during this event.
godly men
Here "godly men" refers to people who were devout in their worship of God and tried to obey all of the Jewish laws.
every nation under heaven
"every nation in the world." The word "every" is an exaggeration that emphasizes that the people came from many different nations. Alternate translation: "many different nations"
Acts 2:6
When this sound was heard
This refers to the sound that was similar to a strong wind. Alternate translation: "When they heard this sound"
the multitude
"the large crowd of people"
Acts 2:7
They were amazed and marveled
These two words share similar meanings. Together they emphasize the intensity of amazement. Alternate translation: "They were greatly amazed"
Really, are not all these who are speaking Galileans?
The people ask this question to express their amazement. The question could be changed to an exclamation. Alternate translation: "All of these Galileans could not possibly know our languages!"
Acts 2:8
Why is it that we are hearing them, each in our own language in which we were born?
Possible meanings are 1) this is a rhetorical question that expresses how amazed they were or 2) this is a real question for which the people wanted an answer.
in our own language in which we were born
"in our own languages that we have learned from birth"
Acts 2:9
Parthians ... Medes ... Elamites
These are names of people groups.
Mesopotamia ... Judea ... Cappadocia ... Pontus ... Asia
These are names of large areas of land.
Acts 2:10
Phrygia ... Pamphylia ... Egypt ... Libya ... Cyrene
These are names of large areas of land.
Acts 2:11
Cretans ... Arabians
These are names of people groups.
proselytes
converts to the Jewish religion
Acts 2:12
amazed and perplexed
These two words share similar meanings. Together they emphasize that the people could not understand what was happening. Alternate translation: "surprised and confused"
Acts 2:13
They are full of new wine
Some people accuse the believers of having drunk too much wine. Alternate translation: "They are drunk"
new wine
This refers to wine that is in the process of fermentation.
Acts 2:14
Connecting Statement:
Peter begins his speech to the Jews who were there on the Day of Pentecost.
stood with the eleven
All the apostles stood up in support of Peter's statement.
raised his voice
This is an idiom for "spoke loudly."
declared to them
Made a formal, important speech to them. See how you translated "make declarations" in Acts 2:4.
let this be known to you
This means that Peter is about to explain the meaning of what the people had witnessed. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "know this" or "let me explain this to you"
pay attention to my words
Peter was referring to what he was saying. Alternate translation: "listen carefully to what I am saying"
Acts 2:15
it is only the third hour of the day
"It is only nine o'clock in the morning." Peter expected his audience to know that people do not get drunk that early in the day.
Acts 2:16
General Information:
Here Peter tells them a passage about which the prophet Joel wrote in the Old Testament that relates to what is happening with the languages in which the believers spoke. This is written in the form of poetry as well as being a quotation.
this is what was spoken through the prophet Joel
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "this is what God told the prophet Joel to write" or "this is that which the prophet Joel spoke"
Acts 2:17
It will be
"This is what will happen" or "This is what I will do"
I will pour out my Spirit on all flesh
Here the words "pour out" mean to give generously and abundantly. Alternate translation: "I will give my Spirit abundantly to all flesh"
all flesh
This is a hyperbolic metonym that refers to all people by speaking of them as all living creatures, who have flesh. Alternate translation: "all people"
Acts 2:18
Connecting Statement:
Peter continues to quote the prophet Joel.
my servants and my female servants
"both my male and my female servants." These words emphasize that God will pour out his Spirit on all of his servants, both men and women.
I will pour out my Spirit
Here the words "pour out" mean to give generously and abundantly. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:17]
Acts 2:19
vapor of smoke
"thick smoke" or "clouds of smoke"
Acts 2:20
Connecting Statement:
Peter finishes quoting the prophet Joel.
The sun will be turned to darkness
This means that the sun will appear to be dark instead of light. Alternate translation: "The sun will become dark"
the moon to blood
This means that the moon will appear to be red like blood. Alternate translation: "the moon will be turned to blood" or "the moon will appear to be red"
the great and remarkable day
The words "great" and "remarkable" share similar meanings and emphasize the intensity of greatness. Alternate translation: "the very great day"
remarkable
great and beautiful
Acts 2:21
everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Lord will save everyone who calls on him"
Acts 2:22
Connecting Statement:
Peter continues his speech to the Jews that he began in Acts 1:16.
hear these words
"listen to what I am about to say"
accredited to you by God with the mighty deeds and wonders and signs
This means that God proved that he had appointed Jesus for his mission, and proved who he was by his many miracles.
Acts 2:23
by God's predetermined plan and foreknowledge
The nouns "plan" and "foreknowledge" can be translated as verbs. This means that God planned out and knew beforehand what would happen to Jesus. Alternate translation: "because God planned out and knew beforehand everything that would happen"
This man was handed over
Possible meanings: 1) "you handed Jesus over into the hands of his enemies" or 2) "Judas betrayed Jesus to you."
you, by the hand of lawless men, put him to death by nailing him to a cross
Although "lawless men" actually crucified Jesus, Peter accuses the crowd of having killed him because they demanded his death.
by the hand of lawless men
Here "hand" refers to the actions of the lawless men. Alternate translation: "through the actions of lawless men" or "by what lawless men did"
lawless men
Possible meanings are 1) the unbelieving Jews who accused Jesus of crimes or 2) the Roman soldiers who performed the execution of Jesus.
Acts 2:24
But God raised him up
Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "But God caused him to live again"
freeing him from the agonies of death
He speaks of the agonies of dying as if God were freeing Christ from ropes that were binding Jesus. Alternate translation: "ending the pains of death"
for him to be held by it
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for death to hold him"
for him to be held by it
Peter speaks of Christ remaining dead as if death were a person who held him captive. Alternate translation: "for him to remain dead"
Acts 2:25
General Information:
Here Peter quotes a passage that David wrote in a Psalm which relates to Jesus's crucifixion and resurrection. Since Peter says that David said these words about Jesus, the words "I" and "my" refer to Jesus and the words "Lord" and "he" refer to God.
For David says about him, 'I saw
The context makes it plain that this is an elliptical way of saying that David was speaking as if David were the Messiah. Alternate translation: "For David spoke these words as if he were the Christ: 'I saw"
before my face
"in front of me." Alternate translation: "in my presence" or "with me"
beside my right hand
To be at someone's "right hand" often means to be in a position to help and sustain. Alternate translation: "right beside me" or "with me to help me"
I should not be moved
Here the word "moved" means to be troubled. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people will not be able to cause me trouble" or "nothing will trouble me"
Acts 2:26
my heart was glad and my tongue rejoiced
People consider the "heart" the center of emotions and the "tongue" voices those emotions. Alternate translation: "I was glad and rejoiced"
my flesh will live in hope
Possible meanings of the phrase "my flesh" are 1) it indicates that the writer is a mortal who will die. Alternate translation: "even though I am only mortal, I will live in hope" or 2) it is a synecdoche for the writer's entire person. Alternate translation: "I will live in hope"
will live in hope
Here the word "hope" refers to a person's confidence that what he desires will happen. Since the speaker hoped that God would rescue him, "in hope" could be translated as "in confidence in God." The phrase "live in hope" can also be translated with the phrases "confidently expect," "confidently wait," or "trust." Alternate translation: "will live with confidence in God" or "will confidently wait for God to rescue me"
Acts 2:27
General Information:
Since Peter says that David said these words about Jesus, the words "my," "Holy One," and "me" refer to Jesus and the words "you" and "your" refer to God.
Connecting Statement:
Peter finishes quoting David.
neither will you allow your Holy One to see decay
The Messiah, Jesus, refers to himself with the words "your Holy One." Alternate translation: "neither will you allow me, your Holy One, to see decay"
to see decay
Here the word "see" means to experience something. The word "decay" refers to the decomposition of his body after death. Alternate translation: "to decay"
Acts 2:28
the ways of life
"the ways that lead to life"
full of gladness with your face
Here the word "face" refers to the presence of God. Alternate translation: "very glad when I see you" or "very glad when I am in your presence"
gladness
joy, happiness
Acts 2:29
General Information:
The words "he" and "his" refer to David.
Connecting Statement:
Peter continues the speech to the Jews that surround him and the other believers in Jerusalem, which he began in Acts 1:16.
Brothers, it
"My fellow Jews, it"
it is proper for me to speak
Or "it is possible." He is able to speak because it is proper for him to do so.
he both died and was buried
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he died and people buried him"
Acts 2:30
he would set one of the fruit of his loins on his throne
"God would set one of David's fruit upon David's throne." Alternate translation: "God would appoint one of David's fruit to be king in David's place"
one of the fruit of his loins
This is a metaphor for a child or other descendant. Alternate translation: "one of his children" or "one of his descendants"
Acts 2:31
he was neither abandoned to Hades, nor did his flesh see decay
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Neither did God abandon him to Hades nor did his flesh see decay" or "God did not abandon him to Hades, and his flesh did not see decay"
did his flesh see decay
Here the word "see" means to experience something. The word "decay" refers to the decomposition of his body after death. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:27]
Acts 2:32
This Jesus—God raised him up
Peter talks again about Jesus. Alternate Translation: "It is this Jesus whom God raised up" or "God raised up this Jesus"
God raised him up
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "God caused him to live again"
Acts 2:33
having been exalted to the right hand of God
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "because God has exalted Jesus up to his right hand"
having been exalted to the right hand of God
"Right hand of God" here is an idiom that means that Christ will rule as God, with God’s authority. Alternate translation: "Christ is in the position of God"
he has poured out what
Here the words "poured out" mean that Jesus, who is God, made these events to happen. It is implicit that he did this by giving the Holy Spirit to the believers. Alternate translation: "he has caused to happen these things that"
has poured out
"has given generously and abundantly." See how you translated a similar phrase in Acts 2:17. Alternate translation: "given abundantly"
Acts 2:34
General Information:
Peter again quotes one of David's Psalms. David is not speaking of himself in this Psalm. "The Lord" and "my" refer to God; "my Lord" and "your" refer to Jesus the Messiah.
Connecting Statement:
Peter finishes his speech to the Jews that he began in Acts 1:16.
Sit at my right hand
To sit at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "Sit in the place of honor beside me"
Acts 2:35
until I make your enemies the footstool for your feet
This means that God will completely defeat the Messiah's enemies and make them subject to him. Alternate translation: "until I make you victorious over all of your enemies"
Acts 2:36
all the house of Israel
This refers to the entire nation of Israel. Alternate translation: "every Israelite"
Acts 2:37
General Information:
Here the word "they" refers to the people in the crowd to whom Peter spoke.
Connecting Statement:
The Jews respond to Peter's speech and Peter answers them.
when they heard this
"when the people heard what Peter had said"
they were pierced in their hearts, and said
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Peter's words pierced their hearts, and they said"
pierced in their hearts
This means that the people felt guilty and became very sad. Alternate translation: "deeply troubled"
Acts 2:38
be baptized
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "allow us to baptize you"
in the name of Jesus Christ
"In the name of" here is a metonym for "by the authority of" Alternate translation: "by the authority of Jesus Christ"
Acts 2:39
all who are far off
This means either 1) "all people who live far away" or 2) "all people who are far from God."
Acts 2:40
he testified and exhorted them
"he seriously told them." Here the word "testified" and "begged" share similar meanings and emphasize that Peter urged them strongly to respond to what he was saying. Alternate translation: "he strongly urged them"
exhorted
or "pleaded with"
Be saved from this perverse generation
The implication is that God will punish "this perverse generation." Alternate translation: "Be saved from the punishment that these wicked people will suffer"
Be saved
Possible meanings are 1) Peter was urging people to let God save them. Alternate translation: "Let God save you," or 2) Peter was simply urging them in a general way to avoid being punished. Alternate translation: "Save yourselves" or "Flee" or "Escape"
Acts 2:41
Connecting Statement:
This is the end of the part of the story that happened on the Day of Pentecost.
they received his word
Here the word "received" means that they accepted what Peter said to be true. Alternate translation: "they believed what Peter said"
were baptized
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people baptized them"
there were added in that day about three thousand souls
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "about three thousand souls joined the believers on that day"
about three thousand souls
Here the word "souls" refers to people. Alternate translation: "about 3,000 people"
Acts 2:42
Connecting Statement:
This section explains how the believers continued to live after the Day of Pentecost.
the breaking of bread
Bread was part of their meals. These words could refer to 1) any meals they might eat together. Alternate translation: "eating meals together" or 2) meals they would eat together in order to remember Christ's death and resurrection. Alternate translation: "eating the Lord's Supper together"
Acts 2:43
Fear came upon every soul
Here the word "Fear" refers to deep respect and awe for God. The word "soul" refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: "Each person felt a deep respect and awe for God"
many wonders and signs were done through the apostles
Possible meanings are 1) "the apostles performed many wonders and signs" or 2) "God performed many wonders and signs through the apostles"
wonders and signs
"miraculous deeds and supernatural events." See how you translated this in Acts 2:22.
Acts 2:44
All who believed were together
Possible meanings are 1) "All of them believed the same thing" or 2) "All who believed were together in the same place."
had all things in common
"shared their belongings with one another"
Acts 2:45
property and possessions
"land and things they owned"
distributed them to all
Here the word "them" refers to the profit that they made from selling their property and possessions. Alternate translation: "distributed the proceeds to all"
according to the needs anyone had
They distributed the proceeds that they earned from selling their property and possessions to any believer who had a need.
Acts 2:46
they devoted themselves with one purpose in the temple
You may need to supply the words that have been omitted in this ellipse. What they devoted themselves to doing is stated in verse 42. Alternate translation: "they devoted themselves to the apostles' teaching with one purpose in the temple"
with one purpose
This phrase translates a word that speaks of people who agree with each other and who work together to accomplish a common purpose.
They also broke bread in homes
Bread was part of their meals. Alternate translation: "They also ate meals together in their homes"
Acts 2:47
praising God and having favor with all the people
"praising God. All the people approved of them"
those who were being saved
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "those whom the Lord saved"
Chapter 3
Acts 3 General Notes
Special concepts in this chapter
The covenant God made with Abraham
This chapter explains that Jesus came to the Jews because God was fulfilling part of the covenant he had made with Abraham. Peter thought that the Jews were the ones who were truly guilty of killing Jesus, but he wanted them to understand that Jesus, by living and dying, had fulfilled God's promise to Abraham and that if they repented, God would forgive them.
Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
"You delivered up"
The Romans were the ones who killed Jesus, but they killed him because the Jews captured him, brought him to the Romans, and told the Romans to kill him. For this reason Peter thought that they were the ones who were truly guilty of killing Jesus. But he tells them that they are also the first ones to whom God has sent Jesus's followers to invite them to repent (Acts 3:26). (See: repent)
Acts 3:1
Connecting Statement:
One day Peter and John go to the temple.
into the temple
They did not go into the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: "to the temple courtyard" or "into the temple area"
Acts 3:2
a man who was lame from his mother's womb was being carried
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people were carrying a man who was lame from from his mother's womb"
from his mother's womb
"ever since he was born"
the temple gate called Beautiful
This was one of the gates in the high, strong wall that surrounded the temple. People sometimes gathered near the gate.
lame
unable to walk
Acts 3:3
General Information:
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Acts 3:4
Peter, fastening his eyes upon him, with John, said
Both Peter and John looked at the man, but only Peter spoke.
fastening his eyes upon him
Possible meanings are 1) "looking directly at him" or 2) "looking intently at him"
Acts 3:5
The lame man looked at them
Here the word "looked" means to pay attention to something. Alternate translation: "The lame man paid close attention to them"
Acts 3:6
Silver and gold I do not have
"I do not own any silver or gold"
Silver and gold
These words refer to money.
what I do have
It is understood that Peter has the ability to heal the man.
In the name of Jesus Christ
Here the word "name" refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: "With the authority of Jesus Christ"
Acts 3:7
Peter raised him up
"Peter caused him to stand"
Acts 3:8
he entered ... into the temple
He did not go inside the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: "he entered ... the temple area" or "he entered ... into the temple courtyard"
Acts 3:9
General Information:
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Acts 3:10
noticed that it was the man
"realized that it was the man" or "recognized him as the man"
the Beautiful Gate
This was the name of one of the entrances to the temple area. See how you translated a similar phrase in Acts 3:2.
they were filled with wonder and amazement
Here the words "wonder" and "amazement" share similar meanings and emphasize the intensity of the people's amazement. Alternate translation: "they were extremely amazed"
Acts 3:11
General Information:
The phrase "in the porch that is called Solomon's" makes it clear that they were not inside the temple where only the priests were allowed to enter. Here the words "us" and "we" refer to Peter and John but not to the crowd to whom Peter is talking.
Connecting Statement:
After healing the man who could not walk, Peter talks to the people.
the porch that is called Solomon's
"Solomon's Porch." This was a covered walkway that consisted of rows of pillars that supported a roof, and which people named after king Solomon. It was in the temple courtyard.
greatly marveling
"extremely surprised"
Acts 3:12
When Peter saw this
Here the word "this" refers to the amazement of the people.
You Israelite men
"Fellow Israelites." Peter was addressing the crowd.
why do you marvel?
Peter asks this question to emphasize that they should not be surprised by what had happened. Alternate translation: "you should not be surprised."
Why do you fix your eyes on us, as if we made him walk by our own power or godliness?
Peter asks this question to emphasize that the people should not think that he and John had healed the man by their own abilities. This could be written as two statements. Alternate translation: "Do not fix your eyes on us. We did not make him walk by our own power or godliness."
fix your eyes on us
This means that they looked intently at them without stopping. Alternate translation: "stare at us" or "look at us"
Acts 3:13
Connecting Statement:
Peter continues his speech to the Jews that he began in Acts 3:12.
rejected before the face of Pilate
Here the phrase "before the face of" means "in the presence of." Alternate translation: "rejected in Pilate's presence"
when he had decided to release him
"when Pilate had decided to release Jesus"
Acts 3:14
for a murderer to be given to you
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for Pilate to release a murderer to you"
Acts 3:15
General Information:
Here the word "we" includes just Peter and John.
the Founder of life
This refers to Jesus. Possible meanings are 1) "the one who gives people eternal life" or 2) "the ruler of life" or 3) "the one who leads people to life"
Acts 3:16
On the basis of faith in his name
Possible meanings are 1) this is the reason the man was made strong. Alternate translation: "Because of faith in his name" or 2) this is how the man was made strong. Alternate translation: "By faith in his name"
On the basis of faith in his name
The word "his" refers to the Founder of life, Jesus. The abstract noun "faith" can be translated with the verb "believe." Possible meanings are 1) the lame man had faith in Jesus. Alternate translation: "Because he believed in Jesus name" or 2) Peter and John, and perhaps the lame man, had faith in Jesus. Alternate translation: "Because we believed in Jesus's name"
his name
The phrase "his name" is a metonym either for Jesus or for Jesus's power.
made this man ... strong
"made this man ... well"
The faith that is through Jesus
Possible meanings are 1) this is the faith that Jesus enables people to have. Alternate translation: "The faith that comes from Jesus" or 2) this is faith in Jesus.
Acts 3:17
Now
Here Peter shifts the audience's attention from the lame man and continues to talk to them directly.
you acted in ignorance
Possible meanings are 1) that the people did not know that Jesus was the Messiah or 2) that the people did not understand the significance of what they were doing.
Acts 3:18
God foretold by the mouth of all the prophets
When the prophets spoke, it was as though God himself was speaking because he told them what to say. Alternate translation: "God foretold by telling all of the prophets what to speak"
God foretold
"God spoke about ahead of time" or "God told about before they happened"
the mouth of all the prophets
Here the word "mouth" refers to the words that the prophets spoke and wrote down. Alternate translation: "the words of all the prophets"
Acts 3:19
and turn
"and turn to the Lord." Here "turn" is a metaphor for starting to obey the Lord. Alternate translation: "and start obeying the Lord"
so that your sins may be blotted out
Here "blotted out" is a metaphor for forgiving. Sins are spoken of as if they are written in a book and God erases them from the book when he forgives them. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that God will forgive you for sinning against him"
Acts 3:20
times of refreshing
Possible meanings are 1) "times when God will strengthen your spirits" or 2) "times when God will revive you"
from the presence of the Lord
Here the words "presence of the Lord" is a metonym for the Lord himself. Alternate translation: "from the Lord"
that he may send the Christ
"that he may again send the Christ." This refers to Christ's coming again.
who has been appointed for you
This may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom he has appointed for you"
Acts 3:21
Connecting Statement:
Peter continues the speech that he began in Acts 3:12 to the Jews who stood in the temple area.
He is the One heaven must receive
"He is the One heaven must welcome." Peter speaks of heaven as if it were a person who welcomes Jesus into his home.
heaven must receive until
This means that it is necessary for Jesus to remain in heaven because that is what God has planned.
until the time of the restoration of all things
Possible meanings are 1) "until the time when God will restore all things" or 2) "until the time when God will fulfill everything that he foretold."
about which God spoke from ancient times by the mouth of his holy prophets
When the prophets spoke long ago, it was as if God himself was speaking because he told them what to say. Alternate translation: "about which things God spoke long ago by telling his holy prophets to speak about them"
the mouth of his holy prophets
Here the word "mouth" refers to the words that the prophets spoke and wrote down. Alternate translation: "the words of his holy prophets"
Acts 3:22
General Information:
Peter begins to quote something Moses told the Israelites before the Messiah came.
will raise up a prophet like me from among your brothers
"will cause one of your brothers to become a true prophet, and everyone will know about him"
your brothers
"your nation"
Acts 3:23
that prophet will be completely destroyed
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that prophet, God will completely destroy"
Acts 3:24
Connecting Statement:
Peter finishes his speech to the Jews that he began in Acts 3:12.
Yes, and all the prophets
"In fact, all the prophets." Here the word "Yes" adds emphasis to what follows.
from Samuel and those who came after him
"beginning with Samuel and continuing with the prophets who lived after he did"
these days
"these times" or "the things that are happening now"
Acts 3:25
You are the sons of the prophets and of the covenant
Here the word "sons" refers to heirs who will receive what the prophets and the covenant promised. Alternate translation: "You are the heirs of the prophets and heirs of the covenant"
In your seed
"Because of your offspring"
all the families of the earth will be blessed
Here the word "families" refers to people groups or nations. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I will bless all the people groups in the world"
Acts 3:26
After God raised up his servant
"After God caused Jesus to become his servant and made him famous"
his servant
This refers to the Messiah, Jesus.
turning every one of you from your wickedness
Here "turning ... from" is a metaphor for causing someone stop doing something. Alternate translation: "causing every one of you to stop doing wicked things" or "causing every one of you to repent from your wickedness"
Chapter 4
Acts 4 General Notes
Structure and formatting
Some translations set poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to show that it is poetry. The ULB does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 4:25-26.
Special concepts in this chapter
Unity
The first Christians wanted very much to be united. They wanted to believe the same things and share everything they owned and help those who needed help.
"Signs and wonders"
This phrase refers to things that only God can do. The Christians wanted God to do what only he can do so that people would believe that what they said about Jesus was true.
Important figures of speech in this chapter
Cornerstone
The cornerstone was the first piece of stone that people put down when they were building a building. This is a metaphor for the most important part of something, the part on which everything depends. To say that Jesus is the cornerstone of the church is to say that nothing in the church is more important than Jesus and that everything about the church depends on Jesus. (See: and faith)
Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
Name
"There is no other name under heaven given among men by which we must be saved" (Acts 4:12). With these words Peter was saying that no other person who has ever been on the earth or will ever be on earth can save people.
Acts 4:1
Connecting Statement:
The religious leaders arrest Peter and John after Peter's having healed the man who was born lame.
came upon them
"approached them" or "came to them"
Acts 4:2
They were deeply troubled
"They were very angry." The Sadducees, in particular, would have been angry about what Peter and John were saying because they did not believe in resurrection.
proclaiming in Jesus the resurrection from the dead
Peter and John were saying that God would raise people from the dead in the same way as he had raised Jesus from among the dead. Translate this in a way that allows "the resurrection" to refer to both Jesus's resurrection and the general resurrection of other people.
from the dead
From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
Acts 4:3
They laid hands on them
"The priests, the captain of the temple, and the Sadducees arrested Peter and John"
since it was now evening
It was common practice not to question people at night.
Acts 4:4
the number of the men who believed
This refers only to men and does not include how many women or children believed.
was about five thousand
"grew to about five thousand"
Acts 4:5
General Information:
Here the word "their" refers to the Jewish people as a whole.
Connecting Statement:
The rulers question Peter and John, who answer without fear.
It came about ... that
This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
their rulers, elders, and scribes
This is a reference to the Sanhedrin, the Jewish ruling court, which consisted of these three groups of people.
Acts 4:6
John, and Alexander
These two men were members of the high priest's family. This is not the same John as the apostle.
Acts 4:7
By what power
"Who gave you power"
in what name
Here the word "name" refers to authority. Alternate translation: "by whose authority"
Acts 4:8
Then Peter, filled with the Holy Spirit, said
This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:4]
Acts 4:9
we are on trial today
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you are questioning us today"
by what means this man was healed
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "by what means we have made this man well"
Acts 4:10
let it be known to you all and to all the people of Israel
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "May all of you and all of the people of Israel know this"
to you all and to all the people of Israel
"to you who are questioning us and to all the other people of Israel"
in the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth
Here the word "name" refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: "by the power of Jesus Christ of Nazareth"
whom God raised from the dead
Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "whom God caused to live again"
Acts 4:11
Connecting Statement:
Peter completes his speech to the Jewish religious rulers that he began in Acts 4:8.
Jesus Christ is the stone ... which has been made the cornerstone
Peter is quoting from the Psalms. This is a metaphor that means the religious leaders, like builders, rejected Jesus, but God will made him the most important in his kingdom, as a cornerstone in a building is important.
you builders rejected
"you builders thought was worth nothing"
Acts 4:12
General Information:
Here the word "we" refers to Peter as well as those to whom he is speaking.
There is no salvation in any other person
The noun "salvation" can be translated as a verb. This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: "He is the only person who is able to save"
no other name under heaven given among men
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "no other name under heaven that God has given among men"
no other name ... given among men by which
The phrase "name ... given among men" refers to the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: "no other person under heaven, who is given among men, by whom"
under heaven
This is a way of referring to everywhere in the world. Alternate translation: "in the world"
by which we must be saved
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "which can save us" or "who can save us"
Acts 4:13
General Information:
Here the second instance of "they" refers to Peter and John. All other occurrences of the word "they" in this section refer to the Jewish leaders.
the boldness of Peter and John
Here the abstract noun "boldness" refers to the way in which Peter and John responded to the Jewish leaders, and can be translated with an adverb or an adjective. Alternate translation: "how boldly Peter and John had spoken" or "how bold Peter and John were"
boldness
bravery, courage, lack of fear. A person with boldness is not afraid.
realized that they were ordinary, uneducated men
The Jewish leaders "realized" this because of the way Peter and John spoke.
and realized
"and understood"
ordinary, uneducated men
The words "ordinary" and "uneducated" share similar meanings. They emphasize that Peter and John had received no formal training in Jewish law.
Acts 4:14
the man who was healed
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the man whom Peter and John had healed"
nothing to say against this
"nothing to say against Peter and John's healing of the man." Here the word "this" refers to what Peter and John had done.
Acts 4:15
the apostles
This refers to Peter and John.
Acts 4:16
What should we do with these men?
The Jewish leaders ask this question out of frustration because they could not think of what to do with Peter and John. Alternate translation: "There is nothing that we can do with these men!"
For a remarkable sign has been done through them, and this is evident to everyone who lives in Jerusalem
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For God has done a remarkable sign through them, and everyone who lives in Jerusalem has seen it" or "For everyone who lives in Jerusalem knows that they have done a remarkable sign"
sign
The miracle of healing was a sign that Peter and John were obeying God, who did the healing.
everyone who lives in Jerusalem
This is a generalization. It may also be an exaggeration to show that the leaders think that this is a very big problem. Alternate translation: "many of the people who live in Jerusalem" or "people who live throughout Jerusalem"
Acts 4:17
in order that it spreads no further
Here the word "it" refers to any miracles or teaching Peter and John might continue to do. Alternate translation: "in order that news of this miracle spreads no further" or "in order that no more people hear about this miracle"
not to speak anymore to anyone in this name
Here the word "name" refers to the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: "not to speak anymore to anyone about this person, Jesus"
Acts 4:18
General Information:
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Acts 4:19
Whether it is proper in the sight of God
Here the phrase "in the sight of God" refers to God's opinion. Alternate translation: "Whether God thinks it is right"
Acts 4:20
General Information:
Here the word "we" refers to Peter and John but not to those whom they are addressing.
Acts 4:21
After further warning
The Jewish leaders again threatened to punish Peter and John.
They were unable to find any excuse to punish them
Although the Jewish leaders threatened Peter and John, they could not find a reason to punish them without causing the people to riot.
for what had been done
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for what Peter and John had done"
Acts 4:22
General Information:
This verse gives background information about the age of the lame man who was healed.
The man who had experienced this sign of healing
"The man whom Peter and John had miraculously healed"
this sign
The miracle of healing was a sign that Peter and John were obeying God, who did the healing.
Acts 4:23
came to their own people
The phrase "their own people" refers to the rest of the believers. Alternate translation: "went to the other believers"
Acts 4:24
General Information:
Speaking together, the people quote a Psalm of David from the Old Testament. Here the word "they" refers to the rest of the believers, but not to Peter and John.
they raised their voices with one purpose to God
To raise the voice is an idiom for speaking. "they began speaking with one purpose to God"
with one purpose
This phrase translates a word that speaks of people who agree with each other and who work together to accomplish a common purpose.
Acts 4:25
You spoke by the Holy Spirit through the mouth of your servant, our father David
This means that the Holy Spirit caused David to speak or write down what God said.
through the mouth of your servant, our father David
Here the word "mouth" refers to the words that David spoke or wrote down. Alternate translation: "by the words of your servant, our father David"
our father David
Here the word "father" refers to an ancestor.
Why did the Gentile nations rage, and the peoples imagine useless things?
This is a rhetorical question that emphasizes the futility of opposing God. Alternate translation: "The Gentile nations should not have raged, and the peoples should not have imagined useless things."
the peoples imagine useless things
These "useless things" consist of plans to oppose God. Alternate translation: "the peoples imagine useless things against God"
peoples
people groups
Acts 4:26
Connecting Statement:
The believers complete their quotation from King David in the Psalms that they began in Acts 4:25.
The kings of the earth set themselves together, and the rulers gathered together against the Lord
These two lines mean basically the same thing. The two lines emphasize the combined effort of the earth's rulers to oppose God.
set themselves together ... gathered together
These two phrases mean that they joined their armies together to fight a battle. Alternate translation: "set their armies together ... gathered their troops together"
against the Lord, and against his Christ
Here the word "Lord" refers to God. In the Psalms, the word "Christ" refers to the Messiah or God's anointed one.
Acts 4:27
Connecting Statement:
The believers continue praying.
in this city
"this city" refers to Jerusalem.
your holy servant Jesus
"Jesus, who serves you faithfully"
Acts 4:28
to do all that your hand and your plan had decided
Here the word "hand" is used to mean God's power. Additionally, the phrase "your hand and your desire decided" shows God's power and plan. Alternate translation: "to do all that you in your power had decided and planned they would do"
Acts 4:29
look upon their warnings
Here the words "look upon" are a request for God to take notice of the way in which the Jewish leaders threatened the believers. Alternate translation: "notice how they threaten to punish us"
speak your word with all boldness
The word "word" here is a metonym for God's message. The abstract noun "boldness" can be translated as an adverb. Alternate translation: "speak your message boldly" or "be bold when we speak your message"
Acts 4:30
Connecting Statement:
The believers complete the prayer that they began in Acts 4:24.
Stretch out your hand to heal and to give
Here the word "hand" refers to God's power. This is a request for God to show how powerful he is. Alternate translation: "Show your power by healing people and by giving"
through the name of your holy servant Jesus
Here the word "name" refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: "through the power of your holy servant Jesus"
your holy servant Jesus
"Jesus, who serves you faithfully." See how you translated this in Acts 4:27.
Acts 4:31
the place ... was shaken
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the place ... shook"
they were all filled with the Holy Spirit
This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in Acts 2:4. Alternate translation: "the Holy Spirit had filled them all" or "God had filled them all with the Holy Spirit"
Acts 4:32
were of one heart and soul
Here the word "heart" refers to the thoughts and the word "soul" refers to the emotions. Together they refer to the total person. Alternate translation: "thought the same way and wanted the same things"
they had everything in common
"they shared their belongings with one another." See how you translated this in Acts 2:44.
Acts 4:33
great grace was upon them all
Possible meanings are: 1) that God was greatly blessing the believers or 2) that the people in Jerusalem held the believers in very high esteem.
Acts 4:34
all who owned title to lands or houses
The word "all" here is a generalization. Alternate translation: "Many people who owned title to lands or houses" or "People who owned title to lands or houses"
owned title to lands or houses
"owned land or houses"
the money from the things that were sold
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the money that they received from the things that they sold"
Acts 4:35
laid it at the apostles' feet
This means that they presented the money to the apostles. Alternate translation: "presented it to the apostles" or "gave it to the apostles"
it was distributed to each one according to their need
The noun "need" can be translated with a verb. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they distributed the money to each believer who needed it"
Acts 4:36
General Information:
Luke introduces Barnabas into the story.
Son of Encouragement
The apostles used this name to show that Joseph was a person who encouraged others. "Son of" is an idiom used to describe a person's behavior or character. Alternate translation: "Encourager" or "one who encourages"
Acts 4:37
laid it at the apostles' feet
This means that they presented to money to the apostles. See how you translated this in [Acts 4:35]
Chapter 5
Acts 5 General Notes
Special concepts in this chapter
"Satan filled your heart to lie to the Holy Spirit"
No one knows for sure if Ananias and Sapphira were truly Christians when they decided to lie about the land that they sold (Acts 5:1-10), because Luke does not say. However, Peter knew that they lied to the believers, and he knew that they had listened to and obeyed Satan.
When they lied to the believers, they also lied to the Holy Spirit. This is because the Holy Spirit lives inside believers.
Acts 5:1
Connecting Statement:
Continuing the story of how the new Christians shared their belongings with other believers, Luke tells about two believers, Ananias and Sapphria.
Now
This word is used here to mark a stop in the main story to tell a new part of the story.
Acts 5:2
his wife also knew it
"his wife also knew that he kept back part of the sale money"
laid it at the apostles' feet
This means that they presented to money to the apostles. See how you translated this in [Acts 4:35]
Acts 5:3
General Information:
If your language does not use rhetorical questions, you may reword these as statements.
why has Satan filled your heart to lie ... land?
Peter uses this question to rebuke Ananias. Alternate translation: "you should not have let Satan fill your heart to lie ... land."
Satan filled your heart
Here the word "heart" is a metonym for the will and emotions. The phrase "Satan filled your heart" is a metaphor. Possible meanings of the metaphor are 1) "Satan completely controlled you" or 2) "Satan convinced you"
to lie to the Holy Spirit and to keep back part of the price
This implies that Ananias had told the apostles that he was giving the entire amount that he had received from selling his land.
Acts 5:4
While it remained unsold, did it not remain your own ... authority?
Peter uses this question to rebuke Ananias. Alternate translation: "While it remained unsold, it was your own ... authority."
While it remained unsold
"Before you sold it"
after it was sold, was it not under your authority?
Peter uses this question to rebuke Ananias. Alternate translation: "after it was sold, you had control over the money that you received."
after it was sold
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "after you sold it"
Why did you put it in your heart to do this?
Peter used this question to rebuke Ananias. Here the word "heart" refers to the will and emotions. Alternate translation: "You should not have thought of doing this thing." or "It is Satan who has put this activity in your heart."
Acts 5:5
fell down and breathed his last
Here "breathed his last" means "breathed his final breath" and is a polite way of saying that he died. Ananias fell down because he died; he did not die because he fell down. Alternate translation: "died and fell to the ground"
Acts 5:6
The young men arose
This means that they began to act. This does not necessarily mean that they had been sitting or that Peter and Ananias had been at the front of the room or a meeting hall. If your language has a phrase that speaks of people responding to something by beginning to act, you may use it.
Acts 5:7
his wife came in
"Ananias' wife came in" or "Sapphira came in"
what had happened
"that her husband had died"
Acts 5:8
for so much
"for this much money." This refers to the amount of money that Ananias had given to the apostles.
Acts 5:9
General Information:
Here the word "you" is plural and refers to both Ananias and Sapphira.
How is it that you have agreed together to test the Spirit of the Lord?
Peter asks this question to rebuke Sapphira. Alternate translation: "You should not have agreed together to test the Spirit of the Lord!"
you have agreed together
"the two of you have agreed together"
to test the Spirit of the Lord
Here the word "test" means to challenge or to prove. They were trying to see if they could get away with lying to God without receiving punishment.
Look, the feet of the men
The word "Look" is an idiom for "Pay attention!" Peter is probably telling Sapphira to pay attention to the sound of the men's footsteps, which indicate that they are about to enter the building, not to look at their feet. Here the phrase "the feet" can be either a synecdoche for the men whose feet they are or a metonym for the sound that they make. Alternate translation: "Pay attention! The men" or "Listen! The footsteps of the men"
they will carry
"the men will carry"
Acts 5:10
Connecting Statement:
This is the end of the part of the story about Ananias and Sapphira.
fell down at his feet
This means that when she died, she fell on the floor in front of Peter. This expression should not be confused with falling down at a person's feet as a sign of humility.
breathed her last
Here "breathed his last" means "breathed her final breath" and is a polite way of saying "she died." See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 5:5]
Acts 5:11
General Information:
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Acts 5:12
General Information:
It is not clear whether here the word "They" refers to the believers or only to the apostles.
Connecting Statement:
Luke continues to tell what happens in the early days of the church.
Many signs and wonders were taking place among the people through the hands of the apostles
"Many signs and wonders took place among the people through the hands of the apostles." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The apostles performed many signs and wonders among the people"
signs and wonders
"supernatural events and miraculous deeds." See how you translated these terms in Acts 2:22
through the hands of the apostles
Here the word "hands" refers to the apostles. Alternate translation: "through the apostles"
all together
This phrase translates a word that speaks of people who agree with each other and who work together to accomplish a common purpose. The people were more than just in the same place at the same time.
Solomon's Porch
This was a covered walkway that consisted of rows of pillars that supported a roof, and which people named after king Solomon. See how you translated "the porch that is called Solomon's" in Acts 3:11.
Acts 5:13
General Information:
The words "them" and "they" refer to the apostles.
none of the rest
Possible meanings are 1) the apostles were in Solomon's Porch, but the rest of the believers were afraid to join them there, or 2) all the believers were in Solomon's Porch, and the word "none" is a hyperbole that means that most of the people who were not believers were afraid to join them.
they were held in high esteem by the people
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the people held the believers in high esteem"
Acts 5:14
more believers were being added to the Lord
This could be stated in active form. See how you translated "were added" in [Acts 2:41]
Acts 5:15
General Information:
Here the word "they" refers to the people who lived in Jerusalem.
his shadow might fall on some of them
It is implied that God would heal them if Peter's shadow touched them.
Acts 5:16
those afflicted with unclean spirits
"those whom unclean spirits had afflicted"
they were all healed
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God healed them all" or "the apostles healed them all"
Acts 5:17
Connecting Statement:
The religious leaders began to persecute the believers.
But
This begins a contrasting story. You may translate this in the way that your language introduces a contrasting narrative.
the high priest rose up
Here the phrase "rose up" means that the high priest decided to take action, not that he stood up from a seated position. Alternate translation: "the high priest took action"
they were filled with jealousy
The abstract noun "jealousy" can be translated as an adjective. This could be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they became very jealous"
Acts 5:18
laid hands on
This means they had the believers arrested. See how you translated this in [Acts 4:3]
Acts 5:19
General Information:
Here the word "them" refers to the apostles.
Acts 5:20
in the temple
This phrase here refers to the temple courtyard, not to the temple building, where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: "in the temple courtyard"
all the words of this life
The word "words" here is a metonym for the message that the apostles had already proclaimed. Possible meanings are 1) "all this message of eternal life" or 2) "the whole message of this new way of living"
Acts 5:21
General Information:
Here the word "they" refers to the apostles.
into the temple
They went into the temple courtyard, not into the temple building, where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: "into the temple courtyard"
about daybreak
"as it began to be light." Although the angel led them out of the jail during the night, the sun was rising by the time the apostles reached the temple courtyard.
sent to the prison to have the apostles brought
This implies someone went to the jail. Alternate translation: "sent someone to the jail to bring the apostles"
Acts 5:22
General Information:
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Acts 5:23
we found no one inside
Possible meanings are 1) they found no one inside the apostles' cell Alternate translation: "we did not find them inside" or 2) the apostles had been the only prisoners and now there were no prisoners at all in the jail.
Acts 5:24
General Information:
Here the word "you" is plural and refers to the captain of the temple and the chief priests.
they were much perplexed
"they were very puzzled" or "they were very confused"
concerning them
"concerning the words they had just heard" or "concerning these things"
as to what would come of it
"and what would happen as a result" or "what would happen next"
Acts 5:25
General Information:
Here the word "you" is plural and refers to the captain of the temple and the chief priests.
standing in the temple
They did not go into the part of the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: "standing in the temple courtyard"
Acts 5:26
Connecting Statement:
The captain and the officers bring the apostles before the Jewish religious council.
brought them back
"brought the apostles back"
they feared the people, that they might be stoned
This can be expressed with an active form. Alternate translation: "they feared that the people might stone them"
Acts 5:27
they had brought them, they set them ... interrogated them
"the captain and officers had brought the apostles, the captain and the officers set the apostles ... interrogated the apostles"
interrogated
questioned to find out what was true
Acts 5:28
We ... us
The speakers were referring to themselves, but not to the apostles, so these words are exclusive.
you ... your
These words refer to the apostles and so are plural.
in this name
Here the word "name" refers to the person of Jesus. See how you translated this in [Acts 4:17]
you have filled Jerusalem with your teaching
Teaching many people in a city is spoken of as if they were filling the city with a teaching. Alternate translation: "you have taught many people in Jerusalem about him" or "you have taught about him throughout the Jerusalem"
desire to bring this man's blood upon us
Here the word "blood" is a metonym for death, and to bring someone's blood on people is a metaphor for saying that they are guilty of that person's death. Alternate translation: "desire to make us responsible for this man's death"
Acts 5:29
General Information:
Here the word "We" refers to the apostles, and not to the audience.
Peter and the apostles answered
Peter spoke on behalf of all of the apostles when he said the following words.
Acts 5:30
The God of our fathers raised up Jesus
Here "raised up" is an idiom. Alternate translation: "The God of our fathers caused Jesus to live again"
by hanging him on a tree
Here Peter uses the word "tree" to refer to the cross, which was made of wood. Alternate translation: "by hanging him on a cross"
Acts 5:31
God exalted him to his right hand
To be at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "God exalted him to the place of honor beside him"
give repentance to Israel, and forgiveness of sins
The words "repentance" and "forgiveness" can be translated as verbs. Alternate translation: "give the people of Israel an opportunity to repent and have God forgive their sins"
Israel
The word "Israel" refers to the Jewish people.
Acts 5:32
those who obey him
"those who submit to God's authority"
Acts 5:33
General Information:
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Acts 5:34
Connecting Statement:
Gamaliel addresses the council members.
Gamaliel, a teacher of the law who was honored by all the people
Luke introduces Gamaliel and provides background information about him.
who was honored by all the people
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom all the people honored"
to take the men outside
The words "the men" refers to the apostles.
Acts 5:35
pay close attention to
"think carefully about" or "be cautious about." Gamaliel was warning them not to do something that they would later regret.
Acts 5:36
Theudas rose up
Possible meanings are 1) "Theudas rebelled" or 2) "Theudas appeared."
claiming to be somebody
"claiming to be somebody important"
He was killed
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People killed him"
all who had been obeying him were scattered
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "all the people scattered who had been obeying him" or "all who had been obeying him went in different directions"
came to nothing
This means that they did not do what they had planned to do.
Acts 5:37
After this man
"After Theudas"
in the days of the census
"during the time of the census"
drew away some people after him
This means that he persuaded some people to rebel with him against the Roman government. Alternate translation: "caused many people to follow him" or "caused many people to join him in rebellion"
Acts 5:38
keep away from these men and let them alone
Gamaliel is telling the Jewish leaders not to punish the apostles any more and not to put them back in jail.
if this plan or work is of men
"if men have devised this plan or are doing this work"
it will be overthrown
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone will overthrow it"
Acts 5:39
Connecting Statement:
Gamaliel finishes addressing the council members.
if it is of God
Here the word "it" refers to "this plan or work." Alternate translation: "if God has devised this plan or commanded these men to do this work"
So they were persuaded
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "So Gamaliel persuaded them"
Acts 5:40
General Information:
Here the word "they" refers to the council members and all instances of "them" refer to the apostles.
they called the apostles in and beat them
The council members would have ordered the temple guards to do these things.
to speak in the name of Jesus
Here "name" refers to the authority of Jesus. See how you translated a similar phrase in Acts 4:18. Alternate translation: "to speak anymore in the authority of Jesus"
Acts 5:41
General Information:
All instances of "they" refer to the apostles.
they were counted worthy to suffer dishonor for the Name
The apostles rejoiced because God had honored them by letting the Jewish leaders dishonor them. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God had counted them worthy to suffer dishonor for the Name"
for the Name
Here "the Name" refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: "for Jesus"
Acts 5:42
General Information:
The word "they" refers to the apostles.
Thereafter every day
"After that day, every day." This phrase marks what the apostles did every day through the following days.
in the temple and from house to house
They did not go into the temple building where only the priests went. Alternate translation: "in the temple courtyard and in different people's houses"
Chapter 6
Acts 6 General Notes
Special concepts in this chapter
The distribution to the widows
The believers in Jerusalem gave help—probably money but possibly food—every day to women whose husbands had died. All of these widows had been raised as Jews, but some of them had lived in Judea and spoke Hebrew. Others had lived in Gentile areas and spoke Greek. Those who gave out the money or food gave it to the Hebrew-speaking widows but not to the Greek-speaking widows. To please God, the church leaders appointed Greek-speaking men to make sure the Greek-speaking widows received their share of help. One of these Greek-speaking men was Stephen.
Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
"His face was like the face of an angel"
No one knows for sure what it was about Stephen's face that was like the face of an angel, because Luke does not tell us. It is best for the translation to say only what the ULB says about this.
Acts 6:1
General Information:
This is the beginning of a new part of the story. Luke gives important background information to understand the story.
Now in these days
Consider how new parts of a story are introduced in your language.
was multiplying
"was greatly increasing"
Grecian Jews ... Hebrews
These were both groups of Jews who had become believers. The writer assumes that the reader understands that these people were all believers because at this point all believers had grown up as Jews.
Grecian Jews
These were believers who had grown up as Jews or become converts living somewhere in the Roman Empire outside of Israel and speaking Greek. Their language and culture were somewhat different from those who had grown up in Israel.
the Hebrews
These were believers who had grown up as Jews or become converts in Israel speaking Hebrew or Aramaic.
widows
A widow is a woman who has not remarried since her husband died.
their widows were being overlooked
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Hebrew believers were overlooking the Grecian widows"
being overlooked
"being ignored" or "being forgotten." There were so many who needed help that some were missed.
daily distribution of help
The disciples were able to help the widows because believers were giving money to the apostles Acts 4:34-35. Possible meanings are 1) the disciples used the money to buy food, which they would give to the widows, or 2) the disciples gave the money directly to the widows.
Acts 6:2
General Information:
Here the word "us" refers to the 12 apostles and not to their hearers, so it is exclusive.
The twelve
This refers to the eleven apostles plus Matthias, who was selected in Acts 1:26.
the multitude of the disciples
"all of the disciples" or "all the believers"
give up the word of God
This is an exaggeration in order to emphasize the importance of their task of teaching the word of God. Alternate translation: "stop preaching and teaching the word of God"
serve tables
This is a phrase meaning to serve food to the people.
Acts 6:3
General Information:
Here the word "you" refers to the believers and so is plural.
men of good reputation, full of the Spirit and of wisdom
Possible meanings are 1) the men have three qualities—a good reputation, being full of the Spirit, and being full of wisdom or 2) the men have a reputation for two qualities—being full of the Spirit, and being full of wisdom .
men of good reputation
"men that people know are good" or "men whom people trust"
over this business
"to be responsible to do this task"
Acts 6:4
General Information:
Here the word "us" refers to the 12 apostles and not to their hearers, so it is exclusive.
the ministry of the word
"the ministry of teaching and preaching the message"
Acts 6:5
Their speech pleased the whole multitude
"All the disciples liked their suggestion"
Stephen ... Philip, Prochorus, Nicanor, Timon, Parmenas, and Nicolaus
These are Greek names, so it seems that all of the men elected were from the Grecian Jewish group of believers.
proselyte
a Gentile who converted to the Jewish religion
Acts 6:6
placed their hands upon them
This represented giving a blessing and imparting responsibility and authority for the work to the seven.
Acts 6:7
General Information:
This verse gives an update on the church's growth.
the word of God continued to spread
The writer speaks of the growing number of people who believed the word as if the word of God itself were covering a larger area. Alternate translation: "the number of people who believed the word of God increased" or "the number of people who believed the message from God increased"
became obedient to the faith
"followed the teaching of the new belief"
the faith
Possible meanings are 1) the gospel message of trust in Jesus or 2) the teaching of the church or 3) the Christian teaching.
Acts 6:8
General Information:
The writer begins to give background information about Stephen and other people that is important to understanding the story.
Connecting Statement:
This is the beginning of a new part of the story.
Now Stephen
This introduces Stephen as the main character in this part of the story.
Stephen, full of grace and power, was doing
The words "grace" and "power" here refer to power from God. This could be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: "God was giving Stephen power to do"
Acts 6:9
General Information:
The writer continues giving background information about Stephen and other people that is important to understanding the story.
there arose some people ... Asia. These people were debating with Stephen
The word "arose" is an idiom that represents beginning to act. These people did not begin to rise into the air, nor did they necessarily get up from a sitting position. Alternate translation: "some people ... Asia, began to debate against Stephen"
the synagogue of the Freedmen, of the Cyrenians and Alexandrians, and some from Cilicia and Asia
Possible meanings are 1) the Cyrenians, the Alexandrians and those from Cilicia and Asia were all members of the synagogue of the Freedmen; 2) the Cyrenians and the Alexandrians were members of the synagogue of the Freedmen, but those from Cilicia and Asia were not; or 3) there were three separate groups of people: those from the synagogue, those from Cyrene and Alexandria, and those from Cilicia and Asia.
synagogue of the Freedmen
"Freedmen" were probably ex-slaves from these different locations. It is unclear if the other people listed were part of the synagogue or just participated in the debate with Stephen.
the Cyrenians and Alexandrians
"people from Cyrene and Alexandria." Cyrene and Alexandria were cities in Northern Africa. They were south of the Mediterranean Sea.
some from Cilicia and Asia
Cilicia was a city and Asia was a Roman province, both north of the Mediterranean Sea.
debating with Stephen
"arguing with Stephen"
Acts 6:10
Connecting Statement:
The writer finishes giving background information about Stephen and other people that is important to understanding the story.
not able to stand against
This phrase means they could not prove false what he said. Alternate translation: "could not argue against"
Spirit
this refers to the Holy Spirit
Acts 6:11
General Information:
Here the word "We" refers only to the men they persuaded to lie. The word "they" refers back to the people from the synagogue of the freemen
some men to say
They were given money to give false testimony. Alternate translation: "some men to lie and say"
blasphemous words against
"bad things about"
Acts 6:12
General Information:
The word "they" most likely refers back to the people from the synagogue of the Freedmen (Acts 6:9). They were responsible for the false witnesses and for inciting the council, the elders, the scribes, and the other people.
stirred up the people, the elders, and the scribes
"caused the people, the elders, and the scribes to be very angry at Stephen"
seized him
"grabbed him and held him so he could not get away"
Acts 6:13
General Information:
The word "they" most likely refers back to the people from the synagogue of the Freedmen (Acts 6:9).
does not stop speaking
"continually speaks"
Acts 6:14
General Information:
The words "we" and "us" refer only to the speakers, not to the hearers, and so is exclusive.
handed down to us
The phrase "handed down" means "passed on." Alternate translation: "taught our ancestors"
Acts 6:15
fixed their eyes on him
This is an idiom that means they looked intently at him. Here "eyes" is a metonym for sight. Alternate translation: "looked intently at him" or "stared at him"
was like the face of an angel
This phrase compares his face to that of an angel but does not say specifically what they have in common.
Chapter 7
Acts 7 General Notes
Structure and formatting
Some translations set poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to show that it is poetry. The ULB does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 7:42-43 and 49-50.
It appears that 8:1 is part of the narrative of this chapter.
Special concepts in this chapter
"Stephen said"
Stephen told the history of Israel very briefly. He paid special attention to the times that the Israelites had rejected the people God had chosen to lead them. At the end of the story, he said that the Jewish leaders he was talking to had rejected Jesus just as the evil Israelites had always rejected the leaders God had appointed for them.
"Full of the Holy Spirit"
The Holy Spirit completely controlled Stephen so that he said only and all of what God wanted him to say.
Foreshadowing
When an author speaks of something that is not important at that time but will be important later in the story, this is called foreshadowing. Luke mentions Saul, also known as Paul, here, even though he is not an important person in this part of the story. This is because Paul is an important person in the rest of the Book of Acts.
Important figures of speech in this chapter
Implied information
Stephen was talking to Jews who knew the law of Moses well, so he did not explain things that his hearers already knew. But you may need to explain some of these things so that your readers will be able to understand what Stephen was saying. For example, you may need to make explicit that when Joseph's brothers "sold him into Egypt"
Metonymy
Stephen spoke of Joseph ruling "over Egypt" and over all of Pharaoh's household. By this he meant that Joseph ruled over the people of Egypt and of the people and possessions in Pharaoh's household.
Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
Background knowledge
The Jewish leaders to whom Stephen spoke already knew much about the events he was telling them about. They knew what Moses had written in the Book of Genesis. If the Book of Genesis has not been translated into your language, it may be difficult for your readers to understand what Stephen said.
Acts 7:1
Connecting Statement:
The part of the story about Stephen, which began in Acts 6:8, continues. Stephen begins his response to the high priest and the council by talking about things that happened in Israel's history. Most of this history comes from Moses's writings.
Acts 7:2
General Information:
The word "our" includes both Steven, the Jewish council to whom he spoke, and the entire audience.
Brothers and fathers, listen to me
Stephen was being very respectful to the council in greeting them as extended family.
Acts 7:3
General Information:
The word "your" refers to Abraham and so is singular.
Acts 7:4
General Information:
In verse 4 the words "he," "his," and "him" refer to Abraham. In verse 5 the words "He" and "he" refer to God, but the word "him" refers to Abraham.
Here the word "you" refers to the Jewish council and audience.
Acts 7:5
He gave none of it
"He did not give any of it"
enough to set a foot on
Possible meanings for this phrase are 1) enough ground to stand on or 2) enough ground to take a step. Alternate translation: "a very tiny piece of ground"
as a possession to him and to his descendants after him
"for Abraham to own and to give to his descendants"
Acts 7:6
God was speaking to him like this
It may be helpful to state that this occurred later than the statement in the previous verse. Alternate translation: "Later God told Abraham"
four hundred years
"400 years"
Acts 7:7
I will judge the nation
"nation" refers to the people in it. Alternate translation: "I will judge the people of the nation"
the nation that they serve
"the nation that they will serve"
Acts 7:8
gave Abraham the covenant of circumcision
The Jews would have understood that this covenant required Abraham to circumcise the males of his family. Alternate translation: "made a covenant with Abraham to circumcise the males of his family"
so Abraham became the father of Isaac
The story transitions to Abraham's descendants.
Jacob the father
"Jacob became the father." Stephen shortened this.
Acts 7:9
the patriarchs
"the founders of our tribes" or "our ancestors." A patriarch is a man who rules a family.
sold him into Egypt
The Jews knew their ancestors sold Joseph to be a slave in Egypt. Alternate translation: "sold him as a slave in Egypt"
was with him
This is an idiom for helping someone. Alternate translation: "helped him"
Acts 7:10
over Egypt
This refers to the people of Egypt. Alternate translation: "over all the people of Egypt"
all his household
This refers to all his possessions. Alternate translation: "everything he owned"
Acts 7:11
Now a famine and great tribulation came
"a famine came." The ground stopped producing food and this caused a terrible suffering.
our fathers
This refers Jacob and his sons, who were the ancestors of the Jewish people.
Acts 7:12
grain
Grain was the most common food at that time.
our fathers
Here this phrase refers to Joseph's older brothers, who were Jacob's sons.
Acts 7:13
On their second trip
"On their next trip"
made himself known
Joseph revealed to his brothers his identity as their brother.
Joseph's family became known to Pharaoh
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Pharaoh learned that they were Joseph's family"
Acts 7:14
sent his brothers back
"sent his brothers back to Canaan" or "sent his brothers back home"
Acts 7:15
he died
Make sure it does not sound as though he died as soon as he arrived in Egypt. Alternate translation: "eventually Jacob died"
he and our fathers
"Jacob and his sons, who became our ancestors"
Acts 7:16
They were carried over ... and laid
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Jacob's descendants carried Jacob's body and his son's bodies over ... and buried them"
for a price in silver
"with money"
Acts 7:17
As the time of the promise ... the people grew and multiplied
In some languages it may be helpful to say that the people increased in number before saying that the time of the promise arrived.
time of the promise approached
It was close to the time that God would fulfill his promise to Abraham.
Acts 7:18
there arose another king
"another king began to rule"
over Egypt
"Egypt" refers to the people of Egypt. Alternate translation: "over the people of Egypt"
who did not know about Joseph
"Joseph" refers to the reputation of Joseph. Alternate translation: "who did not know that Joseph had helped Egypt"
Acts 7:19
General Information:
The word "our" includes Stephen and his audience.
Acts 7:20
At that time Moses was born
This introduces Moses into the story.
very beautiful before God
This phrase is an idiom that means Moses was very beautiful.
was nourished
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "his parents nourished him" or "his parents cared for him"
Acts 7:21
When he was placed outside
Moses was "placed outside" because of Pharaoh's command. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "When his parents placed him outside" or "When they abandoned him"
Pharaoh's daughter ... raised him as her own son
She did for him every good thing a mother would do for her own son. Use your language's normal word for what a mother does to make sure her son becomes a healthy adult.
adopted him
If your language has a word for an informal procedure, not a formal legal procedure, in which one family takes a child in and raises him, you may want to use that here. Pharaoh's daughter did do for Moses what any mother would do for her child, but this involved no formal legal procedure.
as her own son
"as if he were her own son"
Acts 7:22
Moses was educated
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The Egyptians educated Moses"
all the wisdom of the Egyptians
This is an exaggeration to emphasize that he was trained in the best schools in Egypt.
mighty in his words and works
"effective in his speech and actions" or "influential in what he said and did"
Acts 7:23
it came into his heart
Here "heart" is a metonym for "mind." The phrase "it came into his heart" is an idiom that means to decide something. Alternate translation: "it came into his mind" or "he decided"
visit his brothers, the descendants of Israel
This refers to his people, and not just to his family. Alternate translation: "see how his own people, the children of Israel, were doing"
Acts 7:24
Seeing an Israelite being mistreated ... the Egyptian
This can be stated in active form by rearranging the order. Alternate translation: "Seeing an Egyptian mistreating an Israelite, Moses defended and avenged the Israelite by striking the Egyptian who was oppressing him"
striking the Egyptian
Moses hit the Egyptian so hard that he died.
Acts 7:25
he thought
"he imagined"
by his hand, was giving them salvation
Here "hand" refers to the actions of Moses. Alternate translation: "was giving them salvation through what he, Moses, was doing"
was giving them salvation
The abstract noun "salvation" can be translated using the verb "save." Alternate translation: "was saving them" or "was rescuing them"
Acts 7:26
when they were fighting
Some translations make it clear that two men were fighting. Alternate translation: "when two men of Israel were fighting"
make peace between them
"make them stop fighting"
Men, you are brothers
Moses was addressing the Israelites who were fighting.
why are you wronging one another?
Moses asked this question to encourage them to stop fighting. Alternate translation: "you should not do wrong to each other!"
Acts 7:27
General Information:
Here the word "us" refers to the Israelites but does not include Moses.
Who appointed you a ruler and a judge over us?
The man used this question to rebuke Moses. Alternate translation: "No one appointed you ruler or judge over us." or "You have no authority over us!"
Acts 7:28
Would you like to kill me, as you killed the Egyptian yesterday?
The man used this question to warn Moses that he and probably others knew Moses had killed the Egyptian.
Acts 7:29
General Information:
Stephen's audience already knew that Moses had married a Midianite woman when he fled Egypt.
after hearing this
The implied information is that Moses understood that the Israelites knew that he had killed an Egyptian the day before (Acts 7:28).
Acts 7:30
When forty years were past
"After 40 years passed." This was the amount of time Moses had been in Midian. Alternate translation: "Forty years after Moses fled from Egypt"
an angel appeared
Stephen's audience knew that God spoke through the angel.
Acts 7:31
he marveled at the sight
Moses was surprised that the bush was not burning up in the fire. This was previously known by Stephen's audience. Alternate translation: "because the bush was not burning up"
as he approached to look at it
This may mean Moses initially drew close to the bush to investigate.
Acts 7:32
I am the God of your fathers
"I am the God whom your ancestors worshiped"
Moses trembled and did not dare to look
This may mean Moses drew back in fear when he heard the voice.
Moses trembled
Moses shook from fear. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: "Moses trembled with fear"
Acts 7:33
Take off the sandals
God told Moses this so he would honor God.
for the place where you are standing is holy ground
The implied information is that where God is present, the immediate area around God is considered holy or is made holy by God.
Acts 7:34
certainly seen
"seen for sure." The word "certainly" adds emphasis to "seen."
the oppression of my people
The abstract noun "oppression" can be translated using the verb "oppress." Alternate translation: "the way the Egyptians are oppressing my people"
my people
The word "my" emphasizes that these people belonged to God. Alternate translation: "the descendants of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob"
I have come down to rescue them
"will personally cause their release"
now come
"get ready." God uses an order here.
Acts 7:35
General Information:
Verses 35-38 contain a series of connected phrases referring to Moses. Each phrase begins with statements such as "This Moses" or "This same Moses" or "This is the man" or "It is the same Moses." If possible, use similar statements to emphasize Moses. After the Israelites left Egypt, they spent 40 years wandering around the wilderness before God led them into the land he had promised them.
This Moses whom they rejected
This refers back to the events recorded in Acts 7:27-28.
deliverer
"rescuer"
by the hand of the angel ... bush
The hand is a metonym for the action performed by the person. In this case, the angel had commanded Moses to return to Egypt. Stephen speaks as if the angel had a physical hand. You may need to make explicit what action the angel did. Alternate translation: "by the action of the angel" or "by having the angel ... bush command him to return to Egypt"
Acts 7:36
during forty years
Stephen's audience knew about the forty years the Israelites spent in the wilderness. Alternate translation: "during the 40 years that the Israelite people lived in the wilderness"
Acts 7:37
raise up a prophet
"cause a man to be a prophet"
from among your brothers
"from among your own people"
Acts 7:38
This is the man who was in the assembly
"This is the man Moses who was among the Israelites"
This is the man
The phrase "This is the man" throughout this passage refers to Moses.
who received living words to give to us
God was the one who gave those words. Alternate translation: "to whom God spoke living words to give to us"
living words
Possible meanings are 1) "a message that endures" or 2) "words that give life."
Acts 7:39
pushed him away from themselves
This metaphor emphasizes their rejection of Moses. Alternate translation: "they rejected him as their leader"
in their hearts they turned back
Here "hearts" is a metonym for people's thoughts. To do something in the heart means to desire do to something. Alternate translation: "they desired to turn back"
Acts 7:40
General Information:
The quotation in this verse is from the writings of Moses.
At that time
"When they decided to return to Egypt"
Acts 7:41
they made a calf
Stephen's audience knew the calf they made was a statue. Alternate translation: "they made a statue that looked like a calf"
a calf ... the idol ... the work of their hands
These phrases all refer to the same statue of the calf.
Acts 7:42
General Information:
Stephen's quotation here is from the prophet Amos.
God turned
"God turned away." This action expresses that God was not pleased with the people and no longer helped them. Alternate translation: "God stopped correcting them"
gave them up
"abandoned them"
the stars in the sky
Possible meanings for the original phrase are 1) the stars only or 2) the sun, moon, and stars.
the book of the prophets
This was apparently a collection of the writings of several of the Old Testament prophets into one scroll. It would also have included the writings of Amos.
Did you bring me offerings and sacrifices ... Israel?
God asked this question to show Israel they did not worship him with their sacrifices. Alternate translation: "You did not honor me when brought offerings and sacrifices ... Israel."
house of Israel
This refers to the whole nation of Israel. Alternate translation: "all you Israelites"
Acts 7:43
General Information:
The quotation from the prophet Amos continues here.
Connecting Statement:
Stephen continues his response to the high priest and the council which he began in Acts 7:2.
You accepted
It is implied that they took these idols with them as they traveled in the wilderness. Alternate translation: "you carried with you from place to place"
tabernacle of Molech
the tent that housed the false god Molech
the star of the god Rephan
the star that is identified with the false god Rephan
the images that you made
They made statues or images of the gods Molech and Rephan in order to worship them.
I will carry you away beyond Babylon
"I will remove you to places even farther than Babylon." This would be God's act of judgment.
Acts 7:44
the tabernacle of the testimony
The tent that housed the ark (a box) with the 10 commandments carved in stone inside it
Acts 7:45
our fathers, under Joshua, received the tabernacle and brought it with them
The phrase "under Joshua" means that their ancestors did these things in obedience to Joshua's direction. Alternate translation: "our fathers, in accordance with Joshua's instructions, received the tabernacle and brought it with them"
God took the land from the nations and drove them out before the face of our fathers
This sentence tells why the ancestors were able to take possession of the land. Alternate translation: "God forced the nations to leave the land before the face of our fathers"
God ... drove them out before the face of our fathers
Here "the face of our fathers" refers to the presence of their ancestors. Possible meanings are 1) "As our ancestors watched, God ... drove them out" or 2) "When our ancestors came, God ... drove them out"
the nations
This refers to the people who lived in the land before Israel. Alternate translation: "the people who previously lived here"
drove them out
"forced them to leave the land"
Acts 7:46
he might find a dwelling place for the house of Jacob
Here "house" is probably a metonym for the ark of the covenant. David wanted to build a place for the ark, which represented God's presence, so people could go there to worship God. Alternate translation: "he might build a place where people could worship the God of Jacob"
the house of Jacob
Many versions read, "the God of Jacob."
Acts 7:47
General Information:
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Acts 7:48
made with hands
The hand is a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: "made by people"
Acts 7:49
General Information:
In verses 49 and 50, Stephen quotes from the prophet Isaiah. In the quotation, God is speaking about himself.
Heaven is my throne ... the earth is the footstool for my feet
The prophet is comparing the greatness of God's presence to how impossible it is for man to build a place for God to rest on earth since the whole earth is nothing but a place for God to rest his feet.
What kind of house can you build for me?
God asks this question to show how useless man's efforts are to take care of God. Alternate translation: "You can not build a house adequate enough for me!"
what is the place for my rest?
God asks this question to show man that he cannot provide God any rest. Alternate translation: "There is no place of rest good enough for me!"
Acts 7:50
General Information:
In verses 49 and 50, Stephen quotes from the prophet Isaiah. In the quotation, God is speaking about himself.
Did my hand not make all these things?
God asks this question to show that man did not create anything. Alternate translation: "My hand made all these things!"
Acts 7:51
Connecting Statement:
With a sharp rebuke, Stephen finishes his response to the high priest and the council, which he began in Acts 7:2.
You stiff-necked people
Stephen shifts from identifying with the Jewish leaders to rebuking them.
uncircumcised in heart and ears
The Jews regarded uncircumcised people as disobedient to God. Stephen uses "hearts and ears" to represent to the Jewish leaders who acted the way Gentiles act when they do not obey or listen to God. Alternate translation: "you refuse to obey and hear"
Acts 7:52
Which of the prophets did your fathers not persecute?
Stephen asked this question to show them that they learned nothing from the errors of their forefathers. Alternate translation: "Your forefathers persecuted every prophet!"
Righteous One
This refers to the Christ, the Messiah.
you have now become the betrayers and murderers of him also
"you have also betrayed and murdered him"
murderers of him
"murderers of the Righteous One" or "murderers of the Christ"
Acts 7:53
the law that angels had ordained
"the laws that God caused angels to give to our ancestors"
Acts 7:54
Connecting Statement:
The council reacts to Stephen's words.
Now when the council members heard these things
This is the turning point; the sermon ends and the council members react.
they were furious in their hearts
This means that they were extremely angry.
ground their teeth at Stephen
This action expressed their strong anger at Stephen or hatred of Stephen. Alternate translation: "they became so angry that they ground their teeth together" or "moved their teeth back and forth as they looked at Stephen"
Acts 7:55
looked up intently into heaven
"stared up into heaven." It appears that only Stephen saw this vision and not anyone else in the crowd.
saw the glory of God
People normally experienced the glory of God as a bright light. Alternate translation: "saw a bright light from God"
and he saw Jesus standing at the right hand of God
To stand at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "and he saw Jesus standing in the place of honor and authority beside God"
Acts 7:56
Son of Man
Stephen refers to Jesus by the title "Son of Man."
Acts 7:57
covered their ears
"put their hands on their ears." They did this to show that they did not want to hear any more of what Stephen said.
with one purpose
This phrase translates a word that speaks of people who agree with each other and who work together to accomplish a common purpose.
Acts 7:58
They forced him out of the city
"They seized Stephen and forcefully took him out of the city"
outer clothing
These are cloaks or robes they would wear outside to stay warm, similar in function to a jacket or coat.
at the feet
"in front of." They were placed there so Saul could watch them.
a young man
Saul was probably around 30 years old at the time.
Acts 7:59
receive my spirit
"take my spirit." It may be helpful to add "please" to show that this was a request. Alternate translation: "please receive my spirit"
Acts 7:60
Connecting Statement:
This ends the story of Stephen.
He knelt down
This is an act of submission to God.
do not hold this sin against them
This can be stated in a positive way. Alternate translation: "forgive them for this sin"
fell asleep
Here to fall asleep is a euphemism for dying. Alternate translation: "died"
Chapter 8
Acts 8 General Notes
Structure and formatting
Some translations set poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to show that it is poetry. The ULB does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 8:32-33.
The first sentence of verse 1 ends the description of the events in chapter 7. Luke begins a new part of his history with the words "So there began."
Special concepts in this chapter
Receiving the Holy Spirit
In this chapter for the first time Luke speaks of people receiving the Holy Spirit (Acts 8:15-19). The Holy Spirit had already enabled the believers to speak in tongues, to heal the sick, and to live as a community, and he had filled Stephen. But when the Jews started putting believers in prison, those believers who could leave Jerusalem did leave, and as they went, they told people about Jesus. When the people who heard about Jesus received the Holy Spirit, the church leaders knew that those people had truly become believers.
Proclaimed
This chapter more than any other in the Book of Acts speaks of the believers proclaiming the word, proclaiming the good news, and proclaiming that Jesus is the Christ. The word "proclaim" translates a Greek word that means to tell good news about something.
Acts 8:1
General Information:
It may be helpful to your audience to move these parts of the story about Stephen together by using a verse bridge as the UDB does.
Connecting Statement:
The story shifts from Stephen to Saul in these verses.
So there began ... except the apostles
This part of verse 1 is background information about the persecution that began after Stephen's death. This explains why Saul was persecuting the believers in verse 3.
that day
This refers to the day that Stephen died (Acts 7:59-60).
the believers were all scattered
The word "all" is a generalization to express that a large number of the believers left Jerusalem because of the persecution.
except the apostles
This statement implies that the apostles remained in Jerusalem even though they also experienced this great persecution.
Acts 8:2
Devout men
"God-fearing men" or "Men who feared God"
made great lamentation over him
"greatly mourned his death"
Acts 8:3
house after house
"houses one by one"
drag off both men and women
"took away both men and women by force." Saul forcefully took Jewish believers out of their homes and put them into prison.
men and women
This refers to men and women who believed in Jesus.
Acts 8:4
who had been scattered
The cause for the scattering, the persecution, was stated previously. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "who had fled the great persecution"
the word
This is a metonym for "the message." You may need to make explicit that the message was about Jesus. Alternate translation: "the message about Jesus"
Acts 8:5
Connecting Statement:
This begins the story of Philip, whom the people had chosen as a deacon.
went down to the city of Samaria
The phrase "went down" is used here because Samaria is lower in elevation than Jerusalem.
the city of Samaria
Possible meanings are 1) Luke expected the readers to know which city he was writing about. Alternate translation: "the main city in Samaria" or 2) Luke did not expect his readers to know which city he was writing about. Alternate translation: "a city in Samaria"
proclaimed to them the Christ
The title "Christ" refers to Jesus, the Messiah. Alternate translation: "told them about Jesus Christ" or "told them about Jesus the Messiah"
Acts 8:6
Crowds of people
"Many people in the city of Samaria." The location was specified in Acts 8:5.
were giving close attention
The reason people paid attention was because of all the healing Philip did.
with one mind
This phrase translates a word that speaks of people who agree with each other and who work together to accomplish a common purpose.
Acts 8:7
who were possessed
"who had them" or "who were controlled by them"
Acts 8:8
So there was much joy in that city
The phrase "that city" refers to the people who were rejoicing. Alternate translation: "So the people of the city were rejoicing"
Acts 8:9
General Information:
Simon is introduced to the story of Philip. This verse gives the beginning of the background information about Simon and who he was among the Samaritans.
But there was a certain man ... named Simon
This is a way of introducing a new person into the story. Your language may use different wording to introduce a new person into the story.
the city
"the city in Samaria" (Acts 8:5)
Acts 8:10
General Information:
Simon is introduced to the story of Philip. This verse continues to give the beginning of the background information about Simon and who he was among the Samaritans.
All the Samaritans
The word "all" is a generalization. Alternate translation: "Many of the Samaritans" or "The Samaritans in the city"
from the least to the greatest
These two phrases refer to everyone from one extreme to the other. Alternate translation: "no matter how important they were"
This man is that power of God which is called Great
People were saying that Simon was the divine power known as "The Great Power."
that power of God which is called Great
Possible meanings are 1) the powerful representative of God or 2) God or 3) the most powerful man or 4) an angel. Since the term is unclear, it may be best to simply translate it as "the Great power of God."
Acts 8:11
General Information:
Simon is introduced to the story of Philip. This verse ends the background information about Simon and who he was among the Samaritans.
Acts 8:12
Connecting Statement:
Verses 12 and 13 give more information about Simon and some of the Samaritans coming to believe in Jesus.
they were baptized
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Philip baptized them" or "Philip baptized the new believers"
Acts 8:13
Connecting Statement:
Verses 12 and 13 give more information about Simon and some of the Samaritans coming to believe in Jesus.
Simon himself believed
The word "himself" is here used to emphasize that Simon believed. Alternate translation: "Simon was also one of those who believed"
he was baptized
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Philip baptized Simon"
Acts 8:14
Connecting Statement:
Luke continues the news of what was happening in Samaria.
Now when the apostles in Jerusalem heard
This marks the beginning of a new part of the story of the Samaritans.
Samaria
This refers to the many people who had become believers throughout the district of Samaria.
had received
"had believed" or "had accepted"
Acts 8:15
When they had come down
"when Peter and John had come down"
come down
This phrase is used here because Samaria is lower in elevation than Jerusalem.
they prayed for them
"Peter and John prayed for the Samaritan believers"
that they might receive the Holy Spirit
"that the Samaritan believers might receive the Holy Spirit"
Acts 8:16
they had only been baptized
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Philip had only baptized the Samaritan believers"
they had only been baptized into the name of the Lord Jesus
Here "name" represents authority, and being baptized into his name represents being baptized in order to be under his authority. Alternate translation: "they had only been baptized to become disciples of the Lord Jesus"
Acts 8:17
Peter and John placed their hands on them
The word "them" refers to the Samaritan people who believed Stephen's message of the gospel.
placed their hands on them
This symbolic action shows that Peter and John wanted God to give the Holy Spirit to the believers.
Acts 8:18
the Holy Spirit was given through the laying on of the apostles' hands
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the apostles gave the Holy Spirit by laying their hands on people"
Acts 8:19
that whoever I place my hands on might receive the Holy Spirit
"that I can give the Holy Spirit to anyone on whom I place my hands"
Acts 8:20
General Information:
Here the words him, your, you, and yours all refer to Simon.
May your silver perish along with you
"May you and your money be destroyed"
the gift of God
Here this refers to the ability of a person to give the Holy Spirit by laying his hands on someone.
Acts 8:21
You have no part or allotted portion in this matter
The words "part" and "allotted portion" mean the same thing and are used for emphasis. Alternate translation: "You may not participate in this work"
your heart is not right
Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's thoughts or motives. Alternate translation: "you are not right in your heart" or "the motives of your mind are not right"
Acts 8:22
this wickedness
"these evil thoughts"
he might perhaps forgive
"he may be willing to forgive"
for the intention of your heart
Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's thoughts. Alternate translation: "for what you intended to do" or "for what you were thinking of doing"
Acts 8:23
in the poison of bitterness
Here "in the poison of bitterness" is a metaphor for being very envious. It speaks of envy as if it tastes bitter and poisons the person who is envious. Alternate translation: "very envious"
in the bonds of unrighteousness
The phrase "bonds of unrighteousness" is spoken as if unrighteousness could make Simon a prisoner. It is metaphor that means Simon is not able to stop himself from sinning. Alternate translation: "because you continue sinning you are like a prisoner" or "sin has made you its prisoner"
Acts 8:24
General Information:
Here the word "you" refers to Peter and John.
so that nothing you have said may happen to me
This refers to Peter's rebuke about Simon's silver perishing along with him.
nothing you have said may happen to me
This can be stated another way. Alternate translation: "the things you have said may not happen to me"
Acts 8:25
Connecting Statement:
This is concludes the part of the story about Simon and the Samaritans.
testified
Peter and John told what they personally knew about Jesus to the Samaritans.
spoken the word of the Lord
Here "word" is a metonym for "message." Peter and John explained the message about Jesus to the Samaritans.
to many villages of the Samaritans
Here "villages" refers to the people in them. Alternate translation: "to the people in many Samaritan villages"
Acts 8:26
Connecting Statement:
This begins the part of the story about Philip and the man from Ethiopia.
Now
This marks a transition in the story.
Arise and go
These verbs work together to emphasize that he should get ready to start a long journey that will take some time. Alternate translation: "Get ready to travel"
goes down from Jerusalem to Gaza
The phrase "goes down" is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than Gaza.
This road is in a desert
Most scholars believe Luke added this comment to describe the area through which Philip would travel.
Acts 8:27
General Information:
This verse gives background information about the man from Ethiopia.
Behold
The word "behold" alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
eunuch
The emphasis of "eunuch" here is about the Ethiopian's being a high government official, not so much his physical state of being castrated.
Candace
This was a title for the queens of Ethiopia. It is similar to the way the word Pharaoh was used for the kings of Egypt.
He had come to Jerusalem to worship
This implies that he was a Gentile who believed in God and had come to worship at the Jewish temple. Alternate translation: "He had come to worship God at the temple in Jerusalem"
Acts 8:28
chariot
Possibly "wagon" or "carriage" is more fitting in this context. Chariots are normally mentioned as a vehicle for war, not as a vehicle for long-distance travel. Also, people stood to ride in chariots.
reading the prophet Isaiah
This is the Old Testament book Isaiah. Alternate translation: "reading from the book of the prophet Isaiah"
Acts 8:29
stay close to this chariot
Philip understood that this meant he was to stay close to the person riding in the chariot. Alternate translation: "accompany the man in this chariot"
Acts 8:30
reading Isaiah the prophet
This is the Old Testament book Isaiah. Alternate translation: "reading from the book of the prophet Isaiah"
Do you understand what you are reading?
The Ethiopian was intelligent and could read, but he lacked spiritual discernment. Alternate translation: "Do you understand the meaning of what you are reading?"
Acts 8:31
How can I, unless someone guides me?
This question was asked to state emphatically that he could not understand without help. Alternate translation: "I cannot understand unless someone guides me."
He invited Philip to ... sit with him
It is implied here that Philip agreed to travel down the road with him to explain the scriptures.
He invited
Possible meanings are that 1) he offered a sincere invitation or 2) he made a sincere request.
Acts 8:32
General Information:
This a passage from the book of Isaiah. Here the word "he" refers to the Messiah.
like a lamb before his shearer is silent
A shearer is a person who cuts the wool off the sheep so that it may be used.
Acts 8:33
General Information:
This verse continues quoting a passage from the book of Isaiah. Here the words "his" and "him" refer to the Messiah.
In his humiliation justice was taken away from him
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "He was humiliated and they did not judge him fairly" or "He allowed himself to be humbled before his accusers and he suffered injustice"
Who can give a full account of his descendants?
This question was used to emphasize that he will not have descendants. Alternate translation: "No one will be able to speak about his descendants, for there will not be any."
his life was taken from the earth
This referred to his death. It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "men killed him" or "men took his life from the earth"
Acts 8:34
I beg you
"Please tell me"
Acts 8:35
this scripture
This refers to Isaiah's writings in the Old Testament. Alternate translation: "the writings of Isaiah"
Acts 8:36
they went on the road
"they continued to travel along the road"
What prevents me from being baptized?
The eunuch uses this question as a way of asking Philip for permission to be baptized. Alternate translation: "Please allow me to be baptized."
Acts 8:37
General Information:
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Acts 8:38
commanded the chariot to stop
"told the driver of the chariot to stop"
Acts 8:39
Connecting Statement:
This is the end of the part of the story about Philip and the man from Ethiopia. The story of Philip ends at Caesarea.
the Spirit of the Lord took Philip away
The words "took Philip away" imply that the Spirit took forceful, physical action, perhaps a miracle that moved Philip in an instant. The angel probably did not just suggest or even command that Philip leave the eunuch and go elsewhere.
the eunuch saw him no more
"the eunuch did not see Philip again"
Acts 8:40
Philip appeared at Azotus
There was no indication of Philip's traveling between where he baptized the Ethiopian and Azotus. He just suddenly disappeared along the road to Gaza and reappeared at the town of Azotus.
that region
This refers to the area around the town of Azotus.
to all the cities
"to all the cities in that region"
Chapter 9
Acts 9 General Notes
Special concepts in this chapter
"The Way"
No one knows for sure who first started calling believers "followers of the Way." This is probably what the believers called themselves, because the Bible often speaks of a person living his life as if that person were walking on a path or "way." If this is true, the believers were "following the way of the Lord" by living in a way that pleased God.
"Letters for the synagogues in Damascus"
The "letters" Paul asked for were probably legal papers that permitted him to put Christians in prison. The synagogue leaders in Damascus would have obeyed the letter because it was written by the high priest. If the Romans had seen the letter, they also would have allowed Saul to persecute the Christians, because they permitted the Jews to do as they desired to people who broke their religious laws.
Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
What Saul saw when he met Jesus
It is clear that Saul saw a light and that it was because of this light that he "fell upon the ground." Some people think that Saul knew that it was the Lord speaking to him without seeing a human form, because the Bible often speaks of God as being light and living in light. Other people think that later in his life he was able to say, "I have seen the Lord Jesus" because it was a human form that he saw here.
Acts 9:1
General Information:
Verses 1-2 give background information telling us what Saul has been doing since the stoning of Stephen.
Connecting Statement:
The story shifts back to Saul and his salvation.
still speaking threats even of murder against the disciples
The noun "murder" can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: "still speaking threats, even to murder the disciples"
Acts 9:2
General Information:
Verses 1-2 give background information telling us what Saul has been doing since the stoning of Stephen. Here the word "him" refers to the high priest and "he" refers to Saul.
for the synagogues
This refers to the people in the synagogues. Alternate translation: "for the people in the synagogues" or "for the leaders in the synagogues"
if he found any
"when he found people" or "if he found people"
who belonged to the Way
"who followed the teachings of Jesus Christ"
the Way
This term appears to have been a title for Christianity at that time.
he might bring them bound to Jerusalem
"he might take them as prisoners to Jerusalem." Paul's purpose can be made clear by adding "so that the Jewish leaders could judge and punish them"
Acts 9:3
Connecting Statement:
After the high priest gave Saul the letters, Saul left for Damascus.
As he was traveling
Saul left Jerusalem and now travels to Damascus.
it happened that
This is an expression that marks a change in the story to show something different is about to happen.
there shone all around him a light out of heaven
"a light from heaven shone all around him"
out of heaven
Possible meanings are 1) out of heaven, where God lives or 2) out of the sky. The first meaning is preferable. Use that meaning if your language has a separate word for it.
Acts 9:4
he fell upon the ground and heard
Possible meanings are that 1) "Saul threw himself to the ground and heard" or 2) "the light caused Saul to fall to the ground, and he heard" or 3) "Saul fell to the ground the way one who faints falls, and he heard"
why are you persecuting me?
This rhetorical question communicates a rebuke to Saul. Alternate translation: "You are persecuting me!" or "Stop persecuting me!"
Acts 9:5
General Information:
Every occurrence of the word "you" here is singular.
Who are you, Lord?
Saul was not acknowledging that Jesus is the Lord. He uses that title because he understood that he spoke to someone of supernatural power.
Acts 9:6
but rise, enter into the city
"get up and go into the city Damascus"
it will be told you
This can be stated in the active form. Alternate translation: "someone will tell you"
Acts 9:7
stood speechless, hearing the voice, but seeing no one
This can be stated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: "stood speechless. They heard the voice, but they did not see anyone"
but seeing no one
"but they saw no one" or "but they did not see anyone." Apparently only Saul experienced the light.
Acts 9:8
when he opened his eyes
This implies that he had closed his eyes because the light was too bright.
he could see nothing
"he could not see anything." Saul was blind.
Acts 9:9
was without sight
"was blind" or "could not see anything"
he neither ate nor drank
It is not stated whether he chose not to eat or drink as a form of worship, or if he had no appetite because he was too distressed from his situation. It is preferable not to specify the reason.
Acts 9:10
General Information:
The story of Saul continues, and Luke introduces another man named Ananias. This is not the same Ananias who died earlier in Acts [Acts 5:3]
Now there was
This introduces Ananias as a new character.
He said
"Ananias said"
Acts 9:11
go to the street which is called Straight
"go to Straight Street"
house of Judas
This Judas was not the disciple who had betrayed Jesus. This Judas was owner of a house in Damascus where Saul was staying.
a man from Tarsus named Saul
"a man from the city of Tarsus named Saul" or "Saul of Tarsus"
Acts 9:12
laying his hands on him
This was a symbol of giving a spiritual blessing to Saul.
he might see again
"he might regain his ability to see"
Acts 9:13
your holy people in Jerusalem
Here "holy people" refers to Christians. Alternate translation: "the people in Jerusalem who believe in you"
Acts 9:14
authority ... to put in bonds everyone here
It is implied that the extent of the power and authority granted Saul was limited to the Jewish people at this point in time.
put in bonds
Putting someone in bonds is a metonym for arresting that person. Alternate translation: "arrest"
calls upon your name
Here "your name" refers to Jesus.
Acts 9:15
he is a chosen instrument of mine
"chosen instrument" refers to something that is set apart for service. Alternate translation: "I have chosen him to serve me"
to carry my name
This is an expression for identifying or speaking out for Jesus. Alternate translation: "in order that he might speak about me"
Acts 9:16
for the cause of my name
This is an expression meaning "for telling people about me."
Acts 9:17
General Information:
The word "you" here is singular and refers to Saul.
Connecting Statement:
Ananias goes to the house where Saul is staying. After Saul is healed, the story shifts from Ananias back to Saul.
So Ananias departed, and entered into the house
It may be helpful to state that Ananias went to the house before he entered into it. Alternate translation: "So Ananias went, and after he found the house where Saul was, he entered it"
Laying his hands on him
Ananias put his hands on Saul. This was a symbol of giving a blessing to Saul.
so that you might receive your sight and be filled with the Holy Spirit
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that you might see again and that the Holy Spirit might fill you"
Acts 9:18
something like scales fell
"something that appeared like fish scales fell"
he received his sight
"he was able to see again"
he arose and was baptized
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he got up and Ananias baptized him"
Acts 9:19
General Information:
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Acts 9:20
General Information:
Here the first "he" refers to Saul. The second "he" refers to Jesus, the Son of God.
Son of God
This is an important title for Jesus.
Acts 9:21
General Information:
Here "him" and "He" refer to Saul.
All who heard him
The word "All" is a generalization. Alternate translation: "Those who heard him" or "Many who heard him"
Is not this the man who destroyed those in Jerusalem who called on this name?
This is a rhetorical and negative question that emphasizes that Saul was indeed the man who had persecuted the believers. Alternate translation: "This is the man who destroyed those in Jerusalem who called on this name Jesus!"
this name
Here "name" refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: "the name of Jesus"
Acts 9:22
causing distress among the Jews
They were distressed in the sense that they could not find a way to refute Saul's arguments that Jesus was the Christ.
Acts 9:23
General Information:
The word "him" in this section refers to Saul.
the Jews
This refers to the leaders of the Jews. Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders"
Acts 9:24
But their plan became known to Saul
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But someone told their plan to Saul" or "But Saul learned about their plan"
They watched the gates
This city had a wall surrounding it. People could normally only enter and exit the city through the gates.
Acts 9:25
his disciples
people who believed Saul's message about Jesus and were following his teaching
let him down through the wall, lowering him in a basket
"used ropes to lower him in a large basket through an opening in the wall"
Acts 9:26
General Information:
Here the words "he" and "him" refer to Saul.
but they were all afraid of him
Here "they were all" is a generalization, but it is possible that it refers to every person. Alternate translation: "but they were afraid of him"
Acts 9:27
General Information:
Here "him" refers to Saul and "he" refers to Barnabas.
had spoken boldly in the name of Jesus
This is a way of saying he preached or taught the gospel message of Jesus Christ without fear. Alternate translation: "had openly preached the message about Jesus"
Acts 9:28
He was with them, going in and out around Jerusalem
Here the word "He" refers to Saul, and the word "them" probably refers to the apostles and other disciples in Jerusalem. This is an idiom meaning that Paul was able to associate freely with the believers in Jerusalem.
in the name of the Lord Jesus
Possible meanings are 1) this simply refers to the Lord Jesus and tells who Paul spoke about. Alternate translation: "about the Lord Jesus" or 2) "name" is a metonym for authority. Alternate translation: "under the authority of the Lord Jesus" or "with the authority that the Lord Jesus gave him"
Acts 9:29
debated with the Grecian Jews
Saul tried to reason with the Jews who spoke Greek.
Acts 9:30
the brothers
Here the words "the brothers" refer to the believers in Jerusalem.
brought him down to Caesarea
The phrase "brought him down" is used here because Caesarea is lower in elevation than Jerusalem.
sent him away to Tarsus
Caesarea was a seaport. They brothers probably sent Saul to Tarsus by ship.
Acts 9:31
General Information:
Verse 31 is a statement that gives an update on the church's growth.
the church throughout all Judea, Galilee, and Samaria
This is the first use of the singular "church" to refer to more than one local congregation. Here it refers to all the believers in all the groups throughout Israel.
had peace
"lived peacefully." This means the persecution that started with the murder of Stephen was finished.
was built up
The agent was either God or the Holy Spirit. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God helped them grow" or "the Holy Spirit built them up"
walking in the fear of the Lord
"Walking" here is a metaphor for "living." Alternate translation: "living in obedience to the Lord" or "continuing to honor the Lord"
in the comfort of the Holy Spirit
"with the Holy Spirit strengthening and encouraging them"
Acts 9:32
Connecting Statement:
Here the story shifts from Saul to a new part of the story about Peter.
Now it came about
This phrase is used to mark a new part of the story.
throughout the whole region
This is an generalization for Peter's visiting the believers in many places in the region of Judea, Galilee, and Samaria.
he came down
The phrase "came down" is used here because Lydda is lower in elevation than the other places where he was traveling.
Lydda
Lydda is a city located about 18 kilometers southeast of Joppa. This city is called Lod in the Old Testament and in modern Israel.
Acts 9:33
There he found a certain man
Peter was not intentionally searching for a paralyzed person, but happened upon him. Alternate translation: "There Peter met a man"
a certain man named Aeneas
This introduces Aeneas as a new character in the story.
who had been in his bed ... was paralyzed
This is background information about Aeneas.
paralyzed
This means he was unable to walk. He probably was unable to move any part of his body below his waist.
Acts 9:34
make your bed
"roll up your mat"
Acts 9:35
everyone who lived in Lydda and in Sharon
This is a generalization referring to many of the people there. Alternate translation: "those who lived in Lydda and in Sharon" or "many people who lived in Lydda and Sharon"
in Lydda and in Sharon
The city of Lydda was located in the Plain of Sharon.
saw the man
It may be helpful to state that they saw that he was healed. Alternate translation: "saw the man whom Peter had healed"
and they turned to the Lord
Here "turned to the Lord" is a metaphor for starting to obey the Lord. Alternate translation: "and they repented of their sins and started obeying the Lord"
Acts 9:36
General Information:
Verses 36 and 37 give background information about the woman named Tabitha.
Connecting Statement:
Luke continues the story with a new event about Peter.
Now there was
This introduces a new part in the story.
Tabitha (which is translated "Dorcas"). This woman
Tabitha is her name in the Aramaic language, and Dorcas is her name in the Greek language. Both names mean "gazelle." Alternate translation: "Tabitha, which in the Greek language was Dorcas. This woman"
was full of good works and merciful deeds
"doing many good things and performed merciful deeds"
Acts 9:37
General Information:
Verses 36 and 37 give background information about the woman named Tabitha.
It came about in those days
This refers to the time when Peter was in Joppa. This can be stated. Alternate translation: "It came about while Peter was nearby"
washed her
This was washing to prepare for her burial.
they laid her in an upper room
This was a temporary display of the body during the funeral process.
Acts 9:38
they sent two men to him
"the disciples sent two men to Peter"
Acts 9:39
to the upper room
"to the upstairs room where Dorcas' body was lying"
all the widows
It is possible that all the widows of the town were there since it was not a large town.
widows
women whose husbands had died and therefore needed help
while she had been with them
"while she was still alive with the disciples"
Acts 9:40
put them all out of the room
"told them all to leave the room." Peter had everyone leave so he could be alone to pray for Tabitha.
Acts 9:41
gave her his hand and raised her up
Peter took hold of her hand and helped her to sit up in the bed and then stand up on the floor.
God's holy people and the widows
The widows were possibly also believers but are mentioned specifically because Tabitha was so important to them.
Acts 9:42
Connecting Statement:
The story of Tabitha ends in verse 42. Verse 43 tells us what happens to Peter after the story ends.
This matter became known throughout all Joppa
This refers to the miracle of Peter's raising Tabitha from the dead. It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People throughout all Joppa heard about this matter"
believed on the Lord
"believed in the gospel of the Lord Jesus"
Acts 9:43
Connecting Statement:
The story of Tabitha ends in verse 42. Verse 43 tells us what happens to Peter after the story ends.
It happened that
"It came about that." This introduces the beginning of the next event in the story.
Simon, a tanner
"a man named Simon who made leather from animal skins"
Chapter 10
Acts 10 General Notes
Special concepts in this chapter
Unclean
The Jews believed that they could become unclean in God's sight if they visited or ate food with a Gentile. This was because the Pharisees had made a law against it because they wanted to keep people from eating foods that the law of Moses said were unclean. The law of Moses did say that some foods were unclean, but it did not say that God's people could not visit or eat with Gentiles. (See: clean and lawofmoses)
Baptism and the Holy Spirit
The Holy Spirit "fell on" those who were listening to Peter. This showed the Jewish believers that Gentiles could receive the word of God and receive the Holy Spirit just as the Jewish believers had. After that, the Gentiles were baptized.
Acts 10:1
General Information:
The writer begins to give background information about Cornelius.
Connecting Statement:
This is the beginning of the part of the story about Cornelius.
Now there was a certain man
This was a way of introducing a new person to this part of the historical account.
in the city of Caesarea, Cornelius by name, a centurion of what was called the Italian Company of Soldiers
"from Caesarea whose name was Cornelius. He was an officer in charge of 60 soldiers from the Italian Company of Soldiers, in the Roman army"
Acts 10:2
General Information:
The writer finishes giving background information about Cornelius.
a devout man
a man who wanted to do what God expected of him
feared God
worshiped God with deep respect and awe
prayed to God constantly
The word "constantly" is a generalization. Alternate translation: "prayed to God often" or "he prayed to God regularly"
Acts 10:3
the ninth hour
"three o'clock in the afternoon." This was the normal afternoon prayer time for Jews.
he clearly saw
"Cornelius clearly saw"
Acts 10:4
Your prayers and your alms have gone up ... into God's presence
It is implied that his gifts and prayers had been accepted by God. Alternate translation: "God is pleased by your prayers and alms. They have gone up ... to him"
Acts 10:5
General Information:
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Acts 10:6
a tanner
a person who makes leather from animal skins
Acts 10:7
When the angel who spoke to him had left
"When Cornelius' vision of the angel had ended."
a devout soldier
a soldier who wanted to do what God expected of him. See how you translated "devout" in Acts 10:2.
Acts 10:8
told them all that had happened
Cornelius explained his vision to his two servants and to one of his soldiers.
sent them to Joppa
"sent two of his two servants and the one soldier to Joppa."
Acts 10:9
General Information:
Here the word "they" refers to Cornelius' two servants and the soldier under Cornelius' command (Acts 10:7).
Connecting Statement:
The story shifts away from Cornelius to tell us what God is doing with to Peter.
about the sixth hour
"around noon"
up upon the housetop
The roofs of the houses were flat, and people often did many different activities on them.
Acts 10:10
while the people were cooking some food
"before the people finished cooking the food"
a trance came on him
This metaphor means that Peter went into the trance without expecting it or desiring it. Alternate translation: "he went into a trance"
trance
Peter saw things in his mind, not with his physical eyes.
Acts 10:11
he saw the sky open
This was the beginning of Peter's vision. It can be a new sentence.
something like a large sheet ... four corners
The container holding the animals had the appearance of a large square piece of cloth.
let down by its four corners
"with its four corners suspended" or "with its four corners higher than the rest of it"
Acts 10:12
things that crawled on the earth
snakes and insects, as opposed to "four-footed animals"
Acts 10:13
a voice spoke to him
The person speaking is not specified. The "voice" was probably God, although it could possibly have been an angel from God.
Acts 10:14
Not so
"I will not do that"
I have never eaten anything that was defiled and unclean
It is implied that some of the "four-footed animals and things that crawled on the earth, and birds of the sky"
Acts 10:15
What God has made clean, you must not call defiled
This refers to the animals in the sheet.
What God has made clean
If God is the speaker, he is referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: "What I, God, have made clean"
Acts 10:16
This happened three times
Possible meanings are 1) Peter heard the words "What God has made clean, you must not call defiled" three times or 2) a total of three times the sheet came down from heaven and Peter heard and responded to the voice. It would be best to translate without adding information here.
Acts 10:17
Peter was very confused
This means that Peter was having difficulty understanding what the vision meant.
behold
The word "behold" here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows, in this case, the two men standing at the gate.
stood before the gate
"stood before the gate to the house." It is implied that this house had a wall with a gate one would use to enter the property.
after they had asked their way to the house
This happened before they arrived at the house. This could be stated earlier in the verse, as the UDB does.
Acts 10:18
They called out
Cornelius' men remained outside the gate while asking about Peter.
Acts 10:19
thinking about the vision
"wondering about the meaning of the vision"
the Spirit
"the Holy Spirit"
Behold, three
"Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: three"
three men are looking for you
Some ancient texts have a different number of men.
Acts 10:20
go down
"go down from the roof of the house"
Do not hesitate to go with them
It would be natural for Peter not to want to go with them, because they were strangers and they were Gentiles.
Acts 10:21
I am he whom you are seeking
"I am the man you are looking for"
Acts 10:22
General Information:
The word "They" here refer to the two servants and the soldier from Cornelius (Acts 10:7).
A centurion named Cornelius ... listen to a message from you
This can be divided into several sentences and stated in active form as the UDB does.
fears God
worships God with deep respect and awe
all the nation of the Jews
This number of people is exaggerated with the word "all" to emphasize how widely this was known among the Jews.
Acts 10:23
General Information:
The word "them" here refer to the two servants and the soldier from Cornelius (Acts 10:7).
So Peter invited them to come in and stay with him
The journey to Caesarea was too long for them to begin that afternoon.
stay with him
"be his guests"
some of the brothers from Joppa
This refers to believers who lived in Joppa.
Acts 10:24
On the following day
This was the next day after they left Joppa. The journey to Caesarea took longer than one day.
Cornelius was waiting for them
"Cornelius expected them"
Acts 10:25
when Peter entered
"when Peter entered the house"
fell down at his feet to worship him
"he knelt down and put his face close to Peter's feet." He did this to honor Peter.
fell down
He purposely did this to show that he was worshiping.
Acts 10:26
Stand up! I too am a man
Peter was rebuking Cornelius mildly for worshiping Peter. Alternate translation: "Do not worship me! I am only a man, as you are"
Acts 10:27
General Information:
The word "him" here refers to Cornelius, and "he" refers to Peter.
Connecting Statement:
Peter addresses the people who are gathered in Cornelius' house.
many people gathered together
"many Gentile people gathered together." It is implied that these people Cornelius had invited were Gentiles.
Acts 10:28
General Information:
Here the words "You" and "yourselves" include Cornelius as well as the Gentiles who were present and so are plural.
it is not lawful for a Jewish man
"it is forbidden for a Jewish man." This refers to the Jewish religious law.
a foreigner
people who are not Jews
Acts 10:29
General Information:
Here both instances of "you" include Cornelius as well as the Gentiles who were present and so are plural.
Acts 10:30
General Information:
In verses 31 and 32 Cornelius quotes what the angel had said to him when he appeared to him at the ninth hour. The words "you" and "your" are all singular. The word "we" here does not include Peter.
Connecting Statement:
Cornelius responds to Peter's question.
Four days ago
Cornelius is referring to the day before the third night before he is speaking to Peter. Biblical culture counts the current day, so the day before three nights ago is "four days ago." Current Western culture does not count the current day, so many Western translations read, "three days ago."
praying
Some ancient authorities say "fasting and praying" instead of simply "praying."
at the ninth hour
The normal afternoon time that the Jews pray to God.
Acts 10:31
your prayer has been heard by God
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has heard your prayer"
reminded God about you
"brought you to God's attention." This does not imply that God had forgotten.
Acts 10:32
call to you a man named Simon who is called Peter
"tell Simon who is also called Peter to come to you"
Acts 10:33
at once
"right away"
You are kind to have come
This expression is a polite way of thanking Peter for coming. Alternate translation: "I certainly thank you for coming"
we are all here
This refers to Cornelius and his family but not to Peter, so this is exclusive.
present in the sight of God
"present with God"
that you have been instructed by the Lord to say
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that the Lord has told you to say"
Acts 10:34
Connecting Statement:
Peter begins speaking to everyone in the house of Cornelius.
opened his mouth
"began to speak"
Truly
This means that what he is about to say is especially important to know.
God is not partial
"God does not favor certain people"
Acts 10:35
anyone who fears him and does what is right is acceptable to him
"he accepts anyone who fears him and does what is right"
to him
to God
fears
worships with deep respect and awe
Acts 10:36
General Information:
All instances of "he" here refers to God.
Connecting Statement:
Peter continues to talk to Cornelius and his guests.
who is Lord of all
Here "all" means "all people."
Acts 10:37
throughout all Judea
The word "all" is a generalization. Alternate translation: "throughout Judea" or "in many places in Judea"
after the baptism that John announced
"after John preached to the people to repent and then baptized them"
Acts 10:38
the events ... and with power
This long sentence, which begins in verse 36, can be shortened into several sentences as in the UDB.
God anointed him with the Holy Spirit and with power
The Holy Spirit and God's power are spoken of as if they are something that can be poured out onto a person.
all who were oppressed by the devil
The word "all" is a generalization. Alternate translation: "those who were oppressed by the devil" or "many people who were oppressed by the devil"
God was with him
The idiom "was with him" means "was helping him."
Acts 10:39
General Information:
The word "We" refer to Peter and the apostles and believers who were with Jesus when he was on earth, not to his hearers. The word "him" here refers to Jesus.
in the country of the Jews
This refers mainly to Judea at that time.
hanging him on a tree
This is another expression that refers to crucifixion. Alternate translation: "nailing him to a wooden cross"
Acts 10:40
General Information:
Both instances of "him" refer to Jesus.
God raised him up
Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "God caused him to live again"
the third day
"the third day after he died"
caused him to be seen
"permitted many people to see him after he was raised from the dead"
Acts 10:41
General Information:
The word "us" refers to Peter and the apostles and believers who were with Jesus when he was on earth, not to his hearers. The words "him" and "he" here refers to Jesus.
from the dead
From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld.
Acts 10:42
General Information:
Here the word "us" includes Peter and believers. It excludes his audience.
that this is the one who has been chosen by God
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that God chose this Jesus"
the living and the dead
This refers to people who are still living and people who have died. Alternate translation: "the people who are alive and the people who are dead"
Acts 10:43
Connecting Statement:
Peter finishes his speech to everyone in the house of Cornelius, which he began in Acts 10:34.
About him all the prophets testify
"All the prophets testify about Jesus"
everyone who believes in him receives forgiveness of sins
This could be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will forgive the sins of everyone who believes in Jesus because of what Jesus has done"
through his name
Here "his name" refers to the actions of Jesus. His name means God who saves. Alternate translation: "through what Jesus has done for them"
Acts 10:44
the Holy Spirit fell
Here the word "fell" indicates that the event happened suddenly. Alternate translation: "the Holy Spirit suddenly came"
all of those who were listening
Here "all" refers to all the Gentiles at the house who were listening to Peter.
Acts 10:45
the gift of the Holy Spirit was poured out also
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God also poured out the Holy Spirit"
the gift of the Holy Spirit
That is, the Holy Spirit himself was the gift.
poured out
The Holy Spirit is spoken of as if he were something that could be poured out upon people. It implies a generous amount. Alternate translation: "generously given"
the gift
"the free gift"
also on the Gentiles
Here "also" refers to the fact that the Holy Spirit had already been given to the Jewish believers.
Acts 10:46
Gentiles speaking in tongues and exalting God
These were known spoken languages that caused the Jews to acknowledge that the Gentiles were indeed praising God.
speaking in tongues
Here "tongues" is a metonym for languages. Alternate translation: "speaking in other languages"
Acts 10:47
Can anyone keep water from these people so they should not be baptized, these people who have received ... we?
Peter uses this question to convince the Jewish Christians that the Gentile believers should be baptized. Alternate translation: "No one should keep water from these people! We should baptize them because they have received ... we!"
Acts 10:48
General Information:
The words "he" and "him" refer to Peter.
Connecting Statement:
This is the end of the part of the story about Cornelius.
he commanded them to be baptized
It is implied that the Jewish Christians were the ones who would baptize them. Alternate translation: "Peter commanded the Gentile believers to allow the Jewish Christians to baptize them" or "Peter commanded the Jewish Christians to baptize them"
be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ
Here "in the name of Jesus Christ" expresses that the reason for their baptism was that they believed in Jesus. Alternate translation: "be baptized as believers in Jesus Christ"
Chapter 11
Acts 11 General Notes
Special concepts in this chapter
"The Gentiles also had received the word of God"
Almost all of the first believers were Jewish. Luke writes in this chapter that many Gentiles started to believe in Jesus. They believed that the message about Jesus was true and so began to "receive the word of God." Some of the believers in Jerusalem did not believe that Gentiles could truly follow Jesus, so Peter went to them and told them what had happened to him and how he had seen the Gentiles receive the Word of God and receive the Holy Spirit.
Acts 11:1
General Information:
This is the beginning of a new event in the story.
Now
This marks a new part of the story.
the brothers
The phrase "brothers" here refers to the believers in Judea.
who were in Judea
"who were in the province of Judea"
had received the word of God
This expression refers to the fact that the Gentiles believed the gospel message about Jesus. Alternate translation: "believed the message of God about Jesus"
Acts 11:2
Connecting Statement:
Peter arrives in Jerusalem and begins talking to the Jews there.
had come up to Jerusalem
Jerusalem was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of coming up to Jerusalem and going down from it.
they who belonged to the circumcision group
This is a reference to some of the Jews who believed that every believer must be circumcised. Alternate translation: "some Jewish believers in Jerusalem who wanted all followers of Christ to be circumcised"
Acts 11:3
uncircumcised men
The phrase "uncircumcised men" refers to Gentiles.
ate with them
It was against Jewish tradition for Jews to eat with Gentiles.
Acts 11:4
Connecting Statement:
Peter responds to the Jews by telling them about his vision and about what had happened at Cornelius' house.
Peter started to explain
Peter did not criticize the Jewish believers but reacted in a friendly, explanatory manner.
in detail
"exactly what happened"
Acts 11:5
in a trance I saw
Peter saw something that was only in his mind. It was not physical. His mind was not working in its usual way. See how you translated similar words in Acts 10:10.
like a large sheet
The container holding the animals had the appearance of a large square piece of cloth. See how you translated this in Acts 10:11.
by its four corners
"with its four corners suspended" or "with its four corners higher than the rest of it." See how you translated this in Acts 10:11.
Acts 11:6
four-legged animals of earth
From Peter's response, it can be implied that the law of Moses commanded the Jews not to eat some of them. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 10:12]
wild beasts
This probably refer to the animals people do not or cannot tame or control.
things that crawled
snakes and insects, as opposed to "four-footed animals." See how you translated this in Acts 10:12.
Acts 11:7
I heard a voice
The person speaking is not specified. The "voice" was probably God, although it could possibly have been an angel from God. See how you translated "a voice" in [Acts 10:13]
Acts 11:8
Not so
"I will not do that." See how you translated this in Acts 10:14.
nothing unholy or unclean has ever entered into my mouth
Apparently the animals in the sheet were animals which the Jewish law in the Old Testament forbade the Jews to eat. This can be said in a positive way. Alternate translation: "I have eaten only meat from holy and clean animals"
unclean
In the Old Testament Jewish law, a person became ritually "unclean" in various ways, such as eating certain forbidden animals.
Acts 11:9
What God has made clean, you must not call defiled
This refers to the animals in the sheet.
Acts 11:10
This happened three times
Possible meanings are 1) Peter heard the words "What God has made clean, you must not call defiled" three times or 2) a total of three times the sheet came down from heaven and Peter heard and responded to the voice. It would be best to translate without adding information here. See how you translated "This happened three times" in Acts 10:16.
Acts 11:11
General Information:
Here "we" refers to Peter and the believers in Joppa. It does not include his current audience in Jerusalem.
Behold
This word alerts us to the new people in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
right away
"immediately" or "at that exact moment"
they had been sent
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone had sent them"
Acts 11:12
that I should make no distinction regarding them
"that I should not be concerned that they were Gentiles"
These six brothers went with me
"These six brothers went with me to Caesarea"
These six brothers
"These six Jewish believers"
into the man's house
This refers to the house of Cornelius.
Acts 11:13
Simon who is called Peter
"Simon who is also called Peter." See how you translated the same phrase in Acts 10:32.
Acts 11:14
all your household
This refers to all the people in the household. Alternate translation: "everyone who lives in your house"
Acts 11:15
General Information:
Here the word "us" refers to Peter, the other apostles, and all of the Jewish believers who had received the Holy Spirit at Pentecost.
As I began to speak to them, the Holy Spirit came on them
This implies that Peter had not finished speaking but had intended to say more.
the Holy Spirit came on them, just as on us in the beginning
Peter leaves out some things to keep the story short. Alternate translation: "the Holy Spirit came on the Gentile believers, just as he came on the Jewish believers at Pentecost"
in the beginning
Peter is referring to the day of Pentecost.
Acts 11:16
you will be baptized with the Holy Spirit
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will baptize you with the Holy Spirit"
Acts 11:17
General Information:
The word "them" refers to Cornelius and his Gentile guests and household. The word "us" refers to the speaker and his hearers and so is inclusive.
Connecting Statement:
Peter finishes his speech (which he began in Acts 11:4) to the Jews about his vision and about what had happened at the house of Cornelius.
Then if God gave to them ... who was I, that I could oppose God?
Peter uses this question to emphasize that he was only obeying God. Alternate translation: "Since God gave to them ... I decided that I could not oppose God!"
the same gift
Peter refers to the gift of the Holy Spirit.
Acts 11:18
General Information:
The word "they" refers to the Jewish believers to whom Peter spoke.
they said nothing in response
"they did not argue with Peter"
God has given repentance for life to the Gentiles also
"God has given repentance that leads to life to the Gentiles also." Here "life" refers to eternal life. The abstract nouns "repentance" and "life" can be translated as the verbs "repent" and "live." Alternate translation: "God has also given the Gentiles the ability to repent and then live eternally" or "God has allowed the Gentiles also to repent and live eternally"
Acts 11:19
Connecting Statement:
Luke tells about what happened to the believers who fled after the stoning of Stephen.
Now
This introduces the new part of the story.
those who had been scattered by the persecution that arose over Stephen spread
The Jews began persecuting Jesus's followers because Stephen had said and done things that the Jews did not like. Because of this persecution, many of Jesus's followers left Jerusalem and went to many different places.
spread
"went in many different directions"
who had been scattered by the persecution that arose over Stephen spread
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom the Jews had been persecuting because of Stephen, and so had left Jerusalem, spread"
the persecution that arose over Stephen
the persecution that happened because of what Stephen had said and done
only to Jews
The believers thought God's message was for the Jewish people, and not for the Gentiles.
Acts 11:20
spoke also to Greeks
These Greek-speaking people were Gentiles, not Jews. Alternate translation: "also spoke to Gentiles who spoke Greek"
Acts 11:21
The hand of the Lord was with them
God's hand signifies his powerful help. Alternate translation: "God was powerfully enabling those believers to preach effectively"
turned to the Lord
Here "turned to the Lord" is a metaphor for starting to obey the Lord. Alternate translation: "they repented of their sins and began to obey the Lord"
Acts 11:22
General Information:
The word "he" refers to Barnabas. The word "they" refers to the believers of the church at Jerusalem.
ears of the church
Here "ears" refers to the believers' hearing about the event. Alternate translation: "the believers in the church"
Acts 11:23
General Information:
The word "he" refers to Barnabas. The word "them" refers to the believers he met on his way to Antioch.
saw the grace of God
"saw how God acted kindly toward the believers"
he encouraged them
"he kept on encouraging them"
to remain with the Lord
"to remain faithful to the Lord" or "to continue to trust in the Lord"
with purpose of heart
Here the "heart" refers to a person's will and desire. Alternate translation: "with all their will" or "with complete commitment"
Acts 11:24
General Information:
The word "he" refers to Barnabas.
full of the Holy Spirit
The Holy Spirit controlled Barnabas as he obeyed the Holy Spirit.
many people were added to the Lord
Here "added" means they came to believe the same thing as the others. Alternate translation: "many more people also believed in the Lord"
Acts 11:25
out to Tarsus
"out to the city of Tarsus"
Acts 11:26
General Information:
The word "he" refers to Barnabas and "him" to Saul.
When he found him
It probably took some time and effort for Barnabas to locate Saul.
It came about
This begins a new event in the story.
they gathered together with the church
"Barnabas and Saul gathered together with the church"
The disciples were first called Christians in Antioch
This implies that it was other people who called the believers Christians. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People in Antioch were the fist to call the disciples Christians"
Acts 11:27
General Information:
Here Luke tells background information about a prophecy in Antioch.
Now
This word is used here to mark a break in the main story-line.
came down from Jerusalem to Antioch
Jerusalem was higher in elevation than Antioch, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of going up to Jerusalem or going down from it.
Acts 11:28
Agabus by name
"whose name was Agabus"
indicated by the Spirit
"the Holy Spirit enabled him to prophesy"
a great famine would occur
"a great shortage of food would happen"
over all the world
This was a generalization referring to the part of the world that they were interested in. Alternate translation: "all over the inhabited world" or "throughout the Roman Empire"
in the days of Claudius
Luke's audience would know that Claudius was the emperor of Rome at that time. Alternate translation: "when Claudius was the Roman emperor"
Acts 11:29
So
This word means marks an event that happened because of something else that happened first. In this case, they sent money because of Agabus' prophesy or the famine.
as each one was able
The richer people sent more; the poorer people sent less.
the brothers in Judea
"the believers in Judea"
Acts 11:30
General Information:
The words "They" and "they" refer to the believers in the church in Antioch (Acts 11:27).
by the hand of Barnabas and Saul
The hand is a synecdoche for the action of the whole person. Alternate translation: "by having Barnabas and Saul take it to them"
Chapter 12
Acts 12 General Notes
Structure and formatting
Chapter 12 tells what happened to King Herod while Barnabas was bringing Saul back from Tarsus and they were delivering money from Antioch Jerusalem (11:25-30). He killed many of the leaders of the church, and he put Peter in prison. After God helped Peter escape the prison, Herod killed the prison guards, and then God killed Herod. In the last verse of the chapter, Luke tells how Barnabas and Saul return to Antioch.
Important figures of speech in this chapter
Personification
The "word of God" is spoken of as if it were a living thing that could grow and become many.
Acts 12:1
General Information:
This is background information about Herod's killing James.
Connecting Statement:
This begins the new persecution, first of James's death and then of Peter's imprisonment and then release.
Now
This begins a new part of the story.
about that time
This refers to the time of the famine.
laid hands on
This means Herod had the believers arrested. See how you translated this in [Acts 4:3]
some who belonged to the church
Only James and Peter are specified, which implies that these were leaders of the church in Jerusalem.
so that he might mistreat them
"in order to cause the believers to suffer"
Acts 12:2
He killed James ... with the sword
This tells the manner in which James was killed.
He killed James
Possible meanings are 1) Herod himself killed James or 2) Herod ordered someone to kill James. Alternate translation: "Herod gave the order and they killed James"
Acts 12:3
General Information:
Here the word "he" refers to Herod (Acts 12:1).
After he saw that this pleased the Jews
"When Herod realized that putting James to death pleased the Jewish leaders"
pleased the Jews
"made the Jewish leaders happy"
That was
"Herod did this" or "This happened"
the days of unleavened bread
This refers to the Jewish religious feast time during the Passover season. Alternate translation: "the festival when the Jewish people ate bread without yeast"
Acts 12:4
four squads of soldiers
"four groups of soldiers." Each squad had four soldiers that guarded Peter, one group at a time. The groups divided the 24 hour day into four shifts. Each time two soldiers would have been at his side and the other two soldiers by the entrance.
he was intending to bring him to the people
"Herod planned to judge Peter in the presence of the people" or "Herod planned to judge Peter before the Jewish people"
Acts 12:5
So Peter was kept in the prison
This implies that the soldiers continually guarded Peter in prison. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "So the soldiers guarded Peter in the prison"
prayer was made earnestly to God for him by those in the church
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the group of believers in Jerusalem earnestly prayed to God for him"
earnestly
continuously and with dedication
Acts 12:6
On the night before Herod was going to bring him out for trial
That Herod planned to execute him can be clarified. Alternate translation: "The happened on the day before Herod was going to bring Peter out from prison to put him on trial and then to execute him"
bound with two chains
"tied with two chains" or "fastened with two chains." Each chain would have been attached to one of the two guards who stayed beside Peter.
were keeping watch over the prison
"were guarding the prison doors"
Acts 12:7
General Information:
The words "him" and "his" refer to Peter.
Behold
This word alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
by him
"next to him" or "beside him"
in the prison cell
"in the prison room"
He struck Peter
"The angel tapped Peter" or "The angel poked Peter." Peter was evidently sleeping deeply enough that this was required to wake him.
his chains fell off his hands
The angel caused the chains to fall from Peter without touching them.
Acts 12:8
Gird yourself and put on your sandals
Peter had probably loosened his belt and taken off his sandals so he could go to sleep. The angel was telling Peter to get ready to leave the cell.
Peter did so
"Peter did what the angel told him to do" or "Peter obeyed"
Acts 12:9
General Information:
Here the word "He" refers to Peter. The words "they" and "They" refer to Peter and the angel.
He did not know
"He did not understand"
what was done by the angel was real
This could be changed to active form. Alternate translation: "the actions of the angel were real" or "what the angel did truly happened"
Acts 12:10
After they had passed by the first guard and the second
It is implied that the soldiers were not able to see Peter and the angel as they walked by. Alternate translation: "The first and second guards did not see them as they passed by, and then"
had passed by
"had walked by"
and the second
The word "guard" is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: "and the second guard"
they came to the iron gate
"Peter and the angel arrived at the iron gate"
that led into the city
"that opened to the city" or "that went from the prison to the city"
it opened for them by itself
Here "by itself" means neither Peter nor the angel opened it. Alternate translation: "the gate swung open for them" or "the gate opened itself for them"
went down a street
"walked along a street"
left him right away
"left Peter suddenly" or "suddenly disappeared"
Acts 12:11
When Peter came to himself
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "When Peter became fully awake and alert" or "When Peter became aware that what had happened was real"
delivered me out of the hand of Herod
Here "the hand of Herod" refers to "Herod's hold" or "Herod's plans." Alternate translation: "brought me from the harm Herod had planned for me"
delivered me
"rescued me"
everything the Jewish people were expecting
Here "the people of the Jews" probably referred mainly to the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: "all that the Jewish leaders thought would happen to me"
Acts 12:12
realized this
He became aware that God had rescued him.
John, also called Mark
John was also called Mark. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "John, whom people also called Mark"
Acts 12:13
he knocked
"Peter knocked." Tapping on the door was a normal Jewish custom to let others know you wish to visit them. You may need to change this to fit your culture.
at the door of the gate
"at the outer door" or "at the door of the entrance from the street to the courtyard"
came to answer
"came to the gate to ask who was knocking"
Acts 12:14
General Information:
Here all instances of "she" refer to the servant girl Rhoda (Acts 12:13).
out of joy
"because she was so joyful" or "being overly excited"
failed to open the gate
"did not open the gate" or "forgot to open the gate"
came running into the room
You may prefer to say "went running into the room in the house"
she reported
"she told them" or "she said"
Acts 12:15
General Information:
Here the words "she" and "her" both refer to the servant girl Rhoda (Acts 10:13), and the words "they" and "They" refer to the people who were inside praying (Acts 10:12).
You are insane
The people not only did not believe her, but rebuked her by saying she was crazy. Alternate translation: "You are crazy"
she insisted that it was so
"she insisted that what she said was true"
They said
"They answered"
It is his angel
"What you have seen is Peter's angel." Some Jews believed in guardian angels and may have thought that Peter's angel had come to them.
Acts 12:16
General Information:
Here both instances of "they" refer to the people in the house. The word "him" refers to Peter.
But Peter continued knocking
The word "continued" means that Peter kept knocking the entire time those inside were talking.
Acts 12:17
General Information:
Here both instances of "them" refer to the people who were inside praying (Acts 12:12).
Report these things
"Tell these things"
the brothers
"the other believers"
Acts 12:18
Now
This word is used to mark a break in the story-line. Time has passed; it is now the next day.
when it became day
"in the morning"
there was no small disturbance among the soldiers over what had happened to Peter
This phrase is used to emphasize what really happened. This could be said in a positive way. Alternate translation: "there was a great disturbance among the soldiers over what had happened to Peter"
there was no small disturbance among the soldiers over what had happened to Peter
The abstract noun "disturbance" can be expressed with the words "disturbed" or "upset." Alternate translation: "the soldiers were very disturbed about what had happened to Peter"
Acts 12:19
General Information:
The word "him" here refers to Peter, and both instances of "he" refers to Herod.
After Herod had searched for him and could not find him
"After Herod searched for Peter and could not find him"
After Herod had searched for him
Possible meanings are that 1) "Herod" here is a metonym for his soldiers, that is, when Herod heard Peter was missing, he sent other soldiers to search the prison, or 2) when Herod heard Peter was missing, he went himself to search the prison.
he questioned the guards and ordered them to be put to death
It was the normal punishment for the Roman government to kill the guards if their prisoner escaped.
Then Herod went down
The phrase "went down" is used here because Caesarea is lower in elevation than Judea.
Acts 12:20
Connecting Statement:
Luke continues with another event in Herod's life.
Now
This word is used here to mark the next event in the story.
very angry
This phrase translates a word that speaks of a person being so angry that he is ready to kill other people.
They went to him with one purpose
Here the word "They" is a generalization. It is unlikely that all the people of Tyre and Sidon went to Herod. Alternate translation: "Men representing the people of Tyre and Sidon went with one purpose to talk with Herod"
with one purpose
This phrase translates a word that speaks of people who agree with each other and who work together to accomplish a common purpose.
after persuading Blastus
"after these men persuaded Blastus"
Blastus
a man's name
the king's assistant
This phrase refers to a person who assists the king in his personal life, not necessarily his work as ruler.
they asked for peace
"these men requested peace"
their country received its food from the king's country
They probably purchased this food. Alternate translation: "the people of Tyre and Sidon bought all their food from the people that Herod ruled"
received its food
It is implied that Herod restricted this supply of food because he was angry with the people of Tyre and Sidon.
Acts 12:21
On a set day
This was probably the day on which Herod agreed to meet with the representatives. Alternate translation: "On the day when Herod agreed to meet them"
royal clothing
expensive clothing that would demonstrate he was the king
sat on a throne
This was where Herod formally addressed people who came to see him.
Acts 12:22
General Information:
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Acts 12:23
Connecting Statement:
This is the end of the part of the story about Herod.
Immediately an angel
"Right away an angel" or "While the people were praising Herod, an angel"
struck him
"afflicted Herod" or "caused Herod to become very ill"
he did not give God the glory
Herod let those people worship him instead of telling them to worship God.
he was eaten by worms and died
Here "worms" refers to worms inside the body, probably intestinal worms. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "worms ate Herod's insides and he died"
Acts 12:24
the word of God increased and multiplied
The word of God is spoken of as if it were a living plant able to grow and reproduce. Alternate translation: "the message of God spread to more places and more people believed in him"
the word of God
"the message God sent about Jesus"
Acts 12:25
Connecting Statement:
This verse continues the history from [11:30]
completed their mission
This refers back to when they brought money from the believers at Antioch in [Acts 11:29-30]
they returned from Jerusalem
They went back to Antioch from Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "Barnabas and Saul returned to Antioch"
Chapter 13
Acts 13 General Notes
Structure and formatting
Some translations set poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to show that it is poetry. The ULB does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 13:33-35 and 13:41.
This chapter is where the second half of the Book of Acts begins. Luke writes more about Paul than about Peter. Luke also writes about the believers preaching to the Gentiles rather than to the Jews.
Special concepts in this chapter
A light for the Gentiles
The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. The Jews considered all Gentiles as walking in darkness, but Paul and Barnabas spoke of telling the Gentiles about Jesus as if they were going to bring them physical light. (See: and righteous)
Acts 13:1
General Information:
Verse 1 gives background information about the people in the church at Antioch.
Connecting Statement:
Luke begins to tell about the mission trips on which the church at Antioch send Barnabas and Saul.
Now in the church in Antioch
"At that time in the church at Antioch"
Simeon ... Niger ... Lucius ... Manaen
These are men's names.
foster brother of Herod the tetrarch
Manaen was probably Herod's playmate or close friend while they were growing up.
Acts 13:2
General Information:
The words "they" refers to the other three leaders (Acts 13:1), not including Barnabas and Saul, and it could include other believers.
Set apart for me Barnabas and Saul
"Appoint Barnabas and Saul to serve me"
I have called them
The verb here means that God chose them to do this work.
Acts 13:3
General Information:
The words "they" and "their" refer to the other three leaders (Acts 13:1), not including Barnabas and Saul, and they could include other believers.
laid their hands on these men
"laid their hands on these men whom God had set apart for his service." This act showed that the leaders agreed that the Holy Spirit had called Barnabas and Saul to do this work.
sent them off
"sent those men off" or "sent those men off to do the work the Holy Spirit told them to do"
Acts 13:4
General Information:
Here the word "they" refers to Barnabas and Saul.
So
This word marks an event that happened because of a previous event. In this case, the previous event is Barnabas and Saul being set apart by the Holy Spirit.
went down
The phrase "went down" is used here because Seleucia is lower in elevation than Antioch.
Seleucia
a city by the sea
Acts 13:5
General Information:
Here the words "They" and "their" refer to Barnabas and Saul.
city of Salamis
The city of Salamis was on Cyprus Island.
proclaimed the word of God
"Word of God" here is a synecdoche for "message of God." Alternate translation: "proclaimed the message of God"
synagogues of the Jews
Possible meanings are that 1) there were multiple Jewish synagogues in the city of Salamis where Barnabas and Saul preached or 2) Barnabas and Saul started at the synagogue at Salamis and continued to preach in all the synagogues they found while they traveled around the Island of Cyprus.
They also had John for an assistant
"John went with them and was helping them"
John
John Mark
assistant
"helper"
Acts 13:6
General Information:
Here both instances of "they" refers to Paul, Silas, and John Mark.
the whole island
They crossed from one side of the island to the other and shared the gospel message in each town they passed through.
Paphos
a major city on Cyprus island where the proconsul lived
they found
Here "found" means they came upon him without looking for him. Alternate translation: "they met" or "they came upon"
a certain magician
"a particular person who practiced witchcraft" or "a person who practiced supernatural magic arts"
whose name was Bar-Jesus
"Bar-Jesus" means "Son of Jesus." There is no relation between this man and Jesus Christ. "Jesus" was a common name at that time.
Acts 13:7
General Information:
Here the word "he" refers to Sergius Paulus, the proconsul.
associated with
"was often with" or "was often in the company of"
proconsul
This was a governor in charge of a Roman province. Alternate translation: "governor"
who was an intelligent man
This is background information about Sergius Paulus.
This man summoned
The phrase "this man" refers to Sergius Paulus.
he sought to hear the word of God
"he wanted to hear the word of God"
Acts 13:8
General Information:
Here the word "them" refers to Paul, Silas, and John Mark, and "he" refers to Elymas.
Elymas "the magician"
This was Bar Jesus, who was also called "the magician"
that is how his name is translated
"that was what he was called in Greek"
opposed them; he tried to turn
"resisted them by trying to turn" or "attempted to stop them by trying to turn"
tried to turn the proconsul away from the faith
Here "to turn ... away from" is a metaphor for convincing someone to not do something. Alternate translation: "attempted to persuade the governor not to believe the gospel message"
Acts 13:9
General Information:
The word "him" refers to the magician Elymas, who is also called Bar Jesus (Acts 13:6-8).
Connecting Statement:
While on the island of Paphos, Paul begins to talk to Elymas.
Saul, who is also called Paul
"Saul" was his Jewish name, and "Paul" was his Roman name. Since he was speaking to a Roman official, he used his Roman name. Alternate translation: "Saul, who now called himself Paul"
stared at him intensely
"looked at him intensely"
Acts 13:10
You son of the devil
Paul is saying the man is acting like the devil. Alternate translation: "You are like the devil" or "You act like the devil"
you are full of all kinds of deceit and wickedness
"you are always intent in causing others to believe what is not true using falsehood and are always doing what is wrong"
wickedness
The word in this context means laziness and lack of diligence in following God's law.
You are an enemy of every kind of righteousness
Paul is grouping Elymas with the devil. Just as the devil is an enemy of God and is against righteousness, so also was Elymas.
You will never stop twisting the straight paths of the Lord, will you?
Paul uses this question to rebuke Elymas for opposing God. Alternate translation: "You are always saying that the truth about the Lord God is false!"
the straight paths of the Lord
Here "straight paths" refer to the ways that are true. Alternate translation: "the true ways of the Lord"
Acts 13:11
General Information:
The words "you," "he," and "him" refer to Elymas the magician.
Connecting Statement:
Paul finishes speaking to Elymas.
the hand of the Lord is upon you
Here "hand' represents the power of God and "upon you" implies punishment. Alternate translation: "The Lord will punish you"
you will become blind
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will make you blind"
You will not see the sun
Elymas will be so completely blind that he not even be able to see the sun. Alternate translation: "You will not even see the sun"
for a while
"for a period of time" or "until the time appointed by God"
there fell on Elymas a mist and darkness
"the eyes of Elymas became blurry and then dark" or "Elymas started seeing unclearly and then he could not see anything"
he started going around
"Elymas wandered around" or "Elymas started feeling around and"
Acts 13:12
General Information:
Both instances of "he" refer to the proconsul.
the proconsul
A proconsul was a governor in charge of a Roman province. Alternate translation: "the governor"
he believed
"he believed in Jesus"
he was astonished at the teaching about the Lord
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the teaching about the Lord amazed him"
Acts 13:13
General Information:
Verse 13 gives background information about this part of the story. "Paul and his friends" were Barnabas and John Mark
Connecting Statement:
This is a new part of the story about Paul in Antioch in Pisidia.
Now
This marks the beginning of a new part of the story.
set sail from Paphos
"traveled by sailboat from Paphos"
came to Perga in Pamphylia
"arrived in Perga, which is in Pamphylia"
But John left them
"But John Mark left Paul and Barnabas"
Acts 13:14
General Information:
Verse 14 continues to give background information about this part of the story. The word "they" refers to Paul and his friends Barnabas and John Mark
Antioch of Pisidia
"the city of Antioch in the district of Pisidia." This is different from the city of Antioch that Paul and Barnabas left at the beginning of the chapter.
Acts 13:15
General Information:
The word "them" refers to Paul and his friends Barnabas and John Mark.
After the reading of the law and the prophets
The "law and the prophets" refer to parts of the Jewish scriptures which were read. Alternate translation: "After someone read from the books of the law and the writings of the prophets"
sent them a message, saying
"told someone to say to them" or "asked someone to say to them"
Brothers
The term "brothers" is here used by the people in the synagogue to refer to Paul and Barnabas as fellow Jews.
if you have any message of encouragement
"if you want to say anything to encourage us"
encouragement
or "exhortation"
say it
"please speak it" or "please tell it to us"
Acts 13:16
General Information:
The words "he" and "his" refer to Paul. The word "you" is plural.
Connecting Statement:
Paul begins his speech to those in the synagogue in Pisidian Antioch. He begins by talking about things that happened in Israel's history.
motioned with his hand
This could refer to moving his hands as a signal that he was ready to speak. Alternate translation: "moved his hands to show that he was about to speak"
you who fear God
This refers to Gentiles who had converted to Judaism. "you who are not Israelites but who worship God"
God, listen
"God, listen to me" or "God, listen to what I am about to say"
Acts 13:17
General Information:
The word "our" includes the speaker and the hears and so is plural. The words "they" and "them" refer to "the people." The word "he" refers to God.
The God of this people Israel
"The God the people of Israel worship"
our fathers
"our ancestors"
exalted the people
"caused the people to become very numerous"
with an uplifted arm
This refers to God's mighty power. Alternate translation: "with great power"
out of it
"out from the land of Egypt"
Acts 13:18
he put up with them
"God tolerated the people of Israel." This means "he tolerated them." Some versions have have a different word that means "he took care of them." Alternate translation: "God endured their disobedience" or "God took care of them"
Acts 13:19
General Information:
Here both instances of "he" refer to God. The word "our" refers to Paul and his audience.
nations
Here the word "nations" refers to different people groups and not to lands with geographical boundaries.
Acts 13:20
General Information:
The word "them" refers to the people of Israel.
took place over 450 years
"took more than 450 years to accomplish"
until Samuel the prophet
"until the time of the prophet Samuel"
Acts 13:21
king for forty years
"their king for forty years" or "king, and he reigned over them for forty years"
Acts 13:22
General Information:
The quotation here is from Old Testament.
removed him from the kingship
This expression means God caused Saul to stop being king. Alternate translation: "rejected Saul from being king"
he raised up David to be their king
"God chose David to be their king"
their king
"the king of Israel" or "the king over the Israelites"
It was about David that God testified, saying,
"God gave this testimony about David:"
I have found David ... to be
"I have observed that David ... is"
a man after my heart
This expression means "a man who wants what I want."
Acts 13:23
From this man's descendants
"From David's descendants." This is placed at the beginning of the sentence to emphasize that the savior had to be one of David's descendants (Acts 13:22).
has brought to Israel
This refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: "gave to the people of Israel"
as he promised to do
"just as God promised he would do"
Acts 13:24
a baptism of repentance to all the people of Israel
You can translate the word "repentance" as the verb "repent." Alternate translation: "that all the people of Israel who wanted to repent of their sin needed to have him baptize them"
Acts 13:25
Who do you think I am?
John asked this question to compel the people to think about who he was. Alternate translation: "Think about who I am."
I am not the one
John was referring to the Messiah, whom they were expecting to come. Alternate translation: "I am not the Messiah"
But listen
This emphasizes the importance of what he will say next.
one is coming after me
This also refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: "The Messiah will soon come"
the sandals of whose feet I am not worthy to untie
"I am not worthy even to untie his sandals." The Messiah is so much greater than John that he did not even feel worthy do the lowest job for him.
Acts 13:26
General Information:
Here the word "us" includes Paul and his entire audience in the synagogue.
Brothers, children of the offspring of Abraham, and those among you who fear God
Possible meanings are 1) this is a list with three items, and Paul is addressing three groups of people together, or 2) the phrases "children of the offspring of Abraham" and "those among you who fear God" refer to the two groups of people whom Paul addresses as "brothers."
those among you who fear God
These words refer specifically to Gentiles who worshiped in the synagogue and obeyed much of the law of Moses but had not been circumcised.
the message about this salvation has been sent
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has sent the message about this salvation"
about this salvation
The word "salvation" can be translated with the verb "save." Alternate translation: "that God will save people"
Acts 13:27
General Information:
The word "they" and "their" refers to the Jews who lived in Jerusalem.
did not recognize him
"did not realize that this man Jesus was the one whom God had sent to save them"
the voices of the prophets
Here the word "voices" is a metonym for the message that the voices spoke. Alternate translation: "the writings of the prophets" or "the messages of the prophets"
that are read
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "which someone reads"
Acts 13:28
General Information:
Here the word "they" refers to the Jewish people and their religious leaders in Jerusalem. The word him" here refers to Jesus.
they found no reason for the death penalty
It is implied that they found no legal reason for Jesus to be put to death. Alternate translation: "they found no legal reason for Jesus to be killed" or "they found no legal reason to kill Jesus"
Acts 13:29
When they had completed all the things that were written about him
"When they did to Jesus all the things that the prophets said would happen to him"
they took him down from the tree
It may be helpful to explicitly say Jesus died before this happened. Alternate translation: "they killed Jesus and then took him down from the cross after he died"
from the tree
"from the cross." This was another way people at that time referred to the cross.
Acts 13:30
But God raised him
"But" indicates a strong contrast between what the people did and what God did.
raised him from the dead
"raised him from among those who were dead." To be with "the dead" means to be dead. To raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "caused him to live again"
from the dead
From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To raise someone from among them speaks of making that person alive again.
Acts 13:31
He was seen for many days by those who had come up with him ... Jerusalem
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The disciples who traveled with Jesus ... Jeruaslem saw him for many days"
many days
We know from other writings that this period was 40 days. Translate "many days" with a term that would be appropriate for that length of time.
are now his witnesses to the people
"are now testifying to the people about Jesus" or "are now telling the people about Jesus"
Acts 13:32
So
This word marks an event that happened because of previous event. In this case, the previous event is God's raising Jesus from the dead.
our fathers
"our ancestors." Paul is still speaking to the Jews and Gentile converts in the synagogue at Antioch of Pisidia. These were the physical ancestors of the Jews, and the spiritual ancestors of the converts.
Acts 13:33
God has fulfilled for us, their children, by raising up Jesus
You may need to rearrange the parts of this sentence, which begins in verse 32. "God has fulfilled for us, their children, the promise that he made to our fathers, by raising up Jesus"
for us, their children
"for us, who are the children of our ancestors." Paul is still speaking to the Jews and Gentile converts in the synagogue at Antioch of Pisidia. These ancestors were the physical ancestors of the Jews and the spiritual ancestors of the converts.
by raising up Jesus
Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "by making Jesus alive again"
As it is written in the second Psalm
"This is what was written in the second Psalm"
the second Psalm
"Psalm 2"
Son ... Father
These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God.
Acts 13:34
General Information:
The quotation is from the prophet Isaiah.
As to his raising him from the dead, never to return to decay, he has spoken in this way:
"God has spoken in this way that he raised him up from the dead never to return to decay" "God used these words to say that he raised him up from the dead, and so he would never die again"
the dead
All those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
never to return to decay
"and he will never die again"
he has spoken in this way
God has said using these words
sure blessings
"certain blessings"
Acts 13:35
This is why he also says in another Psalm
Paul's audience would have understood that this Psalm refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: "In another Psalm of David, he also says about the Messiah"
he also says
"David also says." David is the author of Psalm 16, from which this quotation is taken.
You will not allow your Holy One to see decay
The phrase "see decay" is a metonym for "decay." Alternate translation: "You will not allow the body of your Holy One to rot"
You will not allow
David is speaking to God here.
Acts 13:36
in his own generation
"during his lifetime"
served the purpose of God
"did what God wanted him to do" or "did what pleased God"
he fell asleep
This was a polite way to refer to death. Alternate translation: "he died"
was laid with his fathers
"was buried with his ancestors who had died"
his body experienced decay
The phrase "his body experienced decay" is a less direct way of saying "his body decayed" or "his body rotted."
Acts 13:37
he whom God raised up experienced
"Jesus, whom God raised up, experienced"
God raised up
Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "God caused to live again"
experienced no decay
The phrase "experienced no decay" is a way to say "his body did not decay." Alternate translation: "did not rot"
Acts 13:38
let it be known to you
"know this" or "this is important for you to know"
brothers
Paul uses this term because they are his fellow Jews and followers of Judaism. They are not Christian believers at this point. Alternate translation: "my fellow Israelites and other friends"
that through this man forgiveness of sins is proclaimed to you
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that we proclaim to you that your sins can be forgiven through Jesus"
forgiveness of sins
The abstract noun "forgiveness" can be translated with the verb "to forgive." Alternate translation: "that God can forgive your sins"
Acts 13:39
But by this man God makes righteous everyone who believes
"But God makes righteous everyone who believes in this man"
by this man
Here "this man" refers to Jesus Christ.
Acts 13:40
be careful
It is implied that the thing they should be careful about is Paul's message. Alternate translation: "give close attention to the things I have said"
that the thing the prophets spoke about
"so that what the prophets spoke about"
Acts 13:41
General Information:
In his message to the people in the synagogue, Paul quotes the prophet Habakkuk. Here the word "I" refers to God.
Connecting Statement:
Paul finishes his speech in the synagogue in Pisidian Antioch, which he began in Acts 13:16.
you despisers
"you who feel contempt" or "you who ridicule"
be astonished
"be amazed" or "be shocked"
then perish
"then die"
am doing a work
"am doing something" or "am doing a great deed"
in your days
"during your lifetime"
days, a work that
"days. I am doing something that"
even if someone announces it to you
"even if someone tells you about it"
Acts 13:42
As Paul and Barnabas left
"When Paul and Barnabas were leaving"
begged them that they might
"begged them to"
these same words
Here "words" refers to the message that Paul had spoken. Alternate translation: "this same message"
Acts 13:43
When the synagogue meeting ended
Possible meanings are 1) this restates "As Paul and Barnabas left" in verse 42 or 2) Paul and Barnabas left the meeting before it ended and this occurs later.
proselytes
These were non-Jewish people who converted to Judaism.
who were speaking to them and persuading them
"and Paul and Barnabas were speaking to those people and persuading them"
to continue in the grace of God
It is implied that they believed Paul's message that Jesus was the Messiah. Alternate translation: "to continue to trust that God kindly forgives people's sins because of what Jesus did"
Acts 13:44
almost the whole city was
The "city" represents the people in the city. This phrase is used to show the great response to the Lord's word. Alternate translation: "almost all the people of the city were"
to hear the word of the Lord
It is implied that Paul and Barnabas were the ones who spoke the word of the Lord. Alternate translation: "to hear Paul and Barnabas speak about the Lord Jesus"
Acts 13:45
General Information:
Here the word "him" refers to Paul.
the Jews
Here "Jews" represents Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders"
were filled with envy
Here envy is spoken of as if it were something that could fill up a person. Alternate translation: "became very envious"
spoke against
"contradicted" or "opposed"
the things that were said by Paul
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the things that Paul said"
Acts 13:46
General Information:
Both instances of the word "you" and the word "yourselves" refer to the Jews to whom Paul is speaking and so are plural. The word "we" refers to Paul and Barnabas but not the crowd that was present.
It was necessary
This implies that God had commanded this be done. Alternate translation: "God commanded"
that the word of God should first be spoken to you
This can be stated in active form. "Word of God" here is a synecdoche for "message from God." Alternate translation: "that we speak the message from God to you first" or "that we speak the word of God to you first"
Seeing you push it away from yourselves
Their rejection of the word of God is spoken of as if it were something they pushed away. Alternate translation: "Since you reject the word of God"
consider yourselves unworthy of eternal life
"have shown that you are not worthy of eternal life" or "act as though you are not worthy of eternal life"
we will turn to the Gentiles
"we will go to the Gentiles." Paul and Barnabas were implying that they would preach to the Gentiles. Alternate translation: "we will leave you and start preaching to the Gentiles"
Acts 13:47
General Information:
The word "us" refers to Paul and Barnabas but not the crowd that was present, so it is exclusive.
commanded us ... 'I have appointed you as a light ... you should bring salvation to the uttermost parts of the earth.'
Both instances of "you" here are singular, but when Paul said, "... the Lord commanded us," Paul was applying those singular words to both himself and Barnabas. The words in the quotation were originally spoken by God through Isaiah the prophet to God's servant. By quoting Isaiah's prophecy, Paul was saying that he and Barnabas were doing what God commanded his servant to do. Paul was not saying that God had spoken directly to him.
as a light
Here the truth about Jesus that Paul was preaching is spoken of as if it were a light that allowed people to see.
bring salvation to the uttermost parts of the earth
The abstract word "salvation" can be translated with the verb "to save." The phrase "uttermost parts" refers to everywhere. Alternate translation: "tell people everywhere in the world that I want to save them"
Acts 13:48
glorified the word of the Lord
Here "word" refers to the message about Jesus that they had believed. Alternate translation: "glorified God for the message about the Lord Jesus" or "glorified the Lord for his word"
As many as were appointed to eternal life
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "As many as God appointed to eternal life" or "All the people whom God had chosen to receive eternal life"
Acts 13:49
The word of the Lord was spread out through the whole region
Here "word" refers to the message about Jesus. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Those who believed spread the word of the Lord through the whole region" or "Those who believed went everywhere in the region and told others about the message of Jesus"
Acts 13:50
the Jews
This probably refers to the leaders of the Jews. Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders"
incited ... women ... and ... men
This means that they spoke to the women and men and caused them to be angry and act violently. Alternate translation: "stirred up ... women ... and ... men"
the devout women of high standing
The word "devout" means that these women feared God. The phrase "of high standing" means that people respected these women.
the leading men
"the most important men"
They stirred up persecution against Paul and Barnabas
The word "they" here probably refers to the devout women and the leading men. They listened to the Jews and then convinced the rest of the people in the city to persecute the apostles and throw them out.
threw them out of their region
"made Paul and Barnabas leave their land"
region
Here this word refers to the area that the people of the city considered their own, not to land within an official government border.
Acts 13:51
General Information:
Here the word "they" refers to Paul and Barnabas.
Connecting Statement:
Paul and Barnabas end their time in Antioch of Pisidia and go to Iconium.
shook off the dust from their feet against them
This was a symbolic act to indicate to the unbelieving people that God had rejected them and would punish them.
Acts 13:52
the disciples
This probably refers to the new believers in the Antioch of Pisidia that Paul and Silas just left.
Chapter 14
Acts 14 General Notes
Special concepts in this chapter
"The message of his grace"
The message of Jesus is the message that God will show grace to those who believe in Jesus. (See: grace and believe)
Zeus and Hermes
The Gentiles in the Roman Empire worshiped many different false gods who do not really exist. Paul and Barnabas told them to believe in the "living God." (See: falsegod)
Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
"We must enter into the kingdom of God through many sufferings."
Jesus told his followers before he died that everyone who followed him would suffer persecution. Paul is saying the same thing using different words.
Acts 14:1
General Information:
The story of Paul and Barnabas in Iconium continues.
It came about in Iconium that
Possible meanings here are 1) "It happened in Iconium that" or 2) "In Iconium, as usual,"
spoke in such a way
"spoke so powerfully." It may be helpful to state that they spoke the message about Jesus. Alternate translation: "spoke the message about Jesus so powerfully"
Acts 14:2
the Jews who were disobedient
This refers to the portion of the Jews who did not believe the message about Jesus.
stirred up the minds of the Gentiles
Causing the Gentiles to become angry is spoken of as if calm waters were disturbed.
the minds of the Gentiles
Here the word "minds" refers to the people. Alternate translation: "the Gentiles"
the brothers
Here "brothers" refers to Paul and Barnabas and the new believers.
Acts 14:3
General Information:
Here the words "he," "his," and "He" refer to the Lord.
So they stayed there
"Nevertheless they stayed there." Paul and Barnabas stayed in Iconium to help the many people who had believed in Acts 14:1. "So" could be omitted if it adds confusion to the text.
gave evidence about the message of his grace
"demonstrated that the message about his grace was true"
about the message of his grace
"about the message of the Lord's grace"
by granting signs and wonders to be done by the hands of Paul and Barnabas
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "by enabling Paul and Barnabas to perform signs and wonders"
by the hands of Paul and Barnabas
Here "hands" refers to the will and effort of these two men as guided by the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: "by the ministry of Paul and Barnabas"
Acts 14:4
the people of the city were divided
"the people of the city disagreed with each other"
sided with the Jews
"supported the Jews" or "agreed with the Jews." The first group mentioned did not agree with the message about grace.
with the apostles
The second group mentioned agreed with the message about grace. It may be helpful to restate the verb. Alternate translation: "sided with the apostles"
the apostles
Luke refers to Paul and Barnabas. Here "apostle" might be used in the general sense of "ones sent out."
Acts 14:5
made an attempt to mistreat them
Here the words "made an attempt" implies that they were not able to mistreat Paul and Barnabas before Paul and Barnabas left the city.
to mistreat them and to stone
"to beat Paul and Barnabas and to kill them by throwing stones at them"
Acts 14:6
Lycaonia
A district in Asia Minor
Lystra
A city in Asia Minor south of Iconium and north of Derbe
Derbe
A city in Asia Minor south of Iconium and Lystra
Acts 14:7
General Information:
Here the word "they" refers to Paul and Barnabas.
where they continued to proclaim the gospel
"where Paul and Barnabas continued to proclaim the good news"
Acts 14:8
Connecting Statement:
Paul and Barnabas are now in Lystra.
a certain man sat
This introduces a new person in the story.
powerless in his feet
"unable to move his legs" or "unable to walk on his feet"
a cripple from his mother's womb
"having been born as a cripple"
cripple
person who cannot walk
Acts 14:9
General Information:
The words "him" and "he" refer to the crippled man.
Paul fixed his eyes on him
"Paul looked straight at him"
had faith to be made well
The abstract noun "faith" can be translated with the verb "believe." Alternate translation: "believed that Jesus could heal him" or "believed that Jesus could make him well"
Acts 14:10
he said to him
"Paul said to the crippled man"
jumped up
"leaped in the air." This implies that his legs were completely healed.
Acts 14:11
what Paul had done
This refers to Paul's healing the crippled man.
they raised their voice
To raise the voice is to speak loudly. Alternate translation: "they spoke loudly"
in the dialect of Lycaonia
"in their own Lycaonian language." The people of Lystra spoke Lycaonian and also Greek.
The gods have become like men and come down to us
These people believed that the gods needed to change their appearance in order to look like men. A large number of people believed Paul and Barnabas were their pagan gods who had come down from heaven. Alternate translation: "The gods have come down from heaven to us in the form of men"
Acts 14:12
Zeus
The people of Iconium probably considered Zeus to be the king over all the other pagan gods.
Hermes
The people of Iconium probably considered Hermes to be the pagan god who brought messages to people from Zeus and the other gods.
Acts 14:13
The priest of Zeus, whose temple was just outside the city, brought
It may be helpful to include additional information about the priest. Alternate translation: "There was a temple just outside the city where the people worshiped Zeus. When the priest who served in the temple heard what Paul and Barnabas had done, he brought"
oxen and wreaths
The oxen were to be sacrificed. The wreaths were either to crown Paul and Barnabas, or put on the oxen for sacrifice.
to the gates
The gates of the cities were often used as a meeting place for the people of the city.
wanted to offer sacrifice
"wanted to offer sacrifice to Paul and Barnabas as the gods Zeus and Hermes"
Acts 14:14
the apostles, Barnabas and Paul
Luke is here probably using "apostle" in the general sense of "one sent out."
they tore their clothing
This was a symbolic action to show that they were deeply distressed and upset that the crowd wanted to sacrifice to them.
Acts 14:15
Men, why are you doing these things?
Barnabas and Paul are rebuking the people for trying to sacrifice to them. Alternate translation: "Men, you must not do these things!"
doing these things
"worshiping us"
We also are human beings, with the same nature as you
By this statement, Barnabas and Paul are saying that they are not gods. Alternate translation: "We are just human beings like you. We are not gods"
with the same nature as you
"like you in every way"
telling you good news that you should turn
"telling you good news: you can turn" or "giving you good advice to turn." That is, the good news is that they can and should turn.
turn from these useless things to the living God
Here "turn from ... to" is a metaphor meaning to stop doing one thing and start doing something else. Alternate translation: "stop worshiping these false gods that cannot help you, and instead begin to worship the living God"
the living God
"the God who truly exists" or "the God who lives"
Acts 14:16
In the past ages
"In previous times" or "Until now"
to walk in their own ways
Walking in a way, or walking on a path, is a metaphor for living one's life. Alternate translation: "to live their lives the way they wanted to" or "to do whatever they wanted to do"
Acts 14:17
Connecting Statement:
Paul and Barnabas continue speaking to the crowd outside the city of Lystra (Acts 14:8).
he did not leave himself without witness
This could also be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "God has certainly left a witness" or "God has indeed testified"
in that
"as shown by the fact that"
filling your hearts with food and gladness
Here "your hearts" refers to the people. Alternate translation: "giving you enough to eat and things about which to be happy"
Acts 14:18
Paul and Barnabas barely kept the multitudes from sacrificing to them
Paul and Barnabas stopped the multitude from sacrificing to them, but it was difficult to do so.
barely kept
"had difficulty preventing"
Acts 14:19
General Information:
Here the words "he" and "him" refer to Paul.
persuaded the crowds
It my be helpful to explicitly state what they persuaded the crowd to do. Alternate translation: "persuaded the people not to believe Paul and Barnabas, and to turn against them"
the crowds
This may not be the same group as the "multitude" in the previous verse. Some time had passed, and this might be a different group that gathered together.
thinking that he was dead
"because they thought that he was already dead"
Acts 14:20
the disciples
These were new believers in the city of Lystra.
entered the city
"Paul re-entered Lystra with the believers"
he went to Derbe with Barnabas
"Paul and Barnabas went to the city of Derbe"
Acts 14:21
General Information:
Here both instances of "they" refer to Paul and Barnabas.
that city
"Derbe" (Acts 14:20)
Acts 14:22
General Information:
Here the words "they" refer to Paul and Barnabas, and the word "We" includes Paul, Barnabas, and the disciples. The word "them" refers to the disciples.
They kept strengthening the souls of the disciples
Here "souls" refers to the disciples. This emphasizes their inner thoughts and beliefs. Alternate translation: "Paul and Barnabas urged the believers to continue to believe the message about Jesus" or "Paul and Barnabas urged the believers to continue to grow strong in their relationship with Jesus
encouraging them to continue in the faith
"encouraging the believers to keep trusting in Jesus"
saying, "We must enter into the kingdom of God through many tribulations."
Some version translate this as an indirect quote, "saying that we must enter into the kingdom of God through many tribulations." The word "we" here includes Luke and the readers.
We must enter
Paul includes his hearers, so the word "we" is inclusive.
Acts 14:23
they had appointed for them
"Paul and Barnabas had appointed for the believers"
they entrusted them ... they had believed
Possible meanings are 1) "Paul and Barnabas entrusted the elders they had appointed ... the elders had believed" or 2) "Paul and Barnabas entrusted the elders they had appointed and the other disciples ... the elders and other disciples had believed"
Acts 14:24
General Information:
The word "they" refers to Paul and Barnabas.
Acts 14:25
General Information:
Both instances of "they" refer to Paul and Barnabas.
had spoken the word
"Word" here is a metonym for "message of God." Alternate translation: "had spoken the message of God"
went down to Attalia
The phrase "went down" is used here because Attalia is lower in elevation than Perga.
Acts 14:26
where they had been committed to the grace of God
This can be stated in the active form. Alternate translation: "where believers and leaders in Antioch had committed Paul and Barnabas to the grace of God" or "where the people of Antioch prayed that God would care for and protect Paul and Barnabas"
Acts 14:27
General Information:
Here the words "they," "them," and "They" refer to Paul and Barnabas. The word "he" refers to God.
gathered the church together
"called the local believers to meet together"
he had opened a door of faith for the Gentiles
God's enabling the Gentiles to believe is spoken of as if he had opened a door that had prevented them from entering into faith. Alternate translation: "God had made it possible for the Gentiles to believe"
Acts 14:28
General Information:
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Chapter 15
Acts 15 General Notes
Structure and formatting
Some translations set poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to show that it is poetry. The ULB does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 15:16-17.
The meeting that Luke describes in this chapter is commonly called the "Jerusalem Council." This was a time when many church leaders got together to decide if believers needed to obey the whole law of Moses.
Special concepts in this chapter
Brothers
In this chapter Luke begins to use the word "brothers" to refer to fellow Christians instead of fellow Jews.
Obeying the law of Moses
Some believers wanted the Gentiles to be circumcised because God had told Abraham and Moses that everyone who wanted to belong to him had to be circumcised and that this was "an everlasting covenant." But Paul and Barnabas had seen God give uncircumcised Gentiles the gift of the Holy Spirit, so they did not want the Gentiles to be circumcised. Both groups went to Jerusalem to have the church leaders decide what they should do.
"Abstain from things sacrificed to idols, blood, things strangled, and from sexual immorality"
It is possible that the church leaders decided on these laws so that Jews and Gentiles could not only live together but eat the same foods together.
Acts 15:1
Connecting Statement:
Paul and Barnabas are still in Antioch when there is a dispute about the Gentiles and circumcision.
Some men
"Some men." You can make explicit that these men were Jews who believed in Christ.
came down from Judea
The phrase "came down" is used here because Judea is higher in elevation than Antioch.
taught the brothers
Here "brothers" stands for believers in Christ. It is implied that they were in Antioch. Alternate translation: "taught the believers at Antioch" or "were teaching the believers at Antioch"
Unless you are circumcised according to the custom of Moses, you cannot be saved
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Unless someone circumcises you according to the custom of Moses, God cannot save you" or "God will not save you from your sins unless you receive circumcision according to the law of Moses"
Acts 15:2
This brought ... into a sharp dispute and debate with them
The abstract nouns "sharp dispute" and "debate" can be stated as verbs and where the men came from can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "... had confronted and debated with the men from Judea"
go up to Jerusalem
Jerusalem was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of going up to Jerusalem.
this question
"this issue"
Acts 15:3
General Information:
Both instances of "They" here refer to Paul, Barnabas, and certain others (Acts 15:2).
They therefore, being sent by the church
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Therefore the community of believers sent them from Antioch to Jerusalem"
passed through ... announced
The words "passed through" and "announced" indicate they spent some time in different places sharing in detail what God was doing.
announced the conversion of the Gentiles
The abstract noun "conversion" means the Gentiles were rejecting their false gods and believing in God. Alternate translation: "announced to the community of believers in those places that Gentiles were believing in God"
They brought great joy to all the brothers
Their message causing the brothers to be joyful is spoken of as if "joy" were an object that they brought to the brothers. Alternate translation: "What they said caused their fellow believers to rejoice"
the brothers
Here "brothers" refers to fellow believers.
Acts 15:4
General Information:
All instances of "they" and "them" here refer to Paul, Barnabas, and certain others (Acts 15:2).
they were welcomed by the church and the apostles and the elders
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the apostles, the elders, and the rest of the community of believers welcomed them"
with them
"through them"
Acts 15:5
General Information:
Here the word "them" refers to non-Jewish believers who were not circumcised and did not keep the Old Testament laws of God.
Connecting Statement:
Paul and Barnabas are now in Jerusalem to meet with the apostles and elders there.
But certain men
Here Luke contrasts those who believe that salvation is only in Jesus to others who believe salvation is by Jesus but also believe that circumcision is required for salvation.
to keep the law of Moses
"to obey the law of Moses"
Acts 15:6
to consider this matter
The church leaders decided to discuss whether or not Gentiles needed to be circumcised and obey the law of Moses in order for God to save them from their sins.
Acts 15:7
General Information:
The word "them" refers to apostles and elders
Connecting Statement:
Peter begins to speak to the apostles and elders who met to discuss whether Gentiles had to receive circumcision and keep the law (Acts 15:5-6).
Brothers
Peter is addressing all of the believers who are present.
by my mouth
Here "mouth" refers to Peter. Alternate translation: "from me" or "by me"
the Gentiles should hear
"the Gentiles would hear"
the word of the gospel
Here "word" stands for a message. Alternate translation: "the message about Jesus"
Acts 15:8
General Information:
The word "them" refers to the Gentiles, and both instances of "you" are plural.
who knows the heart
Here "heart" refers to the "minds" or "inner beings." Alternate translation: "who knows the people's minds" or "who knows what people think"
has testified to them
"has testified to the Gentiles"
giving them the Holy Spirit
"causing the Holy Spirit to come upon them"
Acts 15:9
General Information:
The word "he" refers to God, the word "us" refers to the speaker and the hearers, and the word "them" refers to the Gentiles.
made no distinction
God did not treat Jewish believers differently from Gentile believers.
having cleansed their hearts by faith
God's forgiving the Gentile believers' sins is spoken of as though he cleaned their hearts. Here "heart" stands for the person's inner being. Alternate translation: "forgiving their sins because they believe in Jesus"
Acts 15:10
General Information:
Peter includes his audience by his use of "our" and "we."
Now
This does not mean "at this moment," but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
why do you test God, that you should put a yoke upon the neck of the disciples which neither our fathers nor we were able to bear?
Peter uses a question with a word picture to tell the Jewish believers they should not require the non-Jewish believers to perform circumcision to be saved. Alternate translation: "Do not test God by putting a burden on the non-Jewish believers which we Jews were not able to bear!"
our fathers
This refers to their Jewish ancestors.
Acts 15:11
Connecting Statement:
Peter finishes speaking to the apostles and elders.
But we believe that we will be saved through the grace of the Lord Jesus, just as they were
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But we believe the Lord Jesus will save us by his grace, just as he saved the non-Jewish believers"
Acts 15:12
General Information:
Here the word "them" refers to Paul and Barnabas.
All the multitude
"Everyone" or "The whole group" (Acts 15:6)
God had worked
"God had done" or "God had caused"
Acts 15:13
General Information:
Here the word "they" refers to Paul and Barnabas (Acts 15:12).
Connecting Statement:
James begins to speak to the apostles and elders (Acts 15:6).
Brothers, listen
"Fellow believers, listen." James was probably speaking only to men.
Acts 15:14
in order to take from them a people
"so that he might choose from among them a people"
for his name
"for God's name." Here "name" refers to God. Alternate translation: "for himself"
Acts 15:15
Connecting Statement:
James quotes the prophet Amos from the Old Testament.
The words of the prophets agree
Here "words" stands for a message. Alternate translation: "What the prophets said agrees" or "The prophets agree"
agree with this
"confirm this truth"
as it is written
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "as they wrote" or "as the prophet Amos wrote long ago"
Acts 15:16
General Information:
Here "I" refers to God, who spoke through the words of his prophet.
I will build again the tabernacle of David, which has fallen down ... its ruins again
This speaks of God's again choosing one of David's descendants to rule over his people as though he were setting up a tent again after it fell down.
tabernacle
Here the word "tabernacle," a dwelling place, stands for David's family. The same word is used for the tent that Yahweh told Moses to construct.
Acts 15:17
the remnant of men may seek the Lord
This speaks about people wanting to obey God and learn more about him as if they were literally looking for him.
remnant of men
Here "men" includes males and females. Alternate translation: "remnant of people"
may seek the Lord
God is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: "may seek me, the Lord"
including all the Gentiles called by my name
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "including all the Gentiles who belong to me"
my name
Here "my name" stands for God.
Acts 15:18
that have been known
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that people have known"
Acts 15:19
General Information:
Here "we" includes James, the apostles, and the elders.
we should not trouble those of the Gentiles
You can make explicit in what way James does not want to trouble the Gentiles. Alternate translation: "we should not require the Gentiles to become circumcised and obey the laws of Moses"
who turn to God
A person who starts obeying God is spoken of as if the person is physically turning towards God.
Acts 15:20
they must keep away from the pollution of idols ... sexual immorality ... strangled ... blood
Sexual immorality, strangling animals, and consuming blood were often part of ceremonies to worship idols and false gods.
pollution of idols
This possibly refers to eating the meat of an animal that someone has sacrificed to an idol or to anything to do with idol worship.
from the meat of strangled animals, and from blood
God did not allow Jews to eat meat that still had the blood in it. Also, even earlier in Moses's writings in Genesis, God had forbidden the drinking of blood. Therefore, they could not eat an animal that someone strangled because the blood was not properly drained from the body of the animal.
Acts 15:21
Connecting Statement:
James finishes speaking to the apostles and elders. (See: Acts 15:2 and Acts 15:13)
Moses has been proclaimed in every city ... and he is preached in the synagogues every Sabbath
James is implying that Gentiles know how important these rules are because Jews preach them in every city where there is a synagogue. It also implies the Gentiles can go to the teachers from the synagogues to learn more about these rules.
Moses has been proclaimed ... he is preached
Here "Moses" represents the law of Moses, and so does "he." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The law of Moses has been proclaimed ... the law is read" or "Jews have taught the law of Moses ... they read the law"
in every city
The word "every" here is a generalization. Alternate translation: "in many cities"
Acts 15:22
General Information:
Here the word "them" refers to Judas and Silas.
Judas called Barsabbas
This is the name of a man. "Barsabbas" is a second name that people called him.
leaders of the brothers
The word "brothers" here refers to the people there who believed in Jesus. Alternate translation: "leaders of the believers" or "leaders of the church"
Acts 15:23
They wrote this with their hands
One or more of the apostles and elders wrote the letter and gave it to Judas and Silas so Judas and Silas could give it to the Gentile brothers.
From the apostles and elders, your brothers, to the Gentile brothers in Antioch, Syria, and Cilicia: Greetings!
This is the introduction of the letter. Your language may have a way of introducing the author of the letter and to whom it is written. Alternate translation: "This letter is from your brothers, the apostles and elders. We are writing to you Gentile believers in Antioch, Syria, and Cilicia. Greetings to you" or "To our Gentile brothers in Antioch, Syria, and Cilicia. Greetings from the apostles and elders, your brothers"
your brothers ... the Gentile brothers
Here the word "brothers" refers to fellow believers. By using these words, the apostles and elders assure the Gentile believers that they accept them as fellow believers.
Cilicia
This is the name of a province on the coast in Asia Minor north of the Island of Cyprus.
Acts 15:24
General Information:
Here all instances of "we" and "us" refer to the writers but not the readers
that certain men
"that some men"
with no orders from us
"even though we gave no orders for them to go"
disturbed you with words that upset your souls
Here "souls" refers to the people. Alternate translation: "taught things that have troubled you"
Acts 15:25
General Information:
Here the words "us" and "our" refer to the writers but not the readers
who have come to one mind
"who are now agree completely"
one mind
This phrase translates a word that speaks of people who agree with each other and who work together to accomplish a common purpose.
to choose men
The men they sent were Judas, who was called Barsabbas, and Silas (Acts 15:22).
Acts 15:26
men who have risked their lives
These words refer to Barnabas and Paul, not to Judas and Silas.
for the name of our Lord Jesus Christ
Here "name" refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "because they believe in our Lord Jesus Christ" or "because they serve our Lord Jesus Christ"
Acts 15:27
General Information:
Here the word "we" refers to the writers of the letter [Acts 15:22]
who will report to you the same things in their own words
This phrase emphasizes that Judas and Silas will say the same things that the apostles and elders had written. Alternate translation: "who themselves will tell you the same things about which we have written"
Acts 15:28
General Information:
Here the word "us" refers to the writers of the letter [Acts 15:22]
to lay upon you no greater burden than these necessary things
This speaks about laws that people need to obey as if they were objects that people carry on their shoulders.
Acts 15:29
Connecting Statement:
This concludes the letter from the Jerusalem church to the Gentile believers in Antioch.
from things sacrificed to idols
This means they are not allowed to eat the meat of an animal that someone sacrifices to an idol.
blood
This refers to drinking blood or eating meat from which the blood has not been drained.
things strangled
A strangled animal was killed but its blood was not drained.
Farewell
This announces the end of the letter. Alternate translation: "Goodbye"
Acts 15:30
Connecting Statement:
Paul, Barnabas, Judas, and Silas leave for Antioch.
So they, when they were dismissed, came down to Antioch
The word "they" refers to Paul, Barnabas, Judas, and Silas. Alternate translation: "So when the four men were dismissed, they came down to Antioch"
when they were dismissed
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "when the apostles and elders dismissed the four men" or "when the believers in Jerusalem sent them"
came down to Antioch
The phrase "came down" is used here because Antioch is lower in elevation than Jerusalem.
Acts 15:31
they rejoiced
"the believers in Antioch rejoiced"
because of the encouragement
The abstract noun "encouragement" can be expressed with the verb "encourage." Alternate translation: "because what the apostles and elders wrote encouraged them"
Acts 15:32
also prophets
Prophets were teachers authorized by God to speak for him. Alternate translation: "because they were prophets" or "who were also prophets"
the brothers
"the fellow believers"
strengthened them
Judas and Silas' helping them to depend even more on Jesus is spoken of as if they were making them physically stronger.
Acts 15:33
Connecting Statement:
Judas and Silas return to Jerusalem while Paul and Barnabas remain in Antioch.
After they had spent some time there
This speaks about time as if it were a commodity that a person could spend. The word "they" refers to Judas and Silas. Alternate translation: "After they stayed there for a while"
they were sent away in peace from the brothers
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the brothers sent Judas and Silas back in peace"
the brothers
This refers to the believers in Antioch.
to those who had sent them
"to the believers in Jerusalem who sent Judas and Silas" (Acts 15:22)
Acts 15:34
General Information:
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Acts 15:35
the word of the Lord
Here "word" stands for a message. Alternate translation: "the message about the Lord"
Acts 15:36
Let us return now
"I suggest we now return"
visit the brothers
"care for the brothers" or "offer to help the believers"
the word of the Lord
Here "word" stands for the message. Alternate translation: "the message about the Lord"
see how they are
"learn how they are doing." They want to learn about the current condition of the brothers and how they are holding on to God's truth.
Acts 15:37
to also take with them John, who was called Mark
"to take John, who was also called Mark"
Acts 15:38
Paul thought it was not good to take Mark
The words "not good" are used to say the opposite of good. Alternate translation: "Paul thought that taking Mark would be bad"
Pamphylia
This was a province in Asia Minor. See how you translated this in Acts 2:10.
did not go further with them in the work
"did not continue to work with them then" or "did not continue to serve with them"
Acts 15:39
General Information:
Here the word "they" refers to Barnabas and Paul.
Then there arose a sharp disagreement
The abstract noun "disagreement" can be stated as the verb "disagree." Alternate translation: "They strongly disagreed with each other"
Acts 15:40
after he was entrusted by the brothers to the grace of the Lord
To entrust to someone means to place the care and responsibility for someone or something to another person. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "after the believers in Antioch entrusted Paul to the grace of the Lord" or "after the believers in Antioch prayed for the Lord to take care of Paul and show kindness to him"
Acts 15:41
he went
The previous sentence implies that Silas was with Paul. Alternate translation: "they went" or "Paul and Silas went" or "Paul took Silas and went"
went through Syria and Cilicia
These are provinces or areas in Asia Minor, near the island of Cyprus.
strengthening the churches
Encouraging the believers in the churches is spoken of as though Paul and Silas were making the believers physically stronger. The word "churches" refers to the groups of believers in Syria and Cilicia. Alternate translation: "encouraging the believers in the churches" or "helping the community of believers to depend even more in Jesus"
Chapter 16
Acts 16 General Notes
Special concepts in this chapter
Timothy's circumcision
Paul circumcised Timothy because they were telling the message of Jesus to Jews and Gentiles. Paul wanted the Jews to know that he respected the law of Moses even though the church leaders in Jerusalem had decided that Christians did not need to be circumcised.
The woman who had a spirit of divination
Most people want very much to know the future, but the law of Moses said that speaking with the spirits of dead people to learn about the future is a sin. This woman seems to have been able to tell the future very well. She was a slave, and her masters made much money from her work. Paul wanted her to stop sinning, so he told the spirit to leave her. Luke does not say that she began to follow Jesus or tell us anything more about her.
Acts 16:1
Connecting Statement:
This continues the missionary journeys of Paul with Silas. Timothy is introduced into the story and joins Paul and Silas. Verses 1 and 2 give background information about Timothy.
Paul also came
Here "came" can be translated as "went."
Derbe
This is the name of a city in Asia Minor. See how you translated it in Acts 14:6.
behold
The word "behold" alerts us to a new person in the narrative. Your language may have a way of doing this.
who was a believer
The words "in Christ" are understood. Alternate translation: "who was a believer in Christ" or "who believed in Christ"
Acts 16:2
He was well spoken of by the brothers
This can be stated in active from. Alternate translation: "The brothers spoke well of him" or "Timothy had a good reputation among the brothers" or "The brothers said good things about him"
by the brothers
Here "brothers" refers to believers. Alternate translation: "by the believers"
Acts 16:3
wanted him ... took him ... circumcised him ... his father
"wanted Timothy ... took Timothy ... circumcised Timothy ... Timothy's father"
with him ... he took
"with Paul ... Paul took"
circumcised him
It is possible that Paul himself circumcised Timothy, but it is more likely that he had someone else circumcise Timothy.
because of the Jews that were in those places
"because of the Jews living in the areas where Paul and Timothy would be traveling"
for they all knew that his father was a Greek
Since Greek men did not have their sons circumcised, the Jews would have known Timothy was not circumcised, and they would have rejected Paul and Timothy before hearing their message about Christ.
Acts 16:4
General Information:
The word "they" here refers to Paul, Silas (Acts 15:40), and Timothy (Acts 16:3).
the decrees to obey
"the decrees for the church members to obey" or "teh decrees for the believers to obey"
that were decided on by the apostles and elders who were in Jerusalem
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that the apostles and elders in Jerusalem had decided on"
Acts 16:5
the churches were strengthened in the faith and increased in number daily
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the believers became stronger in their faith, and there were more and more people becoming believers every day"
the churches were strengthened in the faith
This speaks of helping someone to believe more confidently as if it were making them physically stronger.
Acts 16:6
Phrygia
This is a region in Asia. See how you translated this name in Acts 2:10.
they had been forbidden by the Holy Spirit
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Holy Spirit had forbidden them" or "the Holy Spirit did not permit them"
the word
Here "word" stands for "message." Alternate translation: "the message about Christ"
Acts 16:7
When they came
Here "came" can be translated as "went" or "arrived."
Mysia ... Bithynia
These are two more regions in Asia.
the Spirit of Jesus
"the Holy Spirit"
Acts 16:8
they came down to the city of Troas
The phrase "came down" is used here because Troas is lower in elevation than Mysia.
they came down
Here "came" can be translated as "went."
Acts 16:9
A vision appeared to Paul
"Paul saw a vision from God" or "Paul had a vision from God"
begging him
Or "inviting him."
Come over into Macedonia
The phrase "Come over" is used because Macedonia is across the sea from Troas.
Acts 16:10
we sought to go to Macedonia ... God had called us
Here the words "we" and "us" refer to Paul and his companions, including Luke, the author of Acts.
we sought to go to Macedonia
"we looked for a way to go to Macedonia" or "we prepared to go to Macedonia"
Acts 16:11
Samothrace ... Neapolis
These are coastal cities near Phillipi in Macedonia.
we came to Neapolis
Here "came to" can be translated as "went to" or "arrived at."
Acts 16:12
a Roman colony
This is a city outside of Italy where many people who came from Rome lived. The people there had the same rights and freedoms as people who lived in cities in Italy. They could govern themselves and they did not have to pay taxes.
Acts 16:13
Connecting Statement:
Paul and his companions are now in Philippi on their missionary trip. The story of Lydia begins here. This short story happens during Paul's travels.
Acts 16:14
A certain woman named Lydia
Here "A certain woman" introduces a new person in the story. Alternate translation: "There was a woman named Lydia"
a seller of purple
Here "cloth" is understood. Alternate translation: "a merchant who sold purple cloth"
Thyatira
This is the name of a city.
worshiped God
A worshiper of God is a Gentile who gives praise to God and follows him, but does not obey all of the Jewish laws.
The Lord opened her heart to pay attention
For the Lord to cause someone to pay attention and believe a message is spoken of as if he were opening a person's heart. Alternate translation: "The Lord caused her to listen well and to believe"
opened her heart
Here "heart" stands for a person's mind. Also, the author speaks about the "heart" or "mind" as if it were a box that a person could open so it is ready for someone to fill it.
what was said by Paul
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "what Paul said"
Acts 16:15
Connecting Statement:
The story of Lydia ends here.
When she and her house were baptized
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "When they baptized Lydia and members of her household"
her house
Here "house" represents the people who live in her house. Alternate translation: "the members of her household" or "her family and household servants"
Acts 16:16
General Information:
Background information is given here to explain that this young fortune teller brought much financial gain to her masters by guessing people's futures.
Connecting Statement:
This begins the first event in another short story during Paul's travels; it is about a young fortune teller.
It came about that
This phrase marks the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
a certain slave girl ... encountered
The phrase "a certain" introduces a new person to the story. Alternate translation: "there was a slave girl ... who encountered"
a spirit of divination
An evil spirit spoke to her often about the immediate future of people.
Acts 16:17
the way of salvation
How a person can be saved is spoken of here as if it were a way or path that a person walks on. Alternate translation: "how God can save you"
Acts 16:18
But Paul, being greatly annoyed by her, turned
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But she greatly annoyed Paul, so he turned around"
in the name of Jesus Christ
Here "name" stands for speaking with the authority or as the representative of Jesus Christ.
it came out at that same hour
"the spirit came out immediately"
Acts 16:19
her masters
"the owners of the slave girl"
their hope of profit was now gone
Here the word "hope" is the reason for which a person can expect that what he desires will happen. Now that the spirit was gone, the girl's masters could not expect to earn money from the spirit's telling people things. Alternate translation: "their opportunity to make money was now gone" or "they could no longer expect to make money"
their hope of profit was now gone
It can be stated clearly why they no longer expected to make money. Alternate translation: "she could no longer earn money for them by telling fortunes"
into the marketplace
"into the public square." This is a public place of business, where buying and selling of goods, cattle, or services takes place.
before the authorities
"into the presence of the authorities" or "so that the authorities could judge them"
Acts 16:20
When they had brought them to the magistrates
"When they had brought them to the judges"
magistrates
rulers, judges
These men are causing trouble in our city
Here the word "our" refers to the people of the city and includes the magistrates who ruled it.
Acts 16:21
to accept or practice
"to believe or to obey" or "to accept or to do"
Acts 16:22
General Information:
Here the words "their" and "them" refer to Paul and Silas.
commanded them to be beaten with rods
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "commanded the soldiers to beat them with rods"
Acts 16:23
they had ... upon them, they threw them ... guard them
"the magistrates had ... upon Paul and Silas, the magistrates threw Paul and Silas ... keep Paul and Silas"
had laid many blows upon them
"had hit them many times with rods"
commanded the jailer to guard them securely
"told the jailer to make sure they did not get out"
jailer
a person responsible for all the people held in the jail or prison
Acts 16:24
he got this command
"he heard this command"
fastened their feet in the stocks
"securely locked their feet in the stocks"
stocks
a piece of wood with holes for preventing a person's feet from moving
Acts 16:25
General Information:
The word "them" refers to Paul and Silas.
Connecting Statement:
This continues Paul and Silas' time in Philippi in prison and tells what happens to their jailer.
Acts 16:26
earthquake, so that the foundations of the prison were shaken
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "earthquake which shook the foundations of the prison"
the foundations of the prison
When the foundations shook, this caused the entire prison to shake.
all the doors were opened
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "all the doors opened"
everyone's chains were unfastened
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "everyone's chains came loose"
Acts 16:27
The jailer was awakened from sleep
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The jailer woke up"
was about to kill himself
"was ready to kill himself." The jailer preferred to commit suicide rather than suffer the consequences of letting the prisoners escape.
Acts 16:28
General Information:
Here the word "we" refers to Paul, Silas, and all of the other prisoners but excludes the jailer.
Acts 16:29
called for lights
The reason why the jailer needed light can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "called for someone to bring light so he could see who was still in the prison"
for lights
The word "lights" stands for something that makes light. Alternate translation: "for torches" or "for lamps"
rushed in
"quickly entered the jail"
fell down before Paul and Silas
The jailer humbled himself by bowing down at the feet of Paul and Silas.
Acts 16:30
brought them out
"led them outside the jail"
what must I do to be saved
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "what must I do for God to save me from my sins"
Acts 16:31
you will be saved
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will save you" or "God will save you from your sins"
your house
Here "house" stands for the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: "all the members of your household" or "your family"
Acts 16:32
General Information:
The word "They" refers to Paul and Silas (Acts 16:25), and the word "him" refers to the jailer.
They spoke the word of the Lord to him
Here "word" stands for a message. Alternate translation: "They told him the message about the Lord Jesus"
Acts 16:33
General Information:
The words "them" and "their" refer to Paul and Silas (Acts 16:25), and the words "he" and "his" refer to the jailer.
he and those in his entire house were baptized immediately
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Paul and Silas immediately baptized the jailer and all the members of his household"
Acts 16:34
General Information:
All instances of "he" and "his" refer to the jailer.
Acts 16:35
General Information:
This is the last event in the story of Paul and Silas in Philippi (Acts 16:12).
Now
This word is used here to mark a stop in the main story. Here Luke tells the last event in the story that started in Acts 16:16.
sent word to the guards
Here "word" stands for "message" or "command." Alternate translation: "sent a message to the guards" or "sent a command to the guards"
sent word
Here "sent" means the magistrates told someone to go tell the guards their message.
Let those men go
"Release those men" or "Allow those men to leave"
Acts 16:36
come out
"come outside of the jail"
Acts 16:37
General Information:
The word "they" refers to the magistrates. All instances of "we" and "us" refer only to Paul and Silas and so are exclusive.
said to them
Probably Paul is speaking to the jailer, but he intends for the jailer to tell the magistrates what he says. Alternate translation: "said to the jailer"
They have publicly beaten us
Here "They" refers to the magistrates who commanded their soldiers to beat them. Alternate translation: "The magistrates ordered their soldiers to beat us in public"
without a trial, even though we are Roman citizens—and they threw us into prison
"men who are Roman citizens, and they had their soldiers put us in jail though they had not proven in court that we were guilty"
Do they now want to send us away secretly? No!
Paul uses a question to emphasize that he will not allow the magistrates to send them out the city in secret after they had mistreated Paul and Silas. Alternate translation: "I will certainly not let them send us out of the city in secret!"
Let them come themselves
Here "themselves" is used for emphasis.
Acts 16:38
when they heard that Paul and Silas were Romans, they were afraid
To be a Roman meant to be a legal citizen of the Empire. Citizenship provided freedom from torture and the right to a fair trial. The city leaders were afraid that more important Roman authorities might learn how the city leaders had mistreated Paul and Silas.
they heard ... they were afraid
"the magistrates heard ... the magistrates were afraid"
Acts 16:39
General Information:
All instances of "them" refer to Paul and Silas.
Acts 16:40
General Information:
Here the word "they" refers to Paul and Silas. The word "them" refers to the believers in Philippi.
Connecting Statement:
This is the end of Paul and Silas' time in Philippi.
came to the house
Here "came" can be translated as "went."
the house of Lydia
"the home of Lydia"
saw the brothers
Here "brothers" refers to believers, whether male or female. Alternate translation: "saw the believers"
Chapter 17
Acts 17 General Notes
Special concepts in this chapter
Misunderstandings about the Messiah
The Jews expected the Christ or Messiah to be a powerful king because the Old Testament says so many times. But it also says many times that the Messiah would suffer, and that was what Paul was telling the Jews. (See: christ)
The religion of Athens
Paul said that the Athenians were "religious," but they did not worship the true God. They worshiped many different false gods. In the past they had conquered other peoples and begun to worship the gods of the people they had conquered. (See: falsegod)
In this chapter Luke describes for the first time how Paul told the message of Christ to people who knew nothing of the Old Testament.
Acts 17:1
General Information:
Both instances of "they" refers to Paul and Silas (Acts 16:40).
Connecting Statement:
This continues the story of Paul, Silas, and Timothy's missionary trip. They arrive in Thessalonica, apparently without Luke, since he says "they" and not "we."
Now
This word is used here to mark a stop in the main story. Here Luke, the author, starts to tell a new part of the story.
passed through
"traveled through"
cities of Amphipolis and Apollonia
These are coastal cities in Macedonia.
they came to the city
Here "came to" can be translated as "went to" or "arrived at." Alternate translation: "they went to the city" or "they arrived at the city"
Acts 17:2
went to them ... reasoned with them
"went to the Jews ... reasoned with the Jews"
as his custom was
"as his habit was" or "as his common practice was." Paul usually went to the synagogue on the Sabbath when Jews would be present.
for three Sabbath days
"on each Sabbath day for three weeks"
reasoned with them from the scriptures
"gave them reasons to believe from the scriptures" or "debated with them about the scriptures" or "discussed the scriptures with them." Paul explained what the scriptures mean in order to prove to the Jews that Jesus is the Messiah.
Acts 17:3
General Information:
Here the word "He" refers to Paul (Acts 17:2).
He was opening the scriptures
Possible meanings are 1) to explain the scriptures in a way that people can understand is spoken of as if Paul were opening something so people can see what is inside of it) or 2) Paul was literally opening a book or scroll and reading from it.
it was necessary
"it was part of God's plan"
to rise again
"to come back to life"
from the dead
From among all those who have died. The expression "the dead" describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
Acts 17:4
the Jews were persuaded
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Jews believed" or "the Jews understood"
joined Paul
"became associated with Paul"
devout Greeks
This refers to Greeks who worshiped God but had not converted to Judaism through circumcision.
not a few of the leading women
This is an understatement to emphasize that many leading women joined them. Alternate translation: "many leading women"
Acts 17:5
General Information:
Here the word "they" refers to the unbelieving Jews and wicked men from the marketplace.
being moved with jealousy
The feeling of jealousy is spoken of as if jealousy were actually moving the person. Alternate translation: "feeling very jealous" or "feeling very angry"
with jealousy
It can be stated explicitly that these Jews were jealous because some of the Jews and Greeks believed Paul's message.
took certain wicked men
Here "took" does not mean the Jews took these people by force. It means the Jews persuaded these wicked men to help them.
certain wicked men
"some evil men." The word "men" here refers specifically to males.
from the marketplace
"from the public square." This is a public place of business, where buying and selling of goods, cattle, or services take place.
set the city in an uproar
Here "the city" stands for the people in the city. Alternate translation: "caused the people of the city to be in an uproar" or "caused the people of the city to riot"
Assaulting the house
"Violently attacking the house." This probably means the people were throwing rocks at the house and trying to break down the door of the house.
Jason
This is the name of a man.
they were seeking to bring Paul ... out
The word "seeking" here means that the people wanted to bring Paul out and were trying to bring him out.
out to the people
Possible meanings or "people" are 1) a governmental or legal group of citizens gathered to make a decision or 2) a mob.
Acts 17:6
certain other brothers
Here "brothers" refers to believers. Alternate translation: "some other believers"
before the officials
"into the presence of the officials"
These men who have
The Jewish leaders were speaking, and the phrase "These men" refers to Paul and Silas.
turned the world upside down
This phrase is another way of saying Paul and Silas were causing trouble everywhere they went. The Jewish leaders were exaggerating the influence Paul and Silas were having with their teaching. Alternate translation: "caused trouble everywhere in the world" or "caused trouble everywhere they have gone"
Acts 17:7
Jason has welcomed
This phrase signals that Jason was in agreement with the apostles' troubling message.
Acts 17:8
They troubled the crowd
"They caused the people in the city to be afraid"
Acts 17:9
the rest
The words "the rest" refers to other believers that the Jews brought before the officials.
they took security ... they let them go
"the officials took security ... they let Jason and the other believers go"
took security
Jason and the others gave the money to the officials to show that they would not cause any more trouble. This was not a fine or a punishment, so they might have expected the officials to give the money back later.
Acts 17:10
General Information:
Paul and Silas travel on to the town of Berea.
the brothers
The word "brothers" here refers to men and women believers. Alternate translation: "the believers"
Acts 17:11
Now
The word "now" is used here to mark a stop in the main story. Here Luke tells background information about the people in Berea and how they were willing to listen to Paul and examine what he said.
more noble
These "well-born" people were willing to think more objectively about new ideas than other people. Alternate translation: "more open minded" or "more willing to listen"
received the word
Here "word" refers to a teaching. Alternate translation: "listened to the teaching"
with all readiness of mind
These Bereans were prepared to examine earnestly Paul's teachings about the scripture.
examining the scriptures daily
"carefully reading and evaluating the scriptures every day"
these things were so
"the things Paul said were true"
Acts 17:12
General Information:
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Acts 17:13
General Information:
Athens was south of Berea. Both were on the coast of Macedonia. Athens was one of the most important cities in Greece.
went there and stirred up
This speaks about their agitating people as though it were a person stirring a liquid and causing the things at the bottom of the liquid to rise to the surface. Alternate translation: "went there and agitated" or "went there and disturbed"
troubled the crowds
"worried the crowds" or "caused dread and fear among the people"
Acts 17:14
brothers
The word "brothers" here refers to men and women believers. Alternate translation: "believers"
to go to the sea
"to go to the coast." From here Paul would probably sail to another city.
Acts 17:15
who were leading Paul
"who were accompanying Paul" or "who were going along with Paul"
they received from him instructions for Silas and Timothy
"he told them to instruct Silas and Timothy." This can also be stated as a direct quotation as in the UDB.
Acts 17:16
General Information:
This is another part of the story of Paul and Silas' travels. Paul is now in Athens where he is waiting for Silas and Timothy to join him.
Now
This word is used here to mark a stop in the main story. Here Luke starts to tell a new part of the story.
his spirit was provoked within him as he saw the city full of idols
Here "spirit" stands for Paul himself. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he became upset because he saw that there were idols everywhere in the city" or "seeing the idols everywhere in the city upset him"
Acts 17:17
he reasoned
"he debated" or "he discussed." This means that his listeners also spoke and asked him questions. He was not the only speaker.
others who worshiped God
This refers to Gentiles who gave praise to God and followed him but did not obey all of the Jewish laws.
in the marketplace
"in the public square." This is a public place of business, where buying and selling of goods, cattle, or services take place.
Acts 17:18
General Information:
Here the words "him," "He, "and "he" refer to Paul.
Epicurean and Stoic philosophers
Philosophers are people who think about the world and try to understand how people should live. The Epicureans and the Stoics were two groups of philosophers. They believed that a god or gods existed, but they did not trust in or obey any god. Alternate translation: "thinkers called Epicureans and Stoics"
encountered him
"happened upon him"
Some said
"Some of the philosophers said"
What is this babbler
The word "babbler" was used to refer to birds picking up seeds as food. It refers negatively to a person who only knows a little bit of information. The philosophers said Paul had bits of information which were not worth listening to. Alternate translation: "What is this uneducated person"
Others said
"Other philosophers said"
He seems to be one who calls people to follow
"He seems to be a proclaimer" or "He seems to be on a mission to add people to his philosophy"
strange gods
This is not in the sense of "odd," but in the sense of "foreign," that is, gods that Greeks and Romans do not worship or know about.
Acts 17:19
They took ... brought him
This does not mean they arrested Paul. The philosophers invited Paul to speak formally to their leaders.
to the Areopagus
The "Areopagus" was the place where the leaders met. Alternate translation: "to the leaders that met on the Areopagus"
the Areopagus, saying
Here the leaders on the Areopagus are speaking. This can stated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: "the Areopagus. The leaders said to Paul"
Areopagus
This is a prominent rock outcropping or hill in Athens upon which the supreme court of Athens may have met.
Acts 17:20
For you bring some strange things to our ears
Paul's teachings about Jesus and the resurrection are spoken of as an object that a person can bring to another person. Here "ears" refers to what they hear. Alternate translation: "For you are teaching some things that we have never heard before"
Acts 17:21
Now all the Athenians and the strangers living there
The word "all" is a generalization referring to many. Alternate translation: "Now many of the Athenians and the strangers living there"
all the Athenians
"Athenians" are people from Athens, a city near the coast below Macedonia
the strangers
"the foreigners"
spent their time in nothing but either telling or listening
Here "time" is spoken of as if it were an object that a person could spend. Alternate translation: "used their time doing nothing but either telling or listening" or "were always doing nothing but telling or listening"
spent their time in nothing but either telling or listening
The phrase "spent their time in nothing" is an exaggeration. Alternate translation: "did not do much but tell or listen" or "spent much of their time telling or listening"
telling or listening about something new
"discussing new philosophical ideas" or "talking about what was new to them"
Acts 17:22
General Information:
Paul begins his speech to the philosophers on the Areopagus.
very religious in every way
Paul is referring to the Athenians' public display of honoring the gods through prayers, building altars, and offering sacrifices.
Acts 17:23
as I passed along and observed the objects of your worship
"as I walked among the objects of your worship and observed them" or "as I walked around in the city, I observed the objects of your worship"
To an Unknown God
Possible meanings are 1) "to a certain unknown god" or 2) "to a god not known." This was a specific writing or inscription on that altar.
Acts 17:24
the world
In the most general sense, the "world" refers to the heavens and the earth and everything in them.
since he is Lord
"because he is the Lord." Here "he" is referring to the unknown god mentioned in Acts 17:23 that Paul is explaining is the Lord God.
of heaven and earth
The words "heaven" and "earth" are used together to mean all beings and things in heaven and earth.
built with hands
Here "hands" stands for people. Alternate translation: "built by the hands of people" or "that people built"
Acts 17:25
Neither is he served by men's hands
Here "served" has the sense of a doctor treating a patient to make the patient well again. Alternate translation: "Neither do men's hands take care of him"
by men's hands
Here "hands" stands for the whole person. Alternate translation: "by humans"
since he himself
"because he himself." The word "himself" is added for emphasis.
Acts 17:26
General Information:
Here the word "he" refer to God, the creator, and both instances of "their" refer to every nation of people living on the surface of the earth.
one man
This means Adam, the first person God created. This can be stated to include Eve. It was through Adam and Eve that God made all other people. Alternate translation: "one couple"
having determined their appointed seasons and the boundaries of their living areas
This can be stated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: "and he determined when and where they would live"
Acts 17:27
General Information:
All instances of "they" and "their" refer to the people who live on earth, all instances of "him" and "he" refer to God, and the word "us" includes the speaker, the hearers, and the people who live on earth.
so that they should search for God and perhaps they may feel their way toward him and find him
Here "search for God" represents desiring to know him, and "feel their way toward him and find him" represents praying and having a relationship with him. Alternate translation: "so that they should want to know God and perhaps pray to him and become one of his people"
Yet he is not far from each one of us
This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "Yet he is very near to every one of us"
Acts 17:28
General Information:
Here the words "him" and "his" refer to God
For in him
"Because of him"
Acts 17:29
General Information:
Both instances of "we" include the speaker, the hearers, and other people.
are God's offspring
Because God created everyone, all people are spoken of as if they were God's literal children.
the qualities of deity are like
Here "deity" refers to God's nature or attributes. Alternate translation: "God is like"
images created by the art and imagination of man
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "which a man then uses his skill to make it into something that he has designed" or "images that people make by using their art and imagination"
Acts 17:30
General Information:
Here the word "he" refers to God.
Therefore
"Because what I have just said is true"
God overlooked the times of ignorance
"God decided not to punish people during the time of ignorance"
times of ignorance
This refers to the time before God fully revealed himself through Jesus Christ and before people truly knew how to obey God.
all men
This means all people, whether male or female. Alternate translation: "all people"
Acts 17:31
Connecting Statement:
Paul finishes his speech to the philosophers in the Areopagus, which he began in Acts 17:22.
when he will judge the world in righteousness by the man he has appointed
"when the man he has chosen will judge the world in righteousness"
he will judge the world
Here "world" refers to the people. Alternate translation: "he will judge all people"
in righteousness
"justly" or "fairly"
God has given proof of this man
"God has demonstrated his choice of this man"
from the dead
From among all those who have died. The expression "the dead" describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
Acts 17:32
General Information:
Here the word "We" refers to the men of Athens but not to Paul, so this is exclusive. Though some of them probably did want to hear Paul again, they may only have been being polite.
Connecting Statement:
This is the end of the part of the story about Paul in Athens.
Now
This word is used here to mark a stop in the main story. Here Luke changes from Paul's teachings to the reaction of the people of Athens.
the men of Athens
These are the people who were present at the Areopagus and were listening to Paul.
some mocked Paul
"some ridiculed Paul" or "some laughed at Paul." These did not believe it was possible for someone to die and then return to life.
Acts 17:33
General Information:
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Acts 17:34
Dionysius the Areopagite
Dionysius is a man's name. Areopagite implies that Dionysius was one of the judges at the council of Areopagus.
Damaris
This is the name of a woman.
Chapter 18
Acts 18 General Notes
Special concepts in this chapter
The baptism of John
Some Jews who lived far away from Jerusalem and Judea had heard of John the Baptist and followed his teachings. They had not yet heard about Jesus. One of these Jews was Apollos. He followed John the Baptist, but he did not know that the Messiah had come. John had baptized people to show that they were sorry for their sins, but this baptism was different from Christian baptism. (See: faithful and christ and repent)
Acts 18:1
Connecting Statement:
This is another part of the story of Paul's travels as he goes to Corinth.
After these things
"After these events took place in Athens"
Athens
Athens was one of the most important cities in Greece. See how you translated this in Acts 17:15.
Acts 18:2
General Information:
The writer begins to give background information about Aquila and Priscilla.
There he met
Possible meanings are that 1) Paul happened to find by chance or 2) Paul intentionally found.
a Jew named Aquila
Here the phrase "a certain" indicates this is introducing new person in the story.
a native of Pontus
Pontus was a province on the southern coast of the Black Sea.
had recently come
This is probably sometime in the past year.
Italy
This is the name of land. Rome is the capital city of Italy.
Claudius had commanded
Claudius was the current Roman emperor. See how you translated this in Acts 11:28.
Acts 18:3
General Information:
The writer finishes giving background information about Aquila and Priscilla.
he worked at the same trade
"he did the same kind of work that they did"
Acts 18:4
So Paul reasoned
"So Paul debated" or "So Paul discussed." He gave reasons. This means that rather than just preaching, Paul talked and interacted with the people.
trying to persuade both Jews and Greeks
Possible meanings are 1) "and he caused both Jews and Greeks to believe" or 2) "and he kept trying to persuade the Jews and the Greeks."
Acts 18:5
General Information:
Silas and Timothy rejoin Paul.
Acts 18:6
shook out his garment
This is a symbolic action to indicate that Paul will no longer try to teach the Jews there about Jesus. He is leaving them to God's judgment.
May your blood be upon your own heads
Here "blood" stands for the guilt of their actions. Here "heads" refers to the whole person. Paul tells the Jews they are solely responsible for the judgment they will face for their stubbornness if they refuse to repent. Alternate translation: "You alone bear the responsibility for your punishment for sin"
I am clean
The word "clean" here is a metaphor for Paul being innocent of wrong against either the people or God. Alternate translation: "I am innocent" or "God will not punish me when he punishes you"
Acts 18:7
he left ... His house
"Paul left ... Titius' Justus's house"
Titius Justus
This is the name of a man.
worshiped God
A worshiper of God is a Gentile who gives praise to God and follows him but does not necessarily obey all of the Jewish laws.
Acts 18:8
Crispus
This is the name of a man.
leader of the synagogue
a layperson who sponsored and administered the synagogue, not necessarily the teacher
all his household
Here "his household" refers to the people who lived together in his house. Alternate translation: "the people who lived with him in his house"
his household
Crispus's household
were baptized
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "received baptism"
Acts 18:9
Do not be afraid, but speak and do not be silent
The Lord is giving one command in two different ways to emphasize that Paul should certainly continue preaching. Alternate translation: "You must not be afraid; instead, you should continue to speak and not become silent"
speak and do not be silent
The Lord gives the same command in two different ways to strongly command Paul to speak. Alternate translation: "you must certainly continue to speak"
do not be silent
It can be stated explicitly what the Lord wants Paul to speak. Alternate translation: "do not stop speaking about the gospel"
Acts 18:10
I have many people in this city
"there are many people in this city who have put their faith in me" or "many people in this city will put their faith in me"
Acts 18:11
Paul lived there ... teaching the word of God among them
This is a concluding statement for this part of the story. "Word of God" here is a synecdoche for the entire scriptures. Alternate translation: "Paul lived there ... teaching the scriptures among them"
Acts 18:12
General Information:
Achaia was the Roman province in which Corinth was located. Corinth was the largest city in southern Greece and the capital of the province.
Connecting Statement:
The unbelieving Jews bring Paul to the judgment seat before Gallio.
Gallio
This is the name of a man.
the Jews
This stands for the Jewish leaders that did not believe in Jesus.
rose up
This phrase means that the Jews began to act, not that they rose into the air or rose to stand from a sitting position. If your language has a different idiom for beginning to act, you may use it here.
with one mind
This phrase translates a word that speaks of people who agree with each other and who work together to accomplish a common purpose.
brought him before the judgment seat
The Jews took Paul by force to bring Paul before the court. Here "judgment seat" refers to the place where Gallio sat when he made legal decisions in court. Alternate translation: "took him so that the governor could judge him at the judgment seat"
Acts 18:13
General Information:
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Acts 18:14
Gallio said
Gallio was the Roman governor of the Province.
Acts 18:15
your own law
Here "law" can refer to either the law of Moses or the Jewish customs of Paul's time. Gallio is simply telling the Jews that they are to do what they think right and that he is not interested in being the judge.
I do not wish to be a judge of these matters
"I refuse to make a judgment about these matters"
Acts 18:16
Gallio made them leave the judgment seat
"Gallio dismissed the Jews from the judgment seat." Here "judgment seat" refers to the place where Gallio sits to make legal decisions in court. Alternate translation: "Gallio made them leave his presence in the court" or "Gallio made them leave the court"
Acts 18:17
General Information:
It is not clear what events this verse describes. The Jews had been accusing Paul, but it appears that they ended up beating Sosthenes and not Paul.
So they all seized Sosthenes, the ruler of the synagogue, and beat him in front of the judgment seat
Possible meanings are 1) the Gentiles beat Sosthenes in the court in front of the judgment seat because he was the Jewish leader or 2) Sosthenes was a believer in Christ, so even though he was "the ruler of the synagogue," the Jews beat him in front of the court.
they all seized
This may be an exaggeration to emphasize the strong feelings the people had. Alternate translation: "many people seized" or "many of them grabbed"
Sosthenes, the ruler of the synagogue
Sosthenes was "the ruler of the synagogue" at Corinth.
beat him
"repeatedly hit him" or "repeatedly punched him."
Acts 18:18
General Information:
Here both instances of "he" refer to Paul.
left the brothers
The word "brothers" refers to men and women believers. Alternate translation: "left the fellow believers"
sailed for Syria with Priscilla and Aquila
Paul got on a ship that sailed for Syria. Priscilla and Aquila went with him.
Cenchreae
This was a town near Corinth in Greece. It was on the coast, and Paul probably got on the ship there.
he had his hair cut off
This is a symbolic action that indicates that he had done something he had vowed to do. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he had someone cut off the hair on his head"
Acts 18:19
Connecting Statement:
This continues Paul's missionary journey as Paul, Priscilla, and Aquila leave Corinth. This seems to indicate that Silas and Timothy remain, since it says "he" here and not "they." The word "they" refers to Paul, Priscilla, and Aquila.
reasoned with the Jews
"gave the Jews reasons to believe" or "debated with the Jews about the scriptures" or "discussed the scriptures with the Jews." Paul explained what the scriptures mean in order to prove to the Jews that Jesus is the Messiah. See how you translated "reasoned with" in [Acts 17:2]
Acts 18:20
General Information:
Here the word "they" refers to the Jews in Ephesus.
Acts 18:21
General Information:
Here the word "them" refers to the Jews in Ephesus. The word "you" is plural.
taking his leave of them
"saying good-bye to them"
Acts 18:22
General Information:
Phrygia is a province in Asia which is now modern day Turkey. See how you translated this in Acts 2:10.
Connecting Statement:
Paul continues his missionary journey.
landed at Caesarea
"arrived at Caesarea." The word "landed" is used to show that he arrived by ship.
he went up
He traveled to the city of Jerusalem. The phrase "went up" is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than Caesarea.
greeted the Jerusalem church
Here "church" refers to the believers in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "greeted the members of the church of Jerusalem"
then went down
The phrase "went down" is used here because Antioch is lower in elevation than Jerusalem.
Acts 18:23
Paul departed
"Paul went away" or "Paul left"
After having spent some time there
This speaks about "time" as if it were a commodity that a person could spend. Alternate translation: After staying there for a while"
Acts 18:24
General Information:
Apollos is introduced to the story. Verses 24 and 25 give background information about him.
Connecting Statement:
Luke tells what happens in Ephesus with Priscilla and Aquila.
Now
This word is used here to mark a stop in the main story.
a certain Jew named Apollos
The phrase "a certain" indicates that Luke is introducing a new person in the story.
an Alexandrian by birth
"a man who was born in the city of Alexandria." This was a city in Egypt on the north coast of Africa.
eloquent in speech
"a good speaker"
mighty in the scriptures
"he knew the scriptures thoroughly." He understood the Old Testament writings well.
Acts 18:25
Apollos had been instructed in the teachings of the Lord
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Other believers had taught Apollos how the Lord Jesus wanted people to live"
Being fervent in spirit
Here "spirit" refers to the entire person of Apollos. Alternate translation: "Being very enthusiastic"
the baptism of John
"the baptism that John performed." John's baptism was with water, but Jesus's baptism is with the Holy Spirit.
Acts 18:26
the way of God
How God wants people to live is spoken of as if it were a road that a person travels.
more accurately
"correctly" or "more fully"
Acts 18:27
General Information:
Here the he words "he" and "him" refer to Apollos (Acts 18:24).
to pass over into Achaia
"to go to the region of Achaia." The phrase "pass over" is used here because Apollos had to cross the Aegean Sea to get to Achaia from Ephesus.
Achaia
Achaia was a Roman Province in the southern section of Greece. See how you translated this in Acts 18:12.
brothers
The word "brothers" here refers to men and women believers. You can make explicit that these are believers in Ephesus. Alternate translation: "fellow believers in Ephesus"
wrote to the disciples
"wrote a letter to the Christians in Achaia"
those who believed by grace
"those who had believed in salvation by grace" or "those who by God's grace believed in Jesus"
Acts 18:28
Apollos powerfully refuted the Jews in public debate
"In public debate Apollos powerfully showed that the Jews were wrong"
showing by the scriptures that Jesus is the Christ
"as he showed them by the scriptures that Jesus is the Christ"
Chapter 19
Acts 19 General Notes
Special concepts in this chapter
Baptism
John baptized people to show that they were sorry for their sins. Jesus's followers baptized people who wanted to follow Jesus.
Temple of Diana
The temple of Diana was an important place in the city of Ephesus. Many people came to Ephesus to see this temple, and they bought statues of the goddess Diana while they were there. The people who sold statues of Diana were afraid that if people did not believe Diana was a real goddess, they would stop giving the sellers money for statues.
Acts 19:1
General Information:
The "upper country" was an area of Asia which today is part of modern-day Turkey to the north of Ephesus. Paul must have traveled by land around the top of the Aegean Sea in order to come to Ephesus (also in Turkey today), which is directly east of Corinth by sea.
Connecting Statement:
Paul travels to Ephesus.
It came about that
This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
passed through
"traveled through"
Acts 19:2
receive the Holy Spirit
This means to have the Holy Spirit come upon them.
we did not even hear about the Holy Spirit
"we have not even heard about the Holy Spirit"
Acts 19:3
General Information:
The word "They" refers to the disciples (Acts 19:1). The word "you" is plural.
Into what then were you baptized?
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "What kind of baptism did you receive?"
Into John's baptism
You can translate this as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: "We were baptized into John's baptism" or "We received the kind of baptism about which John taught"
Acts 19:4
the baptism of repentance
You can translate the abstract noun "repentance" as the verb "repent." Alternate translation: "the baptism that people requested when they wanted to repent"
the one who would come
Here "the one" refers to Jesus.
come after him
This means to come after John the Baptist in time and not following after him physically.
Acts 19:5
Connecting Statement:
Paul continues staying in Ephesus.
When the people
Here "people" refers to the disciples in Ephesus who were talking with Paul (Acts 19:1),
they were baptized
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they received baptism"
in the name of the Lord Jesus
Here "name" refers to Jesus's power and authority. Alternate translation: "as believers in the Lord Jesus"
Acts 19:6
General Information:
All instances of "them" and "they" refer to "the people" (Acts 19:5)
laid his hands on them
"placed his hands on them." He probably placed his hands on their shoulders or heads. Alternate translation: "placed his hands on their heads as he prayed"
they spoke in tongues and prophesied
Unlike in Acts 2:3-4, there are no details of who understood their messages.
Acts 19:7
General Information:
All instances of "them" and "they" refer to "the people" (Acts 19:5)
In all they were about twelve men
This tells how many men were baptized.
twelve men
"12 men"
Acts 19:8
Paul went into the synagogue and spoke boldly for three months
"Paul regularly attended the synagogue meetings for three months and spoke there boldly"
reasoning and persuading them
Probable meanings are 1) the words "reasoning" and "persuading" are a hendiadys that means "arguing persuasively" or 2) the words describe two separate activities, "giving them reasons to believe" and "convincing them"
about the kingdom of God
Here "kingdom" stands for God's rule as king. Alternate translation: "about God's rule as king" or "about how God would show himself as king"
Acts 19:9
some Jews were hardened and disobedient
People who were stubbornly refusing to believe are spoken of as though they were becoming hard and unable to move. Alternate translation: "some Jews were stubborn and did not believe" or "some Jews stubbornly refused to accept and obey the message"
to speak evil of the Way before the crowd
What Christ wants people to believe is spoken of as though it were a road that a person travels. The phrase, "the Way," seems to have been a title for Christianity at the time. Alternate translation: "to speak evil about Christianity to the crowd" or "to speak to the crowd evil things about those who follow Christ and who obey his teaching about God" (See: and Acts 9:2)
to speak evil of
"to speak bad things about"
in the lecture hall of Tyrannus
"in the large room where Tyrannus had taught people"
Tyrannus
This is the name of a man.
Acts 19:10
all who lived in Asia heard the word of the Lord
Here "all" is a generalization that means very many people throughout Asia heard the gospel.
the word of the Lord
Here "word" stands for a message. Alternate translation: "the message about the Lord"
Acts 19:11
God was doing extraordinary miracles by the hands of Paul
Here "hands" stands for Paul's whole person. Alternate translation: "God was causing Paul to do extraordinary miracles" or "God was doing extraordinary miracles through Paul"
Acts 19:12
General Information:
Here the words "them" and "their" refer to those who were sick.
even handkerchiefs and aprons that had touched him were taken to the sick and
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "when they took to sick people even handkerchiefs and aprons that had touched Paul"
even handkerchiefs and aprons that had touched him
Possible meanings are 1) these were cloth items that Paul had touched or 2) these were cloth items that Paul had worn or used.
handkerchiefs
cloths worn around the head
aprons
clothing worn on the front of the body to protect the clothes of people
the sick
This refers to sick people. Alternate translation: "sick people" or "those who were sick"
their illnesses left them
"those who were sick became healthy"
Acts 19:13
General Information:
This is the beginning of another event that happened while Paul was in Ephesus. It is about Jewish exorcists.
exorcists
people who send evil spirits away from people or places
the name of the Lord Jesus
Here "name" refers to Jesus's power and authority.
By the Jesus whom Paul proclaims
"Jesus" was a common name at the time, so these exorcists wanted people to know of whom they spoke.
By the Jesus
This stands for the power and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: "by the authority of Jesus" or "by the power of Jesus"
Acts 19:14
Sceva
This is the name of a man.
Acts 19:15
Jesus I know, and Paul I know
"I know Jesus and Paul" or "I know Jesus, and I know Paul"
but who are you?
The spirit asked this question to emphasize that the exorcists had no authority over evil spirits. Alternate translation: "but I do not know you!" or "but you have no authority over me!"
Acts 19:16
The evil spirit in the man leaped
This means that the evil spirit caused the man whom it was controlling to leap on the exorcists.
exorcists
This refers to people who send evil spirits from people or places. See how you translated this in Acts 19:13.
they fled ... naked
The exorcists fled with their clothes ripped off them.
Acts 19:17
the name of the Lord Jesus was honored
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they honored the name of the Lord Jesus" or "they considered the name of the Lord Jesus to be great"
the name
This stands for the power and authority of Jesus.
Acts 19:18
Connecting Statement:
This ends the story about the Jewish exorcists.
Acts 19:19
brought their books
"collected their books." The word "books" refers to scrolls on which magical incantations and formulas were written.
in the sight of everyone
"in front of everyone"
the value of them
"the value of the books" or "the value of the scrolls"
fifty thousand
"50,000"
pieces of silver
A "piece of silver" was the approximate daily wage for a common laborer.
Acts 19:20
So the word of the Lord spread very widely in powerful ways
"So because of these powerful deeds, more and more people heard the message about the Lord Jesus"
Acts 19:21
Connecting Statement:
Paul talks about going Jerusalem but does not leave Ephesus yet.
Now
This word is used here to mark a stop in the main story. Here Luke starts to tell a new part of the story.
these things were completed
"Paul completed the work that God had for him to do in Ephesus"
Paul decided in the Spirit
Possible meanings are 1) Paul decided with the help of the Holy Spirit or 2) Paul decided within his own spirit, which means he made up his mind.
Achaia
Achaia was the Roman province in which Corinth was located. It was the largest city in southern Greece and the capital of the province. See how you translated this in Acts 18:12.
I must also see Rome
"I must also travel to Rome"
Acts 19:22
Erastus
This is the name of a man.
But he himself stayed in Asia for a while
It is made explicit in the next few verses that Paul remains in Ephesus.
he himself
This is repeated for emphasis.
Acts 19:23
Connecting Statement:
Luke tells about a riot that broke out while Paul was in Ephesus.
there was no small disturbance in Ephesus concerning the Way
This is a summary opening statement.
there was no small disturbance
"the people became very upset" See how you translated this in Acts 12:18
the Way
This was a term used to refer to Christianity. See how you translated this title in Acts 9:1.
Acts 19:24
General Information:
The writer introduces Demetrius to the story and gives background information about him. Ephesus had a large temple dedicated to the goddess Artemis, sometimes translated as "Diana." She was a false goddess of fertility.
A certain silversmith named Demetrius
The use of the words "a certain" introduces a new person in the story.
silversmith
a craftsman who works with silver metal to make statues and jewelry
named Demetrius
This is the name of a man. Demetrius was a silversmith in Ephesus who was against Paul and the local church.
brought in much business for the craftsmen
"enabled those who made the idols to make much money"
shrines of Artemis
These were probably carved or molten images of the temple of Artemis or of the part of the temple in which the statue of Artemis stood.
Acts 19:25
the workmen of that occupation
An occupation is a profession or job. Alternate translation: "others who did that kind of work"
Acts 19:26
Connecting Statement:
Demetrius continues to speak to the craftsmen.
You see and hear that
"You have come to know and understand that"
persuaded and turned away many people
Paul's stopping people from worshiping idols is spoken of as though Paul were turning the people in a different direction. Alternate translation: "persuaded many people and caused them to stop worshiping the local gods"
He is saying that gods made by hands are not gods
Here the word "hands" can refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: "He is saying that the idols that people make are not real gods"
Acts 19:27
that our trade will be discredited
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that what Paul is saying will discredit our trade" or "that people will think that our trade is false"
our trade
This refers to their business of making and selling idols.
the temple of the great goddess Artemis might be regarded as worthless
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people will think that the temple of the great goddess Artemis is worthless" or "people will think there is no benefit in going to the temple to worship the great goddess Artemis"
her greatness would be brought to nothing
"Her greatness" is a metonym for her reputation of being great. Being "brought to nothing" is a metaphor for becoming nothing or no longer existing. Alternate translation: "People would no longer recognize how great she is" or "She will lose her reputation of being great"
whom all Asia and the world worship
This was an exaggeration to show how popular the goddess Artemis was. Here the words "Asia" and "the world" refer to the people in the province of Asia and the known world. Alternate translation: "whom many people in Asia and in other parts of the world worship"
Acts 19:28
General Information:
Here "they" refers to the craftsmen who made the idols (Acts 19:24-25).
they were filled with anger
This speaks of the craftsmen as though they were containers. Here "anger" is spoken of as if it were the contents that fill a container. Alternate translation: "they became very angry"
cried out
"shouted aloud" or "shouted loudly"
Acts 19:29
The whole city was filled with confusion
Here "city" refers to the people. The city is spoken of as if it were a container. And, "confusion" is spoken of as if it were the contents that filled the container. Alternate translation: "Then people all over the city became upset and started shouting"
the people rushed with one mind
This phrase translates a word that speaks of people who agree with each other and who work together to accomplish a common purpose.
into the theater
The Ephesus theater was used for public meetings and for entertainment such as plays and music. It was an outdoor semi-circular area with bench seats that could hold thousands of people.
Paul's travel companions
The men who had been with Paul.
Gaius and Aristarchus
These are names of men. Gaius and Aristarchus came from Macedonia but were working with Paul in Ephesus at this time.
Acts 19:30
General Information:
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Acts 19:31
officials of the province of Asia
Ephesus was in the Roman Empire's province of Asia.
enter the theater
The Ephesus theater was used for public meetings and for entertainment such as plays and music. It was an outdoor semi-circular area with bench seats that could hold thousands of people. See how you translated "theater" in Acts 19:29.
Acts 19:32
General Information:
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Acts 19:33
Alexander
This is the name of a man.
motioned with his hand
You can make explicit that Alexander was showing the crowd that he wanted them to be quiet. Alternate translation: "gestured to the crowd to be quiet"
to give a defense
It is not clear whom or what Alexander wanted to defend. If your language requires this information, it might be best to use a general phrase like "to explain what was going on."
Acts 19:34
with one voice
The shouting together of the people at the same time is spoken of as though they were speaking with one voice. Alternate translation: "in unison" or "together"
Acts 19:35
Connecting Statement:
The clerk of Ephesus speaks to quiet the crowd.
the town clerk
This refers to the town "writer" or "secretary."
what man is there who does not know that the city of the Ephesians is temple keeper ... heaven?
The clerk asked this question to assure the crowd they were right and to comfort them. Alternate translation: "every man knows that the city of the Ephesians is temple keeper ... heaven."
who does not know
The town clerk uses "not" to emphasize that all of the people knew this.
temple keeper
The Ephesian people maintained and guarded the temple of Artemis.
the image which fell down from heaven
Within the temple of Artemis was an image of the goddess. It had been fashioned from a meteorite which fell from the sky. People thought that this rock had come directly from Zeus, the ruler of the Greek gods (idols).
Acts 19:36
General Information:
The word "you" is plural.
Seeing then that these things are undeniable
"Since you know these things"
do nothing rash
"do not do anything before you have had time to think about it"
rash
without careful thought
Acts 19:37
General Information:
The word "you" is plural.
these men
The words "these men" refer to Gaius and Aristarchus, Paul's traveling companions (Acts 19:29).
Acts 19:38
Therefore
"Because what I have just said is true." The town clerk had said in Acts 19:37 that Gaius and Aristarchus were not robbers or blasphemers.
have an accusation against anyone
The word "accusation" can be stated as the verb "accuse." Alternate translation: "want to accuse someone"
proconsuls
the Roman governor's representatives who made legal decisions in court
Let them accuse one another
This does not mean Demetrius and those with him will accuse each other. It means this is a place where people in general can speak their accusation. Alternate translation: "There people can accuse one another"
Acts 19:39
Connecting Statement:
The town clerk finishes speaking to the crowd.
But if you are seeking anything more
"But if you want to ask about anything more" or "But if you have something to discuss about other matters"
it should be resolved in the regular assembly
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "let us settle it in the regular assembly"
the regular assembly
This refers to a regular public gathering of citizens over which the county clerk presided.
Acts 19:40
For we are in danger of being accused of rioting today
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "in danger of the Roman authorities accusing us of starting this riot today"
Chapter 20
Acts 20 General Notes
Structure and formatting
In this chapter Luke describes Paul's last visits to believers in the provinces of Macedonia and Asia before he went to Jerusalem.
Special concepts in this chapter
Race
Paul spoke of living for Jesus as if he were running in a race. By this he meant that he needed to keep working hard even when things were difficult and he wanted to quit. (See: and discipline)
"Compelled by the Spirit"
Paul thought that the Holy Spirit wanted him to go to Jerusalem even if Paul did not want to go there. The same Holy Spirit told other people that when Paul arrived in Jerusalem, people would try to harm him.
Acts 20:1
Connecting Statement:
Paul leaves Ephesus and continues his travels.
After the uproar
"After the riot" or "Following the riot"
he said farewell
"he said goodbye"
Acts 20:2
had spoken many words of encouragement to them
"had greatly encouraged the believers" or "had said many things to encourage the believers"
Acts 20:3
After he had spent three months there
"After he had stayed there three months." This speaks about time as if it were something a person could spend.
a plot was formed against him by the Jews
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Jews formed a plot against him" or "the Jews formed a secret plan to harm him"
by the Jews
This means only some of the Jews. Alternate translation: "by some of the Jews"
as he was about to sail for Syria
"as he was ready to sail for Syria"
Acts 20:4
Accompanying him
"Traveling with him." Here the word "him" refers to Paul (Acts 20:1).
Sopater ... Pyrrhus ... Secundus ... Tychicus ... Trophimus
These are names of men.
Berea ... Derbe
These are names of places.
Aristarchus ... Gaius
These are names of men. See how you translated these names in Acts 19:29.
Acts 20:5
these men had gone before us
"these men had traveled ahead of us"
before us ... for us
Here "us" refers to the writer and Paul and those traveling with them, but not to the reader.
Troas
This is the name of a place.
Acts 20:6
General Information:
All instances of "we" refer to the writer and Paul and those traveling with them, but not to the reader.
the days of unleavened bread
This refers to the Jewish religious feast time during the Passover season. See how you translated this in Acts 12:3.
Acts 20:7
General Information:
Here the word "we" refers to the writer, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: and Acts 20:4-6)
Connecting Statement:
Luke tells about Paul's preaching in Troas and about what happened to Eutychus.
the next day
"when the sun came up again." If the writer was using the Jewish system of determining days, Paul was planning to travel after sunrise on "the first day of the week." If the writer was using the Greek system, Paul was planning to travel on the second day of the week.
to break bread
Bread was part of their meals. Possible meanings are 1) this refers simply to eating a meal together. Alternate translation: "to eat a meal" or 2) this refers to the meal they would eat together in order to remember Christ's death and resurrection. Alternate translation: "to eat the Lord's Supper"
he prolonged his message
"he continued to speak"
Acts 20:8
upper room
This may have been on the third floor of the house.
Acts 20:9
In the window
This was an opening in the wall with a ledge that was wide enough on which a person could sit.
Eutychus
This is the name of a man.
who fell into a deep sleep
This speaks about sleep as if it were a deep hole into which a person could fall. Alternate translation: "who slept soundly" or "who became more and more tired until finally he was sleeping soundly"
third story and was picked up dead
When they went down to check his condition, they saw he was dead. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "third story; and when they went to pick him up, they found that he was dead"
third story
This means two floors above the ground floor. If your culture does not count the ground floor, you may state this as the "second story."
Acts 20:10
on him ... embraced him ... he is alive
Here "him" and "he" refers to the young man, Eutychus.
he said
Here "he" refers to Paul.
Acts 20:11
General Information:
Here the word "he" refers to Paul.
Connecting Statement:
This is the end of the part of the story about Paul's preaching at Troas and about Eutychus.
broke bread
Bread was a common food during meals. Here "broke bread" probably means that they shared a meal with more kinds of food than just bread.
he left
"he went away"
Acts 20:12
the boy
This refers to Eutychus (Acts 20:9). Possible meanings are 1) he was a young man over 14 years old or 2) he was a boy between 9 and 14 years old or 3) the word "boy" implies that he was a servant or a slave.
Acts 20:13
General Information:
Here the word "we" refers to the writer and those traveling with him, but not to the reader.
Connecting Statement:
The writer Luke, Paul, and his other companions continue their travels; however, Paul goes separately for part of the trip.
We ourselves went
The word "ourselves" adds emphasis and separates Luke and his traveling companions from Paul, who did not travel by boat.
sailed away to Assos
Assos is a town located directly below present day Behram in Turkey on the coast of the Aegean sea.
he himself desired
Here "he himself" refers to Paul. "Himself" is used to emphasize that this is what Paul wanted.
to go by land
"to travel on land"
Acts 20:14
he met ... took him
Here "he" and "him" refer to Paul.
met us ... we took
Here the words "we" and "us" refer to the writer and those traveling with him, but not to the reader.
went to Mitylene
Mitylene is a town located in present day Mitilini in Turkey on the coast of the Aegean sea.
Acts 20:15
General Information:
Here the word "we" refers to Paul, the writer, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader.
opposite the island
"near the island" or "across from the island"
the island of Chios
Chios is an island off the coast of modern day Turkey in the Aegean Sea.
we touched at the island of Samos
"we arrived at the island of Samos"
island of Samos
Samos is an island south of Chios in the Aegean Sea off the coast of modern day Turkey.
the city of Miletus
Miletus was a port city in western Asia Minor near the mouth of the Meander River.
Acts 20:16
For Paul had decided to sail past Ephesus
Paul sailed south past the port city of Ephesus, further south in order to land at Miletus.
so that he would not spend any time
This speaks about "time" as if it were a commodity that a person could spend or use up. Alternate translation: "so that he would not have to remain for a time" or "so that he would not have a delay"
Acts 20:17
General Information:
Here the word "he" refers to Paul.
Connecting Statement:
Paul calls the elders of the church of Ephesus and begins to speak to them.
Miletus
Miletus was a port city in western Asia Minor near the mouth of the Meander River. See how you translated this in [Acts 20:15]
Acts 20:18
You yourselves
Here "yourselves" is used for emphasis.
I set foot in Asia
Here "foot" stands for the entire person. Alternate translation: "I entered Asia"
how I always spent my time with you
This speaks about time as if it were something that a person could spend. Alternate translation: "how I always conducted myself when I was with you"
Acts 20:19
lowliness of mind
This speaks about something humble as if it were low to the ground. The word "mind" stands for a person's inner attitude. Alternate translation: "humility" or "humbleness"
with tears
Here "tears" stands for feeling sad and crying. Alternate translation: "with crying as I served the Lord"
in trials that happened to me
"Trials" is an abstract noun. The meaning can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: "while God was testing me"
of the Jews
This does not mean every Jew. This lets us know who plotted. Alternate translation: "of some of the Jews"
Acts 20:20
You know how I did not keep back from declaring to you
"You know how I was never silent, but I always declared to you"
from house to house
"I also taught when I was in your homes"
Acts 20:21
about repentance toward God and of faith in our Lord Jesus
The abstract nouns "repentance" and "faith" can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: "that they need to repent before God and believe in our Lord Jesus Christ"
our Lord Jesus
The word "our" refers to Paul and the elders to whom he is speaking.
Acts 20:22
General Information:
Here the word "I" refers to Paul.
compelled by the Spirit
They can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "because the Spirit compels me to go there"
not knowing what will happen to me there
"and I do not know what will happen to me there"
Acts 20:23
chains and afflictions await me
Here "chains" refers to Paul's being arrested and put in prison. Alternate translation: "people will put me in prison and cause me to suffer"
Acts 20:24
if only I may finish the race and complete the ministry that I received from the Lord Jesus
This speaks about Paul's "race" and "ministry" as if they are objects that Jesus gives and Paul receives. Here "race" and "ministry" mean basically the same thing. Paul repeats this for emphasis. Alternate translation: "so that I may complete the work that the Lord Jesus has commanded me to do"
finish the race
Paul speaks about completing the work that Jesus has commanded him to do as if he were running a race.
to testify to the gospel of the grace of God
"to tell people the good news about God's grace." This is the ministry that Paul received from Jesus.
Acts 20:25
Connecting Statement:
Paul continues to talk to the Ephesian elders (Acts 20:17).
Now look, I know
"Now, pay careful attention, because I know"
I know that you all
"I know that all of you"
among whom I went about proclaiming the kingdom
Here "kingdom" stands for God's rule as king. Alternate translation: "to whom I preached the message about God's reign as king" or "to whom I preached about how God will show himself as king"
will see my face no more
The word "face" here represents Paul's physical body. Alternate translation: "will not see me anymore on this earth"
Acts 20:26
I am innocent of the blood of any man
Here "blood" stands for a person's death, which, in this case, is not physical death but spiritual death when God declares a person guilty of sin. Paul had told them God's truth. Alternate translation: "I am not responsible for anyone whom God judges guilty of sin because they did not trust in Jesus"
any man
Here this means any person whether male or female. Alternate translation: "any person"
Acts 20:27
For I did not hold back from declaring to you
"For I did not keep silent and not tell you." This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "For I certainly declared to you"
Acts 20:28
Therefore
"Because what I have just said is true," referring to all that Paul has said so far in his speech about his leaving them.
the flock of which the Holy Spirit has appointed you overseers. Be careful to shepherd the church of God
Believers are likened to a "flock" of sheep here. Church leaders are entrusted by God with the care of the community of believers just as a shepherd would care for his flock of sheep and protect them from wolves. Alternate translation: "the group of believers the Holy spirit has entrusted to you. Be sure to take care of the church of God"
the church of God, which he purchased with his own blood
The shedding of the blood of Christ here is likened to a payment to God for our sins. Alternate translation: "the people Christ saved from their sins by shedding his blood on the cross"
his own blood
Here "blood" stands for Christ's death.
Acts 20:29
vicious wolves will come in among you and will not spare the flock
This is a picture of people who teach false doctrine and who harm the community of believers as though they were wolves that eat the sheep of the flock. Alternate translation: "many enemies will come among you and try to harm the community of believers"
Acts 20:30
to draw away the disciples after them
A false teacher convincing believers to start believing his false teaching is spoken of as if he were leading sheep away from the flock to follow him. Alternate translation: "in order to convince people who are disciples of Christ to become his disciples instead"
Acts 20:31
be on guard. Remember
"be on guard and remember" or "be on guard as you remember"
be on guard
"be awake and alert" or "watch out." Christian leaders being alert about anyone that may harm the community of believers is spoken of as if they were guards in an army watching out for the enemy army.
Remember that
"Continue to remember that" or "Do not forget that"
for three years I never stopped warning ... night and day
Paul taught them over the space of three years, but not necessarily every day for three years.
I never stopped warning ... you
This does not mean that the only words he spoke were words of warning. Rather, Paul is using hyperbole to remind them that he had told them often that evil men would try to deceive them. Alternate translation: "I warned ... you as often as I could"
with tears
Here "tears" refers to Paul's crying because of the strong emotion of concern he felt while he was warning the people.
Acts 20:32
I commit you to God and to the word of his grace
Here "word" stands for a message. Alternate translation: "I ask God to take care of you and to help you to keep believing the message I spoke to you about his grace"
which is able to build you up
A person's faith becoming stronger is spoken of as if the person were a wall and someone were building him higher and stronger. Alternate translation: "which is able to make become stronger and stronger in your faith"
to give you the inheritance
This speaks about the "word of his grace" as if the word itself would give the inheritance to believers. Alternate translation: "God will give you the inheritance"
the inheritance
The blessings that God gives believers are spoken of as if they were money or property that a child inherits from his father.
Acts 20:33
I coveted no man's silver
"I did not desire someone's silver" or "I did not want for myself anyone's silver"
man's silver, gold, or clothing
Clothing was considered a treasure; the more you had, the richer you were.
Acts 20:34
You yourselves
The word "yourselves" is used here to add emphasis.
these hands served my own needs
The word "hands" here represents the entire person. Alternate translation: "I worked to earn money and pay for my own expenses"
Acts 20:35
Connecting Statement:
Paul finishes speaking to the elders of the church of Ephesus; he began to speak them in Acts 20:18.
you should help the weak by laboring
"you should work so as to have money to help people who cannot earn it for themselves"
the weak
You can state this nominal adjective as an adjective. Alternate translation: "weak persons" or "those who are weak"
weak
"sick"
the words of the Lord Jesus
Here "words" refers to what Jesus has said.
It is more blessed to give than to receive
This means a person receives the favor of God and experiences more joy when he gives to other people rather than always receiving from other people.
Acts 20:36
Connecting Statement:
Paul ends his time with the elders of the church of Ephesus by praying with them.
he knelt down and prayed
It was a common custom to kneel down while praying. It was a sign of humility before God.
Acts 20:37
embraced Paul
"hugged him closely" or "put their arms around him"
kissed him
Kissing someone on the cheek is an expression of brotherly or friendly love in the Middle East.
Acts 20:38
they would never see his face again
The word "face" here represents Paul's physical body. Alternate translation: "they would not see him anymore on this earth"
Chapter 21
Acts 21 General Notes
Structure and formatting
Acts 21:1-19 describes Paul's journey to Jerusalem. After he arrived in Jerusalem, the believers there told him that the Jews wanted to harm him and what he should do so they would not harm him (verses 20-26). Even though Paul did what the believers told him to do, the Jews tried to kill him. The Romans rescued him and gave him a chance to speak to the Jews.
The last verse of the chapter ends with an incomplete sentence. Most translations leave the sentence incomplete, as the ULB does.
Special concepts in this chapter
"They are all determined to keep the law"
The Jews in Jerusalem were following the law of Moses. Even those who were following Jesus still kept the law. Both groups thought that Paul had been telling Jews in Greece not to keep the law. But it was only the Gentiles to whom Paul was saying that.
Nazarite vow
The vow that Paul and his three friends made was probably a Nazarite vow, because they shaved their heads (Acts 21:23).
Gentiles in the temple
The Jews accused Paul of bringing a Gentile man into a part of the temple into which God only allowed Jews to go. They thought that God wanted them to punish Paul by killing him. (See: holy)
Roman citizenship
The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens.
Acts 21:1
General Information:
Here the word "we" refers to Luke, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader.
Connecting Statement:
The writer Luke, Paul, and his companions continue their travels.
we took a straight course to the city of Cos
"we went straight to the city of Cos" or "we went directly to the city of Cos"
city of Cos
Cos is a Greek island off the coast of modern day Turkey in the South Aegean Sea region.
city of Rhodes
Rhodes is a Greek island off the coast of modern day Turkey in the South Aegean Sea region south of Cos and northeast of Crete.
city of Patara
Patara is a city on the southwest coast of modern day Turkey south of the Aegean Sea in the Mediterranean Sea.
Acts 21:2
When we found a ship crossing over to Phoenicia
Here "a ship crossing over" stands for the crew that would sail the ship. Alternate translation: "When we found a ship with a crew sailing over to Phoenicia"
a ship crossing over
Here "crossing" does not mean it was presently crossing but that it would be crossing to Phoenicia soon. Alternate translation: "a ship that would be going across the water" or "a ship that would be going"
Acts 21:3
General Information:
Here the word "we" refers to Luke, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader.
Cyprus, leaving it on the left side of the boat
The left is the "port" side of a boat. Here this means they sailed south of Cyprus. Alternate translation: "Cyprus, sailing south of it"
where the ship was to unload its cargo
Here "ship" stands for the crew that was sailing the ship. Alternate translation: "the crew would unload the cargo from the ship"
Acts 21:4
Through the Spirit they kept urging Paul not to go to Jerusalem
"The Spirit caused them to urge Paul again and again not to go to Jerusalem." The Spirit may have revealed to them that Paul would suffer in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "Because the Spirit had told them that Paul would suffer in Jerusalem, they urged him again and again not to go there"
Acts 21:5
General Information:
Here the word "They" refers to the believers from Tyre.
When our days there were over
"When the seven days were over" or "When it was time to leave"
knelt down on the beach, prayed
It was a common custom to kneel down while praying. This was a sign of humility before God.
Acts 21:6
said farewell to each other
"said goodbye to one another"
Acts 21:7
General Information:
Here the word "we" refers to Luke, Paul and those traveling with them, but not to the reader.
we arrived at Ptolemais
Ptolemais was a city south of Tyre, Lebanon. Ptolemais is modern day Acre, Israel.
the brothers
"fellow believers"
Acts 21:8
Connecting Statement:
This begins Paul's time in Caesarea.
one of the seven
The "seven" refers to the men chosen to distribute food and aid to the widows in Acts 6:5.
evangelist
a person who tells people good news
Acts 21:9
this man
"Philip" from verse 8.
Now
This word is used here to mark a stop in the main story. Here Luke tells background information about Philip and his daughters.
four virgin daughters who prophesied
"four virgin daughters who regularly received and passed along messages from God"
Acts 21:10
General Information:
Here the words "we" and "us" refers to Luke, Paul, and those with them, but not to the reader.
a certain prophet named Agabus
This introduces a new person in the story.
named Agabus
Agabus was a man from Judea.
Acts 21:11
Connecting Statement:
This tells about a prophecy made about Paul in Caesarea by the prophet Agabus.
took Paul's belt
"removed Paul's belt from Paul's waist"
Thus says the Holy Spirit, 'This is how the Jews in Jerusalem will tie up ... of the Gentiles.'
This is a quotation within a quotation. The inner quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "The Holy Spirit says that this will be how the Jews in Jerusalem will tie up ... of the Gentiles."
the Jews
This does not mean all the Jews. Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders" or "some of the Jews"
hand him over
"deliver him"
into the hands of the Gentiles
The word "hands" here represents control. Alternate translation: "into the legal custody of the Gentiles" or "to the Gentiles"
the Gentiles
This stands for the authorities among the Gentiles. Alternate translation: "the Gentile authorities"
Acts 21:12
General Information:
Here the word "we" refers to Luke and the other believers but does not include the reader.
Acts 21:13
What are you doing, weeping and breaking my heart?
Paul asks this question to show the believers they should stop trying to persuade him. Alternate translation: "Stop what you are doing. Your weeping is breaking my heart."
breaking my heart
This is a metaphor for making someone sad or discouraging them. Here "heart" stands for a person's emotions. Alternate translation: "discouraging me" or "making me very sad"
not only to be tied up
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "not only for them to tie me up"
for the name of the Lord Jesus
Here "name" refers to the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: "for the sake of the Lord Jesus" or "because I believe in the Lord Jesus"
Acts 21:14
Paul would not be persuaded
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Paul would not allow us to to persuade him" or "we were unable to persuade Paul"
persuaded
You may need to make explicit what they could not persuade Paul not to do. Alternate translation: "persuaded not to go up to Jerusalem"
May the will of the Lord be done
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "May everything happen as the Lord has planned it"
Acts 21:15
General Information:
Here the word "we" refers to Luke, Paul, and those traveling with them, and not to the reader.
Connecting Statement:
This ends Paul's time in Caesarea.
Acts 21:16
They brought with them a man
"Among them was a man"
Mnason, a man from Cyprus
Mnason was a man from the island of Cyprus.
an early disciple
This means Mnason was one of the first to believe in Jesus.
Acts 21:17
General Information:
Here the words "we" and "us" refer to Luke, Paul, and those traveling with them, and not to the reader.
Connecting Statement:
Paul and his companions arrive in Jerusalem.
the brothers welcomed us
Here "brothers" refers to the believers in Jerusalem, whether male or female. Alternate translation: "the fellow believers welcomed us"
Acts 21:18
General Information:
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Acts 21:19
General Information:
Here the words "he" and "his" refer to Paul. The word "them" refers to the elders.
he reported one by one
"he gave a detailed account of all"
Acts 21:20
Connecting Statement:
The elders in Jerusalem begin their response to Paul.
they heard ... they glorified ... they said to him
Here the word "they" refers to James and the elders. The word "him" refers to Paul.
brother
Here "brother" means "fellow believer."
They are
The word "they" refers to Jewish believers who wanted all believing Jews to keep the Jewish laws and customs.
the law
this phrase here refers to the law of Moses
Acts 21:21
They have been told about you ... not to walk according the traditional ways
Apparently here there are some Jews that are distorting what Paul is teaching. He does not discourage the Jews from obeying the law of Moses. His message is that circumcision and the other customs are not necessary for Jesus to save them. You can make explicit that the leaders of the Jewish believers in Jerusalem knew that Paul was teaching God's true message.
They have been told
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People have told the Jewish believers"
to abandon Moses
Here "Moses" stands for the law of Moses. Alternate translation: "to stop obeying the laws that Moses gave us"
not to walk according the traditional ways
A person who obeys the traditions and customs is spoken of as if he were walking on a path. Alternate translation: "not to obey the old customs" or "not to practice the old customs"
the traditional ways
"the usual Jewish customs"
Acts 21:22
we do
Here the word "we" refers to James and the elders
They will
The word "They" refers to the Jewish believers in Jerusalem who wanted to teach Jewish believers that they could still follow the laws of Moses (Acts 21:20-21).
you have come
The word "you" refers to Paul.
Acts 21:23
General Information:
Here the word "we" refers to James and the elders
four men who made a vow
"four men who made a promise to God." This was the kind of vow where a person would not drink alcohol or cut his hair until the end of a set period of time.
Acts 21:24
Connecting Statement:
James and the elders continue speaking to Paul.
Take these men and purify yourself with them
They had to make themselves ritually pure so they could worship in the temple.
pay their expenses for them
"pay for what they will need." The expenses would go toward buying a male and female lamb, a ram, and grain and drink offerings.
they may shave their heads
This was a sign that the person had completed what they promised God they would do.
the things they have been told about you
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the things that people are saying about you"
Acts 21:25
General Information:
Here the word "we" refers to James and the elders.
Connecting Statement:
James and the elders in Jerusalem finish their request to Paul (Acts 21:18).
they should keep themselves from things sacrificed to idols, from blood, from what is strangled
All of these are rules about what they can eat. They are forbidden to eat meat of animals sacrificed to an idol, meat with blood still in it, and meat from a strangled animal because it would still have blood in the meat. See how you translated similar phrases in [Acts 15:20]
they should keep themselves from things sacrificed to idols
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they stay away from the meat of an animal that someone sacrificed to an idol"
from what is strangled
This can be stated in active form. You can also state explicitly the assumed information about strangled animals. Alternate translation: "from animals that a person has strangled" or "from animals that a person killed for food but did not drain its blood"
Acts 21:26
took the men
These are the 4 men who made a vow.
he purified himself along with them
Before entering the temple area the Jews were required to be ceremonially or ritually clean. This cleansing had to do with Jews having contact with Gentiles.
went into the temple
They did not go into the temple itself where only the high priest was allowed to enter. They entered the temple courtyard. Alternate translation: "went into the temple courtyard"
the days of purification
This is a separate purification process from the purification process which they were required to fulfill in order to enter the temple area.
the offering would be presented
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they presented the animals for an offering"
Acts 21:27
Connecting Statement:
This begins the story of Paul's arrest.
the seven days
These are the seven days for purification.
in the temple
Paul was not in the temple itself. He was in the temple courtyard. Alternate translation: "in the temple courtyard"
stirred up the whole crowd
People who incited a crowd to become very angry at Paul are spoken of as if they stirred up the crowd's emotions. Alternate translation: "caused a large number of people to be very angry at Paul"
laid hands on him
Here "laid hands on" means to "seized" or to "grabbed." See how you translated "laid hands on" in [Acts 5:18]
Acts 21:28
the people, the law, and this place
"the people of Israel, the law of Moses, and the temple"
Besides, he has also brought Greeks into the temple
Only Jewish males were allowed in certain areas of the courtyard of the Jerusalem temple.
Acts 21:29
General Information:
Verse 29 gives background information about the Jews from Asia.
For they had previously ... into the temple
This is background information. Luke is explaining why the Jews from Asia thought Paul brought a Greek into the temple.
Trophimus
This was a Greek man that they accused Paul of having brought into the inner temple area that was only for Jews. See how you translated his name in Acts 20:4.
Acts 21:30
All the city was excited
The word "All" here is an exaggeration for emphasis. The word "city" represents the people in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "Many people in the city became angry at Paul"
laid hold of Paul
"seized Paul" or "grabbed Paul"
the doors were immediately shut
They shut the doors so that there would not be rioting in the temple area. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "some of the Jews immediately shut the temple doors" or "the temple guards immediately shut the doors"
Acts 21:31
news came up to the chief captain of the company of soldiers
Here "news" refers to the messenger who went to speak the news. Alternate translation: "someone gave news to the chief captain of the cohort"
news came up to the chief captain
The phrase "came up to" is used because the chief captain was in a fortress connected to the temple that was higher in elevation than the temple courtyard.
the chief captain
This is a Roman military leader of about 1,000 soldiers.
the company of soldiers
A company is a group of about 1,000 soldiers.
all Jerusalem was in an uproar
The word "Jerusalem" here represents the people of Jerusalem. The word "all" is an exaggeration to show a large crowd was upset. Alternate translation: "all the people in Jerusalem were in an uproar" or "the large crowd in Jerusalem was in an uproar" (See: and )
Acts 21:32
General Information:
The first word "he" refers to the chief captain of the guard mentioned in Acts 21:31.
ran down
From the fortress, there are stairs going down into the court.
Acts 21:33
laid hold of Paul
"took hold of Paul" or "arrested Paul"
commanded him to be bound
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "commanded his soldiers to bind him"
with two chains
This means they bound Paul to two Roman soldiers, one on each side of him.
he asked who he was and what he had done.
This can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: "he asked, 'Who is this man? What has he done?'"
he asked who he was
The chief captain is speaking to the crowd, not to Paul.
Acts 21:34
and others another
The words "were shouting" are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: "and others were shouting another" or "and others in the crowd were shouting something else"
he ordered that Paul be brought
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he ordered his soldiers to bring Paul"
into the fortress
This fortress was connected to the outer temple court.
Acts 21:35
When he came to the steps, he was carried
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "When Paul came to the steps of the fortress, the soldiers carried him"
Acts 21:36
Away with him
The crowd is using somewhat milder and less exact language to ask for Paul's death. Alternate translation: "Put him to death" or "Kill him"
Acts 21:37
As Paul was about to be brought
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "As the soldiers were ready to bring Paul"
the fortress
This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in Acts 21:34.
The captain said, "Do you know Greek?
The chief captain uses this questions to express surprise that Paul is not who he thought he was. Alternate translation: "So you know Greek." or "I didn't know you knew Greek."
know Greek
know how to speak and understand the Greek language
Acts 21:38
Are you not then the Egyptian ... wilderness?
The chief captain uses this question and the question "Do you speak Greek?"
Are you not then the Egyptian
Shortly before Paul's visit, an unnamed man from Egypt had launched a revolt against Rome in Jerusalem. Later he escaped into the wilderness and the commander wonders if Paul might be the same man.
started a rebellion
This word "rebellion" can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: "caused people to rebel against the Roman government"
the four thousand men
"the 4,000 terrorists"
Assassins
This refers to a group of Jewish rebels who killed Romans and anyone who supported the Roman government.
Acts 21:39
Connecting Statement:
Paul is correcting the chief captain's wrong idea about who Paul is.
Tarsus in Cilicia
Cilicia was a Roman province across the Mediterranean Sea from Egypt, and Tarsus was a large, well-known city.
I am a citizen of no unimportant city
Paul uses the double negative in the phrase "no unimportant city" to emphasize that the chief captain should have known that Tarsus was an important city. Alternate translation: "I am a citizen of an important city"
I beg you
Or "I plead with you."
allow me
"please allow me" or please permit me"
Acts 21:40
the captain had given him permission
The word "permission" can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: "the captain permitted Paul to speak" or "the captain allowed Paul to speak"
Paul stood on the steps
The word "steps" here refers to the steps on the stairway to the fortress.
motioned with the hand to the people
It can be stated explicitly why Paul motioned with the hand. Alternate translation: "motioned with his hand for the people to be quiet"
When there was a deep silence
"When the people were completely silent"
Chapter 22
Acts 22 General Notes
Structure and formatting
This is the second account of Paul's conversion in the book of Acts. Because this is such an important event in the early church, there are three accounts of Paul's conversion. (See: Acts 9 and Acts 26)
Special concepts in this chapter
"In the Hebrew language"
Most Jews at this time spoke Aramaic and Greek. Most of the people who spoke Hebrew were educated Jewish scholars. This is why the people paid attention when Paul started speaking in Hebrew.
"The Way"
No one knows for sure who first started calling believers "followers of the Way." This is probably what the believers called themselves, because the Bible often speaks of a person living his life as if that person were walking on a path or "way." If this is true, the believers were "following the way of the Lord" by living in a way that pleased God.
Roman citizenship
The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. The "chief captain" could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way he would treat a non-citizen.
Acts 22:1
Connecting Statement:
Paul speaks to the Jewish crowd in Jerusalem.
Brothers and fathers
This is a polite way of addressing men who are Paul's age as well as the older men in the audience.
I will now make to you
"I will now explain to you" or "I will now present to you"
Acts 22:2
the Hebrew language
The Hebrew language was the language of the Jews.
Acts 22:3
but educated in this city at the feet of Gamaliel
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "but I was a student of Gamaliel here in Jerusalem"
at the feet of Gamaliel
Here "feet" stands for the place where a student would sit while learning from a teacher. Alternate translation: "by Gamaliel"
Gamaliel
Gamaliel was one of the most prominent teachers of the Jewish law. See how you translated this name in Acts 5:34.
I was instructed according to the strict ways of the law of our fathers
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "He instructed me how to carefully obey every law of our forefathers" or "The instruction I received followed the exact details of the law of our forefathers"
law of our fathers
"law of our ancestors." This refers to the law that God gave to the people of Israel through Moses.
I am zealous for God
"I am completely dedicated to obeying God" or "I am passionate about my service to God"
just as all of you are today
"in the same way all of you are today." Paul compares himself with the crowd.
Acts 22:4
I persecuted this Way to the death
Here "this Way" represents the people who belonged to the group called "the Way." The word "death" can be translated with the verb "kill." Alternate translation: "I persecuted the people who belonged to this Way and I looked for ways to kill them"
this Way
This was a term used to refer to Christianity. See how you translated "the Way" in Acts 9:2.
binding up and delivering to prison both men and women
"tying up both men and women and taking them to prison"
Acts 22:5
I received letters from them
"The high priests and elders gave me letters"
for the brothers in Damascus
Here "brothers" refers to "fellow Jews."
to bring them back in bonds to Jerusalem
"to bind those of the Way with chains and bring them back to Jerusalem"
to be punished
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that they would receive punishment" or "so that the Jewish authorities could punish them"
Acts 22:6
Connecting Statement:
Paul describes his encounter with Jesus.
It happened that
This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
Acts 22:7
heard a voice say to me
Here "voice" stands for the person speaking. Alternate translation: "I heard someone say to me"
Acts 22:8
General Information:
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Acts 22:9
they did not understand the voice of him who spoke to me
Here "voice" stands for the person speaking. Alternate translation: "they did not understand what the one who spoke to me was saying"
Acts 22:10
There you will be told
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "There someone will tell you" or "There you will learn"
Acts 22:11
I could not see because of that light's brightness
"I was left blind because of that light's brightness"
being led by the hands of those who were with me, I came into Damascus
Here "hands" stands for those leading Paul. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "those with me guided me into Damascus"
Acts 22:12
Ananias
Though this is not the same Ananias who died earlier in [Acts 5:3]
devout man according to the law
Ananias was very serious about following God's law.
law and well spoken of by all the Jews who lived there
This can be stated in active form in a new sentence. Alternate translation: "law. All the Jews who lived there spoke well of him"
Acts 22:13
General Information:
The words "He" and "him" refer to Ananias.
Brother Saul
Here "Brother" is a polite way to address someone. Alternate translation: "My friend Saul"
receive your sight
The word "sight" can be translated with the verb "see." Alternate translation: "see again"
In that very hour
This was a customary way of saying something happened immediately. Alternate translation: "At that instant" or "Instantly" or "Immediately"
Acts 22:14
General Information:
The word "he" refers to Ananias (Acts 22:12).
his will
"what God is planning and will cause to happen"
to hear the voice coming from his own mouth
Both "voice" and "mouth" refer to the one speaking. Alternate translation: "to hear him speak directly to you"
Acts 22:15
to all men
Here "men" means all people whether male or female. Alternate translation: "to all people"
Acts 22:16
Connecting Statement:
Paul finishes telling what had happened to him in Damascus. He quotes what Ananias said to him. This is still part of his speech to the crowd in Jerusalem.
Now
Here "now" does not mean "at this moment," but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
why are you waiting?
This question was asked to exhort Paul to be baptized. Alternate translation: "do not wait!" or "do not delay!"
be baptized
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "let me baptize you" or "receive baptism"
wash away your sins
As washing one's body removes dirt, calling on the name of Jesus for forgiveness cleanses one's inner being from sin. Alternate translation: "ask forgiveness for your sins"
calling on his name
Here "name" refers to the Lord. Alternate translation: "calling on the Lord" or "trusting in the Lord"
Acts 22:17
Connecting Statement:
Paul begins to tell the crowd about his vision of Jesus.
a trance came on me
This metaphor means that Paul went into the trance without expecting it or desiring it. See how you translated similar words in [Acts 10:10]
Acts 22:18
I saw him say to me
"I saw Jesus as he said to me"
they will not accept your testimony about me
"those who live in Jerusalem will not believe what you tell them about me"
Acts 22:19
General Information:
Here the word "they" refers to the non-believing Jews in Jerusalem.
they themselves know
The word "themselves" is used for emphasis.
in every synagogue
Paul went to synagogues to find Jews who believed in Jesus.
Acts 22:20
the blood of Stephen your witness was spilled
Here "blood" stands for Stephen's life. To spill blood means to kill. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they killed Stephen, who testified about you"
Acts 22:21
Connecting Statement:
This ends what Paul was able to say to the crowd of Jewish people by the fortress.
Acts 22:22
General Information:
Here the words "him" and "he" refer to Paul.
until that statement
"until Paul said that"
Away with such a fellow from the earth
The phrase "from the earth" adds emphasis to "Away with such a fellow." Alternate translation: "Kill him"
Acts 22:23
As they were
"While they were." The phrase "As they were" is used to mark two events that are happening at the same time.
throwing off their cloaks, and throwing dust into the air
These actions show that the Jews there are outraged because they feel Paul has spoken against God.
Acts 22:24
chief captain
This is a Roman military leader of about 1,000 soldiers. See how you translated this in Acts 21:31.
commanded Paul to be brought
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "ordered his soldiers to bring Paul"
the fortress
This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in Acts 21:34.
He ordered that he should be questioned with scourging
The commander wants soldiers to torture Paul by whipping him to ensure he tells the truth. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "He ordered his soldiers to whip Paul to force him to tell the truth"
He ordered that he
The first "he" refers to chief captain. The second "he" refers to Paul.
that he himself
The word "himself" is used for emphasis.
Acts 22:25
General Information:
Here the word "they" refers to the soldiers.
the thongs
These were strips of leather or animal hide.
Is it lawful for you to scourge a man who is a Roman and who has not been put on trial?
Paul uses this question to make the centurion check the validity of having his soldiers whip Paul. Alternate translation: "It is not lawful for you to whip a man who is a Roman and who was not given his legal right to a trial!"
Acts 22:26
What are you about to do?
This question is used to urge the commander to reconsider his plan to whip Paul. Alternate translation: "You should not do this!"
Acts 22:27
General Information:
Here the word "him" refers to Paul.
The chief captain came
Here "came" can be translated as "went."
Acts 22:28
It was only with a large amount of money
"It was only after I paid a lot of money to the Roman authorities." The captain makes this statement because he knows how hard it is to become a Roman citizen, and he suspects Paul is not telling truth.
I acquired citizenship
"I got citizenship." The word "citizenship" is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: "I became a citizen"
I was born a Roman citizen
If a man was a Roman citizen, then his children become Roman citizens automatically when they were born.
Acts 22:29
the men who were going to question
"the men who planned to question" or "the men who were preparing to question"
Acts 22:30
General Information:
Here the word "he" refers to the chief captain.
So he untied his bonds
Possibly the "chief captain" stands for the chief captain's soldiers. Alternate translation: "So the chief captain ordered his soldiers to untie Paul's bonds"
he brought Paul down
There was a stairway going down from the fortress to the temple courts.
Chapter 23
Acts 23 General Notes
Structure and formatting
Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULB does this with the quoted material in 23:5.
Special concepts in this chapter
Resurrection of the dead
The Pharisees believed that after people died, they would become alive again and God would either reward them or punish them. The Sadducees believed that once people died, they stayed dead and would never become alive again. (See: raise and reward)
"Called a curse"
Some Jews promised God that they would not eat or drink until they killed Paul, and they asked God to punish them if they did not do what they had promised to do.
Roman citizenship
The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. The "chief captain" could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way he would treat a non-citizen.
Important figures of speech in this chapter
Whitewashed
This is a metaphor in scripture describing someone who appears to be good or clean or righteous when that person is evil or unclean or unrighteous.
Acts 23:1
Connecting Statement:
Paul stands before the chief priests and the council members (Acts 22:30).
Brothers
Here this means "Fellow Jews."
I have lived before God in all good conscience until this day
"I know that even to this day I have done what God has wanted me to do"
Acts 23:2
Ananias
This is the name of a man. Although he has the same name, the Ananias here is neither the Ananias mentioned in [Acts 5:1]
Acts 23:3
whitewashed wall
This refers to a wall that was painted white to make it look clean. Paul told Ananias that just as a wall can be painted to look clean so Ananias appeared to look morally clean, but he was really full of evil intent. Alternate translation: "white-painted wall" or "wall painted white"
Are you sitting to judge ... against the law?
Paul uses a question to point out Ananias' hypocrisy. Some modern translations read this as a statement, "You are sitting to judge ... against the law." Alternate translation: "You are wrong to sit there to judge ... against the law."
order me to be struck
This can be stated in active form. You can use the same word for "strike" as you did in the phrase "God will strike you." Alternate translation: "command people to strike me"
Acts 23:4
Is this how you insult God's high priest?
The men use this question to scold Paul for what he has said in [Acts 23:3]
Acts 23:5
For it is written
Paul is about to quote what Moses wrote in the law. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For Moses wrote in the law"
Acts 23:6
Brothers
Here "Brothers" means "Fellow Jews"
a son of Pharisees
Here "son" means he is the literal son of a Pharisee and also the descendant of Pharisees. Alternate translation: "and my father and forefathers were Pharisees"
I have the hope of the resurrection of the dead
Here the word "hope" is a person's confident expectation that what he desires really will happen. The abstract noun "hope" can be translated here with the verbs "confidently expect" or "confidently wait" or "trust." The abstract noun "resurrection" can be expressed with the verb phrase "become alive again." Alternate translation: "I confidently expect the resurrection of the dead" or "I trust that the dead will become alive again"
the dead
The phrase "the dead" can be expressed as "those who have died."
I am being judged
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you are judging me"
Acts 23:7
the crowd was divided
"the people in the crowd strongly disagreed with one another"
Acts 23:8
For the Sadducees ... but the Pharisees
This is background information about the Sadducees and Pharisees.
Acts 23:9
So a large uproar occurred
"So they began shouting loudly at one another." The word "so" marks an event that happened because of something else that happened previously. In this case, the previous event is Paul's stating his belief in the resurrection.
What if a spirit or an angel has spoken to him?
The Pharisees use this question to suggest that Paul may have gotten his teaching from an angel or a spirit. They may be rebuking the Sadducees for not believing that spirits and angels exist and can speak to people. Alternate translation: "Maybe a spirit or an angel has spoken with him!"
Acts 23:10
When there arose a great argument
The words "a great argument" can be re-stated as "argue violently." Alternate translation: "When they began to argue violently"
chief captain
This is a Roman military leader of about 1,000 soldiers. See how you translated this in Acts 21:31.
Paul would be torn to pieces by them
This can be stated in active form. The phrase "be torn to pieces" might be an exaggeration of how the people might harm Paul. Alternate translation: "they might tear Paul to pieces" or "they would cause Paul great physical harm"
take him by force
"use physical force to take him away"
into the fortress
This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in Acts 21:34.
Acts 23:11
The following night
This means the night after the day Paul went before the council. Alternate translation: "That night"
testify in Rome
The words "about me" are understood. Alternate translation: "testify about me in Rome"
Acts 23:12
Connecting Statement:
While Paul is in the prison at the fortress, the disbelieving religious Jews vow to kill him.
formed a conspiracy
"organized a group with a shared purpose." The purpose for organizing this group was to kill Paul.
put themselves under an oath
The noun "oath" is an abstract noun that refers to a promise that the men made to God to kill Paul. It can also be made explicit what would happen to the men if they did not do what they had promised to do. Alternate translation: "asked God to curse them if they did not do what they promised"
Acts 23:13
forty men
"40 men"
who formed this conspiracy
"who made this plan" or "who planned to kill Paul"
Acts 23:14
General Information:
Here the word "They" refers to the forty Jews in Acts 23:13.
We have sworn a great oath to eat nothing until we have killed Paul
"We have sworn to eat nothing until we have killed Paul. We asked God to curse us if we do not do what we promised to do"
Acts 23:15
General Information:
Here "you" is plural and refers to the chief priests and elders. Both "us" and "we" refer to the forty Jews who planned to kill Paul.
Now, therefore
"Because what we have just said is true" or "Because we have put ourselves under this curse"
Now
This does not mean "at this moment," but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
bring him down to you
"bring Paul from the fortress to meet with you"
as if you would decide his case more precisely
"as though you want to learn more about what Paul has done"
Acts 23:16
Paul's sister's son
"the son of Paul's sister" or "Paul's nephew"
they were lying in wait
"they were ready to ambush Paul" or "they were waiting to kill Paul"
the fortress
This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in Acts 21:34.
Acts 23:17
General Information:
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Acts 23:18
Paul the prisoner called me to him
"Paul the prisoner asked me to come talk with him"
this young man
Since the chief captain calls him a young man, this suggests Paul's nephew may have been 12 to 15 years old.
Acts 23:19
chief captain took him by the hand
Since the chief captain took the young man by the hand and calls him a young man (verse 18), this suggests Paul's nephew may have been 12 to 15 years old.
Acts 23:20
The Jews have agreed
This does not mean all Jews, but all of the group that was there. Alternate translation: "Some of the Jews have agreed"
to bring down Paul
"to bring Paul down from the fortress"
they were going to ask more precisely about his case
"they wanted to learn more about what Paul has done"
Acts 23:21
forty men
"40 men"
lying in wait for him
"ready to ambush Paul" or "ready to kill Paul"
They have put themselves under oath neither to eat nor to drink until they have killed him
"They have sworn to eat and drink nothing until they have killed Paul. And they asked God to curse them if they do not do what they promised to do"
for your approval
"for you to agree to do what they have asked you to do"
Acts 23:22
General Information:
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Acts 23:23
he called to him
"he called to himself." Both "he" and "him" refer to the chief captain.
two of the centurions
"2 of the centurions"
seventy horsemen
"70 horsemen"
two hundred spearmen
"200 soldiers that are armed with spears"
third hour of the night
This was about 9:00 p.m. at night.
Acts 23:24
Felix the governor
Felix, who resided at Caesarea, was the roman governor of the area.
Acts 23:25
General Information:
Here "he" refers to the chief captain.
Acts 23:26
General Information:
Claudius Lysias was the name of the chief captain. Governor Felix was the Roman governor over the whole region.
Claudius Lysias to the most excellent Governor Felix, greetings
This is a formal introduction to the letter. The chief captain begins by referring to himself. You can translate it in the first person. The words "am writing" are understood. Alternate translation: "I, Claudius Lysias, am writing to you, the most excellent Governor Felix, and I greet you"
to the most excellent Governor Felix
"to Governor Felix, you who deserve the greatest honors"
Acts 23:27
This man was arrested by the Jews
Here "Jews" means "some of the Jews." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Some of the Jews arrested this man"
was about to be killed by them
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they were ready to kill him"
I came upon them with soldiers
"I with my soldiers arrived at the place where Paul and these Jews were"
Acts 23:28
General Information:
Here the word "I" refers to Claudius Lysias, the chief captain. The word "they" refers to the Jews who accused Paul. The word "him" refers to Paul.
Acts 23:29
that he was being accused about questions concerning
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that they were accusing him of questions about"
but that there was no accusation against him that deserved death or imprisonment
The abstract nouns "accusation," "death," and "imprisonment" can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: "but nobody accused him of anything that should cause Roman authorities to kill him or to send him to prison"
Acts 23:30
Connecting Statement:
The chief captain ends his letter to Governor Felix.
Then it was reported to me
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Then someone told me" or "Then I learned"
sent him to you
Here "you" refers to Governor Felix.
Acts 23:31
Connecting Statement:
This ends Paul's time under arrest in Jerusalem and begins his time of arrest in Caesarea with Governor Felix.
So the soldiers obeyed their orders
The word "so" marks an event that happened because of something else that happened previously. In this case, the previous event is the chief captain's commanding the soldiers to escort Paul.
They took Paul and brought him by night
Here "brought" can be translated as "took." Alternate translation: "They got Paul and took him at night"
Antipatris
Antipatris was a city built by Herod in honor of his father, Antipater. It stood at a site located today in central Israel.
Acts 23:32
to go with him
Here "him" refers to Paul.
Acts 23:33
General Information:
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Acts 23:34
he asked what province Paul was from. When he learned that he was from Cilicia
This can be stated with direct quotations. Alternate translation: "he asked Paul, 'What province are you from?' Paul said, 'I am from Cilicia.' When the governor learned this"
When he learned that he
"When the governor learned that Paul"
Acts 23:35
he said
"the governor said"
I will hear you fully
"I will listen to all you have to say"
he commanded him to be kept
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he commanded soldiers to keep him" or "commanded soldiers to restrain him"
Chapter 24
Acts 24 General Notes
Structure and formatting
Paul told the governor that he had not done what the Jews were accusing him of doing and that the governor should not punish him for what he did do.
Special concepts in this chapter
Respect
Both the Jewish leaders (Acts 24:2-4) and Paul (Acts 24:10) began their speeches with words that show respect to the governor.
Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
Governmental leaders
The words "governor," "commander," and "centurion" may be difficult to translate into some languages.
Acts 24:1
Connecting Statement:
Paul is on trial in Caesarea. Tertullus presents Governor Felix with the charges against Paul.
After five days
"Five days after the Roman soldiers took Paul to Caesarea"
Ananias
This is the name of a man. He is not the same Ananias as in [Acts 5:1]
an orator
"a lawyer." Tertullus was an expert in Roman law who was there to accuse Paul in court.
Tertullus
This is the name of a man.
went there
"went to Caesarea where Paul was"
before the governor
"in the presence of the governor, who was judge in the court"
brought charges against Paul
"began to argue the case before the governor that Paul had broken the law."
Acts 24:2
Because of you
Here the word "you" refers to Felix, the governor.
we have great peace
Here "we" refers to the citizens under Felix. Alternate translation: "we, the people that you govern, have great peace"
and your foresight brings good reform to our nation
"and your planning has greatly improved our nation"
Acts 24:3
so with all thankfulness we welcome everything that you do
The word "thankfulness" is an abstract noun. It can be stated as an adjective or verb. Alternate translation: "so we are very thankful and we welcome everything that you do" or "so we thank you very much and welcome everything that you do"
most excellent Felix
"Governor Felix, who deserves greatest honor." Felix was the roman governor over the whole region. See how you translated a similar phrase in Acts 23:25.
Acts 24:4
So that I detain you no more
Possible meanings are 1) "so that I will not take up too much of your time" or 2) "so that I will not tire you"
in your kindness to hear us briefly
"to be kind and listen to the short speech I am giving to state these men's case"
Acts 24:5
General Information:
The word "we" refers to Ananias, certain elders, and Tertullus.
this man to be a pest
Here "pest" is a metaphor for a person who causes trouble. Alternate translation: "this man to be a trouble maker"
all the Jews throughout the world
The word "all" here is probably an exaggeration used to strengthen their accusation against Paul.
He is a leader of the Nazarene sect
The phrase "Nazarene sect" is another name for the Christians. Alternate translation: "He also leads the entire group whom people call the followers of the Nazarene"
sect
This is a smaller group of people within a larger group group. Tertullus considers the Christians to be a small group within Judaism.
Acts 24:6
General Information:
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Acts 24:7
General Information:
Here the word "you" is singular and refers to Governor Felix.
Acts 24:8
Connecting Statement:
Tertullus finishes presenting the charges against Paul before Governor Felix.
to learn about all the things of which we are accusing him
"to learn whether or not these charges that we bring against him are true" or "to learn whether or not he is guilty of the things we accuse him of"
Acts 24:9
The Jews
This refers to the Jewish leaders who were there at Paul's trial.
Acts 24:10
Connecting Statement:
Paul responds to Governor Felix about the charges brought against him.
the governor motioned
"the governor gestured"
a judge to this nation
Here "nation" refers to the people of the Jewish nation. Alternate translation: "a judge for the people of the Jewish nation"
explain myself
"explain my situation"
Acts 24:11
twelve days since
"12 days since"
Acts 24:12
General Information:
Here the word "they" refers to the Jews who were accusing Paul.
I did not stir up a crowd
"Stir up" here is a metaphor for agitating people into unrest, just as stirring a liquid agitates it. Alternate translation: "I did not cause a crowd to riot"
Acts 24:13
the accusations
"the blames for wrongdoings" or "the charges for crimes"
Acts 24:14
I confess this to you
"I acknowledge this to you"
that according to the Way
The phrase "the Way" was a title used for Christianity during Paul's time.
a sect
This is a smaller group of people within a larger group. Christianity was originally considered to be a small group within Judaism. See how you translated "sect" in Acts 24:5.
the law
Paul is referring to the law of Moses.
Acts 24:15
I have a hope in God, which these men also have, that there will be a resurrection
Here the word "hope" is a person's confident expectation that what he desires really will happen. The abstract noun "hope" can be translated here with the verbs "confidently expect" or "confidently wait" or "trust." Alternate translation: "Just as these men, I trust in God that there will be a resurrection"
these men
the Jews who are accusing Paul in court
that there will be a resurrection of both the righteous and the wicked
The abstract noun "resurrection" can be stated with the verb "resurrect." Alternate translation: "that God will resurrect all who have died, both the righteous and the unrighteous"
the righteous and the wicked
These nominal adjectives refer to righteous people and wicked people. Alternate translation: "righteous people and wicked people" or "those who have done what is right and those who have done what is evil"
Acts 24:16
I always strive
"I always work hard" or "I do my best"
to have a blameless conscience
Here "conscience" refers to a person's inner morality that chooses between right and wrong. Alternate translation: "to be blameless" or "to always do what is right"
before God
"in the presence of God"
Acts 24:17
Now
This word marks a shift in Paul's argument. Here he explains the situation in Jerusalem when some of the Jews arrested him.
after many years
"after many years away from Jerusalem"
I came to give alms to my nation and present sacrifices
Here "I came" can be translated as "I went." Alternate translation: "I went to help my people by bringing them money as a gift; I also went to present sacrifices"
Acts 24:18
in a purification ceremony in the temple
"in the temple after I had finished a ceremony to purify myself"
in the temple, not with a crowd or an uproar
This can be stated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: "in the temple. I had not gathered a crowd nor was I trying to start a riot"
Acts 24:19
These men
"The Jews from Asia"
if they have anything
"if they have anything to say"
Acts 24:20
these same men
This refers to the members of the council who were present in Jerusalem at Paul's trial.
should say what wrong they found in me
"should say the wrong thing I did that they were able to prove"
Acts 24:21
Connecting Statement:
Paul finishes responding to Governor Felix about the charges brought against him.
It is concerning the resurrection of the dead
The abstract noun "resurrection" can be stated as "God brings back to life." Alternate translation: "It is because I believe that God will bring back to life those who have died"
I am on trial before you today
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you are judging me today"
Acts 24:22
General Information:
Felix is the Roman governor of the area who resides at Caesarea. See how you translated this name in [Acts 23:24]
the Way
This is a title for Christianity. See how you translated this in Acts 9:2.
When Lysias the commander comes down
"when Lysias the commander comes down" or "at the time Lysias the commander comes down"
Lysias
This is the name of the chief captain. See how you translated this name in Acts 23:26.
comes down from Jerusalem
Jerusalem was higher than Caesarea so it was normal to speak of coming down from Jerusalem.
I will decide your case
"I will make a decision concerning these accusations against you" or "I will judge whether you are guilty"
Acts 24:23
to have some freedom
"to have some freedom not otherwise granted to prisoners"
Acts 24:24
After some days
"After several days"
Drusilla his wife
Drusilla is a woman's name.
Acts 24:25
Felix became frightened
Felix may have felt conviction of his sins.
for now
"for the present time"
Acts 24:26
he hoped that Paul would give money to him
Here the word "hope" means think that what one desires might happen. Sometimes prisoners gave money to government officials so that the officials would free them from prison early, and Felix hoped that Paul would do that. Alternate translation: "he thought that Paul might give money to him"
so he often sent for him and spoke with him
"so Felix often sent for Paul and spoke with Paul"
Acts 24:27
Porcius Festus
This was the Roman Governor who replaced Felix.
wanted to gain favor with the Jews
Here "the Jews" refers to the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: "wanted the Jewish leaders to like him"
he left Paul bound
"he left Paul in prison"
Chapter 25
Acts 25 General Notes
Special concepts in this chapter
Favor
This word is used in two different ways in this chapter. When the Jewish leaders asked Festus for a favor, they were asking him to do something special for them on that day. They wanted him to do for them something that he would not usually do. When Festus "wanted to gain the favor of the Jews," he wanted them to like him and be willing to obey him in the months and years to come. (See: favor)
Roman citizenship
The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. Roman officials could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way they would treat a non-citizen.
Acts 25:1
General Information:
Festus becomes the governor of Caesarea. See how you translated this name in Acts 24:27.
Connecting Statement:
Paul continues to be a prisoner in Caesarea.
Now
This word marks the beginning of a new event in the story.
Festus entered the province
Possible meanings are 1) Festus arrived in the area to begin his rule or 2) Festus simply arrived in the area.
he went from Caesarea up to Jerusalem
The phrase "went up" is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than Caesarea.
Acts 25:2
The chief priests and the prominent Jews brought their charges against Paul
This speaks about accusations as if they were an object that a person could bring to someone else. Alternate translation: "The chief priests and the important Jews accused Paul to Festus"
Acts 25:3
to summon him to Jerusalem
Some versions translate this as "to have him summoned to Jerusalem." The word "him" refers to Paul. The Jews wanted Festus to have his soldiers take Paul to Jerusalem.
for they were preparing an ambush to kill him along the way
They were going to hide along the road and kill Paul as he was passing by, but Festus was not aware of this part of their plan.
Acts 25:4
Festus answered that Paul was being held in custody at Caesarea, and that he himself was going there soon.
This can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: "But Festus said, 'Paul is being held in custody in Caesarea, and I myself will soon return there.'"
Acts 25:5
General Information:
Here the word "us" refers to Festus and the Romans traveling with him, but not to his audience.
"Therefore, those who can," he said, "should go there with us
The phrase "he said" can be moved to the beginning of the sentence. Alternate translation: "Then he said, 'Therefore, those who are able to go to Caesarea should go there with us"
If there is something wrong with the man
"If Paul has done something wrong"
you should accuse him
"you should accuse him of violating laws" or "you should bring charges against him"
Acts 25:6
down to Caesarea
Jerusalem is higher geographically than Caesarea. It was common to speak of coming down from Jerusalem.
sat on the judgment seat
Here "judgment seat" refers to Festus' ruling as judge over Paul's trial. Alternate translation: "sat upon the seat where he acted as judge" or "sat down as judge"
Paul to be brought to him
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "his soldiers bring Paul to him"
Acts 25:7
When he arrived
"When Paul came and stood before Festus"
they brought many serious charges
Charging a person with a crime is spoken of as if it were an object that a person could bring to court. Alternate translation: "they spoke against Paul many serious things"
Acts 25:8
against the temple
Paul says he did not break any rules about who could enter the Jerusalem temple. Alternate translation: "against the entry rules of the temple"
Acts 25:9
wanted to gain the favor of the Jews
Here "the Jews" means the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: "wanted to please the Jewish leaders"
to go up to Jerusalem
Jerusalem was higher geographically than Caesarea. It was common to speak of going up to Jerusalem.
and to be judged by me about these things there
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "where I will judge you with regard to these charges"
Acts 25:10
I stand before the judgment seat of Caesar where I must be judged
The "judgment seat" refers to Caesar's authority to judge Paul. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I ask to go before Caesar, so he can judge me"
Acts 25:11
Though if I have done wrong ... I do not refuse to die
Paul does not believe that he has done wrong, but he shows that he will submit to the law and will not refuse to be punished if he really has done wrong.
if I have done what is worthy of death
"if I have done some wrong that deserves the death penalty"
if their accusations are nothing
"if the charges against me are not true"
no one can hand me over to them
Possible meanings are 1) Festus does not have the legal authority to hand Paul over to these false accusers or 2) the governor should not give in to the request of the Jews.
I appeal to Caesar
"I ask to go before Caesar so he can judge me"
Acts 25:12
with the council
This is not the Sanhedrin that is referred to as "council" throughout Acts. This is a political council in the Roman government. Alternate translation: "with his own government advisors"
Acts 25:13
General Information:
King Agrippa and Bernice are new people in the story. Though he ruled over only a few territories, King Agrippa was the current reigning king in Palestine. Bernice was Agrippa's sister.
Now
This word marks the beginning of a new event in the story.
to pay an official visit to Festus
"to visit Festus concerning official matters"
Acts 25:14
After they
"After King Agrippa and Bernice"
A certain man was left behind here by Felix as a prisoner
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "When Felix left office, he left a man in prison here"
Felix
Felix was the Roman governor of the area and resided in Caesarea. See how you translated this name in Acts 23:24.
Acts 25:15
brought charges against this man to me
This is a metaphor that means to accuse someone in court. Alternate translation: "spoke to me against this man"
they asked for a sentence of condemnation against him
The abstract nouns "sentence" and "condemnation" can be expressed as verbs. The phrase "a sentence of condemnation" implies that they were requesting that Paul be executed. Alternate translation: "they asked me to sentence him to death" or "they asked me to condemn him to death"
Acts 25:16
to hand over anyone
Here "hand over" represents sending someone to people who will punish or kill him. Alternate translation: "let someone punish anyone" or "to condemn anyone to death"
before the accused had faced his accusers
Here "faced his accusers" is an idiom that means to meet with the people who accuse him. Alternate translation: "before the person whom others have accused of a crime had met directly with those who accused him"
Acts 25:17
Therefore
"Because what I have just said is true." Festus has just said that an accused man should be able to face his accusers and make his defense.
when they came together here
"when the Jewish leaders came to meet with me here"
I sat in the judgment seat
Here "judgment seat" refers to Festus ruling over Paul's trial as judge. Alternate translation: "I sat upon the seat to act as judge" or "I sat down as judge"
I ordered the man to be brought in
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I ordered the soldiers to bring Paul before me"
Acts 25:18
General Information:
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Acts 25:19
their own religion
Here "religion" means the belief system people have toward life and the supernatural.
Acts 25:20
to stand trial there about these charges
To "stand trial" is an idiom meaning to speak to a judge so the judge can decide if a person is right or wrong. Alternate translation: "to go to trial about these charges" or "for a judge to decide if these charges against him are true or not"
Acts 25:21
Connecting Statement:
Festus finishes explaining Paul's case to King Agrippa.
But when Paul appealed to be kept in custody while awaiting the decision of the emperor
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But when Paul insisted that he stay under Roman guard until the time when the emperor could decide his case"
I ordered him to be held in custody
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I ordered the soldiers to keep him in custody" or "I told the soldiers to guard him"
Acts 25:22
"Tomorrow," Festus said, "you will hear him."
The phrase "Festus said" can be moved to the beginning of the sentence. Alternate translation: "Festus said, 'I will arrange for you to listen to Paul tomorrow.'"
Acts 25:23
General Information:
Though he ruled over only a few territories, Agrippa was the current reigning king in Palestine. Bernice was his sister. See how you translated these names in Acts 25:13.
with much ceremony
"with a great ceremony to honor them"
the hall
This was a large room where people gathered for ceremonies, trials, and other events.
Paul was brought to them
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the soldiers brought Paul to appear before them"
Acts 25:24
Connecting Statement:
Festus again gives information about Paul's case to King Agrippa.
all the multitude of Jews
The word "all" is an exaggeration used to emphasize that a great number of Jews wanted Paul to die. Alternate translation: "a great number of the Jews" or "many of the Jewish leaders"
they shouted to me
"they spoke very strongly to me"
he should no longer live
This statement is made in the negative to emphasize the positive equivalent. Alternate translation: "he should die immediately"
Acts 25:25
because he appealed to the emperor
"because he said that he wanted the emperor to judge him"
the emperor
The emperor was the ruler of the Roman empire. He ruled over many countries and provinces.
Acts 25:26
to write to my lord
Festus used the word "lord" to refer to the emperor. Alternate translation: "to write to the emperor"
I have brought him to you, especially to you, King Agrippa
Here the first "you" is plural and refers to all the men to whom Festus is speaking. The second "you" is singular and refers to King Agrippa. Alternate translation: "I have brought Paul to all of you, but especially to you, King Agrippa"
so that I might have something more to write
"so that I will have something else to write" or "so that I will know what I should write"
Acts 25:27
it seems unreasonable for me to send a prisoner and to not also state
The negative words "unreasonable" and "to not ... state" can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "it seems reasonable to me to send a prisoner and to also state"
the charges against him
Possible meanings are 1) the accusations that the Jewish leaders have brought against him or 2) the charges under Roman law that apply to Paul's case.
Chapter 26
Acts 26 General Notes
Structure and formatting
This is the third account of Paul's conversion in the book of Acts. Because this is such an important event in the early church, there are three accounts of Paul's conversion. (See: Acts 9 and Acts 22)
Paul told the King Agrippa why he had done what he had done and that the governor should not punish him for that.
Special concepts in this chapter
Light and darkness
The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: righteous)
Acts 26:1
Connecting Statement:
Festus has brought Paul before King Agrippa.
Agrippa
Agrippa was the current reigning king in Palestine, though he ruled over only a few territories. See how you translated this name in Acts 25:13.
stretched out his hand
"held out his hand" or "gestured with his hand"
made his defense
The abstract noun "defense" can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: "began to defend himself against those who were accusing him"
Acts 26:2
Connecting Statement:
Paul gives his defense to King Agrippa.
I consider myself happy
Paul was happy because he considered his appearance before Agrippa to be an opportunity to speak about the gospel.
to make my case
This phrase means to describe one's situation, so that those in court can discuss and make a decision about it. Alternate translation: "to defend myself"
against all the accusations of the Jews
The abstract noun "accusations" can be stated as the verb "accuse." Alternate translation: "against all the Jews who are accusing me"
the Jews
This does not mean all the Jews. Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders"
Acts 26:3
questions
You can make explicit what kinds of questions this means. Alternate translation: "questions about religious matters"
Acts 26:4
all the Jews
This is a generalization. Possible meanings are 1) Jews in general who knew about Paul. Alternate translation: "the Jews" or 2) Pharisees who knew Paul. Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders"
in my own nation
Possible meanings are 1) among his own people, not necessarily in the geographical land of Israel or 2) in the land of Israel.
Acts 26:5
the strictest party of our religion
"a group within Judaism that lives by very strict rules"
Acts 26:6
Now
This word marks a shift from Paul discussing his past to talking about himself in the present.
I stand here to be judged
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I am here, where they are putting me on trial"
because of my hope in the promise made by God to our fathers
Here the word "hope" is a person's confident expectation that what he desires really will happen. The abstract noun "hope" can be translated here with the verbs "trust" or "confidently wait." Alternate translation: "because I trust in the promise made by God to our fathers
because of my hope in the promise made by God to our fathers
Hope in a promise is the expectation that the promise will be fulfilled. Alternate translation "because of my hope that God will do what he promised our forefathers he would do" or "because I confidently wait for God to do what he promised our forefather he would do"
Acts 26:7
this promise that our twelve tribes hope to receive
This speaks about a promise being fulfilled as if it were an object that is received. Alternate translation: "the promise that our twelve tribes confidently wait for God to fulfill"
our twelve tribes
The phrase "our twelve tribes" stands for the people in those tribes. Alternate translation: "our fellow Jews in the twelve tribes"
worship God earnestly night and day
The extremes "night" and "day" are used together to mean consistently mean Alternate translation: "continually worship God earnestly"
king
Paul is addressing King Agrippa by his title, not by his name. Your language may require that you add another word or part of a word, as in older English "O King," or that you add the king's name, as in "King Agrippa," or that you use another expression such as "Your Majesty."
that the Jews
This does not mean all the Jews. Alternate translation: "that the leaders of the Jews"
Acts 26:8
General Information:
Here "you" is plural and refers to the people who were listening to Paul.
Why should any of you judge it to be incredible that God raises the dead?
Paul uses a question to challenge the Jews there. They believe that God can raise the dead, but they do not believe that God brought Jesus back to life. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: "You should not judge it to be unbelievable that God raises the dead" Or "You should not say that it is impossible to believe that God raises the dead."
raises the dead
Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "makes dead people come alive again"
Acts 26:9
Now indeed
Paul uses this phrase to mark another shift in his defense. He is now beginning to describe how he formerly persecuted Jesus's people.
against the name of Jesus
The word "name" here stands for the teaching about the person. Alternate translation: "to stop people from teaching about Jesus"
Acts 26:10
when they were killed, I cast my vote against them
The phrase "were killed" can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I voted in agreement with the other Jewish leaders to condemn believers to die"
Acts 26:11
I punished them many times
Possible meanings are 1) Paul punished some believers many times or 2) Paul punished many different believers.
Acts 26:12
Connecting Statement:
While talking to King Agrippa, Paul tells about when the Lord spoke with him.
While I was doing this
Paul uses this phrase to mark another shift in his defense. He is now telling about when he saw Jesus and became his disciple.
While
This word is used to mark two events that are happening at the same time. In this case, Paul went to Damascus during the time when he persecuted Christians.
with authority and orders
Paul had letters from the Jewish leaders granting him authority to persecute the Jewish believers.
Acts 26:13
General Information:
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Acts 26:14
I heard a voice speaking to me that said
Here "voice" stands for the person speaking. Alternate translation: "I heard someone speaking to me who said"
Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me?
This is a rhetorical question. The speaker is alerting Saul to what Saul is doing to him, and implying that Saul should not do that. Alternate translation: "Saul, Saul, you are persecuting me." or "Saul, Saul, stop persecuting me."
It is hard for you to kick a goad
For Paul to resist Jesus and to persecute believers is spoken of as if he were an ox kicking at the sharp stick that a person uses to prod
Acts 26:15
Connecting Statement:
Paul continues giving his defense to King Agrippa, quoting his conversation with the Lord.
Acts 26:16
Connecting Statement:
Paul continues giving his defense to King Agrippa, quoting his conversation with the Lord.
Acts 26:17
Connecting Statement:
Paul continues giving his defense to King Agrippa, quoting his conversation with the Lord.
Acts 26:18
Connecting Statement:
Paul continues giving his defense to King Agrippa, quoting his conversation with the Lord.
to open their eyes
Paul helping people to understand the truth is spoken of as if he were helping them to open their physical eyes. Alternate translation: "to make them able to understand the truth"
to turn them from darkness to light and from the dominion of Satan to God
Paul convincing people to stop obeying Satan and doing evil things and to start obeying God and doing good things is spoken of as if Paul were taking them out of a dark place where Satan controlled them and into a place where there was light and God controlled them. Alternate translation: "to help them stop doing what is evil, stop obeying Satan, and start trusting and obeying God"
they may receive from God the forgiveness of sins
The abstract noun "forgiveness" can be stated as the verb "forgive." Alternate translation: "God may forgive their sins and they may receive"
the inheritance that I give
The abstract noun "inheritance" may be stated as the verb "inherit." Alternate translation: "they may inherit that which I give"
the inheritance
The blessings that Jesus gives to those who believe in him are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that children receive from their father.
sanctified by faith in me
Jesus choosing some people to belong to him is spoken of as if he literally set them apart from other people.
by faith in me
"because they believe in me." Here Paul finishes quoting the Lord.
Acts 26:19
Therefore
"Because what I have just said is true." Paul had just explained what the Lord had commanded him in his vision.
I did not disobey
This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "I obeyed"
the heavenly vision
This refers to what the person in the vision told Paul. Alternate translation: "what the person from heaven told me in the vision"
Acts 26:20
turn to God
To start trusting God is spoken of as if a person turns to start walking toward God. Alternate translation: "trust in God"
doing deeds worthy of repentance
The abstract noun "repentance" can be stated as the verb "repented." Alternate translation: "and start doing good deeds to show they truly have repented"
Acts 26:21
the Jews
This does not mean all of the Jews. Alternate translation: "some Jews"
Acts 26:22
to both small and great about nothing
Here "small" and "great" refer to people who are unimportant and important, respectively, and are used together to mean "all people." Alternate translation: "to all people, whether unimportant or important, about nothing"
about nothing more than what
This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "about the exact thing that"
what the prophets
Paul is referring to the collective writings of the Old Testament prophets.
Acts 26:23
Connecting Statement:
Paul finishes giving his defense to King Agrippa.
that Christ must suffer
You can make explicit that Christ must also die. Alternate translation: "that Christ must suffer and die"
from the dead
The phrase "the dead" refers to the spirits of people who have died. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
he would proclaim light
"he would proclaim the message about the light." To tell people about how God saves people is spoken of as if a person were speaking about the light. Alternate translation: "he would proclaim the message about how God saves people"
Acts 26:24
Connecting Statement:
Paul and King Agrippa continue to talk together.
you are insane
"you are speaking nonsense" or "you are crazy"
your great learning makes you insane
"you have learned so much that you are now crazy"
Acts 26:25
I am not insane ... but
This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "I am sane ... and" or "I am able to think well ... and"
most excellent Festus
"Festus, who deserves highest honors"
Acts 26:26
For the king ... to him ... from him
Paul is still speaking to King Agrippa, but he is referring to him in the third person. Alternate translation: "For you ... to you ... from you"
I am persuaded
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I am sure"
that none of this is hidden from him
This can be stated in active and positive form. Alternate translation: "that he is aware of this" or "that you are aware of this"
has not been done in a corner
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "has not happened in a corner"
in a corner
This means doing something in secret as if a person went and did something in the corner of a room where no one can see him. Alternate translation: "in a dark place" or "in secret"
Acts 26:27
Do you believe the prophets, King Agrippa?
Paul asks this question to remind Agrippa that Agrippa already believes what the prophets said about Jesus. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: "You already believe what the Jewish prophets said, King Agrippa."
Acts 26:28
In a short time would you persuade me and make me a Christian?
Agrippa asks this question to show Paul that he cannot convince Agrippa so easily without more proof. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: "Surely you do not think you can convince me so easily to believe in Jesus!"
Acts 26:29
but without these prison chains
Here "prison chains" stands for being a prisoner. Alternate translation: "but, of course, I do not want you to be a prisoner, as I am"
Acts 26:30
General Information:
Bernice was the sister of King Agrippa (Acts 25:13).
Connecting Statement:
This ends Paul's time before King Agrippa.
Then the king stood up, and the governor
"Then King Agrippa stood up, and Governor Festus"
Acts 26:31
the hall
This was a large room for ceremonies, trials, and other events.
This man does nothing worthy of death or of bonds
The abstract noun "death" can be stated as the verb "die." Here "bonds" stands for being in prison. Alternate translation: "This man does not deserve to die or to be in prison"
Acts 26:32
This man could have been freed
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "This man could have gone free" or "I could have freed this man"
Chapter 27
Acts 27 General Notes
Special concepts in this chapter
Sailing
People who lived near the sea traveled by boat powered by the wind. During some months of the year, the wind would blow in the wrong direction or so hard that sailing was impossible.
Trust
Paul trusted God to bring him safely to land. He told the sailers and soldiers to trust that God would also keep them alive. (See: trust)
Paul breaks bread
Luke uses almost the same words here to describe Paul taking bread, thanking God, breaking it, and eating it that he used to describe the last supper Jesus ate with his disciples. However, your translation should not make your reader think that Paul was leading a religious celebration here.
Acts 27:1
General Information:
Adramyttium was a city possibly located on the west coast of modern-day Turkey. The word "we" includes the author of Acts, Paul, and the others traveling with Paul, but not the reader.
Connecting Statement:
Paul, as a prisoner, begins his journey to Rome.
When it was decided
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "When the king and the governor decided"
sail for Italy
Italy is the name of the province Rome was in. See how you translated "Italy" in Acts 18:2.
they committed Paul and some other prisoners to a centurion named Julius, who belonged to the Augustan company of soldiers.
"they put a centurion named Julius, of the Imperial Regiment, in charge of Paul and some other prisoners"
they committed
Possible meanings are that 1) "they" refers to the governor and the king or 2) "they" refers to other Roman officials.
a centurion named Julius
Julius is a man's name.
the Augustan company of soldiers
Some versions translate the word Augustan as "Imperial" or "emperor's."
company of soldiers
This was a group of about 1,00 soldiers. See how you translated this in Acts 21:31.
Acts 27:2
We boarded a ship from Adramyttium which was about to sail along the coast of Asia
If your language requires a person to act here, you can add human actors: "We boarded a ship that people had brought from Adramyttium; they were about to sail it along."
a ship from Adramyttium
Possible meanings are 1) a ship that had come from Adramyttium or 2) a ship that was registered or licensed in Adramyttium.
about to sail
"soon going to sail" or "would depart soon"
went to sea
"began our journey on the sea"
Aristarchus
Aristarchus came from Macedonia but had been working with Paul in Ephesus. See how you translated his name in Acts 19:29.
Acts 27:3
General Information:
Here the word "we" refers to the writer, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader.
Julius treated Paul kindly
"Julius treated Paul with a friendly concern." See how you translated "Julius" in Acts 27:1.
go to his friends to receive their care
The abstract noun "care" can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: "go to his friends so they could care for him" or "go to his friends so they could help him with whatever he needed"
Acts 27:4
we went to sea and sailed
"we started sailing and went"
sailed under the lee of Cyprus, close to the island
"the lee of Cyprus" is the side of that island that blocks the strong wind, so sailing vessels are not forced off their course.
Acts 27:5
Pamphylia
This was a province in Asia Minor. See how you translated this in Acts 2:10.
we landed at Myra, a city of Lycia
You can make explicit that they got off of the ship in Myra. Alternate translation: "came to Myra, a city of Lycia, where we got off the ship"
a city of Lycia
Lycia was a Roman province, located on the southwestern coast of modern-day Turkey.
Acts 27:6
found a ship from Alexandria that was going to sail to Italy
It is implied that a crew would sail the ship to Italy. Alternate translation: "found a ship that a crew had sailed from Alexandria and was about to sail to Italy"
Alexandria
This is the name of a city.
Acts 27:7
When we had sailed slowly ... finally arrived with difficulty
You can make explicit that the reason they were sailing slowly and with difficulty was because the wind was blowing against them.
near Cnidus
This is an ancient settlement located in modern-day Turkey.
the wind no longer allowed us to go that way
"we could no longer go that way because of the strong wind"
we sailed along the sheltered side of Crete
"we sailed along the side of Crete where there was less wind"
opposite Salmone
This is a coastal city in Crete.
Acts 27:8
We sailed along the coast with difficulty
You can make explicit that even though the winds were not as strong as before, they were still strong enough to make sailing difficult.
Fair Havens
This was a port near Lasea, located on the south coast of Crete.
near the city of Lasea
This is a coastal city in Crete.
Acts 27:9
We had now taken much time
Because of the direction the wind was blowing, the journey from Caesarea to Fair Havens had taken more time than planned.
We had now taken
The writer includes himself, Paul, and those who were traveling with them, but not the reader.
the time of the Jewish fast also had passed, and it had now become dangerous to sail
This fast took place on the Day of Atonement, which was usually either in the last part of September or the first part of October according to Western calendars. After this time, there was a higher risk of seasonal storms.
Acts 27:10
I see that the voyage we are about to take will be with injury and much loss
"if we travel now, we will suffer much injury and loss"
with injury
If your language has a word for "injury" that results from wrongdoing, you may want to use it here.
we are about to take ... our lives
Paul includes himself and his hearers, so this is inclusive.
loss, not only of the cargo and the ship, but also of our lives
Here "loss" means destruction when referring to things and death when referring to people.
not only of the cargo and the ship
Cargo is something that a person transports from one place to another by boat. Alternate translation: "not only the ship and the goods on the ship"
Acts 27:11
that were spoken by Paul
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that Paul said"
Acts 27:12
harbor was not easy to spend the winter in
You can make explicit why it was not easy to stay in the harbor. Alternate translation: "harbor did not sufficiently protect docked ships during winter storms"
harbor
a place near land that is usually safe for ships
city of Phoenix
Phoenix was a port city on the south coast of Crete.
to spend the winter there
This speaks about the season of winter as if it were a commodity that someone can spend. Alternate translation: "to stay there for the cold season"
facing both southwest and northwest
Here "faces northwest and southwest" means the opening of the harbor was toward those directions. Alternate translation: "it opened to the northwest and southwest"
southwest and northwest
These directions are based on what one sees as one faces the setting sun. Northwest is a little to the right of the setting sun, and southwest is a little to the left of the setting sun.
Acts 27:13
weighed anchor
Here "weighed" means "pulled out of the water." An anchor is a heavy object attached to a rope that is secured to the boat. The anchor is tossed into the water and sinks to the bottom of the sea to keep the ship from drifting about.
Acts 27:14
Connecting Statement:
Paul and those traveling on the boat encounter a fierce storm.
after a short time
"after a little while"
a wind of hurricane force
"a very strong, dangerous wind"
called the northeaster
"called 'a strong wind from the northeast.'" The word for "the northeaster" in the original language is "Euroclydon." You can transliterate this word for your language.
began to beat down from the island
"came in from the island of Crete, and it blew strongly against our ship"
Acts 27:15
When the ship was caught by the storm and could no longer head into the wind
"When the wind blew so strongly against the front of the ship that we could not sail against it"
we had to give way to the storm and were driven along by the wind
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "we stopped trying to sail forward, and we let the wind push us whichever way it blew"
Acts 27:16
We sailed along the lee of a small island
"We sailed on the side of the island where the wind was not so strong"
a small island called Cauda
This island was located on the south coast of Crete.
lifeboat
This was a smaller boat towed behind or secured onto a ship, used to take people and goods across water too shallow for the ship and also to escape from the ship if it sank. At this point the lifeboat was in the water being towed by the ship.
Acts 27:17
they had hoisted the lifeboat up
"they had lifted up the lifeboat" or "they had pulled the lifeboat aboard the ship"
they used its ropes to bind the hull of the ship
The "hull" is the body of the ship. They tied ropes around it so that the ship would not come apart during the storm.
sandbars of Syrtis
Sandbars are very shallow areas in the sea where ships can get stuck in the sand. Syrtis is located on the coast of Libya, northern Africa.
they lowered the sea anchor
A sea anchor is something that is towed in the water behind a ship to slow the ship down and make it more stable. It may be a large cloth or a stiff board. Alternate translation: "they let the floating anchor down into the water"
were driven along
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "had to go in whatever direction the wind blew us"
Acts 27:18
We took such a violent battering by the storm
"The wind blew us so roughly back and forth that all of us were badly battered and bruised by the storm"
they began throwing the cargo overboard
The word "they" refers to the sailors. This is done to lighten the weight of the ship in an effort to prevent the ship from sinking.
cargo
Cargo is something that a person transports from one place to another by boat. See how you translated this in Acts 27:10. Alternate translation: "goods on the ship"
Acts 27:19
the sailors threw overboard the ship's equipment with their own hands
Here "equipment" refers to the sailors' equipment needed to sail the ship: tackle, hoists, beams of wood, block and tackle, ropes, lines, sails, and the like. This indicates how desperate the situation was.
Acts 27:20
When the sun and stars did not shine on us for many days
They could not see the sun and stars because of the dark storm clouds. Sailors needed to see the sun and stars in order to know where they were and what direction they were headed.
the great storm still beat upon us
"the terrible storm still blew us roughly back and forth"
any more hope that we should be saved was abandoned
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "everyone abandoned hope that we would be saved"
any more hope that we should be saved was abandoned
Here the word "hope" is a person's thought that what he desires might happen. Here the men on the boat had no reason to believe that they would be rescued, so they quit hoping. Alternate translation: "we quit thinking that we might be saved"
be saved
"be rescued." Since there is no mention of the people praying for God to save them, this might simply have the sense of "survive."
Acts 27:21
Connecting Statement:
Paul speaks to the sailors on the ship.
When they had gone long without food
Here "they" refers to the sailors. It is implied that Luke, Paul, and those with them had not eaten either. Alternate translation: "When we had gone a long time without food"
among the sailors
"among the men"
so as to get this injury and loss
"and as a result suffer this harm and loss"
Acts 27:22
there will be no loss of life among you, but only the loss of the ship
Paul is speaking to the sailors. It is implied that Paul also means that he and those with him will not die either. Alternate translation: "none of us will die: the storm will destroy only the ship"
Acts 27:23
General Information:
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Acts 27:24
You must stand before Caesar
The phrase "stand before Caesar" refers to Paul's going to court and letting Caesar judge him. Alternate translation: "You must stand before Caesar so he can judge you"
has given to you all those who are sailing with you
"has decided to allow all those who are sailing with you to live"
Acts 27:25
just as it was told to me
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "just as the angel told me"
Acts 27:26
we must run aground upon some island
"we must steer our boat so that it wrecks on some island"
Acts 27:27
Connecting Statement:
The fierce storm continues.
When the fourteenth night had come
The ordinal number "fourteenth" can be translated as "fourteen" or "14." Alternate translation: "After 14 days since the storm started, that night"
as we were driven this way and that
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "as the wind blew us back and forth"
the Adriatic Sea
This is the sea between Italy and Greece.
Acts 27:28
They took soundings
"They measured the depth of the sea water." They measured the depth of water by dropping a line with a weight tied to the end of it into the water.
found twenty fathoms
"found 20 fathoms." A "fathom" is a unit of measurement for measuring the depth of water. One fathom is about two meters. Alternate translation: "found 40 meters"
found fifteen fathoms
"found 15 fathoms." A "fathom" is a unit of measurement for measuring the depth of water. One fathom is about two meters. Alternate translation: "found 30 meters"
Acts 27:29
anchors
An anchor is a heavy object attached to a rope that is secured to the boat. The anchor is tossed into the water and sinks to the bottom of the sea, keeping the ship from drifting about. See how you translated this in Acts 27:13.
from the stern
"from the back of the ship"
Acts 27:30
the lifeboat
This was a smaller boat towed behind or secured onto a ship, used to take people and goods across water too shallow for the ship and also to escape from the ship if it sank. See how you translated this in Acts 27:16.
from the bow
"from the front of the ship"
Acts 27:31
General Information:
Here the word "you" is plural and refers to the centurion and the Roman soldiers.
Unless these men stay in the ship, you cannot be saved
Paul meant that if those men left the ship, then no one on the ship would be saved. This can be stated positively, and the passive phrase "be saved" can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "You can be saved only if these men stay in the ship" or "Only if these men stay in the ship will you survive"
Acts 27:32
General Information:
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Acts 27:33
When daylight was coming on
"When it was almost sunrise"
This day is the fourteenth day that
The ordinal number "fourteenth" can be stated as "fourteen." Alternate translation: "For 14 days"
Acts 27:34
not one of you will lose a single hair from his head
This was a customary way of saying no harm would come upon them. Alternate translation: "every one of you will survive this disaster unharmed"
Acts 27:35
broke the bread
"tore the bread" or "tore off a piece from the loaf of bread"
Acts 27:36
Then they were all encouraged
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "This encouraged all of them"
Acts 27:37
We were 276 souls on the ship
"There were two hundred and seventy-six of us in the ship." This is background information.
souls
This is a metonym for the people themselves. Alternate translation: "people"
Acts 27:38
General Information:
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Acts 27:39
bay
a large area of water partly surrounded by land
did not recognize the land
"saw land but could not recognize it as any place they knew"
Acts 27:40
cut loose the anchors and left them
"cut the ropes and left the anchors behind"
rudders
large oars or pieces of wood at the back of the ship used for steering
the foresail
"the sail at the front of the ship." The sail was a large piece of cloth that caught the wind to move the ship.
they headed to the beach
"they steered the ship toward the beach"
Acts 27:41
a sandbar
an underwater pile of sand that made the water suddenly shallow
The bow
the front end of the ship
the stern
"the back end of the ship"
Acts 27:42
The soldiers' plan was
"The soldiers were planning"
Acts 27:43
so he stopped their plan
"so he stopped them from doing what they planned to do"
jump overboard
"jump off the ship into the water"
Acts 27:44
some on planks
"some on wooden boards"
Chapter 28
Acts 28 General Notes
Structure and formatting
No one knows for sure why Luke ends his history without telling what happened to Paul after he had been in Rome for two years.
Special concepts in this chapter
"Letters" and "brothers"
The Jewish leaders were surprised that Paul wanted to speak with them, because they had received no letters from the high priest in Jerusalem telling them that Paul was coming.
When the Jewish leaders spoke of "brothers," they were referring to fellow Jews, not to Christians.
Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
"He was a god"
The native people believed that Paul was a god, but they did not believe that he was the one true God. We do not know why Paul did not tell the native people that he was not a god.
Acts 28:1
General Information:
Here the word "we" refers to Paul, the writer, and those who traveled with them, but not to the reader.
Connecting Statement:
After the shipwreck, people on the island of Malta helped Paul and everyone on the ship. They stay there for 3 months.
When we were brought safely through
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "When we arrived safely"
we learned
Paul and Luke learned the name of the island. Alternate translation: "we learned from the people" or "we found out from the residents"
the island was called Malta
Malta is an island located south of the modern-day island of Sicily.
Acts 28:2
The native people
"The local people"
offered to us not just ordinary kindness
Being kind to someone is spoken of as if it were an object that someone offers. Alternate translation: "were not only very kind to us"
not just ordinary kindness
This phrase is used to emphasize the opposite of what is said. Alternate translation: "a great deal of kindness"
they lit a fire
"they put together twigs and branches and burned them"
welcomed us all
Possible meanings are 1) "welcomed all of the people from the ship" or 2) "welcomed Paul and all his companions."
Acts 28:3
a viper came out
"a poisonous snake came out of the bundle of sticks"
fastened onto his hand
"bit Paul's hand and did not let go"
Acts 28:4
This man certainly is a murderer
"For sure, this man is a murderer" or "This man is truly a murderer"
Justice
"Justice" was the name of a goddess that the people on the island worshiped. Alternate translation: "the goddess called Justice"
Acts 28:5
shook the animal into the fire
"shook his hand so that the snake fell from his hand into the fire"
suffered no harm
"Paul was not hurt at all"
Acts 28:6
waiting for him to swell up
They they that his body would swell because of the snake venom.
nothing was wrong with him
This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "everything about him was as it should be"
they changed their minds
To think differently about a situation is spoken of as if a person is changing his mind. Alternate translation: "they thought again"
said that he was a god.
Perhaps the people believed that someone who lived after a poisonous snake bite was divine or a god. This can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: "said, 'This man must be a god.'"
Acts 28:7
General Information:
Here the words "us" and we" refer to Paul, Luke, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader.
Now in a nearby place
"Now" is used to introduce a new person or event in the account.
chief man of the island
Possible meanings are 1) the main leader of the people or 2) someone who was the most important person on the island, perhaps because of his wealth.
Acts 28:8
It happened that the father of Publius ... fever and dysentery
This is background information about Publius' father that is important to understanding the story.
was lying afflicted
"was in bed, ill"
afflicted with a fever and dysentery
Dysentery is an infectious disease of the intestines.
placed his hands on him
"touched him with his hands"
Acts 28:9
were healed
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he healed them too"
Acts 28:10
honored us with many honors
Probably they honored Paul and those with him by giving them gifts.
Acts 28:11
Connecting Statement:
Paul's journey to Rome continues.
that had spent the winter at the island
"that the crew left at the island for the cold season"
a ship of Alexandria
Possible meanings are this refers to 1) a ship that came from Alexandria, or 2) a ship that was registered or licensed in Alexandria.
the twin gods
On the bow of the ship, there was a carving of the two idols called "the twin gods." Their names were Castor and Pollux.
Acts 28:12
city of Syracuse
Syracuse is a city on the southeast coast of the modern-day island of Sicily, just southwest of Italy.
Acts 28:13
city of Rhegium
This is the port city located at the southwestern tip of Italy.
a south wind sprang up
"the wind began to blow from the south"
city of Puteoli
Puteoli is located in modern-day Naples on the west coast of Italy.
Acts 28:14
There we found
"There we met"
brothers
These were followers of Jesus, including both men and women. Alternate translation: "fellow believers"
were invited
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they invited us"
In this way we came to Rome
Once Paul reached Puteoli, the rest of the journey to Rome was on land. Alternate translation: "And after we stayed seven days with them, we went to Rome"
Acts 28:15
General Information:
The Market of Appius was a popular market village about 60 kilometers south of the city of Rome on a road called the Appian Way. The Three Taverns was another village about 50 kilometers south of Rome.
after they heard about us
"after they heard we were coming"
he thanked God and took courage
Courage is spoken of as if it were an object that a person could take. Alternate translation: "this encouraged him, and he thanked God"
Acts 28:16
General Information:
Here the word "we" refers to the writer, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader.
Connecting Statement:
Paul arrives in Rome as a prisoner but with the freedom to stay in his own place. He calls the local Jews together to explain what has happened to him.
When we entered Rome, Paul was allowed to
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "After we had arrived in Rome, the Roman authorities gave Paul permission to"
Acts 28:17
Then it came about that
This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
the leaders among the Jews
These are the Jewish civil or religious leaders present in Rome.
Brothers
Here this means "Fellow Jews."
against the people
"against our people" or "against the Jews"
I was delivered as a prisoner from Jerusalem into the hands of the Romans
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "some of the Jews arrested me in Jerusalem and placed me in the custody of the Roman authorities"
into the hands of the Romans
Here "hands" stands for power or control.
Acts 28:18
there was no reason for the death penalty in my case
"there was no reason for them to execute me" or "I had done nothing to cause them to kill me"
Acts 28:19
the Jews
This does not mean all of the Jews. Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders"
spoke against their desire
"complained about what the Roman authorities wanted to do"
I was forced to appeal to Caesar
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I had to ask for Caesar to judge me"
although it is not as if I were bringing any accusation against my nation
The abstract noun "accusation" can be stated as the verb "accuse." Here "nation" stands for the people. Alternate translation: "but it was not because I wanted to accuse the people of my nation before Caesar"
Acts 28:20
the hope of Israel
Here the word "hope" is what a person desires to happen and is confident will happen. In this case it is what the people of Israel hope for. Alternate translation: "what Israel joyfully waits for" or "what the people of Israel confidently expect"
the hope of Israel
Paul did not state clearly what Israel hoped for. He may have been referring 1) to their hope that the Messiah would come or 2) to their hope that God would cause those who have died to live again.
Israel
Here "Israel" stands for the people. Alternate translation: "the people of Israel" or "the Jews"
that I am now wearing this chain
Here "wearing this chain" stands for being a prisoner. Alternate translation: "that I am a prisoner"
Acts 28:21
General Information:
Here the word "We" refers to the Jewish leaders in Rome.
Connecting Statement:
The Jewish leaders respond to Paul.
nor did any of the brothers
Here "brothers" stands for fellow Jews. Alternate translation: "nor did any of our fellow Jews"
Acts 28:22
General Information:
Here the words "we" and "us" refer to the Jewish leaders in Rome.
you think about this sect
A sect is a smaller group within a larger group. Here it refers to those who believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: "you think about this group to which you belong"
because it is known by us
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "because we know"
it is spoken against everywhere
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "many Jews all over the Roman Empire are saying bad things about it"
Acts 28:23
General Information:
Here all instances of "they" and "them" refer to the Jewish leaders in Rome. All instances of "him," "his," and "He" refer to Paul (Acts 28:17).
had appointed a day for him
"had chosen a time for him to speak to them"
testified about the kingdom of God
Here "kingdom of God" stands for God's rule as king. Alternate translation: "told them about God's rule as king" or "told them how God would show himself as king"
from the prophets
Here "the prophets" refers to what they wrote. Alternate translation: "from what the prophets wrote"
Acts 28:24
Some were convinced about the things which were said
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Paul was able to convince some of them"
Acts 28:25
General Information:
Here the word "they" refers to the Jewish leaders in Rome (Acts 28:17). The word "your" refers to the people to whom Paul had been speaking.
Connecting Statement:
As the Jewish leaders were ready to leave, Paul quoted the Old Testament scriptures that were appropriate for this time.
after Paul had spoken this one word
Here "word" stands for a message or statement. Alternate translation: "after Paul had said one more thing" or "after Paul had made this statement"
The Holy Spirit spoke well through Isaiah the prophet to your fathers.
This sentence contains quotations within quotations.
Acts 28:26
General Information:
Paul begins to quote the book that the prophet Isaiah wrote.
He said, 'Go to this people and say, "Hearing you will hear, but you will never understand; seeing, you will see, but you will never know.
This is the end of the sentence that begins with the words "The Holy Spirit spoke" in verse 25 and that contains quotations within quotations. You can translate one of the inner quotations as an indirect quotation, or you can translate two of the inner quotations as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: "The Spirit told Isaiah to go tell them that they will hear but will not understand and they will see but they will not know"
Hearing you will hear ... seeing, you will see
The words "hear" and "see" are repeated for emphasis. "You will listen carefully ... you will look intently"
but you will never understand ... but you will never know
Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that the Jewish people will not understand God's plan.
Acts 28:27
General Information:
Translate Paul's quotation of Isaiah as a direct quotation or an indirect quotation according to how you translated it in Acts 28:25-26.
Connecting Statement:
Paul finishes quoting Isaiah the prophet.
For the heart of this people has become dull
People who stubbornly refuse to understand what God is saying or doing are spoken of as if their heart is dull. Here "heart" is a metonym for the mind.
with their ears they hardly hear, and they have shut their eyes
People who stubbornly refuse to understand what God is saying or doing are spoken of as if they are unable to hear and are shutting their eyes so that they will not see.
understand with their heart
Here "heart" stands for the mind.
turn again
To start obeying God is spoken of as though the person were physically turning toward God.
I would heal them
This does not mean God would only heal them physically. He would also heal them spiritually by forgiving their sins.
Acts 28:28
Connecting Statement:
Paul finishes speaking to the Jewish leaders in Rome.
this salvation of God has been sent to the Gentiles
God's message about how he saves people is spoken of as if it were an object that is sent. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God is sending his messengers to the Gentiles to tell them about how he will save them"
they will listen
"some of them will listen." This response of the Gentiles is in contrast to the way the Jews of that time responded.
Acts 28:29
General Information:
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Acts 28:30
General Information:
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Acts 28:31
Connecting Statement:
Luke ends the story of Paul in the book of Acts.
He was proclaiming the kingdom of God
Here "kingdom of God" refers to God's rule as king. Alternate translation: "He was preaching about God's rule as king" or "He was preaching about how God will show himself as king"
ULB Translation Words
Aaron
Facts:
Aaron was Moses' older brother. God chose Aaron to be the first high priest for the people of Israel.
- Aaron helped Moses speak to Pharaoh about letting the Israelites go free.
- While the Israelites were traveling through the desert, Aaron sinned by making an idol for the people to worship.
- God also appointed Aaron and his descendants to be the priests for the people of Israel.
(See also: priest, Moses, Israel)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 23:14
- Acts 07:38-40
- Exodus 28:1-3
- Luke 01:05
- Numbers 16:45
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Aaron, Aaron's
Aaron
Facts:
Aaron was Moses' older brother. God chose Aaron to be the first high priest for the people of Israel.
- Aaron helped Moses speak to Pharaoh about letting the Israelites go free.
- While the Israelites were traveling through the desert, Aaron sinned by making an idol for the people to worship.
- God also appointed Aaron and his descendants to be the priests for the people of Israel.
(See also: priest, Moses, Israel)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 23:14
- Acts 07:38-40
- Exodus 28:1-3
- Luke 01:05
- Numbers 16:45
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Aaron, Aaron's
Abraham
Related Words:
Abram
Facts:
Abram was a Chaldean man from the city of Ur who was chosen by God to be the forefather of the Israelites. God changed his name to "Abraham."
- The name "Abram" means "exalted father."
- "Abraham" means "father of many."
- God promised Abraham that he would have many descendants, who would become a great nation.
- Abraham believed God and obeyed him. God led Abraham to move from Chaldea to the land of Canaan.
- Abraham and his wife Sarah, when they were very old and living in the land of Canaan, had a son, Isaac.
(See also: Canaan, Chaldeans, Sarah, Isaac)
Bible References:
- Galatians 03:08
- Genesis 11:29-30
- Genesis 21:04
- Genesis 22:02
- James 02:23
- Matthew 01:02
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Abraham, Abraham's, Abram
Abraham
Related Words:
Abram
Facts:
Abram was a Chaldean man from the city of Ur who was chosen by God to be the forefather of the Israelites. God changed his name to "Abraham."
- The name "Abram" means "exalted father."
- "Abraham" means "father of many."
- God promised Abraham that he would have many descendants, who would become a great nation.
- Abraham believed God and obeyed him. God led Abraham to move from Chaldea to the land of Canaan.
- Abraham and his wife Sarah, when they were very old and living in the land of Canaan, had a son, Isaac.
(See also: Canaan, Chaldeans, Sarah, Isaac)
Bible References:
- Galatians 03:08
- Genesis 11:29-30
- Genesis 21:04
- Genesis 22:02
- James 02:23
- Matthew 01:02
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Abraham, Abraham's, Abram
Andrew
Facts:
Andrew was one of twelve men whom Jesus chose to be his closest disciples (later called apostles).
- Andrew's brother was Simon Peter. Both of them were fishermen.
- Peter and Andrew were fishing in the Sea of Galilee when Jesus called them to be his disciples.
- Before Peter and Andrew met Jesus, they had been disciples of John the Baptizer.
(See also: apostle, disciple, the twelve)
Bible References:
- Acts 01:12-14
- John 01:40
- Mark 01:17
- Mark 01:29-31
- Mark 03:17-19
- Matthew 04:19
- Matthew 10:2-4
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Andrew, Andrew's
Andrew
Facts:
Andrew was one of twelve men whom Jesus chose to be his closest disciples (later called apostles).
- Andrew's brother was Simon Peter. Both of them were fishermen.
- Peter and Andrew were fishing in the Sea of Galilee when Jesus called them to be his disciples.
- Before Peter and Andrew met Jesus, they had been disciples of John the Baptizer.
(See also: apostle, disciple, the twelve)
Bible References:
- Acts 01:12-14
- John 01:40
- Mark 01:17
- Mark 01:29-31
- Mark 03:17-19
- Matthew 04:19
- Matthew 10:2-4
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Andrew, Andrew's
Annas
Facts:
Annas was the Jewish high priest in Jerusalem for 10 years, from approximately AD 6 to AD 15. Then he was removed from the high priesthood by the Roman government, although he continued to be an influential leader among the Jews.
- Annas was father-in-law to Caiaphas, the official high priest during the ministry of Jesus.
- After high priests retired, they still kept the title, along with some of the responsibilities of the office, so Annas was still referred to as high priest during the priesthood of Caiaphas and others.
- During his trial before the Jewish leaders, Jesus was first brought to Annas for questioning.
(See also: high priest, priest)
Bible References:
- Acts 04:5-7
- John 18:22-24
- Luke 03:02
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Annas, Annas'
Annas
Facts:
Annas was the Jewish high priest in Jerusalem for 10 years, from approximately AD 6 to AD 15. Then he was removed from the high priesthood by the Roman government, although he continued to be an influential leader among the Jews.
- Annas was father-in-law to Caiaphas, the official high priest during the ministry of Jesus.
- After high priests retired, they still kept the title, along with some of the responsibilities of the office, so Annas was still referred to as high priest during the priesthood of Caiaphas and others.
- During his trial before the Jewish leaders, Jesus was first brought to Annas for questioning.
(See also: high priest, priest)
Bible References:
- Acts 04:5-7
- John 18:22-24
- Luke 03:02
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Annas, Annas'
Antioch
Facts:
Antioch was the name of two cities in the New Testament. One was in Syria, near the coast of the Mediterranean Sea. The other was in the Roman province of Pisidia, near the city of Colossae.
- The local church at Antioch of Syria was the first place where believers in Jesus were called "Christians." The church there was also active in sending out missionaries to reach the Gentiles.
- The leaders of the church in Jerusalem sent a letter to the believers in the church at Antioch in Syria to help them know they didn't have to keep the Jewish laws in order to be Christians.
- Paul, Barnabas and John Mark traveled to the Antioch in Pisidia to share the gospel. Some Jews from other cities came there to stir up trouble, and they tried to kill Paul. But many other people, both Jews and Gentiles, listened to the teaching and believed in Jesus.
(See also:Barnabas, Colossae, John Mark, Paul, province, Rome, Syria)
Bible References:
- 2 Timothy 03:10-13
- Acts 06:5-6
- Acts 11:19-21
- Acts 11:26
- Galatians 02:11-12
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Antioch
Antioch
Facts:
Antioch was the name of two cities in the New Testament. One was in Syria, near the coast of the Mediterranean Sea. The other was in the Roman province of Pisidia, near the city of Colossae.
- The local church at Antioch of Syria was the first place where believers in Jesus were called "Christians." The church there was also active in sending out missionaries to reach the Gentiles.
- The leaders of the church in Jerusalem sent a letter to the believers in the church at Antioch in Syria to help them know they didn't have to keep the Jewish laws in order to be Christians.
- Paul, Barnabas and John Mark traveled to the Antioch in Pisidia to share the gospel. Some Jews from other cities came there to stir up trouble, and they tried to kill Paul. But many other people, both Jews and Gentiles, listened to the teaching and believed in Jesus.
(See also:Barnabas, Colossae, John Mark, Paul, province, Rome, Syria)
Bible References:
- 2 Timothy 03:10-13
- Acts 06:5-6
- Acts 11:19-21
- Acts 11:26
- Galatians 02:11-12
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Antioch
Apollos
Facts:
Apollos was a Jew from the city of Alexandria in Egypt who had a special ability in teaching people about Jesus.
- Apollos was well educated in the Hebrew Scriptures and was a gifted speaker.
- He was instructed by two Christians in Ephesus named Aquila and Priscilla.
- Paul emphasized that he and Apollos, as well as other evangelists and teachers, were working toward the same goal of helping people to believe in Jesus.
(See also: Aquila, Ephesus, Priscilla, word of God)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 01:13
- 1 Corinthians 16:12
- Acts 18:25
- Titus 03:13
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Apollos, Apollos'
Apollos
Facts:
Apollos was a Jew from the city of Alexandria in Egypt who had a special ability in teaching people about Jesus.
- Apollos was well educated in the Hebrew Scriptures and was a gifted speaker.
- He was instructed by two Christians in Ephesus named Aquila and Priscilla.
- Paul emphasized that he and Apollos, as well as other evangelists and teachers, were working toward the same goal of helping people to believe in Jesus.
(See also: Aquila, Ephesus, Priscilla, word of God)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 01:13
- 1 Corinthians 16:12
- Acts 18:25
- Titus 03:13
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Apollos, Apollos'
Aquila
Facts:
Aquila was a Jewish Christian from the province of Pontus, a region along the southern coast of the Black Sea.
- Aquila and Priscilla lived in Rome, Italy, for a time, but then the Roman emperor, Claudius, forced all Jews to leave Rome.
- After that Aquila and Priscilla traveled to Corinth, where they met the apostle Paul.
- They worked as tentmakers with Paul and also helped him with his missionary work.
- Both Aquila and Priscilla taught believers the truth about Jesus; one of those believers was a gifted teacher named Apollos.
(See also: Apollos, Corinth, Rome)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 16:19-20
- 2 Timothy 04:19-22
- Acts 18:02
- Acts 18:24
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Aquila, Aquila's
Aquila
Facts:
Aquila was a Jewish Christian from the province of Pontus, a region along the southern coast of the Black Sea.
- Aquila and Priscilla lived in Rome, Italy, for a time, but then the Roman emperor, Claudius, forced all Jews to leave Rome.
- After that Aquila and Priscilla traveled to Corinth, where they met the apostle Paul.
- They worked as tentmakers with Paul and also helped him with his missionary work.
- Both Aquila and Priscilla taught believers the truth about Jesus; one of those believers was a gifted teacher named Apollos.
(See also: Apollos, Corinth, Rome)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 16:19-20
- 2 Timothy 04:19-22
- Acts 18:02
- Acts 18:24
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Aquila, Aquila's
Arabia
Related Words:
Arab, Arabian
Facts:
Arabia is the largest peninsula in the world, covering nearly 3,000,000 square kilometers. It is located southeast of Israel, and is bordered by the Red Sea, the Arabian Sea, and the Persian Gulf.
- The term "Arabian" is used to refer to someone who lives in Arabia or to something that is connected with Arabia.
- The earliest people to live in Arabia were grandchildren of Shem. Other early inhabitants of Arabia included Abraham's son Ishmael and his descendants, as well as descendants of Esau.
- The desert region where the Israelites wandered for 40 years was located in Arabia.
- After becoming a believer in Jesus, the apostle Paul spent a few years in the desert of Arabia.
- In his letter to the Christians in Galatia, Paul mentioned that Mt. Sinai was located in Arabia.
(See also: Esau, Galatia, Ishmael, Shem, Sinai)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 10:14-15
- Acts 02:11
- Galatians 01:15-17
- Galatians 04:24-25
- Jeremiah 25:24-26
- Nehemiah 02:19-20
Word Data:
- Strong's: H6152, H6153, H6163, G688, G690
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Arab, Arabia, Arabian, Arabians
Arabia
Related Words:
Arab, Arabian
Facts:
Arabia is the largest peninsula in the world, covering nearly 3,000,000 square kilometers. It is located southeast of Israel, and is bordered by the Red Sea, the Arabian Sea, and the Persian Gulf.
- The term "Arabian" is used to refer to someone who lives in Arabia or to something that is connected with Arabia.
- The earliest people to live in Arabia were grandchildren of Shem. Other early inhabitants of Arabia included Abraham's son Ishmael and his descendants, as well as descendants of Esau.
- The desert region where the Israelites wandered for 40 years was located in Arabia.
- After becoming a believer in Jesus, the apostle Paul spent a few years in the desert of Arabia.
- In his letter to the Christians in Galatia, Paul mentioned that Mt. Sinai was located in Arabia.
(See also: Esau, Galatia, Ishmael, Shem, Sinai)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 10:14-15
- Acts 02:11
- Galatians 01:15-17
- Galatians 04:24-25
- Jeremiah 25:24-26
- Nehemiah 02:19-20
Word Data:
- Strong's: H6152, H6153, H6163, G688, G690
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Arab, Arabia, Arabian, Arabians
Asia
Facts:
In Bible times, "Asia" was the name of a province of the Roman Empire. It was located in the western part of what is now the country of Turkey.
- Paul traveled to Asia and shared the gospel in several cities there. Among these were the cities of Ephesus and Colossae.
- To avoid confusion with modern day Asia, it may be necessary to translate this as, "the ancient Roman province called Asia" or "Asia Province."
- All of the churches referenced in Revelation were in the Roman province of Asia.
(See also: Rome, Paul, Ephesus)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 16:19-20
- 1 Peter 01:1-2
- 2 Timothy 01:15-18
- Acts 06:8-9
- Acts 16:07
- Acts 27:1-2
- Revelation 01:4-6
- Romans 16:05
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Asia
Asia
Facts:
In Bible times, "Asia" was the name of a province of the Roman Empire. It was located in the western part of what is now the country of Turkey.
- Paul traveled to Asia and shared the gospel in several cities there. Among these were the cities of Ephesus and Colossae.
- To avoid confusion with modern day Asia, it may be necessary to translate this as, "the ancient Roman province called Asia" or "Asia Province."
- All of the churches referenced in Revelation were in the Roman province of Asia.
(See also: Rome, Paul, Ephesus)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 16:19-20
- 1 Peter 01:1-2
- 2 Timothy 01:15-18
- Acts 06:8-9
- Acts 16:07
- Acts 27:1-2
- Revelation 01:4-6
- Romans 16:05
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Asia
Babylon
Related Words:
Babylonia, Babylonian
Facts:
The city of Babylon was the capital of the ancient region of Babylonia, which was also part of the Babylonian Empire.
- Babylon was located along the Euphrates River, in the same region where the Tower of Babel had been built hundreds of years before.
- Sometimes the word "Babylon" refers to the entire Babylonian Empire. For example, the "king of Babylon" ruled the entire empire, not just the city.
- The Babylonians were a powerful people group who attacked the kingdom of Judah and kept the people in exile in Babylonia for 70 years.
- Part of this region was called "Chaldea" and the people living there were the "Chaldeans." As a result, the term "Chaldea" was often used to refer to Babylonia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche])
- In the New Testament, the term "Babylon" is sometimes used as a metaphor to refer to places, people, and thinking patterns that are associated with idol-worship and other sinful behaviors.
- The phrase "Babylon the Great" or "great city of Babylon" refers metaphorically to a city or nation that was large, wealthy, and sinful, just as the ancient city of Babylon was. (See: Metaphor)
(See also: Babel, Chaldeans, Judah, Nebuchadnezzar)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 09:01
- 2 Kings 17:24-26
- Acts 07:43
- Daniel 01:02
- Ezekiel 12:13
- Matthew 01:11
- Matthew 01:17
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3778, H3779, H8152, H894, H895, H896, G897
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Babylon, Babylon's, Babylonia, Babylonian, Babylonians
Babylon
Related Words:
Babylonia, Babylonian
Facts:
The city of Babylon was the capital of the ancient region of Babylonia, which was also part of the Babylonian Empire.
- Babylon was located along the Euphrates River, in the same region where the Tower of Babel had been built hundreds of years before.
- Sometimes the word "Babylon" refers to the entire Babylonian Empire. For example, the "king of Babylon" ruled the entire empire, not just the city.
- The Babylonians were a powerful people group who attacked the kingdom of Judah and kept the people in exile in Babylonia for 70 years.
- Part of this region was called "Chaldea" and the people living there were the "Chaldeans." As a result, the term "Chaldea" was often used to refer to Babylonia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche])
- In the New Testament, the term "Babylon" is sometimes used as a metaphor to refer to places, people, and thinking patterns that are associated with idol-worship and other sinful behaviors.
- The phrase "Babylon the Great" or "great city of Babylon" refers metaphorically to a city or nation that was large, wealthy, and sinful, just as the ancient city of Babylon was. (See: Metaphor)
(See also: Babel, Chaldeans, Judah, Nebuchadnezzar)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 09:01
- 2 Kings 17:24-26
- Acts 07:43
- Daniel 01:02
- Ezekiel 12:13
- Matthew 01:11
- Matthew 01:17
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3778, H3779, H8152, H894, H895, H896, G897
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Babylon, Babylon's, Babylonia, Babylonian, Babylonians
Barnabas
Facts:
Barnabas was one of the early Christians who lived during the time of the apostles.
- Barnabas was from the Israelite tribe of Levi and was from the island of Cyprus.
- When Saul (Paul) became a Christian, Barnabas urged the other believers to accept him as a fellow believer.
- Barnabas and Paul traveled together to preach the good news about Jesus in different cities.
- His name was Joseph, but he was called "Barnabas," which means "son of encouragement."
(See also: Christian, Cyprus, good news, Levi, Paul)
Bible References:
- Acts 04:36
- Acts 11:26
- Acts 13:03
- Acts 15:33
- Colossians 04:10-11
- Galatians 02:9-10
- Galatians 02:13
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Barnabas, Barnabas'
Barnabas
Facts:
Barnabas was one of the early Christians who lived during the time of the apostles.
- Barnabas was from the Israelite tribe of Levi and was from the island of Cyprus.
- When Saul (Paul) became a Christian, Barnabas urged the other believers to accept him as a fellow believer.
- Barnabas and Paul traveled together to preach the good news about Jesus in different cities.
- His name was Joseph, but he was called "Barnabas," which means "son of encouragement."
(See also: Christian, Cyprus, good news, Levi, Paul)
Bible References:
- Acts 04:36
- Acts 11:26
- Acts 13:03
- Acts 15:33
- Colossians 04:10-11
- Galatians 02:9-10
- Galatians 02:13
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Barnabas, Barnabas'
Bartholomew
Facts:
Bartholomew was one of Jesus' twelve apostles.
- Along with the other apostles, Bartholomew was sent out to preach the gospel and do miracles in Jesus' name.
- He was also one of those who saw Jesus return to heaven.
- A few weeks after that, he was with the other apostles in Jerusalem at Pentecost when the Holy Spirit came upon them.
(See also: apostle, good news, Holy Spirit, miracle, Pentecost, the twelve)
Bible References:
- Acts 01:12-14
- Luke 06:14-16
- Mark 03:17-19
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Bartholomew, Bartholomew's
Bartholomew
Facts:
Bartholomew was one of Jesus' twelve apostles.
- Along with the other apostles, Bartholomew was sent out to preach the gospel and do miracles in Jesus' name.
- He was also one of those who saw Jesus return to heaven.
- A few weeks after that, he was with the other apostles in Jerusalem at Pentecost when the Holy Spirit came upon them.
(See also: apostle, good news, Holy Spirit, miracle, Pentecost, the twelve)
Bible References:
- Acts 01:12-14
- Luke 06:14-16
- Mark 03:17-19
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Bartholomew, Bartholomew's
Benjamin
Related Words:
Benjamite
Facts:
Benjamin was the youngest son born to Jacob and his wife Rachel. His name means, "son of my right hand."
- He and his older brother Joseph were the only children of Rachel, who died after Benjamin was born.
- The descendants of Benjamin became one of the twelve tribes of Israel.
- The term "Benjamite" refers to a person who belonged to the tribe of Benjamin.
- King Saul was from the Israelite tribe of Benjamin.
- The apostle Paul was also from the tribe of Benjamin.
(See also: Israel, Jacob, Joseph (OT), Paul, Rachel, twelve tribes of Israel)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 02:1-2
- 1 Kings 02:08
- Acts 13:21-22
- Genesis 35:18
- Genesis 42:04
- Genesis 42:35-36
- Philippians 03:4-5
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Benjamin, Benjamin's, Benjamite, Benjamites
Benjamin
Related Words:
Benjamite
Facts:
Benjamin was the youngest son born to Jacob and his wife Rachel. His name means, "son of my right hand."
- He and his older brother Joseph were the only children of Rachel, who died after Benjamin was born.
- The descendants of Benjamin became one of the twelve tribes of Israel.
- The term "Benjamite" refers to a person who belonged to the tribe of Benjamin.
- King Saul was from the Israelite tribe of Benjamin.
- The apostle Paul was also from the tribe of Benjamin.
(See also: Israel, Jacob, Joseph (OT), Paul, Rachel, twelve tribes of Israel)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 02:1-2
- 1 Kings 02:08
- Acts 13:21-22
- Genesis 35:18
- Genesis 42:04
- Genesis 42:35-36
- Philippians 03:4-5
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Benjamin, Benjamin's, Benjamite, Benjamites
Berea
Facts:
In New Testament times, Berea (or Beroea) was a prosperous Greek city in southeast Macedonia, about 80 kilometers south of Thessalonica.
- Paul and Silas fled to the city of Berea after their fellow Christians helped them escape from certain Jews who had caused trouble for them in Thessalonica.
- When the people living in Berea heard Paul preach, they researched the Scriptures to confirm that what he was telling them was true.
(See also: Macedonia, Paul, Silas, Thessalonica)
Bible References:
- Acts 17:11
- Acts 17:13-15
- Acts 20:04
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Berea
Berea
Facts:
In New Testament times, Berea (or Beroea) was a prosperous Greek city in southeast Macedonia, about 80 kilometers south of Thessalonica.
- Paul and Silas fled to the city of Berea after their fellow Christians helped them escape from certain Jews who had caused trouble for them in Thessalonica.
- When the people living in Berea heard Paul preach, they researched the Scriptures to confirm that what he was telling them was true.
(See also: Macedonia, Paul, Silas, Thessalonica)
Bible References:
- Acts 17:11
- Acts 17:13-15
- Acts 20:04
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Berea
Caesar
Related Words:
the emperor
Facts:
The term "Caesar" was the name or title used by many of the rulers of the Roman Empire. In the Bible, this name refers to three different Roman rulers.
- The first Roman ruler named Caesar was "Caesar Augustus," who was ruling during the time that Jesus was born.
- About thirty years later, at the time when John the Baptist was preaching, Tiberius Caesar was the ruler of the Roman Empire.
- Tiberius Caesar was still ruling Rome when Jesus told the people to pay Caesar what was due him and to give to God what is due him.
- When Paul appealed to Caesar, this referred to the Roman emperor, Nero, who also had the title "Caesar."
- When "Caesar" is used by itself as a title, it can also be translated as: "the Emperor" or "the Roman Ruler."
- In names such as Caesar Augustus or Tiberius Caesar, "Caesar" can be spelled close to the way a national language spells it.
- An emperor is the ruler of an empire.
(See also: king, Paul, Rome)
Bible References:
- Acts 25:06
- Luke 02:01
- Luke 20:23-24
- Luke 23:02
- Mark 12:13-15
- Matthew 22:17
- Philippians 04:22
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Caesar, Caesar's, the emperor
Caesar
Related Words:
the emperor
Facts:
The term "Caesar" was the name or title used by many of the rulers of the Roman Empire. In the Bible, this name refers to three different Roman rulers.
- The first Roman ruler named Caesar was "Caesar Augustus," who was ruling during the time that Jesus was born.
- About thirty years later, at the time when John the Baptist was preaching, Tiberius Caesar was the ruler of the Roman Empire.
- Tiberius Caesar was still ruling Rome when Jesus told the people to pay Caesar what was due him and to give to God what is due him.
- When Paul appealed to Caesar, this referred to the Roman emperor, Nero, who also had the title "Caesar."
- When "Caesar" is used by itself as a title, it can also be translated as: "the Emperor" or "the Roman Ruler."
- In names such as Caesar Augustus or Tiberius Caesar, "Caesar" can be spelled close to the way a national language spells it.
- An emperor is the ruler of an empire.
(See also: king, Paul, Rome)
Bible References:
- Acts 25:06
- Luke 02:01
- Luke 20:23-24
- Luke 23:02
- Mark 12:13-15
- Matthew 22:17
- Philippians 04:22
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Caesar, Caesar's, the emperor
Caesarea
Related Words:
Caesarea Philippi
Facts:
Caesarea was an important city on the coast of the Mediterranean Sea, about 39 km south of Mount Carmel. Caesarea Philippi was a city located in the northeastern part of Israel, near Mount Hermon.
- These cities were named for the Caesars who ruled the Roman empire.
- The coastal Caesarea became the capital city of the Roman province of Judea around the time of the birth of Jesus.
- The apostle Peter first preached to the Gentiles in Caesarea.
- Paul sailed from Caesarea to Tarsus and also passed through this city on two of his missionary journeys.
- Jesus and his disciples traveled in the region surrounding Caesarea Philippi in Syria. Both cities were named after Herod Philip.
(See also: Caesar, Gentile, the sea, Carmel, Hermon, Rome, Tarsus)
Bible References:
- Acts 09:30
- Acts 10:1-2
- Acts 25:01
- Acts 25:14
- Mark 08:27
- Matthew 16:13-16
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Caesarea, Caesarea Philippi
Caesarea
Related Words:
Caesarea Philippi
Facts:
Caesarea was an important city on the coast of the Mediterranean Sea, about 39 km south of Mount Carmel. Caesarea Philippi was a city located in the northeastern part of Israel, near Mount Hermon.
- These cities were named for the Caesars who ruled the Roman empire.
- The coastal Caesarea became the capital city of the Roman province of Judea around the time of the birth of Jesus.
- The apostle Peter first preached to the Gentiles in Caesarea.
- Paul sailed from Caesarea to Tarsus and also passed through this city on two of his missionary journeys.
- Jesus and his disciples traveled in the region surrounding Caesarea Philippi in Syria. Both cities were named after Herod Philip.
(See also: Caesar, Gentile, the sea, Carmel, Hermon, Rome, Tarsus)
Bible References:
- Acts 09:30
- Acts 10:1-2
- Acts 25:01
- Acts 25:14
- Mark 08:27
- Matthew 16:13-16
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Caesarea, Caesarea Philippi
Caiaphas
Facts:
Caiaphas was the high priest of Israel during the time of John the Baptist and Jesus.
- Caiaphas played a major role in the trial and condemnation of Jesus.
- The high priests Annas and Caiaphas were at the trial of Peter and John when they were arrested after healing a crippled man.
- Caiaphas is the one who said that it was better for one man to die for the whole nation than for the whole nation to perish. God caused him to say this as a prophecy about how Jesus would die to save his people.
(See also: Annas, high priest)
Bible References:
- Acts 04:5-7
- John 18:12
- Luke 03:02
- Matthew 26:3-5
- Matthew 26:57-58
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Caiaphas, Caiaphas'
Caiaphas
Facts:
Caiaphas was the high priest of Israel during the time of John the Baptist and Jesus.
- Caiaphas played a major role in the trial and condemnation of Jesus.
- The high priests Annas and Caiaphas were at the trial of Peter and John when they were arrested after healing a crippled man.
- Caiaphas is the one who said that it was better for one man to die for the whole nation than for the whole nation to perish. God caused him to say this as a prophecy about how Jesus would die to save his people.
(See also: Annas, high priest)
Bible References:
- Acts 04:5-7
- John 18:12
- Luke 03:02
- Matthew 26:3-5
- Matthew 26:57-58
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Caiaphas, Caiaphas'
Cana
Facts:
Cana was a village or town in the province of Galilee, located about nine miles north of Nazareth.
- Cana was the hometown of Nathanael, one of the Twelve.
- Jesus attended a wedding feast in Cana and performed his first miracle there when he turned water into wine.
- Some time after that, Jesus came back to Cana and met an official there from Capernaum who requested healing for his son.
(See also: Capernaum, Galilee, the twelve)
Bible References:
- John 02:1-2
- John 04:46-47
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Cana
Cana
Facts:
Cana was a village or town in the province of Galilee, located about nine miles north of Nazareth.
- Cana was the hometown of Nathanael, one of the Twelve.
- Jesus attended a wedding feast in Cana and performed his first miracle there when he turned water into wine.
- Some time after that, Jesus came back to Cana and met an official there from Capernaum who requested healing for his son.
(See also: Capernaum, Galilee, the twelve)
Bible References:
- John 02:1-2
- John 04:46-47
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Cana
Canaan
Related Ideas:
Canaanite
Facts:
Canaan was the son of Ham, who was one of Noah's sons. The Canaanites were the descendants of Canaan.
- The term "Canaan" or the "land of Canaan" also referred to an area of land between the Jordan River and the Mediterranean Sea. It extended south to the border of Egypt and north to the border of Syria.
- This land was inhabited by the Canaanites, as well as several other people groups.
- God promised to give the land of Canaan to Abraham and his descendants, the Israelites.
(See also: Ham, Promised Land)
Bible References:
- Acts 13:19-20
- Exodus 03:7-8
- Genesis 09:18
- Genesis 10:19-20
- Genesis 13:07
- Genesis 47:02
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3667, H3669, G5478
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Canaan, Canaanite, Canaanites
Canaan
Related Ideas:
Canaanite
Facts:
Canaan was the son of Ham, who was one of Noah's sons. The Canaanites were the descendants of Canaan.
- The term "Canaan" or the "land of Canaan" also referred to an area of land between the Jordan River and the Mediterranean Sea. It extended south to the border of Egypt and north to the border of Syria.
- This land was inhabited by the Canaanites, as well as several other people groups.
- God promised to give the land of Canaan to Abraham and his descendants, the Israelites.
(See also: Ham, Promised Land)
Bible References:
- Acts 13:19-20
- Exodus 03:7-8
- Genesis 09:18
- Genesis 10:19-20
- Genesis 13:07
- Genesis 47:02
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3667, H3669, G5478
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Canaan, Canaanite, Canaanites
Chaldeans
Related Words:
Chaldea
Facts:
Chaldea was a region in the southern part of Mesopotamia or Babylonia. The people who lived in this region were called Chaldeans.
- The city of Ur, where Abraham was from, was located in Chaldea. It is often referred to as "Ur of the Chaldeans."
- King Nebuchadnezzar was one of several Chaldeans who became kings over Babylonia.
- After many years, around 600 BC, the term "Chaldean" came to mean "Babylonian."
(See also: Abraham, Babylon, Shinar, Ur)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:4-5
- Ezekiel 01:01
- Genesis 11:27-28
- Genesis 11:31-32
- Genesis 15:6-8
- Isaiah 13:19
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3679, H3778, H3779, G5466
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Chaldea, Chaldean, Chaldeans, Chaldeans'
Chaldeans
Related Words:
Chaldea
Facts:
Chaldea was a region in the southern part of Mesopotamia or Babylonia. The people who lived in this region were called Chaldeans.
- The city of Ur, where Abraham was from, was located in Chaldea. It is often referred to as "Ur of the Chaldeans."
- King Nebuchadnezzar was one of several Chaldeans who became kings over Babylonia.
- After many years, around 600 BC, the term "Chaldean" came to mean "Babylonian."
(See also: Abraham, Babylon, Shinar, Ur)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:4-5
- Ezekiel 01:01
- Genesis 11:27-28
- Genesis 11:31-32
- Genesis 15:6-8
- Isaiah 13:19
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3679, H3778, H3779, G5466
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Chaldea, Chaldean, Chaldeans, Chaldeans'
Christ
Related Ideas:
Christ Jesus, Jesus Christ, Messiah
Facts:
The terms "Messiah" and "Christ" mean "Anointed One" and refer to Jesus, God's Son.
- Both "Messiah" and "Christ" are used in the New Testament to refer to God's Son, whom God the Father appointed to rule as king over his people, and to save them from sin and death.
- In the Old Testament, the prophets wrote prophecies about the Messiah hundreds of years before he came to earth.
- Often a word meaning "anointed (one)" is used in the Old Testament to refer to the Messiah who would come.
- Jesus fulfilled many of these prophecies and did many miraculous works that proves he is the Messiah; the rest of these prophecies will be fulfilled when he returns.
- The word "Christ" is often used as a title, as in "the Christ" and "Christ Jesus." "Christ" also came to be used as part of his name, as in "Jesus Christ." These names emphasize that God's Son is the Messiah, who will reign forever.
- Jesus the Messiah is the one who was chosen and anointed as a Prophet, High Priest, and King.
Translation Suggestions:
- In many languages "Jesus" and "Christ" are spelled in a way that keeps the sounds or spelling as close to the original as possible. For example, "Jesucristo," "Jezus Christus," "Yesus Kristus", and "Hesukristo" are some of the ways that these names are translated into different languages.
- For the term "Christ," some translators may prefer to use only some form of the term "Messiah" throughout.
- This term could be translated using its meaning, "the Anointed One" or "God's Anointed Savior."
- Many languages use a transliterated word that looks or sounds like "Christ" or "Messiah."
- The transliterated word could be followed by the definition of the term, as in "Christ, the Anointed One."
- Be consistent in how this is translated throughout the Bible so that it is clear that the same term is being referred to.
- Make sure the translations of "Messiah" and "Christ" work well in contexts where both terms occur in the same verse (such as John 1:41).
(See also: Son of God, David, Jesus, anoint)
Bible References:
- 1 John 05:1-3
- Acts 02:35
- Acts 05:40-42
- John 01:40-42
- John 03:27-28
- John 04:25
- Luke 02:10-12
- Matthew 01:16
Word Data:
- Strong's: H4899, G3323, G5547
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Christ, Christ Jesus, Jesus Christ, Messiah
Christ
Related Ideas:
Christ Jesus, Jesus Christ, Messiah
Facts:
The terms "Messiah" and "Christ" mean "Anointed One" and refer to Jesus, God's Son.
- Both "Messiah" and "Christ" are used in the New Testament to refer to God's Son, whom God the Father appointed to rule as king over his people, and to save them from sin and death.
- In the Old Testament, the prophets wrote prophecies about the Messiah hundreds of years before he came to earth.
- Often a word meaning "anointed (one)" is used in the Old Testament to refer to the Messiah who would come.
- Jesus fulfilled many of these prophecies and did many miraculous works that proves he is the Messiah; the rest of these prophecies will be fulfilled when he returns.
- The word "Christ" is often used as a title, as in "the Christ" and "Christ Jesus." "Christ" also came to be used as part of his name, as in "Jesus Christ." These names emphasize that God's Son is the Messiah, who will reign forever.
- Jesus the Messiah is the one who was chosen and anointed as a Prophet, High Priest, and King.
Translation Suggestions:
- In many languages "Jesus" and "Christ" are spelled in a way that keeps the sounds or spelling as close to the original as possible. For example, "Jesucristo," "Jezus Christus," "Yesus Kristus", and "Hesukristo" are some of the ways that these names are translated into different languages.
- For the term "Christ," some translators may prefer to use only some form of the term "Messiah" throughout.
- This term could be translated using its meaning, "the Anointed One" or "God's Anointed Savior."
- Many languages use a transliterated word that looks or sounds like "Christ" or "Messiah."
- The transliterated word could be followed by the definition of the term, as in "Christ, the Anointed One."
- Be consistent in how this is translated throughout the Bible so that it is clear that the same term is being referred to.
- Make sure the translations of "Messiah" and "Christ" work well in contexts where both terms occur in the same verse (such as John 1:41).
(See also: Son of God, David, Jesus, anoint)
Bible References:
- 1 John 05:1-3
- Acts 02:35
- Acts 05:40-42
- John 01:40-42
- John 03:27-28
- John 04:25
- Luke 02:10-12
- Matthew 01:16
Word Data:
- Strong's: H4899, G3323, G5547
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Christ, Christ Jesus, Jesus Christ, Messiah
Christian
Definition:
Some time after Jesus went back to heaven, people made up the name "Christian" which means, "follower of Christ."
- It was in the city of Antioch where Jesus' followers were first called "Christians."
- A Christian is a person who believes that Jesus is the Son of God, and who trusts Jesus to save him from his sins.
- In our modern times, often the term "Christian" is used for someone who identifies with the Christian religion, but who is not really following Jesus. This is not the meaning of "Christian" in the Bible.
- Because the term "Christian" in the Bible always refers to someone who truly believes in Jesus, a Christian is also called a "believer."
Translation Suggestions:
- This term could be translated as "Christ-follower" or "follower of Christ" or perhaps something like, "Christ-person."
- Make sure that the translation of this term is translated differently than terms used for disciple or apostle.
- Be careful to translate this term with a word that can refer to everyone who believes in Jesus, not just certain groups.
- Also consider how this term is translated in a Bible translation in a local or national language.
(See also: Antioch, Christ, church, disciple, believe, Jesus, Son of God)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 06:7-8
- 1 Peter 04:16
- Acts 11:26
- Acts 26:28
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Christian, Christians
Christian
Definition:
Some time after Jesus went back to heaven, people made up the name "Christian" which means, "follower of Christ."
- It was in the city of Antioch where Jesus' followers were first called "Christians."
- A Christian is a person who believes that Jesus is the Son of God, and who trusts Jesus to save him from his sins.
- In our modern times, often the term "Christian" is used for someone who identifies with the Christian religion, but who is not really following Jesus. This is not the meaning of "Christian" in the Bible.
- Because the term "Christian" in the Bible always refers to someone who truly believes in Jesus, a Christian is also called a "believer."
Translation Suggestions:
- This term could be translated as "Christ-follower" or "follower of Christ" or perhaps something like, "Christ-person."
- Make sure that the translation of this term is translated differently than terms used for disciple or apostle.
- Be careful to translate this term with a word that can refer to everyone who believes in Jesus, not just certain groups.
- Also consider how this term is translated in a Bible translation in a local or national language.
(See also: Antioch, Christ, church, disciple, believe, Jesus, Son of God)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 06:7-8
- 1 Peter 04:16
- Acts 11:26
- Acts 26:28
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Christian, Christians
Cilicia
Facts:
Cilicia was a small Roman province located in the southeastern part of what is now the modern-day country of Turkey. It borders the Aegean Sea.
- The apostle Paul was a citizen from the city of Tarsus located in Cilicia.
- Paul spent several years in Cilicia after his encounter with Jesus on the road to Damascus.
- Some of the Jews from Cilicia were among those who confronted Stephen and influenced the people to stone him to death.
(See also: Paul, Stephen, Tarsus)
Bible References:
- Acts 06:8-9
- Acts 15:41
- Acts 27:3-6
- Galatians 01:21-24
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Cilicia
Cilicia
Facts:
Cilicia was a small Roman province located in the southeastern part of what is now the modern-day country of Turkey. It borders the Aegean Sea.
- The apostle Paul was a citizen from the city of Tarsus located in Cilicia.
- Paul spent several years in Cilicia after his encounter with Jesus on the road to Damascus.
- Some of the Jews from Cilicia were among those who confronted Stephen and influenced the people to stone him to death.
(See also: Paul, Stephen, Tarsus)
Bible References:
- Acts 06:8-9
- Acts 15:41
- Acts 27:3-6
- Galatians 01:21-24
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Cilicia
Corinth
Related Words:
Corinth, Corinthians
Facts:
Corinth was a city in the country of Greece, about 50 miles west of Athens. The Corinthians were the people who lived at Corinth.
- Corinth was the location of one of the early Christian churches.
- The New Testament books, 1 Corinthians and 2 Corinthians were letters written by Paul to the Christians living in Corinth.
- On his first missionary journey, Paul stayed in Corinth for approximately 18 months.
- Paul met the believers Aquila and Priscilla while in Corinth.
- Other early church leaders associated with Corinth include Timothy, Titus, Apollos, and Silas.
(See also: Apollos, Timothy, Titus)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 01:03
- 2 Corinthians 01:23-24
- 2 Timothy 04:19-22
- Acts 18:01
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Corinth, Corinthians
Corinth
Related Words:
Corinth, Corinthians
Facts:
Corinth was a city in the country of Greece, about 50 miles west of Athens. The Corinthians were the people who lived at Corinth.
- Corinth was the location of one of the early Christian churches.
- The New Testament books, 1 Corinthians and 2 Corinthians were letters written by Paul to the Christians living in Corinth.
- On his first missionary journey, Paul stayed in Corinth for approximately 18 months.
- Paul met the believers Aquila and Priscilla while in Corinth.
- Other early church leaders associated with Corinth include Timothy, Titus, Apollos, and Silas.
(See also: Apollos, Timothy, Titus)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 01:03
- 2 Corinthians 01:23-24
- 2 Timothy 04:19-22
- Acts 18:01
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Corinth, Corinthians
Cornelius
Facts:
Cornelius was a Gentile, or non-Jewish man, who was a military officer in the Roman army.
- He prayed regularly to God and was very generous in giving to the poor.
- When Cornelius and his family heard the apostle Peter explain the gospel, they became believers in Jesus.
- The people of Cornelius' household were the first non-Jewish people to become believers.
- This showed Jesus' followers that he had come to save all people, including Gentiles.
(See also: apostle, believe, Gentile, good news, Greek, centurion)
Bible References:
- Acts 10:01
- Acts 10:08
- Acts 10:18
- Acts 10:22
- Acts 10:24
- Acts 10:26
- Acts 10:30
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Cornelius, Cornelius'
Cornelius
Facts:
Cornelius was a Gentile, or non-Jewish man, who was a military officer in the Roman army.
- He prayed regularly to God and was very generous in giving to the poor.
- When Cornelius and his family heard the apostle Peter explain the gospel, they became believers in Jesus.
- The people of Cornelius' household were the first non-Jewish people to become believers.
- This showed Jesus' followers that he had come to save all people, including Gentiles.
(See also: apostle, believe, Gentile, good news, Greek, centurion)
Bible References:
- Acts 10:01
- Acts 10:08
- Acts 10:18
- Acts 10:22
- Acts 10:24
- Acts 10:26
- Acts 10:30
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Cornelius, Cornelius'
Crete
Related Words:
Cretan
Facts:
Crete is an island that is located off the southern coast of Greece. A "Cretan" is someone who lives on this island.
- The apostle Paul traveled to the island of Crete during his missionary journeys.
- Paul left his co-worker Titus on Crete to teach the Christians and to help appoint leaders for the church there.
Bible References:
- Acts 02:11
- Acts 27:08
- Amos 09:7-8
- Titus 01:12
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Cretan, Cretans, Crete
Crete
Related Words:
Cretan
Facts:
Crete is an island that is located off the southern coast of Greece. A "Cretan" is someone who lives on this island.
- The apostle Paul traveled to the island of Crete during his missionary journeys.
- Paul left his co-worker Titus on Crete to teach the Christians and to help appoint leaders for the church there.
Bible References:
- Acts 02:11
- Acts 27:08
- Amos 09:7-8
- Titus 01:12
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Cretan, Cretans, Crete
Cyprus
Facts:
Cyprus is an island in the Mediterranean Sea, about 64 kilometers south of the modern-day country of Turkey.
- Barnabas was from Cyprus so it is probable that his cousin John Mark was also from there.
- Paul and Barnabas preached together on the island of Cyprus at the beginning of their first missionary journey. John Mark came along to help them on that trip.
- Later on, Barnabas and Mark visited Cyprus again.
- In the Old Testament, Cyprus is mentioned as being a rich source of cypress trees.
(See also: Barnabas, John Mark, the sea)
Bible References:
- Acts 04:36-37
- Acts 13:05
- Acts 15:41
- Acts 27:04
- Ezekiel 27:6-7
- Isaiah 23:10-12
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Cyprus
Cyprus
Facts:
Cyprus is an island in the Mediterranean Sea, about 64 kilometers south of the modern-day country of Turkey.
- Barnabas was from Cyprus so it is probable that his cousin John Mark was also from there.
- Paul and Barnabas preached together on the island of Cyprus at the beginning of their first missionary journey. John Mark came along to help them on that trip.
- Later on, Barnabas and Mark visited Cyprus again.
- In the Old Testament, Cyprus is mentioned as being a rich source of cypress trees.
(See also: Barnabas, John Mark, the sea)
Bible References:
- Acts 04:36-37
- Acts 13:05
- Acts 15:41
- Acts 27:04
- Ezekiel 27:6-7
- Isaiah 23:10-12
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Cyprus
Cyrene
Related Ideas:
Cyrenian
Facts:
Cyrene was a Greek city on the north coast of Africa on the Mediterranean Sea, directly south of the island of Crete.
- In New Testament times, both Jews and Christians lived in Cyrene.
- Cyrene is probably most well-known in the Bible as the home city of a man named Simon who carried the cross of Jesus.
(See also: Crete)
Bible References:
- Acts 11:19-21
- Matthew 27:32-34
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Cyrene, Cyrenians
Cyrene
Related Ideas:
Cyrenian
Facts:
Cyrene was a Greek city on the north coast of Africa on the Mediterranean Sea, directly south of the island of Crete.
- In New Testament times, both Jews and Christians lived in Cyrene.
- Cyrene is probably most well-known in the Bible as the home city of a man named Simon who carried the cross of Jesus.
(See also: Crete)
Bible References:
- Acts 11:19-21
- Matthew 27:32-34
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Cyrene, Cyrenians
Damascus
Facts:
Damascus is the capital city of the country of Syria. It is still in the same location as it was in Bible times.
- Damascus is one of the oldest, continuously inhabited cities in the world.
- During the time of Abraham, Damascus was the capital of the Aram kingdom (located in what is now Syria).
- Throughout the Old Testament, there are many references to the interactions between the inhabitants of Damascus and the people of Israel.
- Several biblical prophecies predict the destruction of Damascus. These prophecies may have been fulfilled when Assyria destroyed the city during Old Testament times, or there may be also be a future, more complete destruction of this city.
- In the New Testament, the Pharisee Saul (later known as Paul) was on his way to arrest Christians in the city of Damascus when Jesus confronted him and caused him to become a believer.
(See also: Aram, Assyria, believe, Syria)
Bible References:
- 2 Chronicles 24:23-24
- Acts 09:1-2
- Acts 09:03
- Acts 26:12
- Galatians 01:15-17
- Genesis 14:15-16
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Damascus
Damascus
Facts:
Damascus is the capital city of the country of Syria. It is still in the same location as it was in Bible times.
- Damascus is one of the oldest, continuously inhabited cities in the world.
- During the time of Abraham, Damascus was the capital of the Aram kingdom (located in what is now Syria).
- Throughout the Old Testament, there are many references to the interactions between the inhabitants of Damascus and the people of Israel.
- Several biblical prophecies predict the destruction of Damascus. These prophecies may have been fulfilled when Assyria destroyed the city during Old Testament times, or there may be also be a future, more complete destruction of this city.
- In the New Testament, the Pharisee Saul (later known as Paul) was on his way to arrest Christians in the city of Damascus when Jesus confronted him and caused him to become a believer.
(See also: Aram, Assyria, believe, Syria)
Bible References:
- 2 Chronicles 24:23-24
- Acts 09:1-2
- Acts 09:03
- Acts 26:12
- Galatians 01:15-17
- Genesis 14:15-16
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Damascus
David
Facts:
David was the second king of Israel and he loved and served God. He was the main writer of the book of Psalms.
- When David was still a young boy caring for his family's sheep, God chose him to become the next king of Israel.
- David became a great fighter and led the Israelite army in battles against their enemies. His defeat of Goliath the Philistine is well known.
- King Saul tried to kill David, but God protected him, and made him king after Saul's death.
- David committed a terrible sin, but he repented and God forgave him.
- Jesus, the Messiah, is called the "Son of David" because he is a descendant of King David.
(See also: Goliath, Philistines, Saul (OT))
Bible References:
- 1 Samuel 17:12-13
- 1 Samuel 20:34
- 2 Samuel 05:02
- 2 Timothy 02:08
- Acts 02:25
- Acts 13:22
- Luke 01:32
- Mark 02:26
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
David, David's
David
Facts:
David was the second king of Israel and he loved and served God. He was the main writer of the book of Psalms.
- When David was still a young boy caring for his family's sheep, God chose him to become the next king of Israel.
- David became a great fighter and led the Israelite army in battles against their enemies. His defeat of Goliath the Philistine is well known.
- King Saul tried to kill David, but God protected him, and made him king after Saul's death.
- David committed a terrible sin, but he repented and God forgave him.
- Jesus, the Messiah, is called the "Son of David" because he is a descendant of King David.
(See also: Goliath, Philistines, Saul (OT))
Bible References:
- 1 Samuel 17:12-13
- 1 Samuel 20:34
- 2 Samuel 05:02
- 2 Timothy 02:08
- Acts 02:25
- Acts 13:22
- Luke 01:32
- Mark 02:26
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
David, David's
Egypt
Related Words:
Egyptian
Facts:
Egypt is a country in the northeast part of Africa, to the southwest of the land of Canaan. An Egyptian is a person who is from the country of Egypt.
- In ancient times, Egypt was a powerful and wealthy country.
- Ancient Egypt was divided into two parts, Lower Egypt (northern part where the Nile River flowed downward into the sea) and Upper Egypt (southern part). In the Old Testament, these parts are referred to as "Egypt" and "Pathros" in the original language text.
- Several times when there was little food in Canaan, Israel's patriarchs traveled to Egypt to buy food for their families.
- For several hundred years, the Israelites were slaves in Egypt.
- Joseph and Mary went down to Egypt with the young child Jesus, to escape from Herod the Great.
(See also: Herod the Great, Joseph (NT), Nile River, patriarch)
Bible References:
- 1 Samuel 04:7-9
- Acts 07:10
- Exodus 03:07
- Genesis 41:29
- Genesis 41:57
- Matthew 02:15
Word Data:
- Strong's: H4692, H4693, H4713, H4714, G124, G125
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Egypt, Egypt's, Egyptian, Egyptians, Egyptians'
Egypt
Related Words:
Egyptian
Facts:
Egypt is a country in the northeast part of Africa, to the southwest of the land of Canaan. An Egyptian is a person who is from the country of Egypt.
- In ancient times, Egypt was a powerful and wealthy country.
- Ancient Egypt was divided into two parts, Lower Egypt (northern part where the Nile River flowed downward into the sea) and Upper Egypt (southern part). In the Old Testament, these parts are referred to as "Egypt" and "Pathros" in the original language text.
- Several times when there was little food in Canaan, Israel's patriarchs traveled to Egypt to buy food for their families.
- For several hundred years, the Israelites were slaves in Egypt.
- Joseph and Mary went down to Egypt with the young child Jesus, to escape from Herod the Great.
(See also: Herod the Great, Joseph (NT), Nile River, patriarch)
Bible References:
- 1 Samuel 04:7-9
- Acts 07:10
- Exodus 03:07
- Genesis 41:29
- Genesis 41:57
- Matthew 02:15
Word Data:
- Strong's: H4692, H4693, H4713, H4714, G124, G125
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Egypt, Egypt's, Egyptian, Egyptians, Egyptians'
Elam
Related Words:
Elamite
Facts:
Elam was a son of Shem and a grandson of Noah.
- The descendants of Elam were called "Elamites," and they lived in a region that was also called "Elam."
- The region of Elam was located southeast of the Tigris River in what is now western Iran.
(See also: Noah, Shem)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 01:17-19
- Acts 02:09
- Ezra 08:4-7
- Isaiah 22:06
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5867, H5962, G1639
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Elam, Elamites
Elam
Related Words:
Elamite
Facts:
Elam was a son of Shem and a grandson of Noah.
- The descendants of Elam were called "Elamites," and they lived in a region that was also called "Elam."
- The region of Elam was located southeast of the Tigris River in what is now western Iran.
(See also: Noah, Shem)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 01:17-19
- Acts 02:09
- Ezra 08:4-7
- Isaiah 22:06
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5867, H5962, G1639
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Elam, Elamites
Ephesus
Related Words:
Ephesian
Facts:
Ephesus was an ancient Greek city on the west coast of what is now the present-day country of Turkey.
- During the time of the early Christians, Ephesus was the capital of Asia, which was a small Roman province at that time.
- Because of its location, this city was an important center of trade and travel.
- A well-known pagan temple for the worship of the goddess Artemis (Diana) was located in Ephesus.
- Paul lived and worked in Ephesus for more than two years and later appointed Timothy to lead the new believers there.
- The book of Ephesians in the New Testament is a letter that Paul wrote to the believers in Ephesus.
(See also: Asia, Paul, Timothy)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 15:32
- 1 Timothy 01:03
- 2 Timothy 04:11-13
- Acts 19:01
- Ephesians 01:01
Word Data:
- Strong's: G2179, G2180, G2181
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Ephesian, Ephesians, Ephesus
Ephesus
Related Words:
Ephesian
Facts:
Ephesus was an ancient Greek city on the west coast of what is now the present-day country of Turkey.
- During the time of the early Christians, Ephesus was the capital of Asia, which was a small Roman province at that time.
- Because of its location, this city was an important center of trade and travel.
- A well-known pagan temple for the worship of the goddess Artemis (Diana) was located in Ephesus.
- Paul lived and worked in Ephesus for more than two years and later appointed Timothy to lead the new believers there.
- The book of Ephesians in the New Testament is a letter that Paul wrote to the believers in Ephesus.
(See also: Asia, Paul, Timothy)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 15:32
- 1 Timothy 01:03
- 2 Timothy 04:11-13
- Acts 19:01
- Ephesians 01:01
Word Data:
- Strong's: G2179, G2180, G2181
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Ephesian, Ephesians, Ephesus
Ethiopia
Related Words:
Ethiopian
Facts:
Ethiopia is a country in Africa located just south of Egypt, bordered by the Nile River to the west and by the Red Sea to the east. A person from Ethiopia is an "Ethiopian."
- Ancient Ethiopia was located south of Egypt and included land that is now part of several modern-day African countries, such as Sudan, modern Ethiopia, Somalia, Kenya, Uganda, Central African Republic, and Chad.
- In the Bible, Ethiopia is sometimes called "Cush" or "Nubia."
- The countries of Ethiopia ("Cush") and Egypt are often mentioned together in the Bible, perhaps because they were located next to each other and their people may have had some of the same ancestors.
- God sent Philip the evangelist to a desert where he shared the good news about Jesus with an Ethiopian eunuch.
(See also: Cush, Egypt, eunuch, Philip)
Bible References:
- Acts 08:27
- Acts 08:30
- Acts 08:32-33
- Acts 08:36-38
- Isaiah 18:1-2
- Nahum 03:09
- Zephaniah 03:9-11
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Ethiopia, Ethiopian
Ethiopia
Related Words:
Ethiopian
Facts:
Ethiopia is a country in Africa located just south of Egypt, bordered by the Nile River to the west and by the Red Sea to the east. A person from Ethiopia is an "Ethiopian."
- Ancient Ethiopia was located south of Egypt and included land that is now part of several modern-day African countries, such as Sudan, modern Ethiopia, Somalia, Kenya, Uganda, Central African Republic, and Chad.
- In the Bible, Ethiopia is sometimes called "Cush" or "Nubia."
- The countries of Ethiopia ("Cush") and Egypt are often mentioned together in the Bible, perhaps because they were located next to each other and their people may have had some of the same ancestors.
- God sent Philip the evangelist to a desert where he shared the good news about Jesus with an Ethiopian eunuch.
(See also: Cush, Egypt, eunuch, Philip)
Bible References:
- Acts 08:27
- Acts 08:30
- Acts 08:32-33
- Acts 08:36-38
- Isaiah 18:1-2
- Nahum 03:09
- Zephaniah 03:9-11
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Ethiopia, Ethiopian
Eve
Facts:
This was the name of the first woman. Her name means "life" or "living."
- God formed Eve from a rib that he took out of Adam.
- Eve was created to be Adam's "helper." She came alongside Adam to assist him in the work that God gave them to do.
- Eve was tempted by Satan (in the form of a snake) and was the first to sin by eating the fruit that God said not to eat.
(See also: Adam, life, Satan)
Bible References:
- 1 Timothy 02:13
- 2 Corinthians 11:03
- Genesis 03:20
- Genesis 04:02
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Eve, Eve's
Eve
Facts:
This was the name of the first woman. Her name means "life" or "living."
- God formed Eve from a rib that he took out of Adam.
- Eve was created to be Adam's "helper." She came alongside Adam to assist him in the work that God gave them to do.
- Eve was tempted by Satan (in the form of a snake) and was the first to sin by eating the fruit that God said not to eat.
(See also: Adam, life, Satan)
Bible References:
- 1 Timothy 02:13
- 2 Corinthians 11:03
- Genesis 03:20
- Genesis 04:02
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Eve, Eve's
Galatia
Related Words:
Galatian
Facts:
In New Testament times, Galatia was a large Roman province located in the central part of what is now the country of Turkey.
- Part of Galatia bordered the Black Sea, which was to the north. It was also bordered by the provinces of Asia, Bithynia, Cappadocia, Celicia, and Pamphylia.
- The apostle Paul wrote a letter to the Christians who lived in the province of Galatia. This letter is the New Testament book called "Galatians."
- One reason that Paul wrote his letter to the Galatians was to emphasize again the gospel of salvation by grace, not by works.
- The Jewish Christians there were incorrectly teaching the Gentile Christians there that it was necessary for believers to keep certain Jewish laws.
(See also: Asia, believe, Cilicia, good news, Paul, work)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 16:1-2
- 1 Peter 01:1-2
- 2 Timothy 04:9-10
- Acts 16:6-8
- Galatians 01:01
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Galatia, Galatians
Galatia
Related Words:
Galatian
Facts:
In New Testament times, Galatia was a large Roman province located in the central part of what is now the country of Turkey.
- Part of Galatia bordered the Black Sea, which was to the north. It was also bordered by the provinces of Asia, Bithynia, Cappadocia, Celicia, and Pamphylia.
- The apostle Paul wrote a letter to the Christians who lived in the province of Galatia. This letter is the New Testament book called "Galatians."
- One reason that Paul wrote his letter to the Galatians was to emphasize again the gospel of salvation by grace, not by works.
- The Jewish Christians there were incorrectly teaching the Gentile Christians there that it was necessary for believers to keep certain Jewish laws.
(See also: Asia, believe, Cilicia, good news, Paul, work)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 16:1-2
- 1 Peter 01:1-2
- 2 Timothy 04:9-10
- Acts 16:6-8
- Galatians 01:01
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Galatia, Galatians
Galilee
Related Words:
Galilean
Facts:
Galilee was the most northern region of Israel, just north of Samaria. A "Galilean" was a person who lived in Galilee or who lived in Galilee.
- Galilee, Samaria, and Judea were the three main provinces of Israel during New Testament times.
- Galilee is bordered on the east by a large lake called the "Sea of Galilee."
- Jesus grew up and lived in the town of Nazareth in Galilee.
- Most of the miracles and teachings of Jesus took place in the region of Galilee.
(See also: Nazareth, Samaria, Sea of Galilee)
Bible References:
- Acts 09:32
- Acts 13:31
- John 02:1-2
- John 04:03
- Luke 13:03
- Mark 03:07
- Matthew 02:22-23
- Matthew 03:13-15
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1551, G1056, G1057
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Galilee, Galilean, Galileans
Galilee
Related Words:
Galilean
Facts:
Galilee was the most northern region of Israel, just north of Samaria. A "Galilean" was a person who lived in Galilee or who lived in Galilee.
- Galilee, Samaria, and Judea were the three main provinces of Israel during New Testament times.
- Galilee is bordered on the east by a large lake called the "Sea of Galilee."
- Jesus grew up and lived in the town of Nazareth in Galilee.
- Most of the miracles and teachings of Jesus took place in the region of Galilee.
(See also: Nazareth, Samaria, Sea of Galilee)
Bible References:
- Acts 09:32
- Acts 13:31
- John 02:1-2
- John 04:03
- Luke 13:03
- Mark 03:07
- Matthew 02:22-23
- Matthew 03:13-15
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1551, G1056, G1057
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Galilee, Galilean, Galileans
Gaza
Related Words
Gazite
Facts:
During Bible times, Gaza was a prosperous Philistine city located on the coast of the Mediterranean Sea, about 38 kilometers south of Ashdod. It was one of the Philistines' five major cities.
- Because of its location, Gaza was a key seaport where commercial activities took place between many different people groups and nations.
- Today, the city of Gaza is still an important seaport in the Gaza Strip, which is a region of land located along the coast of the Mediterranean Sea bordered by Israel on the north and east, and by Egypt on the south.
- Gaza was the city that the Philistines took Samson to after they had captured him.
- Philip the evangelist was walking along the desert road to Gaza when he met an Ethiopian eunuch.
- A Gazite was a person from the city of Gaz.
(See also: Ashdod, Philip, Philistines, Ethiopia, Gath)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 04:24-25
- Acts 08:26
- Genesis 10:19
- Joshua 10:40-41
- Judges 06:3-4
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5804, H5841, G1048
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Gaza, Gazites
Gaza
Related Words
Gazite
Facts:
During Bible times, Gaza was a prosperous Philistine city located on the coast of the Mediterranean Sea, about 38 kilometers south of Ashdod. It was one of the Philistines' five major cities.
- Because of its location, Gaza was a key seaport where commercial activities took place between many different people groups and nations.
- Today, the city of Gaza is still an important seaport in the Gaza Strip, which is a region of land located along the coast of the Mediterranean Sea bordered by Israel on the north and east, and by Egypt on the south.
- Gaza was the city that the Philistines took Samson to after they had captured him.
- Philip the evangelist was walking along the desert road to Gaza when he met an Ethiopian eunuch.
- A Gazite was a person from the city of Gaz.
(See also: Ashdod, Philip, Philistines, Ethiopia, Gath)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 04:24-25
- Acts 08:26
- Genesis 10:19
- Joshua 10:40-41
- Judges 06:3-4
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5804, H5841, G1048
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Gaza, Gazites
Gentile
Facts:
The term "Gentile" refers to anyone who is not a Jew. Gentiles are people who are not descendants of Jacob.
- In the Bible, the term "uncircumcised" is also used figuratively to refer to Gentiles because many of them did not circumcise their male children as the Israelites did.
- Because God chose the Jews to be his special people, they thought of the Gentiles as outsiders who could never be God's people.
- The Jews were also called "Israelites" or "Hebrews" at different times in history. They referred to anyone else as a "Gentile."
- Gentile could also be translated as "not a Jew" or "non-Jewish" or "not an Israelite" (Old Testament) or "non-Jew.".
- Traditionally, Jews would neither eat with nor associate with Gentiles, which at first caused problems within the early church.
(See also: Israel, Jacob, Jew)
Bible References:
- Acts 09:13-16
- Acts 14:5-7
- Galatians 02:16
- Luke 02:32
- Matthew 05:47
- Matthew 06:5-7
- Romans 11:25
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1471, G1482, G1484
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Gentile, Gentiles
Gentile
Facts:
The term "Gentile" refers to anyone who is not a Jew. Gentiles are people who are not descendants of Jacob.
- In the Bible, the term "uncircumcised" is also used figuratively to refer to Gentiles because many of them did not circumcise their male children as the Israelites did.
- Because God chose the Jews to be his special people, they thought of the Gentiles as outsiders who could never be God's people.
- The Jews were also called "Israelites" or "Hebrews" at different times in history. They referred to anyone else as a "Gentile."
- Gentile could also be translated as "not a Jew" or "non-Jewish" or "not an Israelite" (Old Testament) or "non-Jew.".
- Traditionally, Jews would neither eat with nor associate with Gentiles, which at first caused problems within the early church.
(See also: Israel, Jacob, Jew)
Bible References:
- Acts 09:13-16
- Acts 14:5-7
- Galatians 02:16
- Luke 02:32
- Matthew 05:47
- Matthew 06:5-7
- Romans 11:25
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1471, G1482, G1484
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Gentile, Gentiles
God
Related Ideas:
the living God
Facts:
In the Bible, the term "God" refers to the eternal being who created the universe out of nothing. God exists as Father, Son, and Holy Spirit. God's personal name is "Yahweh."
- God has always existed; he existed before anything else existed, and he will continue to exist forever.
- He is the only true God and has authority over everything in the universe.
- God is perfectly righteous, infinitely wise, holy, sinless, just, merciful, and loving.
- He is a covenant-keeping God, who always fulfills his promises.
- People were created to worship God and he is the only one they should worship.
- God revealed his name as "Yahweh," which means "he is" or "I am" or "the One who (always) exists."
- The Bible also teaches about false "gods," which are nonliving idols that people wrongly worship.
Translation Suggestions:
- Ways to translate "God" could include "Deity" or "Creator" or "Supreme Being."
- Other ways to translate "God" could be "Supreme Creator" or "Infinite Sovereign Lord" or "Eternal Supreme Being."
- Consider how God is referred to in a local or national language. There may also already be a word for "God" in the language being translated. If so, it is important to make sure that this word fits the characteristics of the one true God as described above.
- Many languages capitalize the first letter of the word for the one true God, to distinguish it from the word for a false god.
- Another way to make this distinction would be to use different terms for "God" and "god."
- The phrase "I will be their God and they will be my people" could also be translated as "I, God, will rule over these people and they will worship me."
(See also: create, god, God the Father, Holy Spirit, god, Son of God, Yahweh)
Bible References:
- 1 John 01:07
- 1 Samuel 10:7-8
- 1 Timothy 04:10
- Colossians 01:16
- Deuteronomy 29:14-16
- Ezra 03:1-2
- Genesis 01:02
- Hosea 04:11-12
- Isaiah 36:6-7
- James 02:20
- Jeremiah 05:05
- John 01:03
- Joshua 03:9-11
- Lamentations 03:43
- Micah 04:05
- Philippians 02:06
- Proverbs 24:12
- Psalms 047:09
Word Data:
- Strong's: H136, H410, H426, H430, H433, H2623, H3069, H4136, H6697, G112, G516, G932, G935, G2098, G2124, G2128, G2152, G2153, G2299, G2304, G2312, G2314, G2315, G2316, G2317, G2318, G2319, G2320, G4151, G5207, G5377, G5463, G5537, G5538
Forms Found in the English ULB:
God, God's, the living God
God
Related Ideas:
the living God
Facts:
In the Bible, the term "God" refers to the eternal being who created the universe out of nothing. God exists as Father, Son, and Holy Spirit. God's personal name is "Yahweh."
- God has always existed; he existed before anything else existed, and he will continue to exist forever.
- He is the only true God and has authority over everything in the universe.
- God is perfectly righteous, infinitely wise, holy, sinless, just, merciful, and loving.
- He is a covenant-keeping God, who always fulfills his promises.
- People were created to worship God and he is the only one they should worship.
- God revealed his name as "Yahweh," which means "he is" or "I am" or "the One who (always) exists."
- The Bible also teaches about false "gods," which are nonliving idols that people wrongly worship.
Translation Suggestions:
- Ways to translate "God" could include "Deity" or "Creator" or "Supreme Being."
- Other ways to translate "God" could be "Supreme Creator" or "Infinite Sovereign Lord" or "Eternal Supreme Being."
- Consider how God is referred to in a local or national language. There may also already be a word for "God" in the language being translated. If so, it is important to make sure that this word fits the characteristics of the one true God as described above.
- Many languages capitalize the first letter of the word for the one true God, to distinguish it from the word for a false god.
- Another way to make this distinction would be to use different terms for "God" and "god."
- The phrase "I will be their God and they will be my people" could also be translated as "I, God, will rule over these people and they will worship me."
(See also: create, god, God the Father, Holy Spirit, god, Son of God, Yahweh)
Bible References:
- 1 John 01:07
- 1 Samuel 10:7-8
- 1 Timothy 04:10
- Colossians 01:16
- Deuteronomy 29:14-16
- Ezra 03:1-2
- Genesis 01:02
- Hosea 04:11-12
- Isaiah 36:6-7
- James 02:20
- Jeremiah 05:05
- John 01:03
- Joshua 03:9-11
- Lamentations 03:43
- Micah 04:05
- Philippians 02:06
- Proverbs 24:12
- Psalms 047:09
Word Data:
- Strong's: H136, H410, H426, H430, H433, H2623, H3069, H4136, H6697, G112, G516, G932, G935, G2098, G2124, G2128, G2152, G2153, G2299, G2304, G2312, G2314, G2315, G2316, G2317, G2318, G2319, G2320, G4151, G5207, G5377, G5463, G5537, G5538
Forms Found in the English ULB:
God, God's, the living God
Greece
Facts:
During New Testament times, Greece was a province in the Roman Empire.
- Like the modern-day country of Greece, it was located on a peninsula that is bordered by the Mediterranean Sea, the Aegean Sea, and the Ionian Sea.
- The apostle Paul visited several cities in Greece and established churches in the cities of Corinth, Thessalonica, and Philippi and probably others.
(See also: Corinth, Gentile, Greek, Hebrew, Philippi, Thessalonica)
Bible References:
- Daniel 08:21
- Daniel 10:20-21
- Daniel 11:1-2
- Zechariah 09:13
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Greece
Greece
Facts:
During New Testament times, Greece was a province in the Roman Empire.
- Like the modern-day country of Greece, it was located on a peninsula that is bordered by the Mediterranean Sea, the Aegean Sea, and the Ionian Sea.
- The apostle Paul visited several cities in Greece and established churches in the cities of Corinth, Thessalonica, and Philippi and probably others.
(See also: Corinth, Gentile, Greek, Hebrew, Philippi, Thessalonica)
Bible References:
- Daniel 08:21
- Daniel 10:20-21
- Daniel 11:1-2
- Zechariah 09:13
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Greece
Greek
Related Words:
Grecian
Facts:
The term "Greek" refers to the language spoken in the country of Greece. It is also a person from the country of Greece. Greek was also spoken throughout the Roman Empire. The term "Grecian" means "Greek-speaking."
- Since most non-Jewish people in the Roman Empire spoke Greek, Gentiles are often referred to as "Greeks" in the New Testament, especially when contrasted with Jews.
- The phrase "Grecian Jews" referred to Jews who spoke Greek in contrast to the "Hebraic Jews" who spoke only Hebrew, or perhaps Aramaic.
- Other ways to translate "Grecian" could include, "Greek-speaking" or "culturally Greek" or "Greek."
- When referring to non-Jews, "Greek" could be translated as "Gentile."
(See also: Aram, Gentile, Greece, Hebrew, Rome)
Bible References:
- Acts 06:1
- Acts 09:29
- Acts 11:20
- Acts 14:1-2
- Colossians 03:11
- Galatians 02:3-5
- John 07:35
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3125, G1672, G1673, G1674, G1675, G1676
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Greek, Greeks, Grecian
Greek
Related Words:
Grecian
Facts:
The term "Greek" refers to the language spoken in the country of Greece. It is also a person from the country of Greece. Greek was also spoken throughout the Roman Empire. The term "Grecian" means "Greek-speaking."
- Since most non-Jewish people in the Roman Empire spoke Greek, Gentiles are often referred to as "Greeks" in the New Testament, especially when contrasted with Jews.
- The phrase "Grecian Jews" referred to Jews who spoke Greek in contrast to the "Hebraic Jews" who spoke only Hebrew, or perhaps Aramaic.
- Other ways to translate "Grecian" could include, "Greek-speaking" or "culturally Greek" or "Greek."
- When referring to non-Jews, "Greek" could be translated as "Gentile."
(See also: Aram, Gentile, Greece, Hebrew, Rome)
Bible References:
- Acts 06:1
- Acts 09:29
- Acts 11:20
- Acts 14:1-2
- Colossians 03:11
- Galatians 02:3-5
- John 07:35
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3125, G1672, G1673, G1674, G1675, G1676
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Greek, Greeks, Grecian
Hades
Related Ideas:
Sheol
Definition:
The terms "Hades" and "Sheol" are used in the Bible to refer to death and the place where the souls of people go when they die. Their meanings are similar.
- The Hebrew term "Sheol" is often used in the Old Testament to refer generally to the place of death.
- In the New Testament, the Greek term "Hades" refers to a place for the souls of people who rebelled against God. These souls are referred to as going "down" to Hades. This is sometimes contrasted to going "up" to heaven, where the souls of people who believe in Jesus live.
- The term "Hades" is coupled with the term "death" in the book of Revelation. In the end times, both death and Hades will be thrown into the Lake of Fire, which is hell.
Translation Suggestions
- The Old Testament term "Sheol" could be translated as "place of the dead" or "place for dead souls." Some translations translate this as "the pit" or "death," depending on the context.
- The New Testament term "Hades" could also be translated as "place for unbelieving dead souls" or "place of torment for the dead" or "place for the souls of unbelieving dead people."
- Some translations keep the words "Sheol" and "Hades," spelling them to fit the sound patterns of the language of translation.
- A phrase could also be added to each term to explain it, examples of doing this are, "Sheol, place where dead people are" and "Hades, place of death."
(See also: death, heaven, hell, tomb)
Bible References:
- Acts 02:31
- Genesis 44:29
- Jonah 02:02
- Luke 10:15
- Luke 16:23
- Matthew 11:23
- Matthew 16:18
- Revelation 01:18
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Hades, Sheol
Hades
Related Ideas:
Sheol
Definition:
The terms "Hades" and "Sheol" are used in the Bible to refer to death and the place where the souls of people go when they die. Their meanings are similar.
- The Hebrew term "Sheol" is often used in the Old Testament to refer generally to the place of death.
- In the New Testament, the Greek term "Hades" refers to a place for the souls of people who rebelled against God. These souls are referred to as going "down" to Hades. This is sometimes contrasted to going "up" to heaven, where the souls of people who believe in Jesus live.
- The term "Hades" is coupled with the term "death" in the book of Revelation. In the end times, both death and Hades will be thrown into the Lake of Fire, which is hell.
Translation Suggestions
- The Old Testament term "Sheol" could be translated as "place of the dead" or "place for dead souls." Some translations translate this as "the pit" or "death," depending on the context.
- The New Testament term "Hades" could also be translated as "place for unbelieving dead souls" or "place of torment for the dead" or "place for the souls of unbelieving dead people."
- Some translations keep the words "Sheol" and "Hades," spelling them to fit the sound patterns of the language of translation.
- A phrase could also be added to each term to explain it, examples of doing this are, "Sheol, place where dead people are" and "Hades, place of death."
(See also: death, heaven, hell, tomb)
Bible References:
- Acts 02:31
- Genesis 44:29
- Jonah 02:02
- Luke 10:15
- Luke 16:23
- Matthew 11:23
- Matthew 16:18
- Revelation 01:18
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Hades, Sheol
Ham
Related Words:
Hamite
Facts:
Ham was the second of Noah's three sons.
- During the worldwide flood that covered the whole earth, Ham and his brothers were with Noah in the ark, along with their wives.
- After the flood, there was an occasion where Ham was very dishonoring to his father, Noah. As a result, Noah cursed Ham's son Canaan and all his descendants, who eventually became known as the Canaanites.
(See also: ark, Canaan, dishonor, Noah)
Bible References:
- Genesis 05:32
- Genesis 06:10
- Genesis 07:13-14
- Genesis 10:1
- Genesis 10:20
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Ham, Hamite, Hamites
Ham
Related Words:
Hamite
Facts:
Ham was the second of Noah's three sons.
- During the worldwide flood that covered the whole earth, Ham and his brothers were with Noah in the ark, along with their wives.
- After the flood, there was an occasion where Ham was very dishonoring to his father, Noah. As a result, Noah cursed Ham's son Canaan and all his descendants, who eventually became known as the Canaanites.
(See also: ark, Canaan, dishonor, Noah)
Bible References:
- Genesis 05:32
- Genesis 06:10
- Genesis 07:13-14
- Genesis 10:1
- Genesis 10:20
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Ham, Hamite, Hamites
Hamor
Facts:
Hamor was a Canaanite man living in the city of Shechem when Jacob and his family were living in nearby Sukkoth. He was a Hivite.
- Jacob bought a family burial ground from Hamor's sons.
- While they were there, Hamor's son Shechem raped Jacob's daughter Dinah.
- Dinah's brothers took revenge on Hamor's family and killed all the men in the city of Shechem.
(See also: Canaan, Hivite, Jacob, Shechem, Sukkoth)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:14-16
- Genesis 34:02
- Genesis 34:21
- Joshua 24:32-33
- Judges 09:28
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Hamor, Hamor's
Hamor
Facts:
Hamor was a Canaanite man living in the city of Shechem when Jacob and his family were living in nearby Sukkoth. He was a Hivite.
- Jacob bought a family burial ground from Hamor's sons.
- While they were there, Hamor's son Shechem raped Jacob's daughter Dinah.
- Dinah's brothers took revenge on Hamor's family and killed all the men in the city of Shechem.
(See also: Canaan, Hivite, Jacob, Shechem, Sukkoth)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:14-16
- Genesis 34:02
- Genesis 34:21
- Joshua 24:32-33
- Judges 09:28
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Hamor, Hamor's
Haran
Facts:
Haran was a younger brother of Abram and the father of Lot.
- Haran was also the name of the town where Abram and his family lived awhile on their journey from the city of Ur to the land of Canaan.
- A different man named Haran was a son of Caleb.
- A third man in the Bible named Haran was a descendant of Levi.
(See also: Abraham, Caleb, Canaan, Levi, Lot, Terah, Ur)
Bible References:
- 2 Kings 19:12
- Acts 07:1-3
- Genesis 11:31
- Genesis 27:43-45
- Genesis 28:10-11
- Genesis 29:4-6
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Haran
Haran
Facts:
Haran was a younger brother of Abram and the father of Lot.
- Haran was also the name of the town where Abram and his family lived awhile on their journey from the city of Ur to the land of Canaan.
- A different man named Haran was a son of Caleb.
- A third man in the Bible named Haran was a descendant of Levi.
(See also: Abraham, Caleb, Canaan, Levi, Lot, Terah, Ur)
Bible References:
- 2 Kings 19:12
- Acts 07:1-3
- Genesis 11:31
- Genesis 27:43-45
- Genesis 28:10-11
- Genesis 29:4-6
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Haran
Hebrew
Facts:
The "Hebrews" were people who were descended from Abraham through the line of Isaac and Jacob. Abraham is the first person in the Bible to be called a "Hebrew."
- The term "Hebrew" also refers to the language that the Hebrew people spoke. The vast majority of the Old Testament was written in the Hebrew language.
- In different places in the Bible, the Hebrews were also called "Jewish people" or "Israelites." It is best to keep all three terms distinct in the text, as long as it is clear that these terms refer to the same people group.
(See also: Israel, Jew, Jewish authorities)
Bible References:
- Acts 26:12-14
- Genesis 39:13-15
- Genesis 40:15
- Genesis 41:12-13
- John 05:1-4
- John 19:13
- Jonah 01:8-10
- Philippians 03:05
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5680, G1445, G1446, G1447
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Hebrew, Hebrews, Hebrews'
Hebrew
Facts:
The "Hebrews" were people who were descended from Abraham through the line of Isaac and Jacob. Abraham is the first person in the Bible to be called a "Hebrew."
- The term "Hebrew" also refers to the language that the Hebrew people spoke. The vast majority of the Old Testament was written in the Hebrew language.
- In different places in the Bible, the Hebrews were also called "Jewish people" or "Israelites." It is best to keep all three terms distinct in the text, as long as it is clear that these terms refer to the same people group.
(See also: Israel, Jew, Jewish authorities)
Bible References:
- Acts 26:12-14
- Genesis 39:13-15
- Genesis 40:15
- Genesis 41:12-13
- John 05:1-4
- John 19:13
- Jonah 01:8-10
- Philippians 03:05
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5680, G1445, G1446, G1447
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Hebrew, Hebrews, Hebrews'
Holy One
Related Ideas:
holy one
Definition:
The term "Holy One" is a title in the Bible that almost always refers to God.
- In the Old Testament, this title often occurs in the phrase "Holy One of Israel."
- In the New Testament, Jesus is also referred to as the "Holy One."
- The term "holy one" is sometimes used in the Bible to refer to an angel.
Translation Suggestions:
- The literal term is "the Holy" (with "One" being implied.) Many languages (like English) will translate this with the implied noun included (such as "One" or "God").
- This term could also be translated as "God, who is holy" or "the Set Apart One."
- The phrase "the Holy One of Israel" could be translated as "the Holy God whom Israel worships" or "the Holy One who rules Israel."
- It is best to translate this term using the same word or phrase that is used to translate "holy."
(See also: holy, God)
Bible References:
- 1 John 02:20
- 2 Kings 19:22
- Acts 02:27
- Acts 03:13-14
- Isaiah 05:15-17
- Isaiah 41:14
- Luke 04:33-34
Word Data:
- Strong's: H6918, G40, G3741
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Holy One, holy ones
Holy One
Related Ideas:
holy one
Definition:
The term "Holy One" is a title in the Bible that almost always refers to God.
- In the Old Testament, this title often occurs in the phrase "Holy One of Israel."
- In the New Testament, Jesus is also referred to as the "Holy One."
- The term "holy one" is sometimes used in the Bible to refer to an angel.
Translation Suggestions:
- The literal term is "the Holy" (with "One" being implied.) Many languages (like English) will translate this with the implied noun included (such as "One" or "God").
- This term could also be translated as "God, who is holy" or "the Set Apart One."
- The phrase "the Holy One of Israel" could be translated as "the Holy God whom Israel worships" or "the Holy One who rules Israel."
- It is best to translate this term using the same word or phrase that is used to translate "holy."
(See also: holy, God)
Bible References:
- 1 John 02:20
- 2 Kings 19:22
- Acts 02:27
- Acts 03:13-14
- Isaiah 05:15-17
- Isaiah 41:14
- Luke 04:33-34
Word Data:
- Strong's: H6918, G40, G3741
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Holy One, holy ones
Holy Spirit
Related Ideas:
Spirit, Spirit of God, Spirit of the Lord, Spirit of the Lord Yahweh
Facts:
These terms all refer to the Holy Spirit, who is God. The one true God exists eternally as the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit.
- The Holy Spirit is also referred to as "the Spirit" and "Spirit of Yahweh" and "Spirit of truth."
- Because the Holy Spirit is God, he is absolutely holy, infinitely pure, and morally perfect in all his nature and in everything he does.
- Along with the Father and the Son, the Holy Spirit was active in creating the world.
- When God's Son, Jesus, returned to heaven, God sent the Holy Spirit to his people to lead them, teach them, comfort them, and enable them to do God's will.
- The Holy Spirit guided Jesus and he guides those who believe in Jesus.
Translation Suggestions:
- This term could simply be translated with the words used to translate "holy" and "spirit."
- Ways to translate this term could also include "Pure Spirit" or "Spirit who is Holy" or "God the Spirit."
(See also: holy, spirit, God, lord, God the Father, Son of God, gift)
Bible References:
- 1 Samuel 10:10
- 1 Thessalonians 04:7-8
- Acts 08:17
- Galatians 05:25
- Genesis 01:1-2
- Isaiah 63:10
- Job 33:04
- Matthew 12:31
- Matthew 28:18-19
- Psalms 051:10-11
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3068, H6944, H7307, G40, G4151
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Holy Spirit, Spirit, Spirit of God, Spirit of the Lord, Spirit of the Lord Yahweh
Holy Spirit
Related Ideas:
Spirit, Spirit of God, Spirit of the Lord, Spirit of the Lord Yahweh
Facts:
These terms all refer to the Holy Spirit, who is God. The one true God exists eternally as the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit.
- The Holy Spirit is also referred to as "the Spirit" and "Spirit of Yahweh" and "Spirit of truth."
- Because the Holy Spirit is God, he is absolutely holy, infinitely pure, and morally perfect in all his nature and in everything he does.
- Along with the Father and the Son, the Holy Spirit was active in creating the world.
- When God's Son, Jesus, returned to heaven, God sent the Holy Spirit to his people to lead them, teach them, comfort them, and enable them to do God's will.
- The Holy Spirit guided Jesus and he guides those who believe in Jesus.
Translation Suggestions:
- This term could simply be translated with the words used to translate "holy" and "spirit."
- Ways to translate this term could also include "Pure Spirit" or "Spirit who is Holy" or "God the Spirit."
(See also: holy, spirit, God, lord, God the Father, Son of God, gift)
Bible References:
- 1 Samuel 10:10
- 1 Thessalonians 04:7-8
- Acts 08:17
- Galatians 05:25
- Genesis 01:1-2
- Isaiah 63:10
- Job 33:04
- Matthew 12:31
- Matthew 28:18-19
- Psalms 051:10-11
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3068, H6944, H7307, G40, G4151
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Holy Spirit, Spirit, Spirit of God, Spirit of the Lord, Spirit of the Lord Yahweh
Iconium
Facts:
Iconium was a city in the south central part of what is now the country of Turkey.
- On Paul's first missionary journey, he and Barnabas went to Iconium after the Jews forced them to leave the city of Antioch.
- Then the unbelieving Jews and Gentiles in Iconium also planned to stone Paul and his coworkers, but they escaped to the nearby city of Lystra.
- After that the people from both Antioch and Iconium came to Lystra and stirred up the people there to stone Paul.
(See also: Barnabas, Lystra, stone)
Bible References:
- 2 Timothy 03:10-13
- Acts 14:01
- Acts 14:19-20
- Acts 16:1-3
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Iconium
Iconium
Facts:
Iconium was a city in the south central part of what is now the country of Turkey.
- On Paul's first missionary journey, he and Barnabas went to Iconium after the Jews forced them to leave the city of Antioch.
- Then the unbelieving Jews and Gentiles in Iconium also planned to stone Paul and his coworkers, but they escaped to the nearby city of Lystra.
- After that the people from both Antioch and Iconium came to Lystra and stirred up the people there to stone Paul.
(See also: Barnabas, Lystra, stone)
Bible References:
- 2 Timothy 03:10-13
- Acts 14:01
- Acts 14:19-20
- Acts 16:1-3
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Iconium
Isaac
Facts:
Isaac was the only son of Abraham and Sarah. God had promised to give them a son even though they were very old.
- The name "Isaac" means "he laughs." When God told Abraham that Sarah would give birth to a son, Abraham laughed because they were both very old. Some time later, Sarah also laughed when she heard this news.
- But God fulfilled his promise and Isaac was born to Abraham and Sarah in their old age.
- God told Abraham that the covenant he had made with Abraham would also be for Isaac and his descendants forever.
- When Isaac was a youth, God tested Abraham's faith by commanding him to sacrifice Isaac.
- Isaac's son Jacob had twelve sons whose descendants later became the twelve tribes of the nation of Israel.
(See also: Abraham, descendant, eternity, fulfill, Jacob, Sarah, twelve tribes of Israel)
Bible References:
- Galatians 04:28-29
- Genesis 25:9-11
- Genesis 25:19
- Genesis 26:1
- Genesis 26:08
- Genesis 28:1-2
- Genesis 31:18
- Matthew 08:11-13
- Matthew 22:32
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3327, H3446, G2464
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Isaac, Isaac's
Isaac
Facts:
Isaac was the only son of Abraham and Sarah. God had promised to give them a son even though they were very old.
- The name "Isaac" means "he laughs." When God told Abraham that Sarah would give birth to a son, Abraham laughed because they were both very old. Some time later, Sarah also laughed when she heard this news.
- But God fulfilled his promise and Isaac was born to Abraham and Sarah in their old age.
- God told Abraham that the covenant he had made with Abraham would also be for Isaac and his descendants forever.
- When Isaac was a youth, God tested Abraham's faith by commanding him to sacrifice Isaac.
- Isaac's son Jacob had twelve sons whose descendants later became the twelve tribes of the nation of Israel.
(See also: Abraham, descendant, eternity, fulfill, Jacob, Sarah, twelve tribes of Israel)
Bible References:
- Galatians 04:28-29
- Genesis 25:9-11
- Genesis 25:19
- Genesis 26:1
- Genesis 26:08
- Genesis 28:1-2
- Genesis 31:18
- Matthew 08:11-13
- Matthew 22:32
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3327, H3446, G2464
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Isaac, Isaac's
Isaiah
Facts:
Isaiah was a prophet of God who prophesied during the reigns of four kings of Judah: Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah.
- He lived in Jerusalem during the time when the Assyrians were attacking the city, during the reign of Hezekiah.
- The Old Testament book of Isaiah is one of the major books of the Bible.
- Isaiah wrote many prophecies that came true while he was still living.
- Isaiah is especially known for the prophecies he wrote about the Messiah that came true 700 years later when Jesus was living on earth.
- Jesus and his disciples quoted Isaiah's prophecies to teach people about the Messiah.
(See also: Ahaz, Assyria, Christ, Hezekiah, Jotham, Judah, prophet, Uzziah)
Bible References:
- 2 Kings 20:1-3
- Acts 28:26
- Isaiah 01:1
- Luke 03:4
- Mark 01:01
- Mark 07:06
- Matthew 03:03
- Matthew 04:14
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Isaiah, Isaiah's
Isaiah
Facts:
Isaiah was a prophet of God who prophesied during the reigns of four kings of Judah: Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah.
- He lived in Jerusalem during the time when the Assyrians were attacking the city, during the reign of Hezekiah.
- The Old Testament book of Isaiah is one of the major books of the Bible.
- Isaiah wrote many prophecies that came true while he was still living.
- Isaiah is especially known for the prophecies he wrote about the Messiah that came true 700 years later when Jesus was living on earth.
- Jesus and his disciples quoted Isaiah's prophecies to teach people about the Messiah.
(See also: Ahaz, Assyria, Christ, Hezekiah, Jotham, Judah, prophet, Uzziah)
Bible References:
- 2 Kings 20:1-3
- Acts 28:26
- Isaiah 01:1
- Luke 03:4
- Mark 01:01
- Mark 07:06
- Matthew 03:03
- Matthew 04:14
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Isaiah, Isaiah's
Israel
Related Ideas:
Israelite
Facts:
The term "Israel" is the name that God gave to Jacob. It means "he struggles with God."
- The descendants of Jacob became known as the "people of Israel" or the "nation of Israel" or the "Israelites."
- God formed his covenant with the people of Israel. They were his chosen people.
- The nation of Israel consisted of twelve tribes.
- Soon after King Solomon died, Israel was divided into two kingdoms: the southern kingdom, called "Judah," and the northern kingdom, called "Israel."
- Often the term "Israel" can be translated as "the people of Israel" or "the nation of Israel," depending on the context.
(See also: Jacob, kingdom of Israel, Judah, nation, twelve tribes of Israel)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 10:01
- 1 Kings 08:02
- Acts 02:36
- Acts 07:24
- Acts 13:23
- John 01:49-51
- Luke 24:21
- Mark 12:29
- Matthew 02:06
- Matthew 27:09
- Philippians 03:4-5
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3478, H3479, H3481, H3482, G935, G2474, G2475
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Israel, Israel's, Israelite, Israelite's, Israelites, Israelites'
Israel
Related Ideas:
Israelite
Facts:
The term "Israel" is the name that God gave to Jacob. It means "he struggles with God."
- The descendants of Jacob became known as the "people of Israel" or the "nation of Israel" or the "Israelites."
- God formed his covenant with the people of Israel. They were his chosen people.
- The nation of Israel consisted of twelve tribes.
- Soon after King Solomon died, Israel was divided into two kingdoms: the southern kingdom, called "Judah," and the northern kingdom, called "Israel."
- Often the term "Israel" can be translated as "the people of Israel" or "the nation of Israel," depending on the context.
(See also: Jacob, kingdom of Israel, Judah, nation, twelve tribes of Israel)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 10:01
- 1 Kings 08:02
- Acts 02:36
- Acts 07:24
- Acts 13:23
- John 01:49-51
- Luke 24:21
- Mark 12:29
- Matthew 02:06
- Matthew 27:09
- Philippians 03:4-5
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3478, H3479, H3481, H3482, G935, G2474, G2475
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Israel, Israel's, Israelite, Israelite's, Israelites, Israelites'
Jacob
Facts:
Jacob was the younger twin son of Isaac and Rebekah.
- Jacob's name means "he grabs the heel" which is an expression meaning "he deceives." As Jacob was being born, he was holding onto the heel of his twin brother Esau.
- Many years later, God changed Jacob's name to "Israel," which means "he struggles with God."
- Jacob was clever and deceptive. He found ways to take the firstborn blessing and inheritance rights from his older brother, Esau.
- Esau was angry and planned to kill him so Jacob left his homeland. But years later Jacob returned with his wives and children to the land of Canaan where Esau was living, and their families lived peacefully near each other.
- Jacob had twelve sons. Their descendants became the twelve tribes of Israel.
- A different man named Jacob is listed as being Joseph's father in Matthew's genealogy.
(See also: Canaan, deceive, Esau, Isaac, Israel, Rebekah, twelve tribes of Israel)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:11
- Acts 07:46
- Genesis 25:26
- Genesis 29:1-3
- Genesis 32:1-2
- John 04:4-5
- Matthew 08:11-13
- Matthew 22:32
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Jacob, Jacob's
Jacob
Facts:
Jacob was the younger twin son of Isaac and Rebekah.
- Jacob's name means "he grabs the heel" which is an expression meaning "he deceives." As Jacob was being born, he was holding onto the heel of his twin brother Esau.
- Many years later, God changed Jacob's name to "Israel," which means "he struggles with God."
- Jacob was clever and deceptive. He found ways to take the firstborn blessing and inheritance rights from his older brother, Esau.
- Esau was angry and planned to kill him so Jacob left his homeland. But years later Jacob returned with his wives and children to the land of Canaan where Esau was living, and their families lived peacefully near each other.
- Jacob had twelve sons. Their descendants became the twelve tribes of Israel.
- A different man named Jacob is listed as being Joseph's father in Matthew's genealogy.
(See also: Canaan, deceive, Esau, Isaac, Israel, Rebekah, twelve tribes of Israel)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:11
- Acts 07:46
- Genesis 25:26
- Genesis 29:1-3
- Genesis 32:1-2
- John 04:4-5
- Matthew 08:11-13
- Matthew 22:32
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Jacob, Jacob's
James son of Alphaeus
Facts:
James, the son of Alphaeus, was one of Jesus' twelve disciples. Jesus also called these men apostles.
- His name is given in the lists of Jesus' disciples in the gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke.
- He is also mentioned in the book of Acts as one of the eleven disciples who were together praying in Jerusalem after Jesus went back up to heaven.
(See also: apostle, disciple, James (brother of Jesus), James (son of Zebedee), the twelve)
Bible References:
- Acts 01:12-14
- Luke 06:14-16
- Mark 03:17-19
- Mark 14:32-34
- Matthew 10:2-4
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
James son of Alphaeus
James son of Alphaeus
Facts:
James, the son of Alphaeus, was one of Jesus' twelve disciples. Jesus also called these men apostles.
- His name is given in the lists of Jesus' disciples in the gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke.
- He is also mentioned in the book of Acts as one of the eleven disciples who were together praying in Jerusalem after Jesus went back up to heaven.
(See also: apostle, disciple, James (brother of Jesus), James (son of Zebedee), the twelve)
Bible References:
- Acts 01:12-14
- Luke 06:14-16
- Mark 03:17-19
- Mark 14:32-34
- Matthew 10:2-4
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
James son of Alphaeus
Jerusalem
Facts:
Jerusalem was originally an ancient Canaanite city that later became the most important city in Israel. It is located about 34 kilometers west of the Salt Sea and just north of Bethlehem. It is still the capital city of Israel today.
- The name "Jerusalem" is first mentioned in the book of Joshua. Other Old Testament names for this city include "Salem" "city of Jebus," and "Zion." Both "Jerusalem" and "Salem," have the root meaning of "peace."
- Jerusalem was originally a Jebusite fortress called "Zion" which King David captured and made into his capital city.
- It was in Jerusalem that David's son Solomon built the first temple in Jerusalem, on Mount Moriah, which was the mountain where Abraham had offered his son Isaac to God. The temple was rebuilt there after it was destroyed by the Babylonians.
- Because the temple was in Jerusalem, the major Jewish festivals were celebrated there.
- People normally referred to going "up" to Jerusalem since it is located in the mountains.
(See also: Babylon, Christ, David, Jebus, Jesus, Solomon, temple, Zion)
Bible References:
- Galatians 04:26-27
- John 02:13
- Luke 04:9-11
- Luke 13:05
- Mark 03:7-8
- Mark 03:20-22
- Matthew 03:06
- Matthew 04:23-25
- Matthew 20:17
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3389, H3390, G2414, G2415, G2419
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Jerusalem, Jerusalem's
Jerusalem
Facts:
Jerusalem was originally an ancient Canaanite city that later became the most important city in Israel. It is located about 34 kilometers west of the Salt Sea and just north of Bethlehem. It is still the capital city of Israel today.
- The name "Jerusalem" is first mentioned in the book of Joshua. Other Old Testament names for this city include "Salem" "city of Jebus," and "Zion." Both "Jerusalem" and "Salem," have the root meaning of "peace."
- Jerusalem was originally a Jebusite fortress called "Zion" which King David captured and made into his capital city.
- It was in Jerusalem that David's son Solomon built the first temple in Jerusalem, on Mount Moriah, which was the mountain where Abraham had offered his son Isaac to God. The temple was rebuilt there after it was destroyed by the Babylonians.
- Because the temple was in Jerusalem, the major Jewish festivals were celebrated there.
- People normally referred to going "up" to Jerusalem since it is located in the mountains.
(See also: Babylon, Christ, David, Jebus, Jesus, Solomon, temple, Zion)
Bible References:
- Galatians 04:26-27
- John 02:13
- Luke 04:9-11
- Luke 13:05
- Mark 03:7-8
- Mark 03:20-22
- Matthew 03:06
- Matthew 04:23-25
- Matthew 20:17
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3389, H3390, G2414, G2415, G2419
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Jerusalem, Jerusalem's
Jesse
Facts:
Jesse was the father of King David and the grandson of Ruth and Boaz.
- Jesse was from the tribe of Judah.
- He was an "Ephrathite," which means he was from the town of Ephrathah (Bethlehem).
- The prophet Isaiah prophesied about a "shoot" or "branch" that would come from the "root of Jesse" and bear fruit. This refers to Jesus, who was a descendant of Jesse.
(See also: Bethlehem, Boaz, descendant, fruit, Jesus, king, prophet, Ruth, twelve tribes of Israel)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 02:12
- 1 Kings 12:16
- 1 Samuel 16:1
- Luke 03:32
- Matthew 01:4-6
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Jesse, Jesse's
Jesse
Facts:
Jesse was the father of King David and the grandson of Ruth and Boaz.
- Jesse was from the tribe of Judah.
- He was an "Ephrathite," which means he was from the town of Ephrathah (Bethlehem).
- The prophet Isaiah prophesied about a "shoot" or "branch" that would come from the "root of Jesse" and bear fruit. This refers to Jesus, who was a descendant of Jesse.
(See also: Bethlehem, Boaz, descendant, fruit, Jesus, king, prophet, Ruth, twelve tribes of Israel)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 02:12
- 1 Kings 12:16
- 1 Samuel 16:1
- Luke 03:32
- Matthew 01:4-6
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Jesse, Jesse's
Jesus
Related Ideas:
the Lord Jesus
Facts:
Jesus is God's Son. The name "Jesus" means "Yahweh saves."
- In a miraculous way, the Holy Spirit caused the eternal Son of God to be born as a human being. His mother was told by an angel to call him "Jesus" because he was destined to save people from their sins.
- Jesus did many miracles that revealed that he is God and that he is the Christ, or the Messiah.
Translation Suggestions:
- In many languages "Jesus" is spelled in a way that keeps the sounds or spelling as close to the original as possible. For example, "Jesu," "Jezus," "Yesus", and "Hesu" are some of the ways that this name is translated into different languages.
- Also consider how this names are spelled in a nearby local or national language.
(See also: Christ, God, God the Father, high priest, kingdom of God, Mary, Savior, Son of God)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 06:11
- 1 John 02:02
- 1 John 04:15
- 1 Timothy 01:02
- 2 Peter 01:02
- 2 Thessalonians 02:15
- 2 Timothy 01:10
- Acts 02:23
- Acts 05:30
- Acts 10:36
- Hebrews 09:14
- Hebrews 10:22
- Luke 24:20
- Matthew 01:21
- Matthew 04:03
- Philippians 02:05
- Philippians 02:10
- Philippians 04:21-23
- Revelation 01:06
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Jesus, the Lord Jesus
Jesus
Related Ideas:
the Lord Jesus
Facts:
Jesus is God's Son. The name "Jesus" means "Yahweh saves."
- In a miraculous way, the Holy Spirit caused the eternal Son of God to be born as a human being. His mother was told by an angel to call him "Jesus" because he was destined to save people from their sins.
- Jesus did many miracles that revealed that he is God and that he is the Christ, or the Messiah.
Translation Suggestions:
- In many languages "Jesus" is spelled in a way that keeps the sounds or spelling as close to the original as possible. For example, "Jesu," "Jezus," "Yesus", and "Hesu" are some of the ways that this name is translated into different languages.
- Also consider how this names are spelled in a nearby local or national language.
(See also: Christ, God, God the Father, high priest, kingdom of God, Mary, Savior, Son of God)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 06:11
- 1 John 02:02
- 1 John 04:15
- 1 Timothy 01:02
- 2 Peter 01:02
- 2 Thessalonians 02:15
- 2 Timothy 01:10
- Acts 02:23
- Acts 05:30
- Acts 10:36
- Hebrews 09:14
- Hebrews 10:22
- Luke 24:20
- Matthew 01:21
- Matthew 04:03
- Philippians 02:05
- Philippians 02:10
- Philippians 04:21-23
- Revelation 01:06
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Jesus, the Lord Jesus
Jew
Related Ideas:
Jewish, person of Judah
Facts:
Jews are people who are descendants of Abraham's grandson Jacob. The word "Jew" comes from the word "Judah."
- People began to call the Israelites "Jews" after they returned to Judah from their exile in Babylon.
- Jesus the Messiah was Jewish. However, the Jewish religious leaders rejected Jesus and demanded that he be killed.
- Often the phrase "the Jews" refers to the leaders of the Jews, not all the Jewish people. In those contexts, some translations add "leaders of" to make this clear.
(See also: Abraham, Jacob, Israel, Babylon, Jewish authorities)
Bible References:
- Acts 02:05
- Acts 10:28
- Acts 14:5-7
- Colossians 03:11
- John 02:14
- Matthew 28:15
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3054, H3061, H3062, H3064, H3066, G2450, G2451, G2452, G2453
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Jew, Jewish, Jews, Jews', a person of Judah, the language of Judah, the people of Judah
Jew
Related Ideas:
Jewish, person of Judah
Facts:
Jews are people who are descendants of Abraham's grandson Jacob. The word "Jew" comes from the word "Judah."
- People began to call the Israelites "Jews" after they returned to Judah from their exile in Babylon.
- Jesus the Messiah was Jewish. However, the Jewish religious leaders rejected Jesus and demanded that he be killed.
- Often the phrase "the Jews" refers to the leaders of the Jews, not all the Jewish people. In those contexts, some translations add "leaders of" to make this clear.
(See also: Abraham, Jacob, Israel, Babylon, Jewish authorities)
Bible References:
- Acts 02:05
- Acts 10:28
- Acts 14:5-7
- Colossians 03:11
- John 02:14
- Matthew 28:15
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3054, H3061, H3062, H3064, H3066, G2450, G2451, G2452, G2453
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Jew, Jewish, Jews, Jews', a person of Judah, the language of Judah, the people of Judah
Joel
Facts:
Joel was a prophet who probably lived during the reign of King Joash of Judah. There were also several other men in the Old Testament named Joel.
- The book of Joel is one of twelve short prophetic books in the last section of the Old Testament.
- The only personal information we have about the prophet Joel is that his father's name was Pethuel.
- In his sermon at Pentecost, the apostle Peter quoted from the book of Joel.
(See also: Joash, Judah, Pentecost)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 06:33-35
- 1 Samuel 08:1-3
- Acts 02:16
- Ezra 10:43
- Joel 01:02
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Joel, Joel's
Joel
Facts:
Joel was a prophet who probably lived during the reign of King Joash of Judah. There were also several other men in the Old Testament named Joel.
- The book of Joel is one of twelve short prophetic books in the last section of the Old Testament.
- The only personal information we have about the prophet Joel is that his father's name was Pethuel.
- In his sermon at Pentecost, the apostle Peter quoted from the book of Joel.
(See also: Joash, Judah, Pentecost)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 06:33-35
- 1 Samuel 08:1-3
- Acts 02:16
- Ezra 10:43
- Joel 01:02
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Joel, Joel's
Joppa
Facts:
In Bible times, the city of Joppa was an important commercial seaport located on the Mediterranean Sea, south of the Plain of Sharon.
- The ancient site of Joppa is the location of the present-day city of Jaffa, which is now part of the city of Tel Aviv.
- In the Old Testament, Joppa was the city where Jonah got on a boat that was going to Tarshish.
- In the New Testament, a Christian woman named Tabitha died in Joppa, and Peter brought her back to life.
(See also: the sea, Jerusalem, Sharon, Tarshish)
Bible References:
- Acts 09:37
- Acts 10:08
- Acts 11:4-6
- Acts 11:11
- Jonah 01:03
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Joppa
Joppa
Facts:
In Bible times, the city of Joppa was an important commercial seaport located on the Mediterranean Sea, south of the Plain of Sharon.
- The ancient site of Joppa is the location of the present-day city of Jaffa, which is now part of the city of Tel Aviv.
- In the Old Testament, Joppa was the city where Jonah got on a boat that was going to Tarshish.
- In the New Testament, a Christian woman named Tabitha died in Joppa, and Peter brought her back to life.
(See also: the sea, Jerusalem, Sharon, Tarshish)
Bible References:
- Acts 09:37
- Acts 10:08
- Acts 11:4-6
- Acts 11:11
- Jonah 01:03
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Joppa
Joshua
Facts:
There were several Israelite men named Joshua in the Bible. The most well-known is Joshua son of Nun who was Moses' helper and who later became an important leader of God's people.
- Joshua was one of the twelve spies whom Moses sent to explore the Promised Land.
- Along with Caleb, Joshua urged the Israelite people to obey God's command to enter the Promised Land and defeat the Canaanites.
- Many years later, after Moses died, God appointed Joshua to lead the people of Israel into the Promised Land.
- In the first and most famous battle against the Canaanites, Joshua led the Israelites to defeat the city of Jericho.
- The Old Testament book of Joshua tells how Joshua led the Israelites in taking control of the Promised Land and how he assigned each tribe of Israel a part of the land to live on.
- Joshua son of Jozadak is mentioned in the books of Haggai and Zechariah; he was a high priest who helped rebuild the walls of Jerusalem.
- There are several other men named Joshua mentioned in the genealogies and elsewhere in the Bible.
(See also: Canaan, Haggai, Jericho, Moses, Promised Land, Zechariah (OT))
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 07:25-27
- Deuteronomy 03:21
- Exodus 17:10
- Joshua 01:03
- Numbers 27:19
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1954, H3091, G2424
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Joshua, Joshua's
Joshua
Facts:
There were several Israelite men named Joshua in the Bible. The most well-known is Joshua son of Nun who was Moses' helper and who later became an important leader of God's people.
- Joshua was one of the twelve spies whom Moses sent to explore the Promised Land.
- Along with Caleb, Joshua urged the Israelite people to obey God's command to enter the Promised Land and defeat the Canaanites.
- Many years later, after Moses died, God appointed Joshua to lead the people of Israel into the Promised Land.
- In the first and most famous battle against the Canaanites, Joshua led the Israelites to defeat the city of Jericho.
- The Old Testament book of Joshua tells how Joshua led the Israelites in taking control of the Promised Land and how he assigned each tribe of Israel a part of the land to live on.
- Joshua son of Jozadak is mentioned in the books of Haggai and Zechariah; he was a high priest who helped rebuild the walls of Jerusalem.
- There are several other men named Joshua mentioned in the genealogies and elsewhere in the Bible.
(See also: Canaan, Haggai, Jericho, Moses, Promised Land, Zechariah (OT))
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 07:25-27
- Deuteronomy 03:21
- Exodus 17:10
- Joshua 01:03
- Numbers 27:19
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1954, H3091, G2424
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Joshua, Joshua's
Judas son of James
Facts:
Judas son of James was one of Jesus' twelve apostles. Note that he was not the same man as Judas Iscariot.
- Often in the Bible, men with the same name were distinguished by mentioning whose son they were. Here, Judas was identified as the "son of James."
- Another man named Judas was Jesus' brother. He was also known as "Jude."
- The New Testament book called "Jude" was probably written by Jesus' brother Judas, since the author identified himself as the "brother of James." James was another brother of Jesus.
- It is also possible that the book of Jude was written by Jesus' disciple, Judas, the son of James.
(See also: Judas Iscariot, son, the twelve)
Bible References:
- Acts 01:12-14
- Luke 06:14-16
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Judas son of James
Judas son of James
Facts:
Judas son of James was one of Jesus' twelve apostles. Note that he was not the same man as Judas Iscariot.
- Often in the Bible, men with the same name were distinguished by mentioning whose son they were. Here, Judas was identified as the "son of James."
- Another man named Judas was Jesus' brother. He was also known as "Jude."
- The New Testament book called "Jude" was probably written by Jesus' brother Judas, since the author identified himself as the "brother of James." James was another brother of Jesus.
- It is also possible that the book of Jude was written by Jesus' disciple, Judas, the son of James.
(See also: Judas Iscariot, son, the twelve)
Bible References:
- Acts 01:12-14
- Luke 06:14-16
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Judas son of James
Judea
Facts:
The term "Judea" refers to an area of land in ancient Israel. It is sometimes used in a narrow sense and other times in a broad sense.
- Sometimes "Judea" is used in a narrow sense to refer only to the province located in the southern part of ancient Israel just west of the Dead Sea. Some translations call this province "Judah."
- Other times "Judea" has a broad sense and refers to all the provinces of ancient Israel, including Galilee, Samaria, Perea, Idumea and Judea (Judah).
- If translators want to make the distinction clear, the broad sense of Judea could be translated as "Judea Country" and the narrow sense could be translated as "Judea Province," or "Judah Province" since this is the part of ancient Israel where the tribe of Judah had originally lived.
(See also: Galilee, Edom, Judah, Judah, Samaria)
Bible References:
- 1 Thessalonians 02:14
- Acts 02:09
- Acts 09:32
- Acts 12:19
- John 03:22-24
- Luke 01:05
- Luke 04:44
- Luke 05:17
- Mark 10:1-4
- Matthew 02:01
- Matthew 02:05
- Matthew 02:22-23
- Matthew 03:1-3
- Matthew 19:01
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Judea
Judea
Facts:
The term "Judea" refers to an area of land in ancient Israel. It is sometimes used in a narrow sense and other times in a broad sense.
- Sometimes "Judea" is used in a narrow sense to refer only to the province located in the southern part of ancient Israel just west of the Dead Sea. Some translations call this province "Judah."
- Other times "Judea" has a broad sense and refers to all the provinces of ancient Israel, including Galilee, Samaria, Perea, Idumea and Judea (Judah).
- If translators want to make the distinction clear, the broad sense of Judea could be translated as "Judea Country" and the narrow sense could be translated as "Judea Province," or "Judah Province" since this is the part of ancient Israel where the tribe of Judah had originally lived.
(See also: Galilee, Edom, Judah, Judah, Samaria)
Bible References:
- 1 Thessalonians 02:14
- Acts 02:09
- Acts 09:32
- Acts 12:19
- John 03:22-24
- Luke 01:05
- Luke 04:44
- Luke 05:17
- Mark 10:1-4
- Matthew 02:01
- Matthew 02:05
- Matthew 02:22-23
- Matthew 03:1-3
- Matthew 19:01
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Judea
Levi
Facts:
Levi was one of the twelve sons of Jacob, or Israel. The term "Levite" refers to a person who is a member of the Israelite tribe whose ancestor was Levi.
- The Levites were responsible for taking care of the temple and conducting religious rituals, including offering sacrifices and prayers.
- All Jewish priests were Levites, descended from Levi and part of the tribe of Levi. (Not all Levites were priests, however.)
- The Levite priests were set apart and dedicated for the special work of serving God in the temple.
- Two other men named "Levi" were ancestors of Jesus, and their names are in the genealogy in the gospel of Luke.
- Jesus' disciple Matthew was also called Levi.
(See also: Matthew, priest, sacrifice, temple, twelve tribes of Israel)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 02:1-2
- 1 Kings 08:3-5
- Acts 04:36-37
- Genesis 29:34
- John 01:19-21
- Luke 10:32
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3878, H3879, H3881, G3017, G3018, G3019, G3020
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Levi, Levite, Levites, Levitical, Levi's, Levite's, Levites'
Levi
Facts:
Levi was one of the twelve sons of Jacob, or Israel. The term "Levite" refers to a person who is a member of the Israelite tribe whose ancestor was Levi.
- The Levites were responsible for taking care of the temple and conducting religious rituals, including offering sacrifices and prayers.
- All Jewish priests were Levites, descended from Levi and part of the tribe of Levi. (Not all Levites were priests, however.)
- The Levite priests were set apart and dedicated for the special work of serving God in the temple.
- Two other men named "Levi" were ancestors of Jesus, and their names are in the genealogy in the gospel of Luke.
- Jesus' disciple Matthew was also called Levi.
(See also: Matthew, priest, sacrifice, temple, twelve tribes of Israel)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 02:1-2
- 1 Kings 08:3-5
- Acts 04:36-37
- Genesis 29:34
- John 01:19-21
- Luke 10:32
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3878, H3879, H3881, G3017, G3018, G3019, G3020
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Levi, Levite, Levites, Levitical, Levi's, Levite's, Levites'
Lystra
Facts:
Lystra was a city in ancient Asia Minor that Paul visited on one of his missionary journeys. It was located in the region of Lycaonia, which is now in the modern-day country of Turkey.
- Paul and his companions escaped to Derbe and Lystra when they were threatened by the Jews in Iconium.
- In Lystra, Paul met Timothy, who became a fellow evangelist and church planter.
- After Paul healed a crippled man in Lystra, the people there tried to worship Paul and Barnabas as gods, but the apostles rebuked them and stopped them from doing that.
(See also: evangelist, Iconium, Timothy)
Bible References:
- 2 Timothy 03:10-13
- Acts 14:06
- Acts 14:08
- Acts 14:21-22
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Lystra
Lystra
Facts:
Lystra was a city in ancient Asia Minor that Paul visited on one of his missionary journeys. It was located in the region of Lycaonia, which is now in the modern-day country of Turkey.
- Paul and his companions escaped to Derbe and Lystra when they were threatened by the Jews in Iconium.
- In Lystra, Paul met Timothy, who became a fellow evangelist and church planter.
- After Paul healed a crippled man in Lystra, the people there tried to worship Paul and Barnabas as gods, but the apostles rebuked them and stopped them from doing that.
(See also: evangelist, Iconium, Timothy)
Bible References:
- 2 Timothy 03:10-13
- Acts 14:06
- Acts 14:08
- Acts 14:21-22
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Lystra
Macedonia
Related Words
Macedonian
Facts:
In New Testament times, Macedonia was a Roman province located just north of ancient Greece.
- Some important Macedonian cities mentioned in the Bible were Berea, Philippi and Thessalonica.
- Through a vision, God told Paul to preach the gospel to the people in Macedonia.
- Paul and his coworkers went to Macedonia and taught the people there about Jesus and helped the new believers to grow in their faith.
- In the Bible there are letters that Paul wrote to the believers in the Macedonian cities of Philippi and Thessalonica.
(See also: believe, Berea, faith, good news, Greece, Philippi, Thessalonica)
Bible References:
- 1 Thessalonians 01:6-7
- 1 Thessalonians 04:10
- 1 Timothy 01:3-4
- Acts 16:10
- Acts 20:1-3
- Philippians 04:14-17
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Macedonia, Macedonians
Macedonia
Related Words
Macedonian
Facts:
In New Testament times, Macedonia was a Roman province located just north of ancient Greece.
- Some important Macedonian cities mentioned in the Bible were Berea, Philippi and Thessalonica.
- Through a vision, God told Paul to preach the gospel to the people in Macedonia.
- Paul and his coworkers went to Macedonia and taught the people there about Jesus and helped the new believers to grow in their faith.
- In the Bible there are letters that Paul wrote to the believers in the Macedonian cities of Philippi and Thessalonica.
(See also: believe, Berea, faith, good news, Greece, Philippi, Thessalonica)
Bible References:
- 1 Thessalonians 01:6-7
- 1 Thessalonians 04:10
- 1 Timothy 01:3-4
- Acts 16:10
- Acts 20:1-3
- Philippians 04:14-17
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Macedonia, Macedonians
Mary
Facts:
Mary was a young woman living in the city of Nazareth who was pledged to be married to a man named Joseph. God chose Mary to be the mother of Jesus the Messiah, the Son of God.
- The Holy Spirit miraculously caused Mary to become pregnant while she was a virgin.
- An angel told Mary that the baby to be born to her was the Son of God and that she must name him Jesus.
- Mary loved God and praised him for being gracious to her.
- Joseph married Mary, but she remained a virgin until after the baby was born.
- Mary thought deeply about the amazing things that the shepherds and wise men said about the baby Jesus.
- Mary and Joseph took the baby Jesus to be dedicated at the temple. Later they took him to Egypt to escape King Herod's plot to kill the baby. Eventually they moved back to Nazareth.
- When Jesus was an adult, Mary was with him when he changed water to wine at a wedding in Cana.
- The gospels also mention that Mary was at the cross when Jesus was dying. He told his disciple John to take care of her like his own mother.
(See also: Cana, Egypt, Herod the Great, Jesus, Joseph (NT), Son of God, virgin)
Bible References:
- John 02:04
- John 02:12
- Luke 01:29
- Luke 01:35
- Mark 06:03
- Matthew 01:16
- Matthew 01:19
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Mary, the mother of Jesus
Mary
Facts:
Mary was a young woman living in the city of Nazareth who was pledged to be married to a man named Joseph. God chose Mary to be the mother of Jesus the Messiah, the Son of God.
- The Holy Spirit miraculously caused Mary to become pregnant while she was a virgin.
- An angel told Mary that the baby to be born to her was the Son of God and that she must name him Jesus.
- Mary loved God and praised him for being gracious to her.
- Joseph married Mary, but she remained a virgin until after the baby was born.
- Mary thought deeply about the amazing things that the shepherds and wise men said about the baby Jesus.
- Mary and Joseph took the baby Jesus to be dedicated at the temple. Later they took him to Egypt to escape King Herod's plot to kill the baby. Eventually they moved back to Nazareth.
- When Jesus was an adult, Mary was with him when he changed water to wine at a wedding in Cana.
- The gospels also mention that Mary was at the cross when Jesus was dying. He told his disciple John to take care of her like his own mother.
(See also: Cana, Egypt, Herod the Great, Jesus, Joseph (NT), Son of God, virgin)
Bible References:
- John 02:04
- John 02:12
- Luke 01:29
- Luke 01:35
- Mark 06:03
- Matthew 01:16
- Matthew 01:19
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Mary, the mother of Jesus
Matthew
Facts:
Matthew was one of the twelve men that Jesus chose to be his apostles. He was also known as Levi son of Alphaeus.
- Levi (Matthew) was a tax-collector from Capernaum before he met Jesus.
- Matthew wrote the gospel that bears his name.
- There are several other men named Levi in the Bible.
(See also: apostle, Levi, tax)
Bible References:
- Luke 05:27
- Luke 06:14-16
- Mark 02:14
- Mark 03:17-19
- Matthew 09:09
- Matthew 10:03
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Matthew, Levi
Matthew
Facts:
Matthew was one of the twelve men that Jesus chose to be his apostles. He was also known as Levi son of Alphaeus.
- Levi (Matthew) was a tax-collector from Capernaum before he met Jesus.
- Matthew wrote the gospel that bears his name.
- There are several other men named Levi in the Bible.
(See also: apostle, Levi, tax)
Bible References:
- Luke 05:27
- Luke 06:14-16
- Mark 02:14
- Mark 03:17-19
- Matthew 09:09
- Matthew 10:03
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Matthew, Levi
Mesopotamia
Related Words:
Aram Naharaim
Facts:
Mesopotamia is the area of land between the Tigris and Euphrates Rivers. Its location is in the region of the modern day country of Iraq.
- In the Old Testament, this region was also called "Aram Naharaim."
- The word "Mesopotamia" means "between rivers." The phrase "Aram Naharaim" means "Aram of two rivers."
- Abraham lived in the Mesopotamian cities of Ur and Haran before moving on to the land of Canaan.
- Babylon was another important city in Mesopotamia.
- The region called "Chaldea" was also part of Mesopotamia.
(See also: Aram, Babylon, Chaldeans, Euphrates)
Bible References:
- Acts 02:09
- Acts 07:1-3
- Genesis 24:10-11
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Mesopotamia, Aram Naharaim
Mesopotamia
Related Words:
Aram Naharaim
Facts:
Mesopotamia is the area of land between the Tigris and Euphrates Rivers. Its location is in the region of the modern day country of Iraq.
- In the Old Testament, this region was also called "Aram Naharaim."
- The word "Mesopotamia" means "between rivers." The phrase "Aram Naharaim" means "Aram of two rivers."
- Abraham lived in the Mesopotamian cities of Ur and Haran before moving on to the land of Canaan.
- Babylon was another important city in Mesopotamia.
- The region called "Chaldea" was also part of Mesopotamia.
(See also: Aram, Babylon, Chaldeans, Euphrates)
Bible References:
- Acts 02:09
- Acts 07:1-3
- Genesis 24:10-11
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Mesopotamia, Aram Naharaim
Midian
Related Words
Midianite
Facts:
Midian was a son of Abraham and his wife Keturah. Midian was also the name of a people group and region located in the northern Arabian Desert to the south of the land of Canaan. The people of that group were called "Midianites."
- When Moses first left Egypt, he went to the region of Midian where he met the daughters of Jethro and helped them water their flocks. Later Moses married one of Jethro's daughters.
- Joseph was taken to Egypt by a group of Midianite slave traders.
- Many years later the Midianites attacked and raided the Israelites in the land of Canaan. Gideon led the Israelites in defeating them.
- Many of the modern-day Arabian tribes are descendants of this group.
(See also Arabia, Egypt, flock, Gideon, Jethro, Moses)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:30
- Exodus 02:16
- Genesis 25:1-4
- Genesis 36:34-36
- Genesis 37:28
- Judges 07:1
Word Data:
- Strong's: H4080, H4084, H4092
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Midian, Midianite, Midianites, Midian's
Midian
Related Words
Midianite
Facts:
Midian was a son of Abraham and his wife Keturah. Midian was also the name of a people group and region located in the northern Arabian Desert to the south of the land of Canaan. The people of that group were called "Midianites."
- When Moses first left Egypt, he went to the region of Midian where he met the daughters of Jethro and helped them water their flocks. Later Moses married one of Jethro's daughters.
- Joseph was taken to Egypt by a group of Midianite slave traders.
- Many years later the Midianites attacked and raided the Israelites in the land of Canaan. Gideon led the Israelites in defeating them.
- Many of the modern-day Arabian tribes are descendants of this group.
(See also Arabia, Egypt, flock, Gideon, Jethro, Moses)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:30
- Exodus 02:16
- Genesis 25:1-4
- Genesis 36:34-36
- Genesis 37:28
- Judges 07:1
Word Data:
- Strong's: H4080, H4084, H4092
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Midian, Midianite, Midianites, Midian's
Molech
Facts:
Molech was the name of one of the false gods that the Canaanites worshiped. Other spellings are "Moloch" and "Molek."
- People who worshiped Molech sacrificed their children to him by means of fire.
- Some of the Israelites also worshiped Molech instead of the one true God, Yahweh. They followed the evil practices of Molech worshipers, including sacrificing their children.
(See also: Canaan, evil, god, God, god, sacrifice, true, worship, Yahweh)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 11:07
- 2 Kings 23:10
- Acts 07:43
- Jeremiah 32:33-35
- Leviticus 18:21
Word Data:
- Strong's: H4428, H4432, G3434
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Molech
Molech
Facts:
Molech was the name of one of the false gods that the Canaanites worshiped. Other spellings are "Moloch" and "Molek."
- People who worshiped Molech sacrificed their children to him by means of fire.
- Some of the Israelites also worshiped Molech instead of the one true God, Yahweh. They followed the evil practices of Molech worshipers, including sacrificing their children.
(See also: Canaan, evil, god, God, god, sacrifice, true, worship, Yahweh)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 11:07
- 2 Kings 23:10
- Acts 07:43
- Jeremiah 32:33-35
- Leviticus 18:21
Word Data:
- Strong's: H4428, H4432, G3434
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Molech
Moses
Facts:
Moses was a prophet and leader of the Israelite people for over 40 years.
- When Moses was a baby, Moses' parents put him in a basket in the reeds of the Nile River to hide him from the Egyptian Pharaoh. Moses' sister Miriam watched over him there. Moses' life was spared when the pharaoh's daughter found him and took him to the palace to raise him as her son.
- God chose Moses to free the Israelites from slavery in Egypt and to lead them to the Promised Land.
- After the Israelites' escape from Egypt and while they were wandering in the desert, God gave Moses two stone tablets with the Ten Commandments written on them.
- Near the end of his life, Moses saw the Promised Land, but didn't get to live in it because he disobeyed God.
(See also: Miriam, Promised Land, Ten Commandments)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:21
- Acts 07:30
- Exodus 02:10
- Exodus 09:01
- Matthew 17:04
- Romans 05:14
Word Data:
- Strong's: H4872, H4873, G3475
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Moses, Moses'
Moses
Facts:
Moses was a prophet and leader of the Israelite people for over 40 years.
- When Moses was a baby, Moses' parents put him in a basket in the reeds of the Nile River to hide him from the Egyptian Pharaoh. Moses' sister Miriam watched over him there. Moses' life was spared when the pharaoh's daughter found him and took him to the palace to raise him as her son.
- God chose Moses to free the Israelites from slavery in Egypt and to lead them to the Promised Land.
- After the Israelites' escape from Egypt and while they were wandering in the desert, God gave Moses two stone tablets with the Ten Commandments written on them.
- Near the end of his life, Moses saw the Promised Land, but didn't get to live in it because he disobeyed God.
(See also: Miriam, Promised Land, Ten Commandments)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:21
- Acts 07:30
- Exodus 02:10
- Exodus 09:01
- Matthew 17:04
- Romans 05:14
Word Data:
- Strong's: H4872, H4873, G3475
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Moses, Moses'
Most High
Facts:
The term "Most High" is a title for God. It refers to his greatness or authority.
- The meaning of this term is similar to the meaning of "Sovereign" or "Supreme."
- The word "high" in this title does not refer to physical height or distance. It refers to greatness.
Translation Suggestions:
- This term can also be translated as "Most High God" or "Most Supreme being" or "God Most High" or "Greatest One" or "Supreme One" or "God, who is Greater than all."
- If a word like "high" is used, make sure it does not refer to being physically high or tall.
(See also: God)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:47-50
- Acts 16:16-18
- Daniel 04:17-18
- Deuteronomy 32:7-8
- Genesis 14:17-18
- Hebrews 07:1-3
- Hosea 07:16
- Lamentations 03:35
- Luke 01:32
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Most High
Most High
Facts:
The term "Most High" is a title for God. It refers to his greatness or authority.
- The meaning of this term is similar to the meaning of "Sovereign" or "Supreme."
- The word "high" in this title does not refer to physical height or distance. It refers to greatness.
Translation Suggestions:
- This term can also be translated as "Most High God" or "Most Supreme being" or "God Most High" or "Greatest One" or "Supreme One" or "God, who is Greater than all."
- If a word like "high" is used, make sure it does not refer to being physically high or tall.
(See also: God)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:47-50
- Acts 16:16-18
- Daniel 04:17-18
- Deuteronomy 32:7-8
- Genesis 14:17-18
- Hebrews 07:1-3
- Hosea 07:16
- Lamentations 03:35
- Luke 01:32
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Most High
Nazareth
Facts:
Nazareth is a town in the region of Galilee in northern Israel. It is about 100 kilometers north of Jerusalem, and it took about three to five days to travel on foot.
- Joseph and Mary were from Nazareth, and this is where they raised Jesus. That is why Jesus was known as "the Nazarene."
- Many of the Jews living in Nazareth did not respect Jesus' teaching because he had grown up among them, and they thought he was just an ordinary person.
- Once, when Jesus was teaching in Nazareths synagogue, the Jews there tried to kill him because he claimed to be the Messiah and had rebuked them for rejecting him.
- The remark Nathaniel made when he heard that Jesus was from Nazareth indicated that this city was not thought of very highly.
(See also: Christ, Galilee, Joseph (NT), Mary)
Bible References:
- Acts 26:9-11
- John 01:43-45
- Luke 01:26-29
- Mark 16:5-7
- Matthew 02:23
- Matthew 21:9-11
- Matthew 26:71-72
Word Data:
- Strong's: G3478, G3479, G3480
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Nazareth, Nazarene
Nazareth
Facts:
Nazareth is a town in the region of Galilee in northern Israel. It is about 100 kilometers north of Jerusalem, and it took about three to five days to travel on foot.
- Joseph and Mary were from Nazareth, and this is where they raised Jesus. That is why Jesus was known as "the Nazarene."
- Many of the Jews living in Nazareth did not respect Jesus' teaching because he had grown up among them, and they thought he was just an ordinary person.
- Once, when Jesus was teaching in Nazareths synagogue, the Jews there tried to kill him because he claimed to be the Messiah and had rebuked them for rejecting him.
- The remark Nathaniel made when he heard that Jesus was from Nazareth indicated that this city was not thought of very highly.
(See also: Christ, Galilee, Joseph (NT), Mary)
Bible References:
- Acts 26:9-11
- John 01:43-45
- Luke 01:26-29
- Mark 16:5-7
- Matthew 02:23
- Matthew 21:9-11
- Matthew 26:71-72
Word Data:
- Strong's: G3478, G3479, G3480
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Nazareth, Nazarene
Passover
Facts:
The "Passover" is the name of a religious festival that the Jews celebrate every year, to remember how God rescued their ancestors, the Israelites, from slavery in Egypt.
- The name of this festival comes from the fact that God "passed over" the houses of the Israelites and did not kill their sons when he killed the firstborn sons of the Egyptians.
- The Passover celebration includes a special meal of a perfect lamb that they have killed and roasted, as well as bread made without yeast. These foods remind them of the meal that the Israelites ate the night before they escaped from Egypt.
- God told the Israelites to eat this meal every year in order to remember and celebrate how God "passed over" their houses and how he set them free from slavery in Egypt.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "Passover" could be translated by combining the words "pass" and "over" or another combination of words that has this meaning.
- It is helpful if the name of this festival has a clear connection to the words used to explain what the angel of the Lord did in passing by the houses of the Israelites and sparing their sons.
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 05:07
- 2 Chronicles 30:13-15
- 2 Kings 23:23
- Deuteronomy 16:02
- Exodus 12:26-28
- Ezra 06:21-22
- John 13:01
- Joshua 05:10-11
- Leviticus 23:4-6
- Numbers 09:03
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Passover
Passover
Facts:
The "Passover" is the name of a religious festival that the Jews celebrate every year, to remember how God rescued their ancestors, the Israelites, from slavery in Egypt.
- The name of this festival comes from the fact that God "passed over" the houses of the Israelites and did not kill their sons when he killed the firstborn sons of the Egyptians.
- The Passover celebration includes a special meal of a perfect lamb that they have killed and roasted, as well as bread made without yeast. These foods remind them of the meal that the Israelites ate the night before they escaped from Egypt.
- God told the Israelites to eat this meal every year in order to remember and celebrate how God "passed over" their houses and how he set them free from slavery in Egypt.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "Passover" could be translated by combining the words "pass" and "over" or another combination of words that has this meaning.
- It is helpful if the name of this festival has a clear connection to the words used to explain what the angel of the Lord did in passing by the houses of the Israelites and sparing their sons.
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 05:07
- 2 Chronicles 30:13-15
- 2 Kings 23:23
- Deuteronomy 16:02
- Exodus 12:26-28
- Ezra 06:21-22
- John 13:01
- Joshua 05:10-11
- Leviticus 23:4-6
- Numbers 09:03
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Passover
Paul
Related Words
Saul
Facts:
Paul was a leader of the early church who was sent by Jesus to take the good news to many other people groups.
- Paul was a Jew who was born in the Roman city of Tarsus, and was therefore also a Roman citizen.
- Paul was originally called by his Jewish name, Saul.
- Saul became a Jewish religious leader and arrested Jews who became Christians because he thought they were dishonoring God by believing in Jesus.
- Jesus revealed himself to Saul in a blinding light and told him to stop hurting Christians.
- Saul believed in Jesus and began teaching his fellow Jews about him.
- Later, God sent Saul to teach non-Jewish people about Jesus and started churches in different cities and provinces of the Roman empire. At this time he started being called by the Roman name "Paul."
- Paul also wrote letters to encourage and teach Christians in the churches in these cities. Several of these letters are in the New Testament.
(See also: Christian, Jewish authorities, Rome)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 01:03
- Acts 08:03
- Acts 09:26
- Acts 13:10
- Galatians 01:01
- Philemon 01:08
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Paul, Saul, Paul's
Paul
Related Words
Saul
Facts:
Paul was a leader of the early church who was sent by Jesus to take the good news to many other people groups.
- Paul was a Jew who was born in the Roman city of Tarsus, and was therefore also a Roman citizen.
- Paul was originally called by his Jewish name, Saul.
- Saul became a Jewish religious leader and arrested Jews who became Christians because he thought they were dishonoring God by believing in Jesus.
- Jesus revealed himself to Saul in a blinding light and told him to stop hurting Christians.
- Saul believed in Jesus and began teaching his fellow Jews about him.
- Later, God sent Saul to teach non-Jewish people about Jesus and started churches in different cities and provinces of the Roman empire. At this time he started being called by the Roman name "Paul."
- Paul also wrote letters to encourage and teach Christians in the churches in these cities. Several of these letters are in the New Testament.
(See also: Christian, Jewish authorities, Rome)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 01:03
- Acts 08:03
- Acts 09:26
- Acts 13:10
- Galatians 01:01
- Philemon 01:08
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Paul, Saul, Paul's
Pentecost
Related Ideas:
Festival of Weeks
Facts:
The "Festival of Weeks" was a Jewish festival that took place fifty days after Passover. It was later referred to as "Pentecost."
- The Feast of Weeks was seven weeks (fifty days) after the Feast of Firstfruits. In the New Testament times, this festival was called "Pentecost" which has "fifty" as part of its meaning.
- The Festival of Weeks was held to celebrate the beginning of the grain harvest. It was also a time to remember when God first gave the Law to the Israelites on the tablets of stone given to Moses.
- In the New Testament, the Day of Pentecost is especially significant because it was when the believers of Jesus received the Holy Spirit in a new way.
(See also: festival, firstfruit, harvest, Holy Spirit, raise)
Bible References:
- 2 Chronicles 08:12-13
- Acts 02:01
- Acts 20:15-16
- Deuteronomy 16:16-17
- Numbers 28:26
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2282, H7620, G4005
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Festival of Weeks, Pentecost
Pentecost
Related Ideas:
Festival of Weeks
Facts:
The "Festival of Weeks" was a Jewish festival that took place fifty days after Passover. It was later referred to as "Pentecost."
- The Feast of Weeks was seven weeks (fifty days) after the Feast of Firstfruits. In the New Testament times, this festival was called "Pentecost" which has "fifty" as part of its meaning.
- The Festival of Weeks was held to celebrate the beginning of the grain harvest. It was also a time to remember when God first gave the Law to the Israelites on the tablets of stone given to Moses.
- In the New Testament, the Day of Pentecost is especially significant because it was when the believers of Jesus received the Holy Spirit in a new way.
(See also: festival, firstfruit, harvest, Holy Spirit, raise)
Bible References:
- 2 Chronicles 08:12-13
- Acts 02:01
- Acts 20:15-16
- Deuteronomy 16:16-17
- Numbers 28:26
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2282, H7620, G4005
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Festival of Weeks, Pentecost
Peter
Related Words:
Cephas, Simon
Facts:
Peter was one of Jesus' twelve apostles. He was an important leader of the early Church.
- Before Jesus called him to be his disciple, Peter's name was Simon.
- Later, Jesus also named him "Cephas," which means "stone" or "rock" in the Aramaic language. The name Peter also means "stone" or "rock" in the Greek language.
- God worked through Peter to heal people and to preach the good news about Jesus.
- Two books in the New Testament are letters that Peter wrote to encourage and teach fellow believers.
(See also: disciple, apostle)
Bible References:
- Acts 08:25
- Galatians 02:6-8
- Galatians 02:12
- Luke 22:58
- Mark 03:16
- Matthew 04:18-20
- Matthew 08:14
- Matthew 14:30
- Matthew 26:33-35
Word Data:
- Strong's: G2786, G4074, G4613, G4826
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Peter, Simon Peter, Cephas, Simon son of Jonah, Simon, Simon's
Peter
Related Words:
Cephas, Simon
Facts:
Peter was one of Jesus' twelve apostles. He was an important leader of the early Church.
- Before Jesus called him to be his disciple, Peter's name was Simon.
- Later, Jesus also named him "Cephas," which means "stone" or "rock" in the Aramaic language. The name Peter also means "stone" or "rock" in the Greek language.
- God worked through Peter to heal people and to preach the good news about Jesus.
- Two books in the New Testament are letters that Peter wrote to encourage and teach fellow believers.
(See also: disciple, apostle)
Bible References:
- Acts 08:25
- Galatians 02:6-8
- Galatians 02:12
- Luke 22:58
- Mark 03:16
- Matthew 04:18-20
- Matthew 08:14
- Matthew 14:30
- Matthew 26:33-35
Word Data:
- Strong's: G2786, G4074, G4613, G4826
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Peter, Simon Peter, Cephas, Simon son of Jonah, Simon, Simon's
Pharaoh
Facts:
In ancient times, the kings who ruled over the country of Egypt were called pharaohs.
- Altogether, over 300 pharaohs ruled Egypt for more than 2,000 years.
- These Egyptians kings were very powerful and wealthy.
- Several of these pharaohs are mentioned in the Bible.
- Often this title is used as a name rather than as a title. In these cases, it is capitalized and written as "Pharaoh."
(See also: Egypt, king)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:9-10
- Acts 07:13
- Acts 07:21
- Genesis 12:15
- Genesis 40:07
- Genesis 41:25
Word Data:
- Strong's: H4428, H4714, H6547, G5328
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Pharaoh, king of Egypt, Pharaoh's
Pharaoh
Facts:
In ancient times, the kings who ruled over the country of Egypt were called pharaohs.
- Altogether, over 300 pharaohs ruled Egypt for more than 2,000 years.
- These Egyptians kings were very powerful and wealthy.
- Several of these pharaohs are mentioned in the Bible.
- Often this title is used as a name rather than as a title. In these cases, it is capitalized and written as "Pharaoh."
(See also: Egypt, king)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:9-10
- Acts 07:13
- Acts 07:21
- Genesis 12:15
- Genesis 40:07
- Genesis 41:25
Word Data:
- Strong's: H4428, H4714, H6547, G5328
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Pharaoh, king of Egypt, Pharaoh's
Pharisee
Facts:
The Pharisees were an important, powerful group of Jewish religious leaders in Jesus' time.
- Many of them were middle class businessmen and some of them were also priests.
- Of all the Jewish leaders, the Pharisees were the most strict in obeying the Laws of Moses and other Jewish laws and traditions.
- They were very concerned about keeping the Jewish people separated from the influence of the Gentiles around them. The name "Pharisee" comes from the word to "separate."
- The Pharisees believed in life after death; they also believed in the existence of angels and other spiritual beings.
- The Pharisees and Sadducees actively opposed Jesus and the early Christians.
(See also: council, Jewish authorities, law of Moses, Sadducee)
Bible References:
- Acts 26:04
- John 03:1-2
- Luke 11:44
- Matthew 03:07
- Matthew 05:20
- Matthew 09:11
- Matthew 12:02
- Matthew 12:38
- Philippians 03:05
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Pharisee, Pharisees
Pharisee
Facts:
The Pharisees were an important, powerful group of Jewish religious leaders in Jesus' time.
- Many of them were middle class businessmen and some of them were also priests.
- Of all the Jewish leaders, the Pharisees were the most strict in obeying the Laws of Moses and other Jewish laws and traditions.
- They were very concerned about keeping the Jewish people separated from the influence of the Gentiles around them. The name "Pharisee" comes from the word to "separate."
- The Pharisees believed in life after death; they also believed in the existence of angels and other spiritual beings.
- The Pharisees and Sadducees actively opposed Jesus and the early Christians.
(See also: council, Jewish authorities, law of Moses, Sadducee)
Bible References:
- Acts 26:04
- John 03:1-2
- Luke 11:44
- Matthew 03:07
- Matthew 05:20
- Matthew 09:11
- Matthew 12:02
- Matthew 12:38
- Philippians 03:05
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Pharisee, Pharisees
Philip
Facts:
In the early Christian church in Jerusalem, Philip was one of seven leaders chosen to care for the poor and needy Christians, especially the widows.
- God used Philip to share the gospel with people in many different towns in the provinces of Judea and Galilee, including an Ethiopian man he met on the desert road to Gaza from Jerusalem.
- Years later Philip was living in Caesarea when Paul and his companions stayed at his house on their way back to Jerusalem.
- Most Bible scholars think that Philip the evangelist was not the same man as Jesus' apostle by that name. Some languages may prefer to use slightly different spellings for the names of these two men to make it clear they are different men.
(See also: Philip)
Bible References:
- Acts 06:5-6
- Acts 08:06
- Acts 08:13
- Acts 08:31
- Acts 08:36
- Acts 08:40
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Philip, Philip the evangelist
Philip
Facts:
In the early Christian church in Jerusalem, Philip was one of seven leaders chosen to care for the poor and needy Christians, especially the widows.
- God used Philip to share the gospel with people in many different towns in the provinces of Judea and Galilee, including an Ethiopian man he met on the desert road to Gaza from Jerusalem.
- Years later Philip was living in Caesarea when Paul and his companions stayed at his house on their way back to Jerusalem.
- Most Bible scholars think that Philip the evangelist was not the same man as Jesus' apostle by that name. Some languages may prefer to use slightly different spellings for the names of these two men to make it clear they are different men.
(See also: Philip)
Bible References:
- Acts 06:5-6
- Acts 08:06
- Acts 08:13
- Acts 08:31
- Acts 08:36
- Acts 08:40
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Philip, Philip the evangelist
Philip
Facts:
Philip the apostle was one of the original twelve disciples of Jesus. He was from the town of Bethsaida.
- Philip brought Nathanael to meet Jesus.
- Jesus questioned Philip about how to provide food for a crowd of over 5,000 people.
- At the last Passover supper that Jesus ate with his disciples, he talked to them about God, his Father. Philip asked Jesus to show them the Father.
- Some languages may prefer to spell this Philip's name in a different way from the other Philip (the evangelist) to avoid confusion.
(See also: Philip)
Bible References:
- Acts 01:14
- John 01:44
- John 06:06
- Luke 06:14
- Mark 03:17-19
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Philip, Philip the apostle, the apostle Philip
Philip
Facts:
Philip the apostle was one of the original twelve disciples of Jesus. He was from the town of Bethsaida.
- Philip brought Nathanael to meet Jesus.
- Jesus questioned Philip about how to provide food for a crowd of over 5,000 people.
- At the last Passover supper that Jesus ate with his disciples, he talked to them about God, his Father. Philip asked Jesus to show them the Father.
- Some languages may prefer to spell this Philip's name in a different way from the other Philip (the evangelist) to avoid confusion.
(See also: Philip)
Bible References:
- Acts 01:14
- John 01:44
- John 06:06
- Luke 06:14
- Mark 03:17-19
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Philip, Philip the apostle, the apostle Philip
Philippi
Related Words
Philippians
Facts:
Philippi was a major city and Roman colony located in Macedonia in the northern part of ancient Greece. The people of Philippi were called "Philippians."
- Paul and Silas traveled to Philippi to preach about Jesus to the people there.
- While in Philippi, Paul and Silas were arrested, but God miraculously freed them.
- The New Testament book of Philippians is a letter that the apostle Paul wrote to the Christians in the church at Philippi.
- Note that this is a different city from Caesarea Philippi which was located in northeastern Israel near Mount Hermon.
(See also: Caesarea, Christian, church, Macedonia, Paul, Silas)
Bible References:
- 1 Thessalonians 02:1-2
- Acts 16:11
- Matthew 16:13-16
- Philippians 01:01
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Philippi, Philippians
Philippi
Related Words
Philippians
Facts:
Philippi was a major city and Roman colony located in Macedonia in the northern part of ancient Greece. The people of Philippi were called "Philippians."
- Paul and Silas traveled to Philippi to preach about Jesus to the people there.
- While in Philippi, Paul and Silas were arrested, but God miraculously freed them.
- The New Testament book of Philippians is a letter that the apostle Paul wrote to the Christians in the church at Philippi.
- Note that this is a different city from Caesarea Philippi which was located in northeastern Israel near Mount Hermon.
(See also: Caesarea, Christian, church, Macedonia, Paul, Silas)
Bible References:
- 1 Thessalonians 02:1-2
- Acts 16:11
- Matthew 16:13-16
- Philippians 01:01
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Philippi, Philippians
Phoenicia
Facts:
In ancient times, Phoenicia was a wealthy nation located in Canaan along the coast of the Mediterranean Sea, north of Israel.
- Phoenicia occupied an area of land that was in the western region of what is the present-day country of Lebanon.
- In New Testament times, the capital of Phoenicia was Tyre. Another important Phoenician city was Sidon. Phoenicia was near Syria, so people from that area were called "Syrophoenician."
- Phoenicians were well-known for their woodworking skills using their country's plentiful cedar trees, for their production of a costly purple dye, and for their ability to travel and trade by sea. They were also highly skilled boat builders.
- One of the earliest alphabets was created by the Phoenician people. Their alphabet was widely used because of their contact with many people groups through trading.
(See also: cedar, purple, Sidon, Tyre)
Bible References:
- Acts 11:19-21
- Acts 15:3-4
- Acts 21:02
- Isaiah 23:10-12
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3667, G4949, G5403
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Phoenicia, Syrophoenician
Phoenicia
Facts:
In ancient times, Phoenicia was a wealthy nation located in Canaan along the coast of the Mediterranean Sea, north of Israel.
- Phoenicia occupied an area of land that was in the western region of what is the present-day country of Lebanon.
- In New Testament times, the capital of Phoenicia was Tyre. Another important Phoenician city was Sidon. Phoenicia was near Syria, so people from that area were called "Syrophoenician."
- Phoenicians were well-known for their woodworking skills using their country's plentiful cedar trees, for their production of a costly purple dye, and for their ability to travel and trade by sea. They were also highly skilled boat builders.
- One of the earliest alphabets was created by the Phoenician people. Their alphabet was widely used because of their contact with many people groups through trading.
(See also: cedar, purple, Sidon, Tyre)
Bible References:
- Acts 11:19-21
- Acts 15:3-4
- Acts 21:02
- Isaiah 23:10-12
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3667, G4949, G5403
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Phoenicia, Syrophoenician
Pilate
Facts:
Pilate was the governor of the Roman province of Judea who sentenced Jesus to death.
- Because Pilate was the governor, he had the authority to put criminals to death.
- The Jewish religious leaders wanted Pilate to crucify Jesus, so they lied and said that Jesus was a criminal.
- Pilate realized that Jesus was not guilty, but he was afraid of the crowd and wanted to please them, so he ordered his soldiers to crucify Jesus.
(See also: crucify, governor, guilt, Judea, Rome)
Bible References:
- Acts 04:27-28
- Acts 13:28
- Luke 23:02
- Mark 15:02
- Matthew 27:13
- Matthew 27:58
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Pilate, Pontius Pilate
Pilate
Facts:
Pilate was the governor of the Roman province of Judea who sentenced Jesus to death.
- Because Pilate was the governor, he had the authority to put criminals to death.
- The Jewish religious leaders wanted Pilate to crucify Jesus, so they lied and said that Jesus was a criminal.
- Pilate realized that Jesus was not guilty, but he was afraid of the crowd and wanted to please them, so he ordered his soldiers to crucify Jesus.
(See also: crucify, governor, guilt, Judea, Rome)
Bible References:
- Acts 04:27-28
- Acts 13:28
- Luke 23:02
- Mark 15:02
- Matthew 27:13
- Matthew 27:58
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Pilate, Pontius Pilate
Pontus
Facts:
Pontus was a Roman province during the time of the Roman Empire and the early Church. It was located along the southern coast of the Black Sea, in the northern part of what is now the country of Turkey.
- As recorded in the book of Acts, people from the province of Pontus were in Jerusalem when the Holy Spirit first came to the apostles on the Day of Pentecost.
- A believer named Aquila was from Pontus.
- When Peter was writing to Christians who were scattered into different regions, Pontus was one of the regions he mentioned.
(See also: Aquila, Pentecost)
Bible References:
- 1 Peter 01:1-2
- Acts 02:09
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Pontus
Pontus
Facts:
Pontus was a Roman province during the time of the Roman Empire and the early Church. It was located along the southern coast of the Black Sea, in the northern part of what is now the country of Turkey.
- As recorded in the book of Acts, people from the province of Pontus were in Jerusalem when the Holy Spirit first came to the apostles on the Day of Pentecost.
- A believer named Aquila was from Pontus.
- When Peter was writing to Christians who were scattered into different regions, Pontus was one of the regions he mentioned.
(See also: Aquila, Pentecost)
Bible References:
- 1 Peter 01:1-2
- Acts 02:09
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Pontus
Priscilla
Facts:
Priscilla and her husband Aquila were Jewish Christians who worked with the apostle Paul in his missionary work. She was also known as Prisca.
- Priscilla and Aquila had left Rome because the emperor had forced the Christians to leave there.
- Paul met Aquila and Priscilla in Corinth. They were tentmakers and Paul joined them in this work.
- When Paul left Corinth to go to Syria, Priscilla and Aquila went with him.
- From Syria, the three of them went to Ephesus. When Paul left Ephesus, Priscilla and Aquila stayed behind and continued the work of preaching the gospel there.
- They especially taught a man named Apollos in Ephesus who believed in Jesus and was a gifted speaker and teacher.
(See also: believe, Christian, Corinth, Ephesus, Paul, Rome, Syria)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 16:19-20
- 2 Timothy 04:19-22
- Acts 18:01
- Acts 18:24
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Priscilla, Prisca
Priscilla
Facts:
Priscilla and her husband Aquila were Jewish Christians who worked with the apostle Paul in his missionary work. She was also known as Prisca.
- Priscilla and Aquila had left Rome because the emperor had forced the Christians to leave there.
- Paul met Aquila and Priscilla in Corinth. They were tentmakers and Paul joined them in this work.
- When Paul left Corinth to go to Syria, Priscilla and Aquila went with him.
- From Syria, the three of them went to Ephesus. When Paul left Ephesus, Priscilla and Aquila stayed behind and continued the work of preaching the gospel there.
- They especially taught a man named Apollos in Ephesus who believed in Jesus and was a gifted speaker and teacher.
(See also: believe, Christian, Corinth, Ephesus, Paul, Rome, Syria)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 16:19-20
- 2 Timothy 04:19-22
- Acts 18:01
- Acts 18:24
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Priscilla, Prisca
Rome
Facts:
In New Testament times, the city of Rome was the center of the Roman Empire. It is now the capital city of the modern-day country of Italy.
- The Roman Empire ruled over all the regions around the Mediterranean Sea, including Israel.
- The term "Roman" referred to anything relating to the regions that the government in Rome controlled, including Roman citizens and Roman officials.
- The apostle Paul was taken to the city of Rome as a prisoner because he preached the good news about Jesus.
- The New Testament book of "Romans" is a letter that Paul wrote to the Christians in Rome.
(See also: good news, the sea, Pilate, Paul)
Bible References:
- 2 Timothy 01:15-18
- Acts 22:25
- Acts 28:14
- John 11:48
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Rome, Roman, Romans
Rome
Facts:
In New Testament times, the city of Rome was the center of the Roman Empire. It is now the capital city of the modern-day country of Italy.
- The Roman Empire ruled over all the regions around the Mediterranean Sea, including Israel.
- The term "Roman" referred to anything relating to the regions that the government in Rome controlled, including Roman citizens and Roman officials.
- The apostle Paul was taken to the city of Rome as a prisoner because he preached the good news about Jesus.
- The New Testament book of "Romans" is a letter that Paul wrote to the Christians in Rome.
(See also: good news, the sea, Pilate, Paul)
Bible References:
- 2 Timothy 01:15-18
- Acts 22:25
- Acts 28:14
- John 11:48
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Rome, Roman, Romans
Sabbath
Definition:
The term "Sabbath" refers to the seventh day of the week, which God commanded the Israelites to set apart as a day of rest and doing no work.
- After God finished creating the world in six days, he rested on the seventh day. In the same way, God commanded the Israelites to set aside the seventh day as a special day to rest and worship him.
- The command to "keep the Sabbath holy" is one of the ten commandments that God wrote on the stone tablets that he gave Moses for the Israelites.
- Following the Jewish system of counting days, the Sabbath begins on Friday at sundown and lasts until Saturday at sundown.
- Sometimes in the Bible the Sabbath is called "Sabbath day" rather than only the Sabbath.
Translation Suggestions:
- This could also be translated as "resting day" or "day for resting" or "day of not working" or "God's day of rest."
- Some translations capitalize this term to show that it is a special day, as in "Sabbath Day" or "Resting Day."
- Consider how this term is translated in a local or national language.
(See also: rest)
Bible References:
- 2 Chronicles 31:2-3
- Acts 13:26-27
- Exodus 31:14
- Isaiah 56:6-7
- Lamentations 02:06
- Leviticus 19:03
- Luke 13:14
- Mark 02:27
- Matthew 12:02
- Nehemiah 10:32-33
Word Data:
- Strong's: H7676, H7677, G4315, G4521
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Sabbath, Sabbaths
Sabbath
Definition:
The term "Sabbath" refers to the seventh day of the week, which God commanded the Israelites to set apart as a day of rest and doing no work.
- After God finished creating the world in six days, he rested on the seventh day. In the same way, God commanded the Israelites to set aside the seventh day as a special day to rest and worship him.
- The command to "keep the Sabbath holy" is one of the ten commandments that God wrote on the stone tablets that he gave Moses for the Israelites.
- Following the Jewish system of counting days, the Sabbath begins on Friday at sundown and lasts until Saturday at sundown.
- Sometimes in the Bible the Sabbath is called "Sabbath day" rather than only the Sabbath.
Translation Suggestions:
- This could also be translated as "resting day" or "day for resting" or "day of not working" or "God's day of rest."
- Some translations capitalize this term to show that it is a special day, as in "Sabbath Day" or "Resting Day."
- Consider how this term is translated in a local or national language.
(See also: rest)
Bible References:
- 2 Chronicles 31:2-3
- Acts 13:26-27
- Exodus 31:14
- Isaiah 56:6-7
- Lamentations 02:06
- Leviticus 19:03
- Luke 13:14
- Mark 02:27
- Matthew 12:02
- Nehemiah 10:32-33
Word Data:
- Strong's: H7676, H7677, G4315, G4521
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Sabbath, Sabbaths
Sadducee
Definition:
The Sadducees were a political group of Jewish priests during the time of Jesus Christ. They supported Roman rule and did not believe in the resurrection.
- Many Sadducees were wealthy, upper-class Jews who held powerful leadership positions such as chief priest and high priest.
- The duties of the Sadducees included taking care of the temple complex and priestly tasks such as offering sacrifices.
- The Sadducees and the Pharisees strongly influenced the Roman leaders to crucify Jesus.
- Jesus spoke against these two religious groups because of their selfishness and hypocrisy.
(See also: chief priests, council, high priest, hypocrite, Jewish authorities, Pharisee, priest)
Bible References:
- Acts 04:03
- Acts 05:17-18
- Luke 20:27
- Matthew 03:07
- Matthew 16:01
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Sadducee, Sadducees
Sadducee
Definition:
The Sadducees were a political group of Jewish priests during the time of Jesus Christ. They supported Roman rule and did not believe in the resurrection.
- Many Sadducees were wealthy, upper-class Jews who held powerful leadership positions such as chief priest and high priest.
- The duties of the Sadducees included taking care of the temple complex and priestly tasks such as offering sacrifices.
- The Sadducees and the Pharisees strongly influenced the Roman leaders to crucify Jesus.
- Jesus spoke against these two religious groups because of their selfishness and hypocrisy.
(See also: chief priests, council, high priest, hypocrite, Jewish authorities, Pharisee, priest)
Bible References:
- Acts 04:03
- Acts 05:17-18
- Luke 20:27
- Matthew 03:07
- Matthew 16:01
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Sadducee, Sadducees
Samaria
Facts:
Samaria was the name of a city and its surrounding region in the northern part of Israel. The Plain of Sharon is west of this region, and the Jordan River is east of this region. The people of Samaria were called Samaritans.
- In the Old Testament, Samaria was the capital city of the northern kingdom of Israel. Later the region surrounding it was also called Samaria.
- When the Assyrians conquered the northern kingdom of Israel, they captured the city of Samaria and forced most of the northern Israelites to leave the region, moving them far away to different cities in Assyria.
- The Assyrians also brought many foreigners into the region of Samaria to replace the Israelites who had been moved.
- Some of the Israelites who remained in that region married the foreigners who had moved there, and their descendants were called Samaritans.
- The Jews despised the Samaritans because they were only partly Jewish and because their ancestors had worshiped pagan gods.
- In New Testament times, the region of Galilee was north of Samaria, and the region of Judea was south of Samaria.
(See also: Assyria, Galilee, Judea, Sharon, kingdom of Israel)
Bible References:
- Acts 08:1-3
- Acts 08:05
- John 04:4-5
- Luke 09:51-53
- Luke 10:33
Word Data:
- Strong's: H8111, H8115, H8118, G4540, G4541, G4542
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Samaria, Samaria's, Samaritan, Samaritans
Samaria
Facts:
Samaria was the name of a city and its surrounding region in the northern part of Israel. The Plain of Sharon is west of this region, and the Jordan River is east of this region. The people of Samaria were called Samaritans.
- In the Old Testament, Samaria was the capital city of the northern kingdom of Israel. Later the region surrounding it was also called Samaria.
- When the Assyrians conquered the northern kingdom of Israel, they captured the city of Samaria and forced most of the northern Israelites to leave the region, moving them far away to different cities in Assyria.
- The Assyrians also brought many foreigners into the region of Samaria to replace the Israelites who had been moved.
- Some of the Israelites who remained in that region married the foreigners who had moved there, and their descendants were called Samaritans.
- The Jews despised the Samaritans because they were only partly Jewish and because their ancestors had worshiped pagan gods.
- In New Testament times, the region of Galilee was north of Samaria, and the region of Judea was south of Samaria.
(See also: Assyria, Galilee, Judea, Sharon, kingdom of Israel)
Bible References:
- Acts 08:1-3
- Acts 08:05
- John 04:4-5
- Luke 09:51-53
- Luke 10:33
Word Data:
- Strong's: H8111, H8115, H8118, G4540, G4541, G4542
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Samaria, Samaria's, Samaritan, Samaritans
Samuel
Facts:
Samuel was a prophet and the last judge of Israel. He anointed both Saul and David as kings over Israel.
- Samuel was born to Elkanah and Hannah in the town of Ramah.
- Hannah had been barren, so she had prayed earnestly that God would give her a son. Samuel was the answer to that prayer.
- Hannah promised that if, in answer to her desperate prayer that God would give her a male child, her request was granted, she would dedicate her son to Yahweh.
- To fulfill her promise to God, when Samuel was a young boy, Hannah sent him to live with and help Eli the priest in the temple.
- God raised up Samuel to be a great prophet.
(See also: Hannah, judge, prophet, Yahweh)
Bible References:
- 1 Samuel 01:19
- 1 Samuel 09:24
- 1 Samuel 12:17
- Acts 03:24
- Acts 13:20
- Hebrews 11:32-34
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Samuel, Samuel's
Samuel
Facts:
Samuel was a prophet and the last judge of Israel. He anointed both Saul and David as kings over Israel.
- Samuel was born to Elkanah and Hannah in the town of Ramah.
- Hannah had been barren, so she had prayed earnestly that God would give her a son. Samuel was the answer to that prayer.
- Hannah promised that if, in answer to her desperate prayer that God would give her a male child, her request was granted, she would dedicate her son to Yahweh.
- To fulfill her promise to God, when Samuel was a young boy, Hannah sent him to live with and help Eli the priest in the temple.
- God raised up Samuel to be a great prophet.
(See also: Hannah, judge, prophet, Yahweh)
Bible References:
- 1 Samuel 01:19
- 1 Samuel 09:24
- 1 Samuel 12:17
- Acts 03:24
- Acts 13:20
- Hebrews 11:32-34
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Samuel, Samuel's
Satan
Related Ideas:
devil, evil one
Facts:
Although the devil is a spirit being that God created, he rebelled against God and became God's enemy. The devil is also called "Satan" and "the evil one."
- The devil hates God and all that God created because he wants to take the place of God and be worshiped as God.
- Satan tempts people to rebel against God.
- God sent his Son, Jesus, to rescue people from Satan's control.
- The name "Satan" means "adversary" or "enemy."
- The word "devil" means "accuser."
Translation Suggestions:
- The word "devil" could also be translated as "the accuser" or "the evil one" or "the king of evil spirits" or "the chief evil spirit."
- "Satan" could be translated as "Opponent" or "Adversary" or some other name that shows that he is the devil.
- These terms should be translated differently from demon and evil spirit.
- Consider how these terms are translated in a local or national language.
(See also: demon, evil, kingdom of God, tempt)
Bible References:
- 1 John 03:08
- 1 Thessalonians 02:17-20
- 1 Timothy 05:15
- Acts 13:10
- Job 01:08
- Mark 08:33
- Zechariah 03:01
Word Data:
- Strong's: H7854, G1140, G1228, G4190, G4566, G4567
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Satan, devil, devil's, evil one
Satan
Related Ideas:
devil, evil one
Facts:
Although the devil is a spirit being that God created, he rebelled against God and became God's enemy. The devil is also called "Satan" and "the evil one."
- The devil hates God and all that God created because he wants to take the place of God and be worshiped as God.
- Satan tempts people to rebel against God.
- God sent his Son, Jesus, to rescue people from Satan's control.
- The name "Satan" means "adversary" or "enemy."
- The word "devil" means "accuser."
Translation Suggestions:
- The word "devil" could also be translated as "the accuser" or "the evil one" or "the king of evil spirits" or "the chief evil spirit."
- "Satan" could be translated as "Opponent" or "Adversary" or some other name that shows that he is the devil.
- These terms should be translated differently from demon and evil spirit.
- Consider how these terms are translated in a local or national language.
(See also: demon, evil, kingdom of God, tempt)
Bible References:
- 1 John 03:08
- 1 Thessalonians 02:17-20
- 1 Timothy 05:15
- Acts 13:10
- Job 01:08
- Mark 08:33
- Zechariah 03:01
Word Data:
- Strong's: H7854, G1140, G1228, G4190, G4566, G4567
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Satan, devil, devil's, evil one
Saul
Facts:
Saul was an Israelite man whom God chose to become the first king of Israel.
- Saul was tall and handsome, and a powerful soldier. He was the kind of man that the Israelites wanted to be their king.
- Although he served God at first, Saul later became proud and disobeyed God. As a result, God appointed David to take Saul's place as king and allowed Saul to be killed in battle.
- In the New Testament, there was a Jew named Saul who was also known as Paul and who became an apostle of Jesus Christ.
(See also: king)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 10:1-3
- 1 Samuel 09:01
- 2 Samuel 01:1-2
- Acts 13:22
- Psalm 018:1
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Saul, Saul's
Saul
Facts:
Saul was an Israelite man whom God chose to become the first king of Israel.
- Saul was tall and handsome, and a powerful soldier. He was the kind of man that the Israelites wanted to be their king.
- Although he served God at first, Saul later became proud and disobeyed God. As a result, God appointed David to take Saul's place as king and allowed Saul to be killed in battle.
- In the New Testament, there was a Jew named Saul who was also known as Paul and who became an apostle of Jesus Christ.
(See also: king)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 10:1-3
- 1 Samuel 09:01
- 2 Samuel 01:1-2
- Acts 13:22
- Psalm 018:1
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Saul, Saul's
Savior
Definitions:
The term "savior" refers to a person who saves or rescues others from danger. It can also refer to someone who gives strength to others or provides for them.
- In the Old Testament, God is referred to as Israel's Savior because he often rescued them from their enemies, gave them strength, and provided them with what they needed to live.
- In the New Testament, "Savior" is used as a description or title for Jesus Christ because he saves people from being eternally punished for their sin. He also saves them from being controlled by their sin.
Translation Suggestions:
- If possible, "Savior" should be translated with a word that is related to the words "save" and "salvation."
- Ways to translate this term could include "the One who saves" or "God, who saves" or "who delivers from danger" or "who rescues from enemies" or "Jesus, the one who rescues (people) from sin."
(See also: deliver, Jesus, save, save)
Bible References:
- 1 Timothy 04:10
- 2 Peter 02:20
- Acts 05:29-32
- Isaiah 60:15-16
- Luke 01:47
- Psalms 106:19-21
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Savior, savior
Savior
Definitions:
The term "savior" refers to a person who saves or rescues others from danger. It can also refer to someone who gives strength to others or provides for them.
- In the Old Testament, God is referred to as Israel's Savior because he often rescued them from their enemies, gave them strength, and provided them with what they needed to live.
- In the New Testament, "Savior" is used as a description or title for Jesus Christ because he saves people from being eternally punished for their sin. He also saves them from being controlled by their sin.
Translation Suggestions:
- If possible, "Savior" should be translated with a word that is related to the words "save" and "salvation."
- Ways to translate this term could include "the One who saves" or "God, who saves" or "who delivers from danger" or "who rescues from enemies" or "Jesus, the one who rescues (people) from sin."
(See also: deliver, Jesus, save, save)
Bible References:
- 1 Timothy 04:10
- 2 Peter 02:20
- Acts 05:29-32
- Isaiah 60:15-16
- Luke 01:47
- Psalms 106:19-21
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Savior, savior
Sea of Reeds
Facts:
The "Sea of Reeds" was the name of a body of water located between Egypt and Arabia. It is now called the "Red Sea."
- The Red Sea is long and narrow. It is larger than a lake or river, but much smaller than an ocean.
- The Israelites had to cross the Red Sea when they were fleeing from Egypt. God performed a miracle and caused the waters of the sea to divide so that the people could walk across on dry land.
- The land of Canaan was north of this sea.
- This could also be translated as "Reed Sea."
(See also: Arabia. Canaan, Egypt)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:35-37
- Exodus 13:17-18
- Joshua 04:22-24
- Numbers 14:23-25
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3220, H5488, G2063, G2281
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Sea of Reeds, Red Sea
Sea of Reeds
Facts:
The "Sea of Reeds" was the name of a body of water located between Egypt and Arabia. It is now called the "Red Sea."
- The Red Sea is long and narrow. It is larger than a lake or river, but much smaller than an ocean.
- The Israelites had to cross the Red Sea when they were fleeing from Egypt. God performed a miracle and caused the waters of the sea to divide so that the people could walk across on dry land.
- The land of Canaan was north of this sea.
- This could also be translated as "Reed Sea."
(See also: Arabia. Canaan, Egypt)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:35-37
- Exodus 13:17-18
- Joshua 04:22-24
- Numbers 14:23-25
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3220, H5488, G2063, G2281
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Sea of Reeds, Red Sea
Sharon
Related Words
Lasharon
Facts:
Sharon was the name of a flat, fertile area of land along the coast of the Mediterranean Sea, south of Mount Carmel. It is also known as the "Plain of Sharon."
- Several cities mentioned in the Bible were located on the Plain of Sharon, including Joppa, Lydda, and Caesarea.
- This could be translated as "the plain called Sharon" or "Sharon Plain."
- People who lived in the region of Sharon were called "Sharonites."
- "Lasharon" is probably another name for "Sharon."
(See also: Caesarea, Carmel, Joppa, the sea)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 05:16-17
- Acts 09:35
- Isaiah 33:9
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Sharon, Plain of Sharon, Lasharon
Sharon
Related Words
Lasharon
Facts:
Sharon was the name of a flat, fertile area of land along the coast of the Mediterranean Sea, south of Mount Carmel. It is also known as the "Plain of Sharon."
- Several cities mentioned in the Bible were located on the Plain of Sharon, including Joppa, Lydda, and Caesarea.
- This could be translated as "the plain called Sharon" or "Sharon Plain."
- People who lived in the region of Sharon were called "Sharonites."
- "Lasharon" is probably another name for "Sharon."
(See also: Caesarea, Carmel, Joppa, the sea)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 05:16-17
- Acts 09:35
- Isaiah 33:9
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Sharon, Plain of Sharon, Lasharon
Shechem
Facts:
Shechem was a town in Canaan located about 40 miles north of Jerusalem. Shechem was also the name of a man in the Old Testament.
- The town of Shechem was where Jacob settled after being reconciled to his brother Esau.
- Jacob bought land from the sons of Hamor the Hivite in Shechem. This land later became his family burial ground and the place where his sons buried him.
- Hamor's son Shechem raped Jacob's daughter Dinah, resulting in Jacob's sons killing all the men in the town of Shechem.
(Translation suggestions: Hamor
(See also: Canaan, Esau, Hamor, Hivite, Jacob)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:14-16
- Genesis 12:6-7
- Genesis 33:19
- Genesis 37:13
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Shechem, Shechem's
Shechem
Facts:
Shechem was a town in Canaan located about 40 miles north of Jerusalem. Shechem was also the name of a man in the Old Testament.
- The town of Shechem was where Jacob settled after being reconciled to his brother Esau.
- Jacob bought land from the sons of Hamor the Hivite in Shechem. This land later became his family burial ground and the place where his sons buried him.
- Hamor's son Shechem raped Jacob's daughter Dinah, resulting in Jacob's sons killing all the men in the town of Shechem.
(Translation suggestions: Hamor
(See also: Canaan, Esau, Hamor, Hivite, Jacob)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:14-16
- Genesis 12:6-7
- Genesis 33:19
- Genesis 37:13
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Shechem, Shechem's
Sidon
Facts:
Sidon was the oldest son of Canaan. There is also a Canaanite city called Sidon, probably named after Canaan's son.
- The city of Sidon was located northwest of Israel on the coast of the Mediterranean Sea in a region that is part of the present-day country of Lebanon.
- The "Sidonians" were a Phoenician people group who lived in ancient Sidon and the region surrounding it.
- In the Bible, Sidon is closely associated with the city of Tyre, and both cities were known for their wealth and for immoral behavior of their people.
(See also: Canaan, Noah, Phoenicia, the sea, Tyre)
Bible References:
- Acts 12:20
- Acts 27:3-6
- Genesis 10:15-18
- Genesis 10:19
- Mark 03:7-8
- Matthew 11:22
- Matthew 15:22
Word Data:
- Strong's: H6721, H6722, G4605, G4606
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Sidon, Sidonians
Sidon
Facts:
Sidon was the oldest son of Canaan. There is also a Canaanite city called Sidon, probably named after Canaan's son.
- The city of Sidon was located northwest of Israel on the coast of the Mediterranean Sea in a region that is part of the present-day country of Lebanon.
- The "Sidonians" were a Phoenician people group who lived in ancient Sidon and the region surrounding it.
- In the Bible, Sidon is closely associated with the city of Tyre, and both cities were known for their wealth and for immoral behavior of their people.
(See also: Canaan, Noah, Phoenicia, the sea, Tyre)
Bible References:
- Acts 12:20
- Acts 27:3-6
- Genesis 10:15-18
- Genesis 10:19
- Mark 03:7-8
- Matthew 11:22
- Matthew 15:22
Word Data:
- Strong's: H6721, H6722, G4605, G4606
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Sidon, Sidonians
Silas
Facts:
Silas was a leader among the believers in Jerusalem. He was also known as Silvanus.
- The elders of the church in Jerusalem appointed Silas to go with Paul and Barnabas to take a letter to the city of Antioch.
- Silas later traveled with Paul to other cities to teach people about Jesus.
- Paul and Silas were put in jail in the city of Philippi. They sang praises to God while they were there and God released them from the jail. The jailer became a Christian as a result of their testimony.
(See also: Antioch, Barnabas, Jerusalem, Paul, Philippi, prison, testimony)
Bible References:
- 1 Peter 05:12
- 1 Thessalonians 01:1
- 2 Thessalonians 01:01
- Acts 15:22
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Silas, Silvanus
Silas
Facts:
Silas was a leader among the believers in Jerusalem. He was also known as Silvanus.
- The elders of the church in Jerusalem appointed Silas to go with Paul and Barnabas to take a letter to the city of Antioch.
- Silas later traveled with Paul to other cities to teach people about Jesus.
- Paul and Silas were put in jail in the city of Philippi. They sang praises to God while they were there and God released them from the jail. The jailer became a Christian as a result of their testimony.
(See also: Antioch, Barnabas, Jerusalem, Paul, Philippi, prison, testimony)
Bible References:
- 1 Peter 05:12
- 1 Thessalonians 01:1
- 2 Thessalonians 01:01
- Acts 15:22
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Silas, Silvanus
Simeon
Facts:
In the Bible, there were several men named Simeon.
- In the Old Testament, the second son of Jacob (Israel) was named Simeon. His mother was Leah. His descendants became one of the twelve tribes of Israel. They were the Simeonites.
- The tribe of Simeon occupied part of the southernmost territory in the promised land of Canaan. Its land was entirely surrounded by the land that belonged to Judah.
- When Joseph and Mary brought the baby Jesus to the temple in Jerusalem to dedicate him to God, an elderly man named Simeon praised God for allowing him to see the Messiah.
(See also: Canaan, Christ, dedicate, Jacob, Judah, temple)
Bible References:
- Genesis 29:33
- Genesis 34:25
- Genesis 42:35-36
- Genesis 43:21-23
- Luke 02:25
Word Data:
- Strong's: H8095, H8099, G4826
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Simeon, Simeon's, Simeonites
Simeon
Facts:
In the Bible, there were several men named Simeon.
- In the Old Testament, the second son of Jacob (Israel) was named Simeon. His mother was Leah. His descendants became one of the twelve tribes of Israel. They were the Simeonites.
- The tribe of Simeon occupied part of the southernmost territory in the promised land of Canaan. Its land was entirely surrounded by the land that belonged to Judah.
- When Joseph and Mary brought the baby Jesus to the temple in Jerusalem to dedicate him to God, an elderly man named Simeon praised God for allowing him to see the Messiah.
(See also: Canaan, Christ, dedicate, Jacob, Judah, temple)
Bible References:
- Genesis 29:33
- Genesis 34:25
- Genesis 42:35-36
- Genesis 43:21-23
- Luke 02:25
Word Data:
- Strong's: H8095, H8099, G4826
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Simeon, Simeon's, Simeonites
Simon the Zealot
Facts:
Simon the Zealot was one of Jesus' twelve disciples.
- Simon is mentioned three times in the listing of Jesus' disciples, but little else is known about him.
- Simon was one of the Eleven who met to pray together in Jerusalem after Jesus went back up into heaven.
- The term "zealot" may mean that Simon was a member of "the Zealots," a Jewish religious party that was very zealous in upholding the Law of Moses while strongly opposing the Roman government.
- Or, "zealot" may simply mean "the zealous one," referring to Simon's religious zeal.
(See also: apostle, disciple, the twelve)
Bible References:
- Acts 01:12-14
- Luke 06:14-16
- Mark 03:17-19
Word Data:
- Strong's: G2208, G2581, G4613
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Simon the Zealot, Simon ... Zealot
Simon the Zealot
Facts:
Simon the Zealot was one of Jesus' twelve disciples.
- Simon is mentioned three times in the listing of Jesus' disciples, but little else is known about him.
- Simon was one of the Eleven who met to pray together in Jerusalem after Jesus went back up into heaven.
- The term "zealot" may mean that Simon was a member of "the Zealots," a Jewish religious party that was very zealous in upholding the Law of Moses while strongly opposing the Roman government.
- Or, "zealot" may simply mean "the zealous one," referring to Simon's religious zeal.
(See also: apostle, disciple, the twelve)
Bible References:
- Acts 01:12-14
- Luke 06:14-16
- Mark 03:17-19
Word Data:
- Strong's: G2208, G2581, G4613
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Simon the Zealot, Simon ... Zealot
Sinai
Facts:
Mount Sinai is a mountain that was probably located in the southern part of what is now called the Sinai Peninsula. It was also known as "Mount Horeb."
- Mount Sinai is part of a large, rocky desert.
- The Israelites came to Mount Sinai as they were traveling from Egypt to the Promised Land.
- God gave Moses the Ten Commandments on Mount Sinai.
(See also: desert, Egypt, Horeb, Promised Land, Ten Commandments)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:29-30
- Exodus 16:1-3
- Galatians 04:24
- Leviticus 27:34
- Numbers 01:17-19
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5514, G3735, G4614
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Sinai, Mount Sinai
Sinai
Facts:
Mount Sinai is a mountain that was probably located in the southern part of what is now called the Sinai Peninsula. It was also known as "Mount Horeb."
- Mount Sinai is part of a large, rocky desert.
- The Israelites came to Mount Sinai as they were traveling from Egypt to the Promised Land.
- God gave Moses the Ten Commandments on Mount Sinai.
(See also: desert, Egypt, Horeb, Promised Land, Ten Commandments)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:29-30
- Exodus 16:1-3
- Galatians 04:24
- Leviticus 27:34
- Numbers 01:17-19
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5514, G3735, G4614
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Sinai, Mount Sinai
Solomon
Facts:
Solomon was one of King David's sons. His mother was Bathsheba.
- When Solomon became king, God told him to ask for anything he wanted. So Solomon asked for wisdom to rule the people justly and well. God was pleased with Solomon's request and gave him both wisdom and much wealth.
- Solomon is also well known for having a magnificent temple built in Jerusalem.
- Although Solomon ruled wisely in the first years of his reign, later on he foolishly married many foreign women and started worshiping their gods.
- Because of Solomon's unfaithfulness, after his death God divided the Israelites into two kingdoms, Israel and Judah. These kingdoms often fought against each other.
(See also: Bathsheba, David, Israel, Judah, kingdom of Israel, temple)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:47-50
- Luke 12:27
- Matthew 01:7-8
- Matthew 06:29
- Matthew 12:42
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Solomon, Solomon's, King Solomon, King Solomon's
Solomon
Facts:
Solomon was one of King David's sons. His mother was Bathsheba.
- When Solomon became king, God told him to ask for anything he wanted. So Solomon asked for wisdom to rule the people justly and well. God was pleased with Solomon's request and gave him both wisdom and much wealth.
- Solomon is also well known for having a magnificent temple built in Jerusalem.
- Although Solomon ruled wisely in the first years of his reign, later on he foolishly married many foreign women and started worshiping their gods.
- Because of Solomon's unfaithfulness, after his death God divided the Israelites into two kingdoms, Israel and Judah. These kingdoms often fought against each other.
(See also: Bathsheba, David, Israel, Judah, kingdom of Israel, temple)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:47-50
- Luke 12:27
- Matthew 01:7-8
- Matthew 06:29
- Matthew 12:42
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Solomon, Solomon's, King Solomon, King Solomon's
Son of God
Related Ideas:
the Son
Facts:
The term "Son of God" refers to Jesus, the Word of God, who came into the world as a human being. He is also often referred to as "the Son."
- Unlike anyone else, God the Father, the Son of God, and the Holy Spirit are all one God.
- God the Father, God the Son, and God the Holy Spirit are all fully and equally God.
- The Son of God has the same character as God the Father.
Because Jesus is God's Son, he loves and obeys his Father, and his Father loves him.
Translation Suggestions:
- For the term "Son of God," it is best to translate "Son" with the same word the language would naturally use to refer to a human son.
- Make sure the word used to translate "son" fits with the word used to translate "father" and that these words are the most natural ones used to express a true father-son relationship in the project language.
- Using a capital letter to begin "Son" may help show that this is talking about God.
- The phrase "the Son" is a shortened form of "the Son of God," especially when it occurs in the same context as "the Father."
(See also: Christ, father, God, God the Father, Holy Spirit, Jesus, son, sons of God)
Bible References:
- 1 John 04:10
- Acts 09:20
- Colossians 01:17
- Galatians 02:20
- Hebrews 04:14
- John 03:18
- Luke 10:22
- Matthew 11:27
- Revelation 02:18
- Romans 08:29
Word Data:
- Strong's: H426, H430, H1121, H1247, G2316, G5207
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Son of God, the Son
Son of God
Related Ideas:
the Son
Facts:
The term "Son of God" refers to Jesus, the Word of God, who came into the world as a human being. He is also often referred to as "the Son."
- Unlike anyone else, God the Father, the Son of God, and the Holy Spirit are all one God.
- God the Father, God the Son, and God the Holy Spirit are all fully and equally God.
- The Son of God has the same character as God the Father.
Because Jesus is God's Son, he loves and obeys his Father, and his Father loves him.
Translation Suggestions:
- For the term "Son of God," it is best to translate "Son" with the same word the language would naturally use to refer to a human son.
- Make sure the word used to translate "son" fits with the word used to translate "father" and that these words are the most natural ones used to express a true father-son relationship in the project language.
- Using a capital letter to begin "Son" may help show that this is talking about God.
- The phrase "the Son" is a shortened form of "the Son of God," especially when it occurs in the same context as "the Father."
(See also: Christ, father, God, God the Father, Holy Spirit, Jesus, son, sons of God)
Bible References:
- 1 John 04:10
- Acts 09:20
- Colossians 01:17
- Galatians 02:20
- Hebrews 04:14
- John 03:18
- Luke 10:22
- Matthew 11:27
- Revelation 02:18
- Romans 08:29
Word Data:
- Strong's: H426, H430, H1121, H1247, G2316, G5207
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Son of God, the Son
Son of Man
Related Ideas:
mankind, son of man
Definition:
The title "Son of Man" was used by Jesus to refer to himself. He often used this term instead of saying "I" or "me."
- In the Bible, "son of man" could be a way of referring to or addressing a man. It could also mean "human being."
- Throughout the Old Testament book of Ezekiel, God frequently addressed Ezekiel as "son of man." For example he said, "You, son of man, must prophesy."
- The prophet Daniel saw a vision of a "son of man" coming with the clouds, which is a reference to the coming Messiah.
- Jesus also said that the Son of Man will be coming back someday on the clouds.
- These references to the Son of Man coming on the clouds reveal that Jesus the Messiah is God.
Translation Suggestions:
- When Jesus uses the term "Son of Man" it could be translated as "the One who became a human being" or "the Man from heaven."
- Some translators occasionally include "I" or "me" with this title (as in "I, the Son of Man") to make it clear that Jesus was talking about himself.
- Check to make sure that the translation of this term does not give a wrong meaning (such as referring to an illegitimate son or giving the wrong impression that Jesus was only a human being).
- When used to refer to a person, "son of man" could also be translated as "you, a human being" or "you, man" or "human being" or "man."
(See also: heaven, son, Son of God, Yahweh)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:56
- Daniel 07:14
- Ezekiel 43:6-8
- John 03:12-13
- Luke 06:05
- Mark 02:10
- Matthew 13:37
- Psalms 080:17-18
- Revelation 14:14
Word Data:
- Strong's: H120, H606, H1121, H1247, G444, G5207
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Son of Man, mankind, son of man
Son of Man
Related Ideas:
mankind, son of man
Definition:
The title "Son of Man" was used by Jesus to refer to himself. He often used this term instead of saying "I" or "me."
- In the Bible, "son of man" could be a way of referring to or addressing a man. It could also mean "human being."
- Throughout the Old Testament book of Ezekiel, God frequently addressed Ezekiel as "son of man." For example he said, "You, son of man, must prophesy."
- The prophet Daniel saw a vision of a "son of man" coming with the clouds, which is a reference to the coming Messiah.
- Jesus also said that the Son of Man will be coming back someday on the clouds.
- These references to the Son of Man coming on the clouds reveal that Jesus the Messiah is God.
Translation Suggestions:
- When Jesus uses the term "Son of Man" it could be translated as "the One who became a human being" or "the Man from heaven."
- Some translators occasionally include "I" or "me" with this title (as in "I, the Son of Man") to make it clear that Jesus was talking about himself.
- Check to make sure that the translation of this term does not give a wrong meaning (such as referring to an illegitimate son or giving the wrong impression that Jesus was only a human being).
- When used to refer to a person, "son of man" could also be translated as "you, a human being" or "you, man" or "human being" or "man."
(See also: heaven, son, Son of God, Yahweh)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:56
- Daniel 07:14
- Ezekiel 43:6-8
- John 03:12-13
- Luke 06:05
- Mark 02:10
- Matthew 13:37
- Psalms 080:17-18
- Revelation 14:14
Word Data:
- Strong's: H120, H606, H1121, H1247, G444, G5207
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Son of Man, mankind, son of man
Stephen
Facts:
Stephen is most remembered as the first Christian martyr, that is, the first person to be killed because of his faith in Jesus. The facts about his life and death are recorded in the book of Acts.
- Stephen was appointed by the early Church in Jerusalem to serve the Christians as a deacon by providing food for widows and other Christians in need.
- Certain Jews falsely accused Stephen of speaking against God and against the laws of Moses.
- Stephen boldly spoke the truth about Jesus the Messiah, beginning with the history of God's dealings with the people of Israel.
- The Jewish leaders were furious and executed Stephen by stoning him to death outside the city.
- His execution was witnessed by Saul of Tarsus, who later became the apostle Paul.
- Stephen is also well-known for his last words before he died, "Lord, please do not hold this sin against them," which showed the love he had for others.
(See also: appoint, deacon, Jerusalem, Paul, stone, true)
Bible References:
- Acts 06:05
- Acts 06:09
- Acts 06:10-11
- Acts 06:12
- Acts 07:59
- Acts 11:19
- Acts 22:20
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Stephen, Stephen's
Stephen
Facts:
Stephen is most remembered as the first Christian martyr, that is, the first person to be killed because of his faith in Jesus. The facts about his life and death are recorded in the book of Acts.
- Stephen was appointed by the early Church in Jerusalem to serve the Christians as a deacon by providing food for widows and other Christians in need.
- Certain Jews falsely accused Stephen of speaking against God and against the laws of Moses.
- Stephen boldly spoke the truth about Jesus the Messiah, beginning with the history of God's dealings with the people of Israel.
- The Jewish leaders were furious and executed Stephen by stoning him to death outside the city.
- His execution was witnessed by Saul of Tarsus, who later became the apostle Paul.
- Stephen is also well-known for his last words before he died, "Lord, please do not hold this sin against them," which showed the love he had for others.
(See also: appoint, deacon, Jerusalem, Paul, stone, true)
Bible References:
- Acts 06:05
- Acts 06:09
- Acts 06:10-11
- Acts 06:12
- Acts 07:59
- Acts 11:19
- Acts 22:20
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Stephen, Stephen's
Syria
Facts:
Syria is a country located northeast of Israel. During the time of the New Testament, it was a province under the rule of the Roman Empire.
- In the Old Testament time period, the Syrians were strong military enemies of the Israelites.
- Naaman was a commander of the Syrian army who was cured of leprosy by the prophet Elisha.
- Many inhabitants of Syria are descendants of Aram, who was descended from Noah's son Shem.
- Damascus, the capital city of Syria, was mentioned many times in the Bible.
- Saul went to the city of Damascus with plans to persecute Christians there, but Jesus stopped him.
(See also: Aram, commander, Damascus, descendant, Elisha, leper, Naaman, persecute, prophet)
Bible References:
- Acts 15:23
- Acts 15:41
- Acts 20:03
- Galatians 01:21-24
- Matthew 04:23-25
Word Data:
- Strong's: H758, G4947, G4948
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Syria, Syrian
Syria
Facts:
Syria is a country located northeast of Israel. During the time of the New Testament, it was a province under the rule of the Roman Empire.
- In the Old Testament time period, the Syrians were strong military enemies of the Israelites.
- Naaman was a commander of the Syrian army who was cured of leprosy by the prophet Elisha.
- Many inhabitants of Syria are descendants of Aram, who was descended from Noah's son Shem.
- Damascus, the capital city of Syria, was mentioned many times in the Bible.
- Saul went to the city of Damascus with plans to persecute Christians there, but Jesus stopped him.
(See also: Aram, commander, Damascus, descendant, Elisha, leper, Naaman, persecute, prophet)
Bible References:
- Acts 15:23
- Acts 15:41
- Acts 20:03
- Galatians 01:21-24
- Matthew 04:23-25
Word Data:
- Strong's: H758, G4947, G4948
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Syria, Syrian
Tarsus
Facts:
Tarsus was a prosperous city in the Roman province of Cilicia, in what is now south central Turkey.
- Tarsus was located along a major river and near the Mediterranean Sea, so it was part of an important trade route.
- At one time it was the capital of Cilicia.
- In the New Testament, Tarsus was best known as the hometown of Paul the apostle.
(See also: Cilicia, Paul, province, the sea)
Bible References:
- Acts 09:11
- Acts 09:30
- Acts 11:25
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Tarsus
Tarsus
Facts:
Tarsus was a prosperous city in the Roman province of Cilicia, in what is now south central Turkey.
- Tarsus was located along a major river and near the Mediterranean Sea, so it was part of an important trade route.
- At one time it was the capital of Cilicia.
- In the New Testament, Tarsus was best known as the hometown of Paul the apostle.
(See also: Cilicia, Paul, province, the sea)
Bible References:
- Acts 09:11
- Acts 09:30
- Acts 11:25
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Tarsus
Thessalonica
Facts:
In New Testament times, Thessalonica was the capital city of Macedonia in the ancient Roman empire. The people living in that city were called the "Thessalonians."
- The city of Thessalonica was an important seaport and was also located along a major road that connected Rome to the eastern part of the Roman empire.
- Paul, along with Silas and Timothy, visited Thessalonica on his second missionary journey and as a result, a church was established there. Later, Paul also visited this city on his third missionary journey.
- Paul wrote two letters to the Christians in Thessalonica. These letters (1 Thessalonians and 2 Thessalonians) are included in the New Testament.
(See also: Macedonia, Paul, Rome)
Bible References:
- 1 Thessalonians 01:1
- 2 Thessalonians 01:01
- 2 Timothy 04:9-10
- Acts 17:01
- Philippians 04:14-17
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Thessalonica, Thessalonian, Thessalonians
Thessalonica
Facts:
In New Testament times, Thessalonica was the capital city of Macedonia in the ancient Roman empire. The people living in that city were called the "Thessalonians."
- The city of Thessalonica was an important seaport and was also located along a major road that connected Rome to the eastern part of the Roman empire.
- Paul, along with Silas and Timothy, visited Thessalonica on his second missionary journey and as a result, a church was established there. Later, Paul also visited this city on his third missionary journey.
- Paul wrote two letters to the Christians in Thessalonica. These letters (1 Thessalonians and 2 Thessalonians) are included in the New Testament.
(See also: Macedonia, Paul, Rome)
Bible References:
- 1 Thessalonians 01:1
- 2 Thessalonians 01:01
- 2 Timothy 04:9-10
- Acts 17:01
- Philippians 04:14-17
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Thessalonica, Thessalonian, Thessalonians
Thomas
Facts:
Thomas was one of twelve men whom Jesus chose to be his disciples and later, apostles. He was also known as "Didymus," which means "twin."
- Near the end of Jesus' life, he told his disciples that he was going away to be with the Father and would prepare a place for them to be with him. Thomas asked Jesus how they could know the way to get there when they didn't even know where he was going.
- After Jesus died and came back to life, Thomas said he would not believe that Jesus was really alive again unless he could see and feel the scars where Jesus had been wounded.
(See also: apostle, disciple, God the Father, the twelve)
Bible References:
- Acts 01:12-14
- John 11:15-16
- Luke 06:14-16
- Mark 03:17-19
- Matthew 10:2-4
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Thomas, Thomas'
Thomas
Facts:
Thomas was one of twelve men whom Jesus chose to be his disciples and later, apostles. He was also known as "Didymus," which means "twin."
- Near the end of Jesus' life, he told his disciples that he was going away to be with the Father and would prepare a place for them to be with him. Thomas asked Jesus how they could know the way to get there when they didn't even know where he was going.
- After Jesus died and came back to life, Thomas said he would not believe that Jesus was really alive again unless he could see and feel the scars where Jesus had been wounded.
(See also: apostle, disciple, God the Father, the twelve)
Bible References:
- Acts 01:12-14
- John 11:15-16
- Luke 06:14-16
- Mark 03:17-19
- Matthew 10:2-4
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Thomas, Thomas'
Timothy
Facts:
Timothy was a young man from Lystra. He later joined Paul on several missionary trips and helped shepherd new communities of believers.
- Timothy's father was a Greek, but both his grandmother Lois and his mother Eunice were Jews and believers in Christ.
- The elders and Paul formally appointed Timothy for the ministry by placing their hands on him and praying for him.
- Two books in the New Testament (I Timothy and 2 Timothy) are letters written by Paul that provide guidance to Timothy as a young leader of local churches.
(See also: appoint, believe, church, Greek, minister)
Bible References:
- 1 Thessalonians 03:02
- 1 Timothy 01:02
- Acts 16:03
- Colossians 01:01
- Philemon 01:01
- Philippians 01:01
- Philippians 02:19
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Timothy, Timothy's
Timothy
Facts:
Timothy was a young man from Lystra. He later joined Paul on several missionary trips and helped shepherd new communities of believers.
- Timothy's father was a Greek, but both his grandmother Lois and his mother Eunice were Jews and believers in Christ.
- The elders and Paul formally appointed Timothy for the ministry by placing their hands on him and praying for him.
- Two books in the New Testament (I Timothy and 2 Timothy) are letters written by Paul that provide guidance to Timothy as a young leader of local churches.
(See also: appoint, believe, church, Greek, minister)
Bible References:
- 1 Thessalonians 03:02
- 1 Timothy 01:02
- Acts 16:03
- Colossians 01:01
- Philemon 01:01
- Philippians 01:01
- Philippians 02:19
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Timothy, Timothy's
Troas
Facts:
The city of Troas was a seaport located on the northwest coast of the ancient Roman province of Asia.
- Paul visited Troas at least three times during his trips to different regions to preach the gospel.
- On one occasion in Troas, Paul preached long into the night and a young man named Eutychus fell asleep while he was listening. Because he had been sitting in an open window, Eutychus fell down a long way and died. Through God's power, Paul raised this young man back to life.
- When Paul was in Rome, he asked Timothy to bring him his scrolls and his cloak, which he had left behind in Troas.
(See also: Asia, preach, province, raise, Rome, scroll, Timothy)
Bible References:
- 2 Corinthians 02:13
- 2 Timothy 04:11-13
- Acts 16:08
- Acts 20:05
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Troas
Troas
Facts:
The city of Troas was a seaport located on the northwest coast of the ancient Roman province of Asia.
- Paul visited Troas at least three times during his trips to different regions to preach the gospel.
- On one occasion in Troas, Paul preached long into the night and a young man named Eutychus fell asleep while he was listening. Because he had been sitting in an open window, Eutychus fell down a long way and died. Through God's power, Paul raised this young man back to life.
- When Paul was in Rome, he asked Timothy to bring him his scrolls and his cloak, which he had left behind in Troas.
(See also: Asia, preach, province, raise, Rome, scroll, Timothy)
Bible References:
- 2 Corinthians 02:13
- 2 Timothy 04:11-13
- Acts 16:08
- Acts 20:05
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Troas
Tychicus
Facts:
Tychicus was one of Paul's fellow ministers of the gospel.
- Tychicus accompanied Paul on at least one of his missionary journeys to Asia.
- Paul described him as "beloved" and "faithful."
- Tychicus carried Paul's letters to Ephesus and Colosse.
(See also: Asia, beloved, Colossae, Ephesus, faithful, good news, minister)
Bible References:
- 2 Timothy 04:11-13
- Colossians 04:09
- Titus 03:12
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Tychicus, Tychicus'
Tychicus
Facts:
Tychicus was one of Paul's fellow ministers of the gospel.
- Tychicus accompanied Paul on at least one of his missionary journeys to Asia.
- Paul described him as "beloved" and "faithful."
- Tychicus carried Paul's letters to Ephesus and Colosse.
(See also: Asia, beloved, Colossae, Ephesus, faithful, good news, minister)
Bible References:
- 2 Timothy 04:11-13
- Colossians 04:09
- Titus 03:12
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Tychicus, Tychicus'
Tyre
Facts:
Tyre was an ancient Canaanite city located on the coast of the Mediterranean Sea in a region that is now part of the modern-day country of Lebanon. Its people were called "Tyrians."
- Part of the city was located on an island in the sea, about one kilometer from the mainland.
- Because of its location and its valuable natural resources, such as cedar trees, Tyre had a prosperous trading industry and was very wealthy.
- King Hiram of Tyre sent wood from cedar trees and skilled laborers to help build a palace for King David.
- Years later, Hiram also sent King Solomon wood and skilled laborers to help build the temple. Solomon paid him with large amounts of wheat and olive oil.
- Tyre was often associated with the nearby ancient city of Sidon. These were the most important cities of the region of Canaan called Phoenicia.
(See also: Canaan, cedar, Israel, the sea, Phoenicia, Sidon)
Bible References:
- Acts 12:20
- Mark 03:7-8
- Matthew 11:22
- Matthew 15:22
Word Data:
- Strong's: H6865, H6876, G5183, G5184
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Tyre, Tyrians
Tyre
Facts:
Tyre was an ancient Canaanite city located on the coast of the Mediterranean Sea in a region that is now part of the modern-day country of Lebanon. Its people were called "Tyrians."
- Part of the city was located on an island in the sea, about one kilometer from the mainland.
- Because of its location and its valuable natural resources, such as cedar trees, Tyre had a prosperous trading industry and was very wealthy.
- King Hiram of Tyre sent wood from cedar trees and skilled laborers to help build a palace for King David.
- Years later, Hiram also sent King Solomon wood and skilled laborers to help build the temple. Solomon paid him with large amounts of wheat and olive oil.
- Tyre was often associated with the nearby ancient city of Sidon. These were the most important cities of the region of Canaan called Phoenicia.
(See also: Canaan, cedar, Israel, the sea, Phoenicia, Sidon)
Bible References:
- Acts 12:20
- Mark 03:7-8
- Matthew 11:22
- Matthew 15:22
Word Data:
- Strong's: H6865, H6876, G5183, G5184
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Tyre, Tyrians
accuse
Related Ideas:
accusation, accuser
Definition:
The terms "accuse" and "accusation" refer to blaming someone for doing something wrong. A person who accuses others is an "accuser."
- A false accusation is when a charge against someone is not true, as when Jesus was falsely accused of wrongdoing by the leaders of the Jews.
- In the New Testament book of Revelation, Satan is called "the accuser."
Bible References:
- Acts 19:40
- Hosea 04:04
- Jeremiah 02:9-11
- Luke 06:6-8
- Romans 08:33
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2778, H3198, H6818, G1458, G2649, G2723, G2724
Forms Found in the English ULB:
accusation, accusations, accuse, accused, accuser, accusers, accuses, accusing
accuse
Related Ideas:
accusation, accuser
Definition:
The terms "accuse" and "accusation" refer to blaming someone for doing something wrong. A person who accuses others is an "accuser."
- A false accusation is when a charge against someone is not true, as when Jesus was falsely accused of wrongdoing by the leaders of the Jews.
- In the New Testament book of Revelation, Satan is called "the accuser."
Bible References:
- Acts 19:40
- Hosea 04:04
- Jeremiah 02:9-11
- Luke 06:6-8
- Romans 08:33
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2778, H3198, H6818, G1458, G2649, G2723, G2724
Forms Found in the English ULB:
accusation, accusations, accuse, accused, accuser, accusers, accuses, accusing
acknowledge
Related Ideas:
admit
Definitions:
The term "acknowledge" means to give proper recognition to something or someone.
- To acknowledge God also involves acting in a way that shows that what he says is true.
- People who acknowledge God will show it by obeying him, which brings glory to his name.
- To acknowledge something means to believe that it is true, with actions and words that confirm that.
Translation Suggestions:
- In the context of acknowledging that something is true, "acknowledge" could be translated as "admit" or "declare" or "confess to be true" or "believe."
- When referring to acknowledging a person, this term could be translated as "accept" or "recognize the value of" or "tell others that (the person) is faithful."
- In the context of acknowledging God, this could be translated as "believe and obey God" or "declare who God is" or "tell other people about how great God is" or "confess that what God says and does is true."
(See also: obey, glory, save)
Bible References:
- Daniel 11:38-39
- Jeremiah 09:4-6
- Job 34:26-28
- Leviticus 22:32
- Psalm 029:1-2
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3045, H3046, H5046, H5234, H6942, G1492, G1921, G3140, G3670
Forms Found in the English ULB:
acknowledge, acknowledged, acknowledges, admit, admitted
acknowledge
Related Ideas:
admit
Definitions:
The term "acknowledge" means to give proper recognition to something or someone.
- To acknowledge God also involves acting in a way that shows that what he says is true.
- People who acknowledge God will show it by obeying him, which brings glory to his name.
- To acknowledge something means to believe that it is true, with actions and words that confirm that.
Translation Suggestions:
- In the context of acknowledging that something is true, "acknowledge" could be translated as "admit" or "declare" or "confess to be true" or "believe."
- When referring to acknowledging a person, this term could be translated as "accept" or "recognize the value of" or "tell others that (the person) is faithful."
- In the context of acknowledging God, this could be translated as "believe and obey God" or "declare who God is" or "tell other people about how great God is" or "confess that what God says and does is true."
(See also: obey, glory, save)
Bible References:
- Daniel 11:38-39
- Jeremiah 09:4-6
- Job 34:26-28
- Leviticus 22:32
- Psalm 029:1-2
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3045, H3046, H5046, H5234, H6942, G1492, G1921, G3140, G3670
Forms Found in the English ULB:
acknowledge, acknowledged, acknowledges, admit, admitted
adopt
Related Ideas:
adoption
Definition:
The terms "adopt" and "adoption" refer to the process of someone legally becoming the child of people who are not his biological parents.
- The Bible uses "adoption" and "adopt" in a figurative way to describe how God causes people to be part of his family, making them his spiritual sons and daughters.
- As adopted children, God makes believers to be co-heirs with Jesus Christ, giving them all of the privileges of sons and daughters of God.
Translation Suggestions:
- This term could be translated with a term that the language of translation uses to describe this special parent-child relationship. Make sure it is understood that this has a figurative or spiritual meaning.
- The phrase "experience adoption as sons" could be translated as "be adopted by God as his children" or "become God's (spiritual) children."
- To "wait for the adoption of sons" could be translated as "look forward to becoming God's children" or "wait expectantly for God to receive as children."
- The phrase "adopt them" could be translated as "receive them as his own children" or "make them his own (spiritual) children."
(See also: heir, inherit, spirit)
Bible References:
- Ephesians 01:5
- Galatians 04:3-5
- Romans 08:14-15
- Romans 08:23
- Romans 09:04
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
adopt, adopted, adoption
adopt
Related Ideas:
adoption
Definition:
The terms "adopt" and "adoption" refer to the process of someone legally becoming the child of people who are not his biological parents.
- The Bible uses "adoption" and "adopt" in a figurative way to describe how God causes people to be part of his family, making them his spiritual sons and daughters.
- As adopted children, God makes believers to be co-heirs with Jesus Christ, giving them all of the privileges of sons and daughters of God.
Translation Suggestions:
- This term could be translated with a term that the language of translation uses to describe this special parent-child relationship. Make sure it is understood that this has a figurative or spiritual meaning.
- The phrase "experience adoption as sons" could be translated as "be adopted by God as his children" or "become God's (spiritual) children."
- To "wait for the adoption of sons" could be translated as "look forward to becoming God's children" or "wait expectantly for God to receive as children."
- The phrase "adopt them" could be translated as "receive them as his own children" or "make them his own (spiritual) children."
(See also: heir, inherit, spirit)
Bible References:
- Ephesians 01:5
- Galatians 04:3-5
- Romans 08:14-15
- Romans 08:23
- Romans 09:04
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
adopt, adopted, adoption
afflict
Related Ideas:
affliction, difficulty
Definition:
The term "afflict" means to cause someone distress or suffering. An "affliction" is the disease, emotional grief, or other disaster that results from this.
- God afflicted his people with sickness or other hardships in order to cause them to repent of their sins and turn back to him.
- God caused afflictions or plagues to come on the people of Egypt because their king refused to obey God.
- To "be afflicted with" means to be suffering some kind of distress, such as a disease, persecution, or emotional grief.
Translation Suggestions:
- To afflict someone could be translated as "cause someone to experience troubles" or "cause someone to suffer" or "cause suffering to come."
- In certain contexts "afflict" could be translated as "happen to" or "come to" or "bring suffering."
- A phrase like "afflict someone with leprosy" could be translated as "cause someone to be sick with leprosy."
- When a disease or disaster is sent to "afflict" people or animals, this could be translated as "cause suffering to."
- Depending on the context, the term "affliction" could be translated as "calamity" or "sickness" or "suffering" or "great distress."
- The phrase "afflicted with" could also be translated as "suffering from" or "sick with."
(See also: leper, plague, suffer)
Bible References:
- 2 Thessalonians 01:06
- Amos 05:12
- Colossians 01:24
- Exodus 22:22-24
- Genesis 12:17-20
- Genesis 15:12-13
- Genesis 29:32
Word Data:
- Strong's: H205, H3013, H3905, H3906, H5221, H6031, H6039, H6040, H6041, H6862, H6869, H6887, H7451, H7489, G1453, G2346, G2347, G2852, G3804, G4912
Forms Found in the English ULB:
afflict, afflicted, afflicting, affliction, afflictions, difficulties
afflict
Related Ideas:
affliction, difficulty
Definition:
The term "afflict" means to cause someone distress or suffering. An "affliction" is the disease, emotional grief, or other disaster that results from this.
- God afflicted his people with sickness or other hardships in order to cause them to repent of their sins and turn back to him.
- God caused afflictions or plagues to come on the people of Egypt because their king refused to obey God.
- To "be afflicted with" means to be suffering some kind of distress, such as a disease, persecution, or emotional grief.
Translation Suggestions:
- To afflict someone could be translated as "cause someone to experience troubles" or "cause someone to suffer" or "cause suffering to come."
- In certain contexts "afflict" could be translated as "happen to" or "come to" or "bring suffering."
- A phrase like "afflict someone with leprosy" could be translated as "cause someone to be sick with leprosy."
- When a disease or disaster is sent to "afflict" people or animals, this could be translated as "cause suffering to."
- Depending on the context, the term "affliction" could be translated as "calamity" or "sickness" or "suffering" or "great distress."
- The phrase "afflicted with" could also be translated as "suffering from" or "sick with."
(See also: leper, plague, suffer)
Bible References:
- 2 Thessalonians 01:06
- Amos 05:12
- Colossians 01:24
- Exodus 22:22-24
- Genesis 12:17-20
- Genesis 15:12-13
- Genesis 29:32
Word Data:
- Strong's: H205, H3013, H3905, H3906, H5221, H6031, H6039, H6040, H6041, H6862, H6869, H6887, H7451, H7489, G1453, G2346, G2347, G2852, G3804, G4912
Forms Found in the English ULB:
afflict, afflicted, afflicting, affliction, afflictions, difficulties
age
Related Ideas:
aged, from ancient times, old age
Definition:
The term "age" refers to the length of time a person has lived. The term "aged" describes a person who is very old. The term "age" is also used to refer generally to a time period.
- Jesus refers to "this age" as the present time when evil, sin, and disobedience fill the earth.
- There will be a future age when righteousness will reign over a new heaven and a new earth.
- Other words used to express an extended period of time include "era" and "season."
- The phrase "ancient times" refers to times long ago.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, the term "age" could also be translated as "era" or "number of years old" or "time period" or "time."
- The phrase "at a very old age" could be translated as "when he was very old" or "when he had lived a very long time."
- The phrase "this present evil age" means "during this time right now when people are very evil."
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 29:28
- 1 Corinthians 02:07
- Hebrews 06:05
- Job 05:26
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5769, H7872, G165, G166, G1074
Forms Found in the English ULB:
age, aged, ages, from ancient times, old age
age
Related Ideas:
aged, from ancient times, old age
Definition:
The term "age" refers to the length of time a person has lived. The term "aged" describes a person who is very old. The term "age" is also used to refer generally to a time period.
- Jesus refers to "this age" as the present time when evil, sin, and disobedience fill the earth.
- There will be a future age when righteousness will reign over a new heaven and a new earth.
- Other words used to express an extended period of time include "era" and "season."
- The phrase "ancient times" refers to times long ago.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, the term "age" could also be translated as "era" or "number of years old" or "time period" or "time."
- The phrase "at a very old age" could be translated as "when he was very old" or "when he had lived a very long time."
- The phrase "this present evil age" means "during this time right now when people are very evil."
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 29:28
- 1 Corinthians 02:07
- Hebrews 06:05
- Job 05:26
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5769, H7872, G165, G166, G1074
Forms Found in the English ULB:
age, aged, ages, from ancient times, old age
alms
Related Ideas:
merciful deeds for the poor
Definition:
The term "alms" refers to money, food, or other things that are given to help poor people.
- Often the giving of alms was seen by people as something that their religion required them to do in order to be righteous.
- Jesus said that giving alms should not be done publicly for the purpose of getting other people to notice.
- This term could be translated as "money" or "gifts to poor people" or "help for the poor."
Bible References:
- Acts 03:1-3
- Matthew 06:01
- Matthew 06:03
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
alms, merciful deeds ... for the poor
alms
Related Ideas:
merciful deeds for the poor
Definition:
The term "alms" refers to money, food, or other things that are given to help poor people.
- Often the giving of alms was seen by people as something that their religion required them to do in order to be righteous.
- Jesus said that giving alms should not be done publicly for the purpose of getting other people to notice.
- This term could be translated as "money" or "gifts to poor people" or "help for the poor."
Bible References:
- Acts 03:1-3
- Matthew 06:01
- Matthew 06:03
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
alms, merciful deeds ... for the poor
altar
Definition:
An altar was a raised structure on which the Israelites burned animals and grains as offerings to God.
- During Bible times, simple altars were often made by forming a mound of packed-down dirt or by carefully placing large stones to form a stable pile.
- Some special box-shaped altars were made of wood overlaid with metals such as gold, brass, or bronze.
- Other people groups living near the Israelites also built altars to offer sacrifices to their gods.
(See also: altar of incense, god, grain offering, sacrifice)
Bible References:
- Genesis 08:20
- Genesis 22:09
- James 02:21
- Luke 11:49-51
- Matthew 05:23
- Matthew 23:19
Word Data:
- Strong's: H741, H2025, H4056, H4196, G1041, G2379
Forms Found in the English ULB:
altar, altars
altar
Definition:
An altar was a raised structure on which the Israelites burned animals and grains as offerings to God.
- During Bible times, simple altars were often made by forming a mound of packed-down dirt or by carefully placing large stones to form a stable pile.
- Some special box-shaped altars were made of wood overlaid with metals such as gold, brass, or bronze.
- Other people groups living near the Israelites also built altars to offer sacrifices to their gods.
(See also: altar of incense, god, grain offering, sacrifice)
Bible References:
- Genesis 08:20
- Genesis 22:09
- James 02:21
- Luke 11:49-51
- Matthew 05:23
- Matthew 23:19
Word Data:
- Strong's: H741, H2025, H4056, H4196, G1041, G2379
Forms Found in the English ULB:
altar, altars
amazed
Related Ideas:
amazement, appalled, astonished, astounded, incomprehensible, marvel, marvelous, perplexed, remarkable, surprised, wonder, wonderful
Definition:
Some of these terms mean to be very surprised because of something very unusual that happened. Many of these terms are positive and express that the people were happy about what had happened. Usually the event that caused the wonder and amazement was a miracle, something only God could do.
- The words "amazed," "astonished," and "astounded" describe someone who is very surprised because of something very unusual that happened.
- The word "appalled" describes someone who is amazed or horrified by something that is bad or evil.
- The word "perplexed" describes someone who is to be amazed and troubled, not knowing what to think or how to act.
- People "marvel" and "wonder" when they are surprised by something very unusual.
- "Amazement" and "wonder" are what people feel when they are amazed.
Some of these terms describe things that are very unusual and surprise people.
* The words "amazing", "astonishing," "marvelous," "remarkable," and "wonderful" describe things that are very unusual and surprise people.
* The word "appalling" describes something that is very bad and causes people to be amazed or horrified.
* The word "incomprehensible" describes something that is so great that people cannot ever understand it.
* A "wonder" is an extraordinary and surprising thing that happens.
Translation Suggestions
- Some of these words are translations of Greek expressions that mean "struck with amazement" or "standing outside of (oneself)." These expressions show how very surprised or shocked the person was feeling. Other languages might also have ways to express this.
- Other ways to translate these words could be "extremely surprised" or "very shocked."
(See also: miracle, sign)
Bible References:
- Acts 08:9-11
- Acts 09:20-22
- Galatians 01:06
- Mark 02:10-12
- Matthew 07:28
- Matthew 15:29-31
- Matthew 19:25
Word Data:
- Strong's: H226, H852, H926, H943, H2865, H3820, H4159, H6313, H6381, H6382, H6383, H6395, H8047, H8074, H8429, H8539, H8540, H8541, G639, G1411, G1568, G1569, G1605, G1611, G1839, G2284, G2285, G2296, G2297, G2298, G4023, G4592, G5059
Forms Found in the English ULB:
amazed, amazement, amazing events, amazing things, appalled, appalling, astonish, astonished, astonishing, astounded, incomprehensible, marvel, marveled, marveling, marvelous, marvelous things, perplexed, remarkable, surprised, wonder, wonderful, wondering, wonders
amazed
Related Ideas:
amazement, appalled, astonished, astounded, incomprehensible, marvel, marvelous, perplexed, remarkable, surprised, wonder, wonderful
Definition:
Some of these terms mean to be very surprised because of something very unusual that happened. Many of these terms are positive and express that the people were happy about what had happened. Usually the event that caused the wonder and amazement was a miracle, something only God could do.
- The words "amazed," "astonished," and "astounded" describe someone who is very surprised because of something very unusual that happened.
- The word "appalled" describes someone who is amazed or horrified by something that is bad or evil.
- The word "perplexed" describes someone who is to be amazed and troubled, not knowing what to think or how to act.
- People "marvel" and "wonder" when they are surprised by something very unusual.
- "Amazement" and "wonder" are what people feel when they are amazed.
Some of these terms describe things that are very unusual and surprise people.
* The words "amazing", "astonishing," "marvelous," "remarkable," and "wonderful" describe things that are very unusual and surprise people.
* The word "appalling" describes something that is very bad and causes people to be amazed or horrified.
* The word "incomprehensible" describes something that is so great that people cannot ever understand it.
* A "wonder" is an extraordinary and surprising thing that happens.
Translation Suggestions
- Some of these words are translations of Greek expressions that mean "struck with amazement" or "standing outside of (oneself)." These expressions show how very surprised or shocked the person was feeling. Other languages might also have ways to express this.
- Other ways to translate these words could be "extremely surprised" or "very shocked."
(See also: miracle, sign)
Bible References:
- Acts 08:9-11
- Acts 09:20-22
- Galatians 01:06
- Mark 02:10-12
- Matthew 07:28
- Matthew 15:29-31
- Matthew 19:25
Word Data:
- Strong's: H226, H852, H926, H943, H2865, H3820, H4159, H6313, H6381, H6382, H6383, H6395, H8047, H8074, H8429, H8539, H8540, H8541, G639, G1411, G1568, G1569, G1605, G1611, G1839, G2284, G2285, G2296, G2297, G2298, G4023, G4592, G5059
Forms Found in the English ULB:
amazed, amazement, amazing events, amazing things, appalled, appalling, astonish, astonished, astonishing, astounded, incomprehensible, marvel, marveled, marveling, marvelous, marvelous things, perplexed, remarkable, surprised, wonder, wonderful, wondering, wonders
amen
Related Ideas:
let it be so
Definition:
The term "amen" is a word used to emphasize or call attention to what a person has said. It is often used at the end of a prayer. Sometimes it is translated as "truly."
- When used at the end of a prayer, "amen" communicates agreement with the prayer or expresses a desire that the prayer be fulfilled.
- In his teaching, Jesus used "amen" to emphasize the truth of what he said. He often followed that by "and I say to you" to introduce another teaching that related to the previous teaching.
- When Jesus uses "amen" this way, some English versions (and the ULB) translate this as "verily" or "truly."
Translation Suggestions:
- Consider whether the target language has a special word or phrase that is used to emphasize something that has been said.
- When used at the end of a prayer or to confirm something, "amen" could be translated as "let it be so" or "may this happen" or "that is true."
- When Jesus says, "truly I tell you," this could also be translated as "Yes, I tell you sincerely" or "That is true, and I also tell you."
- The phrase "truly, truly I tell you" could be translated as "I tell you this very sincerely" or "I tell you this very earnestly" or "what I am telling you is true."
(See also: fulfill, true)
Bible References:
- Deuteronomy 27:15
- John 05:19
- Jude 01:24-25
- Matthew 26:33-35
- Philemon 01:23-25
- Revelation 22:20-21
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
amen, let it be so
amen
Related Ideas:
let it be so
Definition:
The term "amen" is a word used to emphasize or call attention to what a person has said. It is often used at the end of a prayer. Sometimes it is translated as "truly."
- When used at the end of a prayer, "amen" communicates agreement with the prayer or expresses a desire that the prayer be fulfilled.
- In his teaching, Jesus used "amen" to emphasize the truth of what he said. He often followed that by "and I say to you" to introduce another teaching that related to the previous teaching.
- When Jesus uses "amen" this way, some English versions (and the ULB) translate this as "verily" or "truly."
Translation Suggestions:
- Consider whether the target language has a special word or phrase that is used to emphasize something that has been said.
- When used at the end of a prayer or to confirm something, "amen" could be translated as "let it be so" or "may this happen" or "that is true."
- When Jesus says, "truly I tell you," this could also be translated as "Yes, I tell you sincerely" or "That is true, and I also tell you."
- The phrase "truly, truly I tell you" could be translated as "I tell you this very sincerely" or "I tell you this very earnestly" or "what I am telling you is true."
(See also: fulfill, true)
Bible References:
- Deuteronomy 27:15
- John 05:19
- Jude 01:24-25
- Matthew 26:33-35
- Philemon 01:23-25
- Revelation 22:20-21
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
amen, let it be so
angel
Related Ideas:
archangel
Definition:
An angel is a powerful spirit being whom God created. Angels exist to serve God by doing whatever he tells them to do. The term "archangel" refers to the angel who rules or leads all the other angels.
- The word "angel" literally means "messenger."
- The term "archangel" literally means "chief messenger." The only angel referred to in the Bible as an "archangel" is Michael.
- In the Bible, angels gave messages to people from God. These messages included instructions about what God wanted the people to do.
- Angels also told people about events that were going to happen in the future or events that had already happened.
- Angels have God's authority as his representatives and sometimes in the Bible they spoke as if God himself was speaking.
- Other ways that angels serve God are by protecting and strengthening people.
- A special phrase, "angel of Yahweh," has more than one possible meaning: 1) It may mean "angel who represents Yahweh" or "messenger who serves Yahweh." 2) It may refer to Yahweh himself, who looked like an angel as he talked to a person. Either one of these meanings would explain the angel's use of "I" as if Yahweh himself was talking.
Translation Suggestions:
- Ways to translate "angel" could include "messenger from God" or "God's heavenly servant" or "God's spirit messenger."
- The term "archangel" could be translated as "chief angel" or "head ruling angel" or "leader of the angels."
- Also consider how these terms are translated in a national language or another local language.
- The phrase "angel of Yahweh" should be translated using the words for "angel" and "Yahweh." This will allow for different interpretations of that phrase. Possible translations could include "angel from Yahweh" or "angel sent by Yahweh" or "Yahweh, who looked like an angel."
(See also: chief, head, messenger, Michael, ruler, servant)
Bible References:
- 2 Samuel 24:16
- Acts 10:3-6
- Acts 12:23
- Colossians 02:18-19
- Genesis 48:16
- Luke 02:13
- Mark 08:38
- Matthew 13:50
- Revelation 01:20
- Zechariah 01:09
Word Data:
- Strong's: H47, H4397, G32, G743, G2465
Forms Found in the English ULB:
angel, angels, archangel
angel
Related Ideas:
archangel
Definition:
An angel is a powerful spirit being whom God created. Angels exist to serve God by doing whatever he tells them to do. The term "archangel" refers to the angel who rules or leads all the other angels.
- The word "angel" literally means "messenger."
- The term "archangel" literally means "chief messenger." The only angel referred to in the Bible as an "archangel" is Michael.
- In the Bible, angels gave messages to people from God. These messages included instructions about what God wanted the people to do.
- Angels also told people about events that were going to happen in the future or events that had already happened.
- Angels have God's authority as his representatives and sometimes in the Bible they spoke as if God himself was speaking.
- Other ways that angels serve God are by protecting and strengthening people.
- A special phrase, "angel of Yahweh," has more than one possible meaning: 1) It may mean "angel who represents Yahweh" or "messenger who serves Yahweh." 2) It may refer to Yahweh himself, who looked like an angel as he talked to a person. Either one of these meanings would explain the angel's use of "I" as if Yahweh himself was talking.
Translation Suggestions:
- Ways to translate "angel" could include "messenger from God" or "God's heavenly servant" or "God's spirit messenger."
- The term "archangel" could be translated as "chief angel" or "head ruling angel" or "leader of the angels."
- Also consider how these terms are translated in a national language or another local language.
- The phrase "angel of Yahweh" should be translated using the words for "angel" and "Yahweh." This will allow for different interpretations of that phrase. Possible translations could include "angel from Yahweh" or "angel sent by Yahweh" or "Yahweh, who looked like an angel."
(See also: chief, head, messenger, Michael, ruler, servant)
Bible References:
- 2 Samuel 24:16
- Acts 10:3-6
- Acts 12:23
- Colossians 02:18-19
- Genesis 48:16
- Luke 02:13
- Mark 08:38
- Matthew 13:50
- Revelation 01:20
- Zechariah 01:09
Word Data:
- Strong's: H47, H4397, G32, G743, G2465
Forms Found in the English ULB:
angel, angels, archangel
anger
Related Ideas:
angry, indignant, indignation, quick-tempered
Definition:
To "be angry" or to "have anger" means to be very displeased, irritated, and upset about something or against someone.
- When people get angry, they are often sinful and selfish, but sometimes they have righteous anger against injustice or oppression.
- God's anger (also called "wrath") expresses his strong displeasure regarding sin.
- The phrase "provoke to anger" means "cause to be angry."
- A "quick-tempered" person becomes angry quickly and easily.
- To be "indignant" is to grieve to the point of anger or to be angry because someone has been arrogant.
(See also: wrath)
Bible References:
- Ephesians 04:26
- Exodus 32:11
- Isaiah 57:16-17
- John 06:52-53
- Mark 10:14
- Matthew 26:08
- Psalms 018:08
Word Data:
- Strong's: H599, H639, H1149, H1984, H2152, H2194, H2195, H2198, H2534, H2734, H2740, H2787, H3179, H3707, H3708, H3824, H4751, H4843, H5674, H5678, H6225, H7107, H7110, H7266, H7307, H7852, G23, G1758, G2371, G2372, G3164, G3709, G3710, G3711, G3947, G3949, G3950, G4360, G5520
Forms Found in the English ULB:
anger, anger burned, angered, angry, burning anger, indignant, indignation, quick-tempered
anger
Related Ideas:
angry, indignant, indignation, quick-tempered
Definition:
To "be angry" or to "have anger" means to be very displeased, irritated, and upset about something or against someone.
- When people get angry, they are often sinful and selfish, but sometimes they have righteous anger against injustice or oppression.
- God's anger (also called "wrath") expresses his strong displeasure regarding sin.
- The phrase "provoke to anger" means "cause to be angry."
- A "quick-tempered" person becomes angry quickly and easily.
- To be "indignant" is to grieve to the point of anger or to be angry because someone has been arrogant.
(See also: wrath)
Bible References:
- Ephesians 04:26
- Exodus 32:11
- Isaiah 57:16-17
- John 06:52-53
- Mark 10:14
- Matthew 26:08
- Psalms 018:08
Word Data:
- Strong's: H599, H639, H1149, H1984, H2152, H2194, H2195, H2198, H2534, H2734, H2740, H2787, H3179, H3707, H3708, H3824, H4751, H4843, H5674, H5678, H6225, H7107, H7110, H7266, H7307, H7852, G23, G1758, G2371, G2372, G3164, G3709, G3710, G3711, G3947, G3949, G3950, G4360, G5520
Forms Found in the English ULB:
anger, anger burned, angered, angry, burning anger, indignant, indignation, quick-tempered
anguish
Related Ideas:
anxious, pain
Definition:
The term "anguish" refers to severe pain or distress.
- Anguish can be physical or emotional pain or distress.
- Often people who are in extreme anguish will show it in their face and behaviors.
- For example, a person in severe pain or anguish might grit his teeth or cry out.
- The term "anguish" could also be translated as "emotional distress" or "deep sorrow" or "severe pain."
Bible References:
- Jeremiah 06:24
- Jeremiah 19:09
- Job 15:24
- Luke 16:24
- Psalms 116:3-4
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2342, H2470, H2479, H3510, H3708, H4164, H4689, H4691, H5100, H6695, H6862, H6869, H7267, H7581, G928, G3600, G4928
Forms Found in the English ULB:
anguish, inflicts pain, pain, severe pain
anguish
Related Ideas:
anxious, pain
Definition:
The term "anguish" refers to severe pain or distress.
- Anguish can be physical or emotional pain or distress.
- Often people who are in extreme anguish will show it in their face and behaviors.
- For example, a person in severe pain or anguish might grit his teeth or cry out.
- The term "anguish" could also be translated as "emotional distress" or "deep sorrow" or "severe pain."
Bible References:
- Jeremiah 06:24
- Jeremiah 19:09
- Job 15:24
- Luke 16:24
- Psalms 116:3-4
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2342, H2470, H2479, H3510, H3708, H4164, H4689, H4691, H5100, H6695, H6862, H6869, H7267, H7581, G928, G3600, G4928
Forms Found in the English ULB:
anguish, inflicts pain, pain, severe pain
anoint
Related Ideas:
perfume, sons of fresh olive oil
Definition:
The term "anoint" means to rub or pour oil on a person or object. Sometimes the oil was mixed with spices, giving it a sweet, perfumed smell. The term is also used figuratively to refer to the Holy Spirit choosing and empowering someone.
- In the Old Testament, priests, kings, and prophets were anointed with oil to set them apart for special service to God.
- Objects such as altars or the tabernacle were also anointed with oil to show that they were to be used to worship and glorify God.
- In the New Testament, sick people were anointed with oil for their healing.
- The New Testament records two times that Jesus was anointed with perfumed oil by a woman, as an act of worship. One time Jesus commented that in doing this she was preparing him for his future burial.
- After Jesus died, his friends prepared his body for burial by anointing it with oils and spices.
- The titles "Messiah" (Hebrew) and "Christ" (Greek) mean "the Anointed (One)."
- Jesus the Messiah is the one who was chosen and anointed as a Prophet, High Priest, and King.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, the term "anoint" could be translated as "pour oil on" or "put oil on" or "consecrate by pouring perfumed oil on."
- To "be anointed" could be translated as "be consecrated with oil." or "be appointed" or "be consecrated."
- In some contexts the term "anoint" could be translated as "appoint."
- A phrase like "the anointed priest," could be translated as "the priest who was consecrated with oil" or "the priest who was set apart by the pouring on of oil."
(See also: Christ, consecrate, high priest, King of the Jews, priest, prophet )
Bible References:
- 1 John 02:20
- 1 John 02:27
- 1 Samuel 16:2-3
- Acts 04:27-28
- Amos 06:5-6
- Exodus 29:5-7
- James 05:13-15
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1101, H1878, H3323, H4473, H4886, H4888, H4899, H5480, G218, G1472, G3462, G3464, G5545, G5548
Forms Found in the English ULB:
anoint, anointed, anointing, perfume, sons of fresh olive oil
anoint
Related Ideas:
perfume, sons of fresh olive oil
Definition:
The term "anoint" means to rub or pour oil on a person or object. Sometimes the oil was mixed with spices, giving it a sweet, perfumed smell. The term is also used figuratively to refer to the Holy Spirit choosing and empowering someone.
- In the Old Testament, priests, kings, and prophets were anointed with oil to set them apart for special service to God.
- Objects such as altars or the tabernacle were also anointed with oil to show that they were to be used to worship and glorify God.
- In the New Testament, sick people were anointed with oil for their healing.
- The New Testament records two times that Jesus was anointed with perfumed oil by a woman, as an act of worship. One time Jesus commented that in doing this she was preparing him for his future burial.
- After Jesus died, his friends prepared his body for burial by anointing it with oils and spices.
- The titles "Messiah" (Hebrew) and "Christ" (Greek) mean "the Anointed (One)."
- Jesus the Messiah is the one who was chosen and anointed as a Prophet, High Priest, and King.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, the term "anoint" could be translated as "pour oil on" or "put oil on" or "consecrate by pouring perfumed oil on."
- To "be anointed" could be translated as "be consecrated with oil." or "be appointed" or "be consecrated."
- In some contexts the term "anoint" could be translated as "appoint."
- A phrase like "the anointed priest," could be translated as "the priest who was consecrated with oil" or "the priest who was set apart by the pouring on of oil."
(See also: Christ, consecrate, high priest, King of the Jews, priest, prophet )
Bible References:
- 1 John 02:20
- 1 John 02:27
- 1 Samuel 16:2-3
- Acts 04:27-28
- Amos 06:5-6
- Exodus 29:5-7
- James 05:13-15
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1101, H1878, H3323, H4473, H4886, H4888, H4899, H5480, G218, G1472, G3462, G3464, G5545, G5548
Forms Found in the English ULB:
anoint, anointed, anointing, perfume, sons of fresh olive oil
apostle
Related Ideas:
apostleship
Definition:
The "apostles" were men sent by Jesus to preach about God and his kingdom. The term "apostleship" refers to the position and authority of those who were chosen as apostles.
- The word "apostle" means "someone who is sent out for a special purpose." The apostle has the same authority as the one who sent him.
- Jesus' twelve closest disciples became the first apostles. Other men, such as Paul and James, also became apostles.
- By God's power, the apostles were able to boldly preach the gospel and heal people, and were able to force demons to come out of people.
Translation Suggestions:
- The word "apostle" can also be translated with a word or phrase that means "someone who is sent out" or "sent-out one" or "person who is called to go out and preach God's message to people."
- It is important to translate the terms "apostle" and "disciple" in different ways.
- Also consider how this term was translated in a Bible translation in a local or national language.
(See also: authority, disciple, James (son of Zebedee), Paul, the twelve)
Bible References:
- Jude 01:17-19
- Luke 09:12-14
Word Data:
- Strong's: G651, G652, G2491, G5376, G5570
Forms Found in the English ULB:
apostle, apostles, apostles', apostleship
apostle
Related Ideas:
apostleship
Definition:
The "apostles" were men sent by Jesus to preach about God and his kingdom. The term "apostleship" refers to the position and authority of those who were chosen as apostles.
- The word "apostle" means "someone who is sent out for a special purpose." The apostle has the same authority as the one who sent him.
- Jesus' twelve closest disciples became the first apostles. Other men, such as Paul and James, also became apostles.
- By God's power, the apostles were able to boldly preach the gospel and heal people, and were able to force demons to come out of people.
Translation Suggestions:
- The word "apostle" can also be translated with a word or phrase that means "someone who is sent out" or "sent-out one" or "person who is called to go out and preach God's message to people."
- It is important to translate the terms "apostle" and "disciple" in different ways.
- Also consider how this term was translated in a Bible translation in a local or national language.
(See also: authority, disciple, James (son of Zebedee), Paul, the twelve)
Bible References:
- Jude 01:17-19
- Luke 09:12-14
Word Data:
- Strong's: G651, G652, G2491, G5376, G5570
Forms Found in the English ULB:
apostle, apostles, apostles', apostleship
appoint
Related Ideas:
appointment, direct, predetermine, put in place, reserve, select, set in place, set over, set up, set under
Definition:
The terms "appoint" and "appointed" refer to choosing someone to fulfill a specific task or role.
- To "be appointed" can also refer to being "chosen" to receive something, as in "appointed to eternal life." That people were "appointed to eternal life" means they were chosen to receive eternal life.
- The phrase "appointed time" refers to God's "chosen time" or "planned time" for something to happen.
- The word "appoint" may also mean to "command" or "assign" someone to do something.
- To "predetermine" something is to decide beforehand that it will happen and make sure that it happens.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, ways to translate "appoint" could include "choose" or "assign" or "formally choose" or "designate."
- The term "appointed" could be translated as "assigned" or "planned" or "specifically chose."
- The phrase "be appointed" could also be translated as "be chosen."
Bible References:
- 1 Samuel 08:11
- Acts 03:20
- Acts 06:02
- Acts 13:48
- Genesis 41:33-34
- Numbers 03:9-10
Word Data:
- Strong's: H561, H977, H2163, H2706, H2708, H3198, H3245, H3259, H4150, H4152, H4483, H4487, H4662, H5258, H5414, H5975, H6485, H6680, H6942, H6966, H7760, H7761, H7896, G322, G606, G2525, G2749, G2820, G3724, G4296, G4384, G4400, G4929, G5021, G5083, G5087
Forms Found in the English ULB:
appoint, appointed, appointed by lot, appointment, appoints, area ... reserved, directed, predetermined, put ... in place, reserved, selected, selects, set ... in place, set ... over, set ... up, set under
appoint
Related Ideas:
appointment, direct, predetermine, put in place, reserve, select, set in place, set over, set up, set under
Definition:
The terms "appoint" and "appointed" refer to choosing someone to fulfill a specific task or role.
- To "be appointed" can also refer to being "chosen" to receive something, as in "appointed to eternal life." That people were "appointed to eternal life" means they were chosen to receive eternal life.
- The phrase "appointed time" refers to God's "chosen time" or "planned time" for something to happen.
- The word "appoint" may also mean to "command" or "assign" someone to do something.
- To "predetermine" something is to decide beforehand that it will happen and make sure that it happens.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, ways to translate "appoint" could include "choose" or "assign" or "formally choose" or "designate."
- The term "appointed" could be translated as "assigned" or "planned" or "specifically chose."
- The phrase "be appointed" could also be translated as "be chosen."
Bible References:
- 1 Samuel 08:11
- Acts 03:20
- Acts 06:02
- Acts 13:48
- Genesis 41:33-34
- Numbers 03:9-10
Word Data:
- Strong's: H561, H977, H2163, H2706, H2708, H3198, H3245, H3259, H4150, H4152, H4483, H4487, H4662, H5258, H5414, H5975, H6485, H6680, H6942, H6966, H7760, H7761, H7896, G322, G606, G2525, G2749, G2820, G3724, G4296, G4384, G4400, G4929, G5021, G5083, G5087
Forms Found in the English ULB:
appoint, appointed, appointed by lot, appointment, appoints, area ... reserved, directed, predetermined, put ... in place, reserved, selected, selects, set ... in place, set ... over, set ... up, set under
ark
Related Ideas:
chest
Definition:
The term "ark" literally refers to a rectangular wooden box that is made to hold or protect something. An ark can be large or small, depending on what it is being used for.
- In the English Bible, the word "ark" is first used to refer to the very large, rectangular, wooden boat that Noah built to escape the worldwide flood. The ark had a flat bottom, a roof, and walls.
- Ways to translate this term could include "very large boat" or "barge" or "cargo ship" or "large, box-shaped boat."
- The Hebrew word that is used to refer to this huge boat is the same word used for the basket or box that held baby Moses when his mother put him in the Nile River to hide him. In that case it is usually translated as "basket."
- In the phrase "ark of the covenant," a different Hebrew word is used for "ark." This could be translated as "box" or "chest" or "container."
- When choosing a term to translate "ark," it is important in each context to consider what size it is and what it is being used for.
(See also: ark of the covenant, basket)
Bible References:
- 1 Peter 03:20
- Exodus 16:33-36
- Exodus 30:06
- Genesis 08:4-5
- Luke 17:27
- Matthew 24:37-39
Word Data:
- Strong's: H727, H8392, G2787
Forms Found in the English ULB:
ark, chest
ark
Related Ideas:
chest
Definition:
The term "ark" literally refers to a rectangular wooden box that is made to hold or protect something. An ark can be large or small, depending on what it is being used for.
- In the English Bible, the word "ark" is first used to refer to the very large, rectangular, wooden boat that Noah built to escape the worldwide flood. The ark had a flat bottom, a roof, and walls.
- Ways to translate this term could include "very large boat" or "barge" or "cargo ship" or "large, box-shaped boat."
- The Hebrew word that is used to refer to this huge boat is the same word used for the basket or box that held baby Moses when his mother put him in the Nile River to hide him. In that case it is usually translated as "basket."
- In the phrase "ark of the covenant," a different Hebrew word is used for "ark." This could be translated as "box" or "chest" or "container."
- When choosing a term to translate "ark," it is important in each context to consider what size it is and what it is being used for.
(See also: ark of the covenant, basket)
Bible References:
- 1 Peter 03:20
- Exodus 16:33-36
- Exodus 30:06
- Genesis 08:4-5
- Luke 17:27
- Matthew 24:37-39
Word Data:
- Strong's: H727, H8392, G2787
Forms Found in the English ULB:
ark, chest
ash
Related Ideas:
powder
Definitions:
The term "ash" or "ashes" refers to the grey powdery substance that is left behind after wood is burned. It is sometimes used figuratively to refer to something that is worthless or useless.
- In the Bible sometimes the word "dust" is used when speaking about ashes. It can also refer to the fine, loose dirt that can form on dry ground.
- An "ash heap" is a pile of ashes.
- In ancient times, sitting in ashes was a sign of mourning or grieving.
- When grieving, it was the custom to wear rough, scratchy sackcloth and sit in ashes or sprinkle the ashes on the head.
- Putting ashes on the head was also a sign of humiliation or embarrassment.
- Striving for something worthless, is said to be like "feeding on ashes."
- When translating "ashes," use the word in the project language that refers to the burned-up remains after wood has burned.
- Note that an "ash tree" is a completely different term.
(See also: fire, sackcloth)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 20:10
- Jeremiah 06:26
- Psalms 102:09
- Psalms 113:07
Word Data:
- Strong's: H80, H665, H6083, H6368, H7834, G2868, G4700, G5077, G5522
Forms Found in the English ULB:
ash, ashes, powder
ash
Related Ideas:
powder
Definitions:
The term "ash" or "ashes" refers to the grey powdery substance that is left behind after wood is burned. It is sometimes used figuratively to refer to something that is worthless or useless.
- In the Bible sometimes the word "dust" is used when speaking about ashes. It can also refer to the fine, loose dirt that can form on dry ground.
- An "ash heap" is a pile of ashes.
- In ancient times, sitting in ashes was a sign of mourning or grieving.
- When grieving, it was the custom to wear rough, scratchy sackcloth and sit in ashes or sprinkle the ashes on the head.
- Putting ashes on the head was also a sign of humiliation or embarrassment.
- Striving for something worthless, is said to be like "feeding on ashes."
- When translating "ashes," use the word in the project language that refers to the burned-up remains after wood has burned.
- Note that an "ash tree" is a completely different term.
(See also: fire, sackcloth)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 20:10
- Jeremiah 06:26
- Psalms 102:09
- Psalms 113:07
Word Data:
- Strong's: H80, H665, H6083, H6368, H7834, G2868, G4700, G5077, G5522
Forms Found in the English ULB:
ash, ashes, powder
asleep
Related Ideas:
sleep, sleeper
Definition:
These terms can have figurative meanings relating to death.
- To "sleep" or "be asleep" can be a metaphor meaning to "be dead."
- The expression "fall asleep" means start sleeping, or, figuratively, die.
- To "sleep with one’s fathers" means to die, as one’s ancestors have, or to be dead, as one's ancestors are.
- To "lie down" with others who have died means to die, as they have died, or to be dead, as they are dead.
- The word "lie" often appears in connection with the idea of sleep. This "lie" refers to lying down on a bed or other sleeping place, not to saying things that are untrue.
The phrases "lie with" and "sleep with," when referring to what a man and a woman do together, is a euphemism for them having sexual relations.
Translation Suggestions:
- To "fall asleep" could be translated as to "suddenly become asleep" or to "start sleeping" or to "die," depending on its meaning.
- Note: It is especially important to keep the figurative expression in contexts where the audience did not understand the meaning. For example, when Jesus told his disciples that Lazarus had "fallen asleep" they thought he meant that Lazarus was just sleeping naturally. In this context, it would not make sense to translate this as "he died."
- Some project languages may have a different expression for death or dying which could be used if the expressions "sleep" and "asleep" do not make sense.
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 18:27-29
- 1 Thessalonians 04:14
- Acts 07:60
- Daniel 12:02
- Psalms 044:23
- Romans 13:11
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1957, H3462, H3463, H7290, H7901, H8139, H8142, H8153, H8639, G879, G1852, G1853, G2518, G2837, G5258
Forms Found in the English ULB:
asleep, fallen asleep, fell asleep, sleep, lay down, lies down, sleeper, sleeping, sleeps, slept
asleep
Related Ideas:
sleep, sleeper
Definition:
These terms can have figurative meanings relating to death.
- To "sleep" or "be asleep" can be a metaphor meaning to "be dead."
- The expression "fall asleep" means start sleeping, or, figuratively, die.
- To "sleep with one’s fathers" means to die, as one’s ancestors have, or to be dead, as one's ancestors are.
- To "lie down" with others who have died means to die, as they have died, or to be dead, as they are dead.
- The word "lie" often appears in connection with the idea of sleep. This "lie" refers to lying down on a bed or other sleeping place, not to saying things that are untrue.
The phrases "lie with" and "sleep with," when referring to what a man and a woman do together, is a euphemism for them having sexual relations.
Translation Suggestions:
- To "fall asleep" could be translated as to "suddenly become asleep" or to "start sleeping" or to "die," depending on its meaning.
- Note: It is especially important to keep the figurative expression in contexts where the audience did not understand the meaning. For example, when Jesus told his disciples that Lazarus had "fallen asleep" they thought he meant that Lazarus was just sleeping naturally. In this context, it would not make sense to translate this as "he died."
- Some project languages may have a different expression for death or dying which could be used if the expressions "sleep" and "asleep" do not make sense.
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 18:27-29
- 1 Thessalonians 04:14
- Acts 07:60
- Daniel 12:02
- Psalms 044:23
- Romans 13:11
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1957, H3462, H3463, H7290, H7901, H8139, H8142, H8153, H8639, G879, G1852, G1853, G2518, G2837, G5258
Forms Found in the English ULB:
asleep, fallen asleep, fell asleep, sleep, lay down, lies down, sleeper, sleeping, sleeps, slept
assembly
Related Ideas:
assemble together, bring together, call together, come together, community, congregation, crowd, gather, gathering, group, meet, meeting
Definition:
The term "assembly" usually refers to a group of people who come together to discuss problems, give advice, and make decisions.
- An assembly can be a group that is organized in an official and somewhat permanent way, or it can be a group of people who come together temporarily for a specific purpose or occasion.
- In the Old Testament there was a special kind of assembly called a "sacred assembly" in which the people of Israel would gather to worship Yahweh.
- Sometimes the term "assembly" referred to the Israelites in general, as a group.
- A large gathering of enemy soldiers was sometimes also referred to as an "assembly." This could be translated as "army."
- In the New Testament, an assembly of 70 Jewish leaders in major cities such as Jerusalem would meet to judge legal matters and to settle disputes between people. This assembly was known as the "Sanhedrin" or the "Council."
Translation Suggestions
- Depending on the context, "assembly" could also be translated as "special gathering" or "congregation" or "council" or "army" or "large group."
- When the term "assembly" refers generally to the Israelites as a whole, it could also be translated as "community" or "people of Israel."
- The phrase, "all the assembly" could be translated as "all the people" or "the whole group of Israelites" or "everyone."
(See also: council)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 08:14
- Acts 07:38
- Ezra 10:12-13
- Hebrews 12:22-24
- Leviticus 04:20-21
- Nehemiah 08:1-3
Word Data:
- Strong's: H622, H1481, H2199, H3259, H4150, H4186, H4744, H5475, H5712, H6116, H6908, H6950, H6951, H6952, H7125, G1218, G1577, G3831, G4863, G4864, G4871, G4905
Forms Found in the English ULB:
assemble, assembled, assembled together, assemblies, assembling, assembly, bring ... together, brought ... together, called ... together, came together, come together, comes together, community, community's, congregation, crowd, gather, gather ... together, gathered, gathered ... together, gathering, gathers, group, joyful assembly, meet, meeting, meetings, met
assembly
Related Ideas:
assemble together, bring together, call together, come together, community, congregation, crowd, gather, gathering, group, meet, meeting
Definition:
The term "assembly" usually refers to a group of people who come together to discuss problems, give advice, and make decisions.
- An assembly can be a group that is organized in an official and somewhat permanent way, or it can be a group of people who come together temporarily for a specific purpose or occasion.
- In the Old Testament there was a special kind of assembly called a "sacred assembly" in which the people of Israel would gather to worship Yahweh.
- Sometimes the term "assembly" referred to the Israelites in general, as a group.
- A large gathering of enemy soldiers was sometimes also referred to as an "assembly." This could be translated as "army."
- In the New Testament, an assembly of 70 Jewish leaders in major cities such as Jerusalem would meet to judge legal matters and to settle disputes between people. This assembly was known as the "Sanhedrin" or the "Council."
Translation Suggestions
- Depending on the context, "assembly" could also be translated as "special gathering" or "congregation" or "council" or "army" or "large group."
- When the term "assembly" refers generally to the Israelites as a whole, it could also be translated as "community" or "people of Israel."
- The phrase, "all the assembly" could be translated as "all the people" or "the whole group of Israelites" or "everyone."
(See also: council)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 08:14
- Acts 07:38
- Ezra 10:12-13
- Hebrews 12:22-24
- Leviticus 04:20-21
- Nehemiah 08:1-3
Word Data:
- Strong's: H622, H1481, H2199, H3259, H4150, H4186, H4744, H5475, H5712, H6116, H6908, H6950, H6951, H6952, H7125, G1218, G1577, G3831, G4863, G4864, G4871, G4905
Forms Found in the English ULB:
assemble, assembled, assembled together, assemblies, assembling, assembly, bring ... together, brought ... together, called ... together, came together, come together, comes together, community, community's, congregation, crowd, gather, gather ... together, gathered, gathered ... together, gathering, gathers, group, joyful assembly, meet, meeting, meetings, met
assign
Related Ideas:
assignment, portion, reassign
Definitions:
The term "assign" or "assigned" refers to appointing someone to do a specific task or designating something to be provided to one or more people.
- The prophet Samuel foretold that King Saul would "assign" the best young men of Israel to serve in the military.
- Moses "assigned" to each of the twelve tribes of Israel a portion of the land of Canaan for them to live on.
- Under the Old Testament law, certain tribes of Israel were assigned to serve as priests, artists, singers and builders.
- Depending on the context, "assign" could be translated as "give" or "appoint" or "choose for the task of."
- The term "assigned" could be translated as "appointed" or "given the task."
(See also: appoint, Samuel, Saul (OT))
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 06:48
- Daniel 12:13
- Jeremiah 43:11
- Joshua 18:02
- Numbers 04:27-28
- Psalms 078:55
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1486, H2505, H2506, H2706, H3335, H4487, H4864, H4888, H4941, H5157, H5307, H5344, H5414, H5596, H5975, H6485, H7760, G3307
Forms Found in the English ULB:
assign, assigned, assigned portion, assigning, assignment, assignments, given ... portion, place assigned, portion, portions, reassign
assign
Related Ideas:
assignment, portion, reassign
Definitions:
The term "assign" or "assigned" refers to appointing someone to do a specific task or designating something to be provided to one or more people.
- The prophet Samuel foretold that King Saul would "assign" the best young men of Israel to serve in the military.
- Moses "assigned" to each of the twelve tribes of Israel a portion of the land of Canaan for them to live on.
- Under the Old Testament law, certain tribes of Israel were assigned to serve as priests, artists, singers and builders.
- Depending on the context, "assign" could be translated as "give" or "appoint" or "choose for the task of."
- The term "assigned" could be translated as "appointed" or "given the task."
(See also: appoint, Samuel, Saul (OT))
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 06:48
- Daniel 12:13
- Jeremiah 43:11
- Joshua 18:02
- Numbers 04:27-28
- Psalms 078:55
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1486, H2505, H2506, H2706, H3335, H4487, H4864, H4888, H4941, H5157, H5307, H5344, H5414, H5596, H5975, H6485, H7760, G3307
Forms Found in the English ULB:
assign, assigned, assigned portion, assigning, assignment, assignments, given ... portion, place assigned, portion, portions, reassign
authority
Related Ideas:
authority to judge, place in charge, put in charge, right
Definition:
The term "authority" refers to the power of influence and control that someone has over someone else.
- Kings and other governing rulers have authority over the people they are ruling.
- The word "authorities" can refer to people, governments, or organizations that have authority over others.
- The word "authorities" can also refer to spirit beings who have power over people who have not submitted themselves to God’s authority.
- Masters have authority over their servants or slaves. Parents have authority over their children.
- Governments have the authority or right to make laws that govern their citizens.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "authority" can also be translated as "control" or "right" or "qualifications."
- Sometimes "authority" is used with the meaning of "power."
- When "authorities" is used to refer to people or organizations who rule people, it could also be translated as "leaders" or "rulers" or "powers."
- The phrase "by his own authority" could also be translated as, "with his own right to lead" or "based on his own qualifications."
- The expression, "under authority" could be translated as, "responsible to obey" or "having to obey others' commands."
(See also: citizen, command, obey, power, ruler)
Bible References:
- Colossians 02:10
- Esther 09:29
- Genesis 41:35
- Jonah 03:6-7
- Luke 12:05
- Luke 20:1-2
- Mark 01:22
- Matthew 08:09
- Matthew 28:19
- Titus 03:01
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2940, H4475, H4910, H4915, H6486, H6666, H6680, H7980, H7990, H8633, G831, G1413, G1849, G1850, G2003, G2525, G2715, G2917, G2963, G5247
Forms Found in the English ULB:
authorities, authority, authority to judge, places ... in charge, put ... in charge, puts ... in charge, right, was ... in charge, were ... in charge
authority
Related Ideas:
authority to judge, place in charge, put in charge, right
Definition:
The term "authority" refers to the power of influence and control that someone has over someone else.
- Kings and other governing rulers have authority over the people they are ruling.
- The word "authorities" can refer to people, governments, or organizations that have authority over others.
- The word "authorities" can also refer to spirit beings who have power over people who have not submitted themselves to God’s authority.
- Masters have authority over their servants or slaves. Parents have authority over their children.
- Governments have the authority or right to make laws that govern their citizens.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "authority" can also be translated as "control" or "right" or "qualifications."
- Sometimes "authority" is used with the meaning of "power."
- When "authorities" is used to refer to people or organizations who rule people, it could also be translated as "leaders" or "rulers" or "powers."
- The phrase "by his own authority" could also be translated as, "with his own right to lead" or "based on his own qualifications."
- The expression, "under authority" could be translated as, "responsible to obey" or "having to obey others' commands."
(See also: citizen, command, obey, power, ruler)
Bible References:
- Colossians 02:10
- Esther 09:29
- Genesis 41:35
- Jonah 03:6-7
- Luke 12:05
- Luke 20:1-2
- Mark 01:22
- Matthew 08:09
- Matthew 28:19
- Titus 03:01
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2940, H4475, H4910, H4915, H6486, H6666, H6680, H7980, H7990, H8633, G831, G1413, G1849, G1850, G2003, G2525, G2715, G2917, G2963, G5247
Forms Found in the English ULB:
authorities, authority, authority to judge, places ... in charge, put ... in charge, puts ... in charge, right, was ... in charge, were ... in charge
avenge
Related Ideas:
avenger, revenge, see justice done, vengeance, vengefully
Definition:
To "avenge" or "take revenge" or "execute vengeance" is to punish someone in order to pay him back for the harm he did. The act of avenging or taking revenge is "vengeance."
- Usually "avenge" implies an intent to see justice done or to right a wrong.
- When referring to people, the expression "take revenge" or "get revenge" usually involves wanting to get back at the person who did the harm.
- When God "takes vengeance" or "executes vengeance," he is acting in righteousness because he is punishing sin and rebellion.
Translation Suggestions:
- The expression to "avenge" could also be translated as to "right a wrong" or to "get justice for."
- When referring to human beings, to "take revenge" could be translated as "pay back" or "hurt in order to punish" or "get back at."
- Depending on the context, "vengeance" could be translated as "punishment" or "punishment of sin" or "payment for wrongs done." If a word meaning "retaliation" is used, this would apply to human beings only.
- When God says, "take my vengeance," this could be translated by "punish them for wrongs done against me" or "cause bad things to happen because they have sinned against me."
- When referring to God's vengeance, make sure it is clear that God is right in his punishment of sin.
(See also: punish, justice, righteous)
Bible References:
- 1 Samuel 24:12-13
- Ezekiel 25:15
- Isaiah 47:3-5
- Leviticus 19:17-18
- Psalms 018:47
- Romans 12:19
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1350, H3467, H5352, H5358, H5359, H5360, H8199, G1556, G1557, G1558, G3709
Forms Found in the English ULB:
avenge, avenged, avenger, avenges, avenging, have revenge, revenge, see ... justice ... done, vengeance, vengefully
avenge
Related Ideas:
avenger, revenge, see justice done, vengeance, vengefully
Definition:
To "avenge" or "take revenge" or "execute vengeance" is to punish someone in order to pay him back for the harm he did. The act of avenging or taking revenge is "vengeance."
- Usually "avenge" implies an intent to see justice done or to right a wrong.
- When referring to people, the expression "take revenge" or "get revenge" usually involves wanting to get back at the person who did the harm.
- When God "takes vengeance" or "executes vengeance," he is acting in righteousness because he is punishing sin and rebellion.
Translation Suggestions:
- The expression to "avenge" could also be translated as to "right a wrong" or to "get justice for."
- When referring to human beings, to "take revenge" could be translated as "pay back" or "hurt in order to punish" or "get back at."
- Depending on the context, "vengeance" could be translated as "punishment" or "punishment of sin" or "payment for wrongs done." If a word meaning "retaliation" is used, this would apply to human beings only.
- When God says, "take my vengeance," this could be translated by "punish them for wrongs done against me" or "cause bad things to happen because they have sinned against me."
- When referring to God's vengeance, make sure it is clear that God is right in his punishment of sin.
(See also: punish, justice, righteous)
Bible References:
- 1 Samuel 24:12-13
- Ezekiel 25:15
- Isaiah 47:3-5
- Leviticus 19:17-18
- Psalms 018:47
- Romans 12:19
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1350, H3467, H5352, H5358, H5359, H5360, H8199, G1556, G1557, G1558, G3709
Forms Found in the English ULB:
avenge, avenged, avenger, avenges, avenging, have revenge, revenge, see ... justice ... done, vengeance, vengefully
baptize
Related Ideas:
baptism
Definition:
In the New Testament, the terms "baptize" and "baptism" usually refer to ritually bathing a Christian with water to show that he has been cleansed from sin and has been united with Christ.
- Besides water baptism, the Bible talks about being "baptized with the Holy Spirit" and "baptized with fire."
- The term "baptism" is also used in the Bible to refer to going through great suffering.
Translation Suggestions:
- Christians have different views about how a person should be baptized with water. It is probably best to translate this term in a general way that allows for different ways of applying the water.
- Depending on the context, the term "baptize" could be translated as "purify," "pour out on," "plunge (or dip) into," "wash," or "spiritually cleanse." For example, "baptize you with water" could be translated as, "plunge you into water."
- The term "baptism" could be translated as "purification," "a pouring out," "a dipping," "a cleansing," or "a spiritual washing."
- When it refers to suffering, "baptism" could also be translated as "a time of terrible suffering" or "a cleansing through severe suffering."
- Also consider how this term is translated in a Bible translation in a local or national language.
(See also: John (the Baptist), repent, Holy Spirit)
Bible References:
- Acts 02:38
- Acts 08:36
- Acts 09:18
- Acts 10:48
- Luke 03:16
- Matthew 03:14
- Matthew 28:18-19
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
baptism, baptize, baptized, baptizing
baptize
Related Ideas:
baptism
Definition:
In the New Testament, the terms "baptize" and "baptism" usually refer to ritually bathing a Christian with water to show that he has been cleansed from sin and has been united with Christ.
- Besides water baptism, the Bible talks about being "baptized with the Holy Spirit" and "baptized with fire."
- The term "baptism" is also used in the Bible to refer to going through great suffering.
Translation Suggestions:
- Christians have different views about how a person should be baptized with water. It is probably best to translate this term in a general way that allows for different ways of applying the water.
- Depending on the context, the term "baptize" could be translated as "purify," "pour out on," "plunge (or dip) into," "wash," or "spiritually cleanse." For example, "baptize you with water" could be translated as, "plunge you into water."
- The term "baptism" could be translated as "purification," "a pouring out," "a dipping," "a cleansing," or "a spiritual washing."
- When it refers to suffering, "baptism" could also be translated as "a time of terrible suffering" or "a cleansing through severe suffering."
- Also consider how this term is translated in a Bible translation in a local or national language.
(See also: John (the Baptist), repent, Holy Spirit)
Bible References:
- Acts 02:38
- Acts 08:36
- Acts 09:18
- Acts 10:48
- Luke 03:16
- Matthew 03:14
- Matthew 28:18-19
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
baptism, baptize, baptized, baptizing
basket
Related Ideas:
basketful, cage
Definition:
The term "basket" refers to a container made of woven material.
- In biblical times, baskets were probably woven with strong plant materials, such as wood from peeled tree branches or twigs.
- A basket could be coated with a waterproof substance so that it could float.
- When Moses was a baby, his mother made a waterproof basket to put him in and floated it among the reeds of the Nile River.
- The word translated as "basket" in that story is the same word that is translated as "ark" referring to the boat that Noah built. The common meaning of its use in these two contexts may be "floating container."
- A "cage" is a container in which people keep animals.
(See also: ark, Moses, Nile River, Noah)
Bible References:
- 2 Corinthians 11:33
- Acts 09:25
- Amos 08:01
- John 06:13-15
- Judges 06:19-20
- Matthew 14:20
Word Data:
- Strong's: H374, H1731, H1736, H2935, H3619, H5536, H8392, G2894, G3426, G4553, G4711
Forms Found in the English ULB:
basket, basketfuls, baskets, cage
basket
Related Ideas:
basketful, cage
Definition:
The term "basket" refers to a container made of woven material.
- In biblical times, baskets were probably woven with strong plant materials, such as wood from peeled tree branches or twigs.
- A basket could be coated with a waterproof substance so that it could float.
- When Moses was a baby, his mother made a waterproof basket to put him in and floated it among the reeds of the Nile River.
- The word translated as "basket" in that story is the same word that is translated as "ark" referring to the boat that Noah built. The common meaning of its use in these two contexts may be "floating container."
- A "cage" is a container in which people keep animals.
(See also: ark, Moses, Nile River, Noah)
Bible References:
- 2 Corinthians 11:33
- Acts 09:25
- Amos 08:01
- John 06:13-15
- Judges 06:19-20
- Matthew 14:20
Word Data:
- Strong's: H374, H1731, H1736, H2935, H3619, H5536, H8392, G2894, G3426, G4553, G4711
Forms Found in the English ULB:
basket, basketfuls, baskets, cage
bear
Related Ideas:
bearer, bear with, birth, carry, childbirth, support, sustain, tolerate
Definitions:
The term "bear" literally means "carry" something. There are also many figurative uses of this term.
- When speaking of a woman who will bear a child, this means "give birth to" a child.
- To "bear a burden" means to "experience difficult things." These difficult things could include physical or emotional suffering.
- To "bear with" someone means to be patient with them and their faults.
- A common expression in the Bible is "bear fruit," which means "produce fruit" or "have fruit."
- The expression "bear witness" means "testify" or "report what one has seen or experienced."
- The statement that "a son will not bear the iniquity of his father" means that he "will not be held responsible for" or "will not be punished for" his father's sins.
- In general, this term could be translated as "carry" or "be responsible for" or "produce" or "have" or "endure," depending on the context.
(See also: burden, Elisha, endure, fruit, iniquity, report, sheep, strength, testimony, testimony)
Bible References:
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2032, H2232, H3201, H3205, H3211, H4138, H4853, H5375, H5445, H5449, H5582, H6030, H6403, H6509, H6779, H7617, G142, G430, G941, G1080, G1627, G2592, G3140, G4722, G4828, G5041, G5088, G5342, G5409, G5576
Forms Found in the English ULB:
bear, bearer, bearing, bearing with, bears, birth, bore, born, borne, carried, carry, carrying, childbirth, gave birth, give birth, given birth, gives birth, has ... borne, have ... borne, support, supported, supports, sustain, sustains, tolerate
bear
Related Ideas:
bearer, bear with, birth, carry, childbirth, support, sustain, tolerate
Definitions:
The term "bear" literally means "carry" something. There are also many figurative uses of this term.
- When speaking of a woman who will bear a child, this means "give birth to" a child.
- To "bear a burden" means to "experience difficult things." These difficult things could include physical or emotional suffering.
- To "bear with" someone means to be patient with them and their faults.
- A common expression in the Bible is "bear fruit," which means "produce fruit" or "have fruit."
- The expression "bear witness" means "testify" or "report what one has seen or experienced."
- The statement that "a son will not bear the iniquity of his father" means that he "will not be held responsible for" or "will not be punished for" his father's sins.
- In general, this term could be translated as "carry" or "be responsible for" or "produce" or "have" or "endure," depending on the context.
(See also: burden, Elisha, endure, fruit, iniquity, report, sheep, strength, testimony, testimony)
Bible References:
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2032, H2232, H3201, H3205, H3211, H4138, H4853, H5375, H5445, H5449, H5582, H6030, H6403, H6509, H6779, H7617, G142, G430, G941, G1080, G1627, G2592, G3140, G4722, G4828, G5041, G5088, G5342, G5409, G5576
Forms Found in the English ULB:
bear, bearer, bearing, bearing with, bears, birth, bore, born, borne, carried, carry, carrying, childbirth, gave birth, give birth, given birth, gives birth, has ... borne, have ... borne, support, supported, supports, sustain, sustains, tolerate
bear
Definition:
A bear is a large, four-legged furry animal with dark brown or black hair, with sharp teeth and claws. Bears were common in Israel during Bible times.
- These animals live in forests and mountain areas; they eat fish, insects, and plants.
- In the Old Testament, the bear is used as a symbol of strength.
- While tending sheep, the shepherd David fought a bear and defeated it.
- Two bears came out of the forest and attacked a group of youths who had mocked the prophet Elisha.
(See also: David, Elisha)
Bible References:
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
bear, bears
bear
Definition:
A bear is a large, four-legged furry animal with dark brown or black hair, with sharp teeth and claws. Bears were common in Israel during Bible times.
- These animals live in forests and mountain areas; they eat fish, insects, and plants.
- In the Old Testament, the bear is used as a symbol of strength.
- While tending sheep, the shepherd David fought a bear and defeated it.
- Two bears came out of the forest and attacked a group of youths who had mocked the prophet Elisha.
(See also: David, Elisha)
Bible References:
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
bear, bears
beast
Related Ideas:
animal
Definitions:
In the Bible, the term "beast" is often just another way of saying "animal."
- A wild beast is a type of animal that lives freely in the forest or fields and has not been trained by people.
- A domestic beast is an animal that lives with people and is kept for food or for performing work, such as plowing fields. Often the term "livestock" is used to refer to this kind of animal.
- The Old Testament book of Daniel and the New Testament book of Revelation describe visions which have beasts that represent evil powers and authorities that oppose God.
- Some of these beasts are described as having strange features, such as several heads and many horns. They often have power and authority, indicating that they may represent countries, nations, or other political powers.
- Ways to translate this could include "creature" or "created thing" or "animal" or "wild animal," depending on the context.
(See also: authority, Daniel, livestock, nation, power, reveal, Beelzebul)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 15:32
- 1 Samuel 17:44
- 2 Chronicles 25:18
- Jeremiah 16:1-4
- Leviticus 07:21
- Psalms 049:12-13
Word Data:
- Strong's: H338, H929, H1165, H2123, H2416, H2423, H2874, H4806, G2226, G2341, G2342, G2934, G4968, G5074
Forms Found in the English ULB:
animal, animal's, animals, beast, beast's, beasts
beast
Related Ideas:
animal
Definitions:
In the Bible, the term "beast" is often just another way of saying "animal."
- A wild beast is a type of animal that lives freely in the forest or fields and has not been trained by people.
- A domestic beast is an animal that lives with people and is kept for food or for performing work, such as plowing fields. Often the term "livestock" is used to refer to this kind of animal.
- The Old Testament book of Daniel and the New Testament book of Revelation describe visions which have beasts that represent evil powers and authorities that oppose God.
- Some of these beasts are described as having strange features, such as several heads and many horns. They often have power and authority, indicating that they may represent countries, nations, or other political powers.
- Ways to translate this could include "creature" or "created thing" or "animal" or "wild animal," depending on the context.
(See also: authority, Daniel, livestock, nation, power, reveal, Beelzebul)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 15:32
- 1 Samuel 17:44
- 2 Chronicles 25:18
- Jeremiah 16:1-4
- Leviticus 07:21
- Psalms 049:12-13
Word Data:
- Strong's: H338, H929, H1165, H2123, H2416, H2423, H2874, H4806, G2226, G2341, G2342, G2934, G4968, G5074
Forms Found in the English ULB:
animal, animal's, animals, beast, beast's, beasts
beg
Related Ideas:
ask, beggar, needy
Definition:
The term "beg" means to urgently ask someone for something. It often refers to asking for money, but it is also commonly used to refer to pleading for something.
- Often people beg or plead when they strongly need something, but don't know if the other person will give them what they ask for.
- A "beggar" is someone who regularly sits or stands in a public place to ask people for money.
- Depending on the context, this term could be translated as, "plead" or "urgently ask" or "demand money" or "regularly ask for money."
(See also: plead)
Bible References:
- Luke 16:20
- Mark 06:56
- Matthew 14:36
- Psalm 045:12-13
Word Data:
- Strong's: H34, H577, H1245, H6035, H7592, G154, G1189, G1871, G2065, G3726, G3870, G4319, G4434
Forms Found in the English ULB:
ask, asking, asks, beg, beggar, begged, begging, needy
beg
Related Ideas:
ask, beggar, needy
Definition:
The term "beg" means to urgently ask someone for something. It often refers to asking for money, but it is also commonly used to refer to pleading for something.
- Often people beg or plead when they strongly need something, but don't know if the other person will give them what they ask for.
- A "beggar" is someone who regularly sits or stands in a public place to ask people for money.
- Depending on the context, this term could be translated as, "plead" or "urgently ask" or "demand money" or "regularly ask for money."
(See also: plead)
Bible References:
- Luke 16:20
- Mark 06:56
- Matthew 14:36
- Psalm 045:12-13
Word Data:
- Strong's: H34, H577, H1245, H6035, H7592, G154, G1189, G1871, G2065, G3726, G3870, G4319, G4434
Forms Found in the English ULB:
ask, asking, asks, beg, beggar, begged, begging, needy
believe
Related Ideas:
be persuaded, belief, believer, have faith, persuade, persuasive
Definition:
The terms "believe" and "believe in" are closely related, but have slightly different meanings:
- believe
- To believe something is to accept or trust that it is true.
- To believe someone is to acknowledge that what that person has said is true.
- To persuade someone is to get that person to believe that something is true.
- believe in
- To "believe in" someone means to "trust in" that person. It means to trust that the person is who he says he is, that he always speaks the truth, and that he will do what he has promised to do.
- When a person truly believes in something, he will act in such a way that shows that belief.
- The phrase "have faith in" usually has the same meaning as "believe in."
- To "believe in Jesus" means to believe that he is the Son of God, that he is God himself who also became human and who died as a sacrifice to pay for our sins. It means to trust him as Savior and live in a way that honors him.
In the Bible, the term "believer" refers to someone who believes in and relies on Jesus Christ as Savior.
- The term "believer" literally means "person who believes."
- The term "Christian" eventually came to be the main title for believers because it indicates that they believe in Christ and obey his teachings.
The term "unbelief" refers to not believing something or someone.
- In the Bible, "unbelief" refers to not believing in or not trusting in Jesus as one's Savior.
- A person who does not believe in Jesus is called an "unbeliever."
Translation Suggestions:
Translating "believe" and "believe in":
* To "believe" could be translated as to "know to be true" or "know to be right."
* To "believe in" could be translated as "trust completely" or "trust and obey" or "completely rely on and follow."
Translating "believer":
* Some translations may prefer to say "believer in Jesus" or "believer in Christ."
* This term could also be translated by a word or phrase that means "person who trusts in Jesus" or "someone who knows Jesus and lives for him."
* Other ways to translate "believer" could be "follower of Jesus" or "person who knows and obeys Jesus."
* The term "believer" is a general term for any believer in Christ, while "disciple" and "apostle" were used more specifically for people who knew Jesus while he was alive. It is best to translate these terms in different ways, in order to keep them distinct.
Translating "unbelief" and "unbeliever":
* Other ways to translate "unbelief" could include "lack of faith" or "not believing."
* The term "unbeliever" could be translated as "person who does not believe in Jesus" or "someone who does not trust in Jesus as Savior."
(See also: believe, apostle, Christian, disciple, faith, trust)
Bible References:
- Genesis 15:06
- Genesis 45:26
- Job 09:16-18
- Habakkuk 01:5-7
- Mark 06:4-6
- Mark 01:14-15
- Luke 09:41
- John 01:12
- Acts 06:05
- Acts 09:42
- Acts 28:23-24
- Romans 03:03
- 1 Corinthians 06:01
- 1 Corinthians 09:05
- 2 Corinthians 06:15
- Hebrews 03:12
- 1 John 03:23
Word Data:
- Strong's: H539, H3948, H6601, G544, G569, G3982, G4100, G4102, G4103
Forms Found in the English ULB:
am persuaded, belief, believe, believed, believer, believers, believes, believing, has faith, persuade, persuaded, persuading, persuasiveness, were persuaded
believe
Related Ideas:
be persuaded, belief, believer, have faith, persuade, persuasive
Definition:
The terms "believe" and "believe in" are closely related, but have slightly different meanings:
- believe
- To believe something is to accept or trust that it is true.
- To believe someone is to acknowledge that what that person has said is true.
- To persuade someone is to get that person to believe that something is true.
- believe in
- To "believe in" someone means to "trust in" that person. It means to trust that the person is who he says he is, that he always speaks the truth, and that he will do what he has promised to do.
- When a person truly believes in something, he will act in such a way that shows that belief.
- The phrase "have faith in" usually has the same meaning as "believe in."
- To "believe in Jesus" means to believe that he is the Son of God, that he is God himself who also became human and who died as a sacrifice to pay for our sins. It means to trust him as Savior and live in a way that honors him.
In the Bible, the term "believer" refers to someone who believes in and relies on Jesus Christ as Savior.
- The term "believer" literally means "person who believes."
- The term "Christian" eventually came to be the main title for believers because it indicates that they believe in Christ and obey his teachings.
The term "unbelief" refers to not believing something or someone.
- In the Bible, "unbelief" refers to not believing in or not trusting in Jesus as one's Savior.
- A person who does not believe in Jesus is called an "unbeliever."
Translation Suggestions:
Translating "believe" and "believe in":
* To "believe" could be translated as to "know to be true" or "know to be right."
* To "believe in" could be translated as "trust completely" or "trust and obey" or "completely rely on and follow."
Translating "believer":
* Some translations may prefer to say "believer in Jesus" or "believer in Christ."
* This term could also be translated by a word or phrase that means "person who trusts in Jesus" or "someone who knows Jesus and lives for him."
* Other ways to translate "believer" could be "follower of Jesus" or "person who knows and obeys Jesus."
* The term "believer" is a general term for any believer in Christ, while "disciple" and "apostle" were used more specifically for people who knew Jesus while he was alive. It is best to translate these terms in different ways, in order to keep them distinct.
Translating "unbelief" and "unbeliever":
* Other ways to translate "unbelief" could include "lack of faith" or "not believing."
* The term "unbeliever" could be translated as "person who does not believe in Jesus" or "someone who does not trust in Jesus as Savior."
(See also: believe, apostle, Christian, disciple, faith, trust)
Bible References:
- Genesis 15:06
- Genesis 45:26
- Job 09:16-18
- Habakkuk 01:5-7
- Mark 06:4-6
- Mark 01:14-15
- Luke 09:41
- John 01:12
- Acts 06:05
- Acts 09:42
- Acts 28:23-24
- Romans 03:03
- 1 Corinthians 06:01
- 1 Corinthians 09:05
- 2 Corinthians 06:15
- Hebrews 03:12
- 1 John 03:23
Word Data:
- Strong's: H539, H3948, H6601, G544, G569, G3982, G4100, G4102, G4103
Forms Found in the English ULB:
am persuaded, belief, believe, believed, believer, believers, believes, believing, has faith, persuade, persuaded, persuading, persuasiveness, were persuaded
beloved
Related Ideas:
dear, lovely, treasured
Definition:
The term "beloved" is an expression of affection that describes someone who is loved and dear to someone else.
- The term "beloved" literally means "loved (one)" or "(who is) loved."
- God refers to Jesus as his "beloved Son."
- In their letters to Christian churches, the apostles frequently address their fellow believers as "beloved."
- Something or someone who is "lovely" attracts the love and good desires of others.
Translation Suggestions:
- This term could also be translated as "loved" or "loved one" or "well-loved," or "very dear."
- In the context of talking about a close friend, this could be translated as "my dear friend" or "my close friend." In English it is natural to say "my dear friend, Paul" or "Paul, who is my dear friend." Other languages may find it more natural to order this in a different way.
- Note that the word "beloved" comes from the word for God's love, which is unconditional, unselfish, and sacrificial.
(See also: love)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 04:14
- 1 John 03:02
- 1 John 04:07
- Mark 01:11
- Mark 12:06
- Revelation 20:09
- Romans 16:08
- Song of Solomon 01:14
Word Data:
- Strong's: H157, H1730, H2532, H3033, H3039, H4261, G25, G26, G27, G5207
Forms Found in the English ULB:
beloved, dear, lovely, treasured
beloved
Related Ideas:
dear, lovely, treasured
Definition:
The term "beloved" is an expression of affection that describes someone who is loved and dear to someone else.
- The term "beloved" literally means "loved (one)" or "(who is) loved."
- God refers to Jesus as his "beloved Son."
- In their letters to Christian churches, the apostles frequently address their fellow believers as "beloved."
- Something or someone who is "lovely" attracts the love and good desires of others.
Translation Suggestions:
- This term could also be translated as "loved" or "loved one" or "well-loved," or "very dear."
- In the context of talking about a close friend, this could be translated as "my dear friend" or "my close friend." In English it is natural to say "my dear friend, Paul" or "Paul, who is my dear friend." Other languages may find it more natural to order this in a different way.
- Note that the word "beloved" comes from the word for God's love, which is unconditional, unselfish, and sacrificial.
(See also: love)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 04:14
- 1 John 03:02
- 1 John 04:07
- Mark 01:11
- Mark 12:06
- Revelation 20:09
- Romans 16:08
- Song of Solomon 01:14
Word Data:
- Strong's: H157, H1730, H2532, H3033, H3039, H4261, G25, G26, G27, G5207
Forms Found in the English ULB:
beloved, dear, lovely, treasured
betray
Related Ideas:
betrayal, betrayer, give over, hand over, traitor, treacherous, treacherously, treachery, turn over
Definition:
The term "betray" means to act in a way that deceives a person and allows other people to harm that person. A "betrayer" is a person who betrays a friend who was trusting him.
- Judas was "the betrayer" because he told the Jewish leaders how to capture Jesus.
- The betrayal by Judas was especially evil because he was an apostle of Jesus who received money in exchange for giving the Jewish leaders information that would result in Jesus' unjust death.
- "Betrayal" and "treachery" are two words for what happens when one person betrays another.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, the term "betray" could be translated as "deceive and cause harm to" or "turn over to the enemy" or "treat treacherously."
- The term "betrayer" could be translated as "person who betrays" or "double dealer" or "traitor."
(See also: Judas Iscariot, Jewish authorities, apostle)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:52
- John 06:64
- John 13:22
- Matthew 10:04
- Matthew 26:22
Word Data:
- Strong's: H898, H4042, H4603, H4604, H4820, H5462, H7411, G1560, G3860, G4273, G5483
Forms Found in the English ULB:
betray, betrayal, betrayed, betrayer, betrayers, betraying, betrays, give ... over, given ... over, hand ... over, handed ... over, traitor, traitors, treacherous, treacherously, treachery, turn ... over
betray
Related Ideas:
betrayal, betrayer, give over, hand over, traitor, treacherous, treacherously, treachery, turn over
Definition:
The term "betray" means to act in a way that deceives a person and allows other people to harm that person. A "betrayer" is a person who betrays a friend who was trusting him.
- Judas was "the betrayer" because he told the Jewish leaders how to capture Jesus.
- The betrayal by Judas was especially evil because he was an apostle of Jesus who received money in exchange for giving the Jewish leaders information that would result in Jesus' unjust death.
- "Betrayal" and "treachery" are two words for what happens when one person betrays another.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, the term "betray" could be translated as "deceive and cause harm to" or "turn over to the enemy" or "treat treacherously."
- The term "betrayer" could be translated as "person who betrays" or "double dealer" or "traitor."
(See also: Judas Iscariot, Jewish authorities, apostle)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:52
- John 06:64
- John 13:22
- Matthew 10:04
- Matthew 26:22
Word Data:
- Strong's: H898, H4042, H4603, H4604, H4820, H5462, H7411, G1560, G3860, G4273, G5483
Forms Found in the English ULB:
betray, betrayal, betrayed, betrayer, betrayers, betraying, betrays, give ... over, given ... over, hand ... over, handed ... over, traitor, traitors, treacherous, treacherously, treachery, turn ... over
bind
Related Ideas:
bond, bound, chain, fetter, put in bonds, put on, restrain, tie, wrap
Definition:
The term "bind" means to tie something or fasten it securely. Something that is tied or joined together is called a "bond." The term "bound" is the past tense of this term.
- To be "bound" means to have something tied or wrapped around something else.
- In a figurative sense, a person can be "bound" to a vow, which means he is "required to fulfill" what he promised to do.
- The term "bonds" refers to anything that binds, confines, or imprisons someone. It usually refers to physical chains, fetters or ropes that keep a person from being free to move.
- In Bible times, bonds such as ropes or chains were used to attach prisoners to the wall or floor of a stone prison.
- The term "bind" can also be used to talk about wrapping cloth around a wound to help it heal.
- A dead person would be "bound" with cloth in preparation for burial.
- The term "bond" is used figuratively to refer to something, such as sin, that controls or enslaves someone.
- A bond can also be a close relationship between people in which they support each other emotionally, spiritually and physically. This applies to the bond of marriage.
- For example, a husband and wife are "bound" or tied to each other. It is a bond that God does not want broken.
- The term "bind" can also refer to forbidding an activity.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "bind" could also be translated as "tie" or "tie up" or "wrap (around)."
- Figuratively, it could be translated as to "restrain" or to "prevent" or to "keep from (something)."
- A special use of "bind" in Matthew 16 and 18 means "forbid" or "not permit."
- The term "bonds" could be translated as "chains" or "ropes" or "shackles."
- Figuratively the term "bond" could be translated as "knot" or "connection" or "close relationship."
- The phrase "bond of peace" means "being in harmony, which brings people in closer relationship to each other" or "the tying together that peace brings."
- To "bind up" could be translated as "wrap around" or "put a bandage on."
- To "bind" oneself with a vow could be translated as "promise to fulfill a vow" or "commit to fulfill a vow."
- Depending on the context, the term "bound" could also be translated as "tied" or "tied up" or "chained" or "obligated (to fulfill)" or "required to do."
(See also: fulfill, peace, prison, servant, vow)
Bible References:
- Leviticus 08:07
- Matthew 16:19
Word Data:
- Strong's: H247, H481, H612, H615, H631, H632, H640, H2296, H3729, H4147, H5178, H6029, H6123, H6887, H7194, H7405, H7576, H8244, G254, G1195, G1198, G1199, G1210, G1249, G1402, G2611, G3784, G4019, G4029, G4886, G4887
Forms Found in the English ULB:
bind, binding, bond, bonds, bound, chain, chained, chains, fetters, is bound, put ... in bonds, puts on, restrain, tie, tie up, tied, tied up, tying, wrapped
bind
Related Ideas:
bond, bound, chain, fetter, put in bonds, put on, restrain, tie, wrap
Definition:
The term "bind" means to tie something or fasten it securely. Something that is tied or joined together is called a "bond." The term "bound" is the past tense of this term.
- To be "bound" means to have something tied or wrapped around something else.
- In a figurative sense, a person can be "bound" to a vow, which means he is "required to fulfill" what he promised to do.
- The term "bonds" refers to anything that binds, confines, or imprisons someone. It usually refers to physical chains, fetters or ropes that keep a person from being free to move.
- In Bible times, bonds such as ropes or chains were used to attach prisoners to the wall or floor of a stone prison.
- The term "bind" can also be used to talk about wrapping cloth around a wound to help it heal.
- A dead person would be "bound" with cloth in preparation for burial.
- The term "bond" is used figuratively to refer to something, such as sin, that controls or enslaves someone.
- A bond can also be a close relationship between people in which they support each other emotionally, spiritually and physically. This applies to the bond of marriage.
- For example, a husband and wife are "bound" or tied to each other. It is a bond that God does not want broken.
- The term "bind" can also refer to forbidding an activity.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "bind" could also be translated as "tie" or "tie up" or "wrap (around)."
- Figuratively, it could be translated as to "restrain" or to "prevent" or to "keep from (something)."
- A special use of "bind" in Matthew 16 and 18 means "forbid" or "not permit."
- The term "bonds" could be translated as "chains" or "ropes" or "shackles."
- Figuratively the term "bond" could be translated as "knot" or "connection" or "close relationship."
- The phrase "bond of peace" means "being in harmony, which brings people in closer relationship to each other" or "the tying together that peace brings."
- To "bind up" could be translated as "wrap around" or "put a bandage on."
- To "bind" oneself with a vow could be translated as "promise to fulfill a vow" or "commit to fulfill a vow."
- Depending on the context, the term "bound" could also be translated as "tied" or "tied up" or "chained" or "obligated (to fulfill)" or "required to do."
(See also: fulfill, peace, prison, servant, vow)
Bible References:
- Leviticus 08:07
- Matthew 16:19
Word Data:
- Strong's: H247, H481, H612, H615, H631, H632, H640, H2296, H3729, H4147, H5178, H6029, H6123, H6887, H7194, H7405, H7576, H8244, G254, G1195, G1198, G1199, G1210, G1249, G1402, G2611, G3784, G4019, G4029, G4886, G4887
Forms Found in the English ULB:
bind, binding, bond, bonds, bound, chain, chained, chains, fetters, is bound, put ... in bonds, puts on, restrain, tie, tie up, tied, tied up, tying, wrapped
blameless
Related Ideas:
blamelessly, faultless, without blame
Definition:
The term "blameless" literally means "without blame." It is used to refer to a person who obeys God wholeheartedly, but it does not mean that the person is sinless.
- Abraham and Noah were considered blameless before God.
- A person who has a reputation for being "blameless" behaves in a way that honors God.
- According to one verse, a person who is blameless is "one who fears God and turns away from evil."
Translation Suggestions:
- This could also be translated as "with no fault to his character" or "completely obedient to God" or "avoiding sin" or "keeping away from evil."
Bible References:
- 1 Thessalonians 02:10
- 1 Thessalonians 03:11-13
- 2 Peter 03:14
- Colossians 01:22
- Genesis 17:1-2
- Philippians 02:15
- Philippians 03:06
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1368, H2135, H2136, H8535, H8549, G273, G274, G298, G299, G410, G423, G677
Forms Found in the English ULB:
blameless, blamelessly, faultless, without blame
blameless
Related Ideas:
blamelessly, faultless, without blame
Definition:
The term "blameless" literally means "without blame." It is used to refer to a person who obeys God wholeheartedly, but it does not mean that the person is sinless.
- Abraham and Noah were considered blameless before God.
- A person who has a reputation for being "blameless" behaves in a way that honors God.
- According to one verse, a person who is blameless is "one who fears God and turns away from evil."
Translation Suggestions:
- This could also be translated as "with no fault to his character" or "completely obedient to God" or "avoiding sin" or "keeping away from evil."
Bible References:
- 1 Thessalonians 02:10
- 1 Thessalonians 03:11-13
- 2 Peter 03:14
- Colossians 01:22
- Genesis 17:1-2
- Philippians 02:15
- Philippians 03:06
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1368, H2135, H2136, H8535, H8549, G273, G274, G298, G299, G410, G423, G677
Forms Found in the English ULB:
blameless, blamelessly, faultless, without blame
bless
Related Ideas:
happier, happy
Definition:
To "bless" someone or something means to cause good and beneficial things to happen to the person or thing that is being blessed.
- Blessing someone also means expressing a desire for positive and beneficial things to happen to that person.
- In Bible times, a father would often pronounce a formal blessing on his children.
- When people "bless" God or express a desire that God be blessed, this means they are praising him.
- The term "bless" is sometimes used for consecrating food before it is eaten, or for thanking and praising God for the food.
Translation Suggestions:
- To "bless" could also be translated as to "provide abundantly for" or to "be very kind and favorable toward."
- "God has brought great blessing to" could be translated as "God has given many good things to" or "God has provided abundantly for" or "God has caused many good things to happen to".
- "He is blessed" could be translated as "he will greatly benefit" or "he will experience good things" or "God will cause him to flourish."
- "Blessed is the person who" could be translated as "How good it is for the person who."
- Expressions like "blessed be the Lord" could be translated as "May the Lord be praised" or "Praise the Lord" or "I praise the Lord."
- In the context of blessing food, this could be translated as "thanked God for the food" or "praised God for giving them food" or "consecrated the food by praising God for it."
(See also: praise)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 10:16
- Acts 13:34
- Ephesians 01:03
- Genesis 14:20
- Isaiah 44:03
- James 01:25
- Luke 06:20
- Matthew 26:26
- Nehemiah 09:05
- Romans 04:09
Word Data:
- Strong's: H833, H835, H8055, H1288, H1293, G1757, G2127, G2128, G2129, G3106, G3107, G3108, G3741
Forms Found in the English ULB:
bless, blessed, blesses, blessing, blessings, happier, happy
bless
Related Ideas:
happier, happy
Definition:
To "bless" someone or something means to cause good and beneficial things to happen to the person or thing that is being blessed.
- Blessing someone also means expressing a desire for positive and beneficial things to happen to that person.
- In Bible times, a father would often pronounce a formal blessing on his children.
- When people "bless" God or express a desire that God be blessed, this means they are praising him.
- The term "bless" is sometimes used for consecrating food before it is eaten, or for thanking and praising God for the food.
Translation Suggestions:
- To "bless" could also be translated as to "provide abundantly for" or to "be very kind and favorable toward."
- "God has brought great blessing to" could be translated as "God has given many good things to" or "God has provided abundantly for" or "God has caused many good things to happen to".
- "He is blessed" could be translated as "he will greatly benefit" or "he will experience good things" or "God will cause him to flourish."
- "Blessed is the person who" could be translated as "How good it is for the person who."
- Expressions like "blessed be the Lord" could be translated as "May the Lord be praised" or "Praise the Lord" or "I praise the Lord."
- In the context of blessing food, this could be translated as "thanked God for the food" or "praised God for giving them food" or "consecrated the food by praising God for it."
(See also: praise)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 10:16
- Acts 13:34
- Ephesians 01:03
- Genesis 14:20
- Isaiah 44:03
- James 01:25
- Luke 06:20
- Matthew 26:26
- Nehemiah 09:05
- Romans 04:09
Word Data:
- Strong's: H833, H835, H8055, H1288, H1293, G1757, G2127, G2128, G2129, G3106, G3107, G3108, G3741
Forms Found in the English ULB:
bless, blessed, blesses, blessing, blessings, happier, happy
blood
Related Ideas:
bleeding
Definition:
The term "blood" refers to the red liquid that comes out of a person's skin when there is an injury or wound. Blood brings life-giving nutrients to a person's entire body.
- Blood symbolizes life and when it is shed or poured out, it symbolizes the loss of life, or death.
- When people made sacrifices to God, they killed an animal and poured its blood on the altar. This symbolized the sacrifice of the animal's life to pay for people's sins.
- Through his death on the cross, Jesus' blood symbolically cleanses people from their sins and pays for the punishment they deserve for those sins.
- The expression "flesh and blood" refers to human beings.
- The expression "own flesh and blood" refers to people who are biologically related.
Translation Suggestions:
- This term should be translated with the term that is used for blood in the target language.
- The expression "flesh and blood" could be translated as "people" or "human beings."
- Depending on the context, the expression "my own flesh and blood" could be translated as "my own family" or "my own relatives" or "my own people."
- If there is an expression in the target language that is used with this meaning, that expression could be used to translate "flesh and blood."
(See also: flesh)
Bible References:
- 1 John 01:07
- 1 Samuel 14:32
- Acts 02:20
- Acts 05:28
- Colossians 01:20
- Galatians 01:16
- Genesis 04:11
- Psalms 016:4
- Psalms 105:28-30
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1818, H5332, G129, G130, G131
Forms Found in the English ULB:
bleeding, blood
blood
Related Ideas:
bleeding
Definition:
The term "blood" refers to the red liquid that comes out of a person's skin when there is an injury or wound. Blood brings life-giving nutrients to a person's entire body.
- Blood symbolizes life and when it is shed or poured out, it symbolizes the loss of life, or death.
- When people made sacrifices to God, they killed an animal and poured its blood on the altar. This symbolized the sacrifice of the animal's life to pay for people's sins.
- Through his death on the cross, Jesus' blood symbolically cleanses people from their sins and pays for the punishment they deserve for those sins.
- The expression "flesh and blood" refers to human beings.
- The expression "own flesh and blood" refers to people who are biologically related.
Translation Suggestions:
- This term should be translated with the term that is used for blood in the target language.
- The expression "flesh and blood" could be translated as "people" or "human beings."
- Depending on the context, the expression "my own flesh and blood" could be translated as "my own family" or "my own relatives" or "my own people."
- If there is an expression in the target language that is used with this meaning, that expression could be used to translate "flesh and blood."
(See also: flesh)
Bible References:
- 1 John 01:07
- 1 Samuel 14:32
- Acts 02:20
- Acts 05:28
- Colossians 01:20
- Galatians 01:16
- Genesis 04:11
- Psalms 016:4
- Psalms 105:28-30
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1818, H5332, G129, G130, G131
Forms Found in the English ULB:
bleeding, blood
body
Related Ideas:
bodily, body of Christ, carcass, corpse
Definition:
The term "body" literally refers to the physical body of a person or animal. This term is also used figuratively to refer to an object or whole group that has individual members.
- Often the term "body" refers to a dead person. Sometimes this is referred to as a "dead body" or a "corpse." The dead body of an animal is called a "carcass."
- When Jesus said to the disciples at his last Passover meal, "This (bread) is my body," he was referring to his physical body that would be "broken" (killed) to pay for their sins.
- In the Bible, Christians as a group are referred to as the "body of Christ." Just as a physical body has many parts, the "body of Christ" has many individual members. Each individual believer has a special function in the body of Christ to help the whole group work together to serve God and bring him glory.
- Jesus is also referred to as the "head" (leader) of the "body" of his believers. Just as a person's head tells his body what to do, so Jesus is the one who guides and directs Christians as members of his "body."
Translation Suggestions:
- The best way to translate this term would be with the word that is most commonly used to refer to a physical body in the project language. Make sure that the word used is not an offensive term.
- When referring collectively to believers, for some languages it may be more natural and accurate to say "spiritual body of Christ."
- When Jesus says, "This is my body," it is best to translate this literally, with a note to explain it if needed.
- Some languages may have a separate word when referring to a dead body, such as "corpse" for a person or "carcass" for an animal. Make sure the word used to translate this makes sense in the context and is acceptable.
(See also: head, spirit)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 10:12
- 1 Corinthians 05:05
- Ephesians 04:04
- Judges 14:08
- Numbers 06:6-8
- Psalm 031:09
- Romans 12:05
Word Data:
- Strong's: H990, H1320, H1472, H1480, H1655, H3409, H4191, H5038, H5315, H6297, H7607, G4430, G4561, G4954, G4983
Forms Found in the English ULB:
bodies, bodily, body, carcass, carcasses, corpse, corpses
body
Related Ideas:
bodily, body of Christ, carcass, corpse
Definition:
The term "body" literally refers to the physical body of a person or animal. This term is also used figuratively to refer to an object or whole group that has individual members.
- Often the term "body" refers to a dead person. Sometimes this is referred to as a "dead body" or a "corpse." The dead body of an animal is called a "carcass."
- When Jesus said to the disciples at his last Passover meal, "This (bread) is my body," he was referring to his physical body that would be "broken" (killed) to pay for their sins.
- In the Bible, Christians as a group are referred to as the "body of Christ." Just as a physical body has many parts, the "body of Christ" has many individual members. Each individual believer has a special function in the body of Christ to help the whole group work together to serve God and bring him glory.
- Jesus is also referred to as the "head" (leader) of the "body" of his believers. Just as a person's head tells his body what to do, so Jesus is the one who guides and directs Christians as members of his "body."
Translation Suggestions:
- The best way to translate this term would be with the word that is most commonly used to refer to a physical body in the project language. Make sure that the word used is not an offensive term.
- When referring collectively to believers, for some languages it may be more natural and accurate to say "spiritual body of Christ."
- When Jesus says, "This is my body," it is best to translate this literally, with a note to explain it if needed.
- Some languages may have a separate word when referring to a dead body, such as "corpse" for a person or "carcass" for an animal. Make sure the word used to translate this makes sense in the context and is acceptable.
(See also: head, spirit)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 10:12
- 1 Corinthians 05:05
- Ephesians 04:04
- Judges 14:08
- Numbers 06:6-8
- Psalm 031:09
- Romans 12:05
Word Data:
- Strong's: H990, H1320, H1472, H1480, H1655, H3409, H4191, H5038, H5315, H6297, H7607, G4430, G4561, G4954, G4983
Forms Found in the English ULB:
bodies, bodily, body, carcass, carcasses, corpse, corpses
bold
Related Ideas:
boldly, boldness, emboldened
Definition:
These terms all refer to having courage and confidence to speak the truth and do the right thing even when it is difficult or dangerous.
- A "bold" person is not afraid to say and do what is good and right, including defending people who are being mistreated. This could be translated as "courageous" or "fearless."
- In the New Testament, the disciples continued to "boldly" preach about Christ in public places, in spite of the danger of being put in jail or killed. This could be translated as "confidently" or "with strong courage" or "courageously."
- The "boldness" of these early disciples in speaking the good news of Christ's redeeming death on the cross resulted in the gospel being spread throughout Israel and nearby countries and finally, to the rest of the world. "Boldness" could also be translated as "confident courage."
(See also: confidence, good news, redeem)
Bible References:
- 1 John 02:28
- 1 Thessalonians 02:1-2
- 2 Corinthians 03:12-13
- Acts 04:13
Word Data:
- Strong's: H982, H5797, G662, G2292, G3618, G3954, G3955, G5111, G5112
Forms Found in the English ULB:
bold, boldly, boldness, emboldened
bold
Related Ideas:
boldly, boldness, emboldened
Definition:
These terms all refer to having courage and confidence to speak the truth and do the right thing even when it is difficult or dangerous.
- A "bold" person is not afraid to say and do what is good and right, including defending people who are being mistreated. This could be translated as "courageous" or "fearless."
- In the New Testament, the disciples continued to "boldly" preach about Christ in public places, in spite of the danger of being put in jail or killed. This could be translated as "confidently" or "with strong courage" or "courageously."
- The "boldness" of these early disciples in speaking the good news of Christ's redeeming death on the cross resulted in the gospel being spread throughout Israel and nearby countries and finally, to the rest of the world. "Boldness" could also be translated as "confident courage."
(See also: confidence, good news, redeem)
Bible References:
- 1 John 02:28
- 1 Thessalonians 02:1-2
- 2 Corinthians 03:12-13
- Acts 04:13
Word Data:
- Strong's: H982, H5797, G662, G2292, G3618, G3954, G3955, G5111, G5112
Forms Found in the English ULB:
bold, boldly, boldness, emboldened
bow
Related Ideas:
bend, bend the knee, bow down, fall down before, kneel
Note
For the weapon called a bow, click here.
Definition:
To bow means to bend over to humbly express respect and honor toward someone. To "bow down" means to bend over or kneel down very low, often with face and hands toward the ground.
- Other expressions include "bow the knee" (meaning to kneel) and "bow the head" (meaning to bend the head forward in humble respect or in sorrow).
- Bowing down can also be a sign of distress or mourning. Someone who is "bowed down" has been brought to a low position of humility.
- Often a person will bow in the presence of someone who is of higher status or greater importance, such as kings and other rulers.
- Bowing down before God is an expression of worship to him.
- In the Bible, people bowed down to Jesus when they realized from his miracles and teaching that he had come from God.
- The Bible says that when Jesus comes back someday, everyone will bow the knee to worship him.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, this term could be translated with a word or phrase that means "bend forward" or "bend the head" or "kneel."
- The term "bow down" could be translated as "kneel down" or "prostrate oneself."
- Some languages will have more than one way of translating this term, depending on the context.
(See also: humble, worship)
Bible References:
- 2 Kings 05:18
- Exodus 20:05
- Genesis 24:26
- Genesis 44:14
- Isaiah 44:19
- Luke 24:05
- Matthew 02:11
- Revelation 03:09
Word Data:
- Strong's: H86, H1288, H3721, H3766, H5753, H5791, H6915, H7743, H7812, H7817, G1120, G2578, G2827, G4098, G4352, G4364
Forms Found in the English ULB:
are bent, bend, bend the knee, bow, bow down, bowed, bowed ... down, bowed ... down ... before, bowing, bowing down, bows, bows down, fall down, fell, fell down, has ... bent, have ... bent, kneel, kneeling, knelt, will bend
bow
Related Ideas:
bend, bend the knee, bow down, fall down before, kneel
Note
For the weapon called a bow, click here.
Definition:
To bow means to bend over to humbly express respect and honor toward someone. To "bow down" means to bend over or kneel down very low, often with face and hands toward the ground.
- Other expressions include "bow the knee" (meaning to kneel) and "bow the head" (meaning to bend the head forward in humble respect or in sorrow).
- Bowing down can also be a sign of distress or mourning. Someone who is "bowed down" has been brought to a low position of humility.
- Often a person will bow in the presence of someone who is of higher status or greater importance, such as kings and other rulers.
- Bowing down before God is an expression of worship to him.
- In the Bible, people bowed down to Jesus when they realized from his miracles and teaching that he had come from God.
- The Bible says that when Jesus comes back someday, everyone will bow the knee to worship him.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, this term could be translated with a word or phrase that means "bend forward" or "bend the head" or "kneel."
- The term "bow down" could be translated as "kneel down" or "prostrate oneself."
- Some languages will have more than one way of translating this term, depending on the context.
(See also: humble, worship)
Bible References:
- 2 Kings 05:18
- Exodus 20:05
- Genesis 24:26
- Genesis 44:14
- Isaiah 44:19
- Luke 24:05
- Matthew 02:11
- Revelation 03:09
Word Data:
- Strong's: H86, H1288, H3721, H3766, H5753, H5791, H6915, H7743, H7812, H7817, G1120, G2578, G2827, G4098, G4352, G4364
Forms Found in the English ULB:
are bent, bend, bend the knee, bow, bow down, bowed, bowed ... down, bowed ... down ... before, bowing, bowing down, bows, bows down, fall down, fell, fell down, has ... bent, have ... bent, kneel, kneeling, knelt, will bend
bread
Related Ideas:
food, loaf of bread
Definition:
Bread is a food made from flour mixed with water and oil to form a dough. The dough is then shaped into a loaf and baked.
- When the term "loaf" occurs by itself, it means "loaf of bread."
- Bread dough is usually made with something that makes it rise, such as yeast.
- Bread can also be made without yeast so that it does not rise. In the Bible this is called "unleavened bread" and was used for the Jews' passover meal.
- Since bread was the main food for many people in biblical times, this term is also used in the Bible to refer to food in general.
- The term "bread of the presence" referred to twelve loaves of bread that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God. These loaves represented the twelve tribes of Israel and were only for the priests to eat. This could be translated as "bread showing that God lived among them."
- The figurative term "bread from heaven" referred to the special white food called "manna" that God provided for the Israelites when they were wandering through the desert.
- Jesus also called himself the "bread that came down from heaven" and the "bread of life."
- When Jesus and his disciples were eating the Passover meal together before his death, he compared the unleavened Passover bread to his body which would be wounded and killed on a cross.
- Many times the term "bread" can be translated more generally as "food."
(See also: Passover, tabernacle, temple, unleavened bread, yeast)
Bible References:
- Acts 02:46
- Acts 27:35
- Exodus 16:15
- Luke 09:13
- Mark 06:38
- Matthew 04:04
- Matthew 11:18
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2557, H3899, H4635, H4682, G106, G740, G4286
Forms Found in the English ULB:
bread, food, loaf of ... bread, loaves, loaves of ... bread
bread
Related Ideas:
food, loaf of bread
Definition:
Bread is a food made from flour mixed with water and oil to form a dough. The dough is then shaped into a loaf and baked.
- When the term "loaf" occurs by itself, it means "loaf of bread."
- Bread dough is usually made with something that makes it rise, such as yeast.
- Bread can also be made without yeast so that it does not rise. In the Bible this is called "unleavened bread" and was used for the Jews' passover meal.
- Since bread was the main food for many people in biblical times, this term is also used in the Bible to refer to food in general.
- The term "bread of the presence" referred to twelve loaves of bread that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God. These loaves represented the twelve tribes of Israel and were only for the priests to eat. This could be translated as "bread showing that God lived among them."
- The figurative term "bread from heaven" referred to the special white food called "manna" that God provided for the Israelites when they were wandering through the desert.
- Jesus also called himself the "bread that came down from heaven" and the "bread of life."
- When Jesus and his disciples were eating the Passover meal together before his death, he compared the unleavened Passover bread to his body which would be wounded and killed on a cross.
- Many times the term "bread" can be translated more generally as "food."
(See also: Passover, tabernacle, temple, unleavened bread, yeast)
Bible References:
- Acts 02:46
- Acts 27:35
- Exodus 16:15
- Luke 09:13
- Mark 06:38
- Matthew 04:04
- Matthew 11:18
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2557, H3899, H4635, H4682, G106, G740, G4286
Forms Found in the English ULB:
bread, food, loaf of ... bread, loaves, loaves of ... bread
breath
Related Ideas:
breathe
Definition:
In the Bible, the terms "breathe" and "breath" are often used figuratively to refer to giving life or having life.
- The Bible teaches that God "breathed into" Adam the breath of life. It was at that point that Adam became a living soul.
- When Jesus breathed on the disciples and told them to "receive the Spirit," he was probably literally breathing out air onto them to symbolize the Holy Spirit coming to them.
- Sometimes the terms "breathing" and "breathing out" are used to refer to speaking.
- The figurative expression "breath of God" or "breath of Yahweh" often refers to God's wrath being poured out on rebellious or godless nations. It communicates his power.
Translation Suggestions
- The expression "breathed his last" is a figurative way of saying "he died." It could also be translated as "he took his last breath" or "he stopped breathing and died" or "he breathed in air one last time."
- Describing the Scriptures as "God-breathed" means that God spoke or inspired the words of the Scriptures which human authors then wrote down. It is probably best, if possible, to translate "God-breathed" somewhat literally since it is difficult to communicate the exact meaning of this.
- If a literal translation of "God-breathed" is not acceptable, other ways to translate this could include "inspired by God" or "authored by God" or "spoken by God." It could also be said that "God breathed out the words of Scripture."
- The expressions "put breath in" or "breathe life into" or "gives breath to" could be translated as "cause to breathe" or "make alive again" or "enable them to live and breathe" or "give life to."
- If possible, it is best to translate "breath of God" with the literal word that is used for "breath" in the language. If God cannot be said to have "breath," this could be translated as "God's power" or "God's speech."
- The expression "catch my breath" or "get my breath" could be translated as "relax in order to breathe more slowly" or "stop running in order to breathe normally."
- The expression "is only a breath" means "lasts a very short time."
- Similarly the expression "man is a single breath" means "people live a very short time" or "the lives of human beings are very short, like a single breath" or "compared to God, the life of a person seems as short as the time it takes to breathe in one breath of air."
(See also: Adam, Paul, word of God, life)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 17:17
- Ecclesiastes 08:08
- Job 04:09
- Revelation 11:11
- Revelation 13:15
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3307, H5301, H5396, H5397, H7307, G1720, G4157
Forms Found in the English ULB:
breath, breathe, breathed, breathes, breathing
breath
Related Ideas:
breathe
Definition:
In the Bible, the terms "breathe" and "breath" are often used figuratively to refer to giving life or having life.
- The Bible teaches that God "breathed into" Adam the breath of life. It was at that point that Adam became a living soul.
- When Jesus breathed on the disciples and told them to "receive the Spirit," he was probably literally breathing out air onto them to symbolize the Holy Spirit coming to them.
- Sometimes the terms "breathing" and "breathing out" are used to refer to speaking.
- The figurative expression "breath of God" or "breath of Yahweh" often refers to God's wrath being poured out on rebellious or godless nations. It communicates his power.
Translation Suggestions
- The expression "breathed his last" is a figurative way of saying "he died." It could also be translated as "he took his last breath" or "he stopped breathing and died" or "he breathed in air one last time."
- Describing the Scriptures as "God-breathed" means that God spoke or inspired the words of the Scriptures which human authors then wrote down. It is probably best, if possible, to translate "God-breathed" somewhat literally since it is difficult to communicate the exact meaning of this.
- If a literal translation of "God-breathed" is not acceptable, other ways to translate this could include "inspired by God" or "authored by God" or "spoken by God." It could also be said that "God breathed out the words of Scripture."
- The expressions "put breath in" or "breathe life into" or "gives breath to" could be translated as "cause to breathe" or "make alive again" or "enable them to live and breathe" or "give life to."
- If possible, it is best to translate "breath of God" with the literal word that is used for "breath" in the language. If God cannot be said to have "breath," this could be translated as "God's power" or "God's speech."
- The expression "catch my breath" or "get my breath" could be translated as "relax in order to breathe more slowly" or "stop running in order to breathe normally."
- The expression "is only a breath" means "lasts a very short time."
- Similarly the expression "man is a single breath" means "people live a very short time" or "the lives of human beings are very short, like a single breath" or "compared to God, the life of a person seems as short as the time it takes to breathe in one breath of air."
(See also: Adam, Paul, word of God, life)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 17:17
- Ecclesiastes 08:08
- Job 04:09
- Revelation 11:11
- Revelation 13:15
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3307, H5301, H5396, H5397, H7307, G1720, G4157
Forms Found in the English ULB:
breath, breathe, breathed, breathes, breathing
bribe
Related Ideas:
bribery, payoff
Definition:
To "bribe" means to give someone something of value, such as money, to influence that person to do something dishonest.
- The soldiers who guarded Jesus' empty tomb were bribed with money to lie about what happened.
- Sometimes a government official will be bribed to overlook a crime or to vote a certain way.
- The Bible forbids giving or taking bribes.
- The term, "bribe" could be translated as, "dishonest payment" or "payment for lying" or "price for breaking the rules."
- To "bribe" could be translated with a word or phrase that means, to "pay to influence (someone)" or to "pay to have a dishonest favor done" or to "pay for a favor."
Bible References:
- 1 Samuel 08:1-3
- Ecclesiastes 07:7
- Isaiah 01:23
- Micah 03:9-11
- Proverbs 15:27-28
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3724, H4979, H7809, H7810, H7936, H7966, H8021, H8641, G5260
Forms Found in the English ULB:
bribe, bribed, bribery, bribes, payoffs
bribe
Related Ideas:
bribery, payoff
Definition:
To "bribe" means to give someone something of value, such as money, to influence that person to do something dishonest.
- The soldiers who guarded Jesus' empty tomb were bribed with money to lie about what happened.
- Sometimes a government official will be bribed to overlook a crime or to vote a certain way.
- The Bible forbids giving or taking bribes.
- The term, "bribe" could be translated as, "dishonest payment" or "payment for lying" or "price for breaking the rules."
- To "bribe" could be translated with a word or phrase that means, to "pay to influence (someone)" or to "pay to have a dishonest favor done" or to "pay for a favor."
Bible References:
- 1 Samuel 08:1-3
- Ecclesiastes 07:7
- Isaiah 01:23
- Micah 03:9-11
- Proverbs 15:27-28
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3724, H4979, H7809, H7810, H7936, H7966, H8021, H8641, G5260
Forms Found in the English ULB:
bribe, bribed, bribery, bribes, payoffs
brother
Related Ideas:
brotherhood
Definition:
The term "brother" usually refers to a male person who shares at least one biological parent with another person.
- In the Old Testament, the term "brothers" is also used as a general reference to relatives, such as members of the same tribe, clan, or people group.
- In the New Testament, the apostles often used "brothers" to refer to fellow Christians, including both men and women, since all believers in Christ are members of one spiritual family, with God as their heavenly Father.
- A few times in the New Testament, the apostles used the term "sister" when referring specifically to a fellow Christian who was a woman, or to emphasize that both men and women are being included. For example, James emphasizes that he is talking about all believers when he refers to "a brother or sister who is in need of food or clothing."
Translation Suggestions:
- It is best to translate this term with the literal word that is used in the target language to refer to a natural or biological brother, unless this would give wrong meaning.
- In the Old Testament especially, when "brothers" is used very generally to refer to members of the same family, clan, or people group, possible translations could include "relatives" or "clan members" or "fellow Israelites."
- In the context of referring to a fellow believer in Christ, this term could be translated as "brother in Christ" or "spiritual brother."
- If both males and females are being referred to and "brother" would give a wrong meaning, then a more general kinship term could be used that would include both males and females.
- Other ways to translate this term so that it refers to both male and female believers could be "fellow believers" or "Christian brothers and sisters."
- Make sure to check the context to determine whether only men are being referred to, or whether both men and women are included.
(See also: apostle, God the Father, sister, spirit)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:26
- Genesis 29:10
- Leviticus 19:17
- Nehemiah 03:01
- Philippians 04:21
- Revelation 01:09
Word Data:
- Strong's: H251, H252, H264, H1730, H2993, H7453, G80, G81, G2385, G2500, G4613, G5360, G5569
Forms Found in the English ULB:
brother, brother's, brotherhood, brothers, brothers'
brother
Related Ideas:
brotherhood
Definition:
The term "brother" usually refers to a male person who shares at least one biological parent with another person.
- In the Old Testament, the term "brothers" is also used as a general reference to relatives, such as members of the same tribe, clan, or people group.
- In the New Testament, the apostles often used "brothers" to refer to fellow Christians, including both men and women, since all believers in Christ are members of one spiritual family, with God as their heavenly Father.
- A few times in the New Testament, the apostles used the term "sister" when referring specifically to a fellow Christian who was a woman, or to emphasize that both men and women are being included. For example, James emphasizes that he is talking about all believers when he refers to "a brother or sister who is in need of food or clothing."
Translation Suggestions:
- It is best to translate this term with the literal word that is used in the target language to refer to a natural or biological brother, unless this would give wrong meaning.
- In the Old Testament especially, when "brothers" is used very generally to refer to members of the same family, clan, or people group, possible translations could include "relatives" or "clan members" or "fellow Israelites."
- In the context of referring to a fellow believer in Christ, this term could be translated as "brother in Christ" or "spiritual brother."
- If both males and females are being referred to and "brother" would give a wrong meaning, then a more general kinship term could be used that would include both males and females.
- Other ways to translate this term so that it refers to both male and female believers could be "fellow believers" or "Christian brothers and sisters."
- Make sure to check the context to determine whether only men are being referred to, or whether both men and women are included.
(See also: apostle, God the Father, sister, spirit)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:26
- Genesis 29:10
- Leviticus 19:17
- Nehemiah 03:01
- Philippians 04:21
- Revelation 01:09
Word Data:
- Strong's: H251, H252, H264, H1730, H2993, H7453, G80, G81, G2385, G2500, G4613, G5360, G5569
Forms Found in the English ULB:
brother, brother's, brotherhood, brothers, brothers'
burden
Related Ideas:
burdensome, heavy, load
Definition:
A burden is a heavy load. It literally refers to a physical load such as a work animal would carry. The term "burden" also has several figurative meanings:
- A burden can refer to a difficult duty or important responsibility that a person has to do. He is said to be "bearing" or "carrying" a "heavy burden."
- A cruel leader may put difficult burdens on the people he is ruling, for example by forcing them to pay large amounts of taxes.
- A person who does not want to be a burden to someone does not want to cause that other person any trouble.
- The guilt of a person's sin is a burden to him.
- The "burden of the Lord" is a figurative way of referring to a "message from God," usually an important or unpleasant one, that a prophet must deliver to God's people.
- The term "burden" can be translated by "responsibility" or "duty" or "heavy load" or "message," depending on the context.
Bible References:
- 2 Thessalonians 03:6-9
- Galatians 06:1-2
- Galatians 06:03
- Genesis 49:15
- Matthew 11:30
- Matthew 23:04
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2960, H3053, H4614, H4853, H4864, H4931, H5445, H5447, H5448, H5449, H6006, H6231, G4, G916, G922, G1912, G2347, G2599, G2655, G5413
Forms Found in the English ULB:
burden, burdened, burdens, burdensome, heavy, load, loaded, loaded up, loads
burden
Related Ideas:
burdensome, heavy, load
Definition:
A burden is a heavy load. It literally refers to a physical load such as a work animal would carry. The term "burden" also has several figurative meanings:
- A burden can refer to a difficult duty or important responsibility that a person has to do. He is said to be "bearing" or "carrying" a "heavy burden."
- A cruel leader may put difficult burdens on the people he is ruling, for example by forcing them to pay large amounts of taxes.
- A person who does not want to be a burden to someone does not want to cause that other person any trouble.
- The guilt of a person's sin is a burden to him.
- The "burden of the Lord" is a figurative way of referring to a "message from God," usually an important or unpleasant one, that a prophet must deliver to God's people.
- The term "burden" can be translated by "responsibility" or "duty" or "heavy load" or "message," depending on the context.
Bible References:
- 2 Thessalonians 03:6-9
- Galatians 06:1-2
- Galatians 06:03
- Genesis 49:15
- Matthew 11:30
- Matthew 23:04
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2960, H3053, H4614, H4853, H4864, H4931, H5445, H5447, H5448, H5449, H6006, H6231, G4, G916, G922, G1912, G2347, G2599, G2655, G5413
Forms Found in the English ULB:
burden, burdened, burdens, burdensome, heavy, load, loaded, loaded up, loads
call
Related Ideas:
appeal to, invite, summon
Definition:
The terms "call to" and "call out" mean to say something loudly to someone who is not nearby. To "call" someone means to summon that person. There are also some other meanings.
- To "call out" to someone means to shout or speak loudly to someone far away. It can also mean to ask someone for help, especially God.
- Often in the Bible, "call" has a meaning of "summon" or "command to come" or "request to come."
- God calls people to come to him and be his people. This is their "calling."
- When God "calls" people, it means that God has appointed or chosen people to be his children, to be his servants and proclaimers of his message of salvation through Jesus.
- This term is also used in the context of naming someone. For example, "His name is called John," means, "He is named John" or "His name is John."
- To be "called by the name of" means that someone is given the name of someone else. God says that he has called his people by his name.
- A different expression, "I have called you by name" means that God has specifically chosen that person.
- To appeal to someone is to ask someone to do something.
- To invite someone is to ask them to do something that they might like to do.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "call" could be translated by a word that means "summon," which includes the idea of being intentional or purposeful in calling.
- The expression "call out to you" could be translated as "ask you for help" or "pray to you urgently."
- When the Bible says that God has "called" us to be his servants, this could be translated as, "specially chose us" or "appointed us" to be his servants.
- "You must call his name" can also be translated as, "you must name him."
- "His name is called" could also be translated as, "his name is" or "he is named."
- To "call out" could be translated as, "say loudly" or "shout" or "say with a loud voice." Make sure the translation of this does not sound like the person is angry.
- The expression "your calling" could be translated as "your purpose" or "God's purpose for you" or "God's special work for you."
- To "call on the name of the Lord" could be translated as "seek the Lord and depend on him" or "trust in the Lord and obey him."
- To "call on" an official is to tell him to do what he is supposed to do as part of his job.
- To "call for" something could be translated by "demand" or "ask for" or "command."
- The expression "you are called by my name" could be translated as, "I have given you my name, showing that you belong to me."
- When God says, "I have called you by name," this could be translated as, "I know you and have chosen you."
(See also: pray)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 18:24
- 1 Thessalonians 04:07
- 2 Timothy 01:09
- Ephesians 04:01
- Galatians 01:15
- Matthew 02:15
- Philippians 03:14
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2199, H3259, H4744, H6817, H7121, H7123, H7769, H7773, G154, G1528, G1793, G1941, G1951, G2028, G2046, G2564, G2821, G2822, G2840, G2919, G3004, G3106, G3333, G3343, G3603, G3686, G3687, G3870, G4341, G4377, G4779, G4867, G5455, G5537, G5581
Forms Found in the English ULB:
appeal to, appealed to, appealing to, call, called, called on, called out, calling, calling out, calls, calls out, invite, invited, summon, summoned, summoning
call
Related Ideas:
appeal to, invite, summon
Definition:
The terms "call to" and "call out" mean to say something loudly to someone who is not nearby. To "call" someone means to summon that person. There are also some other meanings.
- To "call out" to someone means to shout or speak loudly to someone far away. It can also mean to ask someone for help, especially God.
- Often in the Bible, "call" has a meaning of "summon" or "command to come" or "request to come."
- God calls people to come to him and be his people. This is their "calling."
- When God "calls" people, it means that God has appointed or chosen people to be his children, to be his servants and proclaimers of his message of salvation through Jesus.
- This term is also used in the context of naming someone. For example, "His name is called John," means, "He is named John" or "His name is John."
- To be "called by the name of" means that someone is given the name of someone else. God says that he has called his people by his name.
- A different expression, "I have called you by name" means that God has specifically chosen that person.
- To appeal to someone is to ask someone to do something.
- To invite someone is to ask them to do something that they might like to do.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "call" could be translated by a word that means "summon," which includes the idea of being intentional or purposeful in calling.
- The expression "call out to you" could be translated as "ask you for help" or "pray to you urgently."
- When the Bible says that God has "called" us to be his servants, this could be translated as, "specially chose us" or "appointed us" to be his servants.
- "You must call his name" can also be translated as, "you must name him."
- "His name is called" could also be translated as, "his name is" or "he is named."
- To "call out" could be translated as, "say loudly" or "shout" or "say with a loud voice." Make sure the translation of this does not sound like the person is angry.
- The expression "your calling" could be translated as "your purpose" or "God's purpose for you" or "God's special work for you."
- To "call on the name of the Lord" could be translated as "seek the Lord and depend on him" or "trust in the Lord and obey him."
- To "call on" an official is to tell him to do what he is supposed to do as part of his job.
- To "call for" something could be translated by "demand" or "ask for" or "command."
- The expression "you are called by my name" could be translated as, "I have given you my name, showing that you belong to me."
- When God says, "I have called you by name," this could be translated as, "I know you and have chosen you."
(See also: pray)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 18:24
- 1 Thessalonians 04:07
- 2 Timothy 01:09
- Ephesians 04:01
- Galatians 01:15
- Matthew 02:15
- Philippians 03:14
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2199, H3259, H4744, H6817, H7121, H7123, H7769, H7773, G154, G1528, G1793, G1941, G1951, G2028, G2046, G2564, G2821, G2822, G2840, G2919, G3004, G3106, G3333, G3343, G3603, G3686, G3687, G3870, G4341, G4377, G4779, G4867, G5455, G5537, G5581
Forms Found in the English ULB:
appeal to, appealed to, appealing to, call, called, called on, called out, calling, calling out, calls, calls out, invite, invited, summon, summoned, summoning
census
Related Ideas:
register
Definition:
The term "census" refers to a formal counting of the number of people in a nation or empire.
- The Old Testament records different times when God ordered that the men of Israel be counted, such as when the Israelites first left Egypt and then again just before they entered Canaan.
- Often the purpose of a census was in order to know how many people should be paying taxes.
- For example, one time in Exodus the Israelite men were counted so that each one would pay a half shekel for taking care of the temple.
- When Jesus was a baby, the Roman government did a census to count all the people who lived throughout their empire, to require them to pay taxes.
Translation Suggestions
- Possible ways to translate this term could include, "name counting" or "list of names" or "enrollment."
- The phrase "take a census" could be translated as "register people's names" or "enroll people" or "write down people's names."
(See also: nation, Rome)
Bible References:
- Acts 05:37
- Exodus 30:12
- Exodus 38:26
- Luke 02:03
- Numbers 04:1-4
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1538, H3789, H4662, H5674, H6485, H7218, G582, G583
Forms Found in the English ULB:
census, register, registered
census
Related Ideas:
register
Definition:
The term "census" refers to a formal counting of the number of people in a nation or empire.
- The Old Testament records different times when God ordered that the men of Israel be counted, such as when the Israelites first left Egypt and then again just before they entered Canaan.
- Often the purpose of a census was in order to know how many people should be paying taxes.
- For example, one time in Exodus the Israelite men were counted so that each one would pay a half shekel for taking care of the temple.
- When Jesus was a baby, the Roman government did a census to count all the people who lived throughout their empire, to require them to pay taxes.
Translation Suggestions
- Possible ways to translate this term could include, "name counting" or "list of names" or "enrollment."
- The phrase "take a census" could be translated as "register people's names" or "enroll people" or "write down people's names."
(See also: nation, Rome)
Bible References:
- Acts 05:37
- Exodus 30:12
- Exodus 38:26
- Luke 02:03
- Numbers 04:1-4
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1538, H3789, H4662, H5674, H6485, H7218, G582, G583
Forms Found in the English ULB:
census, register, registered
centurion
Definition:
A centurion was a Roman army officer who had a group of 100 soldiers under his command.
- This could also be translated with a term that means, "leader of a hundred men" or "army leader" or "officer in charge of a hundred."
- One Roman centurion came to Jesus to request healing for his servant.
- The centurion in charge of Jesus' crucifixion was amazed when he witnessed how Jesus died.
- God sent a centurion to Peter so that Peter could explain to him the good news about Jesus.
(See also: Rome)
Bible References:
- Acts 10:01
- Acts 27:01
- Acts 27:42-44
- Luke 07:04
- Luke 23:47
- Mark 15:39
- Matthew 08:07
- Matthew 27:54
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
centurion, centurions
centurion
Definition:
A centurion was a Roman army officer who had a group of 100 soldiers under his command.
- This could also be translated with a term that means, "leader of a hundred men" or "army leader" or "officer in charge of a hundred."
- One Roman centurion came to Jesus to request healing for his servant.
- The centurion in charge of Jesus' crucifixion was amazed when he witnessed how Jesus died.
- God sent a centurion to Peter so that Peter could explain to him the good news about Jesus.
(See also: Rome)
Bible References:
- Acts 10:01
- Acts 27:01
- Acts 27:42-44
- Luke 07:04
- Luke 23:47
- Mark 15:39
- Matthew 08:07
- Matthew 27:54
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
centurion, centurions
chariot
Related Ideas:
charioteer
Definition:
In ancient times, chariots were lightweight, two-wheeled carts that were pulled by horses.
- People would sit or stand in chariots, using them for war or travel.
- In war, an army that had chariots had a great advantage of speed and mobility over an army that did not have chariots.
- The ancient Egyptians and Romans were well-known for their use of horses and chariots.
- A "charioteer" was a person who drove a chariot.
(See also: Egypt, Rome)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 09:22
- 2 Chronicles 18:28-30
- Acts 08:29
- Acts 08:38
- Daniel 11:40-41
- Exodus 14:25
- Genesis 41:43
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2021, H4817, H4818, H7393, H7395, H7398, G716, G4480
Forms Found in the English ULB:
chariot, charioteer, charioteers, chariots
chariot
Related Ideas:
charioteer
Definition:
In ancient times, chariots were lightweight, two-wheeled carts that were pulled by horses.
- People would sit or stand in chariots, using them for war or travel.
- In war, an army that had chariots had a great advantage of speed and mobility over an army that did not have chariots.
- The ancient Egyptians and Romans were well-known for their use of horses and chariots.
- A "charioteer" was a person who drove a chariot.
(See also: Egypt, Rome)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 09:22
- 2 Chronicles 18:28-30
- Acts 08:29
- Acts 08:38
- Daniel 11:40-41
- Exodus 14:25
- Genesis 41:43
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2021, H4817, H4818, H7393, H7395, H7398, G716, G4480
Forms Found in the English ULB:
chariot, charioteer, charioteers, chariots
chief
Related Ideas:
finest, first of all, important, prominent
Definition:
The term "chief" refers to the most powerful or most important leader of a particular group.
- Examples of this include, "chief musician," "chief priest," "chief tax collector" and "chief ruler."
- It can also be used for the head of a specific family, as in Genesis 36 where certain men are named as "chiefs" of their family clans. In this context, the term "chief" could also be translated as "leader" or "head father."
- When used to describe a noun, this term could be translated as "leading" or "ruling," as in "leading musician" or "ruling priest."
(See also: chief priests, priest, tax)
Bible References:
- Daniel 01:11-13
- Ezekiel 26:15-16
- Luke 19:02
- Psalm 004:1
Word Data:
- Strong's: H47, H117, H441, H3629, H5387, H5632, H6496, H7218, H7225, H7227, H7229, H7262, H8269, H8334, G749, G750, G754, G3175, G4410, G4413, G5506
Forms Found in the English ULB:
chief, chiefs, finest, first of all, important, most important, prominent
chief
Related Ideas:
finest, first of all, important, prominent
Definition:
The term "chief" refers to the most powerful or most important leader of a particular group.
- Examples of this include, "chief musician," "chief priest," "chief tax collector" and "chief ruler."
- It can also be used for the head of a specific family, as in Genesis 36 where certain men are named as "chiefs" of their family clans. In this context, the term "chief" could also be translated as "leader" or "head father."
- When used to describe a noun, this term could be translated as "leading" or "ruling," as in "leading musician" or "ruling priest."
(See also: chief priests, priest, tax)
Bible References:
- Daniel 01:11-13
- Ezekiel 26:15-16
- Luke 19:02
- Psalm 004:1
Word Data:
- Strong's: H47, H117, H441, H3629, H5387, H5632, H6496, H7218, H7225, H7227, H7229, H7262, H8269, H8334, G749, G750, G754, G3175, G4410, G4413, G5506
Forms Found in the English ULB:
chief, chiefs, finest, first of all, important, most important, prominent
chief priests
Definition:
The chief priests were important Jewish religious leaders during the time that Jesus lived on earth.
- The chief priests were responsible for everything needed for the worship services at the temple. They were also in charge of the money that was given to the temple.
- They were higher in rank and power than the ordinary priests. Only the high priest had more authority.
- The chief priests were some of Jesus' main enemies and they strongly influenced the Roman leaders to arrest and kill him.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "chief priests" could also be translated as "head priests" or "leading priests" or "ruling priests."
- Make sure this term is translated differently from the term "high priest."
(See also: chief, high priest, Jewish authorities, priest)
Bible References:
- Acts 09:13-16
- Acts 22:30
- Acts 26:12-14
- Luke 20:01
- Mark 08:31
- Matthew 16:21
- Matthew 26:3-5
- Matthew 26:59
- Matthew 27:41-42
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
chief priests
chief priests
Definition:
The chief priests were important Jewish religious leaders during the time that Jesus lived on earth.
- The chief priests were responsible for everything needed for the worship services at the temple. They were also in charge of the money that was given to the temple.
- They were higher in rank and power than the ordinary priests. Only the high priest had more authority.
- The chief priests were some of Jesus' main enemies and they strongly influenced the Roman leaders to arrest and kill him.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "chief priests" could also be translated as "head priests" or "leading priests" or "ruling priests."
- Make sure this term is translated differently from the term "high priest."
(See also: chief, high priest, Jewish authorities, priest)
Bible References:
- Acts 09:13-16
- Acts 22:30
- Acts 26:12-14
- Luke 20:01
- Mark 08:31
- Matthew 16:21
- Matthew 26:3-5
- Matthew 26:59
- Matthew 27:41-42
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
chief priests
children
Related Ideas:
child, childhood, childless
Definition:
In the Bible, the term "child" is often used to generally refer to someone who is young in age, including an infant.
* The word "childhood" refers to the time that a person is a child.
* The word "childless" describes a person who has no children.
* The word "children" is the plural form of "child."
The words "child" and "children" also have several figurative uses.
- In the Bible, disciples or followers are sometimes called "children."
- Often the term "children" is used to refer to a person's descendants.
- The phrase "children of" can refer to being characterized by something. Some examples of this would be:
- children of the light
- children of obedience
- children of the devil
- This term can also refer to people who are like spiritual children. For example, "children of God" refers to people who belong to God through faith in Jesus.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "children" could be translated as "descendants" when it is referring to a person's great-grandchildren or great-great-grandchildren, etc.
- Depending on the context, "children of" could be translated as, "people who have the characteristics of" or "people who behave like."
- If possible, the phrase, "children of God" should be translated literally since an important biblical theme is that God is our heavenly Father. A possible translation alternate would be, "people who belong to God" or "God's spiritual children."
- When Jesus calls his disciples "children," this could also be translated as, "dear friends" or "my beloved disciples."
- When Paul and John refer to believers in Jesus as "children," this could also be translated as "dear fellow believers."
- The phrase, "children of the promise" could be translated as, "people who have received what God promised them."
(See also: descendant, promise, son, spirit, believe, beloved)
Bible References:
- 1 John 02:28
- 3 John 01:04
- Galatians 04:19
- Genesis 45:11
- Joshua 08:34-35
- Nehemiah 05:05
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1069, H1121, H1123, H1129, H1397, H1580, H2029, H2030, H2056, H2145, H2233, H2945, H3173, H3205, H3206, H3243, H3490, H4392, H5288, H5290, H5759, H5953, H6185, H7908, H7909, H7921, G730, G815, G1025, G1064, G3439, G3515, G3516, G3808, G3812, G3813, G3816, G4690, G5040, G5041, G5042, G5043, G5044, G5207, G5388
Forms Found in the English ULB:
child, childhood, childless, children
children
Related Ideas:
child, childhood, childless
Definition:
In the Bible, the term "child" is often used to generally refer to someone who is young in age, including an infant.
* The word "childhood" refers to the time that a person is a child.
* The word "childless" describes a person who has no children.
* The word "children" is the plural form of "child."
The words "child" and "children" also have several figurative uses.
- In the Bible, disciples or followers are sometimes called "children."
- Often the term "children" is used to refer to a person's descendants.
- The phrase "children of" can refer to being characterized by something. Some examples of this would be:
- children of the light
- children of obedience
- children of the devil
- This term can also refer to people who are like spiritual children. For example, "children of God" refers to people who belong to God through faith in Jesus.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "children" could be translated as "descendants" when it is referring to a person's great-grandchildren or great-great-grandchildren, etc.
- Depending on the context, "children of" could be translated as, "people who have the characteristics of" or "people who behave like."
- If possible, the phrase, "children of God" should be translated literally since an important biblical theme is that God is our heavenly Father. A possible translation alternate would be, "people who belong to God" or "God's spiritual children."
- When Jesus calls his disciples "children," this could also be translated as, "dear friends" or "my beloved disciples."
- When Paul and John refer to believers in Jesus as "children," this could also be translated as "dear fellow believers."
- The phrase, "children of the promise" could be translated as, "people who have received what God promised them."
(See also: descendant, promise, son, spirit, believe, beloved)
Bible References:
- 1 John 02:28
- 3 John 01:04
- Galatians 04:19
- Genesis 45:11
- Joshua 08:34-35
- Nehemiah 05:05
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1069, H1121, H1123, H1129, H1397, H1580, H2029, H2030, H2056, H2145, H2233, H2945, H3173, H3205, H3206, H3243, H3490, H4392, H5288, H5290, H5759, H5953, H6185, H7908, H7909, H7921, G730, G815, G1025, G1064, G3439, G3515, G3516, G3808, G3812, G3813, G3816, G4690, G5040, G5041, G5042, G5043, G5044, G5207, G5388
Forms Found in the English ULB:
child, childhood, childless, children
church
Definition:
In the New Testament, the term "church" refers to a local group of believers in Jesus who regularly met together to pray and hear God's word preached. The term "the Church" often refers to all Christians.
- This term literally refers to a "called out" assembly or congregation of people who meet together for a special purpose.
- When this term is used to refer to all believers everywhere in the whole body of Christ, some Bible translations capitalize the first letter ("Church") to distinguish it from the local church.
- Often the believers in a particular city would meet together in someone's home. These local churches were given the name of the city such as the "church at Ephesus."
- In the Bible, "church" does not refer to a building.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "church" could be translated as a "gathering together" or "assembly" or "congregation" or "ones who meet together."
- The word or phrase that is used to translate this term should also be able to refer to all believers, not just one small group.
- Make sure that the translation of "church" does not just refer to a building.
- The term used to translate "assembly" in the Old Testament could also be used to translate this term.
- Also consider how it is translated in a local or national Bible translation.
(See also: assembly, believe, Christian)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 05:12
- 1 Thessalonians 02:14
- 1 Timothy 03:05
- Acts 09:31
- Acts 14:23
- Acts 15:41
- Colossians 04:15
- Ephesians 05:23
- Matthew 16:18
- Philippians 04:15
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
church, churches
church
Definition:
In the New Testament, the term "church" refers to a local group of believers in Jesus who regularly met together to pray and hear God's word preached. The term "the Church" often refers to all Christians.
- This term literally refers to a "called out" assembly or congregation of people who meet together for a special purpose.
- When this term is used to refer to all believers everywhere in the whole body of Christ, some Bible translations capitalize the first letter ("Church") to distinguish it from the local church.
- Often the believers in a particular city would meet together in someone's home. These local churches were given the name of the city such as the "church at Ephesus."
- In the Bible, "church" does not refer to a building.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "church" could be translated as a "gathering together" or "assembly" or "congregation" or "ones who meet together."
- The word or phrase that is used to translate this term should also be able to refer to all believers, not just one small group.
- Make sure that the translation of "church" does not just refer to a building.
- The term used to translate "assembly" in the Old Testament could also be used to translate this term.
- Also consider how it is translated in a local or national Bible translation.
(See also: assembly, believe, Christian)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 05:12
- 1 Thessalonians 02:14
- 1 Timothy 03:05
- Acts 09:31
- Acts 14:23
- Acts 15:41
- Colossians 04:15
- Ephesians 05:23
- Matthew 16:18
- Philippians 04:15
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
church, churches
circumcise
Related Ideas:
circumcision, uncircumcision
Definition:
The term "circumcise" means to cut off the foreskin of a man or male child. A circumcision ceremony may be performed in connection with this.
- God commanded Abraham to circumcise every male among his family and servants as a sign of God's covenant with them.
- God also commanded Abraham's descendants to continue to do this for every baby boy born into their households.
- The phrase, "circumcision of the heart" refers figuratively to the "cutting away" or removal of sin from a person.
- In a spiritual sense, "the circumcised" refers to people whom God has purified from sin through the blood of Jesus and who are his people.
- The term "uncircumcised" refers to those who have not been circumcised physically. It can also refer figuratively to those who have not been circumcised spiritually, who do not have a relationship with God.
The terms "uncircumcised" and "uncircumcision" refer to a male who has not been physically circumcised. These terms are also used figuratively.
- Egypt was a nation that also required circumcision. So when God talks about Egypt being defeated by the "uncircumcised," he is referring to people whom the Egyptians despised for not being circumcised.
-
The Bible refers to people who have an "uncircumcised heart" or who are "uncircumcised in heart." This a figurative way of saying that these people are not God's people, and are stubbornly disobedient to him.
-
If a word for circumcision is used or known in the language, "uncircumcised" could be translated as "not circumcised."
- The expression "the uncircumcision" could be translated as "people who are not circumcised" or "people who do not belong to God," depending on the context.
- Other ways to translate figurative senses of this term could include "not God's people" or "rebellious like those who don't belong to God" or "people who have no sign of belonging to God."
- The expression "uncircumcised in heart" could be translated as "stubbornly rebellious" or "refusing to believe." However, if possible it is best to keep the expression or a similar one since spiritual circumcision is an important concept.
Translation Suggestions:
- If the culture of the target language performs circumcisions on males, the word used to refer to this should be used for this term.
- Other ways to translate this term would be, "cut around" or "cut in a circle" or "cut off the foreskin."
- In cultures where circumcision is not known, it may be necessary to explain it in a footnote or glossary.
- Make sure the term used to translate this does not refer to females. It may be necessary to translate this with a word or phrase that includes the meaning of "male."
(See also: Abraham, covenant)
Bible References:
- Genesis 17:11
- Genesis 17:14
- Exodus 12:48
- Leviticus 26:41
- Joshua 05:03
- Judges 15:18
- 2 Samuel 01:20
- Jeremiah 09:26
- Ezekiel 32:25
- Acts 10:44-45
- Acts 11:03
- Acts 15:01
- Acts 11:03
- Romans 02:27
- Galatians 05:03
- Ephesians 02:11
- Philippians 03:03
- Colossians 02:11
- Colossians 02:13
Word Data:
- Strong's: H4135, H4139, H5243, H6188, H6189, G203, G564, G1986, G4059, G4061
Forms Found in the English ULB:
circumcise, circumcised, circumcision, uncircumcised, uncircumcision
circumcise
Related Ideas:
circumcision, uncircumcision
Definition:
The term "circumcise" means to cut off the foreskin of a man or male child. A circumcision ceremony may be performed in connection with this.
- God commanded Abraham to circumcise every male among his family and servants as a sign of God's covenant with them.
- God also commanded Abraham's descendants to continue to do this for every baby boy born into their households.
- The phrase, "circumcision of the heart" refers figuratively to the "cutting away" or removal of sin from a person.
- In a spiritual sense, "the circumcised" refers to people whom God has purified from sin through the blood of Jesus and who are his people.
- The term "uncircumcised" refers to those who have not been circumcised physically. It can also refer figuratively to those who have not been circumcised spiritually, who do not have a relationship with God.
The terms "uncircumcised" and "uncircumcision" refer to a male who has not been physically circumcised. These terms are also used figuratively.
- Egypt was a nation that also required circumcision. So when God talks about Egypt being defeated by the "uncircumcised," he is referring to people whom the Egyptians despised for not being circumcised.
-
The Bible refers to people who have an "uncircumcised heart" or who are "uncircumcised in heart." This a figurative way of saying that these people are not God's people, and are stubbornly disobedient to him.
-
If a word for circumcision is used or known in the language, "uncircumcised" could be translated as "not circumcised."
- The expression "the uncircumcision" could be translated as "people who are not circumcised" or "people who do not belong to God," depending on the context.
- Other ways to translate figurative senses of this term could include "not God's people" or "rebellious like those who don't belong to God" or "people who have no sign of belonging to God."
- The expression "uncircumcised in heart" could be translated as "stubbornly rebellious" or "refusing to believe." However, if possible it is best to keep the expression or a similar one since spiritual circumcision is an important concept.
Translation Suggestions:
- If the culture of the target language performs circumcisions on males, the word used to refer to this should be used for this term.
- Other ways to translate this term would be, "cut around" or "cut in a circle" or "cut off the foreskin."
- In cultures where circumcision is not known, it may be necessary to explain it in a footnote or glossary.
- Make sure the term used to translate this does not refer to females. It may be necessary to translate this with a word or phrase that includes the meaning of "male."
(See also: Abraham, covenant)
Bible References:
- Genesis 17:11
- Genesis 17:14
- Exodus 12:48
- Leviticus 26:41
- Joshua 05:03
- Judges 15:18
- 2 Samuel 01:20
- Jeremiah 09:26
- Ezekiel 32:25
- Acts 10:44-45
- Acts 11:03
- Acts 15:01
- Acts 11:03
- Romans 02:27
- Galatians 05:03
- Ephesians 02:11
- Philippians 03:03
- Colossians 02:11
- Colossians 02:13
Word Data:
- Strong's: H4135, H4139, H5243, H6188, H6189, G203, G564, G1986, G4059, G4061
Forms Found in the English ULB:
circumcise, circumcised, circumcision, uncircumcised, uncircumcision
citizen
Related Ideas:
citizenship
Definition:
A citizen is someone who lives in a specific city, country, or kingdom. It especially refers to someone who is recognized officially as being a legal resident of that place.
- Depending on the context, this could also be translated as "inhabitant" or "official resident."
- A citizen could live in a region that is part of a larger kingdom or empire that is governed by a king, emperor, or other ruler. For example, Paul was a citizen of the Roman Empire, which consisted of many different provinces; Paul lived in one of those provinces.
- In a figurative sense, believers in Jesus are called "citizens" of heaven in the sense that they will live there someday. Like a citizen of a country, Christians belong to God's kingdom.
( See: kingdom, Paul, province, Rome)
Bible References:
- Acts 21:39-40
- Isaiah 03:03
- Luke 15:15
- Luke 19:14
Word Data:
- Strong's: H6440, G4175, G4177, G4847
Forms Found in the English ULB:
citizen, citizens, citizenship
citizen
Related Ideas:
citizenship
Definition:
A citizen is someone who lives in a specific city, country, or kingdom. It especially refers to someone who is recognized officially as being a legal resident of that place.
- Depending on the context, this could also be translated as "inhabitant" or "official resident."
- A citizen could live in a region that is part of a larger kingdom or empire that is governed by a king, emperor, or other ruler. For example, Paul was a citizen of the Roman Empire, which consisted of many different provinces; Paul lived in one of those provinces.
- In a figurative sense, believers in Jesus are called "citizens" of heaven in the sense that they will live there someday. Like a citizen of a country, Christians belong to God's kingdom.
( See: kingdom, Paul, province, Rome)
Bible References:
- Acts 21:39-40
- Isaiah 03:03
- Luke 15:15
- Luke 19:14
Word Data:
- Strong's: H6440, G4175, G4177, G4847
Forms Found in the English ULB:
citizen, citizens, citizenship
clean
Related Ideas:
cleanness, cleanse, unclean, uncleanness, wash
Definition:
The term "clean" literally means to not have any dirt or stain. In the Bible, words like "clean" and "washed" are often used figuratively to mean, "pure," "holy," "free from sin," or "innocent".
- "Cleanse" is the process of making something "clean." It could also be translated as "wash" or "purify."
- In the Old Testament, God told the Israelites which animals he had specified as ritually "clean" and which ones were "unclean." Only the clean animals were permitted to be used for eating or for sacrifice. In this context, the term "clean" means that the animal was acceptable to God for use as a sacrifice.
- A person who had certain skin diseases would be unclean until the skin was healed enough to no longer be contagious. Instructions for cleansing the skin had to be obeyed in order for that person to be declared "clean" again.
- Sometimes "clean" is used figuratively to refer to moral purity.
In the Bible, the term "unclean" is used figuratively to refer to things that God declared to be unfit for his people to touch, eat, or sacrifice.
- God gave the Israelites instructions about which animals were "clean" and which ones were "unclean." The unclean animals were not permitted to be used for eating or for sacrifice.
- People with certain skin diseases were said to be "unclean" until they were healed.
- If the Israelites touched something "unclean," they themselves would be considered unclean for a certain period of time.
- Obeying God's commands about not touching or eating unclean things kept the Israelites set apart for God's service.
- This physical and ritual uncleanness was also symbolic of moral uncleanness.
- In another figurative sense, "unclean spirit" refers to an evil spirit.
Translation Suggestions:
Translating "clean":
* This term could be translated with the common word for "clean" or "pure" (in the sense of being not dirty).
* Other ways to translate this could include, "ritually clean" or "acceptable to God."
* "Cleanse" could be translated by "wash" or "purify."
* Make sure that the words used for "clean" and "cleanse" can also be understood in a figurative sense.
Translating "unclean""
* The term "unclean" could also be translated as "not clean" or "unfit in God's eyes" or "physically unclean" or "defiled."
* When referring to a demon as an unclean spirit, "unclean" could be translated as "evil" or "defiled."
* The translation of this term should allow for spiritual uncleanness. It should be able to refer to anything that God declared as unfit for touching, eating, or sacrifice.
(See also: defile, demon, holy, sacrifice)
Bible References:
- Genesis 07:02
- Genesis 07:08
- Deuteronomy 12:15
- Psalms 051:07
- Proverbs 20:30
- Ezekiel 24:13
- Matthew 23:27
- Luke 05:13
- Acts 08:07
- Acts 10:27-29
- Colossians 03:05
- 1 Thessalonians 04:07
- James 04:08
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1249, H1252, H1305, H1351, H2134, H2135, H2141, H2398, H2889, H2890, H2891, H2893, H2930, H2931, H2932, H3722, H5079, H5352, H5355, H5356, H6663, H7137, H8552, H8562, G167, G169, G2511, G2512, G2513, G2514, G2839, G2840
Forms Found in the English ULB:
clean, cleaned, cleanness, cleans, cleanse, cleansed, cleanses, cleansing, purge, unclean, uncleanness, wash, washed, washes, washing
clean
Related Ideas:
cleanness, cleanse, unclean, uncleanness, wash
Definition:
The term "clean" literally means to not have any dirt or stain. In the Bible, words like "clean" and "washed" are often used figuratively to mean, "pure," "holy," "free from sin," or "innocent".
- "Cleanse" is the process of making something "clean." It could also be translated as "wash" or "purify."
- In the Old Testament, God told the Israelites which animals he had specified as ritually "clean" and which ones were "unclean." Only the clean animals were permitted to be used for eating or for sacrifice. In this context, the term "clean" means that the animal was acceptable to God for use as a sacrifice.
- A person who had certain skin diseases would be unclean until the skin was healed enough to no longer be contagious. Instructions for cleansing the skin had to be obeyed in order for that person to be declared "clean" again.
- Sometimes "clean" is used figuratively to refer to moral purity.
In the Bible, the term "unclean" is used figuratively to refer to things that God declared to be unfit for his people to touch, eat, or sacrifice.
- God gave the Israelites instructions about which animals were "clean" and which ones were "unclean." The unclean animals were not permitted to be used for eating or for sacrifice.
- People with certain skin diseases were said to be "unclean" until they were healed.
- If the Israelites touched something "unclean," they themselves would be considered unclean for a certain period of time.
- Obeying God's commands about not touching or eating unclean things kept the Israelites set apart for God's service.
- This physical and ritual uncleanness was also symbolic of moral uncleanness.
- In another figurative sense, "unclean spirit" refers to an evil spirit.
Translation Suggestions:
Translating "clean":
* This term could be translated with the common word for "clean" or "pure" (in the sense of being not dirty).
* Other ways to translate this could include, "ritually clean" or "acceptable to God."
* "Cleanse" could be translated by "wash" or "purify."
* Make sure that the words used for "clean" and "cleanse" can also be understood in a figurative sense.
Translating "unclean""
* The term "unclean" could also be translated as "not clean" or "unfit in God's eyes" or "physically unclean" or "defiled."
* When referring to a demon as an unclean spirit, "unclean" could be translated as "evil" or "defiled."
* The translation of this term should allow for spiritual uncleanness. It should be able to refer to anything that God declared as unfit for touching, eating, or sacrifice.
(See also: defile, demon, holy, sacrifice)
Bible References:
- Genesis 07:02
- Genesis 07:08
- Deuteronomy 12:15
- Psalms 051:07
- Proverbs 20:30
- Ezekiel 24:13
- Matthew 23:27
- Luke 05:13
- Acts 08:07
- Acts 10:27-29
- Colossians 03:05
- 1 Thessalonians 04:07
- James 04:08
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1249, H1252, H1305, H1351, H2134, H2135, H2141, H2398, H2889, H2890, H2891, H2893, H2930, H2931, H2932, H3722, H5079, H5352, H5355, H5356, H6663, H7137, H8552, H8562, G167, G169, G2511, G2512, G2513, G2514, G2839, G2840
Forms Found in the English ULB:
clean, cleaned, cleanness, cleans, cleanse, cleansed, cleanses, cleansing, purge, unclean, uncleanness, wash, washed, washes, washing
comfort
Related Ideas:
comforter, console, consolation
Definition:
The terms "comfort" and "comforter" refer to helping someone who is suffering physical or emotional pain.
- A person who comforts someone is called a "comforter."
- In the Old Testament, the term "comfort" is used to describe how God is kind and loving to his people and helps them when they are suffering.
- In the New Testament, it says that God will comfort his people through the Holy Spirit. Those who receive the comfort are then enabled to give the same comfort to others who are suffering.
- The expression "comforter of Israel" referred to the Messiah who would come to rescue his people.
- Jesus referred to the Holy Spirit as the "Comforter" who helps believers in Jesus.
- To "appease" someone is to do something that causes that person to no longer be angry about the wrong that someone else has done to him.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, "comfort" could also be translated as, "ease the pain of" or "help (someone) overcome grief" or "encourage" or "console."
- A phrase such as "our comfort" could be translated as "our encouragement" or "our consoling of (someone)" or "our help in times of grieving."
- The term "comforter" could be translated as "person who comforts" or "someone who helps ease pain" or "person who encourages."
- When the Holy Spirit is called "the Comforter" this could also be translated as "the Encourager" or "the Helper" or "the One who helps and guides."
- The phrase "comforter of Israel" could be translated as, "the Messiah, who comforts Israel."
- An expression like, "they have no comforter" could also be translated as, "No one has comforted them" or "There is no one to encourage or help them."
(See also: courage, Holy Spirit)
Bible References:
- 1 Thessalonians 05:8-11
- 2 Corinthians 01:04
- 2 Samuel 10:1-3
- Acts 20:11-12
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2505, H5150, H5162, H5165, H5564, H8575, G3870, G3874, G3875, G3888, G3890, G3931
Forms Found in the English ULB:
comfort, comforted, comforter, comforters, comforting, comforts, consolation, consolations, consoling, uncomforted
comfort
Related Ideas:
comforter, console, consolation
Definition:
The terms "comfort" and "comforter" refer to helping someone who is suffering physical or emotional pain.
- A person who comforts someone is called a "comforter."
- In the Old Testament, the term "comfort" is used to describe how God is kind and loving to his people and helps them when they are suffering.
- In the New Testament, it says that God will comfort his people through the Holy Spirit. Those who receive the comfort are then enabled to give the same comfort to others who are suffering.
- The expression "comforter of Israel" referred to the Messiah who would come to rescue his people.
- Jesus referred to the Holy Spirit as the "Comforter" who helps believers in Jesus.
- To "appease" someone is to do something that causes that person to no longer be angry about the wrong that someone else has done to him.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, "comfort" could also be translated as, "ease the pain of" or "help (someone) overcome grief" or "encourage" or "console."
- A phrase such as "our comfort" could be translated as "our encouragement" or "our consoling of (someone)" or "our help in times of grieving."
- The term "comforter" could be translated as "person who comforts" or "someone who helps ease pain" or "person who encourages."
- When the Holy Spirit is called "the Comforter" this could also be translated as "the Encourager" or "the Helper" or "the One who helps and guides."
- The phrase "comforter of Israel" could be translated as, "the Messiah, who comforts Israel."
- An expression like, "they have no comforter" could also be translated as, "No one has comforted them" or "There is no one to encourage or help them."
(See also: courage, Holy Spirit)
Bible References:
- 1 Thessalonians 05:8-11
- 2 Corinthians 01:04
- 2 Samuel 10:1-3
- Acts 20:11-12
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2505, H5150, H5162, H5165, H5564, H8575, G3870, G3874, G3875, G3888, G3890, G3931
Forms Found in the English ULB:
comfort, comforted, comforter, comforters, comforting, comforts, consolation, consolations, consoling, uncomforted
command
Related Ideas:
commandment, forbid, order, requirement, solemn command
Definition:
The term to "command" means to order someone to do something. A "command" or "commandment" is what the person was ordered to do.
- Although these terms have basically the same meaning, "commandment" often refers to certain commands of God which are more formal and permanent, such as the "Ten Commandments."
- A command can be positive ("Honor your parents") or negative ("Do not steal").
- To "take command" means to "take control" or "take charge" of something or someone.
- To "forbid" is to command that someone not do something.
Translation Suggestions
- It is best to translate this term differently from the term "law." Also compare with the definitions of "decree" and "statute."
- Some translators may prefer to translate "command" and "commandment" with the same word in their language.
- Others may prefer to use a special word for commandment that refers to lasting, formal commands that God has made.
(See decree, statute, law, Ten Commandments)
Bible References:
- Luke 01:06
- Matthew 01:24
- Matthew 22:38
- Matthew 28:20
- Numbers 01:17-19
- Romans 07:7-8
Word Data:
- Strong's: H560, H565, H1696, H1697, H1881, H2706, H2708, H2710, H2942, H2951, H3027, H3245, H3982, H3983, H4406, H4687, H4931, H5713, H5749, H6346, H6490, H6673, H6680, H7101, H7218, H7227, H7262, H7970, H8269, G1263, G1291, G1296, G1297, G1299, G1690, G1778, G1781, G1785, G2003, G2004, G2008, G2036, G2753, G3056, G3143, G3726, G3852, G3853, G4367, G4487, G5506
Forms Found in the English ULB:
command, commanded, commanding, commandment, commandments, commands, forbid, forbidden, forbidding, give ... solemn command, given ... solemn commands, given an order, given orders, order, ordered, orders, requirement, solemn commands
command
Related Ideas:
commandment, forbid, order, requirement, solemn command
Definition:
The term to "command" means to order someone to do something. A "command" or "commandment" is what the person was ordered to do.
- Although these terms have basically the same meaning, "commandment" often refers to certain commands of God which are more formal and permanent, such as the "Ten Commandments."
- A command can be positive ("Honor your parents") or negative ("Do not steal").
- To "take command" means to "take control" or "take charge" of something or someone.
- To "forbid" is to command that someone not do something.
Translation Suggestions
- It is best to translate this term differently from the term "law." Also compare with the definitions of "decree" and "statute."
- Some translators may prefer to translate "command" and "commandment" with the same word in their language.
- Others may prefer to use a special word for commandment that refers to lasting, formal commands that God has made.
(See decree, statute, law, Ten Commandments)
Bible References:
- Luke 01:06
- Matthew 01:24
- Matthew 22:38
- Matthew 28:20
- Numbers 01:17-19
- Romans 07:7-8
Word Data:
- Strong's: H560, H565, H1696, H1697, H1881, H2706, H2708, H2710, H2942, H2951, H3027, H3245, H3982, H3983, H4406, H4687, H4931, H5713, H5749, H6346, H6490, H6673, H6680, H7101, H7218, H7227, H7262, H7970, H8269, G1263, G1291, G1296, G1297, G1299, G1690, G1778, G1781, G1785, G2003, G2004, G2008, G2036, G2753, G3056, G3143, G3726, G3852, G3853, G4367, G4487, G5506
Forms Found in the English ULB:
command, commanded, commanding, commandment, commandments, commands, forbid, forbidden, forbidding, give ... solemn command, given ... solemn commands, given an order, given orders, order, ordered, orders, requirement, solemn commands
commander
Related Ideas:
captain, leader, military officer, one who leads
Definition:
The term "commander" refers to a leader of an army who is responsible for leading and commanding a certain group of soldiers.
- A commander could be in charge of a small group of soldiers or a large group, such as a thousand men.
- This term is also used to refer to Yahweh as the commander of angel armies.
- Other ways to translate "commander" could include, "leader" or "captain" or "officer."
- The term to "command" an army could be translated as to "lead" or to "be in charge of."
(See also: command, ruler, centurion)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 11:4-6
- 2 Chronicles 11:11-12
- Daniel 02:14
- Mark 06:21-22
- Proverbs 06:07
Word Data:
- Strong's: H117, H1368, H2710, H2951, H1169, G4755, H5057, H5257, H6260, H6346, H7101, H7262, H7218, H7227, H7229, H7860, H7990, H8269, G758, G2233, G4291, G5506
Forms Found in the English ULB:
captain, captains, commander, commanders, leader, leaders, leading, military officers, one who leads
commander
Related Ideas:
captain, leader, military officer, one who leads
Definition:
The term "commander" refers to a leader of an army who is responsible for leading and commanding a certain group of soldiers.
- A commander could be in charge of a small group of soldiers or a large group, such as a thousand men.
- This term is also used to refer to Yahweh as the commander of angel armies.
- Other ways to translate "commander" could include, "leader" or "captain" or "officer."
- The term to "command" an army could be translated as to "lead" or to "be in charge of."
(See also: command, ruler, centurion)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 11:4-6
- 2 Chronicles 11:11-12
- Daniel 02:14
- Mark 06:21-22
- Proverbs 06:07
Word Data:
- Strong's: H117, H1368, H2710, H2951, H1169, G4755, H5057, H5257, H6260, H6346, H7101, H7262, H7218, H7227, H7229, H7860, H7990, H8269, G758, G2233, G4291, G5506
Forms Found in the English ULB:
captain, captains, commander, commanders, leader, leaders, leading, military officers, one who leads
commit
Related Ideas:
commitment
Definition:
The terms "commit" and "commitment" refer to making a decision or promising to do something.
- A person who promises to do something is also described as being "committed" to doing it.
- To "commit" to someone a certain task means to assign that task to that person. For example, in 2 Corinthians Paul says that God has "committed" (or "given") to us the ministry of helping people be reconciled to God.
- To "commit" something to someone is to give that thing completely to that person.
- To "commit" someone to another person is to put someone either in the care of or under the guard of that other person.
- The terms "commit" and "committed" also often refer to doing a certain wrong action such as "commit a sin" or "commit adultery" or "commit murder."
- The expression "committed to him the task" could also be translated as "gave him the task" or "entrusted to him the task" or "assigned the task to him."
- The term "commitment" could be translated by, "task that was given" or "promise that was made," depending on the context.
(See also: adultery, faithful, promise, sin)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 28:07
- 1 Peter 02:21-23
- Jeremiah 02:12-13
- Matthew 13:41
- Psalm 058:02
Word Data:
- Strong's: H539, H817, H1361, H1497, H1500, H1540, H1556, H2181, H2388, H2398, H2399, H2403, H4560, H4603, H5003, H5753, H5766, H5771, H6213, H6466, H7683, H7760, H7847, G264, G2038, G2716, G3429, G3431, G3860, G3872, G3908, G4102, G4203
Forms Found in the English ULB:
commit, commitment, commits, committed, committing
commit
Related Ideas:
commitment
Definition:
The terms "commit" and "commitment" refer to making a decision or promising to do something.
- A person who promises to do something is also described as being "committed" to doing it.
- To "commit" to someone a certain task means to assign that task to that person. For example, in 2 Corinthians Paul says that God has "committed" (or "given") to us the ministry of helping people be reconciled to God.
- To "commit" something to someone is to give that thing completely to that person.
- To "commit" someone to another person is to put someone either in the care of or under the guard of that other person.
- The terms "commit" and "committed" also often refer to doing a certain wrong action such as "commit a sin" or "commit adultery" or "commit murder."
- The expression "committed to him the task" could also be translated as "gave him the task" or "entrusted to him the task" or "assigned the task to him."
- The term "commitment" could be translated by, "task that was given" or "promise that was made," depending on the context.
(See also: adultery, faithful, promise, sin)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 28:07
- 1 Peter 02:21-23
- Jeremiah 02:12-13
- Matthew 13:41
- Psalm 058:02
Word Data:
- Strong's: H539, H817, H1361, H1497, H1500, H1540, H1556, H2181, H2388, H2398, H2399, H2403, H4560, H4603, H5003, H5753, H5766, H5771, H6213, H6466, H7683, H7760, H7847, G264, G2038, G2716, G3429, G3431, G3860, G3872, G3908, G4102, G4203
Forms Found in the English ULB:
commit, commitment, commits, committed, committing
companion
Related Ideas:
associate, company, fellow worker, friend, partner, private advisor
Definitions:
The term "companion" refers to a person who goes with someone else or who is associated with someone else, such as in a friendship or marriage. The term "fellow worker" refers to someone who works with another person.
- Companions go through experiences together, share meals together, and support and encourage each other.
- Depending on the context, this term could also be translated with a word or phrase that means, "friend" or "fellow traveler" or "supporting-person who goes with" or "person who works with."
- The word "company" refers to a person's companions.
- The word "associates" refers to companions who are involved in official activities.
Bible References:
- Ezekiel 37:16
- Hebrews 01:09
- Proverbs 02:17
- Psalms 038:11-12
Word Data:
- Strong's: H157, H251, H441, H2269, H2270, H2273, H2278, H3674, H3675, H4828, H5712, H6116, H6951, H7474, H7453, H7462, H7464, G2844, G3353, G3657, G4898, G4904
Forms Found in the English ULB:
associates, companion, companions, company, fellow worker, fellow workers, friend, friends, keeps company with, partner, partners, private advisor
companion
Related Ideas:
associate, company, fellow worker, friend, partner, private advisor
Definitions:
The term "companion" refers to a person who goes with someone else or who is associated with someone else, such as in a friendship or marriage. The term "fellow worker" refers to someone who works with another person.
- Companions go through experiences together, share meals together, and support and encourage each other.
- Depending on the context, this term could also be translated with a word or phrase that means, "friend" or "fellow traveler" or "supporting-person who goes with" or "person who works with."
- The word "company" refers to a person's companions.
- The word "associates" refers to companions who are involved in official activities.
Bible References:
- Ezekiel 37:16
- Hebrews 01:09
- Proverbs 02:17
- Psalms 038:11-12
Word Data:
- Strong's: H157, H251, H441, H2269, H2270, H2273, H2278, H3674, H3675, H4828, H5712, H6116, H6951, H7474, H7453, H7462, H7464, G2844, G3353, G3657, G4898, G4904
Forms Found in the English ULB:
associates, companion, companions, company, fellow worker, fellow workers, friend, friends, keeps company with, partner, partners, private advisor
condemn
Related Ideas:
condemnation, denounce, sentence, sentence of condemnation, sentenced to death
Definition:
The terms "condemn" and "condemnation" refer to judging someone for doing something wrong.
- Often the word "condemn" includes punishing that person for what they did wrong.
- Sometimes "condemn" means to falsely accuse someone or to judge someone harshly.
- To "denounce" someone is to say that he is guilty of great evil.
- The term "condemnation" refers to the act of condemning or accusing someone. The word "judgment" means the same as "condemnation."
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, this term could be translated as "harshly judge" or "criticize falsely."
- The phrase "condemn him" could be translated as,"judge that he is guilty" or "state that he must be punished for his sin."
- The term "condemnation" could be translated as, "harsh judging" or "declaring to be guilty" or "punishment of guilt."
(See also: judge, punish)
Bible References:
- 1 John 03:20
- Job 09:29
- John 05:24
- Luke 06:37
- Matthew 12:07
- Proverbs 17:15-16
- Psalms 034:22
- Romans 05:16
Word Data:
- Strong's: H816, H6600, H7561, H8199, H8381, G843, G1349, H1882, G1935, G2607, G2613, G2631, G2632, G2633, G2917, G2919, G2920
Forms Found in the English ULB:
condemn, condemnation, condemned, condemning, condemns, denounce, sentence, sentence of condemnation, sentenced to death
condemn
Related Ideas:
condemnation, denounce, sentence, sentence of condemnation, sentenced to death
Definition:
The terms "condemn" and "condemnation" refer to judging someone for doing something wrong.
- Often the word "condemn" includes punishing that person for what they did wrong.
- Sometimes "condemn" means to falsely accuse someone or to judge someone harshly.
- To "denounce" someone is to say that he is guilty of great evil.
- The term "condemnation" refers to the act of condemning or accusing someone. The word "judgment" means the same as "condemnation."
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, this term could be translated as "harshly judge" or "criticize falsely."
- The phrase "condemn him" could be translated as,"judge that he is guilty" or "state that he must be punished for his sin."
- The term "condemnation" could be translated as, "harsh judging" or "declaring to be guilty" or "punishment of guilt."
(See also: judge, punish)
Bible References:
- 1 John 03:20
- Job 09:29
- John 05:24
- Luke 06:37
- Matthew 12:07
- Proverbs 17:15-16
- Psalms 034:22
- Romans 05:16
Word Data:
- Strong's: H816, H6600, H7561, H8199, H8381, G843, G1349, H1882, G1935, G2607, G2613, G2631, G2632, G2633, G2917, G2919, G2920
Forms Found in the English ULB:
condemn, condemnation, condemned, condemning, condemns, denounce, sentence, sentence of condemnation, sentenced to death
confess
Related Ideas:
confession, profess
Definition:
To confess means to admit or assert that something is true. A "confession" is a statement or admission that something is true.
- The term "confess" can refer to boldly stating the truth about God. It can also refer to admitting that we have sinned.
- The Bible says that if people confess their sins to God, he will forgive them.
- James the apostle wrote in his letter that when believers confess their sins to each other, this brings spiritual healing.
- The apostle Paul wrote to the Philippians that someday everyone will confess or declare that Jesus is Lord.
- Paul also said that if people confess that Jesus is Lord and believe that God raised him from the dead, they will be saved.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, ways to translate "confess" could include, "admit" or "testify" or "declare" or "acknowledge" or "affirm."
- Different ways to translate "confession" could be, "declaration" or "testimony" or "statement about what we believe" or "admitting sin."
(See also: faith, testimony)
Bible References:
- 1 John 01:8-10
- 2 John 01:7-8
- James 05:16
- Leviticus 05:5-6
- Matthew 03:4-6
- Nehemiah 01:6-7
- Philippians 02:9-11
- Psalms 038:17-18
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3034, H8426, G1843, G3670, G3671
Forms Found in the English ULB:
confess, confessed, confesses, confessing, confession, profess
confess
Related Ideas:
confession, profess
Definition:
To confess means to admit or assert that something is true. A "confession" is a statement or admission that something is true.
- The term "confess" can refer to boldly stating the truth about God. It can also refer to admitting that we have sinned.
- The Bible says that if people confess their sins to God, he will forgive them.
- James the apostle wrote in his letter that when believers confess their sins to each other, this brings spiritual healing.
- The apostle Paul wrote to the Philippians that someday everyone will confess or declare that Jesus is Lord.
- Paul also said that if people confess that Jesus is Lord and believe that God raised him from the dead, they will be saved.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, ways to translate "confess" could include, "admit" or "testify" or "declare" or "acknowledge" or "affirm."
- Different ways to translate "confession" could be, "declaration" or "testimony" or "statement about what we believe" or "admitting sin."
(See also: faith, testimony)
Bible References:
- 1 John 01:8-10
- 2 John 01:7-8
- James 05:16
- Leviticus 05:5-6
- Matthew 03:4-6
- Nehemiah 01:6-7
- Philippians 02:9-11
- Psalms 038:17-18
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3034, H8426, G1843, G3670, G3671
Forms Found in the English ULB:
confess, confessed, confesses, confessing, confession, profess
conscience
Definition:
The conscience is the part of a person's thinking through which God makes him aware that he is doing something sinful.
- God gave people a conscience to help them know the difference between what is right and what is wrong.
- A person who obeys God is said to have a "pure" or "clear" or "clean" conscience.
- If a person has a "clear conscience" it means that he is not hiding any sin.
- If someone ignores their conscience and no longer feels guilty when he sins, this means his conscience is no longer sensitive to what is wrong. The Bible calls this a "seared" conscience, one that is "branded" as if with a hot iron. Such a conscience is also called "insensitive" and "polluted."
- Possible ways to translate this term could include, "inner moral guide" or "moral thinking."
Bible References:
- 1 Timothy 01:19
- 1 Timothy 03:09
- 2 Corinthians 05:11
- 2 Timothy 01:03
- Romans 09:01
- Titus 01:15-16
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
conscience, consciences
conscience
Definition:
The conscience is the part of a person's thinking through which God makes him aware that he is doing something sinful.
- God gave people a conscience to help them know the difference between what is right and what is wrong.
- A person who obeys God is said to have a "pure" or "clear" or "clean" conscience.
- If a person has a "clear conscience" it means that he is not hiding any sin.
- If someone ignores their conscience and no longer feels guilty when he sins, this means his conscience is no longer sensitive to what is wrong. The Bible calls this a "seared" conscience, one that is "branded" as if with a hot iron. Such a conscience is also called "insensitive" and "polluted."
- Possible ways to translate this term could include, "inner moral guide" or "moral thinking."
Bible References:
- 1 Timothy 01:19
- 1 Timothy 03:09
- 2 Corinthians 05:11
- 2 Timothy 01:03
- Romans 09:01
- Titus 01:15-16
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
conscience, consciences
cornerstone
Definition:
The term "cornerstone" refers to a large stone that has been specially cut and placed in the corner of the foundation of a building.
- All the other stones of the building are measured and placed in relation to the cornerstone.
- It is very important for the strength and stability of the whole structure.
- In the New Testament, the Assembly of believers is metaphorically compared to a building which has Jesus Christ as its "cornerstone."
- In the same way that the cornerstone of a building supports and determines the position of the whole building, so Jesus Christ is the cornerstone on which the Assembly of believers is founded and supported.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "cornerstone" could also be translated as "main building stone" or "foundation stone."
- Consider whether the target language has a term for a part of a building's foundation that is the main support. If so, this term could be used.
- Another way to translate this would be, "a foundation stone used for the corner of a building."
- It is important to keep the fact that this is a large stone, used as a solid and secure building material. If stones are not used for constructing buildings, there may be another word that could be used that means "large stone" (such as "boulder") but it should also have the idea of being well-formed and made to fit.
Bible References:
- Acts 04:11
- Ephesians 02:20
- Matthew 21:42
- Psalms 118:22
Word Data:
- Strong's: H68, H6438, H7218, G204, G1137, G2776, G3037
Forms Found in the English ULB:
cornerstone, cornerstones
cornerstone
Definition:
The term "cornerstone" refers to a large stone that has been specially cut and placed in the corner of the foundation of a building.
- All the other stones of the building are measured and placed in relation to the cornerstone.
- It is very important for the strength and stability of the whole structure.
- In the New Testament, the Assembly of believers is metaphorically compared to a building which has Jesus Christ as its "cornerstone."
- In the same way that the cornerstone of a building supports and determines the position of the whole building, so Jesus Christ is the cornerstone on which the Assembly of believers is founded and supported.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "cornerstone" could also be translated as "main building stone" or "foundation stone."
- Consider whether the target language has a term for a part of a building's foundation that is the main support. If so, this term could be used.
- Another way to translate this would be, "a foundation stone used for the corner of a building."
- It is important to keep the fact that this is a large stone, used as a solid and secure building material. If stones are not used for constructing buildings, there may be another word that could be used that means "large stone" (such as "boulder") but it should also have the idea of being well-formed and made to fit.
Bible References:
- Acts 04:11
- Ephesians 02:20
- Matthew 21:42
- Psalms 118:22
Word Data:
- Strong's: H68, H6438, H7218, G204, G1137, G2776, G3037
Forms Found in the English ULB:
cornerstone, cornerstones
council
Definition:
A council is a group of people who meet to discuss, give advice, and make decisions about important matters.
- A council is usually organized in an official and somewhat permanent way for a specific purpose, such as making decisions about legal matters.
- The "Jewish Council" in Jerusalem, also known as the "Sanhedrin," had 70 members, which included Jewish leaders such as chief priests, elders, scribes, Pharisees, and Sadducees who met regularly to decide matters of Jewish law. It was this council of religious leaders who put Jesus on trial and decided that he should be killed.
- There were also smaller Jewish councils in other cities.
- The apostle Paul was brought before a Roman council when he was arrested for teaching the gospel.
- Depending on the context, the word "council" could also be translated as "legal assembly" or "political assembly."
- To be "in council" means to be in a special meeting to decide something.
- Note that this is a different word than "counsel," which means, "advice."
(See also: assembly, counsel, Pharisee, law of Moses, priest, Sadducee, scribe)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:57-58
- Acts 24:20
- John 03:02
- Luke 22:68
- Mark 13:09
- Matthew 05:22
- Matthew 26:59
Word Data:
- Strong's: H4186, H5475, G1010, G4824, G4892
Forms Found in the English ULB:
council, councils
council
Definition:
A council is a group of people who meet to discuss, give advice, and make decisions about important matters.
- A council is usually organized in an official and somewhat permanent way for a specific purpose, such as making decisions about legal matters.
- The "Jewish Council" in Jerusalem, also known as the "Sanhedrin," had 70 members, which included Jewish leaders such as chief priests, elders, scribes, Pharisees, and Sadducees who met regularly to decide matters of Jewish law. It was this council of religious leaders who put Jesus on trial and decided that he should be killed.
- There were also smaller Jewish councils in other cities.
- The apostle Paul was brought before a Roman council when he was arrested for teaching the gospel.
- Depending on the context, the word "council" could also be translated as "legal assembly" or "political assembly."
- To be "in council" means to be in a special meeting to decide something.
- Note that this is a different word than "counsel," which means, "advice."
(See also: assembly, counsel, Pharisee, law of Moses, priest, Sadducee, scribe)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:57-58
- Acts 24:20
- John 03:02
- Luke 22:68
- Mark 13:09
- Matthew 05:22
- Matthew 26:59
Word Data:
- Strong's: H4186, H5475, G1010, G4824, G4892
Forms Found in the English ULB:
council, councils
courage
Related Ideas:
brave, courageous, discourage, discouragement, encourage, encouragement
Definitions:
The term "courage" refers to boldly facing or doing something that is difficult, frightening, or dangerous.
- The term, "courageous" describes someone who shows courage, who does the right thing even when feeling afraid or pressured to give up.
- A person shows courage when he faces emotional or physical pain with strength and perseverance.
- The expression "take courage" means, "don't be afraid" or "be assured that things will turn out well."
- When Joshua was preparing to go into the dangerous land of Canaan, Moses exhorted him to be "strong and courageous."
- The term "courageous" could also be translated as "brave" or "unafraid" or "bold."
- Depending on the context, to "have courage" could also be translated as, "be emotionally strong" or "be confident" or "stand firm."
- To "speak with courage" could be translated as, "speak boldly" or "speak without being afraid" or "speak confidently."
The terms "encourage" and encouragement" refer to saying and doing things to cause someone to have comfort, hope, confidence, and courage.
- A similar term is "exhort," which means to urge someone to reject an activity that is wrong and to instead do things that are good and right.
- The apostle Paul and other New Testament writers taught Christians to encourage one another to love and serve others.
The term "discourage" refers to saying and doing things that cause people to lose hope, confidence, and courage and so to have less desire to keep working hard to do what they know they should do.
Translation Suggestions
- Depending on the context, ways to translate "encourage" could include "urge" or "comfort" or "say kind things" or "help and support."
- The phrase "give words of encouragement" means "say things that cause other people to feel loved, accepted, and empowered."
(See also: confidence, exhort, fear, strength)
Bible References:
- Deuteronomy 01:37-38
- 2 Kings 18:19-21
- 1 Chronicles 17:25
- Matthew 09:20-22
- 1 Corinthians 14:1-4
- 2 Corinthians 07:13
- Acts 05:12-13
- Acts 16:40
- Hebrews 03:12-13
- Hebrews 13:5-6
Word Data:
- Strong's: H47, H533, H553, H1368, H2388, H2388, H2428, H3820, H3824, H7307, G2114, G2115, G2174, G2292, G2293, G2294, H2865, G3870, G3874, G3954, G4389, G4837, G5111
Forms Found in the English ULB:
brave, bravest, courage, courageous, dare, dared, discourage, discouraged, discouragement, discouraging, encourage, encouraged, encouragement, encouraging, take courage
courage
Related Ideas:
brave, courageous, discourage, discouragement, encourage, encouragement
Definitions:
The term "courage" refers to boldly facing or doing something that is difficult, frightening, or dangerous.
- The term, "courageous" describes someone who shows courage, who does the right thing even when feeling afraid or pressured to give up.
- A person shows courage when he faces emotional or physical pain with strength and perseverance.
- The expression "take courage" means, "don't be afraid" or "be assured that things will turn out well."
- When Joshua was preparing to go into the dangerous land of Canaan, Moses exhorted him to be "strong and courageous."
- The term "courageous" could also be translated as "brave" or "unafraid" or "bold."
- Depending on the context, to "have courage" could also be translated as, "be emotionally strong" or "be confident" or "stand firm."
- To "speak with courage" could be translated as, "speak boldly" or "speak without being afraid" or "speak confidently."
The terms "encourage" and encouragement" refer to saying and doing things to cause someone to have comfort, hope, confidence, and courage.
- A similar term is "exhort," which means to urge someone to reject an activity that is wrong and to instead do things that are good and right.
- The apostle Paul and other New Testament writers taught Christians to encourage one another to love and serve others.
The term "discourage" refers to saying and doing things that cause people to lose hope, confidence, and courage and so to have less desire to keep working hard to do what they know they should do.
Translation Suggestions
- Depending on the context, ways to translate "encourage" could include "urge" or "comfort" or "say kind things" or "help and support."
- The phrase "give words of encouragement" means "say things that cause other people to feel loved, accepted, and empowered."
(See also: confidence, exhort, fear, strength)
Bible References:
- Deuteronomy 01:37-38
- 2 Kings 18:19-21
- 1 Chronicles 17:25
- Matthew 09:20-22
- 1 Corinthians 14:1-4
- 2 Corinthians 07:13
- Acts 05:12-13
- Acts 16:40
- Hebrews 03:12-13
- Hebrews 13:5-6
Word Data:
- Strong's: H47, H533, H553, H1368, H2388, H2388, H2428, H3820, H3824, H7307, G2114, G2115, G2174, G2292, G2293, G2294, H2865, G3870, G3874, G3954, G4389, G4837, G5111
Forms Found in the English ULB:
brave, bravest, courage, courageous, dare, dared, discourage, discouraged, discouragement, discouraging, encourage, encouraged, encouragement, encouraging, take courage
court
Related Ideas:
courtyard
Definition:
The terms "courtyard" and "court" refer to an enclosed area that is open to the sky and surrounded by walls. The term "court" also refers to a place where judges decide legal and criminal matters.
- The tabernacle was surrounded by one courtyard which was enclosed by walls made of thick, cloth curtains.
- The temple complex had three inner courtyards: one for the priests, one for Jewish men, and one for Jewish women.
- These inner courtyards were surrounded by a low stone wall that separated them from an outer courtyard where Gentiles were permitted to worship.
- The courtyard of a house was an open area in the middle of the house.
- The phrase "king's court" can refer to his palace or to a place in his palace where he makes judgments.
- The expression, "courts of Yahweh" is a figurative way of referring to Yahweh's dwelling place or to the place where people go to worship Yahweh.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "courtyard" could be translated as "enclosed space" or "walled-in land" or "temple grounds" or "temple enclosure."
- Sometimes the term "temple" may need to be translated as "temple courtyards" or "temple complex" so that it is clear that the courtyards are being referred to, not the temple building.
- The expression, "courts of Yahweh" could be translated as, "place where Yahweh lives" or "place where Yahweh is worshiped."
- The term used for a king's court could also be used to refer to Yahweh's court.
(See also: Gentile, judge, king, tabernacle, temple)
Bible References:
- 2 Kings 20:4-5
- Exodus 27:09
- Jeremiah 19:14-15
- Luke 22:55
- Matthew 26:69-70
- Numbers 03:26
- Psalms 065:4
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1508, H2691, H5835, H7339, H8651, G833, G4259
Forms Found in the English ULB:
court, courts, courtyard, courtyards
court
Related Ideas:
courtyard
Definition:
The terms "courtyard" and "court" refer to an enclosed area that is open to the sky and surrounded by walls. The term "court" also refers to a place where judges decide legal and criminal matters.
- The tabernacle was surrounded by one courtyard which was enclosed by walls made of thick, cloth curtains.
- The temple complex had three inner courtyards: one for the priests, one for Jewish men, and one for Jewish women.
- These inner courtyards were surrounded by a low stone wall that separated them from an outer courtyard where Gentiles were permitted to worship.
- The courtyard of a house was an open area in the middle of the house.
- The phrase "king's court" can refer to his palace or to a place in his palace where he makes judgments.
- The expression, "courts of Yahweh" is a figurative way of referring to Yahweh's dwelling place or to the place where people go to worship Yahweh.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "courtyard" could be translated as "enclosed space" or "walled-in land" or "temple grounds" or "temple enclosure."
- Sometimes the term "temple" may need to be translated as "temple courtyards" or "temple complex" so that it is clear that the courtyards are being referred to, not the temple building.
- The expression, "courts of Yahweh" could be translated as, "place where Yahweh lives" or "place where Yahweh is worshiped."
- The term used for a king's court could also be used to refer to Yahweh's court.
(See also: Gentile, judge, king, tabernacle, temple)
Bible References:
- 2 Kings 20:4-5
- Exodus 27:09
- Jeremiah 19:14-15
- Luke 22:55
- Matthew 26:69-70
- Numbers 03:26
- Psalms 065:4
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1508, H2691, H5835, H7339, H8651, G833, G4259
Forms Found in the English ULB:
court, courts, courtyard, courtyards
covenant
Related Ideas:
agreed, contract, new covenant, will
Definition:
A covenant is a formal, binding agreement between two parties that one or both parties must fulfill.
- This agreement can be between individuals, between groups of people, or between God and people.
- When people make a covenant with each other, they promise that they will do something, and they must do it.
- Examples of human covenants include marriage covenants, business agreements or contracts, and treaties between countries.
- Throughout the Bible, God made several different covenants with his people.
- In some of the covenants, God promised to fulfill his part without conditions. For example, when God established his covenant with mankind promising to never destroy the earth again with a worldwide flood, this promise had no conditions for people to fulfill.
- In other covenants, God promised to fulfill his part only if the people obeyed him and fulfilled their part of the covenant.
The term "new covenant" refers to the commitment or agreement God made with his people through the sacrifice of his Son, Jesus.
- God's "new covenant" was explained in the part of the Bible called the "New Testament."
- This new covenant is in contrast to the "old" or "former" covenant that God had made with the Israelites in Old Testament times.
- The new covenant is better than the old one because it is based on the sacrifice of Jesus, which completely atoned for people's sins forever. The sacrifices made under the old covenant did not do this.
- God writes the new covenant on the hearts of those who become believers in Jesus. This causes them to want to obey God and to begin to live holy lives.
- The new covenant will be completely fulfilled in the end times when God establishes his reign on earth. Everything will once again be very good, as it was when God first created the world.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, ways to translate this term could include, "binding agreement" or "formal commitment" or "pledge" or "contract."
- Some languages may have different words for covenant depending on whether one party or both parties have made a promise they must keep. If the covenant is one-sided, it could be translated as "promise" or "pledge."
-
Make sure the translation of this term does not sound like people proposed the covenant. In all cases of covenants between God and people, it was God who initiated the covenant.
-
The term "new covenant" could be translated as "new formal agreement" or "new pact" or "new contract."
- The word "new" in these expressions has the meaning of "fresh" or "new kind of" or "another."
(See also: covenant, promise)
Bible References:
- Genesis 09:12
- Genesis 17:07
- Genesis 31:44
- Exodus 34:10-11
- Joshua 24:24-26
- 2 Samuel 23:5
- 2 Kings 18:11-12
- Mark 14:24
- Luke 01:73
- Luke 22:20
- Acts 07:08
- 1 Corinthians 11:25-26
- 2 Corinthians 03:06
- Galatians 03:17-18
- Hebrews 12:24
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1285, H1697, H2319, H2374, G1242, G4934
Forms Found in the English ULB:
agreed, contract, covenant, covenants, new covenant, will
covenant
Related Ideas:
agreed, contract, new covenant, will
Definition:
A covenant is a formal, binding agreement between two parties that one or both parties must fulfill.
- This agreement can be between individuals, between groups of people, or between God and people.
- When people make a covenant with each other, they promise that they will do something, and they must do it.
- Examples of human covenants include marriage covenants, business agreements or contracts, and treaties between countries.
- Throughout the Bible, God made several different covenants with his people.
- In some of the covenants, God promised to fulfill his part without conditions. For example, when God established his covenant with mankind promising to never destroy the earth again with a worldwide flood, this promise had no conditions for people to fulfill.
- In other covenants, God promised to fulfill his part only if the people obeyed him and fulfilled their part of the covenant.
The term "new covenant" refers to the commitment or agreement God made with his people through the sacrifice of his Son, Jesus.
- God's "new covenant" was explained in the part of the Bible called the "New Testament."
- This new covenant is in contrast to the "old" or "former" covenant that God had made with the Israelites in Old Testament times.
- The new covenant is better than the old one because it is based on the sacrifice of Jesus, which completely atoned for people's sins forever. The sacrifices made under the old covenant did not do this.
- God writes the new covenant on the hearts of those who become believers in Jesus. This causes them to want to obey God and to begin to live holy lives.
- The new covenant will be completely fulfilled in the end times when God establishes his reign on earth. Everything will once again be very good, as it was when God first created the world.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, ways to translate this term could include, "binding agreement" or "formal commitment" or "pledge" or "contract."
- Some languages may have different words for covenant depending on whether one party or both parties have made a promise they must keep. If the covenant is one-sided, it could be translated as "promise" or "pledge."
-
Make sure the translation of this term does not sound like people proposed the covenant. In all cases of covenants between God and people, it was God who initiated the covenant.
-
The term "new covenant" could be translated as "new formal agreement" or "new pact" or "new contract."
- The word "new" in these expressions has the meaning of "fresh" or "new kind of" or "another."
(See also: covenant, promise)
Bible References:
- Genesis 09:12
- Genesis 17:07
- Genesis 31:44
- Exodus 34:10-11
- Joshua 24:24-26
- 2 Samuel 23:5
- 2 Kings 18:11-12
- Mark 14:24
- Luke 01:73
- Luke 22:20
- Acts 07:08
- 1 Corinthians 11:25-26
- 2 Corinthians 03:06
- Galatians 03:17-18
- Hebrews 12:24
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1285, H1697, H2319, H2374, G1242, G4934
Forms Found in the English ULB:
agreed, contract, covenant, covenants, new covenant, will
create
Related Ideas:
creation, creator, workmanship
Definition:
The term "create" means to make something or to cause something to be. Whatever is created is called a "creation." God is called the "Creator" because he caused everything in the entire universe to come into existence.
- When this term is used to refer to God creating the world, it means he made it out of nothing.
- When human beings "create" something, it means they made it out of things that already existed.
- Sometimes "create" is used in a figurative way to describe something abstract, such as creating peace, or creating a pure heart in someone.
- The term "creation" can refer to the very beginning of the world when God first created everything. It can also be used to refer generally to everything that God created. Sometimes the word "creation" refers more specifically to just the people in the world.
- "Workmanship" is anything that a person makes.
Translation Suggestions:
- Some languages may have to directly say that God created the world "out of nothing" to make sure this meaning is clear.
- The phrase, "since the creation of the world" means, "since the time when God created the world."
- A similar phrase, "at the beginning of creation" could be translated as, "when God created the world at the beginning of time," or "when the world was first created."
- To preach the good news to "all creation" means to preach the good news to "all people everywhere on earth."
- The phrase "Let all creation rejoice" means "Let everything that God created rejoice."
- Depending on the context, "create" could be translated as "make" or "cause to be" or "make out of nothing."
- The term "the Creator" could be translated as "the One who created everything" or "God, who made the whole world."
- Phrases like "your Creator" could be translated as "God, who created you."
(See also: God, good news, world)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 11:9-10
- 1 Peter 04:17-19
- Colossians 01:15
- Galatians 06:15
- Genesis 01:01
- Genesis 14:19-20
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1254, H3335, H4639, H6213, H7069, G2041, G2675, G2936, G2937, G2938, G2939, G5480
Forms Found in the English ULB:
create, created, created thing, creates, creation, creator, thing that has been created, workmanship
create
Related Ideas:
creation, creator, workmanship
Definition:
The term "create" means to make something or to cause something to be. Whatever is created is called a "creation." God is called the "Creator" because he caused everything in the entire universe to come into existence.
- When this term is used to refer to God creating the world, it means he made it out of nothing.
- When human beings "create" something, it means they made it out of things that already existed.
- Sometimes "create" is used in a figurative way to describe something abstract, such as creating peace, or creating a pure heart in someone.
- The term "creation" can refer to the very beginning of the world when God first created everything. It can also be used to refer generally to everything that God created. Sometimes the word "creation" refers more specifically to just the people in the world.
- "Workmanship" is anything that a person makes.
Translation Suggestions:
- Some languages may have to directly say that God created the world "out of nothing" to make sure this meaning is clear.
- The phrase, "since the creation of the world" means, "since the time when God created the world."
- A similar phrase, "at the beginning of creation" could be translated as, "when God created the world at the beginning of time," or "when the world was first created."
- To preach the good news to "all creation" means to preach the good news to "all people everywhere on earth."
- The phrase "Let all creation rejoice" means "Let everything that God created rejoice."
- Depending on the context, "create" could be translated as "make" or "cause to be" or "make out of nothing."
- The term "the Creator" could be translated as "the One who created everything" or "God, who made the whole world."
- Phrases like "your Creator" could be translated as "God, who created you."
(See also: God, good news, world)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 11:9-10
- 1 Peter 04:17-19
- Colossians 01:15
- Galatians 06:15
- Genesis 01:01
- Genesis 14:19-20
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1254, H3335, H4639, H6213, H7069, G2041, G2675, G2936, G2937, G2938, G2939, G5480
Forms Found in the English ULB:
create, created, created thing, creates, creation, creator, thing that has been created, workmanship
crime
Related Ideas:
criminal
Definition:
The term "crime" usually refers to a sin that involves breaking the law of a country or state. The term "criminal" refers to someone who has committed a crime.
- Types of crimes include such things as killing a person or stealing someone's property.
- A criminal is usually captured and kept in some form of captivity such as a prison.
- In Bible times, some criminals became fugitives, wandering from place to place to escape people who wanted to harm them out of revenge for their crime.
(See also: thief)
Bible References:
- 2 Timothy 02:09
- Hosea 06:8-9
- Job 31:26-28
- Luke 23:32
- Matthew 27:23-24
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2154, H2400, H4639, H5771, H7563, H7564, G2556, G2557, G4467
Forms Found in the English ULB:
crime, crimes, criminal, criminals
crime
Related Ideas:
criminal
Definition:
The term "crime" usually refers to a sin that involves breaking the law of a country or state. The term "criminal" refers to someone who has committed a crime.
- Types of crimes include such things as killing a person or stealing someone's property.
- A criminal is usually captured and kept in some form of captivity such as a prison.
- In Bible times, some criminals became fugitives, wandering from place to place to escape people who wanted to harm them out of revenge for their crime.
(See also: thief)
Bible References:
- 2 Timothy 02:09
- Hosea 06:8-9
- Job 31:26-28
- Luke 23:32
- Matthew 27:23-24
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2154, H2400, H4639, H5771, H7563, H7564, G2556, G2557, G4467
Forms Found in the English ULB:
crime, crimes, criminal, criminals
cross
Definition:
In Bible times, a cross was an upright wooden post stuck into the ground, with a horizontal wooden beam attached to it near the top.
- During the time of the Roman Empire, the Roman government would execute criminals by tying or nailing them to a cross and leaving them there to die.
- Jesus was falsely accused of crimes he did not commit and the Romans put him to death on a cross.
- Note that this is a completely different word from the verb "cross" that means to go over to the other side of something, such as a river or lake.
Translation Suggestions:
- This term could be translated using a term in the target language that refers to the shape of a cross.
- Consider describing the cross as something on which people were killed, using phrases such as "execution post" or "tree of death."
- Also consider how this word is translated in a Bible translation in a local or national language.
(See also: crucify, Rome)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 01:17
- Colossians 02:15
- Galatians 06:12
- John 19:18
- Luke 09:23
- Luke 23:26
- Matthew 10:38
- Philippians 02:08
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
cross
cross
Definition:
In Bible times, a cross was an upright wooden post stuck into the ground, with a horizontal wooden beam attached to it near the top.
- During the time of the Roman Empire, the Roman government would execute criminals by tying or nailing them to a cross and leaving them there to die.
- Jesus was falsely accused of crimes he did not commit and the Romans put him to death on a cross.
- Note that this is a completely different word from the verb "cross" that means to go over to the other side of something, such as a river or lake.
Translation Suggestions:
- This term could be translated using a term in the target language that refers to the shape of a cross.
- Consider describing the cross as something on which people were killed, using phrases such as "execution post" or "tree of death."
- Also consider how this word is translated in a Bible translation in a local or national language.
(See also: crucify, Rome)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 01:17
- Colossians 02:15
- Galatians 06:12
- John 19:18
- Luke 09:23
- Luke 23:26
- Matthew 10:38
- Philippians 02:08
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
cross
cry
Related Ideas:
outcry, raised his voice, scream, shout, speak out, speak loudly
Definition:
The terms "cry" or "cry out" often mean to say something loudly and urgently. Someone can "cry out" in pain or in distress or in anger.
- The phrase "cry out" also means to shout or call out, often with the intent to ask for help.
- This term could also be translated as "exclaim loudly" or "urgently ask for help," depending on the context.
- An expression such as, "I cry out to you" could be translated as, "I call to you for help" or "I urgently ask you for help."
(See also: call, plead)
Bible References:
- Job 27:09
- Mark 05:5-6
- Mark 06:48-50
- Psalm 022:1-2
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1058, H2199, H2201, H6030, H6463, H6670, H6682, H6817, H6818, H6873, H6963, H7121, H7123, H7321, H7440, H7442, H7723, H7737, H7768, H7771, H7775, H8643, H8663, G310, G349, G400, G863, G994, G995, G1916, G2019, G2799, G2805, G2896, G2905, G2906, G2929, G4377, G5455
Forms Found in the English ULB:
cried, cried for help, cried out, cries, cries of distress, cries out, cry, cry ... for help, cry aloud, cry of distress, cry out, crying, crying out, outcries, outcry, raised ... voice, scream, screams, shout, shout out loud, shouted, shouting, shouting out, shouts, speak out, spoke loudly
cry
Related Ideas:
outcry, raised his voice, scream, shout, speak out, speak loudly
Definition:
The terms "cry" or "cry out" often mean to say something loudly and urgently. Someone can "cry out" in pain or in distress or in anger.
- The phrase "cry out" also means to shout or call out, often with the intent to ask for help.
- This term could also be translated as "exclaim loudly" or "urgently ask for help," depending on the context.
- An expression such as, "I cry out to you" could be translated as, "I call to you for help" or "I urgently ask you for help."
(See also: call, plead)
Bible References:
- Job 27:09
- Mark 05:5-6
- Mark 06:48-50
- Psalm 022:1-2
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1058, H2199, H2201, H6030, H6463, H6670, H6682, H6817, H6818, H6873, H6963, H7121, H7123, H7321, H7440, H7442, H7723, H7737, H7768, H7771, H7775, H8643, H8663, G310, G349, G400, G863, G994, G995, G1916, G2019, G2799, G2805, G2896, G2905, G2906, G2929, G4377, G5455
Forms Found in the English ULB:
cried, cried for help, cried out, cries, cries of distress, cries out, cry, cry ... for help, cry aloud, cry of distress, cry out, crying, crying out, outcries, outcry, raised ... voice, scream, screams, shout, shout out loud, shouted, shouting, shouting out, shouts, speak out, spoke loudly
cut off
Related Ideas:
chop down, cut down, cut in two, pluck out, shear, tear off
Definition:
The expression "cut off" literally means to use a sharp instrument to remove a part of something. This can refer to, for example, removing a limb from a tree or an arm or leg from a person, or to chopping a tree completely down.
The expression "cut off" is also used to refer to God causing a river to stop flowing.
The metaphor "cut off" refers to people or God separating a person from his nation or community either by driving him away or by killing him.
To "shear" is to cut the hair off of an animal.
To "pluck" is to separate a part of something from the rest by pulling it off or out.
- In the Old Testament, disobeying God's commands resulted in being cut off, or separated, from God's people and from his presence.
- God also said he would "cut off" or destroy the non-Israelite nations, because they did not worship or obey him and were enemies of Israel.
Picture of Cut Off From People:

Translation Suggestions:
- The expression "be cut off" could be translated as "be banished" or "be sent away" or "be separated from" or "be killed" or "be destroyed."
- Depending on the context, to "cut off" could be translated as, to "destroy" or to "send away" or to "separate from" or to "destroy."
- In the context of flowing waters being cut off, this could be translated as "were stopped" or "were caused to stop flowing" or "were divided."
Bible References:
- Genesis 17:14
- Judges 21:06
- Proverbs 23:18
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1214, H1219, H1438, H1494, H1497, H1504, H1629, H1820, H2686, H3582, H3772, H5243, H5352, H6789, H7088, H7096, H7112, H7113, G609, G851, G1581, G1807
Forms Found in the English ULB:
chop ... down, chopped ... down, cut ... down, cut ... off, cut ... out of, cut in two, cut off, cuts ... off, cutting ... off, eliminate, pluck ... out, shear, sheared, tear ... off
cut off
Related Ideas:
chop down, cut down, cut in two, pluck out, shear, tear off
Definition:
The expression "cut off" literally means to use a sharp instrument to remove a part of something. This can refer to, for example, removing a limb from a tree or an arm or leg from a person, or to chopping a tree completely down.
The expression "cut off" is also used to refer to God causing a river to stop flowing.
The metaphor "cut off" refers to people or God separating a person from his nation or community either by driving him away or by killing him.
To "shear" is to cut the hair off of an animal.
To "pluck" is to separate a part of something from the rest by pulling it off or out.
- In the Old Testament, disobeying God's commands resulted in being cut off, or separated, from God's people and from his presence.
- God also said he would "cut off" or destroy the non-Israelite nations, because they did not worship or obey him and were enemies of Israel.
Picture of Cut Off From People:

Translation Suggestions:
- The expression "be cut off" could be translated as "be banished" or "be sent away" or "be separated from" or "be killed" or "be destroyed."
- Depending on the context, to "cut off" could be translated as, to "destroy" or to "send away" or to "separate from" or to "destroy."
- In the context of flowing waters being cut off, this could be translated as "were stopped" or "were caused to stop flowing" or "were divided."
Bible References:
- Genesis 17:14
- Judges 21:06
- Proverbs 23:18
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1214, H1219, H1438, H1494, H1497, H1504, H1629, H1820, H2686, H3582, H3772, H5243, H5352, H6789, H7088, H7096, H7112, H7113, G609, G851, G1581, G1807
Forms Found in the English ULB:
chop ... down, chopped ... down, cut ... down, cut ... off, cut ... out of, cut in two, cut off, cuts ... off, cutting ... off, eliminate, pluck ... out, shear, sheared, tear ... off
darkness
Related Ideas:
dark, darken, gloom
Definition:
The terms "darkness" and "gloom" literally means an absence of light. There are also several figurative meanings of these terms:
- As a metaphor, "darkness" means "impurity" or "evil" or "spiritual blindness."
- It also refers to anything related to sin and moral corruption.
- The expression "dominion of darkness" refers to all that is evil and ruled by Satan.
- The term "darkness" can also be used as a metaphor for death.
- People who do not know God are said to be "living in darkness," which means they do not understand or practice righteousness.
- God is light (righteousness) and the darkness (evil) cannot overcome that light.
- The place of punishment for those who reject God is sometimes referred to as "outer darkness."
- The term "gloom" can be used as a metaphor for sadness.
Translation Suggestions:
- It is best to translate this term literally, with a word in the project language that refers to the absence of light. This could also be a term that refers to the darkness of a room with no light or to the time of day when there is no light.
- For the figurative uses, it is also important to keep the image of darkness in contrast to light, as a way to describe evil and deception in contrast to goodness and truth.
- Depending on the context, other ways to translate this could be, "darkness of night" (as opposed to "light of day") or "not seeing anything, like at night" or "evil, like a dark place".
(See also: corrupt, dominion, kingdom, light, redeem, righteous)
Bible References:
- 1 John 01:06
- 1 John 02:08
- 1 Thessalonians 05:05
- 2 Samuel 22:12
- Colossians 01:13
- Isaiah 05:30
- Jeremiah 13:16
- Joshua 24:7
- Matthew 08:12
Word Data:
- Strong's: H652, H653, H2816, H2821, H2822, H2825, H3990, H3991, H4285, H5890, H6205, H6751, H6937, G2217, G4652, G4653, G4654, G4655, G4656
Forms Found in the English ULB:
dark, darken, darkened, darker, darkness, gloom, thick darkness, turned dark
darkness
Related Ideas:
dark, darken, gloom
Definition:
The terms "darkness" and "gloom" literally means an absence of light. There are also several figurative meanings of these terms:
- As a metaphor, "darkness" means "impurity" or "evil" or "spiritual blindness."
- It also refers to anything related to sin and moral corruption.
- The expression "dominion of darkness" refers to all that is evil and ruled by Satan.
- The term "darkness" can also be used as a metaphor for death.
- People who do not know God are said to be "living in darkness," which means they do not understand or practice righteousness.
- God is light (righteousness) and the darkness (evil) cannot overcome that light.
- The place of punishment for those who reject God is sometimes referred to as "outer darkness."
- The term "gloom" can be used as a metaphor for sadness.
Translation Suggestions:
- It is best to translate this term literally, with a word in the project language that refers to the absence of light. This could also be a term that refers to the darkness of a room with no light or to the time of day when there is no light.
- For the figurative uses, it is also important to keep the image of darkness in contrast to light, as a way to describe evil and deception in contrast to goodness and truth.
- Depending on the context, other ways to translate this could be, "darkness of night" (as opposed to "light of day") or "not seeing anything, like at night" or "evil, like a dark place".
(See also: corrupt, dominion, kingdom, light, redeem, righteous)
Bible References:
- 1 John 01:06
- 1 John 02:08
- 1 Thessalonians 05:05
- 2 Samuel 22:12
- Colossians 01:13
- Isaiah 05:30
- Jeremiah 13:16
- Joshua 24:7
- Matthew 08:12
Word Data:
- Strong's: H652, H653, H2816, H2821, H2822, H2825, H3990, H3991, H4285, H5890, H6205, H6751, H6937, G2217, G4652, G4653, G4654, G4655, G4656
Forms Found in the English ULB:
dark, darken, darkened, darker, darkness, gloom, thick darkness, turned dark
day
Related Ideas:
daily, daytime, morning, today
Definition:
The term "day" literally refers to a period of time lasting 24 hours beginning at sundown. It is also used figuratively.
- For the Israelites and the Jews, a day began at sunset of one day and ended at sunset of the next day.
- Sometimes the term "day" is used figuratively to refer to a longer period of time, such as the "day of Yahweh" or "last days."
- Some languages will use a different expression to translate these figurative uses or will translate "day" nonfiguratively.
- Other translations of "day" could include, "time" or "season" or "occasion" or "event," depending on the context.
(See also: judgment day, last day)
Bible References:
- Acts 20:06
- Daniel 10:04
- Ezra 06:15
- Ezra 06:19
- Matthew 09:15
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3117, H3118, H3119, H6242, G2250, G4594
Forms Found in the English ULB:
daily, day, day's, days, days', daytime, morning, today
day
Related Ideas:
daily, daytime, morning, today
Definition:
The term "day" literally refers to a period of time lasting 24 hours beginning at sundown. It is also used figuratively.
- For the Israelites and the Jews, a day began at sunset of one day and ended at sunset of the next day.
- Sometimes the term "day" is used figuratively to refer to a longer period of time, such as the "day of Yahweh" or "last days."
- Some languages will use a different expression to translate these figurative uses or will translate "day" nonfiguratively.
- Other translations of "day" could include, "time" or "season" or "occasion" or "event," depending on the context.
(See also: judgment day, last day)
Bible References:
- Acts 20:06
- Daniel 10:04
- Ezra 06:15
- Ezra 06:19
- Matthew 09:15
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3117, H3118, H3119, H6242, G2250, G4594
Forms Found in the English ULB:
daily, day, day's, days, days', daytime, morning, today
day of the Lord
Related Ideas:
day of Christ Jesus, day of Jesus Christ, day of Yahweh, day of Yahweh's wrath
Description:
The Old Testament term "day of Yahweh" is used to refer to one or more specific times when God would punish people for their sin.
- The New Testament term "day of the Lord" usually refers to the day or time when the Lord Jesus will come back to judge people at the end of time.
- This final, future time of judgment and resurrection is also sometimes referred to as the "last day." This time will begin when the Lord Jesus comes back to judge sinners and will permanently establish his rule.
- The word "day" in these phrases may sometimes refer to a literal day or it may refer to a "time" or "occasion" that is longer than a day.
- Sometimes the punishment is referred to as a "pouring out of God's wrath" upon those who do not believe.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, other ways to translate "day of Yahweh" could include "time of Yahweh" or "time when Yahweh will punish his enemies" or "time of Yahweh's wrath."
- Other ways to translate "day of the Lord" could include "time of the Lord's judgment" or "time when the Lord Jesus will return to judge people."
(See also: day, judgment day, lord, resurrection, Yahweh)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 05:05
- 1 Thessalonians 05:02
- 2 Peter 03:10
- 2 Thessalonians 02:02
- Acts 02:20-21
- Philippians 01:9-11
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3068, H3117, G2250, G2962
Forms Found in the English ULB:
day of Christ Jesus, day of Jesus Christ, day of Yahweh, day of Yahweh's wrath, day of our Lord Jesus, day of our Lord Jesus Christ, day of the Lord
day of the Lord
Related Ideas:
day of Christ Jesus, day of Jesus Christ, day of Yahweh, day of Yahweh's wrath
Description:
The Old Testament term "day of Yahweh" is used to refer to one or more specific times when God would punish people for their sin.
- The New Testament term "day of the Lord" usually refers to the day or time when the Lord Jesus will come back to judge people at the end of time.
- This final, future time of judgment and resurrection is also sometimes referred to as the "last day." This time will begin when the Lord Jesus comes back to judge sinners and will permanently establish his rule.
- The word "day" in these phrases may sometimes refer to a literal day or it may refer to a "time" or "occasion" that is longer than a day.
- Sometimes the punishment is referred to as a "pouring out of God's wrath" upon those who do not believe.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, other ways to translate "day of Yahweh" could include "time of Yahweh" or "time when Yahweh will punish his enemies" or "time of Yahweh's wrath."
- Other ways to translate "day of the Lord" could include "time of the Lord's judgment" or "time when the Lord Jesus will return to judge people."
(See also: day, judgment day, lord, resurrection, Yahweh)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 05:05
- 1 Thessalonians 05:02
- 2 Peter 03:10
- 2 Thessalonians 02:02
- Acts 02:20-21
- Philippians 01:9-11
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3068, H3117, G2250, G2962
Forms Found in the English ULB:
day of Christ Jesus, day of Jesus Christ, day of Yahweh, day of Yahweh's wrath, day of our Lord Jesus, day of our Lord Jesus Christ, day of the Lord
death
Related Ideas:
breathed their last, dead, deadly, deadness, deathly, die, lethal, mortal, stop breathing
Definition:
This term is used to refer to both physical and spiritual death. Physically, it refers to when the physical body of a person stops living. Spiritually, it refers to sinners being separated from a holy God because of their sin.
1. Physical death
- To "die" means to stop living. Death is the end of physical life.
- A person's spirit leaves his body when he dies.
- When Adam and Eve sinned, physical death came into the world.
- The expression "put to death" refers to killing or murdering someone, especially when a king or other ruler gives an order for someone to be killed.
- The words "deadly" and "lethal" describe something that causes someone to die.
- Something that is "mortal" can die; it does not live forever.
2. Spiritual death
- Spiritual death is the separation of a person from God.
- Adam died spiritually when he disobeyed God. His relationship with God was broken. He became ashamed and tried to hide from God.
- Every descendant of Adam is a sinner, and is spiritually dead. God makes us spiritually alive again when we have faith in Jesus Christ.
Translation Suggestions:
- To translate the words "die," death," and dead," it is usually best to use the everyday, natural word or expression in the target language that refers to death. This is true both when “death” refers to physical death and when it refers to spiritual death.
- In some languages, to "die" may be expressed as to "not live." The term "dead" may be translated as "not alive" or "not having any life" or "not living."
- The expression "the dead" is a nominal adjective that refers to people who have died. Some languages will translate this as "dead people" or "people who have died."
- The expression "put to death" could also be translated as "kill" or "murder" or "execute."
(See also: believe, faith, life, spirit)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 15:21
- 1 Thessalonians 4:17
- Acts 10:42
- Acts 14:19
- Colossians 2:15
- Colossians 2:20
- Genesis 2:15-17
- Genesis 34:27
- Matthew 16:28
- Romans 5:10
- Romans 5:12
- Romans 6:10
Word Data:
- Strong's: H6, H1478, H1826, H1934, H2491, H4191, H4192, H4193, H4194, H4463, H5038, H5315, H6297, H6757, H7496, H7523, H7819, H8045, H8546, H8552, G336, G337, G520, G599, G615, G622, G1634, G2079, G2253, G2286, G2287, G2288, G2289, G2348, G2837, G2966, G3498, G3499, G3500, G4430, G4880, G4881, G5053, G5054
Forms Found in the English ULB:
about to die, breathed ... last, causes ... death, dead, deadly, deadness, death, deathly, deaths, die, die with, died, dies, dying, fatal, lethal, mortal, stop breathing, stops breathing
death
Related Ideas:
breathed their last, dead, deadly, deadness, deathly, die, lethal, mortal, stop breathing
Definition:
This term is used to refer to both physical and spiritual death. Physically, it refers to when the physical body of a person stops living. Spiritually, it refers to sinners being separated from a holy God because of their sin.
1. Physical death
- To "die" means to stop living. Death is the end of physical life.
- A person's spirit leaves his body when he dies.
- When Adam and Eve sinned, physical death came into the world.
- The expression "put to death" refers to killing or murdering someone, especially when a king or other ruler gives an order for someone to be killed.
- The words "deadly" and "lethal" describe something that causes someone to die.
- Something that is "mortal" can die; it does not live forever.
2. Spiritual death
- Spiritual death is the separation of a person from God.
- Adam died spiritually when he disobeyed God. His relationship with God was broken. He became ashamed and tried to hide from God.
- Every descendant of Adam is a sinner, and is spiritually dead. God makes us spiritually alive again when we have faith in Jesus Christ.
Translation Suggestions:
- To translate the words "die," death," and dead," it is usually best to use the everyday, natural word or expression in the target language that refers to death. This is true both when “death” refers to physical death and when it refers to spiritual death.
- In some languages, to "die" may be expressed as to "not live." The term "dead" may be translated as "not alive" or "not having any life" or "not living."
- The expression "the dead" is a nominal adjective that refers to people who have died. Some languages will translate this as "dead people" or "people who have died."
- The expression "put to death" could also be translated as "kill" or "murder" or "execute."
(See also: believe, faith, life, spirit)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 15:21
- 1 Thessalonians 4:17
- Acts 10:42
- Acts 14:19
- Colossians 2:15
- Colossians 2:20
- Genesis 2:15-17
- Genesis 34:27
- Matthew 16:28
- Romans 5:10
- Romans 5:12
- Romans 6:10
Word Data:
- Strong's: H6, H1478, H1826, H1934, H2491, H4191, H4192, H4193, H4194, H4463, H5038, H5315, H6297, H6757, H7496, H7523, H7819, H8045, H8546, H8552, G336, G337, G520, G599, G615, G622, G1634, G2079, G2253, G2286, G2287, G2288, G2289, G2348, G2837, G2966, G3498, G3499, G3500, G4430, G4880, G4881, G5053, G5054
Forms Found in the English ULB:
about to die, breathed ... last, causes ... death, dead, deadly, deadness, death, deathly, deaths, die, die with, died, dies, dying, fatal, lethal, mortal, stop breathing, stops breathing
deceive
Related Ideas:
lie, deal falsely, deceit, deception, deceptive, delusion, entice, error, false, falsehood, flatter, illusion, trick
Definition:
The word "deceive" means to cause someone to believe something that is not true.
- The words "deceit" and "deception" can refer to an act or habit of deceiving others or to a message that is not truthful.
- A "deceiver" is someone who causes others to believe something that is not true. For example, Satan is called a "deceiver." The evil spirits that he controls are also deceivers.
- The words “deceitful” and “deceptive” can describe people who deceive others or to messages or actions that are meant to deceive others.
- To “entice” someone is to deceive him into thinking that he will enjoy doing something evil.
- To “defraud” someone is to use deceit to get from him something that he would not give if he knew the truth.
- To “flatter” someone is to praise him falsely so that he will do what the speaker wants him to do.
- To “lie” to someone or to tell a “lie” is not the same as to lie down to go to sleep.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, “deceive” could be translated as "lie to," "mislead," "trick," or "fool."
- "Deceiver" could be translated as "liar" or "one who misleads" or "someone who deceives."
- Depending on the context, the terms "deception" or "deceit" could be translated with a word or phrase that means "falsehood" or "lying" or "trickery" or "dishonesty."
- The terms "deceptive" or "deceitful" could be translated as "untruthful" or "misleading" or "lying" to describe a person who speaks or acts in a way that causes other people to believe things that are not true.
(See also: true)
Bible References:
- 1 John 1:8
- 1 Timothy 2:14
- 2 Thessalonians 2:3-4
- Genesis 3:12-13
- Genesis 31:26-28
- Leviticus 19:11-12
- Matthew 27:64
- Micah 6:11
Word Data:
- Strong's: H898, H2048, H2505, H3577, H3584, H3868, H4123, H4604, H4820, H4860, H5230, H5377, H5558, H6121, H6231, H6601, H7411, H7423, H7683, H7686, H7723, H7952, H8267, H8496, H8582, H8591, H8649, G538, G539, G1386, G1387, G1388, G1818, G3884, G4105, G2296, G4106, G4108, G5422, G5423, G5571
Forms Found in the English ULB:
a lie, deal falsely, deceit, deceitful, deceitfully, deceitfulness, deceive, deceived, deceiver, deceivers, deceives, deceiving, deception, deceptive, defraud, defrauded, delusion, entice, error, false, falsehood, falsely, flatter, flattering, flatters, flattery, illusions, liar, liars, lies, trick
deceive
Related Ideas:
lie, deal falsely, deceit, deception, deceptive, delusion, entice, error, false, falsehood, flatter, illusion, trick
Definition:
The word "deceive" means to cause someone to believe something that is not true.
- The words "deceit" and "deception" can refer to an act or habit of deceiving others or to a message that is not truthful.
- A "deceiver" is someone who causes others to believe something that is not true. For example, Satan is called a "deceiver." The evil spirits that he controls are also deceivers.
- The words “deceitful” and “deceptive” can describe people who deceive others or to messages or actions that are meant to deceive others.
- To “entice” someone is to deceive him into thinking that he will enjoy doing something evil.
- To “defraud” someone is to use deceit to get from him something that he would not give if he knew the truth.
- To “flatter” someone is to praise him falsely so that he will do what the speaker wants him to do.
- To “lie” to someone or to tell a “lie” is not the same as to lie down to go to sleep.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, “deceive” could be translated as "lie to," "mislead," "trick," or "fool."
- "Deceiver" could be translated as "liar" or "one who misleads" or "someone who deceives."
- Depending on the context, the terms "deception" or "deceit" could be translated with a word or phrase that means "falsehood" or "lying" or "trickery" or "dishonesty."
- The terms "deceptive" or "deceitful" could be translated as "untruthful" or "misleading" or "lying" to describe a person who speaks or acts in a way that causes other people to believe things that are not true.
(See also: true)
Bible References:
- 1 John 1:8
- 1 Timothy 2:14
- 2 Thessalonians 2:3-4
- Genesis 3:12-13
- Genesis 31:26-28
- Leviticus 19:11-12
- Matthew 27:64
- Micah 6:11
Word Data:
- Strong's: H898, H2048, H2505, H3577, H3584, H3868, H4123, H4604, H4820, H4860, H5230, H5377, H5558, H6121, H6231, H6601, H7411, H7423, H7683, H7686, H7723, H7952, H8267, H8496, H8582, H8591, H8649, G538, G539, G1386, G1387, G1388, G1818, G3884, G4105, G2296, G4106, G4108, G5422, G5423, G5571
Forms Found in the English ULB:
a lie, deal falsely, deceit, deceitful, deceitfully, deceitfulness, deceive, deceived, deceiver, deceivers, deceives, deceiving, deception, deceptive, defraud, defrauded, delusion, entice, error, false, falsehood, falsely, flatter, flattering, flatters, flattery, illusions, liar, liars, lies, trick
declare
Related Ideas:
announce, declaration, proclaim, proclamation, pronounce
Definition:
The terms "declare" and "declaration" refer to making a formal or public statement, often to emphasize something. To "proclaim" means to announce or declare something publicly and boldly.
- A "declaration" not only emphasizes the importance of what is being proclaimed, but it also calls attention to the one making the declaration.
- For example, in the Old Testament, a message from God is often preceded by "the declaration of Yahweh" or "this is what Yahweh declares." This expression emphasizes that it is Yahweh himself who is saying this. The fact that the message comes from Yahweh shows how important that message is.
- Often in the Bible, "proclaim" means to announce publicly something that God has commanded, or to tell others about God and how great he is.
- In the New Testament, the apostles proclaimed the good news about Jesus to many people in many different cities and regions.
- The term "proclaim" can also be used for decrees made by kings or for denouncing evil in a public way.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, "declare" could be translated as "proclaim" or "publicly state" or "strongly say" or "emphatically state."
- The term "declaration" could be translated as "statement" or "proclamation."
- The term "proclaim" could be translated as "announce" or "openly preach" or "publicly declare."
- The term "proclamation" could be translated as "announcement" or "public preaching."
- The phrase "this is Yahweh's declaration" could be translated as "this is what Yahweh declares" or "this is what Yahweh says."
(See also: preach)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 16:24
- 1 Corinthians 15:31-32
- 1 Samuel 24:17-18
- Amos 02:16
- Ezekiel 05:11-12
- Matthew 07:21-23
Word Data:
- Strong's: H262, H816, H874, H1319, H1696, H1697, H2199, H3045, H3745, H4161, H4853, H5002, H5042, H5046, H5608, H6567, H6963, H7121, H7150, H7440, H7561, H7878, H8085, G312, G518, G591, G669, G1229, G1344, G1555, G1718, G1861, G2097, G2511, G2605, G2607, G2782, G2784, G2980, G3004, G3140, G3142, G3670, G3724, G3870, G3955, G4135, G4296, G5335
Forms Found in the English ULB:
announce, announced, announces, declaration, declarations, declare, declared, declares, declaring, proclaim, proclaimed, proclaiming, proclaims, proclamation, proclamations, pronounces
declare
Related Ideas:
announce, declaration, proclaim, proclamation, pronounce
Definition:
The terms "declare" and "declaration" refer to making a formal or public statement, often to emphasize something. To "proclaim" means to announce or declare something publicly and boldly.
- A "declaration" not only emphasizes the importance of what is being proclaimed, but it also calls attention to the one making the declaration.
- For example, in the Old Testament, a message from God is often preceded by "the declaration of Yahweh" or "this is what Yahweh declares." This expression emphasizes that it is Yahweh himself who is saying this. The fact that the message comes from Yahweh shows how important that message is.
- Often in the Bible, "proclaim" means to announce publicly something that God has commanded, or to tell others about God and how great he is.
- In the New Testament, the apostles proclaimed the good news about Jesus to many people in many different cities and regions.
- The term "proclaim" can also be used for decrees made by kings or for denouncing evil in a public way.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, "declare" could be translated as "proclaim" or "publicly state" or "strongly say" or "emphatically state."
- The term "declaration" could be translated as "statement" or "proclamation."
- The term "proclaim" could be translated as "announce" or "openly preach" or "publicly declare."
- The term "proclamation" could be translated as "announcement" or "public preaching."
- The phrase "this is Yahweh's declaration" could be translated as "this is what Yahweh declares" or "this is what Yahweh says."
(See also: preach)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 16:24
- 1 Corinthians 15:31-32
- 1 Samuel 24:17-18
- Amos 02:16
- Ezekiel 05:11-12
- Matthew 07:21-23
Word Data:
- Strong's: H262, H816, H874, H1319, H1696, H1697, H2199, H3045, H3745, H4161, H4853, H5002, H5042, H5046, H5608, H6567, H6963, H7121, H7150, H7440, H7561, H7878, H8085, G312, G518, G591, G669, G1229, G1344, G1555, G1718, G1861, G2097, G2511, G2605, G2607, G2782, G2784, G2980, G3004, G3140, G3142, G3670, G3724, G3870, G3955, G4135, G4296, G5335
Forms Found in the English ULB:
announce, announced, announces, declaration, declarations, declare, declared, declares, declaring, proclaim, proclaimed, proclaiming, proclaims, proclamation, proclamations, pronounces
decree
Related Ideas:
prohibition
Definition:
A decree is a proclamation or law that is publicly declared to all the people.
- God's laws are also called decrees, statutes, or commandments.
- Like laws and commands, decrees must be obeyed.
- An example of a decree by a human ruler was the proclamation by Caesar Augustus that everyone living in the Roman Empire must go back to their hometown in order to be counted in a census.
- To decree something, or to "issue a decree," means to give an order that must be obeyed. This could be translated as to "order" or to "command" or to "formally require" or to "publicly make a law."
- Something that is "decreed" to happen means that this "will definitely happen" or "has been decided upon and will not be changed" or "declared absolutely that this will happen."
- A "prohibition" is a decree that tells people that they cannot do something they would otherwise do.
(See also: command, declare, law, preach)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 15:13-15
- 1 Kings 08:57-58
- Acts 17:5-7
- Daniel 02:13
- Esther 01:22
- Luke 02:01
Word Data:
- Strong's: H561, H633, H1697, H5715, H1504, H1510, H1881, H1882, H1696, H2706, H2708, H2710, H2711, H2782, H2852, H2941, H2942, H3791, H3983, H4055, H4406, H4687, H4941, H5407, H5713, H6599, H6600, H6680, H7010, H7761, H8421, G1378, G3724
Forms Found in the English ULB:
decree, decreed, decrees, prohibition
decree
Related Ideas:
prohibition
Definition:
A decree is a proclamation or law that is publicly declared to all the people.
- God's laws are also called decrees, statutes, or commandments.
- Like laws and commands, decrees must be obeyed.
- An example of a decree by a human ruler was the proclamation by Caesar Augustus that everyone living in the Roman Empire must go back to their hometown in order to be counted in a census.
- To decree something, or to "issue a decree," means to give an order that must be obeyed. This could be translated as to "order" or to "command" or to "formally require" or to "publicly make a law."
- Something that is "decreed" to happen means that this "will definitely happen" or "has been decided upon and will not be changed" or "declared absolutely that this will happen."
- A "prohibition" is a decree that tells people that they cannot do something they would otherwise do.
(See also: command, declare, law, preach)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 15:13-15
- 1 Kings 08:57-58
- Acts 17:5-7
- Daniel 02:13
- Esther 01:22
- Luke 02:01
Word Data:
- Strong's: H561, H633, H1697, H5715, H1504, H1510, H1881, H1882, H1696, H2706, H2708, H2710, H2711, H2782, H2852, H2941, H2942, H3791, H3983, H4055, H4406, H4687, H4941, H5407, H5713, H6599, H6600, H6680, H7010, H7761, H8421, G1378, G3724
Forms Found in the English ULB:
decree, decreed, decrees, prohibition
defile
Related Ideas:
pollute, pollution, stain
Definition:
The terms "defile" and "be defiled" refer to becoming polluted or dirty. Something can be defiled in a physical, moral, or ritual sense.
- God warned the Israelites to not defile themselves by eating or touching things that he had declared as "unclean" and "unholy."
- Certain things such as dead bodies and contagious diseases were declared by God to be unclean and would defile a person if they touched them.
- God commanded the Israelites to avoid sexual sins. These would defile them and make them unacceptable to God.
- There were also certain kinds of bodily processes that defiled a person temporarily until he could become ritually pure again.
- A "stain" is a dirty mark that is hard to clean.
- In the New Testament, Jesus taught that sinful thoughts and actions are what truly defile a person.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "defile" can also be translated as "cause to be unclean" or "cause to be unrighteous" or "cause to be ritually unacceptable."
- To "be defiled" could be translated as "become unclean" or "be caused to be morally unacceptable (to God)" or "become ritually unacceptable."
(See also: clean, clean)
Bible References:
- 2 Kings 23:08
- Exodus 20:24-26
- Genesis 34:27
- Genesis 49:04
- Isaiah 43:27-28
- Leviticus 11:43-45
- Mark 07:14-16
- Matthew 15:10
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1351, H1352, H1602, H2490, H2491, H2610, H2930, H2931, G2839, G2840, G3392, G3435, G4695
Forms Found in the English ULB:
are defiled, be defiled, defile, defiled, defiles, defiling, polluted, pollutes, pollution, stain, stained, was defiled, were defiled
defile
Related Ideas:
pollute, pollution, stain
Definition:
The terms "defile" and "be defiled" refer to becoming polluted or dirty. Something can be defiled in a physical, moral, or ritual sense.
- God warned the Israelites to not defile themselves by eating or touching things that he had declared as "unclean" and "unholy."
- Certain things such as dead bodies and contagious diseases were declared by God to be unclean and would defile a person if they touched them.
- God commanded the Israelites to avoid sexual sins. These would defile them and make them unacceptable to God.
- There were also certain kinds of bodily processes that defiled a person temporarily until he could become ritually pure again.
- A "stain" is a dirty mark that is hard to clean.
- In the New Testament, Jesus taught that sinful thoughts and actions are what truly defile a person.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "defile" can also be translated as "cause to be unclean" or "cause to be unrighteous" or "cause to be ritually unacceptable."
- To "be defiled" could be translated as "become unclean" or "be caused to be morally unacceptable (to God)" or "become ritually unacceptable."
(See also: clean, clean)
Bible References:
- 2 Kings 23:08
- Exodus 20:24-26
- Genesis 34:27
- Genesis 49:04
- Isaiah 43:27-28
- Leviticus 11:43-45
- Mark 07:14-16
- Matthew 15:10
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1351, H1352, H1602, H2490, H2491, H2610, H2930, H2931, G2839, G2840, G3392, G3435, G4695
Forms Found in the English ULB:
are defiled, be defiled, defile, defiled, defiles, defiling, polluted, pollutes, pollution, stain, stained, was defiled, were defiled
deliver
Related Ideas:
defend, deliverance, deliverer, escape, relieve, rescue, rescuer
Definition:
To "deliver" someone means to rescue that person. The term "deliverer" refers to someone who rescues or frees people from slavery, oppression, or other dangers. The term "deliverance" refers to what happens when someone rescues or frees people from slavery, oppression, or other dangers.
- In the Old Testament, God appointed deliverers to protect the Israelites by leading them in battle against other people groups who came to attack them.
- These deliverers were also called "judges" and the Old Testament book of Judges records the time in history when these judges were governing Israel.
- God is also called a "deliverer." Throughout the history of Israel, he delivered or rescued his people from their enemies.
- The term "deliver over to" or "deliver up to" has a very different meaning of handing or turning someone over to an enemy, such as when Judas delivered Jesus over to the Jewish leaders.
Translation Suggestions:
- In the context of helping people escape from their enemies, the term "deliver" can be translated as "rescue" or "liberate" or "save."
- When it means to deliver someone over to the enemy, "deliver over" can be translated as "betray to" or "hand over" or "give over."
- The word "deliverer" can also be translated as "rescuer" or "liberator."
- When the term "deliverer" refers to the judges who led Israel, it could also be translated as "governor" or "judge" or "leader."
(See also: judge, save)
Bible References:
- 2 Corinthians 01:10
- Acts 07:35
- Galatians 01:04
- Judges 10:12
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1350, H2020, H2502, H3205, H3444, H3467, H4042, H4422, H4498, H4672, H5337, H5414, H5437, H5462, H6299, H6403, H6413, H6475, H6561, H7378, H7611, H7725, H7804, H8199, H8668, G325, G525, G629, G1080, G1325, G1659, G1807, G1929, G3086, G3860, G4506, G4991, G5088, G5483
Forms Found in the English ULB:
be rescued, defend, defended, deliver, deliverance, delivered, delivered ... over, deliverer, deliverers, delivering, delivers, escape, escaped, permit ... to escape, relieve, rescue, rescued, rescuer, rescues
deliver
Related Ideas:
defend, deliverance, deliverer, escape, relieve, rescue, rescuer
Definition:
To "deliver" someone means to rescue that person. The term "deliverer" refers to someone who rescues or frees people from slavery, oppression, or other dangers. The term "deliverance" refers to what happens when someone rescues or frees people from slavery, oppression, or other dangers.
- In the Old Testament, God appointed deliverers to protect the Israelites by leading them in battle against other people groups who came to attack them.
- These deliverers were also called "judges" and the Old Testament book of Judges records the time in history when these judges were governing Israel.
- God is also called a "deliverer." Throughout the history of Israel, he delivered or rescued his people from their enemies.
- The term "deliver over to" or "deliver up to" has a very different meaning of handing or turning someone over to an enemy, such as when Judas delivered Jesus over to the Jewish leaders.
Translation Suggestions:
- In the context of helping people escape from their enemies, the term "deliver" can be translated as "rescue" or "liberate" or "save."
- When it means to deliver someone over to the enemy, "deliver over" can be translated as "betray to" or "hand over" or "give over."
- The word "deliverer" can also be translated as "rescuer" or "liberator."
- When the term "deliverer" refers to the judges who led Israel, it could also be translated as "governor" or "judge" or "leader."
(See also: judge, save)
Bible References:
- 2 Corinthians 01:10
- Acts 07:35
- Galatians 01:04
- Judges 10:12
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1350, H2020, H2502, H3205, H3444, H3467, H4042, H4422, H4498, H4672, H5337, H5414, H5437, H5462, H6299, H6403, H6413, H6475, H6561, H7378, H7611, H7725, H7804, H8199, H8668, G325, G525, G629, G1080, G1325, G1659, G1807, G1929, G3086, G3860, G4506, G4991, G5088, G5483
Forms Found in the English ULB:
be rescued, defend, defended, deliver, deliverance, delivered, delivered ... over, deliverer, deliverers, delivering, delivers, escape, escaped, permit ... to escape, relieve, rescue, rescued, rescuer, rescues
descendant
Related Ideas:
descend, posterity
Definition:
A "descendant" is someone who is a direct blood relative of someone else further back in history.
- For example, Abraham was a descendant of Noah.
- A person's descendants are his children, grandchildren, great-great-grandchildren, and so on. Jacob's descendants were the twelve tribes of Israel.
- The phrase "descended from" is another way of saying "a descendant of" as in "Abraham was descended from Noah." This could also be translated as "from the family line of."
- A person's "posterity" is all of his descendants.
(See also: Abraham, father, Jacob, Noah, twelve tribes of Israel)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 09:4-5
- Acts 13:23
- Deuteronomy 02:20-22
- Genesis 10:1
- Genesis 28:12-13
Word Data:
- Strong's: H319, H1004, H1121, H1247, H1755, H2232, H2233, H3205, H3211, H3318, H3409, H4294, H5220, H6631, H6849, H7611, H8435, G1074, G1085, G3624, G4690
Forms Found in the English ULB:
clans descended, descend, descendant, descendants, descended, posterity
descendant
Related Ideas:
descend, posterity
Definition:
A "descendant" is someone who is a direct blood relative of someone else further back in history.
- For example, Abraham was a descendant of Noah.
- A person's descendants are his children, grandchildren, great-great-grandchildren, and so on. Jacob's descendants were the twelve tribes of Israel.
- The phrase "descended from" is another way of saying "a descendant of" as in "Abraham was descended from Noah." This could also be translated as "from the family line of."
- A person's "posterity" is all of his descendants.
(See also: Abraham, father, Jacob, Noah, twelve tribes of Israel)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 09:4-5
- Acts 13:23
- Deuteronomy 02:20-22
- Genesis 10:1
- Genesis 28:12-13
Word Data:
- Strong's: H319, H1004, H1121, H1247, H1755, H2232, H2233, H3205, H3211, H3318, H3409, H4294, H5220, H6631, H6849, H7611, H8435, G1074, G1085, G3624, G4690
Forms Found in the English ULB:
clans descended, descend, descendant, descendants, descended, posterity
desecrate
Definition:
The term "desecrate" means to damage or contaminate a sacred place or object in such a way that it is unacceptable for use in worship.
- Often desecrating something involves showing great disrespect for it.
- For example, pagan kings desecrated special dishes from God's temple by using them for parties at their palace.
- Bones from dead people were used by enemies to desecrate the altar in God's temple.
- This term could be translated as "cause to be unholy" or "dishonor by making impure" or "disrespectfully profane" or "cause to be impure."
(See also: altar, defile, dishonor, profane, pure, temple, holy)
Bible References:
- Acts 24:4-6
- Isaiah 30:22
- Psalms 074:7-8
- Psalms 089:39
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2490, H2610, H2930, G953
Forms Found in the English ULB:
desecrate, desecrated, desecrating
desecrate
Definition:
The term "desecrate" means to damage or contaminate a sacred place or object in such a way that it is unacceptable for use in worship.
- Often desecrating something involves showing great disrespect for it.
- For example, pagan kings desecrated special dishes from God's temple by using them for parties at their palace.
- Bones from dead people were used by enemies to desecrate the altar in God's temple.
- This term could be translated as "cause to be unholy" or "dishonor by making impure" or "disrespectfully profane" or "cause to be impure."
(See also: altar, defile, dishonor, profane, pure, temple, holy)
Bible References:
- Acts 24:4-6
- Isaiah 30:22
- Psalms 074:7-8
- Psalms 089:39
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2490, H2610, H2930, G953
Forms Found in the English ULB:
desecrate, desecrated, desecrating
desert
Related Ideas:
remote place, solitary place, wilderness
Definition:
A desert, or wilderness, is a dry, barren place where very few plants and trees can grow.
- A desert is a land area with a dry climate and few plants or animals.
- Because of the harsh conditions, very few people can live in the desert, so it is also referred to as "wilderness."
- "Wilderness" conveys the meaning of being remote, desolate and isolated from people.
- This word can also be translated as "deserted place," "remote place," "solitary place," or "uninhabited place."
Bible References:
- Acts 13:16-18
- Acts 21:38
- Exodus 04:27-28
- Genesis 37:21-22
- John 03:14
- Luke 01:80
- Luke 09:12-14
- Mark 01:03
- Matthew 04:01
- Matthew 11:08
Word Data:
- Strong's: H776, H2723, H3293, H3452, H4057, H6160, H6723, H6728, H6921, H8047, H8414, G2047, G2048
Forms Found in the English ULB:
desert, deserts, remote places, solitary place, wilderness, wildernesses
desert
Related Ideas:
remote place, solitary place, wilderness
Definition:
A desert, or wilderness, is a dry, barren place where very few plants and trees can grow.
- A desert is a land area with a dry climate and few plants or animals.
- Because of the harsh conditions, very few people can live in the desert, so it is also referred to as "wilderness."
- "Wilderness" conveys the meaning of being remote, desolate and isolated from people.
- This word can also be translated as "deserted place," "remote place," "solitary place," or "uninhabited place."
Bible References:
- Acts 13:16-18
- Acts 21:38
- Exodus 04:27-28
- Genesis 37:21-22
- John 03:14
- Luke 01:80
- Luke 09:12-14
- Mark 01:03
- Matthew 04:01
- Matthew 11:08
Word Data:
- Strong's: H776, H2723, H3293, H3452, H4057, H6160, H6723, H6728, H6921, H8047, H8414, G2047, G2048
Forms Found in the English ULB:
desert, deserts, remote places, solitary place, wilderness, wildernesses
desolate
Related Ideas:
alone, deserted, desolation, desolations, isolated, left alone, left without, lonely
Definition:
The terms "desolate" and "desolation" refer to destroying an inhabited region so that it becomes uninhabited.
- When referring to a person, the term "desolate" describes a condition of ruin, loneliness, and grief.
- A widow is desolate because she has no man to provide for her and therefore often lacks food, shelter, and clothing.
- The term "desolation" is the state or condition of being desolated.
- If a field where crops are growing is made desolate, it means that something has destroyed the crops, such as insects or an invading army.
- A "desolate region" refers to an area of land where few people live because few crops or other vegetation grow there.
- A "desolate land" or "wilderness" was often where outcasts (such as lepers) and dangerous animals lived.
- If a city is "made desolate" it means that its buildings and goods have been destroyed or stolen, and its people have been killed or captured. The city becomes "empty" and "ruined." This is similar to the meaning of "devastate" or "devastated," but with more emphasis on the emptiness.
- Depending on the context, this term could be translated as "ruined" or "destroyed" or "laid waste" or "lonely and outcast" or "deserted."
- A person who is "lonely" is alone. He has no friends or family or other people with whom he can enjoy being.
- The term "deserted" describes a place that everyone has left.
(See also: desert, devastated, ruin, waste)
Bible References:
- 2 Kings 22:19
- Acts 01:20
- Daniel 09:17-19
- Lamentations 03:11
- Luke 11:17
- Matthew 12:25
Word Data:
- Strong's: H816, H910, H1565, H2717, H2720, H2721, H2723, H3173, H3341, H3456, H3582, H4875, H4923, H5221, H5352, H5800, H7582, H7604, H7673, H7701, H7722, H7909, H7921, H8047, H8074, H8076, H8077, G2047, G2048, G2049, G2050, G3443
Forms Found in the English ULB:
alone, deserted, deserted place, deserted places, desolate, desolation, desolations, isolated, left ... alone, left ... without, lonely, made ... desolate, making ... desolate, uninhabited
desolate
Related Ideas:
alone, deserted, desolation, desolations, isolated, left alone, left without, lonely
Definition:
The terms "desolate" and "desolation" refer to destroying an inhabited region so that it becomes uninhabited.
- When referring to a person, the term "desolate" describes a condition of ruin, loneliness, and grief.
- A widow is desolate because she has no man to provide for her and therefore often lacks food, shelter, and clothing.
- The term "desolation" is the state or condition of being desolated.
- If a field where crops are growing is made desolate, it means that something has destroyed the crops, such as insects or an invading army.
- A "desolate region" refers to an area of land where few people live because few crops or other vegetation grow there.
- A "desolate land" or "wilderness" was often where outcasts (such as lepers) and dangerous animals lived.
- If a city is "made desolate" it means that its buildings and goods have been destroyed or stolen, and its people have been killed or captured. The city becomes "empty" and "ruined." This is similar to the meaning of "devastate" or "devastated," but with more emphasis on the emptiness.
- Depending on the context, this term could be translated as "ruined" or "destroyed" or "laid waste" or "lonely and outcast" or "deserted."
- A person who is "lonely" is alone. He has no friends or family or other people with whom he can enjoy being.
- The term "deserted" describes a place that everyone has left.
(See also: desert, devastated, ruin, waste)
Bible References:
- 2 Kings 22:19
- Acts 01:20
- Daniel 09:17-19
- Lamentations 03:11
- Luke 11:17
- Matthew 12:25
Word Data:
- Strong's: H816, H910, H1565, H2717, H2720, H2721, H2723, H3173, H3341, H3456, H3582, H4875, H4923, H5221, H5352, H5800, H7582, H7604, H7673, H7701, H7722, H7909, H7921, H8047, H8074, H8076, H8077, G2047, G2048, G2049, G2050, G3443
Forms Found in the English ULB:
alone, deserted, deserted place, deserted places, desolate, desolation, desolations, isolated, left ... alone, left ... without, lonely, made ... desolate, making ... desolate, uninhabited
destroy
Related Ideas:
break down, bring ... to nothing, destruction, remove, cut to pieces, demolish, destroyer, destructive, downfall, overthrow, pass away, put an end to, shatter, spoil, throw down, waste away
Definition:
To destroy something is to completely make an end to it, so that it no longer exists.
- The term "destroyer" literally means "person who destroys."
- This term is often used in the Old Testament as a general reference to anyone who destroys other people, such as an invading army.
- When God sent the angel to kill all the firstborn males in Egypt, that angel was referred to as "the destroyer of the firstborn." This could be translated as "the one (or angel) who killed the firstborn males."
- In the book of Revelation about the end times, Satan or some other evil spirit is called "the Destroyer." He is the "one who destroys" because his purpose is to destroy and ruin everything God created.
- The word "overthrown" is a metaphor that speaks of a ruler or a great city as if it were a person sitting or standing on a high place whom another person has pushed off of the high place and who is now lying helpless.
(See also: angel, Egypt, firstborn, Passover)
Bible References:
- Exodus 12:23
- Hebrews 11:28
- Jeremiah 06:26
- Judges 16:24
Word Data:
- Strong's: H6, H7, H8, H622, H398, H1104, H1197, H1760, H1820, H1826, H1942, H2015, H2026, H2040, H2254, H2255, H2717, H2718, H2763, H2764, H2865, H3238, H3341, H3381, H3423, H3582, H3615, H3617, H3772, H3807, H3832, H4191, H4229, H4288, H4591, H4658, H4889, H5218, H5221, H5307, H5362, H5420, H5422, H5428, H5486, H5487, H5493, H5595, H5642, H5674, H6365, H6789, H6979, H7665, H7112, H7701, H7703, H7722, H7760, H7843, H7921, H8045, H8074, H8077, H8213, H8552, G355, G396, G622, G853, G684, G1311, G1842, G2049, G2506, G2507, G2647, G2704, G3089, G3639, G3645, G4199, G5351, G5356
Forms Found in the English ULB:
an end is put to, be destroyed, break ... down, breaking ... down, breaks ... down, bring ... to nothing, broke to pieces, broken, broken to pieces, brought ... down, brought ... to nothing, complete destruction, completely destroy, completely destroyed, crashing sound, cut ... to pieces, cut into pieces, cuts ... into pieces, demolish, destroy, destroy ... completely, destroyed, destroyer, destroyers, destroying, destroys, destruction, destructive, downfall, overthrew, overthrown, pass away, put an end to, shatter, shattered, shattering, spoil, throw down, throws ... down, thrown down, wasting away
destroy
Related Ideas:
break down, bring ... to nothing, destruction, remove, cut to pieces, demolish, destroyer, destructive, downfall, overthrow, pass away, put an end to, shatter, spoil, throw down, waste away
Definition:
To destroy something is to completely make an end to it, so that it no longer exists.
- The term "destroyer" literally means "person who destroys."
- This term is often used in the Old Testament as a general reference to anyone who destroys other people, such as an invading army.
- When God sent the angel to kill all the firstborn males in Egypt, that angel was referred to as "the destroyer of the firstborn." This could be translated as "the one (or angel) who killed the firstborn males."
- In the book of Revelation about the end times, Satan or some other evil spirit is called "the Destroyer." He is the "one who destroys" because his purpose is to destroy and ruin everything God created.
- The word "overthrown" is a metaphor that speaks of a ruler or a great city as if it were a person sitting or standing on a high place whom another person has pushed off of the high place and who is now lying helpless.
(See also: angel, Egypt, firstborn, Passover)
Bible References:
- Exodus 12:23
- Hebrews 11:28
- Jeremiah 06:26
- Judges 16:24
Word Data:
- Strong's: H6, H7, H8, H622, H398, H1104, H1197, H1760, H1820, H1826, H1942, H2015, H2026, H2040, H2254, H2255, H2717, H2718, H2763, H2764, H2865, H3238, H3341, H3381, H3423, H3582, H3615, H3617, H3772, H3807, H3832, H4191, H4229, H4288, H4591, H4658, H4889, H5218, H5221, H5307, H5362, H5420, H5422, H5428, H5486, H5487, H5493, H5595, H5642, H5674, H6365, H6789, H6979, H7665, H7112, H7701, H7703, H7722, H7760, H7843, H7921, H8045, H8074, H8077, H8213, H8552, G355, G396, G622, G853, G684, G1311, G1842, G2049, G2506, G2507, G2647, G2704, G3089, G3639, G3645, G4199, G5351, G5356
Forms Found in the English ULB:
an end is put to, be destroyed, break ... down, breaking ... down, breaks ... down, bring ... to nothing, broke to pieces, broken, broken to pieces, brought ... down, brought ... to nothing, complete destruction, completely destroy, completely destroyed, crashing sound, cut ... to pieces, cut into pieces, cuts ... into pieces, demolish, destroy, destroy ... completely, destroyed, destroyer, destroyers, destroying, destroys, destruction, destructive, downfall, overthrew, overthrown, pass away, put an end to, shatter, shattered, shattering, spoil, throw down, throws ... down, thrown down, wasting away
disciple
Definition:
The term "disciple" refers to a person who spends much time with a teacher, learning from that teacher's character and teaching.
- The people who followed Jesus around, listening to his teachings and obeying them, were called his "disciples."
- John the Baptist also had disciples.
- During Jesus' ministry, there were many disciples who followed him and heard his teachings.
- Jesus chose twelve disciples to be his closest followers; these men became known as his "apostles."
- Jesus' twelve apostles continued to be known as his "disciples" or "the twelve."
- Just before Jesus went up to heaven, he commanded his disciples to teach other people about how to become Jesus' disciples, too.
- Anyone who believes in Jesus and obeys his teachings is called a disciple of Jesus.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "disciple" could be translated by a word or phrase that means "follower" or "student" or "pupil" or "learner."
- Make sure that the translation of this term does not refer only to a student who learns in a classroom.
- The translation of this term should also be different from the translation of "apostle."
(See also: apostle, believe, Jesus, John (the Baptist), the twelve)
Bible References:
- Acts 06:1
- Acts 09:26-27
- Acts 11:26
- Acts 14:22
- John 13:23
- Luke 06:40
- Matthew 11:03
- Matthew 26:33-35
- Matthew 27:64
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3928, G3100, G3101, G3102
Forms Found in the English ULB:
disciple, disciples
disciple
Definition:
The term "disciple" refers to a person who spends much time with a teacher, learning from that teacher's character and teaching.
- The people who followed Jesus around, listening to his teachings and obeying them, were called his "disciples."
- John the Baptist also had disciples.
- During Jesus' ministry, there were many disciples who followed him and heard his teachings.
- Jesus chose twelve disciples to be his closest followers; these men became known as his "apostles."
- Jesus' twelve apostles continued to be known as his "disciples" or "the twelve."
- Just before Jesus went up to heaven, he commanded his disciples to teach other people about how to become Jesus' disciples, too.
- Anyone who believes in Jesus and obeys his teachings is called a disciple of Jesus.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "disciple" could be translated by a word or phrase that means "follower" or "student" or "pupil" or "learner."
- Make sure that the translation of this term does not refer only to a student who learns in a classroom.
- The translation of this term should also be different from the translation of "apostle."
(See also: apostle, believe, Jesus, John (the Baptist), the twelve)
Bible References:
- Acts 06:1
- Acts 09:26-27
- Acts 11:26
- Acts 14:22
- John 13:23
- Luke 06:40
- Matthew 11:03
- Matthew 26:33-35
- Matthew 27:64
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3928, G3100, G3101, G3102
Forms Found in the English ULB:
disciple, disciples
dishonor
Related Ideas:
dishonorable, lightly esteemed
Definition:
The term "dishonor" means to do something that is disrespectful to someone. This can also cause that person shame or disgrace.
- The term "dishonorable" describes an action that is shameful or that causes someone to be dishonored.
- Sometimes "dishonorable" is used to refer to objects that are not useful for anything important.
- Children are commanded to honor and obey their parents. When children disobey, they dishonor their parents. They are treating their parents in a way that does not honor them.
- The Israelites dishonored Yahweh when they worshiped false gods and practiced immoral behavior.
- The Jews dishonored Jesus by saying that he was possessed by a demon.
- This could be translated as to "not honor" or to "treat with no respect."
- The noun "dishonor" could be translated as "disrespect" or "loss of honor."
- Depending on the context, "dishonorable" could also be translated as "not honorable" or "shameful" or "not worthwhile" or "not valuable."
- A person who is "lightly esteemed" is dishonored by people who refuse to give him the honor he deserves.
(See also: disgrace, honor)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 04:10
- 1 Samuel 20:34
- 2 Corinthians 06:8-10
- Ezekiel 22:07
- John 08:48
- Leviticus 18:08
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1540, H2490, H2781, H3637, H3639, H5006, H5034, H6173, H7034, H7036, H7043, G818, G819, G820, G2617
Forms Found in the English ULB:
dishonor, dishonorable, dishonored, dishonors, lightly esteemed
dishonor
Related Ideas:
dishonorable, lightly esteemed
Definition:
The term "dishonor" means to do something that is disrespectful to someone. This can also cause that person shame or disgrace.
- The term "dishonorable" describes an action that is shameful or that causes someone to be dishonored.
- Sometimes "dishonorable" is used to refer to objects that are not useful for anything important.
- Children are commanded to honor and obey their parents. When children disobey, they dishonor their parents. They are treating their parents in a way that does not honor them.
- The Israelites dishonored Yahweh when they worshiped false gods and practiced immoral behavior.
- The Jews dishonored Jesus by saying that he was possessed by a demon.
- This could be translated as to "not honor" or to "treat with no respect."
- The noun "dishonor" could be translated as "disrespect" or "loss of honor."
- Depending on the context, "dishonorable" could also be translated as "not honorable" or "shameful" or "not worthwhile" or "not valuable."
- A person who is "lightly esteemed" is dishonored by people who refuse to give him the honor he deserves.
(See also: disgrace, honor)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 04:10
- 1 Samuel 20:34
- 2 Corinthians 06:8-10
- Ezekiel 22:07
- John 08:48
- Leviticus 18:08
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1540, H2490, H2781, H3637, H3639, H5006, H5034, H6173, H7034, H7036, H7043, G818, G819, G820, G2617
Forms Found in the English ULB:
dishonor, dishonorable, dishonored, dishonors, lightly esteemed
disobey
Related Ideas:
disobedient
Definition:
The term "disobey" means to not obey what someone in authority has commanded or instructed. A person who does this is being "disobedient."
- A person who does something he was told not to do is disobeying.
- To disobey also means to refuse to do something that was commanded.
- The term "disobedient" is also used to describe the character of someone who habitually disobeys or rebels. It means that they are sinful or wicked.
- The term "disobedience" means "the act of not obeying" or "behavior that is against what God wants."
- A "disobedient people" could be translated by "people who keep on disobeying" or "people who do not do what God commands."
(See also: authority, evil, sin, obey)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 13:21
- Acts 26:19
- Colossians 03:07
- Luke 01:17
- Luke 06:49
- Psalms 089:30-32
Word Data:
- Strong's: H4784, H5674, G506, G543, G544, G545, G3847, G3876
Forms Found in the English ULB:
disobedience, disobedient, disobey, disobeyed, disobeying, disobeys
disobey
Related Ideas:
disobedient
Definition:
The term "disobey" means to not obey what someone in authority has commanded or instructed. A person who does this is being "disobedient."
- A person who does something he was told not to do is disobeying.
- To disobey also means to refuse to do something that was commanded.
- The term "disobedient" is also used to describe the character of someone who habitually disobeys or rebels. It means that they are sinful or wicked.
- The term "disobedience" means "the act of not obeying" or "behavior that is against what God wants."
- A "disobedient people" could be translated by "people who keep on disobeying" or "people who do not do what God commands."
(See also: authority, evil, sin, obey)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 13:21
- Acts 26:19
- Colossians 03:07
- Luke 01:17
- Luke 06:49
- Psalms 089:30-32
Word Data:
- Strong's: H4784, H5674, G506, G543, G544, G545, G3847, G3876
Forms Found in the English ULB:
disobedience, disobedient, disobey, disobeyed, disobeying, disobeys
divination
Related Ideas:
divine, diviner, enchantment, interpret omens, soothsayer, spells
Definition:
The terms "divination" and "soothsaying" refer to the practice of trying to get information from spirits in the supernatural world. A person who does this is sometimes called a "diviner" or "soothsayer."
- In Old Testament times, God commanded the Israelites to not practice divination or soothsaying.
- God did permit his people to seek information from him using the Urim and Thummim, which were stones that he had designated to be used by the high priest for that purpose. But he did not allow his people to seek information through the help of evil spirits.
- Pagan diviners used different methods of trying to find out information from the spirit world. Sometimes they would examine the inside parts of a dead animal or throw animal bones on the ground, looking for patterns that they would interpret as messages from their false gods.
- A person who "interprets omens" seeks supernatural knowledge from such things as tea leaves and animal organs and the weather.
- An "enchantment" or "spell" is a set of words that people believe have magic power.
- In the New Testament, Jesus and the apostles also rejected divination, sorcery, witchcraft, and magic. All these practices involve using the power of evil spirits and are condemned by God.
(See also: apostle, god, magic, sorcery)
Bible References:
- 1 Samuel 06:1-2
- Acts 16:16
- Ezekiel 12:24-25
- Genesis 44:05
- Jeremiah 27:9-11
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1870, H3049, H4738, H5172, H6049, H7080, H7081, G4436
Forms Found in the English ULB:
divination, divinations, divine, diviner, diviners, divining, enchantments, interpret omens, interprets omens, practice ... divination, soothsayer, soothsaying, spells
divination
Related Ideas:
divine, diviner, enchantment, interpret omens, soothsayer, spells
Definition:
The terms "divination" and "soothsaying" refer to the practice of trying to get information from spirits in the supernatural world. A person who does this is sometimes called a "diviner" or "soothsayer."
- In Old Testament times, God commanded the Israelites to not practice divination or soothsaying.
- God did permit his people to seek information from him using the Urim and Thummim, which were stones that he had designated to be used by the high priest for that purpose. But he did not allow his people to seek information through the help of evil spirits.
- Pagan diviners used different methods of trying to find out information from the spirit world. Sometimes they would examine the inside parts of a dead animal or throw animal bones on the ground, looking for patterns that they would interpret as messages from their false gods.
- A person who "interprets omens" seeks supernatural knowledge from such things as tea leaves and animal organs and the weather.
- An "enchantment" or "spell" is a set of words that people believe have magic power.
- In the New Testament, Jesus and the apostles also rejected divination, sorcery, witchcraft, and magic. All these practices involve using the power of evil spirits and are condemned by God.
(See also: apostle, god, magic, sorcery)
Bible References:
- 1 Samuel 06:1-2
- Acts 16:16
- Ezekiel 12:24-25
- Genesis 44:05
- Jeremiah 27:9-11
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1870, H3049, H4738, H5172, H6049, H7080, H7081, G4436
Forms Found in the English ULB:
divination, divinations, divine, diviner, diviners, divining, enchantments, interpret omens, interprets omens, practice ... divination, soothsayer, soothsaying, spells
dominion
Related Ideas:
control, dominate, subjugate
Definition:
The term "dominion" refers to power, control, or authority over people, animals, or land.
- Jesus Christ is said to have dominion over all the earth, as prophet, priest, and king.
- Satan's dominion has been defeated forever by Jesus Christ's death on the cross.
- At creation, God said that man is to have dominion over fish, birds, and all creatures on the earth.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, other ways to translate this term could include "authority" or "power" or "control."
- The phrase "have dominion over" could be translated as "rule over" or "manage."
(See also: authority, power)
Bible References:
- 1 Peter 05:10-11
- Colossians 01:13
- Jude 01:25
Word Data:
- Strong's: H4474, H4475, H4910, G4912, H4915, H7287, H7985, G1849, G2634, G2904, G2963
Forms Found in the English ULB:
control, controls, dominate, dominion, dominions, subjugate
dominion
Related Ideas:
control, dominate, subjugate
Definition:
The term "dominion" refers to power, control, or authority over people, animals, or land.
- Jesus Christ is said to have dominion over all the earth, as prophet, priest, and king.
- Satan's dominion has been defeated forever by Jesus Christ's death on the cross.
- At creation, God said that man is to have dominion over fish, birds, and all creatures on the earth.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, other ways to translate this term could include "authority" or "power" or "control."
- The phrase "have dominion over" could be translated as "rule over" or "manage."
(See also: authority, power)
Bible References:
- 1 Peter 05:10-11
- Colossians 01:13
- Jude 01:25
Word Data:
- Strong's: H4474, H4475, H4910, G4912, H4915, H7287, H7985, G1849, G2634, G2904, G2963
Forms Found in the English ULB:
control, controls, dominate, dominion, dominions, subjugate
dream
Related Ideas:
dreamer
Definition:
A dream is something that people see or experience in their minds while they are sleeping.
- Dreams often seem like they are really happening, but they are not.
- Sometimes God causes people to dream about something so they can learn from it. He may also speak directly to people in their dreams.
- In the Bible, God gave special dreams to certain people to give them a message, often about something that would happen in the future.
- A dream is different from a vision. Dreams happen while a person is asleep, but visions usually happen when a person is awake.
(See also: vision)
Bible References:
- Acts 02:16-17
- Daniel 01:17-18
- Daniel 02:01
- Genesis 37:06
- Genesis 40:4-5
- Matthew 02:13
- Matthew 02:19-21
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1957, H2472, H2492, H2493, G1797, G1798, G3677
Forms Found in the English ULB:
dream, dreamed, dreamer, dreamers, dreaming, dreams
dream
Related Ideas:
dreamer
Definition:
A dream is something that people see or experience in their minds while they are sleeping.
- Dreams often seem like they are really happening, but they are not.
- Sometimes God causes people to dream about something so they can learn from it. He may also speak directly to people in their dreams.
- In the Bible, God gave special dreams to certain people to give them a message, often about something that would happen in the future.
- A dream is different from a vision. Dreams happen while a person is asleep, but visions usually happen when a person is awake.
(See also: vision)
Bible References:
- Acts 02:16-17
- Daniel 01:17-18
- Daniel 02:01
- Genesis 37:06
- Genesis 40:4-5
- Matthew 02:13
- Matthew 02:19-21
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1957, H2472, H2492, H2493, G1797, G1798, G3677
Forms Found in the English ULB:
dream, dreamed, dreamer, dreamers, dreaming, dreams
drunk
Related Ideas:
intoxicated, drink much, drunkard, drunkenness
Definitions:
The term "drunk" means to be intoxicated from drinking too much of an alcoholic beverage.
- A "drunkard" is a person who is often drunk. This kind of person could also be referred to as an "alcoholic."
- The Bible tells believers not to be drunk with alcoholic drinks, but to be controlled by God's Holy Spirit.
- The Bible teaches that drunkenness is unwise and influences a person to sin in other ways.
- Other ways to translate "drunk" could include "inebriated" or "intoxicated" or "having too much alcohol" or "filled with fermented drink."
(See also: wine)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 05:11-13
- 1 Samuel 25:36
- Jeremiah 13:13
- Luke 07:34
- Luke 21:34
- Proverbs 23:19-21
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5433, H5435, H7301, H7686, H7910, H7937, H7941, H7943, H8354, H8358, G3178, G3182, G3183, G3184, G3630, G3632
Forms Found in the English ULB:
be ... intoxicated, became drunk, become drunk, drank freely, drink much, drunk, drunkard, drunkards, drunkenness, get drunk
drunk
Related Ideas:
intoxicated, drink much, drunkard, drunkenness
Definitions:
The term "drunk" means to be intoxicated from drinking too much of an alcoholic beverage.
- A "drunkard" is a person who is often drunk. This kind of person could also be referred to as an "alcoholic."
- The Bible tells believers not to be drunk with alcoholic drinks, but to be controlled by God's Holy Spirit.
- The Bible teaches that drunkenness is unwise and influences a person to sin in other ways.
- Other ways to translate "drunk" could include "inebriated" or "intoxicated" or "having too much alcohol" or "filled with fermented drink."
(See also: wine)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 05:11-13
- 1 Samuel 25:36
- Jeremiah 13:13
- Luke 07:34
- Luke 21:34
- Proverbs 23:19-21
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5433, H5435, H7301, H7686, H7910, H7937, H7941, H7943, H8354, H8358, G3178, G3182, G3183, G3184, G3630, G3632
Forms Found in the English ULB:
be ... intoxicated, became drunk, become drunk, drank freely, drink much, drunk, drunkard, drunkards, drunkenness, get drunk
earth
Related Ideas:
clay, dust, earthen, earthly, ground, land, soil
Definition:
The term "earth" refers to the world that human beings live on, along with all other forms of life.
- "Earth" can also refer to the ground or soil that covers the land.
- This term is often used figuratively to refer to the people who live on the earth.
- The expressions "let the earth be glad" and "he will judge the earth" are examples of figurative uses of this term.
- The term "earthly" usually refers to physical things in contrast to spiritual things.
- The term "earthen" describes something that is made of clay
Translation Suggestions:
- This term can be translated by the word or phrase that the local language or nearby national languages use to refer to the planet earth on which we live.
- Depending on the context, "earth" could also be translated as "world" or "land" or "dirt" or "soil" or "clay."
- When used figuratively, "earth" could be translated as "people on the earth" or "people living on earth" or "everything on earth."
- Ways to translate "earthly" could include "physical" or "things of this earth" or "visible."
(See also: spirit, world)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 01:38-40
- 2 Chronicles 02:11-12
- Daniel 04:35
- Luke 12:51
- Matthew 06:10
- Matthew 11:25
- Zechariah 06:05
Word Data:
- Strong's: H80, H127, H772, H776, H778, H2789, H3007, H3335, H6083, H7494, G1093, G1919, G2709, G2868, G2886, G3625, G5517, G5522
Forms Found in the English ULB:
clay, dust, earth, earth's, earthen, earthly, ground, land, lands, soil
earth
Related Ideas:
clay, dust, earthen, earthly, ground, land, soil
Definition:
The term "earth" refers to the world that human beings live on, along with all other forms of life.
- "Earth" can also refer to the ground or soil that covers the land.
- This term is often used figuratively to refer to the people who live on the earth.
- The expressions "let the earth be glad" and "he will judge the earth" are examples of figurative uses of this term.
- The term "earthly" usually refers to physical things in contrast to spiritual things.
- The term "earthen" describes something that is made of clay
Translation Suggestions:
- This term can be translated by the word or phrase that the local language or nearby national languages use to refer to the planet earth on which we live.
- Depending on the context, "earth" could also be translated as "world" or "land" or "dirt" or "soil" or "clay."
- When used figuratively, "earth" could be translated as "people on the earth" or "people living on earth" or "everything on earth."
- Ways to translate "earthly" could include "physical" or "things of this earth" or "visible."
(See also: spirit, world)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 01:38-40
- 2 Chronicles 02:11-12
- Daniel 04:35
- Luke 12:51
- Matthew 06:10
- Matthew 11:25
- Zechariah 06:05
Word Data:
- Strong's: H80, H127, H772, H776, H778, H2789, H3007, H3335, H6083, H7494, G1093, G1919, G2709, G2868, G2886, G3625, G5517, G5522
Forms Found in the English ULB:
clay, dust, earth, earth's, earthen, earthly, ground, land, lands, soil
elder
Definition:
Elders are spiritually mature men who have responsibilities of spiritual and practical leadership among God's people.
- The term "elder" came from the fact that elders were originally older men who, because of their age and experience, had greater wisdom.
- In the Old Testament, the elders helped lead the Israelites in matters of social justice and the Law of Moses.
- In the New Testament, Jewish elders continued to be leaders in their communities and also were judges for the people.
- In the early Christian churches, Christian elders gave spiritual leadership to the local assemblies of believers.
- Elders in these churches included young men who were spiritually mature.
- This term could be translated as "older men" or "spiritually mature men leading the church."
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 11:1-3
- 1 Timothy 03:1-3
- 1 Timothy 04:14
- Acts 05:19-21
- Acts 14:23
- Mark 11:28
- Matthew 21:23-24
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1419, H2205, H7868, G1087, G3187, G4244, G4245, G4850
Forms Found in the English ULB:
elder, elders
elder
Definition:
Elders are spiritually mature men who have responsibilities of spiritual and practical leadership among God's people.
- The term "elder" came from the fact that elders were originally older men who, because of their age and experience, had greater wisdom.
- In the Old Testament, the elders helped lead the Israelites in matters of social justice and the Law of Moses.
- In the New Testament, Jewish elders continued to be leaders in their communities and also were judges for the people.
- In the early Christian churches, Christian elders gave spiritual leadership to the local assemblies of believers.
- Elders in these churches included young men who were spiritually mature.
- This term could be translated as "older men" or "spiritually mature men leading the church."
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 11:1-3
- 1 Timothy 03:1-3
- 1 Timothy 04:14
- Acts 05:19-21
- Acts 14:23
- Mark 11:28
- Matthew 21:23-24
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1419, H2205, H7868, G1087, G3187, G4244, G4245, G4850
Forms Found in the English ULB:
elder, elders
envy
Related Ideas:
covet, covetousness, envious, greed
Definition:
The term "envy" refers to being jealous of someone because of what that person possesses or because of that person's admirable qualities.
- Envy is normally a negative feeling of resentment because of another person's success, good fortune, or possessions.
- To "covet" means to have a strong desire to have someone else's property, or even someone else's spouse. Often a person who covets something is willing to sin to get it.
- "Greed" is a strong, selfish desire to have something. Often a person who is greedy wants more of what he already has.
(See also: jealous)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 13:4-7
- 1 Peter 02:01
- Exodus 20:17
- Mark 07:20-23
- Proverbs 03:31-32
- Romans 01:29
Word Data:
- Strong's: H183, H2530, H7065, H7068, H7342, G1937, G2205, G2206, G3788, G4123, G4124, G4190, G5354, G5355
Forms Found in the English ULB:
covet, coveted, coveting, covetousness, envied, envious, envy, envying, greed, greedy
envy
Related Ideas:
covet, covetousness, envious, greed
Definition:
The term "envy" refers to being jealous of someone because of what that person possesses or because of that person's admirable qualities.
- Envy is normally a negative feeling of resentment because of another person's success, good fortune, or possessions.
- To "covet" means to have a strong desire to have someone else's property, or even someone else's spouse. Often a person who covets something is willing to sin to get it.
- "Greed" is a strong, selfish desire to have something. Often a person who is greedy wants more of what he already has.
(See also: jealous)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 13:4-7
- 1 Peter 02:01
- Exodus 20:17
- Mark 07:20-23
- Proverbs 03:31-32
- Romans 01:29
Word Data:
- Strong's: H183, H2530, H7065, H7068, H7342, G1937, G2205, G2206, G3788, G4123, G4124, G4190, G5354, G5355
Forms Found in the English ULB:
covet, coveted, coveting, covetousness, envied, envious, envy, envying, greed, greedy
eunuch
Definition:
Usually the term "eunuch" refers to a man who has been castrated. The term later became a general term to refer to any government official, even those without the deformity.
- Jesus said that some eunuchs were born that way, perhaps because of damaged sex organs or because of not being able to function sexually. Others chose to live like eunuchs in a celibate lifestyle.
- In ancient times, eunuchs were often kings' servants who were set as guards over the women's quarters.
- Some eunuchs were important government officials, such as the Ethiopian eunuch who met the apostle Philip in the desert.
(See also: Philip)
Bible References:
- Acts 08:27
- Acts 08:36
- Acts 08:39
- Isaiah 39:7-8
- Jeremiah 34:17-19
- Matthew 19:12
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5631, G2134, G2135
Forms Found in the English ULB:
eunuch, eunuchs
eunuch
Definition:
Usually the term "eunuch" refers to a man who has been castrated. The term later became a general term to refer to any government official, even those without the deformity.
- Jesus said that some eunuchs were born that way, perhaps because of damaged sex organs or because of not being able to function sexually. Others chose to live like eunuchs in a celibate lifestyle.
- In ancient times, eunuchs were often kings' servants who were set as guards over the women's quarters.
- Some eunuchs were important government officials, such as the Ethiopian eunuch who met the apostle Philip in the desert.
(See also: Philip)
Bible References:
- Acts 08:27
- Acts 08:36
- Acts 08:39
- Isaiah 39:7-8
- Jeremiah 34:17-19
- Matthew 19:12
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5631, G2134, G2135
Forms Found in the English ULB:
eunuch, eunuchs
evangelist
Definition:
An "evangelist" is a person who tells other people the good news about Jesus Christ.
- The literal meaning of "evangelist" is "someone who preaches the good news."
- Jesus sent his apostles out to spread the good news about how to be part of God's kingdom through trusting in Jesus and his sacrifice for sin.
- All Christians are exhorted to share this good news.
- Some Christians are given a special spiritual gift to effectively tell the gospel to others. These people are said to have the gift of evangelism and are called "evangelists."
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "evangelist" could be translated as "someone who preaches the good news" or "teacher of the good news" or "person who proclaims the good news (about Jesus)" or "good news proclaimer."
(See also: good news, spirit, gift)
Bible References:
- 2 Timothy 04:05
- Ephesians 04:11-13
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
evangelist, evangelists
evangelist
Definition:
An "evangelist" is a person who tells other people the good news about Jesus Christ.
- The literal meaning of "evangelist" is "someone who preaches the good news."
- Jesus sent his apostles out to spread the good news about how to be part of God's kingdom through trusting in Jesus and his sacrifice for sin.
- All Christians are exhorted to share this good news.
- Some Christians are given a special spiritual gift to effectively tell the gospel to others. These people are said to have the gift of evangelism and are called "evangelists."
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "evangelist" could be translated as "someone who preaches the good news" or "teacher of the good news" or "person who proclaims the good news (about Jesus)" or "good news proclaimer."
(See also: good news, spirit, gift)
Bible References:
- 2 Timothy 04:05
- Ephesians 04:11-13
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
evangelist, evangelists
evil
Related Ideas:
deal violently, displeasing, evil actions, evil deeds, evil plans, fraudulent, harm, harmful, violate, violence, violent, wicked, wicked deeds, wickedly, wickedness, wretched, wretchedly
Definition:
The terms "evil" and "wicked" both refer to anything that is opposed to God's holy character and will.
- While "evil" may describe a person's character, "wicked" may refer more to a person's behavior. However, both terms are very similar in meaning.
- The term "wickedness" refers to the state of being that exists when people do wicked things.
- The results of evil are clearly shown in how people mistreat others by killing, stealing, slandering and being cruel and unkind.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, the terms "evil" and "wicked" can be translated as "bad" or "sinful" or "immoral."
- Other ways to translate these could include "not good" or "not righteous" or "not moral."
- Make sure the words or phrases that are used to translate these terms fit the context that is natural in the target language.
(See also: disobey, sin, good, righteous, demon)
Bible References:
- 1 Samuel 24:11
- 1 Timothy 06:10
- 3 John 01:10
- Genesis 02:17
- Genesis 06:5-6
- Job 01:01
- Job 08:20
- Judges 09:57
- Luke 06:22-23
- Matthew 07:11-12
- Proverbs 03:07
- Psalms 022:16-17
Word Data:
- Strong's: H205, H1100, H1431, H1681, H1942, H2154, H2554, H2555, H5765, H2162, H2248, H2254, H3238, H3399, H3415, H4849, H5753, H5766, H5767, H5771, H5807, H5999, H6090, H6184, H6293, H7451, H7455, H7489, H7561, H7562, H7563, H7564, H7701, H8133, G92, G93, G94, G932, G983, G984, G987, G988, G2549, G2551, G2554, G2555, G2556, G2559, G2560, G2635, G2636, G4151, G4189, G4190, G4191, G4550, G5337
Forms Found in the English ULB:
deal violently, deal worse, displeasing, do ... evil, do ... violence, done ... violence, evil, evil actions, evil deeds, evil plans, evils, fraudulent, harm, harmful, violate, violated, violates, violence, violent, wicked, wicked deeds, wickedly, wickedness, wretched, wretchedly, wretches
evil
Related Ideas:
deal violently, displeasing, evil actions, evil deeds, evil plans, fraudulent, harm, harmful, violate, violence, violent, wicked, wicked deeds, wickedly, wickedness, wretched, wretchedly
Definition:
The terms "evil" and "wicked" both refer to anything that is opposed to God's holy character and will.
- While "evil" may describe a person's character, "wicked" may refer more to a person's behavior. However, both terms are very similar in meaning.
- The term "wickedness" refers to the state of being that exists when people do wicked things.
- The results of evil are clearly shown in how people mistreat others by killing, stealing, slandering and being cruel and unkind.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, the terms "evil" and "wicked" can be translated as "bad" or "sinful" or "immoral."
- Other ways to translate these could include "not good" or "not righteous" or "not moral."
- Make sure the words or phrases that are used to translate these terms fit the context that is natural in the target language.
(See also: disobey, sin, good, righteous, demon)
Bible References:
- 1 Samuel 24:11
- 1 Timothy 06:10
- 3 John 01:10
- Genesis 02:17
- Genesis 06:5-6
- Job 01:01
- Job 08:20
- Judges 09:57
- Luke 06:22-23
- Matthew 07:11-12
- Proverbs 03:07
- Psalms 022:16-17
Word Data:
- Strong's: H205, H1100, H1431, H1681, H1942, H2154, H2554, H2555, H5765, H2162, H2248, H2254, H3238, H3399, H3415, H4849, H5753, H5766, H5767, H5771, H5807, H5999, H6090, H6184, H6293, H7451, H7455, H7489, H7561, H7562, H7563, H7564, H7701, H8133, G92, G93, G94, G932, G983, G984, G987, G988, G2549, G2551, G2554, G2555, G2556, G2559, G2560, G2635, G2636, G4151, G4189, G4190, G4191, G4550, G5337
Forms Found in the English ULB:
deal violently, deal worse, displeasing, do ... evil, do ... violence, done ... violence, evil, evil actions, evil deeds, evil plans, evils, fraudulent, harm, harmful, violate, violated, violates, violence, violent, wicked, wicked deeds, wickedly, wickedness, wretched, wretchedly, wretches
exalt
Related Ideas:
exaltation, high position, leadership position, lifted up
Definition:
To exalt is to lift up. Often exalt means to praise or honor someone or something. It can also mean to put someone in an honored position of leadership.
- In the Bible, the term "exalt" is most often used for honoring God.
- When a person exalts himself, it means he thinks about himself in a proud or arrogant way.
Translation Suggestions:
- Ways to translate "exalt" could include "highly praise" or "honor greatly" or "extol" or "speak highly of."
- In some contexts it could be translated by a word or phrase that means "put in a higher position" or "give more honor to" or "talk about proudly."
- "Do not exalt yourself" could also be translated as "Do not think of yourself too highly" or "Do not brag about yourself."
- "Those that exalt themselves" could also be translated as "Those who think proudly about themselves" or "Those who boast about themselves."
(See also: praise, worship, glory, boast, proud)
Bible References:
- 1 Peter 05:5-7
- 2 Samuel 22:47
- Acts 05:31
- Philippians 02:9-11
- Psalms 018:46
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1361, H1362, H1364, H4791, H4984, H5375, H5549, H5927, H7311, H7426, H7682, G5229, G5251, G5311, G5312
Forms Found in the English ULB:
exalt, exaltation, exalted, exalting, exalts, high position, leadership positions, lifted up, lofty
exalt
Related Ideas:
exaltation, high position, leadership position, lifted up
Definition:
To exalt is to lift up. Often exalt means to praise or honor someone or something. It can also mean to put someone in an honored position of leadership.
- In the Bible, the term "exalt" is most often used for honoring God.
- When a person exalts himself, it means he thinks about himself in a proud or arrogant way.
Translation Suggestions:
- Ways to translate "exalt" could include "highly praise" or "honor greatly" or "extol" or "speak highly of."
- In some contexts it could be translated by a word or phrase that means "put in a higher position" or "give more honor to" or "talk about proudly."
- "Do not exalt yourself" could also be translated as "Do not think of yourself too highly" or "Do not brag about yourself."
- "Those that exalt themselves" could also be translated as "Those who think proudly about themselves" or "Those who boast about themselves."
(See also: praise, worship, glory, boast, proud)
Bible References:
- 1 Peter 05:5-7
- 2 Samuel 22:47
- Acts 05:31
- Philippians 02:9-11
- Psalms 018:46
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1361, H1362, H1364, H4791, H4984, H5375, H5549, H5927, H7311, H7426, H7682, G5229, G5251, G5311, G5312
Forms Found in the English ULB:
exalt, exaltation, exalted, exalting, exalts, high position, leadership positions, lifted up, lofty
exhort
Related Ideas:
exhortation, urge
Definition:
The term "exhort" means to strongly encourage and urge someone to do what is right. Such encouragement is called "exhortation."
- The purpose of exhortation is to persuade other people to avoid sin and follow God's will.
- The New Testament teaches Christians to exhort each other in love, not harshly or abruptly.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, "exhort" could also be translated as "strongly urge" or "persuade" or "advise."
- Make sure the translation of this term does not imply that the exhorter is angry. The term should convey strength and seriousness, but should not refer to angry speech.
- In most contexts, the term "exhort" should be translated differently than "encourage," which means to inspire, reassure, or comfort someone.
- Usually this term will also be translated differently from "admonish," which means to warn or correct someone for his wrong behavior.
Bible References:
- 1 Thessalonians 02:3-4
- 1 Thessalonians 02:12
- 1 Timothy 05:02
- Luke 03:18
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5927, H6484, G3867, G3870, G3874
Forms Found in the English ULB:
exhort, exhortation, exhortations, exhorted, exhorting, urge, urged
exhort
Related Ideas:
exhortation, urge
Definition:
The term "exhort" means to strongly encourage and urge someone to do what is right. Such encouragement is called "exhortation."
- The purpose of exhortation is to persuade other people to avoid sin and follow God's will.
- The New Testament teaches Christians to exhort each other in love, not harshly or abruptly.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, "exhort" could also be translated as "strongly urge" or "persuade" or "advise."
- Make sure the translation of this term does not imply that the exhorter is angry. The term should convey strength and seriousness, but should not refer to angry speech.
- In most contexts, the term "exhort" should be translated differently than "encourage," which means to inspire, reassure, or comfort someone.
- Usually this term will also be translated differently from "admonish," which means to warn or correct someone for his wrong behavior.
Bible References:
- 1 Thessalonians 02:3-4
- 1 Thessalonians 02:12
- 1 Timothy 05:02
- Luke 03:18
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5927, H6484, G3867, G3870, G3874
Forms Found in the English ULB:
exhort, exhortation, exhortations, exhorted, exhorting, urge, urged
face
Related Ideas:
before, facedown, facial, presence, surface
Definition:
The word "face" literally refers to the front part of a person's head. This term also has several figurative meanings.
- The expression "your face" is often a figurative way of saying "you." Similarly, the expression "my face" often means "I" or "me."
- In a physical sense, to "face" someone or something means to look in the direction of that person or thing.
- To "face each other" means to "look directly at each other."
- Being "face to face" means that two people are seeing each other in person, at a close distance.
- When Jesus "steadfastly set his face to go to Jerusalem," it means that he very firmly decided to go.
- To "set one's face against" people or a city means to firmly decide to no longer support, or to reject that city or person.
- The expression "face of the land" refers to the surface of the earth and often is a general reference to the whole earth. For example, a "famine covering the face of the earth" refers to a widespread famine affecting many people living on earth.
- The figurative expression "do not hide your face from your people" means "do not reject your people" or "do not desert your people" or "do not stop taking care of your people."
Translation Suggestions:
- If possible, it is best to keep the expression or use an expression in the project language that has a similar meaning.
- The term to "face" could be translated as to "turn toward" or to "look at directly" or to "look at the face of."
- The expression "face to face" could be translated as "up close" or "right in front of" or "in the presence of."
- Depending on the context, the expression "before his face" could be translated as "ahead of him" or "in front of him" or "before him" or "in his presence."
- The expression "set his face toward" could be translated as "began traveling toward" or "firmly made up his mind to go to."
- The expression "hide his face from" could be translated as "turn away from" or "stop helping or protecting" or "reject."
- To "set his face against" a city or people could be translated as "look at with anger and condemn" or "refuse to accept" or "decide to reject" or "condemn and reject" or "pass judgment on."
- The expression "say it to their face" could be translated as "say it to them directly" or "say it to them in their presence" or "say it to them in person."
- The expression "on the face of the land" could also be translated as "throughout the land" or "over the whole earth" or "living throughout the earth."
Bible References:
- Deuteronomy 05:04
- Genesis 33:10
Word Data:
- Strong's: H600, H639, H2122, H6440, H8389, G3799, G4383, G4750
Forms Found in the English ULB:
before, face, faced, facedown, faces, facial, facing, presence, surface
face
Related Ideas:
before, facedown, facial, presence, surface
Definition:
The word "face" literally refers to the front part of a person's head. This term also has several figurative meanings.
- The expression "your face" is often a figurative way of saying "you." Similarly, the expression "my face" often means "I" or "me."
- In a physical sense, to "face" someone or something means to look in the direction of that person or thing.
- To "face each other" means to "look directly at each other."
- Being "face to face" means that two people are seeing each other in person, at a close distance.
- When Jesus "steadfastly set his face to go to Jerusalem," it means that he very firmly decided to go.
- To "set one's face against" people or a city means to firmly decide to no longer support, or to reject that city or person.
- The expression "face of the land" refers to the surface of the earth and often is a general reference to the whole earth. For example, a "famine covering the face of the earth" refers to a widespread famine affecting many people living on earth.
- The figurative expression "do not hide your face from your people" means "do not reject your people" or "do not desert your people" or "do not stop taking care of your people."
Translation Suggestions:
- If possible, it is best to keep the expression or use an expression in the project language that has a similar meaning.
- The term to "face" could be translated as to "turn toward" or to "look at directly" or to "look at the face of."
- The expression "face to face" could be translated as "up close" or "right in front of" or "in the presence of."
- Depending on the context, the expression "before his face" could be translated as "ahead of him" or "in front of him" or "before him" or "in his presence."
- The expression "set his face toward" could be translated as "began traveling toward" or "firmly made up his mind to go to."
- The expression "hide his face from" could be translated as "turn away from" or "stop helping or protecting" or "reject."
- To "set his face against" a city or people could be translated as "look at with anger and condemn" or "refuse to accept" or "decide to reject" or "condemn and reject" or "pass judgment on."
- The expression "say it to their face" could be translated as "say it to them directly" or "say it to them in their presence" or "say it to them in person."
- The expression "on the face of the land" could also be translated as "throughout the land" or "over the whole earth" or "living throughout the earth."
Bible References:
- Deuteronomy 05:04
- Genesis 33:10
Word Data:
- Strong's: H600, H639, H2122, H6440, H8389, G3799, G4383, G4750
Forms Found in the English ULB:
before, face, faced, facedown, faces, facial, facing, presence, surface
faith
Definition:
In general, the term "faith" refers to a belief, trust or confidence in someone or something.
- To "have faith" in someone is to believe that what he says and does is true and trustworthy.
- To "have faith in Jesus" means to believe all of God's teachings about Jesus. It especially means that people trust in Jesus and his sacrifice to cleanse them from their sin and to rescue them from the punishment they deserve because of their sin.
- True faith or belief in Jesus will cause a person to produce good spiritual fruits or behaviors because the Holy Spirit is living in him.
- Sometimes "faith" refers generally to all the teachings about Jesus, as in the expression "the truths of the faith."
- In contexts such as "keep the faith" or "abandon the faith," the term "faith" refers to the state or condition of believing all the teachings about Jesus.
Translation Suggestions:
- In some contexts, "faith" can be translated as "belief" or "conviction" or "confidence" or "trust."
- For some languages these terms will be translated using forms of the verb "believe."
- The expression "keep the faith" could be translated by "keep believing in Jesus" or "continue to believe in Jesus."
- The sentence "they must keep hold of the deep truths of the faith" could be translated by "they must keep believing all the true things about Jesus that they have been taught."
- The expression "my true son in the faith" could be translated by something like "who is like a son to me because I taught him to believe in Jesus" or "my true spiritual son, who believes in Jesus."
(See also: believe, faithful)
Bible References:
- 2 Timothy 04:07
- Acts 06:7
- Galatians 02:20-21
- James 02:20
Word Data:
- Strong's: H529, H530, G1680, G3640, G4102, G4103
Forms Found in the English ULB:
faith
faith
Definition:
In general, the term "faith" refers to a belief, trust or confidence in someone or something.
- To "have faith" in someone is to believe that what he says and does is true and trustworthy.
- To "have faith in Jesus" means to believe all of God's teachings about Jesus. It especially means that people trust in Jesus and his sacrifice to cleanse them from their sin and to rescue them from the punishment they deserve because of their sin.
- True faith or belief in Jesus will cause a person to produce good spiritual fruits or behaviors because the Holy Spirit is living in him.
- Sometimes "faith" refers generally to all the teachings about Jesus, as in the expression "the truths of the faith."
- In contexts such as "keep the faith" or "abandon the faith," the term "faith" refers to the state or condition of believing all the teachings about Jesus.
Translation Suggestions:
- In some contexts, "faith" can be translated as "belief" or "conviction" or "confidence" or "trust."
- For some languages these terms will be translated using forms of the verb "believe."
- The expression "keep the faith" could be translated by "keep believing in Jesus" or "continue to believe in Jesus."
- The sentence "they must keep hold of the deep truths of the faith" could be translated by "they must keep believing all the true things about Jesus that they have been taught."
- The expression "my true son in the faith" could be translated by something like "who is like a son to me because I taught him to believe in Jesus" or "my true spiritual son, who believes in Jesus."
(See also: believe, faithful)
Bible References:
- 2 Timothy 04:07
- Acts 06:7
- Galatians 02:20-21
- James 02:20
Word Data:
- Strong's: H529, H530, G1680, G3640, G4102, G4103
Forms Found in the English ULB:
faith
faithful
Related Ideas:
faithfully, faithfulness, reliable
Definition:
To be "faithful" to God means to consistently live according to God's teachings. It means to be loyal to him by obeying him.The state or condition of being faithful is "faithfulness."
- A person who is faithful can be trusted to always keep his promises and to always fulfill his responsibilities to other people.
- A faithful person perseveres in doing a task, even when it is long and difficult.
- Faithfulness to God is the consistent practice of doing what God wants us to do.
The term "unfaithful" describes people who do not do what God has commanded them to do. The condition or practice of being unfaithful is "unfaithfulness."
- The people of Israel were called "unfaithful" when they began to worship idols and when they disobeyed God in other ways.
- In marriage, someone who commits adultery is "unfaithful" to his or her spouse.
- God used the term "unfaithfulness" to describe Israel's disobedient behavior. They were not obeying God or honoring him.
Translation Suggestions:
Translating "faithful" and "faithfulness"
* In many contexts, "faithful" can be translated as "loyal" or "dedicated" or "dependable."
* In other contexts, "faithful" can be translated by a word or phrase that means "continuing to believe" or "persevering in believing and obeying God."
* Ways that "faithfulness" could be translated could include "persevering in believing" or "loyalty" or "trustworthiness" or "believing and obeying God."
Translating "unfaithful" and "unfaithfulness"
* Depending on the context, "unfaithful" could be translated as "not faithful" or "unbelieving" or "not obedient" or "not loyal."
* The phrase "the unfaithful" could be translated as "people who are not faithful (to God)" or "unfaithful people" or "those who disobey God" or "people who rebel against God."
* The term "unfaithfulness" could be translated as "disobedience" or "disloyalty" or "not believing or obeying."
* In some languages, the term "unfaithful" is related to the word for "unbelief."
(See also: adultery, believe, disobey, faith, believe)
Bible References:
- Genesis 24:49
- Leviticus 26:40
- Numbers 12:07
- Joshua 02:14
- Judges 02:16-17
- 1 Samuel 02:9
- Psalm 012:1
- Proverbs 11:12-13
- Isaiah 01:26
- Jeremiah 09:7-9
- Hosea 05:07
- Luke 12:46
- Luke 16:10
- Colossians 01:07
- 1 Thessalonians 05:24
- 3 John 01:05
Word Data:
- Strong's: H529, H530, H539, H540, H571, H2181, H2616, H2623, H4603, H4820, G569, G4102, G4103
Forms Found in the English ULB:
faithful, faithful one, faithful people, faithfully, faithfulness, reliable, show ... self ... faithful
faithful
Related Ideas:
faithfully, faithfulness, reliable
Definition:
To be "faithful" to God means to consistently live according to God's teachings. It means to be loyal to him by obeying him.The state or condition of being faithful is "faithfulness."
- A person who is faithful can be trusted to always keep his promises and to always fulfill his responsibilities to other people.
- A faithful person perseveres in doing a task, even when it is long and difficult.
- Faithfulness to God is the consistent practice of doing what God wants us to do.
The term "unfaithful" describes people who do not do what God has commanded them to do. The condition or practice of being unfaithful is "unfaithfulness."
- The people of Israel were called "unfaithful" when they began to worship idols and when they disobeyed God in other ways.
- In marriage, someone who commits adultery is "unfaithful" to his or her spouse.
- God used the term "unfaithfulness" to describe Israel's disobedient behavior. They were not obeying God or honoring him.
Translation Suggestions:
Translating "faithful" and "faithfulness"
* In many contexts, "faithful" can be translated as "loyal" or "dedicated" or "dependable."
* In other contexts, "faithful" can be translated by a word or phrase that means "continuing to believe" or "persevering in believing and obeying God."
* Ways that "faithfulness" could be translated could include "persevering in believing" or "loyalty" or "trustworthiness" or "believing and obeying God."
Translating "unfaithful" and "unfaithfulness"
* Depending on the context, "unfaithful" could be translated as "not faithful" or "unbelieving" or "not obedient" or "not loyal."
* The phrase "the unfaithful" could be translated as "people who are not faithful (to God)" or "unfaithful people" or "those who disobey God" or "people who rebel against God."
* The term "unfaithfulness" could be translated as "disobedience" or "disloyalty" or "not believing or obeying."
* In some languages, the term "unfaithful" is related to the word for "unbelief."
(See also: adultery, believe, disobey, faith, believe)
Bible References:
- Genesis 24:49
- Leviticus 26:40
- Numbers 12:07
- Joshua 02:14
- Judges 02:16-17
- 1 Samuel 02:9
- Psalm 012:1
- Proverbs 11:12-13
- Isaiah 01:26
- Jeremiah 09:7-9
- Hosea 05:07
- Luke 12:46
- Luke 16:10
- Colossians 01:07
- 1 Thessalonians 05:24
- 3 John 01:05
Word Data:
- Strong's: H529, H530, H539, H540, H571, H2181, H2616, H2623, H4603, H4820, G569, G4102, G4103
Forms Found in the English ULB:
faithful, faithful one, faithful people, faithfully, faithfulness, reliable, show ... self ... faithful
false prophet
Definition:
A false prophet is a person who wrongly claims that his message comes from God.
- The prophecies of false prophets are not usually fulfilled. That is, they do not come true.
- False prophets teach messages that partially or totally contradict what the Bible says.
- This term could also be translated as "person who falsely claims to be God's spokesman" or "someone who falsely claims to speak God's words."
- The New Testament teaches that in the end times there will be many false prophets who will try to deceive people into thinking that they come from God.
(See also: fulfill, prophet, true)
Bible References:
- 1 John 04:1-3
- 2 Peter 02:01
- Acts 13:6-8
- Luke 06:26
- Matthew 07:16
- Matthew 24:23-25
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
false prophet, false prophets
false prophet
Definition:
A false prophet is a person who wrongly claims that his message comes from God.
- The prophecies of false prophets are not usually fulfilled. That is, they do not come true.
- False prophets teach messages that partially or totally contradict what the Bible says.
- This term could also be translated as "person who falsely claims to be God's spokesman" or "someone who falsely claims to speak God's words."
- The New Testament teaches that in the end times there will be many false prophets who will try to deceive people into thinking that they come from God.
(See also: fulfill, prophet, true)
Bible References:
- 1 John 04:1-3
- 2 Peter 02:01
- Acts 13:6-8
- Luke 06:26
- Matthew 07:16
- Matthew 24:23-25
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
false prophet, false prophets
family
Related Ideas:
family line, genealogical record
Definition:
The term "family" refers to a group of people who are related by blood and usually includes a father, mother, and their children. It often also includes other relatives such as grandparents, grandchildren, uncles and aunts.
- The Hebrew family was a religious community passing on traditions through worship and instruction.
- Usually the father was the major authority of the family.
- Family could also include servants, concubines, and even foreigners.
- Some languages may have a broader word such as "clan" or "household" that would fit better in contexts where more than just parents and children are being referred to.
- The term "family" is also used to refer to people who are related spiritually, such as people who are part of God's family because they believe in Jesus.
- A "genealogy" is a record of a person's family that tells who his ancestors were.
(See also: clan, father, house)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 08:1-2
- 1 Samuel 18:18
- Exodus 01:21
- Joshua 02:12-13
- Luke 02:04
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1, H251, H272, H504, H1004, H1121, H2233, H2859, H2945, H3187, H3188, H4138, H4940, H5387, H5712, H8435, G1085, G3614, G3624, G3965
Forms Found in the English ULB:
families, family, family line, genealogical record, genealogical records, genealogies, genealogy, recorded in ... genealogies, recorded in ... genealogy
family
Related Ideas:
family line, genealogical record
Definition:
The term "family" refers to a group of people who are related by blood and usually includes a father, mother, and their children. It often also includes other relatives such as grandparents, grandchildren, uncles and aunts.
- The Hebrew family was a religious community passing on traditions through worship and instruction.
- Usually the father was the major authority of the family.
- Family could also include servants, concubines, and even foreigners.
- Some languages may have a broader word such as "clan" or "household" that would fit better in contexts where more than just parents and children are being referred to.
- The term "family" is also used to refer to people who are related spiritually, such as people who are part of God's family because they believe in Jesus.
- A "genealogy" is a record of a person's family that tells who his ancestors were.
(See also: clan, father, house)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 08:1-2
- 1 Samuel 18:18
- Exodus 01:21
- Joshua 02:12-13
- Luke 02:04
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1, H251, H272, H504, H1004, H1121, H2233, H2859, H2945, H3187, H3188, H4138, H4940, H5387, H5712, H8435, G1085, G3614, G3624, G3965
Forms Found in the English ULB:
families, family, family line, genealogical record, genealogical records, genealogies, genealogy, recorded in ... genealogies, recorded in ... genealogy
famine
Related Ideas:
famished, hunger
Definition:
The term "famine" refers to an extreme lack of food throughout a country or region, usually due to not enough rain. The term "famished" means extremely hungry.
* Food crops can fail from natural causes such as lack of rain, crop disease, or insects.
* Food shortages can also be caused by people, such as enemies who destroy crops.
* In the Bible, God often caused famine as a way to punish nations when they sinned against him.
* In Amos 8:11 the term "famine" is used figuratively to refer to a time when God punished his people by not speaking to them. This could be translated with the word for "famine" in your language, or with a phrase such as "extreme lack" or "severe deprivation."
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 21:11-12
- Acts 07:11
- Genesis 12:10
- Genesis 45:06
- Jeremiah 11:21-23
- Luke 04:25
- Matthew 24:08
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3720, H7458, H7459, G3042, G3521
Forms Found in the English ULB:
famine, famines, famished, hunger
famine
Related Ideas:
famished, hunger
Definition:
The term "famine" refers to an extreme lack of food throughout a country or region, usually due to not enough rain. The term "famished" means extremely hungry.
* Food crops can fail from natural causes such as lack of rain, crop disease, or insects.
* Food shortages can also be caused by people, such as enemies who destroy crops.
* In the Bible, God often caused famine as a way to punish nations when they sinned against him.
* In Amos 8:11 the term "famine" is used figuratively to refer to a time when God punished his people by not speaking to them. This could be translated with the word for "famine" in your language, or with a phrase such as "extreme lack" or "severe deprivation."
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 21:11-12
- Acts 07:11
- Genesis 12:10
- Genesis 45:06
- Jeremiah 11:21-23
- Luke 04:25
- Matthew 24:08
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3720, H7458, H7459, G3042, G3521
Forms Found in the English ULB:
famine, famines, famished, hunger
fast
Definition:
The term to "fast" means to stop eating food for a period of time, such as for a day or more. Sometimes it also includes not drinking.
- Fasting can help people to focus on God and pray without being distracted by preparing food and eating.
- Jesus condemned the Jewish religious leaders for fasting for the wrong reasons. They fasted so that others would think they were righteous.
- Sometimes people fast because they are very sad or grieved about something.
- The verb to "fast" can also be translated as to "refrain from eating" or to "not eat."
- The noun "fast" could be translated as "time of not eating" or "time of abstaining from food."
(See also: Jewish authorities)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 21:8-10
- 2 Chronicles 20:03
- Acts 13:1-3
- Jonah 03:4-5
- Luke 05:34
- Mark 02:19
- Matthew 06:18
- Matthew 09:15
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2908, H5144, H6684, H6685, G3521, G3522
Forms Found in the English ULB:
fast, fasted, fasting, fastings, fasts
fast
Definition:
The term to "fast" means to stop eating food for a period of time, such as for a day or more. Sometimes it also includes not drinking.
- Fasting can help people to focus on God and pray without being distracted by preparing food and eating.
- Jesus condemned the Jewish religious leaders for fasting for the wrong reasons. They fasted so that others would think they were righteous.
- Sometimes people fast because they are very sad or grieved about something.
- The verb to "fast" can also be translated as to "refrain from eating" or to "not eat."
- The noun "fast" could be translated as "time of not eating" or "time of abstaining from food."
(See also: Jewish authorities)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 21:8-10
- 2 Chronicles 20:03
- Acts 13:1-3
- Jonah 03:4-5
- Luke 05:34
- Mark 02:19
- Matthew 06:18
- Matthew 09:15
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2908, H5144, H6684, H6685, G3521, G3522
Forms Found in the English ULB:
fast, fasted, fasting, fastings, fasts
father
Related Ideas:
ancestor, ancestral, beget, fatherless, forefather, grandfather, orphan
Definition:
When used literally, the term "father" refers to a person's male parent.
* A "grandfather" is someone's father's father or someone's mother's father.
* A "forefather" is one of a person's male ancestors, such as his grandfather's grandfather.
* An "ancestral household" is a social unit of those people who are descended from one ancestor.
* A person who is "fatherless" does not have a father.
* An "orphan" is a person who has no parents. In Bible times widows were often not able to care for their children, so a child with a mother but no father could also be thought of as an orphan.
* To "beget" someone is to become that person's father.
There are also several figurative uses of the term "father."
- The term "fathers" often refers to a person's male ancestors, such as his grandfather's grandfather.
- The term "father" can refer to a person who is the leader a group of related people or the source of something. For example, in Genesis 4 "the father of all who live in tents" could mean, "the first clan leader of the first people who ever lived in tents."
- The apostle Paul called himself the "father" of those he had helped to become Christians through sharing the gospel with them.
Translation Suggestions
- When talking about a father and his literal son, this term should be translated using the usual term to refer to a father in the language.
- "God the Father" should also be translated using the usual, common word for "father."
- When referring to forefathers, this term could be translated as "ancestors" or "ancestral fathers."
- Sometimes the word "father" can be translated as "clan leader."
- When Paul refers to himself figuratively as a father to believers in Christ, this could be translated as "spiritual father" or "father in Christ."
- The phrase "father of all lies" could be translated as "source of all lies" or "the one from whom all lies come."
(See also: God the Father, son, Son of God)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:02
- Acts 07:32
- Acts 07:45
- Acts 22:03
- Genesis 31:30
- Genesis 31:42
- Genesis 31:53
- Hebrews 07:4-6
- John 04:12
- Joshua 24:3-4
- Malachi 03:07
- Mark 10:7-9
- Matthew 01:07
- Matthew 03:09
- Matthew 10:21
- Matthew 18:14
- Romans 04:12
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1, H2, H25, H539, H1730, H1733, H2524, H3205, H3490, H4940, H5971, H7223, G540, G1080, G3737, G3962, G3964, G3966, G3967, G3970, G3971, G3995, G4245, G4269, G4613
Forms Found in the English ULB:
ancestor, ancestor's, ancestors, ancestors', ancestral, beget, begot, father, father's, fathered, fathering, fatherless, fathers, fathers', forefather, forefathers, grandfather, orphan, orphans
father
Related Ideas:
ancestor, ancestral, beget, fatherless, forefather, grandfather, orphan
Definition:
When used literally, the term "father" refers to a person's male parent.
* A "grandfather" is someone's father's father or someone's mother's father.
* A "forefather" is one of a person's male ancestors, such as his grandfather's grandfather.
* An "ancestral household" is a social unit of those people who are descended from one ancestor.
* A person who is "fatherless" does not have a father.
* An "orphan" is a person who has no parents. In Bible times widows were often not able to care for their children, so a child with a mother but no father could also be thought of as an orphan.
* To "beget" someone is to become that person's father.
There are also several figurative uses of the term "father."
- The term "fathers" often refers to a person's male ancestors, such as his grandfather's grandfather.
- The term "father" can refer to a person who is the leader a group of related people or the source of something. For example, in Genesis 4 "the father of all who live in tents" could mean, "the first clan leader of the first people who ever lived in tents."
- The apostle Paul called himself the "father" of those he had helped to become Christians through sharing the gospel with them.
Translation Suggestions
- When talking about a father and his literal son, this term should be translated using the usual term to refer to a father in the language.
- "God the Father" should also be translated using the usual, common word for "father."
- When referring to forefathers, this term could be translated as "ancestors" or "ancestral fathers."
- Sometimes the word "father" can be translated as "clan leader."
- When Paul refers to himself figuratively as a father to believers in Christ, this could be translated as "spiritual father" or "father in Christ."
- The phrase "father of all lies" could be translated as "source of all lies" or "the one from whom all lies come."
(See also: God the Father, son, Son of God)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:02
- Acts 07:32
- Acts 07:45
- Acts 22:03
- Genesis 31:30
- Genesis 31:42
- Genesis 31:53
- Hebrews 07:4-6
- John 04:12
- Joshua 24:3-4
- Malachi 03:07
- Mark 10:7-9
- Matthew 01:07
- Matthew 03:09
- Matthew 10:21
- Matthew 18:14
- Romans 04:12
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1, H2, H25, H539, H1730, H1733, H2524, H3205, H3490, H4940, H5971, H7223, G540, G1080, G3737, G3962, G3964, G3966, G3967, G3970, G3971, G3995, G4245, G4269, G4613
Forms Found in the English ULB:
ancestor, ancestor's, ancestors, ancestors', ancestral, beget, begot, father, father's, fathered, fathering, fatherless, fathers, fathers', forefather, forefathers, grandfather, orphan, orphans
favor
Related Ideas:
favorable, favoritism, privilege, request for favor, show favor
Definition:
To "favor" is to prefer. When someone favors a person, he regards that person positively and does more to benefit that person than he does to benefit others.
- The term "favoritism" means the attitude of acting favorably toward some people but not others. It means the inclination to pick one person over another or one thing over another because the person or item is preferred. Generally, favoratism is considered unfair.
- Jesus grew up "in favor with" God and men. This means they approved of his character and behavior.
- The expression "find favor" with someone means that someone is approved of by that person.
- When a king shows favor to someone, it often means that he approves of that person's request and grants it.
- A "favor" can also be a gesture or action towards or for another person for their benefit.
Translation Suggestions:
- Other ways to translate the term "favor" could include, "blessing" or "benefit" or "credit."
- The "favorable year of Yahweh" could be translated as "the year (or time) when Yahweh will bring great blessing."
- The term "favoritism" could be translated as "partiality" or "being prejudiced" or "unjust treatment." This word is related to the word "favorite," which means "the one who is preferred or loved best."
Bible References:
- 1 Samuel 02:25-26
- 2 Chronicles 19:07
- 2 Corinthians 01:11
- Acts 24:27
- Genesis 41:16
- Genesis 47:25
- Genesis 50:05
Word Data:
- Strong's: H995, H1156, H1293, H1779, H1921, H2580, H2603, H2604, H2617, H2896, H5278, H5375, H5414, H5922, H6213, H6437, H6440, H7522, H7965, H8467, G1184, G3685, G3982, G4380, G4382, G5485, G5486
Forms Found in the English ULB:
favor, favorable, favored, favoritism, favors, privilege, request for favor, seek ... favor, seeking the favor, show favor, shown favor, sought ... favor
favor
Related Ideas:
favorable, favoritism, privilege, request for favor, show favor
Definition:
To "favor" is to prefer. When someone favors a person, he regards that person positively and does more to benefit that person than he does to benefit others.
- The term "favoritism" means the attitude of acting favorably toward some people but not others. It means the inclination to pick one person over another or one thing over another because the person or item is preferred. Generally, favoratism is considered unfair.
- Jesus grew up "in favor with" God and men. This means they approved of his character and behavior.
- The expression "find favor" with someone means that someone is approved of by that person.
- When a king shows favor to someone, it often means that he approves of that person's request and grants it.
- A "favor" can also be a gesture or action towards or for another person for their benefit.
Translation Suggestions:
- Other ways to translate the term "favor" could include, "blessing" or "benefit" or "credit."
- The "favorable year of Yahweh" could be translated as "the year (or time) when Yahweh will bring great blessing."
- The term "favoritism" could be translated as "partiality" or "being prejudiced" or "unjust treatment." This word is related to the word "favorite," which means "the one who is preferred or loved best."
Bible References:
- 1 Samuel 02:25-26
- 2 Chronicles 19:07
- 2 Corinthians 01:11
- Acts 24:27
- Genesis 41:16
- Genesis 47:25
- Genesis 50:05
Word Data:
- Strong's: H995, H1156, H1293, H1779, H1921, H2580, H2603, H2604, H2617, H2896, H5278, H5375, H5414, H5922, H6213, H6437, H6440, H7522, H7965, H8467, G1184, G3685, G3982, G4380, G4382, G5485, G5486
Forms Found in the English ULB:
favor, favorable, favored, favoritism, favors, privilege, request for favor, seek ... favor, seeking the favor, show favor, shown favor, sought ... favor
fear
Related Ideas:
afraid, alarmed, anxiety, coward, dismay, dread, fainthearted, fearful, fearlessly, fearsome, frighten, timid, unafraid
Definition:
The terms "fear" and "afraid" refer to the unpleasant feeling a person has when there is a threat of harm to himself or others.
- The term "fear" can also refer to a deep respect and awe for a person in authority.
- The phrase "fear of Yahweh," as well as related terms "fear of God" and "fear of the Lord," refer to a deep respect of God and the showing of that respect by obeying him. This fear is motivated by knowing that God is holy and hates sin.
- The Bible teaches that a person who fears Yahweh will become wise.
- "Anxiety" is fear about the future, what is going to happen.
- To be "alarmed" is to be surprised and afraid because something bad has suddenly happened.
- "Dread" is great fear.
- Someone who is "timid" is afraid to act because something bad might happen as a result.
- Someone who is "unafraid" is not afraid.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, to "fear" can be translated as to "be afraid" or to "deeply respect" or to "revere" or to "be in awe of."
- The term "afraid" could be translated as "terrified" or "scared" or "fearful."
- The sentence "The fear of God fell on all of them" could be translated as "Suddenly they all felt a deep awe and respect for God" or "Immediately, they all felt very amazed and revered God deeply" or "Right then, they all felt very afraid of God (because of his great power)."
- The phrase "fear not" could also be translated as "do not be afraid" or "stop being afraid."
- Note that the phrase "fear of Yahweh" does not occur in the New Testament. The phrase "fear of the Lord" or "fear of the Lord God" is used instead.
(See also: amazed, awe, lord, power, Yahweh)
Bible References:
- 1 John 04:18
- Acts 02:43
- Acts 19:15-17
- Genesis 50:21
- Isaiah 11:3-5
- Job 06:14
- Jonah 01:09
- Luke 12:05
- Matthew 10:28
- Proverbs 10:24-25
Word Data:
- Strong's: H367, H926, H928, H1204, H1481, H1672, H1674, H1763, H2119, H2729, H2730, H2731, H2844, H2849, H2865, H3016, H3025, H3372, H3373, H3374, H4032, H4034, H4035, H4116, H4172, H6206, H6342, H6343, H6345, H6427, H7264, H7267, H7297, H7390, H7461, H7493, H8175, G870, G1167, G1168, G1169, G1568, G1630, G1719, G2125, G5398, G5399, G5401
Forms Found in the English ULB:
afraid, alarmed, anxiety, cowards, dismay, dismayed, dread, dreaded, fainthearted, fear, feared, fearful, fearful thing, fearlessly, fears, fearsome, frighten, frightened, timid, unafraid
fear
Related Ideas:
afraid, alarmed, anxiety, coward, dismay, dread, fainthearted, fearful, fearlessly, fearsome, frighten, timid, unafraid
Definition:
The terms "fear" and "afraid" refer to the unpleasant feeling a person has when there is a threat of harm to himself or others.
- The term "fear" can also refer to a deep respect and awe for a person in authority.
- The phrase "fear of Yahweh," as well as related terms "fear of God" and "fear of the Lord," refer to a deep respect of God and the showing of that respect by obeying him. This fear is motivated by knowing that God is holy and hates sin.
- The Bible teaches that a person who fears Yahweh will become wise.
- "Anxiety" is fear about the future, what is going to happen.
- To be "alarmed" is to be surprised and afraid because something bad has suddenly happened.
- "Dread" is great fear.
- Someone who is "timid" is afraid to act because something bad might happen as a result.
- Someone who is "unafraid" is not afraid.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, to "fear" can be translated as to "be afraid" or to "deeply respect" or to "revere" or to "be in awe of."
- The term "afraid" could be translated as "terrified" or "scared" or "fearful."
- The sentence "The fear of God fell on all of them" could be translated as "Suddenly they all felt a deep awe and respect for God" or "Immediately, they all felt very amazed and revered God deeply" or "Right then, they all felt very afraid of God (because of his great power)."
- The phrase "fear not" could also be translated as "do not be afraid" or "stop being afraid."
- Note that the phrase "fear of Yahweh" does not occur in the New Testament. The phrase "fear of the Lord" or "fear of the Lord God" is used instead.
(See also: amazed, awe, lord, power, Yahweh)
Bible References:
- 1 John 04:18
- Acts 02:43
- Acts 19:15-17
- Genesis 50:21
- Isaiah 11:3-5
- Job 06:14
- Jonah 01:09
- Luke 12:05
- Matthew 10:28
- Proverbs 10:24-25
Word Data:
- Strong's: H367, H926, H928, H1204, H1481, H1672, H1674, H1763, H2119, H2729, H2730, H2731, H2844, H2849, H2865, H3016, H3025, H3372, H3373, H3374, H4032, H4034, H4035, H4116, H4172, H6206, H6342, H6343, H6345, H6427, H7264, H7267, H7297, H7390, H7461, H7493, H8175, G870, G1167, G1168, G1169, G1568, G1630, G1719, G2125, G5398, G5399, G5401
Forms Found in the English ULB:
afraid, alarmed, anxiety, cowards, dismay, dismayed, dread, dreaded, fainthearted, fear, feared, fearful, fearful thing, fearlessly, fears, fearsome, frighten, frightened, timid, unafraid
fellowship
Related Ideas:
alliance, associate with, association, allied with, contribution, participants with, partnership, share, united
Definition:
In general, the term "fellowship" refers to friendly interactions between members of a group of people who share similar interests and experiences.
- In the Bible, the term "fellowship" usually refers to the unity of believers in Christ.
- Christian fellowship is a shared relationship that believers have with one another through their relationship with Christ and the Holy Spirit.
- The early Christians expressed their fellowship through listening to the teaching of God's Word and praying together, through the sharing of their belongings, and through eating meals together.
- Christians also have fellowship with God through their faith in Jesus and his sacrificial death on the cross which removed the barrier between God and people.
- An "alliance" is a kind of fellowship between governments in which the governments agree to work together, usually to fight common enemies.
Translation Suggestions:
- Ways to translate "fellowship" could include "a sharing together" or "relationship" or "companionship" or "Christian community."
Bible References:
- 1 John 01:03
- Acts 02:40-42
- Philippians 01:3-6
- Philippians 02:01
- Philippians 03:10
- Psalms 055:12-14
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2266, H2270, H4541, H6148, H8641, G2842, G2844, G3352, G3353, G4790
Forms Found in the English ULB:
alliance, alliances, associate with, association, be allied with, be participants with, contribution, contributions, fellowship, participant, participants, partnership, share, sharers, shares, sharing, united
fellowship
Related Ideas:
alliance, associate with, association, allied with, contribution, participants with, partnership, share, united
Definition:
In general, the term "fellowship" refers to friendly interactions between members of a group of people who share similar interests and experiences.
- In the Bible, the term "fellowship" usually refers to the unity of believers in Christ.
- Christian fellowship is a shared relationship that believers have with one another through their relationship with Christ and the Holy Spirit.
- The early Christians expressed their fellowship through listening to the teaching of God's Word and praying together, through the sharing of their belongings, and through eating meals together.
- Christians also have fellowship with God through their faith in Jesus and his sacrificial death on the cross which removed the barrier between God and people.
- An "alliance" is a kind of fellowship between governments in which the governments agree to work together, usually to fight common enemies.
Translation Suggestions:
- Ways to translate "fellowship" could include "a sharing together" or "relationship" or "companionship" or "Christian community."
Bible References:
- 1 John 01:03
- Acts 02:40-42
- Philippians 01:3-6
- Philippians 02:01
- Philippians 03:10
- Psalms 055:12-14
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2266, H2270, H4541, H6148, H8641, G2842, G2844, G3352, G3353, G4790
Forms Found in the English ULB:
alliance, alliances, associate with, association, be allied with, be participants with, contribution, contributions, fellowship, participant, participants, partnership, share, sharers, shares, sharing, united
fig
Definition:
A fig is a small, soft, sweet fruit that grows on trees. When ripe, this fruit can be a variety of colors, including brown, yellow, or purple.
- Fig trees can grow 6 meters in height and their large leaves provide pleasant shade. The fruit is about 3-5 centimeters long.
- Adam and Eve used the leaves from fig trees to make clothing for themselves after they had sinned.
- Figs can be eaten raw, cooked, or dried. People also chop them into small pieces and press them into cakes to eat later.
- In Bible times, figs were important as a source of food and income.
- The presence of fruitful fig trees is frequently mentioned in the Bible as a sign of prosperity.
- Several times Jesus used fig trees as an illustration to teach his disciples spiritual truths.
Bible References:
- Habakkuk 03:17
- James 03:12
- Luke 13:07
- Mark 11:14
- Matthew 07:17
- Matthew 21:18
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1061, H6291, H8384, G3653, G4808, G4810
Forms Found in the English ULB:
fig, figs
fig
Definition:
A fig is a small, soft, sweet fruit that grows on trees. When ripe, this fruit can be a variety of colors, including brown, yellow, or purple.
- Fig trees can grow 6 meters in height and their large leaves provide pleasant shade. The fruit is about 3-5 centimeters long.
- Adam and Eve used the leaves from fig trees to make clothing for themselves after they had sinned.
- Figs can be eaten raw, cooked, or dried. People also chop them into small pieces and press them into cakes to eat later.
- In Bible times, figs were important as a source of food and income.
- The presence of fruitful fig trees is frequently mentioned in the Bible as a sign of prosperity.
- Several times Jesus used fig trees as an illustration to teach his disciples spiritual truths.
Bible References:
- Habakkuk 03:17
- James 03:12
- Luke 13:07
- Mark 11:14
- Matthew 07:17
- Matthew 21:18
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1061, H6291, H8384, G3653, G4808, G4810
Forms Found in the English ULB:
fig, figs
filled with the Holy Spirit
Related Ideas:
full of the Holy Spirit
Definition:
The term "filled with the Holy Spirit" is a figurative expression that, when used to describe a person means the Holy Spirit is empowering that person to do God's will.
- The expression "filled with" is an expression that often means "controlled by."
- People are "filled with the Holy Spirit" when they follow the Holy Spirit's leading and completely rely on him to help them do what God wants.
Translation Suggestions:
- This term could be translated as "empowered by the Holy Spirit" or "controlled by the Holy Spirit." But it should not sound as though the Holy Spirit is forcing the person to do something.
- A sentence such as "he was filled with the Holy Spirit" could be translated as "he was living fully by the Spirit's power" or "he was completely guided by the Holy Spirit" or "the Holy Spirit was guiding him completely."
- This term is similar in meaning to the expression "live by the Spirit," but "filled with the Holy Spirit" emphasizes the completeness with which a person allows the Holy Spirit to have control or influence over his life. So these two expressions should be translated differently, if possible.
(See also: Holy Spirit)
Bible References:
- Acts 04:31
- Acts 05:17
- Acts 06:8-9
- Luke 01:15
- Luke 01:39-41
- Luke 04:1-2
Word Data:
- Strong's: H4390, H4392, H7646, H8003, G40, G4130, G4137, G4151
Forms Found in the English ULB:
filled ... with the Holy Spirit, full ... of the Holy Spirit, full ... of the Spirit
filled with the Holy Spirit
Related Ideas:
full of the Holy Spirit
Definition:
The term "filled with the Holy Spirit" is a figurative expression that, when used to describe a person means the Holy Spirit is empowering that person to do God's will.
- The expression "filled with" is an expression that often means "controlled by."
- People are "filled with the Holy Spirit" when they follow the Holy Spirit's leading and completely rely on him to help them do what God wants.
Translation Suggestions:
- This term could be translated as "empowered by the Holy Spirit" or "controlled by the Holy Spirit." But it should not sound as though the Holy Spirit is forcing the person to do something.
- A sentence such as "he was filled with the Holy Spirit" could be translated as "he was living fully by the Spirit's power" or "he was completely guided by the Holy Spirit" or "the Holy Spirit was guiding him completely."
- This term is similar in meaning to the expression "live by the Spirit," but "filled with the Holy Spirit" emphasizes the completeness with which a person allows the Holy Spirit to have control or influence over his life. So these two expressions should be translated differently, if possible.
(See also: Holy Spirit)
Bible References:
- Acts 04:31
- Acts 05:17
- Acts 06:8-9
- Luke 01:15
- Luke 01:39-41
- Luke 04:1-2
Word Data:
- Strong's: H4390, H4392, H7646, H8003, G40, G4130, G4137, G4151
Forms Found in the English ULB:
filled ... with the Holy Spirit, full ... of the Holy Spirit, full ... of the Spirit
fir
Definition:
A fir tree is a kind of tree that stays green all year and has cones that contain seeds.
- Fir trees are also referred to as "evergreen" trees.
- In ancient times, the wood of fir trees was used for making musical instruments and for building structures such as boats, houses, and the temple.
- Some examples of fir trees mentioned in the Bible are pine, cedar, cypress, and juniper.
(See also: cedar, cypress)
Bible References:
- Ezekiel 27:4-5
- Isaiah 37:24-25
- Isaiah 41:19-20
- Isaiah 44:14
- Isaiah 60:12-13
- Psalms 104:16-18
Word Data:
- Strong's: H766, H1265, H1266
Forms Found in the English ULB:
fir, firs
fir
Definition:
A fir tree is a kind of tree that stays green all year and has cones that contain seeds.
- Fir trees are also referred to as "evergreen" trees.
- In ancient times, the wood of fir trees was used for making musical instruments and for building structures such as boats, houses, and the temple.
- Some examples of fir trees mentioned in the Bible are pine, cedar, cypress, and juniper.
(See also: cedar, cypress)
Bible References:
- Ezekiel 27:4-5
- Isaiah 37:24-25
- Isaiah 41:19-20
- Isaiah 44:14
- Isaiah 60:12-13
- Psalms 104:16-18
Word Data:
- Strong's: H766, H1265, H1266
Forms Found in the English ULB:
fir, firs
fire
Related Ideas:
blazing, fiery, firebrands, inflame, kindle
Definition:
Fire is the heat, light, and flames that are produced when something is burned.
- A fire that is "blazing" is very hot and has large flames.
- A "fire brand" is a piece of burning wood.
- To "set on fire" or "set fire to" something is to make it start burning with fire.
- To "inflame" something is to make it start burning.
- To "kindle" a fire is to start that fire burning.
- The final judgment of unbelievers is in the fire of hell.
The word "fire" and ideas related to fire are also used figuratively.
* The term "fire" can refer to judgment or purification.
* The phrase "baptize with fire" could also be translated as "cause to experience suffering in order to be purified."
* Fire is used to refine gold and other metals. In the Bible, this process is used to explain how God refines people through difficult things that happen in their lives.
(See also: pure)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 16:18-20
- 2 Kings 01:10
- 2 Thessalonians 01:08
- Acts 07:29-30
- John 15:06
- Luke 03:16
- Matthew 03:12
- Nehemiah 01:3
Word Data:
- Strong's: H217, H398, H784, H800, H801, H1197, H1200, H1513, H1814, H2734, H2740, H3341, H3857, H4168, H5135, H6315, G439, G440, G1067, G2741, G2618, G4442, G4443, G4447, G4448, G4451, G5394, G5457
Forms Found in the English ULB:
blazing, fiery, fire, firebrands, fires, flaming, kindle, kindled, kindles, set fire to, set ... on fire, sets ... on fire
fire
Related Ideas:
blazing, fiery, firebrands, inflame, kindle
Definition:
Fire is the heat, light, and flames that are produced when something is burned.
- A fire that is "blazing" is very hot and has large flames.
- A "fire brand" is a piece of burning wood.
- To "set on fire" or "set fire to" something is to make it start burning with fire.
- To "inflame" something is to make it start burning.
- To "kindle" a fire is to start that fire burning.
- The final judgment of unbelievers is in the fire of hell.
The word "fire" and ideas related to fire are also used figuratively.
* The term "fire" can refer to judgment or purification.
* The phrase "baptize with fire" could also be translated as "cause to experience suffering in order to be purified."
* Fire is used to refine gold and other metals. In the Bible, this process is used to explain how God refines people through difficult things that happen in their lives.
(See also: pure)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 16:18-20
- 2 Kings 01:10
- 2 Thessalonians 01:08
- Acts 07:29-30
- John 15:06
- Luke 03:16
- Matthew 03:12
- Nehemiah 01:3
Word Data:
- Strong's: H217, H398, H784, H800, H801, H1197, H1200, H1513, H1814, H2734, H2740, H3341, H3857, H4168, H5135, H6315, G439, G440, G1067, G2741, G2618, G4442, G4443, G4447, G4448, G4451, G5394, G5457
Forms Found in the English ULB:
blazing, fiery, fire, firebrands, fires, flaming, kindle, kindled, kindles, set fire to, set ... on fire, sets ... on fire
flesh
Related Ideas:
fleshly, human, living creatures, meat, physical
Definition:
In the Bible, the term "flesh" literally refers to the soft tissue of the physical body of a human being or animal.
- The Bible also uses the term "flesh" in a figurative way to refer to all human beings or all living creatures.
- In the New Testament, the term "flesh" can be used to talk about something that is associated with being human. For example, to decide something according to the flesh means to decide something according to human standards.
- In the New Testament, the term "flesh" can be used to refer to the sinful nature of human beings. This is often used in contrast to their spiritual nature.
- The expression "own flesh and blood" refers to someone who is biologically related to another person, such as a parent, sibling, child, or grandchild.
- The expression "flesh and blood" can also refer to a person's ancestors or descendants.
- The expression "one flesh" refers to the physical uniting of a man and woman in marriage.
Translation Suggestions:
- In the context of an animal's body, "flesh" could be translated as "body" or "skin" or "meat."
- When it is used to refer generally to all living creatures, this term could be translated as "living beings" or "everything that is alive."
- When referring in general to all people, this term could be translated as "people" or "human beings" or "everyone who lives."
- The expression "flesh and blood" could also be translated as "relatives" or "family" or "kinfolk" or "family clan." There may be contexts where it could be translated as "ancestors" or "descendants."
- Some languages may have an expression that is similar in meaning to "flesh and blood."
- The expression "become one flesh" could be translated as "unite sexually" or "become as one body" or "become like one person in body and spirit." The translation of this expression should be checked to make sure it is acceptable in the project language and culture. . It should also be understood that this is figurative, and does not mean that a man and a woman who "become one flesh" literally become one person.
Bible References:
- 1 John 02:16
- 2 John 01:07
- Ephesians 06:12
- Galatians 01:16
- Genesis 02:24
- John 01:14
- Matthew 16:17
- Romans 08:08
Word Data:
- Strong's: H120, H829, H1320, H1321, H2878, H7607, H7683, G2907, G4559, G4561
Forms Found in the English ULB:
flesh, fleshly, human, humans, living creatures, meat, physical
flesh
Related Ideas:
fleshly, human, living creatures, meat, physical
Definition:
In the Bible, the term "flesh" literally refers to the soft tissue of the physical body of a human being or animal.
- The Bible also uses the term "flesh" in a figurative way to refer to all human beings or all living creatures.
- In the New Testament, the term "flesh" can be used to talk about something that is associated with being human. For example, to decide something according to the flesh means to decide something according to human standards.
- In the New Testament, the term "flesh" can be used to refer to the sinful nature of human beings. This is often used in contrast to their spiritual nature.
- The expression "own flesh and blood" refers to someone who is biologically related to another person, such as a parent, sibling, child, or grandchild.
- The expression "flesh and blood" can also refer to a person's ancestors or descendants.
- The expression "one flesh" refers to the physical uniting of a man and woman in marriage.
Translation Suggestions:
- In the context of an animal's body, "flesh" could be translated as "body" or "skin" or "meat."
- When it is used to refer generally to all living creatures, this term could be translated as "living beings" or "everything that is alive."
- When referring in general to all people, this term could be translated as "people" or "human beings" or "everyone who lives."
- The expression "flesh and blood" could also be translated as "relatives" or "family" or "kinfolk" or "family clan." There may be contexts where it could be translated as "ancestors" or "descendants."
- Some languages may have an expression that is similar in meaning to "flesh and blood."
- The expression "become one flesh" could be translated as "unite sexually" or "become as one body" or "become like one person in body and spirit." The translation of this expression should be checked to make sure it is acceptable in the project language and culture. . It should also be understood that this is figurative, and does not mean that a man and a woman who "become one flesh" literally become one person.
Bible References:
- 1 John 02:16
- 2 John 01:07
- Ephesians 06:12
- Galatians 01:16
- Genesis 02:24
- John 01:14
- Matthew 16:17
- Romans 08:08
Word Data:
- Strong's: H120, H829, H1320, H1321, H2878, H7607, H7683, G2907, G4559, G4561
Forms Found in the English ULB:
flesh, fleshly, human, humans, living creatures, meat, physical
flock
Related Ideas:
herd
Definition:
In the Bible, "flock" refers to a group of sheep or goats and "herd" refers to a group of cattle, oxen, or pigs.
- Different languages may have different ways of naming groups of animals or birds.
- For example, in English the term "herd" can also be used for sheep or goats, but in the Bible text it is not used this way.
- The term "flock" in English is also used for a group of birds, but it can not be used for pigs, oxen, or cattle.
- Consider what terms are used in your language to refer to different groups of animals.
- For verses that refer to "flocks and herds" it may be better to add "of sheep" or "of cattle" for example, if the language does not have different words to refer to different kinds of animal groups.
(See also: goat, cow, pig, sheep, )
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 10:28-29
- 2 Chronicles 17:11
- Deuteronomy 14:22-23
- Luke 02:8-9
- Matthew 08:30
- Matthew 26:31
Word Data:
- Strong's: H504, H951, H1241, H2835, H4029, H4735, H4830, H5349, H5739, H6251, H6629, H7473, H7716, H7462, H7794, G34, G4167, G4168
Forms Found in the English ULB:
flock, flocking, flocks, herd, herds
flock
Related Ideas:
herd
Definition:
In the Bible, "flock" refers to a group of sheep or goats and "herd" refers to a group of cattle, oxen, or pigs.
- Different languages may have different ways of naming groups of animals or birds.
- For example, in English the term "herd" can also be used for sheep or goats, but in the Bible text it is not used this way.
- The term "flock" in English is also used for a group of birds, but it can not be used for pigs, oxen, or cattle.
- Consider what terms are used in your language to refer to different groups of animals.
- For verses that refer to "flocks and herds" it may be better to add "of sheep" or "of cattle" for example, if the language does not have different words to refer to different kinds of animal groups.
(See also: goat, cow, pig, sheep, )
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 10:28-29
- 2 Chronicles 17:11
- Deuteronomy 14:22-23
- Luke 02:8-9
- Matthew 08:30
- Matthew 26:31
Word Data:
- Strong's: H504, H951, H1241, H2835, H4029, H4735, H4830, H5349, H5739, H6251, H6629, H7473, H7716, H7462, H7794, G34, G4167, G4168
Forms Found in the English ULB:
flock, flocking, flocks, herd, herds
Definition:
The term "footstool" refers to an object which a person puts his feet on, usually to rest them while sitting. This term also has figurative meanings of submission and lower status.
- People in Bible times considered feet to be the least honorable parts of the body. So a "footstool" was of even lower honor because feet were rested on it.
- When God says "I will make my enemies a footstool for my feet" he is declaring power, control, and victory over the people who rebel against him. They will be humbled and conquered to the point of submitting to God's will.
- To "worship at God's footstool" means to bow down in worship before him as he sits on his throne. This again communicates humility and submission to God.
- David refers to the temple as God's "footstool." This could refer to his absolute authority over his people. This could also be picturing God the King on his throne, with his feet resting on his footstool, which represents all that is in submission to him.
Bible References:
- Acts 07:49
- Isaiah 66:1
- Luke 20:43
- Matthew 05:35
- Matthew 22:44
- Psalm 110:1
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1916, H3534, H7272, G4228, G5286
Forms Found in the English ULB:
footstool
Definition:
The term "footstool" refers to an object which a person puts his feet on, usually to rest them while sitting. This term also has figurative meanings of submission and lower status.
- People in Bible times considered feet to be the least honorable parts of the body. So a "footstool" was of even lower honor because feet were rested on it.
- When God says "I will make my enemies a footstool for my feet" he is declaring power, control, and victory over the people who rebel against him. They will be humbled and conquered to the point of submitting to God's will.
- To "worship at God's footstool" means to bow down in worship before him as he sits on his throne. This again communicates humility and submission to God.
- David refers to the temple as God's "footstool." This could refer to his absolute authority over his people. This could also be picturing God the King on his throne, with his feet resting on his footstool, which represents all that is in submission to him.
Bible References:
- Acts 07:49
- Isaiah 66:1
- Luke 20:43
- Matthew 05:35
- Matthew 22:44
- Psalm 110:1
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1916, H3534, H7272, G4228, G5286
Forms Found in the English ULB:
footstool
foreigner
Related Ideas:
alien, barbarian, foreign, sojourn, sojourner, stranger, tenant
Definition:
The term "foreigner" refers to a person living in a country that is not his own. Another name for a foreigner is an "alien."
- In the Old Testament, this term especially refers to anyone who came from a different people group than the people he was living among.
- A foreigner is also a person whose language and culture is different from those of a particular region.
- For example, when Naomi and her family moved to Moab, they were foreigners there. When Naomi and her daughter-in-law Ruth later moved to Israel, Ruth was called a "foreigner" there because she was not originally from Israel.
- The apostle Paul told the Ephesians that before they knew Christ, they were "foreigners" to God's covenant.
- Sometimes "foreigner" is translated as "stranger," but it should not refer only to someone who is unfamiliar or unknown.
- A "sojourner" is a person who is living in one country that is not his but waiting for the chance to move to his own country.
- A "barbarian" is a person from another country who does not speak the local language or obey the local customs and so the natives do not like or respect him.
- A "strangers" are persons who do not know each other.
- To be "alienated" is to no longer be living in loving relationship with another. For example, a husband and wife who are no longer living together but are not divorced are "alienated" or "estranged."
- A "tenant" is a person who rents his dwelling place.
Bible References:
- 2 Chronicles 02:17
- Acts 07:29-30
- Deuteronomy 01:15-16
- Genesis 15:12-13
- Genesis 17:27
- Luke 17:18
- Matthew 17:24-25
Word Data:
- Strong's: H312, H628, H1471, H1481, H1616, H2114, H3937, H4033, H5236, H5237, H6154, H8453, G241, G245, G246, G526, G915, G3581, G3927, G3941
Forms Found in the English ULB:
alien, alienated, alienates, barbarian, foreign, foreigner, foreigners, live as a foreigner, living as foreigners, sojourn, sojourned, sojourner, sojourners, sojourning, stranger, strangers, tenant, tenants
foreigner
Related Ideas:
alien, barbarian, foreign, sojourn, sojourner, stranger, tenant
Definition:
The term "foreigner" refers to a person living in a country that is not his own. Another name for a foreigner is an "alien."
- In the Old Testament, this term especially refers to anyone who came from a different people group than the people he was living among.
- A foreigner is also a person whose language and culture is different from those of a particular region.
- For example, when Naomi and her family moved to Moab, they were foreigners there. When Naomi and her daughter-in-law Ruth later moved to Israel, Ruth was called a "foreigner" there because she was not originally from Israel.
- The apostle Paul told the Ephesians that before they knew Christ, they were "foreigners" to God's covenant.
- Sometimes "foreigner" is translated as "stranger," but it should not refer only to someone who is unfamiliar or unknown.
- A "sojourner" is a person who is living in one country that is not his but waiting for the chance to move to his own country.
- A "barbarian" is a person from another country who does not speak the local language or obey the local customs and so the natives do not like or respect him.
- A "strangers" are persons who do not know each other.
- To be "alienated" is to no longer be living in loving relationship with another. For example, a husband and wife who are no longer living together but are not divorced are "alienated" or "estranged."
- A "tenant" is a person who rents his dwelling place.
Bible References:
- 2 Chronicles 02:17
- Acts 07:29-30
- Deuteronomy 01:15-16
- Genesis 15:12-13
- Genesis 17:27
- Luke 17:18
- Matthew 17:24-25
Word Data:
- Strong's: H312, H628, H1471, H1481, H1616, H2114, H3937, H4033, H5236, H5237, H6154, H8453, G241, G245, G246, G526, G915, G3581, G3927, G3941
Forms Found in the English ULB:
alien, alienated, alienates, barbarian, foreign, foreigner, foreigners, live as a foreigner, living as foreigners, sojourn, sojourned, sojourner, sojourners, sojourning, stranger, strangers, tenant, tenants
foreknow
Related Ideas:
foreknowledge
Definition:
The verb "foreknow" means to know something before it happens.
- God is not limited by time. He knows everything that happens in the past, present, and future.
- This word is often used in the context of God knowing already who will be saved through receiving Jesus as Savior.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "foreknew" could also be translated as, "knew before" or "knew ahead of time" or "knew beforehand" or "already knew."
- The term "foreknowledge" could be translated as, "knowing before" or "knowing ahead of time" or "already knowing" or "knowing in advance."
(See also: know, predestine)
Bible References:
- Romans 08:29
- Romans 11:02
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
foreknew, foreknowledge, foreknown
foreknow
Related Ideas:
foreknowledge
Definition:
The verb "foreknow" means to know something before it happens.
- God is not limited by time. He knows everything that happens in the past, present, and future.
- This word is often used in the context of God knowing already who will be saved through receiving Jesus as Savior.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "foreknew" could also be translated as, "knew before" or "knew ahead of time" or "knew beforehand" or "already knew."
- The term "foreknowledge" could be translated as, "knowing before" or "knowing ahead of time" or "already knowing" or "knowing in advance."
(See also: know, predestine)
Bible References:
- Romans 08:29
- Romans 11:02
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
foreknew, foreknowledge, foreknown
forgive
Related Ideas:
forgiven, forgiveness, pardon
Definition:
To forgive someone means to not hold a grudge against that person even though they did something hurtful. "Forgiveness" is the act of forgiving someone.
- Forgiving someone often means not punishing that person for something he has done wrong.
- This term can be used figuratively to mean "cancel," as in the expression "forgive a debt."
- When people confess their sins, God forgives them based on Jesus' sacrificial death on the cross.
- Jesus taught his disciples to forgive others as he has forgiven them.
The term "pardon" means to forgive and not punish someone for his sin.
- This word has the same meaning as "forgive" but may also include the meaning of a formal decision to not punish someone who is guilty.
- In a court of law, a judge can pardon a person found guilty of a crime.
- Even though we are guilty of sin, Jesus Christ pardoned us from being punished in hell, based on his sacrificial death on the cross.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, "forgive" could be translated as "pardon" or "cancel" or "release" or "not hold against" (someone).
- The term "forgiveness" could be translated by a word or phrase that means "practice of not resenting" or "declaring (someone) as not guilty" or "the act of pardoning."
- If the language has a word for a formal decision to forgive, that word could be used to translate "pardon."
(See also: guilt)
Bible References:
- Genesis 50:17
- Numbers 14:17-19
- Deuteronomy 29:20-21
- Joshua 24:19-20
- 2 Kings 05:17-19
- Psalms 025:11
- Psalms 025:17-19
- Isaiah 55:6-7
- Isaiah 40:02
- Luke 05:21
- Acts 08:22
- Ephesians 04:31-32
- Colossians 03:12-14
- 1 John 02:12
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5546, H5547, H3722, H5375, H5545, H5547, G859, G863, G2433, G5483
Forms Found in the English ULB:
forgave, forgive, forgiven, forgiveness, forgives, pardon, pardoned
forgive
Related Ideas:
forgiven, forgiveness, pardon
Definition:
To forgive someone means to not hold a grudge against that person even though they did something hurtful. "Forgiveness" is the act of forgiving someone.
- Forgiving someone often means not punishing that person for something he has done wrong.
- This term can be used figuratively to mean "cancel," as in the expression "forgive a debt."
- When people confess their sins, God forgives them based on Jesus' sacrificial death on the cross.
- Jesus taught his disciples to forgive others as he has forgiven them.
The term "pardon" means to forgive and not punish someone for his sin.
- This word has the same meaning as "forgive" but may also include the meaning of a formal decision to not punish someone who is guilty.
- In a court of law, a judge can pardon a person found guilty of a crime.
- Even though we are guilty of sin, Jesus Christ pardoned us from being punished in hell, based on his sacrificial death on the cross.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, "forgive" could be translated as "pardon" or "cancel" or "release" or "not hold against" (someone).
- The term "forgiveness" could be translated by a word or phrase that means "practice of not resenting" or "declaring (someone) as not guilty" or "the act of pardoning."
- If the language has a word for a formal decision to forgive, that word could be used to translate "pardon."
(See also: guilt)
Bible References:
- Genesis 50:17
- Numbers 14:17-19
- Deuteronomy 29:20-21
- Joshua 24:19-20
- 2 Kings 05:17-19
- Psalms 025:11
- Psalms 025:17-19
- Isaiah 55:6-7
- Isaiah 40:02
- Luke 05:21
- Acts 08:22
- Ephesians 04:31-32
- Colossians 03:12-14
- 1 John 02:12
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5546, H5547, H3722, H5375, H5545, H5547, G859, G863, G2433, G5483
Forms Found in the English ULB:
forgave, forgive, forgiven, forgiveness, forgives, pardon, pardoned
found
Related Ideas:
establish, foundation, founder
Definition:
The verb "found" means build, create, or lay a base for. The phrase "founded on" means supported by or based on. A "foundation" is the base of support on which something is built or created.
- The foundation of a house or building must be strong and dependable in order to support the entire structure.
- The term "foundation" can also refer to the beginning of something or to the time when something was first created.
- In a figurative sense, believers in Christ are compared to a building that is founded on the teachings of the apostles and prophets, with Christ himself being the cornerstone of the building.
- A "foundation stone" was a stone that was laid as part of the foundation. These stones were tested to make sure they were strong enough to support an entire building.
- To "establish" something is for a person to start or make or create something that he wants to endure for a long time.
Translation Suggestions:
- The phrase "before the foundation of the world" could be translated as "before the creation of the world" or "before the time when the world first existed" or "before everything was first created."
- The term "founded on" could be translated as "securely built on" or "firmly based on."
- Depending on the context, "foundation" could be translated as "strong base" or "solid support" or "beginning" or "creation."
(See also: cornerstone, create)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 06:37-38
- 2 Chronicles 03:1-3
- Ezekiel 13:13-14
- Luke 14:29
- Matthew 13:35
- Matthew 25:34
Word Data:
- Strong's: H134, H553, H787, H2713, H3245, H3247, H3248, H3559, H3772, H4143, H4144, H4146, H4328, H4349, H4527, H5975, H7760, H8356, G747, G950, G1457, G2310, G2311, G2602
Forms Found in the English ULB:
established, establishes, found, foundation, foundations, founded, founder, founds, lay ... foundation, lay ... foundations
found
Related Ideas:
establish, foundation, founder
Definition:
The verb "found" means build, create, or lay a base for. The phrase "founded on" means supported by or based on. A "foundation" is the base of support on which something is built or created.
- The foundation of a house or building must be strong and dependable in order to support the entire structure.
- The term "foundation" can also refer to the beginning of something or to the time when something was first created.
- In a figurative sense, believers in Christ are compared to a building that is founded on the teachings of the apostles and prophets, with Christ himself being the cornerstone of the building.
- A "foundation stone" was a stone that was laid as part of the foundation. These stones were tested to make sure they were strong enough to support an entire building.
- To "establish" something is for a person to start or make or create something that he wants to endure for a long time.
Translation Suggestions:
- The phrase "before the foundation of the world" could be translated as "before the creation of the world" or "before the time when the world first existed" or "before everything was first created."
- The term "founded on" could be translated as "securely built on" or "firmly based on."
- Depending on the context, "foundation" could be translated as "strong base" or "solid support" or "beginning" or "creation."
(See also: cornerstone, create)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 06:37-38
- 2 Chronicles 03:1-3
- Ezekiel 13:13-14
- Luke 14:29
- Matthew 13:35
- Matthew 25:34
Word Data:
- Strong's: H134, H553, H787, H2713, H3245, H3247, H3248, H3559, H3772, H4143, H4144, H4146, H4328, H4349, H4527, H5975, H7760, H8356, G747, G950, G1457, G2310, G2311, G2602
Forms Found in the English ULB:
established, establishes, found, foundation, foundations, founded, founder, founds, lay ... foundation, lay ... foundations
free
Related Ideas:
freedom, freeman, liberty, volunteer, without cost, without paying for it
Definition:
The terms "free" or "freedom" refer to not being in slavery, or any other kind of bondage. Another word for "freedom" is "liberty."
- The expression to "set someone free" or to "free someone" means to provide a way for someone to no longer be in slavery or captivity.
- In the Bible, these terms are often used figuratively to refer to how a believer in Jesus is no longer under the power of sin.
- Having "liberty" or "freedom" can also refer to no longer being required to obey the Law of Moses, but instead being free to live by the teachings and guidance of the Holy Spirit.
- To "volunteer" is to freely and willingly agree to do something.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "free" could be translated with a word or phrase that means "not bound" or "not enslaved" or "not in slavery" or "not in bondage."
- The term "freedom" or "liberty" could be translated with a word or phrase that means "the state of being free" or "the condition of not being a slave" or "not being bound."
- The expression to "set free" could be translated as to "cause to be free" or to "rescue from slavery" or to "release from bondage."
- A person who has been "set free" has been "released" or "taken out of" bondage or slavery.
(See also: bind, enslave, servant)
Bible References:
- Galatians 04:26
- Galatians 05:01
- Isaiah 61:1
- Leviticus 25:10
- Romans 06:18
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1865, H2600, H2666, H2668, H2670, H3318, H4800, H5068, H5069, H5071, H5337, H5352, H5355, H5425, H5674, H5800, H6299, H6340, H6362, H7342, H7971, G425, G525, G558, G629, G630, G859, G1344, G1432, G1657, G1658, G1659, G1849, G3089, G3955, G4506, G5483
Forms Found in the English ULB:
free, freed, freedom, freeing, freely, freely gave, freeman, frees, liberty, set ... free, volunteer, volunteered, without cost, without paying for it
free
Related Ideas:
freedom, freeman, liberty, volunteer, without cost, without paying for it
Definition:
The terms "free" or "freedom" refer to not being in slavery, or any other kind of bondage. Another word for "freedom" is "liberty."
- The expression to "set someone free" or to "free someone" means to provide a way for someone to no longer be in slavery or captivity.
- In the Bible, these terms are often used figuratively to refer to how a believer in Jesus is no longer under the power of sin.
- Having "liberty" or "freedom" can also refer to no longer being required to obey the Law of Moses, but instead being free to live by the teachings and guidance of the Holy Spirit.
- To "volunteer" is to freely and willingly agree to do something.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "free" could be translated with a word or phrase that means "not bound" or "not enslaved" or "not in slavery" or "not in bondage."
- The term "freedom" or "liberty" could be translated with a word or phrase that means "the state of being free" or "the condition of not being a slave" or "not being bound."
- The expression to "set free" could be translated as to "cause to be free" or to "rescue from slavery" or to "release from bondage."
- A person who has been "set free" has been "released" or "taken out of" bondage or slavery.
(See also: bind, enslave, servant)
Bible References:
- Galatians 04:26
- Galatians 05:01
- Isaiah 61:1
- Leviticus 25:10
- Romans 06:18
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1865, H2600, H2666, H2668, H2670, H3318, H4800, H5068, H5069, H5071, H5337, H5352, H5355, H5425, H5674, H5800, H6299, H6340, H6362, H7342, H7971, G425, G525, G558, G629, G630, G859, G1344, G1432, G1657, G1658, G1659, G1849, G3089, G3955, G4506, G5483
Forms Found in the English ULB:
free, freed, freedom, freeing, freely, freely gave, freeman, frees, liberty, set ... free, volunteer, volunteered, without cost, without paying for it
fruit
Related Ideas:
bear fruit, crop, fruitful, produce, productive land, unfruitful
Definition:
The term "fruit" literally refers to the part of a plant that can be eaten.
* A "fruitful" plant is one that has a lot of good fruit.
* The expression "fruit of the land" refers generally to everything that the land produces for people to eat. This includes not only fruits such as grapes or dates, but also vegetables, nuts, and grains.
* The term "crop" can refer to what people have planted for for food.
* The term "crop" can refer to the food that is harvested at one time.
Sometimes the term "fruit" and ideas related to it are used figuratively.
* In general, the expression "fruit of" refers to anything that comes from or that is produced by something else. For example, the "fruit of wisdom" refers to the good things that come from being wise.
* The expression "fruit of the womb" refers to "what the womb produces"—that is, children.
* The Bible often uses "fruit" to refer to a person's actions. Just as fruit on a tree shows what kind of tree it is, in the same way a person's words and actions reveal what his character is like.
* The expression "fruit of the Spirit" refers to godly qualities that the Holy Spirit produces in the lives of people who obey him.
* The term "fruitful" can be used figuratively to mean "prosperous." This often refers to having many children and descendants, as well as having plenty of food and other wealth.
Translation Suggestions:
- It is best to translate this term using the general word for "fruit" that is commonly used in the project language to refer to the edible fruit of a fruit tree. In many languages it may be more natural to use the plural "fruits" whenever it refers to more than one fruit.
- Depending on the context, the term "fruitful" could be translated as "producing much spiritual fruit" or "having many children" or "prosperous."
- The expression "fruit of the land" could also be translated as "food that the land produces" or "food crops that are growing in that region."
- When God created animals and people, he commanded them to "be fruitful and multiply," which refers to having many offspring. This could also be translated as "have many offspring" or "have many children and descendants" or "have many children so that you will have many descendants."
- The expression "fruit of the womb" could be translated as "what the womb produces" or "children a women gives birth to" or just "children." When Elizabeth says to Mary "blessed is the fruit of your womb," she means "blessed is the child you will give birth to." The project language may also have a different expression for this.
- Another expression "fruit of the vine," could be translated as "vine fruit" or "grapes."
- Depending on the context, the expression "will be more fruitful" could also be translated as "will produce more fruit" or "will have more children" or "will be prosperous."
- The apostle Paul's expression "fruitful labor" could be translated as "work that brings very good results" or "efforts that result in many people believing in Jesus."
- The "fruit of the Spirit" could also be translated as "works that the Holy Spirit produces" or "words and actions that show that the Holy Spirit is working in someone."
(See also: descendant, grain, grape, Holy Spirit, vine, womb)
Bible References:
- Galatians 05:23
- Genesis 01:11
- Luke 08:15
- Matthew 03:08
- Matthew 07:17
Word Data:
- Strong's: H4, H1061, H1063, H1069, H2233, H2981, H3018, H3581, H3759, H3899, H3978, H4022, H5108, H6499, H6509, H6529, H6631, H7019, H8393, H8570, G1081, G2590, G2592, G2593, G3703, G5052, G5352
Forms Found in the English ULB:
bear fruit, crop, crops, fruit, fruitful, fruits, produce, productive land, unfruitful
fruit
Related Ideas:
bear fruit, crop, fruitful, produce, productive land, unfruitful
Definition:
The term "fruit" literally refers to the part of a plant that can be eaten.
* A "fruitful" plant is one that has a lot of good fruit.
* The expression "fruit of the land" refers generally to everything that the land produces for people to eat. This includes not only fruits such as grapes or dates, but also vegetables, nuts, and grains.
* The term "crop" can refer to what people have planted for for food.
* The term "crop" can refer to the food that is harvested at one time.
Sometimes the term "fruit" and ideas related to it are used figuratively.
* In general, the expression "fruit of" refers to anything that comes from or that is produced by something else. For example, the "fruit of wisdom" refers to the good things that come from being wise.
* The expression "fruit of the womb" refers to "what the womb produces"—that is, children.
* The Bible often uses "fruit" to refer to a person's actions. Just as fruit on a tree shows what kind of tree it is, in the same way a person's words and actions reveal what his character is like.
* The expression "fruit of the Spirit" refers to godly qualities that the Holy Spirit produces in the lives of people who obey him.
* The term "fruitful" can be used figuratively to mean "prosperous." This often refers to having many children and descendants, as well as having plenty of food and other wealth.
Translation Suggestions:
- It is best to translate this term using the general word for "fruit" that is commonly used in the project language to refer to the edible fruit of a fruit tree. In many languages it may be more natural to use the plural "fruits" whenever it refers to more than one fruit.
- Depending on the context, the term "fruitful" could be translated as "producing much spiritual fruit" or "having many children" or "prosperous."
- The expression "fruit of the land" could also be translated as "food that the land produces" or "food crops that are growing in that region."
- When God created animals and people, he commanded them to "be fruitful and multiply," which refers to having many offspring. This could also be translated as "have many offspring" or "have many children and descendants" or "have many children so that you will have many descendants."
- The expression "fruit of the womb" could be translated as "what the womb produces" or "children a women gives birth to" or just "children." When Elizabeth says to Mary "blessed is the fruit of your womb," she means "blessed is the child you will give birth to." The project language may also have a different expression for this.
- Another expression "fruit of the vine," could be translated as "vine fruit" or "grapes."
- Depending on the context, the expression "will be more fruitful" could also be translated as "will produce more fruit" or "will have more children" or "will be prosperous."
- The apostle Paul's expression "fruitful labor" could be translated as "work that brings very good results" or "efforts that result in many people believing in Jesus."
- The "fruit of the Spirit" could also be translated as "works that the Holy Spirit produces" or "words and actions that show that the Holy Spirit is working in someone."
(See also: descendant, grain, grape, Holy Spirit, vine, womb)
Bible References:
- Galatians 05:23
- Genesis 01:11
- Luke 08:15
- Matthew 03:08
- Matthew 07:17
Word Data:
- Strong's: H4, H1061, H1063, H1069, H2233, H2981, H3018, H3581, H3759, H3899, H3978, H4022, H5108, H6499, H6509, H6529, H6631, H7019, H8393, H8570, G1081, G2590, G2592, G2593, G3703, G5052, G5352
Forms Found in the English ULB:
bear fruit, crop, crops, fruit, fruitful, fruits, produce, productive land, unfruitful
fulfill
Related Ideas:
carry out, fill to the limit, finish, fulfillment, in full, make something full
Definition:
The term "fulfill" means to complete or accomplish something that was expected.
- When a prophecy is fulfilled, it means that God causes to happen what was predicted in the prophecy.
- If a person fulfills a promise or a vow, it means that he does what he has promised to do.
- To fulfill a responsibility means to do the task that was assigned or required.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, "fulfill" could be translated as "accomplish" or "complete" or "cause to happen" or "obey" or "perform."
- The phrase "has been fulfilled" could also be translated as "has come true" or "has happened" or "has taken place."
- Ways to translate "fulfill," as in "fulfill your ministry," could include "complete" or "perform" or "practice" or "serve other people as God has called you to do."
(See also: prophet, Christ, minister, call)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 02:27
- Acts 03:17-18
- Leviticus 22:17-19
- Luke 04:21
- Matthew 01:22-23
- Matthew 05:17
- Psalms 116:12-15
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1214, H4390, H5487, H7999, G378, G4135, G4137, G4138, G5048, G5055
Forms Found in the English ULB:
carried out, fill up ... to the limit, finishing, fulfill, fulfilled, fulfillment, fulfills, in full, make ... full
fulfill
Related Ideas:
carry out, fill to the limit, finish, fulfillment, in full, make something full
Definition:
The term "fulfill" means to complete or accomplish something that was expected.
- When a prophecy is fulfilled, it means that God causes to happen what was predicted in the prophecy.
- If a person fulfills a promise or a vow, it means that he does what he has promised to do.
- To fulfill a responsibility means to do the task that was assigned or required.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, "fulfill" could be translated as "accomplish" or "complete" or "cause to happen" or "obey" or "perform."
- The phrase "has been fulfilled" could also be translated as "has come true" or "has happened" or "has taken place."
- Ways to translate "fulfill," as in "fulfill your ministry," could include "complete" or "perform" or "practice" or "serve other people as God has called you to do."
(See also: prophet, Christ, minister, call)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 02:27
- Acts 03:17-18
- Leviticus 22:17-19
- Luke 04:21
- Matthew 01:22-23
- Matthew 05:17
- Psalms 116:12-15
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1214, H4390, H5487, H7999, G378, G4135, G4137, G4138, G5048, G5055
Forms Found in the English ULB:
carried out, fill up ... to the limit, finishing, fulfill, fulfilled, fulfillment, fulfills, in full, make ... full
gate
Related Ideas:
doorkeeper, entrance, gate bars, gatekeeper, gateposts, gateway
Definition:
A "gate" is a hinged barrier at an access point in a fence or wall that surrounds a house or city.
- A "gate bar" is a wooden or metal bar that can be moved into place to lock the gate.
- A "gatekeeper" was a person who was responsible to control who could go through the gateway.
- A city gate could be opened to allow people, animals, and cargo to travel in and out of the city.
- To protect the city, its walls and gates were thick and strong. Gates were closed and locked with a metal or wooden bar to prevent enemy soldiers from entering the city.
- A city gate was often the news and social center of a village. It was also where business transactions occurred and judgments were made, because city walls were thick enough to have gateways that produced cool shade from the hot sun. Citizens found it pleasant to sit in the shade to conduct their business and even to judge legal cases.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, other ways to translate "gate" could be "door" or "wall opening" or "barrier" or "entranceway."
- The phrase "bars of the gate" could be translated as "gate bolts" or "wooden beams to lock the gate" or "metal locking rods of the gate."
Bible References:
- Acts 09:24
- Acts 10:18
- Deuteronomy 21:18-19
- Genesis 19:01
- Genesis 24:60
- Matthew 07:13
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1817, H5592, H6607, H8179, G2374, G4259, G4439, G4440, G2377
Forms Found in the English ULB:
entrance, gate, gate bars, gateposts, gates, gateway, gateways
gate
Related Ideas:
doorkeeper, entrance, gate bars, gatekeeper, gateposts, gateway
Definition:
A "gate" is a hinged barrier at an access point in a fence or wall that surrounds a house or city.
- A "gate bar" is a wooden or metal bar that can be moved into place to lock the gate.
- A "gatekeeper" was a person who was responsible to control who could go through the gateway.
- A city gate could be opened to allow people, animals, and cargo to travel in and out of the city.
- To protect the city, its walls and gates were thick and strong. Gates were closed and locked with a metal or wooden bar to prevent enemy soldiers from entering the city.
- A city gate was often the news and social center of a village. It was also where business transactions occurred and judgments were made, because city walls were thick enough to have gateways that produced cool shade from the hot sun. Citizens found it pleasant to sit in the shade to conduct their business and even to judge legal cases.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, other ways to translate "gate" could be "door" or "wall opening" or "barrier" or "entranceway."
- The phrase "bars of the gate" could be translated as "gate bolts" or "wooden beams to lock the gate" or "metal locking rods of the gate."
Bible References:
- Acts 09:24
- Acts 10:18
- Deuteronomy 21:18-19
- Genesis 19:01
- Genesis 24:60
- Matthew 07:13
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1817, H5592, H6607, H8179, G2374, G4259, G4439, G4440, G2377
Forms Found in the English ULB:
entrance, gate, gate bars, gateposts, gates, gateway, gateways
generation
Definition:
The term "generation" refers to a group of people who were all born around the same time period.
- A generation can also refer to a span of time. In Bible times, a generation was usually considered to be about 40 years.
- Parents and their children are from two different generations.
- In the Bible, the term "generation" is also used figuratively to refer generally to people who share common characteristics.
Translation Suggestions
- The phrase "this generation" or "people of this generation" could be translated as "the people living now" or "you people."
- "This wicked generation" could also be translated as "these wicked people living now."
- The expression "from generation to generation" or "from one generation to the next" could be translated as "people living now, as well as their children and grandchildren" or "people in every time period" or "people in this time period and future time periods" or "all people and their descendants."
- "A generation to come will serve him; they will tell the next generation about Yahweh" could also be translated as "Many people in the future will serve Yahweh and will tell their children and grandchildren about him."
(See also: descendant, evil, father)
Bible References:
- Acts 15:19-21
- Exodus 03:13-15
- Genesis 15:16
- Genesis 17:07
- Mark 08:12
- Matthew 11:16
- Matthew 23:34-36
- Matthew 24:34
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1755, H1859, H8435, G1074
Forms Found in the English ULB:
generation, generations
generation
Definition:
The term "generation" refers to a group of people who were all born around the same time period.
- A generation can also refer to a span of time. In Bible times, a generation was usually considered to be about 40 years.
- Parents and their children are from two different generations.
- In the Bible, the term "generation" is also used figuratively to refer generally to people who share common characteristics.
Translation Suggestions
- The phrase "this generation" or "people of this generation" could be translated as "the people living now" or "you people."
- "This wicked generation" could also be translated as "these wicked people living now."
- The expression "from generation to generation" or "from one generation to the next" could be translated as "people living now, as well as their children and grandchildren" or "people in every time period" or "people in this time period and future time periods" or "all people and their descendants."
- "A generation to come will serve him; they will tell the next generation about Yahweh" could also be translated as "Many people in the future will serve Yahweh and will tell their children and grandchildren about him."
(See also: descendant, evil, father)
Bible References:
- Acts 15:19-21
- Exodus 03:13-15
- Genesis 15:16
- Genesis 17:07
- Mark 08:12
- Matthew 11:16
- Matthew 23:34-36
- Matthew 24:34
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1755, H1859, H8435, G1074
Forms Found in the English ULB:
generation, generations
gift
Related Ideas:
give, gracious gift
Definition:
The term "gift" refers to anything that is given or offered to someone. A gift is given without the expectation of getting anything in return
- Money, food, clothing, or other things given to poor people are called "gifts."
- In the Bible, an offering or sacrifice given to God is also called a gift.
- The gift of salvation is something God gives us through faith in Jesus.
- In the New Testament, the term "gifts" is also used to refer to special spiritual abilities that God gives to all Christians for serving other people.
Translation Suggestions:
- The general term for "gift" could be translated with a word or phrase that means "something that is given."
- In the context of someone having a gift or special ability that comes from God, the term "gift from the Spirit" could be translated as "spiritual ability" or "special ability from the Holy Spirit" or "special spiritual skill that God gave."
(See also: spirit, Holy Spirit)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 12:01
- 2 Samuel 11:08
- Acts 08:20
- Acts 10:04
- Acts 11:17
- Acts 24:17
- James 01:17
- John 04:9-10
- Matthew 05:23
- Matthew 08:4
Word Data:
- Strong's: H814, H4503, H4864, H4976, H4978, H4979, H4991, H5379, H7810, H7964, H8641, G331, G1390, G1394, G1431, G1434, G1435, G3311, G5485, G5486
Forms Found in the English ULB:
gift, gifts, give, gracious gift
gift
Related Ideas:
give, gracious gift
Definition:
The term "gift" refers to anything that is given or offered to someone. A gift is given without the expectation of getting anything in return
- Money, food, clothing, or other things given to poor people are called "gifts."
- In the Bible, an offering or sacrifice given to God is also called a gift.
- The gift of salvation is something God gives us through faith in Jesus.
- In the New Testament, the term "gifts" is also used to refer to special spiritual abilities that God gives to all Christians for serving other people.
Translation Suggestions:
- The general term for "gift" could be translated with a word or phrase that means "something that is given."
- In the context of someone having a gift or special ability that comes from God, the term "gift from the Spirit" could be translated as "spiritual ability" or "special ability from the Holy Spirit" or "special spiritual skill that God gave."
(See also: spirit, Holy Spirit)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 12:01
- 2 Samuel 11:08
- Acts 08:20
- Acts 10:04
- Acts 11:17
- Acts 24:17
- James 01:17
- John 04:9-10
- Matthew 05:23
- Matthew 08:4
Word Data:
- Strong's: H814, H4503, H4864, H4976, H4978, H4979, H4991, H5379, H7810, H7964, H8641, G331, G1390, G1394, G1431, G1434, G1435, G3311, G5485, G5486
Forms Found in the English ULB:
gift, gifts, give, gracious gift
glory
Related Ideas:
beautiful, beauty, glorify, glorious, take pride
Definition:
In general, the term "glory" means honor, splendor, and extreme greatness. Anything that has glory is said to be "glorious."
- Sometimes "glory" refers to something of great value and importance. In other contexts it communicates splendor, brightness, or judgment.
- For example, the expression "glory of the shepherds" refers to the lush pastures where their sheep had plenty of grass to eat.
- Glory is especially used to describe God, who is more glorious than anyone or anything in the universe. Everything in his character reveals his glory and his splendor.
- The expression to "glory in" means to boast about or take pride in something.
The term "glorify" means to show or tell how great and important something or someone is. It literally means to "give glory to."
- People can glorify God by telling about the wonderful things he has done.
- They can also glorify God by living in a way that honors him and shows how great and magnificent he is.
- When the Bible says that God glorifies himself, it means that he reveals to people his amazing greatness, often through miracles.
- God the Father will glorify God the Son by revealing to people the Son's perfection, splendor, and greatness.
- Everyone who believes in Christ will be glorified with him. When they are raised to life, they will be changed to reflect his glory and to display his grace to all creation.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, different ways to translate "glory" could include "splendor" or "brightness" or "majesty" or "awesome greatness" or "extreme value."
- The term "glorious" could be translated as "full of glory" or "extremely valuable" or "brightly shining" or "awesomely majestic."
- The expression "give glory to God" could be translated as "honor God's greatness" or "praise God because of his splendor" or "tell others how great God is."
-
The expression "glory in" could also be translated as "praise" or "take pride in" or "boast about" or "take pleasure in."
-
"Glorify" could also be translated as "give glory to" or "bring glory to" or "cause to appear great."
- The phrase "glorify God" could also be translated as "praise God" or "talk about God's greatness" or "show how great God is" or "honor God (by obeying him)."
- The term "be glorified" could also be translated as, "be shown to be very great" or "be praised" or "be exalted."
(See also: exalt, obey, praise)
Bible References:
- Exodus 24:17
- Numbers 14:9-10
- Isaiah 35:02
- Luke 18:43
- Luke 02:09
- John 12:28
- Acts 03:13-14
- Acts 07:1-3
- Romans 08:17
- 1 Corinthians 06:19-20
- Philippians 02:14-16
- Philippians 04:19
- Colossians 03:1-4
- 1 Thessalonians 02:05
- James 02:1-4
- 1 Peter 04:15-16
- Revelation 15:04
Word Data:
- Strong's: H117, H142, H155, H1342, H1926, H1927, H1935, H1984, H2896, H3367, H3513, H3519, H3520, H5278, H6286, H6643, H7623, H8231, H8597, G1391, G1392, G1740, G1741, G2570, G2744, G4888
Forms Found in the English ULB:
beautiful, beauty, glories, glorified, glorifies, glorify, glorifying, glorious, glory, take pride
glory
Related Ideas:
beautiful, beauty, glorify, glorious, take pride
Definition:
In general, the term "glory" means honor, splendor, and extreme greatness. Anything that has glory is said to be "glorious."
- Sometimes "glory" refers to something of great value and importance. In other contexts it communicates splendor, brightness, or judgment.
- For example, the expression "glory of the shepherds" refers to the lush pastures where their sheep had plenty of grass to eat.
- Glory is especially used to describe God, who is more glorious than anyone or anything in the universe. Everything in his character reveals his glory and his splendor.
- The expression to "glory in" means to boast about or take pride in something.
The term "glorify" means to show or tell how great and important something or someone is. It literally means to "give glory to."
- People can glorify God by telling about the wonderful things he has done.
- They can also glorify God by living in a way that honors him and shows how great and magnificent he is.
- When the Bible says that God glorifies himself, it means that he reveals to people his amazing greatness, often through miracles.
- God the Father will glorify God the Son by revealing to people the Son's perfection, splendor, and greatness.
- Everyone who believes in Christ will be glorified with him. When they are raised to life, they will be changed to reflect his glory and to display his grace to all creation.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, different ways to translate "glory" could include "splendor" or "brightness" or "majesty" or "awesome greatness" or "extreme value."
- The term "glorious" could be translated as "full of glory" or "extremely valuable" or "brightly shining" or "awesomely majestic."
- The expression "give glory to God" could be translated as "honor God's greatness" or "praise God because of his splendor" or "tell others how great God is."
-
The expression "glory in" could also be translated as "praise" or "take pride in" or "boast about" or "take pleasure in."
-
"Glorify" could also be translated as "give glory to" or "bring glory to" or "cause to appear great."
- The phrase "glorify God" could also be translated as "praise God" or "talk about God's greatness" or "show how great God is" or "honor God (by obeying him)."
- The term "be glorified" could also be translated as, "be shown to be very great" or "be praised" or "be exalted."
(See also: exalt, obey, praise)
Bible References:
- Exodus 24:17
- Numbers 14:9-10
- Isaiah 35:02
- Luke 18:43
- Luke 02:09
- John 12:28
- Acts 03:13-14
- Acts 07:1-3
- Romans 08:17
- 1 Corinthians 06:19-20
- Philippians 02:14-16
- Philippians 04:19
- Colossians 03:1-4
- 1 Thessalonians 02:05
- James 02:1-4
- 1 Peter 04:15-16
- Revelation 15:04
Word Data:
- Strong's: H117, H142, H155, H1342, H1926, H1927, H1935, H1984, H2896, H3367, H3513, H3519, H3520, H5278, H6286, H6643, H7623, H8231, H8597, G1391, G1392, G1740, G1741, G2570, G2744, G4888
Forms Found in the English ULB:
beautiful, beauty, glories, glorified, glorifies, glorify, glorifying, glorious, glory, take pride
god
Related Ideas:
disgusting figure, false god, goat idols, goddess, idolater, idolatrous, idolatry
Definition:
A false god is something that people worship instead of the one true God. The term "goddess" refers specifically to a female false god.
- These false gods or goddesses do not exist. Yahweh is the only God.
- People sometimes make objects into idols to worship as symbols of their false gods.
- In the Bible, God's people frequently turned away from obeying him in order to worship false gods.
- Demons often deceive people into believing that the false gods and idols they worship have power.
- Baal, Dagon, and Molech were three of the many false gods that were worshiped by people in Bible times.
- Asherah and Artemis (Diana) were two of the goddesses that ancient peoples worshiped.
An idol is an object that people make so they can worship it. Something is described as "idolatrous" if it involves giving honor to something other than the one true God.
- People make idols to represent the false gods that they worship.
- These false gods do not exist; there is no God besides Yahweh.
- Sometimes demons work through an idol to make it seem like it has power, even though it does not.
- Idols are often made of valuable materials like gold, silver, bronze, or expensive wood.
- An "idolatrous kingdom" means a "kingdom of people who worship idols" or a "kingdom of people who worship earthly things."
- The term "idolatrous figure" is another word for a "carved image" or an "idol."
Translation Suggestions:
- There may already be a word for "god" or "false god" in the language or in a nearby language.
- The term "idol" could be used to refer to false gods.
- In English, a lower case "g" is used to refer to false gods, and upper case "G" is used to refer to the one true God. Other languages also do that.
- Another option would be to use a completely different word to refer to the false gods.
- Some languages may add a word to specify whether the false god is described as male or female.
(See also: God, Asherah, Baal, Molech, demon, image, kingdom, worship)
Bible References:
- Genesis 35:02
- Exodus 32:01
- Psalms 031:06
- Psalms 081:8-10
- Isaiah 44:20
- Acts 07:41
- Acts 07:43
- Acts 15:20
- Acts 19:27
- Romans 02:22
- Galatians 04:8-9
- Galatians 05:19-21
- Colossians 03:05
- 1 Thessalonians 01:09
Word Data:
- Strong's: H205, H367, H410, H426, H430, H457, H1322, H1544, H1892, H3649, H4656, H4906, H5236, H5566, H6090, H6091, H6456, H6459, H6673, H6736, H6754, H7723, H8163, H8251, H8267, H8441, H8655, G1140, G1493, G1494, G1495, G1496, G1497, G2299, G2712
Forms Found in the English ULB:
disgusting figure, disgusting figures, false god, goat idols, god, goddess, gods, idol, idol's, idolater, idolaters, idolatrous, idolatry, idols, idols'
god
Related Ideas:
disgusting figure, false god, goat idols, goddess, idolater, idolatrous, idolatry
Definition:
A false god is something that people worship instead of the one true God. The term "goddess" refers specifically to a female false god.
- These false gods or goddesses do not exist. Yahweh is the only God.
- People sometimes make objects into idols to worship as symbols of their false gods.
- In the Bible, God's people frequently turned away from obeying him in order to worship false gods.
- Demons often deceive people into believing that the false gods and idols they worship have power.
- Baal, Dagon, and Molech were three of the many false gods that were worshiped by people in Bible times.
- Asherah and Artemis (Diana) were two of the goddesses that ancient peoples worshiped.
An idol is an object that people make so they can worship it. Something is described as "idolatrous" if it involves giving honor to something other than the one true God.
- People make idols to represent the false gods that they worship.
- These false gods do not exist; there is no God besides Yahweh.
- Sometimes demons work through an idol to make it seem like it has power, even though it does not.
- Idols are often made of valuable materials like gold, silver, bronze, or expensive wood.
- An "idolatrous kingdom" means a "kingdom of people who worship idols" or a "kingdom of people who worship earthly things."
- The term "idolatrous figure" is another word for a "carved image" or an "idol."
Translation Suggestions:
- There may already be a word for "god" or "false god" in the language or in a nearby language.
- The term "idol" could be used to refer to false gods.
- In English, a lower case "g" is used to refer to false gods, and upper case "G" is used to refer to the one true God. Other languages also do that.
- Another option would be to use a completely different word to refer to the false gods.
- Some languages may add a word to specify whether the false god is described as male or female.
(See also: God, Asherah, Baal, Molech, demon, image, kingdom, worship)
Bible References:
- Genesis 35:02
- Exodus 32:01
- Psalms 031:06
- Psalms 081:8-10
- Isaiah 44:20
- Acts 07:41
- Acts 07:43
- Acts 15:20
- Acts 19:27
- Romans 02:22
- Galatians 04:8-9
- Galatians 05:19-21
- Colossians 03:05
- 1 Thessalonians 01:09
Word Data:
- Strong's: H205, H367, H410, H426, H430, H457, H1322, H1544, H1892, H3649, H4656, H4906, H5236, H5566, H6090, H6091, H6456, H6459, H6673, H6736, H6754, H7723, H8163, H8251, H8267, H8441, H8655, G1140, G1493, G1494, G1495, G1496, G1497, G2299, G2712
Forms Found in the English ULB:
disgusting figure, disgusting figures, false god, goat idols, god, goddess, gods, idol, idol's, idolater, idolaters, idolatrous, idolatry, idols, idols'
godly
Related Ideas:
godless, godless actions, godlessness, godliness, ungodliness, ungodly
Definition:
The term "godly" is used to describe a person who acts in a way that honors God and shows what God is like. "Godliness" is the character quality of honoring God by doing his will.
- A person who has godly character will show the fruits of the Holy Spirit, such as love, joy, peace, patience, kindness, and self control.
- The quality of godliness shows that a person has the Holy Spirit and is obeying him.
The terms "ungodly" and "godless" describe people who are in rebellion against God. Living in an evil way, without thought of God, is called "ungodliness" or "godlessness."
- The meanings of these words are very similar. However, "godless" and "godlessness" may describe a more extreme condition in which people or nations do not even acknowledge God or his right to rule them.
- God pronounces judgment and wrath on ungodly people, on everyone who rejects him and his ways.
Translation Suggestions:
- The phrase "the godly" could be translated as "godly people" or "people who obey God."
- The adjective "godly" could be translated as "obedient to God" or "righteous" or "pleasing to God."
- The phrase "in a godly manner" could be translated as "in a way that obeys God" or "with actions and words that please God."
-
Ways to translate "godliness" could include "acting in a way that pleases God" or "obeying God" or "living in a righteous manner."
-
Depending on the context, the term "ungodly" could be translated as "displeasing to God" or "immoral" or "disobeying God."
- The terms "godless" and "godlessness" literally mean that the people are "without God" or "having no thought of God" or "acting in a way that does not acknowledge God."
- Other ways to translate "ungodliness" or "godlessness" could be "wickedness" or "evil" or "rebellion against God".
(See also evil, honor, obey, righteous, righteous)
Bible References:
- Job 27:10
- Proverbs 11:09
- Acts 03:12
- 1 Timothy 01:9-11
- 1 Timothy 04:07
- 2 Timothy 03:12
- Hebrews 12:14-17
- Hebrews 11:7
- 1 Peter 04:18
- Jude 01:16
Word Data:
- Strong's: H120, H2611, H2612, H5760, H7563, G763, G764, G765, G2124, G2150, G2152, G2153, G2317
Forms Found in the English ULB:
godless, godless actions, godlessness, godliness, godly, godly life, ungodliness, ungodly
godly
Related Ideas:
godless, godless actions, godlessness, godliness, ungodliness, ungodly
Definition:
The term "godly" is used to describe a person who acts in a way that honors God and shows what God is like. "Godliness" is the character quality of honoring God by doing his will.
- A person who has godly character will show the fruits of the Holy Spirit, such as love, joy, peace, patience, kindness, and self control.
- The quality of godliness shows that a person has the Holy Spirit and is obeying him.
The terms "ungodly" and "godless" describe people who are in rebellion against God. Living in an evil way, without thought of God, is called "ungodliness" or "godlessness."
- The meanings of these words are very similar. However, "godless" and "godlessness" may describe a more extreme condition in which people or nations do not even acknowledge God or his right to rule them.
- God pronounces judgment and wrath on ungodly people, on everyone who rejects him and his ways.
Translation Suggestions:
- The phrase "the godly" could be translated as "godly people" or "people who obey God."
- The adjective "godly" could be translated as "obedient to God" or "righteous" or "pleasing to God."
- The phrase "in a godly manner" could be translated as "in a way that obeys God" or "with actions and words that please God."
-
Ways to translate "godliness" could include "acting in a way that pleases God" or "obeying God" or "living in a righteous manner."
-
Depending on the context, the term "ungodly" could be translated as "displeasing to God" or "immoral" or "disobeying God."
- The terms "godless" and "godlessness" literally mean that the people are "without God" or "having no thought of God" or "acting in a way that does not acknowledge God."
- Other ways to translate "ungodliness" or "godlessness" could be "wickedness" or "evil" or "rebellion against God".
(See also evil, honor, obey, righteous, righteous)
Bible References:
- Job 27:10
- Proverbs 11:09
- Acts 03:12
- 1 Timothy 01:9-11
- 1 Timothy 04:07
- 2 Timothy 03:12
- Hebrews 12:14-17
- Hebrews 11:7
- 1 Peter 04:18
- Jude 01:16
Word Data:
- Strong's: H120, H2611, H2612, H5760, H7563, G763, G764, G765, G2124, G2150, G2152, G2153, G2317
Forms Found in the English ULB:
godless, godless actions, godlessness, godliness, godly, godly life, ungodliness, ungodly
gold
Related Ideas:
golden, goldsmith, purest gold
Definition:
Gold is a yellow, high quality metal that was used for making jewelry and religious objects. It was the most valuable metal in ancient times.
- In Bible times, many different kinds of objects were made out of solid gold or were covered with a thin layer of gold.
- These objects included earrings and other jewelry, and idols, altars, and other objects used in the tabernacle or temple, such as the ark of the covenant.
- In Old Testament times, gold was used as a means of exchange in buying and selling. It was weighed on a scale to determine its value.
- Later on, gold and other metals such as silver were used to make coins to use in buying and selling
- When referring to something that is not solid gold, but only has a thin covering of gold, the term "golden" or "gold-covered" or "gold-overlaid" could also be used.
- Sometimes an object is described as "gold-colored," which means it has the yellow color of gold, but may not actually be made of gold.
- A "goldsmith" is a person who takes gold and makes it into useful things like jewelry.
(See also: altar, ark of the covenant, god, silver, tabernacle, temple)
Bible References:
- 1 Peter 01:07
- 1 Timothy 02:8-10
- 2 Chronicles 01:15
- Acts 03:06
- Daniel 02:32
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1220, H1722, H2091, H2742, H3800, H5458, H6337, H6884, H6885, G5552, G5553, G5554, G5557
Forms Found in the English ULB:
gold, golden, goldsmith, goldsmiths, purest gold
gold
Related Ideas:
golden, goldsmith, purest gold
Definition:
Gold is a yellow, high quality metal that was used for making jewelry and religious objects. It was the most valuable metal in ancient times.
- In Bible times, many different kinds of objects were made out of solid gold or were covered with a thin layer of gold.
- These objects included earrings and other jewelry, and idols, altars, and other objects used in the tabernacle or temple, such as the ark of the covenant.
- In Old Testament times, gold was used as a means of exchange in buying and selling. It was weighed on a scale to determine its value.
- Later on, gold and other metals such as silver were used to make coins to use in buying and selling
- When referring to something that is not solid gold, but only has a thin covering of gold, the term "golden" or "gold-covered" or "gold-overlaid" could also be used.
- Sometimes an object is described as "gold-colored," which means it has the yellow color of gold, but may not actually be made of gold.
- A "goldsmith" is a person who takes gold and makes it into useful things like jewelry.
(See also: altar, ark of the covenant, god, silver, tabernacle, temple)
Bible References:
- 1 Peter 01:07
- 1 Timothy 02:8-10
- 2 Chronicles 01:15
- Acts 03:06
- Daniel 02:32
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1220, H1722, H2091, H2742, H3800, H5458, H6337, H6884, H6885, G5552, G5553, G5554, G5557
Forms Found in the English ULB:
gold, golden, goldsmith, goldsmiths, purest gold
good
Related Ideas:
best, better, fair, good things, goodness, improved, prefer, proper, well
Definition:
The word "good" has different meanings depending on the context. Many languages will use different words to translate these different meanings.
- In general, something is good if it fits with God's character, purposes, and will.
- Something that is "good" could be pleasing, excellent, helpful, suitable, profitable, or morally right.
- Land that is "good" could be called "fertile" or "productive."
- A "good" crop could be a "plentiful" crop.
- A person can be "good" at what they do if they are skillful at their task or profession, as in, the expression, "a good farmer."
- In the Bible, the general meaning of "good" is often contrasted with "evil."
- The term "goodness" usually refers to being morally good or righteous in thoughts and actions.
- The goodness of God refers to how he blesses people by giving them good and beneficial things. It also can refer to his moral perfection.
- Actions that are "proper" are those that are good and right for the situation in which they are done.
- "Goods" are good things, valuable possessions.
- To "prefer" something is to think it is better than other things.
Translation Suggestions:
- The general term for "good" in the target language should be used wherever this general meaning is accurate and natural, especially in contexts where it is contrasted to evil.
- Depending on the context, other ways to translate this term could include "kind" or "excellent" or "pleasing to God" or "righteous" or "morally upright" or "profitable."
- "Good land" could be translated as "fertile land" or "productive land"; a "good crop" could be translated as a "plentiful harvest" or "large amount of crops."
- The phrase "do good to" means to do something that benefits others and could be translated as "be kind to" or "help" or "benefit" someone.
- To "do good on the Sabbath" means to "do things that help others on the Sabbath."
- Depending on the context, ways to translate the term "goodness" could include "blessing" or "kindness" or "moral perfection" or "righteousness" or "purity."
(See also: evil, holy, profit, righteous)
Bible References:
- Galatians 05:22-24
- Genesis 01:12
- Genesis 02:09
- Genesis 02:17
- James 03:13
- Romans 02:04
Word Data:
- Strong's: H155, H410, H1580, H1926, H2532, H2617, H2623, H2895, H2896, H2898, H3190, H3191, H3276, H3787, H3966, H4399, H5232, H6743, H7225, H7368, H7399, H7999, H8231, H8232, G14, G15, G18, G19, G515, G744, G865, G979, G1342, G1380, G1832, G2095, G2097, G2106, G2107, G2108, G2109, G2140, G2163, G2293, G2565, G2567, G2570, G2573, G2986, G3140, G4147, G4632, G4851, G5224, G5358, G5543, G5544, G5623
Forms Found in the English ULB:
best, better, do ... good, fair, good, good things, goodness, goods, improved, made ... better, prefer, proper, seemed good, well
good
Related Ideas:
best, better, fair, good things, goodness, improved, prefer, proper, well
Definition:
The word "good" has different meanings depending on the context. Many languages will use different words to translate these different meanings.
- In general, something is good if it fits with God's character, purposes, and will.
- Something that is "good" could be pleasing, excellent, helpful, suitable, profitable, or morally right.
- Land that is "good" could be called "fertile" or "productive."
- A "good" crop could be a "plentiful" crop.
- A person can be "good" at what they do if they are skillful at their task or profession, as in, the expression, "a good farmer."
- In the Bible, the general meaning of "good" is often contrasted with "evil."
- The term "goodness" usually refers to being morally good or righteous in thoughts and actions.
- The goodness of God refers to how he blesses people by giving them good and beneficial things. It also can refer to his moral perfection.
- Actions that are "proper" are those that are good and right for the situation in which they are done.
- "Goods" are good things, valuable possessions.
- To "prefer" something is to think it is better than other things.
Translation Suggestions:
- The general term for "good" in the target language should be used wherever this general meaning is accurate and natural, especially in contexts where it is contrasted to evil.
- Depending on the context, other ways to translate this term could include "kind" or "excellent" or "pleasing to God" or "righteous" or "morally upright" or "profitable."
- "Good land" could be translated as "fertile land" or "productive land"; a "good crop" could be translated as a "plentiful harvest" or "large amount of crops."
- The phrase "do good to" means to do something that benefits others and could be translated as "be kind to" or "help" or "benefit" someone.
- To "do good on the Sabbath" means to "do things that help others on the Sabbath."
- Depending on the context, ways to translate the term "goodness" could include "blessing" or "kindness" or "moral perfection" or "righteousness" or "purity."
(See also: evil, holy, profit, righteous)
Bible References:
- Galatians 05:22-24
- Genesis 01:12
- Genesis 02:09
- Genesis 02:17
- James 03:13
- Romans 02:04
Word Data:
- Strong's: H155, H410, H1580, H1926, H2532, H2617, H2623, H2895, H2896, H2898, H3190, H3191, H3276, H3787, H3966, H4399, H5232, H6743, H7225, H7368, H7399, H7999, H8231, H8232, G14, G15, G18, G19, G515, G744, G865, G979, G1342, G1380, G1832, G2095, G2097, G2106, G2107, G2108, G2109, G2140, G2163, G2293, G2565, G2567, G2570, G2573, G2986, G3140, G4147, G4632, G4851, G5224, G5358, G5543, G5544, G5623
Forms Found in the English ULB:
best, better, do ... good, fair, good, good things, goodness, goods, improved, made ... better, prefer, proper, seemed good, well
good news
Related Ideas:
gospel
Definition:
The term "gospel" literally means "good news" and refers to a message or announcement that tells people something that benefits them and makes them glad.
- In the Bible, this term usually refers to the message about God's salvation for people through Jesus' sacrifice on the cross.
- In most English Bibles, "good news" is usually translated as "gospel" and is also used in phrases such as, the "gospel of Jesus Christ," the "gospel of God" and the "gospel of the kingdom."
- The writers of the New Testament use a verb based on this noun to talk about telling or proclaiming good news or preaching the gospel.
Translation Suggestions:
- Different ways to translate this term could include, "good message" or "good announcement" or "God's message of salvation" or "the good things God teaches about Jesus."
- Depending on the context, ways to translate the phrase, "good news of" could include, "good news about" or "good message about" or "good message from" or "the good things God tells us about" or "what God says about how he saves people."
(See also: kingdom, sacrifice, save)
Bible References:
- 1 Thessalonians 01:05
- Acts 08:25
- Colossians 01:23
- Galatians 01:06
- Luke 08:1-3
- Mark 01:14
- Philippians 02:22
- Romans 01:03
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1319, G2097, G2098, G4283
Forms Found in the English ULB:
announce good news, announced the good news, announcing ... the good news, being told good news, bring ... good news, brings ... good news, brought ... good news, good news, gospel, gospel's, had ... good news proclaimed, preach the gospel, preached the gospel beforehand, preaching ... the gospel, proclaim ... gospel, proclaimed the good news, proclaimed the gospel, proclaiming ... good news, proclaiming the gospel, telling ... good news, were told the good news
good news
Related Ideas:
gospel
Definition:
The term "gospel" literally means "good news" and refers to a message or announcement that tells people something that benefits them and makes them glad.
- In the Bible, this term usually refers to the message about God's salvation for people through Jesus' sacrifice on the cross.
- In most English Bibles, "good news" is usually translated as "gospel" and is also used in phrases such as, the "gospel of Jesus Christ," the "gospel of God" and the "gospel of the kingdom."
- The writers of the New Testament use a verb based on this noun to talk about telling or proclaiming good news or preaching the gospel.
Translation Suggestions:
- Different ways to translate this term could include, "good message" or "good announcement" or "God's message of salvation" or "the good things God teaches about Jesus."
- Depending on the context, ways to translate the phrase, "good news of" could include, "good news about" or "good message about" or "good message from" or "the good things God tells us about" or "what God says about how he saves people."
(See also: kingdom, sacrifice, save)
Bible References:
- 1 Thessalonians 01:05
- Acts 08:25
- Colossians 01:23
- Galatians 01:06
- Luke 08:1-3
- Mark 01:14
- Philippians 02:22
- Romans 01:03
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1319, G2097, G2098, G4283
Forms Found in the English ULB:
announce good news, announced the good news, announcing ... the good news, being told good news, bring ... good news, brings ... good news, brought ... good news, good news, gospel, gospel's, had ... good news proclaimed, preach the gospel, preached the gospel beforehand, preaching ... the gospel, proclaim ... gospel, proclaimed the good news, proclaimed the gospel, proclaiming ... good news, proclaiming the gospel, telling ... good news, were told the good news
governor
Related Ideas:
deputy, govern government, high officials, proconsul
Definition:
A "governor" is a person who rules over a state, region, or territory. To "govern" means to guide, lead, or manage them.
- The term "proconsul" was a more specific title for a governor who ruled over a Roman province.
- In Bible times, governors were appointed by a king or emperor and were under his authority.
- A "government" consists of all the rulers who govern a certain country or empire. These rulers make laws that guide the behavior of their citizens so that there is peace, safety, and prosperity for all the people of that nation.
Translation Suggestions:
- The word "governor" can also be translated as "ruler" or "overseer" or "regional leader" or "one who rules over a small territory."
- Depending on the context, the term "govern" could also be translated as, "rule over" or "lead" or "manage" or supervise."
- The term "governor" should be translated differently than the terms for "king" or "emperor", since a governor was a less powerful ruler who was under their authority.
- The term "proconsul" could also be translated as, "Roman governor" or "Roman provincial ruler."
(See also: authority, king, power, province, Rome, ruler)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:9-10
- Acts 23:22
- Acts 26:30
- Mark 13:9-10
- Matthew 10:18
- Matthew 27:1-2
Word Data:
- Strong's: H323, H324, H1777, H2280, H4951, H5148, H5333, H5460, H6346, H6347, H6486, H7989, H8269, H8660, G445, G446, G746, G1481, G2232, G2233, G2230, G4232
Forms Found in the English ULB:
deputy, govern, government, governments, governor, governors, high officials, proconsul, proconsuls, provincial governors
governor
Related Ideas:
deputy, govern government, high officials, proconsul
Definition:
A "governor" is a person who rules over a state, region, or territory. To "govern" means to guide, lead, or manage them.
- The term "proconsul" was a more specific title for a governor who ruled over a Roman province.
- In Bible times, governors were appointed by a king or emperor and were under his authority.
- A "government" consists of all the rulers who govern a certain country or empire. These rulers make laws that guide the behavior of their citizens so that there is peace, safety, and prosperity for all the people of that nation.
Translation Suggestions:
- The word "governor" can also be translated as "ruler" or "overseer" or "regional leader" or "one who rules over a small territory."
- Depending on the context, the term "govern" could also be translated as, "rule over" or "lead" or "manage" or supervise."
- The term "governor" should be translated differently than the terms for "king" or "emperor", since a governor was a less powerful ruler who was under their authority.
- The term "proconsul" could also be translated as, "Roman governor" or "Roman provincial ruler."
(See also: authority, king, power, province, Rome, ruler)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:9-10
- Acts 23:22
- Acts 26:30
- Mark 13:9-10
- Matthew 10:18
- Matthew 27:1-2
Word Data:
- Strong's: H323, H324, H1777, H2280, H4951, H5148, H5333, H5460, H6346, H6347, H6486, H7989, H8269, H8660, G445, G446, G746, G1481, G2232, G2233, G2230, G4232
Forms Found in the English ULB:
deputy, govern, government, governments, governor, governors, high officials, proconsul, proconsuls, provincial governors
grace
Related Ideas:
generous, gracious, graciously
Definition:
The word "grace" refers to help or blessing that is given to someone who has not earned it. The term "gracious" describes someone who shows grace to others.
- God's grace toward sinful human beings is a gift that is freely given.
- The concept of grace also refers to being kind and forgiving to someone who has done wrong or hurtful things.
- The expression to "find grace" is an expression that means to receive help and mercy from God. Often it includes the meaning that God is pleased with someone and helps him.
Translation Suggestions:
- Other ways that "grace" could be translated include "divine kindness" or "God's favor" or "God's kindness and forgiveness for sinners" or "merciful kindness."
- The term "gracious" could be translated as "full of grace" or "kind" or "merciful" or "mercifully kind."
- The expression "he found grace in the eyes of God" could be translated as "he received mercy from God" or "God mercifully helped him" or "God showed his favor to him" or "God was pleased with him and helped him."
Bible References:
- Acts 04:33
- Acts 06:08
- Acts 14:04
- Colossians 04:06
- Colossians 04:18
- Genesis 43:28-29
- James 04:07
- John 01:16
- Philippians 04:21-23
- Revelation 22:20-21
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2580, H2587, H2589, H2603, G5485, G5543
Forms Found in the English ULB:
act of grace, generous, grace, gracious, graciously, graciously given
grace
Related Ideas:
generous, gracious, graciously
Definition:
The word "grace" refers to help or blessing that is given to someone who has not earned it. The term "gracious" describes someone who shows grace to others.
- God's grace toward sinful human beings is a gift that is freely given.
- The concept of grace also refers to being kind and forgiving to someone who has done wrong or hurtful things.
- The expression to "find grace" is an expression that means to receive help and mercy from God. Often it includes the meaning that God is pleased with someone and helps him.
Translation Suggestions:
- Other ways that "grace" could be translated include "divine kindness" or "God's favor" or "God's kindness and forgiveness for sinners" or "merciful kindness."
- The term "gracious" could be translated as "full of grace" or "kind" or "merciful" or "mercifully kind."
- The expression "he found grace in the eyes of God" could be translated as "he received mercy from God" or "God mercifully helped him" or "God showed his favor to him" or "God was pleased with him and helped him."
Bible References:
- Acts 04:33
- Acts 06:08
- Acts 14:04
- Colossians 04:06
- Colossians 04:18
- Genesis 43:28-29
- James 04:07
- John 01:16
- Philippians 04:21-23
- Revelation 22:20-21
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2580, H2587, H2589, H2603, G5485, G5543
Forms Found in the English ULB:
act of grace, generous, grace, gracious, graciously, graciously given
grain
Related Ideas:
grainfields, standing grain
Definition:
The term "grain" usually refers to the seed of a food plant such as wheat, barley, corn, millet, or rice. It can also refer to the whole plant.
- In the Bible, the main grains that are referred to are wheat and barley.
- A head of grain is the part of the plant that holds the grain.
- Note that some older Bible versions use the word "corn" to refer to grain in general. In modern English however, "corn" only refers to one type of grain.
(See also: head, wheat)
Bible References:
- Genesis 42:03
- Genesis 42:26-28
- Genesis 43:1-2
- Luke 06:02
- Mark 02:24
- Matthew 13:7-9
- Ruth 01:22
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1250, H1430, H1715, H2233, H2591, H3759, H3899, H7054, H7383, H7641, H7668, G248, G2590, G2848, G3450, G4621, G4719
Forms Found in the English ULB:
grain, grainfields, grains, standing grain
grain
Related Ideas:
grainfields, standing grain
Definition:
The term "grain" usually refers to the seed of a food plant such as wheat, barley, corn, millet, or rice. It can also refer to the whole plant.
- In the Bible, the main grains that are referred to are wheat and barley.
- A head of grain is the part of the plant that holds the grain.
- Note that some older Bible versions use the word "corn" to refer to grain in general. In modern English however, "corn" only refers to one type of grain.
(See also: head, wheat)
Bible References:
- Genesis 42:03
- Genesis 42:26-28
- Genesis 43:1-2
- Luke 06:02
- Mark 02:24
- Matthew 13:7-9
- Ruth 01:22
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1250, H1430, H1715, H2233, H2591, H3759, H3899, H7054, H7383, H7641, H7668, G248, G2590, G2848, G3450, G4621, G4719
Forms Found in the English ULB:
grain, grainfields, grains, standing grain
groan
Related Ideas:
sigh
Definition:
The term to "groan" refers to the uttering of a deep, low sound that is caused by physical or emotional distress. It could also be the sound someone makes without any words.
- A person can groan because of feeling grief.
- Groaning can be caused by feeling a terrible, oppressive burden.
- Other ways to translate "groan" could include, "give a low cry of pain" or "grieve deeply."
- As a noun, this could be translated as, "a low cry of distress" or "a deep murmur of pain."
(See also: cry)
Bible References:
- 2 Corinthians 05:02
- Hebrews 13:17
- Job 23:02
- Psalms 032:3-4
- Psalms 102:5-6
Word Data:
- Strong's: H584, H585, H602, H603, H1901, H1993, H5008, H5009, H5098, H5594, H7581, G4726, G4727, G4959
Forms Found in the English ULB:
groan, groaned, groaning, groanings, groans, sigh, sighed, sighed deeply, sighing
groan
Related Ideas:
sigh
Definition:
The term to "groan" refers to the uttering of a deep, low sound that is caused by physical or emotional distress. It could also be the sound someone makes without any words.
- A person can groan because of feeling grief.
- Groaning can be caused by feeling a terrible, oppressive burden.
- Other ways to translate "groan" could include, "give a low cry of pain" or "grieve deeply."
- As a noun, this could be translated as, "a low cry of distress" or "a deep murmur of pain."
(See also: cry)
Bible References:
- 2 Corinthians 05:02
- Hebrews 13:17
- Job 23:02
- Psalms 032:3-4
- Psalms 102:5-6
Word Data:
- Strong's: H584, H585, H602, H603, H1901, H1993, H5008, H5009, H5098, H5594, H7581, G4726, G4727, G4959
Forms Found in the English ULB:
groan, groaned, groaning, groanings, groans, sigh, sighed, sighed deeply, sighing
hand
Related Ideas:
handbreadth, handful, lay a hand on
Definition:
There are several figurative ways that "hand" is used in the Bible:
- To "hand" something to someone means to put something into that person's hands.
- The term "hand" is often used in reference to God's power and action, such as when God says "Has not my hand made all these things?"
- Expressions such as "hand over to" or "deliver into the hands of" refer to causing someone to be under the control or power of someone else.
-
Some other figurative uses of "hand" include:
-
To "lay a hand on" means to "harm."
- To "save from the hand of" means to stop someone from harming someone else.
- The position of being "on the right hand" means "on the right side" or "to the right."
-
The expression "by the hand of" someone means "by" or "through" the action of that person. For example, "by the hand of the Lord" means that the Lord is the one who caused something to happen.
-
Placing hands on someone is often done while speaking a blessing over that person.
- The term "laying on of hands" refers to placing a hand on a person in order to dedicate that person to God's service or to pray for healing.
- When Paul says "written by my hand," it means that this part of the letter was physically written down by him, rather than spoken to someone else to write down.
Translation Suggestions
- These expressions and other figures of speech could be translated using other figurative expressions that have the same meaning. Or the meaning could be translated using direct, literal language (see examples above).
- The expression "handed him the scroll" could also be translated as "gave him the scroll" or "put the scroll in his hand." It was not given to him permanently, but just for the purpose of using it at that time.
- When "hand" refers to the person, such as in "the hand of God did this," it could be translated as "God did this."
- An expression such as "delivered them into the hands of their enemies" or "handed them over to their enemies," could be translated as, "allowed their enemies to conquer them" or "caused them to be captured by their enemies" or "empowered their enemies to gain control over them."
- To "die by the hand of" could be translated as "be killed by."
- The expression "on the right hand of" could be translated as "on the right side of."
- In regard to Jesus being "seated at the right hand of God," if this does not communicate in the language that it refers to a position of high honor and equal authority, a different expression with that meaning could be used. Or a short explanation could be added: "on the right side of God, in the position of highest authority."
(See also: adversary, bless, captive, honor, power)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:25
- Acts 08:17
- Acts 11:21
- Genesis 09:05
- Genesis 14:20
- John 03:35
- Mark 07:32
- Matthew 06:03
Word Data:
- Strong's: G710, G1188, G2176, G2902, G4084, G5495, G5496, G5497, H2026, H2651, H2947, H2948, H3027, H3028, H3231, H3233, H3709, H7126, H7138, H8042, H8168
Forms Found in the English ULB:
by the hand of, fist, from the hand of, hand, handbreadth, handed, handful, handfuls, handing, hands, lay a hand on, lays his hand on
hand
Related Ideas:
handbreadth, handful, lay a hand on
Definition:
There are several figurative ways that "hand" is used in the Bible:
- To "hand" something to someone means to put something into that person's hands.
- The term "hand" is often used in reference to God's power and action, such as when God says "Has not my hand made all these things?"
- Expressions such as "hand over to" or "deliver into the hands of" refer to causing someone to be under the control or power of someone else.
-
Some other figurative uses of "hand" include:
-
To "lay a hand on" means to "harm."
- To "save from the hand of" means to stop someone from harming someone else.
- The position of being "on the right hand" means "on the right side" or "to the right."
-
The expression "by the hand of" someone means "by" or "through" the action of that person. For example, "by the hand of the Lord" means that the Lord is the one who caused something to happen.
-
Placing hands on someone is often done while speaking a blessing over that person.
- The term "laying on of hands" refers to placing a hand on a person in order to dedicate that person to God's service or to pray for healing.
- When Paul says "written by my hand," it means that this part of the letter was physically written down by him, rather than spoken to someone else to write down.
Translation Suggestions
- These expressions and other figures of speech could be translated using other figurative expressions that have the same meaning. Or the meaning could be translated using direct, literal language (see examples above).
- The expression "handed him the scroll" could also be translated as "gave him the scroll" or "put the scroll in his hand." It was not given to him permanently, but just for the purpose of using it at that time.
- When "hand" refers to the person, such as in "the hand of God did this," it could be translated as "God did this."
- An expression such as "delivered them into the hands of their enemies" or "handed them over to their enemies," could be translated as, "allowed their enemies to conquer them" or "caused them to be captured by their enemies" or "empowered their enemies to gain control over them."
- To "die by the hand of" could be translated as "be killed by."
- The expression "on the right hand of" could be translated as "on the right side of."
- In regard to Jesus being "seated at the right hand of God," if this does not communicate in the language that it refers to a position of high honor and equal authority, a different expression with that meaning could be used. Or a short explanation could be added: "on the right side of God, in the position of highest authority."
(See also: adversary, bless, captive, honor, power)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:25
- Acts 08:17
- Acts 11:21
- Genesis 09:05
- Genesis 14:20
- John 03:35
- Mark 07:32
- Matthew 06:03
Word Data:
- Strong's: G710, G1188, G2176, G2902, G4084, G5495, G5496, G5497, H2026, H2651, H2947, H2948, H3027, H3028, H3231, H3233, H3709, H7126, H7138, H8042, H8168
Forms Found in the English ULB:
by the hand of, fist, from the hand of, hand, handbreadth, handed, handful, handfuls, handing, hands, lay a hand on, lays his hand on
hang
Definition:
The term "hang" means to suspend something or someone above the ground.
- Death by hanging typically is done by tying a rope that is tied around a person's neck and sustending him from an elevated object, like a tree limb. Judas killed himself by hanging.
- Although Jesus died while hanging on a wooden cross, there was nothing around his neck: the soldiers suspended him by nailing his hands (or wrists) and his feet to the cross.
- To hang someone always refers to the way of killing someone by hanging them with a rope around their neck.
Bible References:
- 2 Samuel 17:23
- Acts 10:39
- Galatians 03:13
- Genesis 40:22
- Matthew 27:3-5
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2614, H3363, H8518, G519
Forms Found in the English ULB:
hang, hanged, hanging, hangings, hangs, hung
hang
Definition:
The term "hang" means to suspend something or someone above the ground.
- Death by hanging typically is done by tying a rope that is tied around a person's neck and sustending him from an elevated object, like a tree limb. Judas killed himself by hanging.
- Although Jesus died while hanging on a wooden cross, there was nothing around his neck: the soldiers suspended him by nailing his hands (or wrists) and his feet to the cross.
- To hang someone always refers to the way of killing someone by hanging them with a rope around their neck.
Bible References:
- 2 Samuel 17:23
- Acts 10:39
- Galatians 03:13
- Genesis 40:22
- Matthew 27:3-5
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2614, H3363, H8518, G519
Forms Found in the English ULB:
hang, hanged, hanging, hangings, hangs, hung
hard
Related Ideas:
hardly, hardness, hardship
Definition:
The term "hard" has several different meanings, depending on the context. It usually describes something that is difficult, persistent, or unyielding.
- An object that is "hard" is solid and firm. It is not easily broken, bent, dented, or pierced.
- Work that is "hard" is difficult to do.
- When a person works "hard", he does that work diligently and with a lot of effort to do it well.
- A person who "hardly" does something either does not do it completely or does it rarely.
- A person who goes through "hardship" is suffering or does not have what he needs.
The term "hard" can be used figuratively
* A person who has a "hard heart" is stubborn. He continues to disobey God and will not repent.
* A person whose heart is hardened has become stubbornly disobedient.
Translation Suggestions
- The terms "hardness" or "hardness of heart" or "hard heart" could be translated as "stubbornness" or "persistent rebellion" or "rebellious attitude" or "stubborn disobedience" or "stubbornly not repenting."
- The term "hardened" could also be translated as "stubbornly unrepentant" or "refusing to obey."
- "Do not harden your heart" could be translated as "do not refuse to repent" or "do not stubbornly keep disobeying."
- Other ways to translate "hard-hearted" could include "stubbornly disobedient" or "continuing to disobey" or "refusing to repent" or "always rebelling."
- In expressions such as "work hard" or "try hard," the term "hard" could be translated as "with perseverance" or "diligently."
- The expression "press hard against" could also be translated as "shove with force" or "push strongly against."
- To "oppress people with hard labor" could be translated as "force people to work so hard that they suffer" or "cause people to suffer by forcing them to do very difficult work."
- A different kind of "hard labor" is experienced by a woman who is about to deliver a baby.
(See also: disobey, evil, heart, labor pains, stiff-necked)
Bible References:
- 2 Corinthians 11:23
- Deuteronomy 15:07
- Exodus 14:04
- Hebrews 04:07
- John 12:40
- Matthew 19:08
Word Data:
- Strong's: H553, H1692, H2388, H2389, H2420, H2864, H3021, H3332, H3513, H3515, H3966, H4164, H4165, H4522, H4751, H4784, H4843, H5450, H5647, H5797, H5810, H5980, H5999, H6089, H6381, H7185, H7188, H7280, H8068, H8307, H8513, H8631, G917, G1421, G1422, G1423, G2205, G2478, G2553, G2872, G2873, G3425, G3433, G4053, G4183, G4456, G4457, G4641, G4642, G4643, G4645, G4912
Forms Found in the English ULB:
hard, harden, hardened, hardening, hardens, harder, hardest, hardly, hardness, hardship, hardships
hard
Related Ideas:
hardly, hardness, hardship
Definition:
The term "hard" has several different meanings, depending on the context. It usually describes something that is difficult, persistent, or unyielding.
- An object that is "hard" is solid and firm. It is not easily broken, bent, dented, or pierced.
- Work that is "hard" is difficult to do.
- When a person works "hard", he does that work diligently and with a lot of effort to do it well.
- A person who "hardly" does something either does not do it completely or does it rarely.
- A person who goes through "hardship" is suffering or does not have what he needs.
The term "hard" can be used figuratively
* A person who has a "hard heart" is stubborn. He continues to disobey God and will not repent.
* A person whose heart is hardened has become stubbornly disobedient.
Translation Suggestions
- The terms "hardness" or "hardness of heart" or "hard heart" could be translated as "stubbornness" or "persistent rebellion" or "rebellious attitude" or "stubborn disobedience" or "stubbornly not repenting."
- The term "hardened" could also be translated as "stubbornly unrepentant" or "refusing to obey."
- "Do not harden your heart" could be translated as "do not refuse to repent" or "do not stubbornly keep disobeying."
- Other ways to translate "hard-hearted" could include "stubbornly disobedient" or "continuing to disobey" or "refusing to repent" or "always rebelling."
- In expressions such as "work hard" or "try hard," the term "hard" could be translated as "with perseverance" or "diligently."
- The expression "press hard against" could also be translated as "shove with force" or "push strongly against."
- To "oppress people with hard labor" could be translated as "force people to work so hard that they suffer" or "cause people to suffer by forcing them to do very difficult work."
- A different kind of "hard labor" is experienced by a woman who is about to deliver a baby.
(See also: disobey, evil, heart, labor pains, stiff-necked)
Bible References:
- 2 Corinthians 11:23
- Deuteronomy 15:07
- Exodus 14:04
- Hebrews 04:07
- John 12:40
- Matthew 19:08
Word Data:
- Strong's: H553, H1692, H2388, H2389, H2420, H2864, H3021, H3332, H3513, H3515, H3966, H4164, H4165, H4522, H4751, H4784, H4843, H5450, H5647, H5797, H5810, H5980, H5999, H6089, H6381, H7185, H7188, H7280, H8068, H8307, H8513, H8631, G917, G1421, G1422, G1423, G2205, G2478, G2553, G2872, G2873, G3425, G3433, G4053, G4183, G4456, G4457, G4641, G4642, G4643, G4645, G4912
Forms Found in the English ULB:
hard, harden, hardened, hardening, hardens, harder, hardest, hardly, hardness, hardship, hardships
harp
elated Ideas:
harpist, lyre
Definition:
A harp is a stringed musical instrument, that usually consists of a large open frame with vertical strings.
- In Bible times, fir wood was used to make harps and other musical instruments.
- Players of harps and lyres would hold them in the hands and play them by strumming or plucking while walking.
- In many places in the Bible, harps are mentioned as instruments that were used to praise and worship God.
- David wrote several psalms which were set to harp music.
- He also played a harp for King Saul, to soothe the king's troubled spirit.
- A lyre looks like a small harp, having strings strung across an open frame.
(See also: David, fir, psalm, Saul (OT))
Picture of a Harp:

Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 15:16-18
- Amos 05:23-24
- Daniel 03:05
- Psalm 033:1-3
- Revelation 05:8
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3658, H5035, H7030, G2788, G2789, G2790
Forms Found in the English ULB:
harp, harpist, harpists, harps, lyre, lyres
harp
elated Ideas:
harpist, lyre
Definition:
A harp is a stringed musical instrument, that usually consists of a large open frame with vertical strings.
- In Bible times, fir wood was used to make harps and other musical instruments.
- Players of harps and lyres would hold them in the hands and play them by strumming or plucking while walking.
- In many places in the Bible, harps are mentioned as instruments that were used to praise and worship God.
- David wrote several psalms which were set to harp music.
- He also played a harp for King Saul, to soothe the king's troubled spirit.
- A lyre looks like a small harp, having strings strung across an open frame.
(See also: David, fir, psalm, Saul (OT))
Picture of a Harp:

Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 15:16-18
- Amos 05:23-24
- Daniel 03:05
- Psalm 033:1-3
- Revelation 05:8
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3658, H5035, H7030, G2788, G2789, G2790
Forms Found in the English ULB:
harp, harpist, harpists, harps, lyre, lyres
head
Definition:
In the Bible, the word "head" is used with several figurative meanings.
- Often this term is used to refer to a ruler or to someone who has authority over people, as in "you have made me the head over nations."
- Jesus is called the "head of the church." Just as a person's head guides and directs the members of its body, so Jesus guides and directs the members of his "body," the Church.
- The New Testament teaches that a husband is the "head" or authority of his wife. He is given the responsibility of leading and guiding his wife and family.
- The term "head" can also represent the whole person, as in "this gray head," referring to an elderly person, or as in "the head of Joseph," which refers to Joseph.
- The expression "no razor will ever touch his head" means" he will never cut or shave his hair."
- The expression "let their blood be on his own head" means that the man is responsible for their deaths and will receive the punishment for that.
- The expression "heads of grain" refers to the top parts of a wheat or barley plant that contains the seeds.
- The term "head" can also refer to the beginning or source of something, as in the "head of the street."
Translation Suggestions
- Depending on the context, the term "head" could be translated as "ruler" or "the one who leads and directs" or "the one who is responsible for."
- The expression "head of" can refer to the whole person and so this expression could be translated using just the person's name. For example, "the head of Joseph" could simply be translated as "Joseph."
- The expression "will be on his own head" could be translated as "will be on him" or "he will be punished for" or "he will be held responsible for" or "he will be considered guilty for."
- Depending on the context, other ways to translate this term could include "beginning" or "source" or "ruler" or "leader" or "top."
(See also: grain)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 01:51-54
- 1 Kings 08:1-2
- 1 Samuel 09:22
- Colossians 02:10
- Colossians 02:19
- Numbers 01:04
Word Data:
- Strong's: H441, H1538, H4425, H4761, H4763, H5110, H5324, H6285, H6915, H6936, H7139, H7144, H7146, H7217, H7226, H7218, H7541, H7636, H7641, H7872, G346, G755, G2775, G2776, G4719
Forms Found in the English ULB:
head, heads
head
Definition:
In the Bible, the word "head" is used with several figurative meanings.
- Often this term is used to refer to a ruler or to someone who has authority over people, as in "you have made me the head over nations."
- Jesus is called the "head of the church." Just as a person's head guides and directs the members of its body, so Jesus guides and directs the members of his "body," the Church.
- The New Testament teaches that a husband is the "head" or authority of his wife. He is given the responsibility of leading and guiding his wife and family.
- The term "head" can also represent the whole person, as in "this gray head," referring to an elderly person, or as in "the head of Joseph," which refers to Joseph.
- The expression "no razor will ever touch his head" means" he will never cut or shave his hair."
- The expression "let their blood be on his own head" means that the man is responsible for their deaths and will receive the punishment for that.
- The expression "heads of grain" refers to the top parts of a wheat or barley plant that contains the seeds.
- The term "head" can also refer to the beginning or source of something, as in the "head of the street."
Translation Suggestions
- Depending on the context, the term "head" could be translated as "ruler" or "the one who leads and directs" or "the one who is responsible for."
- The expression "head of" can refer to the whole person and so this expression could be translated using just the person's name. For example, "the head of Joseph" could simply be translated as "Joseph."
- The expression "will be on his own head" could be translated as "will be on him" or "he will be punished for" or "he will be held responsible for" or "he will be considered guilty for."
- Depending on the context, other ways to translate this term could include "beginning" or "source" or "ruler" or "leader" or "top."
(See also: grain)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 01:51-54
- 1 Kings 08:1-2
- 1 Samuel 09:22
- Colossians 02:10
- Colossians 02:19
- Numbers 01:04
Word Data:
- Strong's: H441, H1538, H4425, H4761, H4763, H5110, H5324, H6285, H6915, H6936, H7139, H7144, H7146, H7217, H7226, H7218, H7541, H7636, H7641, H7872, G346, G755, G2775, G2776, G4719
Forms Found in the English ULB:
head, heads
heal
Related Ideas:
cure, healer, health, healthy, make fresh, make well, recover, unhealthy
Definition:
The terms "heal" and "cure" both mean to cause a sick, wounded, or disabled person to be healthy again.
- A person who is "healed" or "cured" has been "made well" or "made healthy."
- Healing can happen naturally since God gave our bodies the ability to recover from many kinds of wounds and diseases. This kind of healing usually happens slowly.
- However, certain conditions, such as being blind or paralyzed, and certain serious diseases, such as leprosy, however do not heal on their own. When people are healed of these things, it is a miracle that usually happens suddenly.
- For example, Jesus healed many people who were blind or lame or diseased, and they became well right away.
- The apostles also healed people miraculously, such as when Peter caused a crippled man to immediately be able to walk.
- A person who is "healthy" has no disease. It may be that he has been healed or that he has simply not been ill for a long time.
- Health can be a metaphor for anything that is good or trustworthy. "Healthy teaching" is teaching that people can depend on to be true and helpful and morally good.
(See also: miracle)
Bible References:
- Acts 05:16
- Acts 08:06
- Luke 05:13
- Luke 06:19
- Luke 08:43
- Matthew 04:23-25
- Matthew 09:35
- Matthew 13:15
Word Data:
- Strong's: H724, H1369, H1455, H2280, H2421, H2492, H2896, H3545, H4832, H4974, H7495, H7499, H7500, H7725, H7965, H8549, H8585, H8644, H622, G1295, G1743, G2322, G2323, G2386, G2390, G2392, G3647, G4982, G5198, G5199
Forms Found in the English ULB:
cure, cured, heal, healed, healer, healers, healing, healings, heals, health, healthy, made ... fresh, made ... well, make ... fresh, recovered, unhealthy
heal
Related Ideas:
cure, healer, health, healthy, make fresh, make well, recover, unhealthy
Definition:
The terms "heal" and "cure" both mean to cause a sick, wounded, or disabled person to be healthy again.
- A person who is "healed" or "cured" has been "made well" or "made healthy."
- Healing can happen naturally since God gave our bodies the ability to recover from many kinds of wounds and diseases. This kind of healing usually happens slowly.
- However, certain conditions, such as being blind or paralyzed, and certain serious diseases, such as leprosy, however do not heal on their own. When people are healed of these things, it is a miracle that usually happens suddenly.
- For example, Jesus healed many people who were blind or lame or diseased, and they became well right away.
- The apostles also healed people miraculously, such as when Peter caused a crippled man to immediately be able to walk.
- A person who is "healthy" has no disease. It may be that he has been healed or that he has simply not been ill for a long time.
- Health can be a metaphor for anything that is good or trustworthy. "Healthy teaching" is teaching that people can depend on to be true and helpful and morally good.
(See also: miracle)
Bible References:
- Acts 05:16
- Acts 08:06
- Luke 05:13
- Luke 06:19
- Luke 08:43
- Matthew 04:23-25
- Matthew 09:35
- Matthew 13:15
Word Data:
- Strong's: H724, H1369, H1455, H2280, H2421, H2492, H2896, H3545, H4832, H4974, H7495, H7499, H7500, H7725, H7965, H8549, H8585, H8644, H622, G1295, G1743, G2322, G2323, G2386, G2390, G2392, G3647, G4982, G5198, G5199
Forms Found in the English ULB:
cure, cured, heal, healed, healer, healers, healing, healings, heals, health, healthy, made ... fresh, made ... well, make ... fresh, recovered, unhealthy
heart
Related Ideas:
kidneys
Definition:
In the Bible, the term "heart" is often used figuratively to refer to a person's thoughts, emotions, desires, or will.
- To have a "hard heart" is a common expression that means a person stubbornly refuses to obey God.
- The expressions "with all my heart" or "with my whole heart" mean to do something with no holding back, with complete commitment and willingness.
- The expression "take it to heart" means to treat something seriously and apply it to one's life.
- The term "brokenhearted" describes a person who is very sad. That person has been deeply hurt emotionally.
- The kidneys are also used as a synecdoche for the physical inner organs and as a metonym for a person's innermost thoughts and emotions.
Translation Suggestions
- Some languages use a different body part such as "stomach" or "liver" to refer to these ideas.
- Other languages may use one word to express some of these concepts and another word to express others.
- If "heart" or other body part does not have this meaning, some languages may need to express this literally with terms such as "thoughts" or "emotions" or "desires" or "inner self".
- Depending on the context, "with all my heart" or "with my whole heart" could be translated as "with all my energy" or "with complete dedication" or "completely" or "with total commitment."
- The expression "take it to heart" could be translated as "treat it seriously" or "carefully think about it."
- The expression "hard-hearted" could also be translated as "stubbornly rebellious" or "refusing to obey" or "continually disobeying God."
- Ways to translate "brokenhearted" could include "very sad" or "feeling deeply hurt."
(See also: hard)
Bible References:
- 1 John 03:17
- 1 Thessalonians 02:04
- 2 Thessalonians 03:13-15
- Acts 08:22
- Acts 15:09
- Luke 08:15
- Mark 02:06
- Matthew 05:08
- Matthew 22:37
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2436, H2504, H2910, H3519, H3629, H3820, H3821, H3823, H3824, H3825, H3826, H4578, H5315, H7307, H7356, G1282, G1271, G2133, G2588, G2589, G4641, G4698, G5590
Forms Found in the English ULB:
heart, hearts, kidneys
heart
Related Ideas:
kidneys
Definition:
In the Bible, the term "heart" is often used figuratively to refer to a person's thoughts, emotions, desires, or will.
- To have a "hard heart" is a common expression that means a person stubbornly refuses to obey God.
- The expressions "with all my heart" or "with my whole heart" mean to do something with no holding back, with complete commitment and willingness.
- The expression "take it to heart" means to treat something seriously and apply it to one's life.
- The term "brokenhearted" describes a person who is very sad. That person has been deeply hurt emotionally.
- The kidneys are also used as a synecdoche for the physical inner organs and as a metonym for a person's innermost thoughts and emotions.
Translation Suggestions
- Some languages use a different body part such as "stomach" or "liver" to refer to these ideas.
- Other languages may use one word to express some of these concepts and another word to express others.
- If "heart" or other body part does not have this meaning, some languages may need to express this literally with terms such as "thoughts" or "emotions" or "desires" or "inner self".
- Depending on the context, "with all my heart" or "with my whole heart" could be translated as "with all my energy" or "with complete dedication" or "completely" or "with total commitment."
- The expression "take it to heart" could be translated as "treat it seriously" or "carefully think about it."
- The expression "hard-hearted" could also be translated as "stubbornly rebellious" or "refusing to obey" or "continually disobeying God."
- Ways to translate "brokenhearted" could include "very sad" or "feeling deeply hurt."
(See also: hard)
Bible References:
- 1 John 03:17
- 1 Thessalonians 02:04
- 2 Thessalonians 03:13-15
- Acts 08:22
- Acts 15:09
- Luke 08:15
- Mark 02:06
- Matthew 05:08
- Matthew 22:37
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2436, H2504, H2910, H3519, H3629, H3820, H3821, H3823, H3824, H3825, H3826, H4578, H5315, H7307, H7356, G1282, G1271, G2133, G2588, G2589, G4641, G4698, G5590
Forms Found in the English ULB:
heart, hearts, kidneys
heaven
Related Ideas:
heavenly, in midair, overhead, sky
Definition:
The term that is translated as "heaven" usually refers to where God lives. The same word can also mean "sky," depending on the context.
- The term "heavens" refers to everything we see above the earth, including the sun, moon, and stars. It also includes the heavenly bodies, such as far-off planets, that we can't directly see from the earth.
- The term "sky" refers to the blue expanse above the earth that has clouds and the air we breathe. Often the sun and moon are also said to be "up in the sky."
- In some contexts in the Bible, the word "heaven" could refer to either the sky or the place where God lives.
- When "heaven" is used figuratively, it is a way of referring to God. For example, when Matthew writes about the "kingdom of heaven" he is referring to the kingdom of God.
Translation Suggestions:
- When "heaven" is used figuratively, it could be translated as "God."
- For "kingdom of heaven" in the book of Matthew, it is best to keep the word "heaven" since this is distinctive to Matthew's gospel.
- The terms "heavens" or "heavenly bodies" could also be translated as, "sun, moon, and stars" or "all the stars in the universe."
- The phrase, "stars of heaven" could be translated as "stars in the sky" or "stars in the galaxy" or "stars in the universe."
(See also: kingdom of God)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 08:22-24
- 1 Thessalonians 01:8-10
- 1 Thessalonians 04:17
- Deuteronomy 09:01
- Ephesians 06:9
- Genesis 01:01
- Genesis 07:11
- John 03:12
- John 03:27
- Matthew 05:18
- Matthew 05:46-48
Word Data:
- Strong's: H7834, H8064, H8065, G932, G2032, G3321, G3770, G3771, G3772
Forms Found in the English ULB:
heaven, heavenly, heavens, in midair, overhead, skies, sky
heaven
Related Ideas:
heavenly, in midair, overhead, sky
Definition:
The term that is translated as "heaven" usually refers to where God lives. The same word can also mean "sky," depending on the context.
- The term "heavens" refers to everything we see above the earth, including the sun, moon, and stars. It also includes the heavenly bodies, such as far-off planets, that we can't directly see from the earth.
- The term "sky" refers to the blue expanse above the earth that has clouds and the air we breathe. Often the sun and moon are also said to be "up in the sky."
- In some contexts in the Bible, the word "heaven" could refer to either the sky or the place where God lives.
- When "heaven" is used figuratively, it is a way of referring to God. For example, when Matthew writes about the "kingdom of heaven" he is referring to the kingdom of God.
Translation Suggestions:
- When "heaven" is used figuratively, it could be translated as "God."
- For "kingdom of heaven" in the book of Matthew, it is best to keep the word "heaven" since this is distinctive to Matthew's gospel.
- The terms "heavens" or "heavenly bodies" could also be translated as, "sun, moon, and stars" or "all the stars in the universe."
- The phrase, "stars of heaven" could be translated as "stars in the sky" or "stars in the galaxy" or "stars in the universe."
(See also: kingdom of God)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 08:22-24
- 1 Thessalonians 01:8-10
- 1 Thessalonians 04:17
- Deuteronomy 09:01
- Ephesians 06:9
- Genesis 01:01
- Genesis 07:11
- John 03:12
- John 03:27
- Matthew 05:18
- Matthew 05:46-48
Word Data:
- Strong's: H7834, H8064, H8065, G932, G2032, G3321, G3770, G3771, G3772
Forms Found in the English ULB:
heaven, heavenly, heavens, in midair, overhead, skies, sky
heir
Definition:
An "heir" is a person who legally receives property or money that belonged to a person who has died.
- In Bible times, the main heir was the firstborn son, who received most of the property and money of his father.
- The Bible also uses "heir" in a figurative sense to refer to person who as a Christian receives spiritual benefits from God, his spiritual father.
- As God's children, Christians are said to be "joint heirs" with Jesus Christ. This could also be translated as "co-heirs" or "fellow heirs" or "heirs together with."
- The term "heir" could be translated as "person receiving benefits" or whatever expression is used in the language to communicate the meaning of someone who receives property and other things when a parent or other relative dies.
(See also: firstborn, inherit)
Bible References:
- Galatians 04:1-2
- Galatians 04:07
- Genesis 15:01
- Genesis 21:10-11
- Luke 20:14
- Mark 12:07
- Matthew 21:38-39
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1121, H3423, G2816, G2818, G2820, G4789
Forms Found in the English ULB:
heir, heirs
heir
Definition:
An "heir" is a person who legally receives property or money that belonged to a person who has died.
- In Bible times, the main heir was the firstborn son, who received most of the property and money of his father.
- The Bible also uses "heir" in a figurative sense to refer to person who as a Christian receives spiritual benefits from God, his spiritual father.
- As God's children, Christians are said to be "joint heirs" with Jesus Christ. This could also be translated as "co-heirs" or "fellow heirs" or "heirs together with."
- The term "heir" could be translated as "person receiving benefits" or whatever expression is used in the language to communicate the meaning of someone who receives property and other things when a parent or other relative dies.
(See also: firstborn, inherit)
Bible References:
- Galatians 04:1-2
- Galatians 04:07
- Genesis 15:01
- Genesis 21:10-11
- Luke 20:14
- Mark 12:07
- Matthew 21:38-39
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1121, H3423, G2816, G2818, G2820, G4789
Forms Found in the English ULB:
heir, heirs
high priest
Related Ideas:
high priesthood
Definition:
The term "high priest" refers to a special priest who was appointed to serve for one year as the leader of all the other Israelite priests.
- The high priest had special responsibilities. He was the only one who was permitted to go into the most holy part of the temple to offer a special sacrifice once a year.
- The Israelites had many priests, but only one high priest at a time.
- When Jesus was being arrested, Caiaphas was the official high priest. Caiphas' father-in-law Annas is also mentioned sometimes because he was a former high priest who probably still had power and authority over the people.
Translation Suggestions:
- "High priest" could be translated as "supreme priest" or "highest ranking priest."
- Make sure this term is translated differently from the term "chief priest."
(See also: Annas, Caiaphas, chief priests, priest, temple)
Bible References:
- Acts 05:27
- Acts 07:01
- Acts 09:01
- Exodus 30:10
- Hebrews 06:19-20
- Leviticus 16:32
- Luke 03:02
- Mark 02:25-26
- Matthew 26:3-5
- Matthew 26:51-54
Word Data:
- Strong's: H7218, H1419, H3548, G748, G749
Forms Found in the English ULB:
high priest, high priesthood, high priests
high priest
Related Ideas:
high priesthood
Definition:
The term "high priest" refers to a special priest who was appointed to serve for one year as the leader of all the other Israelite priests.
- The high priest had special responsibilities. He was the only one who was permitted to go into the most holy part of the temple to offer a special sacrifice once a year.
- The Israelites had many priests, but only one high priest at a time.
- When Jesus was being arrested, Caiaphas was the official high priest. Caiphas' father-in-law Annas is also mentioned sometimes because he was a former high priest who probably still had power and authority over the people.
Translation Suggestions:
- "High priest" could be translated as "supreme priest" or "highest ranking priest."
- Make sure this term is translated differently from the term "chief priest."
(See also: Annas, Caiaphas, chief priests, priest, temple)
Bible References:
- Acts 05:27
- Acts 07:01
- Acts 09:01
- Exodus 30:10
- Hebrews 06:19-20
- Leviticus 16:32
- Luke 03:02
- Mark 02:25-26
- Matthew 26:3-5
- Matthew 26:51-54
Word Data:
- Strong's: H7218, H1419, H3548, G748, G749
Forms Found in the English ULB:
high priest, high priesthood, high priests
holy
Related Ideas:
holiness, sacred, unholy
Definition:
The terms "holy" and "holiness" refer to the character of God that is totally set apart and separated from everything that is sinful and imperfect.
- Only God is absolutely holy. He makes people and things holy.
- A person who is holy belongs to God and has been set apart for the purpose of serving God and bringing him glory.
- An object that God has declared to be holy is one that he has set apart for his glory and use, such as an altar that is for the purpose of offering sacrifices to him.
- People cannot approach him unless he allows them to, because he is holy and they are merely human beings, sinful and imperfect.
- In the Old Testament, God set apart the priests as holy for special service to him. They had to be ceremonially cleansed from sin in order to approach God.
- God also set apart as holy certain places and things that belonged to him or in which he revealed himself, such as his temple.
- Believers in Jesus are holy people, not because of what they have done, but rather because of their faith in the saving work of Jesus Christ. He is the one who makes them holy.
- When people of any religion, true or false, consider something "sacred," they consider it holy according to their religion.
Literally, the term "unholy" means "not holy." It describes someone or something that does not honor God.
- This word is used to describe someone who dishonors God by rebelling against him.
- A thing that is called "unholy" could be described as being common, profane or unclean. It does not belong to God.
The term "sacred" describes something that relates to worshiping God or to the pagan worship of false gods.
- In the Old Testament, the term "sacred" was often used to describe the stone pillars and other objects used in the worship of false gods. This could also be translated as "religious."
- "Sacred songs" and "sacred music" refer to music that was sung or played for God's glory. This could be translated as "music for worshiping Yahweh" or "songs that praise God."
- The phrase "sacred duties" referred to the "religious duties" or "rituals" that a priest performed to lead people in worshiping God. It could also refer to the rituals performed by a pagan priest to worship a false god.
- The phrase "sacred gifts" refers to things that someone has set apart for God and then given to God at the temple.
Translation Suggestions:
- Ways to translate "holy" might include "set apart for God" or "belonging to God" or "completely pure" or "perfectly sinless" or "separated from sin."
-
To "make holy" is often translated as "sanctify" in English. It could also be translated as "set apart (someone) for God's glory."
-
Ways to translate "unholy" could include "not holy" or "not belonging to God" or "not honoring to God" or "not godly."
- In some contexts, "unholy" could be translated as "unclean."
(See also: Holy Spirit, consecrate, sanctify, set apart)
Bible References:
- Genesis 28:22
- 2 Kings 03:02
- Lamentations 04:01
- Ezekiel 20:18-20
- Matthew 07:6
- Mark 08:38
- Acts 07:33
- Acts 11:08
- Romans 01:02
- 2 Corinthians 12:3-5
- Colossians 01:22
- 1 Thessalonians 03:13
- 1 Thessalonians 04:07
- 2 Timothy 03:15
- 1 Timothy 05:10
- 2 Corinthians 09:12-15
- Revelation 16:06
- Revelation 20:9-10
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2455, H2623, H4676, H4720, H6918, H6922, H6942, H6944, H6948, G37, G38, G39, G40, G41, G42, G462, G2150, G2413, G2839, G3741, G3742
Forms Found in the English ULB:
holier, holiest, holiness, holy, holy duties, honored as holy, makes ... holy, sacred, sacred gifts, sacred places, unholy
holy
Related Ideas:
holiness, sacred, unholy
Definition:
The terms "holy" and "holiness" refer to the character of God that is totally set apart and separated from everything that is sinful and imperfect.
- Only God is absolutely holy. He makes people and things holy.
- A person who is holy belongs to God and has been set apart for the purpose of serving God and bringing him glory.
- An object that God has declared to be holy is one that he has set apart for his glory and use, such as an altar that is for the purpose of offering sacrifices to him.
- People cannot approach him unless he allows them to, because he is holy and they are merely human beings, sinful and imperfect.
- In the Old Testament, God set apart the priests as holy for special service to him. They had to be ceremonially cleansed from sin in order to approach God.
- God also set apart as holy certain places and things that belonged to him or in which he revealed himself, such as his temple.
- Believers in Jesus are holy people, not because of what they have done, but rather because of their faith in the saving work of Jesus Christ. He is the one who makes them holy.
- When people of any religion, true or false, consider something "sacred," they consider it holy according to their religion.
Literally, the term "unholy" means "not holy." It describes someone or something that does not honor God.
- This word is used to describe someone who dishonors God by rebelling against him.
- A thing that is called "unholy" could be described as being common, profane or unclean. It does not belong to God.
The term "sacred" describes something that relates to worshiping God or to the pagan worship of false gods.
- In the Old Testament, the term "sacred" was often used to describe the stone pillars and other objects used in the worship of false gods. This could also be translated as "religious."
- "Sacred songs" and "sacred music" refer to music that was sung or played for God's glory. This could be translated as "music for worshiping Yahweh" or "songs that praise God."
- The phrase "sacred duties" referred to the "religious duties" or "rituals" that a priest performed to lead people in worshiping God. It could also refer to the rituals performed by a pagan priest to worship a false god.
- The phrase "sacred gifts" refers to things that someone has set apart for God and then given to God at the temple.
Translation Suggestions:
- Ways to translate "holy" might include "set apart for God" or "belonging to God" or "completely pure" or "perfectly sinless" or "separated from sin."
-
To "make holy" is often translated as "sanctify" in English. It could also be translated as "set apart (someone) for God's glory."
-
Ways to translate "unholy" could include "not holy" or "not belonging to God" or "not honoring to God" or "not godly."
- In some contexts, "unholy" could be translated as "unclean."
(See also: Holy Spirit, consecrate, sanctify, set apart)
Bible References:
- Genesis 28:22
- 2 Kings 03:02
- Lamentations 04:01
- Ezekiel 20:18-20
- Matthew 07:6
- Mark 08:38
- Acts 07:33
- Acts 11:08
- Romans 01:02
- 2 Corinthians 12:3-5
- Colossians 01:22
- 1 Thessalonians 03:13
- 1 Thessalonians 04:07
- 2 Timothy 03:15
- 1 Timothy 05:10
- 2 Corinthians 09:12-15
- Revelation 16:06
- Revelation 20:9-10
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2455, H2623, H4676, H4720, H6918, H6922, H6942, H6944, H6948, G37, G38, G39, G40, G41, G42, G462, G2150, G2413, G2839, G3741, G3742
Forms Found in the English ULB:
holier, holiest, holiness, holy, holy duties, honored as holy, makes ... holy, sacred, sacred gifts, sacred places, unholy
holy place
Definition:
In the Bible, the terms "the holy place" and "the most holy place" refer to the two parts of the tabernacle or temple building.
- The "holy place" was the first room, and it contained the altar of incense and the table with the special "bread of the presence" on it.
- The "most holy place" was the second, innermost room, and it contained the ark of the covenant.
- A thick, heavy curtain separated the outer room from the inner room.
- The high priest was the only one who was permitted to go into the most holy place.
- Sometimes "holy place" refers to both the building and courtyard areas of either the temple or tabernacle. It could also refer generally to any place that is set apart for God.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "holy place" could also be translated as "room set apart for God" or "special room for meeting God" or "place reserved for God."
- The term "most holy place" could be translated as "room that is the most set apart for God" or "most special room for meeting God."
- Depending on the context, ways to translate the general expression "a holy place" could include "a consecrated place" or "a place that God has set apart" or "a place in the temple complex, which is holy" or "a courtyard of God's holy temple."
(See also: altar of incense, ark of the covenant, bread, consecrate, court, curtain, holy, set apart, tabernacle, temple)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 06:16-18
- Acts 06:12-15
- Exodus 26:33
- Exodus 31:10-11
- Ezekiel 41:01
- Ezra 09:8-9
- Hebrews 09:1-2
- Leviticus 16:18
- Matthew 24:15-18
- Revelation 15:05
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1964, H4720, H4725, H5116, H6918, H6944, G39, G40, G3485, G5117
Forms Found in the English ULB:
holy place
holy place
Definition:
In the Bible, the terms "the holy place" and "the most holy place" refer to the two parts of the tabernacle or temple building.
- The "holy place" was the first room, and it contained the altar of incense and the table with the special "bread of the presence" on it.
- The "most holy place" was the second, innermost room, and it contained the ark of the covenant.
- A thick, heavy curtain separated the outer room from the inner room.
- The high priest was the only one who was permitted to go into the most holy place.
- Sometimes "holy place" refers to both the building and courtyard areas of either the temple or tabernacle. It could also refer generally to any place that is set apart for God.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "holy place" could also be translated as "room set apart for God" or "special room for meeting God" or "place reserved for God."
- The term "most holy place" could be translated as "room that is the most set apart for God" or "most special room for meeting God."
- Depending on the context, ways to translate the general expression "a holy place" could include "a consecrated place" or "a place that God has set apart" or "a place in the temple complex, which is holy" or "a courtyard of God's holy temple."
(See also: altar of incense, ark of the covenant, bread, consecrate, court, curtain, holy, set apart, tabernacle, temple)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 06:16-18
- Acts 06:12-15
- Exodus 26:33
- Exodus 31:10-11
- Ezekiel 41:01
- Ezra 09:8-9
- Hebrews 09:1-2
- Leviticus 16:18
- Matthew 24:15-18
- Revelation 15:05
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1964, H4720, H4725, H5116, H6918, H6944, G39, G40, G3485, G5117
Forms Found in the English ULB:
holy place
honor
Related Ideas:
dignified, esteem, held in honor, highly regarded, honorable, of high standing, places of honor, recognition
Definition:
The terms "honor" and to "honor" refer to giving someone respect, esteem, or reverence.
- Honor is usually given to someone who is of higher status and importance, such as a king or God.
- God instructs Christians to honor others.
- Children are instructed to honor their parents in ways that include respecting them and obeying them.
- The terms "honor" and "glory" are often used together, especially when referring to Jesus. These may be two different ways of referring to the same thing.
- Ways of honoring God include thanking and praising him, and showing him respect by obeying him and living in a way that shows how great he is.
- To "esteem" someone is to consider him worthy of great honor.
Translation Suggestions:
- Other ways to translate "honor" could include "respect" or "esteem" or "high regard."
- The term to "honor" could be translated as to "show special respect to" or to "cause to be praised" or to "show high regard for" or to "highly value."
(See also: dishonor, glory, glory, praise)
Bible References:
- 1 Samuel 02:8
- Acts 19:17
- John 04:44
- John 12:26
- Mark 06:04
- Matthew 15:06
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1420, H1921, H1922, H1923, H1926, H1935, H2082, H2142, H3366, H3367, H3368, H3372, H3373, H3374, H3444, H3513, H3519, H3655, H3678, H5081, H5082, H5375, H5457, H6213, H6286, H6437, H6942, H6944, H6965, H7236, H7613, H7812, H8597, H8416, G820, G1391, G1392, G1741, G1784, G2151, G2233, G2570, G3170, G4411, G4586, G5091, G5092, G5093, G5399
Forms Found in the English ULB:
dignified, esteem, held in honor, highly regarded, honor, honorable, honored, honoring, honors, of high standing, places of honor, recognition
honor
Related Ideas:
dignified, esteem, held in honor, highly regarded, honorable, of high standing, places of honor, recognition
Definition:
The terms "honor" and to "honor" refer to giving someone respect, esteem, or reverence.
- Honor is usually given to someone who is of higher status and importance, such as a king or God.
- God instructs Christians to honor others.
- Children are instructed to honor their parents in ways that include respecting them and obeying them.
- The terms "honor" and "glory" are often used together, especially when referring to Jesus. These may be two different ways of referring to the same thing.
- Ways of honoring God include thanking and praising him, and showing him respect by obeying him and living in a way that shows how great he is.
- To "esteem" someone is to consider him worthy of great honor.
Translation Suggestions:
- Other ways to translate "honor" could include "respect" or "esteem" or "high regard."
- The term to "honor" could be translated as to "show special respect to" or to "cause to be praised" or to "show high regard for" or to "highly value."
(See also: dishonor, glory, glory, praise)
Bible References:
- 1 Samuel 02:8
- Acts 19:17
- John 04:44
- John 12:26
- Mark 06:04
- Matthew 15:06
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1420, H1921, H1922, H1923, H1926, H1935, H2082, H2142, H3366, H3367, H3368, H3372, H3373, H3374, H3444, H3513, H3519, H3655, H3678, H5081, H5082, H5375, H5457, H6213, H6286, H6437, H6942, H6944, H6965, H7236, H7613, H7812, H8597, H8416, G820, G1391, G1392, G1741, G1784, G2151, G2233, G2570, G3170, G4411, G4586, G5091, G5092, G5093, G5399
Forms Found in the English ULB:
dignified, esteem, held in honor, highly regarded, honor, honorable, honored, honoring, honors, of high standing, places of honor, recognition
hope
Definition:
Hope is strongly desiring something to happen.
Hope can imply either certainty or uncertainty regarding a future event.
- In the Bible, the term "hope" also has the meaning of "trust," as in "my hope is in the Lord." It refers to a sure expectation of receiving what God has promised his people.
- To have "no hope" means to have no expectation of something good happening. It means that it is actually very certain that it will not happen.
Translation Suggestions:
- In some contexts, the term to "hope" could also be translated as to "wish" or to "desire" or to "expect."
- The expression "nothing to hope for" could be translated as "nothing to trust in" or "no expectation of anything good"
- To "have no hope" could be translated as "have no expectation of anything good" or "have no security" or "be sure that nothing good will happen."
- The expression "have set your hopes on" could also be translated as "have put your confidence in" or "have been trusting in."
- The phrase "I find hope in your Word" could also be translated as "I am confident that your Word is true" or "Your Word helps me trust in you" or "When I obey your Word, I am certain to be blessed."
- Phrases such as "hope in" God could also be translated a, "trust in God" or "know for sure that God will do what he has promised" or "be certain that God is faithful."
(See also: bless, confidence, good, obey, trust, word of God)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 29:14-15
- 1 Thessalonians 02:19
- Acts 24:14-16
- Acts 26:06
- Acts 27:20
- Colossians 01:05
- Job 11:20
Word Data:
- Strong's: H982, H983, H986, H1891, H2976, H3176, H3689, H4009, H4723, H7663, H7664, H8431, H8615, G1679, G1680, G2070, G4276
Forms Found in the English ULB:
hope, hoped, hopes, look to ... in hope, uselessly hope
hope
Definition:
Hope is strongly desiring something to happen.
Hope can imply either certainty or uncertainty regarding a future event.
- In the Bible, the term "hope" also has the meaning of "trust," as in "my hope is in the Lord." It refers to a sure expectation of receiving what God has promised his people.
- To have "no hope" means to have no expectation of something good happening. It means that it is actually very certain that it will not happen.
Translation Suggestions:
- In some contexts, the term to "hope" could also be translated as to "wish" or to "desire" or to "expect."
- The expression "nothing to hope for" could be translated as "nothing to trust in" or "no expectation of anything good"
- To "have no hope" could be translated as "have no expectation of anything good" or "have no security" or "be sure that nothing good will happen."
- The expression "have set your hopes on" could also be translated as "have put your confidence in" or "have been trusting in."
- The phrase "I find hope in your Word" could also be translated as "I am confident that your Word is true" or "Your Word helps me trust in you" or "When I obey your Word, I am certain to be blessed."
- Phrases such as "hope in" God could also be translated a, "trust in God" or "know for sure that God will do what he has promised" or "be certain that God is faithful."
(See also: bless, confidence, good, obey, trust, word of God)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 29:14-15
- 1 Thessalonians 02:19
- Acts 24:14-16
- Acts 26:06
- Acts 27:20
- Colossians 01:05
- Job 11:20
Word Data:
- Strong's: H982, H983, H986, H1891, H2976, H3176, H3689, H4009, H4723, H7663, H7664, H8431, H8615, G1679, G1680, G2070, G4276
Forms Found in the English ULB:
hope, hoped, hopes, look to ... in hope, uselessly hope
horse
Related Ideas:
horseback, warhorse
Definition:
A horse is a large, four-legged animal that in Bible times was mostly used for doing farm work and for transporting people.
- Some horses were used to pull carts or chariots, while others were used to carry individual riders.
- Horses often wear a bit and bridle on their heads so they can be guided.
- In the Bible, horses were considered to be valuable possessions and a measure of wealth, mainly because of their use in war. For example, part of King Solomon's great wealth was the thousands of horses and chariots that he had.
- Animals that are similar to the horse are the donkey and the mule.
(See also: chariot, , donkey, Solomon)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 18:04
- 2 Kings 02:11
- Exodus 14:23-25
- Ezekiel 23:5-7
- Zechariah 06:08
Word Data:
- Strong's: H47, H5483, H5484, H6571, H7409, G2462
Forms Found in the English ULB:
horse, horseback, horses, horses', strong horses, warhorse, warhorses
horse
Related Ideas:
horseback, warhorse
Definition:
A horse is a large, four-legged animal that in Bible times was mostly used for doing farm work and for transporting people.
- Some horses were used to pull carts or chariots, while others were used to carry individual riders.
- Horses often wear a bit and bridle on their heads so they can be guided.
- In the Bible, horses were considered to be valuable possessions and a measure of wealth, mainly because of their use in war. For example, part of King Solomon's great wealth was the thousands of horses and chariots that he had.
- Animals that are similar to the horse are the donkey and the mule.
(See also: chariot, , donkey, Solomon)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 18:04
- 2 Kings 02:11
- Exodus 14:23-25
- Ezekiel 23:5-7
- Zechariah 06:08
Word Data:
- Strong's: H47, H5483, H5484, H6571, H7409, G2462
Forms Found in the English ULB:
horse, horseback, horses, horses', strong horses, warhorse, warhorses
hour
Definition:
In addition to being used to refer to when or how long something took place, the term "hour" is also used in several figurative ways:
- When the text says that the "hour had come" for Jesus to suffer and be put to death, this means that it was the appointed time for this to happen—the time that God had selected long ago.
- The phrase "that hour" is also used to mean "at that moment" or "right then."
- When the text talks about the "hour" being late, this means that it was late in the day, when the sun would soon be setting.
Translation Suggestions:
- When used figuratively, the term "hour" can be translated as "time" or "moment" or "appointed time."
- The phrase "in that very hour" or "the same hour" could be translated as "at that moment" or "at that time" or "immediately" or "right then."
- The expression "the hour was late" could be translated as "it was late in the day" or "it would soon be getting dark" or "it was late afternoon."
- Referring to Jesus, the expression "his hour had come" could be translated as, "the time had come for him" or "it was the appointed time for him."
(See also: hour (biblical time))
Bible References:
- Mark 14:35
- 1 Corinthians 15:30
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
appointed time, hour, hours, moment, time, while
hour
Definition:
In addition to being used to refer to when or how long something took place, the term "hour" is also used in several figurative ways:
- When the text says that the "hour had come" for Jesus to suffer and be put to death, this means that it was the appointed time for this to happen—the time that God had selected long ago.
- The phrase "that hour" is also used to mean "at that moment" or "right then."
- When the text talks about the "hour" being late, this means that it was late in the day, when the sun would soon be setting.
Translation Suggestions:
- When used figuratively, the term "hour" can be translated as "time" or "moment" or "appointed time."
- The phrase "in that very hour" or "the same hour" could be translated as "at that moment" or "at that time" or "immediately" or "right then."
- The expression "the hour was late" could be translated as "it was late in the day" or "it would soon be getting dark" or "it was late afternoon."
- Referring to Jesus, the expression "his hour had come" could be translated as, "the time had come for him" or "it was the appointed time for him."
(See also: hour (biblical time))
Bible References:
- Mark 14:35
- 1 Corinthians 15:30
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
appointed time, hour, hours, moment, time, while
house
Related Ideas:
home, residence
Definition:
The term "house" is often used figuratively in the Bible.
- Sometimes it means "household," referring to the people who live together in one house.
- Often "house" refers to a person's descendants or other relatives. For example, the phrase "house of David" refers to all the descendants of King David.
- The terms "house of God" and "house of Yahweh" refer to the tabernacle or temple. These expressions can also refer generally to where God is or dwells.
- In Hebrews 3, "God's house" is used as a metaphor to refer to God's people or, more generally, to everything pertaining to God.
- A "residence" is any place in which people live without plans to move to another place.
Translation Suggestions
- Depending on the context, "house" could be translated as "household" or "people" or "family" or "descendants" or "temple" or "dwelling place."
- The phrase "house of David" could be translated as "clan of David" or "family of David" or "descendants of David." Related expressions could be translated in a similar way.
- Different ways to translate "house of Israel" could include "people of Israel" or "Israel's descendants" or "Israelites."
- The phrase "house of Yahweh" could be translated as "Yahweh's temple" or "place where Yahweh is worshiped" or "place where Yahweh meets with his people" or "where Yahweh dwells."
- "House of God" could be translated in a similar way.
(See also: David, descendant, house of God, household, kingdom of Israel, tabernacle, temple, Yahweh)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:42
- Acts 07:49
- Genesis 39:04
- Genesis 41:40
- Luke 08:39
- Matthew 10:06
- Matthew 15:24
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1004, H1005, H4585, H5116, G3609, G3613, G3614, G3624
Forms Found in the English ULB:
home, homes, house, house's, houses, residence
house
Related Ideas:
home, residence
Definition:
The term "house" is often used figuratively in the Bible.
- Sometimes it means "household," referring to the people who live together in one house.
- Often "house" refers to a person's descendants or other relatives. For example, the phrase "house of David" refers to all the descendants of King David.
- The terms "house of God" and "house of Yahweh" refer to the tabernacle or temple. These expressions can also refer generally to where God is or dwells.
- In Hebrews 3, "God's house" is used as a metaphor to refer to God's people or, more generally, to everything pertaining to God.
- A "residence" is any place in which people live without plans to move to another place.
Translation Suggestions
- Depending on the context, "house" could be translated as "household" or "people" or "family" or "descendants" or "temple" or "dwelling place."
- The phrase "house of David" could be translated as "clan of David" or "family of David" or "descendants of David." Related expressions could be translated in a similar way.
- Different ways to translate "house of Israel" could include "people of Israel" or "Israel's descendants" or "Israelites."
- The phrase "house of Yahweh" could be translated as "Yahweh's temple" or "place where Yahweh is worshiped" or "place where Yahweh meets with his people" or "where Yahweh dwells."
- "House of God" could be translated in a similar way.
(See also: David, descendant, house of God, household, kingdom of Israel, tabernacle, temple, Yahweh)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:42
- Acts 07:49
- Genesis 39:04
- Genesis 41:40
- Luke 08:39
- Matthew 10:06
- Matthew 15:24
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1004, H1005, H4585, H5116, G3609, G3613, G3614, G3624
Forms Found in the English ULB:
home, homes, house, house's, houses, residence
household
Related Ideas:
household members
Definition:
The term "household" refers to all the people who live together in a house, including family members and all their servants.
- Managing a household would involves directing the servants and also taking care of the property.
- Sometimes "household" can refer figuratively to the whole family line of someone, especially his descendants.
(See also: house)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:10
- Galatians 06:10
- Genesis 07:01
- Genesis 34:19
- John 04:53
- Matthew 10:25
- Matthew 10:36
- Philippians 04:22
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1004, H5657, G2322, G3609, G3614, G3615, G3616, G3623, G3624, G3626
Forms Found in the English ULB:
household, household members, households, members of household
household
Related Ideas:
household members
Definition:
The term "household" refers to all the people who live together in a house, including family members and all their servants.
- Managing a household would involves directing the servants and also taking care of the property.
- Sometimes "household" can refer figuratively to the whole family line of someone, especially his descendants.
(See also: house)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:10
- Galatians 06:10
- Genesis 07:01
- Genesis 34:19
- John 04:53
- Matthew 10:25
- Matthew 10:36
- Philippians 04:22
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1004, H5657, G2322, G3609, G3614, G3615, G3616, G3623, G3624, G3626
Forms Found in the English ULB:
household, household members, households, members of household
image
Related Ideas:
carved figure, cast metal figure, statue
Definition:
These terms are all used to refer to idols that have been made for worshiping a false god. In the context of worshiping idols, the term "image" is a shortened form of "carved image."
- A "carved image" or "carved figure" is a wooden object that has been made to look like an animal, person, or thing.
- A "cast metal figure" is an object or statue created by melting metal and pouring it into a mold that is in the shape of an object, animal, or person.
- These wooden and metal objects were used in the worship of false gods.
- The term "image" when referring to an idol could either refer to a wooden or metal idol.
Translation Suggestions:
- When referring to an idol, the term "image" could also be translated as "statue" or "engraved idol" or "carved religious object."
- It may be more clear in some languages to always use a descriptive word with this term, such as "carved image" or "cast metal figure," even in places where only the term "image" or "figure" is in the original text.
(See also: god, God, god, image of God)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 14:9-10
- Acts 07:43
- Isaiah 21:8-9
- Matthew 22:21
- Romans 01:23
Word Data:
- Strong's: H457, H1544, H1823, H4541, H4676, H4853, H4906, H5257, H5262, H5566, H6091, H6456, H6459, H6754, H6755, H6816, H8403, H8544, H8655, G1504, G5179
Forms Found in the English ULB:
carved figure, carved figures, carved image, carved images, cast metal figure, cast metal figures, cast metal images, castings, figure, figures, image, images, statue
image
Related Ideas:
carved figure, cast metal figure, statue
Definition:
These terms are all used to refer to idols that have been made for worshiping a false god. In the context of worshiping idols, the term "image" is a shortened form of "carved image."
- A "carved image" or "carved figure" is a wooden object that has been made to look like an animal, person, or thing.
- A "cast metal figure" is an object or statue created by melting metal and pouring it into a mold that is in the shape of an object, animal, or person.
- These wooden and metal objects were used in the worship of false gods.
- The term "image" when referring to an idol could either refer to a wooden or metal idol.
Translation Suggestions:
- When referring to an idol, the term "image" could also be translated as "statue" or "engraved idol" or "carved religious object."
- It may be more clear in some languages to always use a descriptive word with this term, such as "carved image" or "cast metal figure," even in places where only the term "image" or "figure" is in the original text.
(See also: god, God, god, image of God)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 14:9-10
- Acts 07:43
- Isaiah 21:8-9
- Matthew 22:21
- Romans 01:23
Word Data:
- Strong's: H457, H1544, H1823, H4541, H4676, H4853, H4906, H5257, H5262, H5566, H6091, H6456, H6459, H6754, H6755, H6816, H8403, H8544, H8655, G1504, G5179
Forms Found in the English ULB:
carved figure, carved figures, carved image, carved images, cast metal figure, cast metal figures, cast metal images, castings, figure, figures, image, images, statue
in Christ
Related Ideas:
in Christ Jesus, in Jesus, in the Lord, in the Lord Jesus, into Christ
Definition:
The phrase "in Christ" and related terms refer to the state or condition of being in relationship with Jesus Christ through faith in him.
- Other related terms include "in Christ Jesus, in Jesus Christ, in the Lord Jesus, in the Lord Jesus Christ."
- Possible meanings for the term "in Christ" could include "because you belong to Christ" or "through the relationship you have with Christ" or "based on your faith in Christ."
- These related terms all have the same meaning of being in a state of believing in Jesus and being his disciple.
- Note: Sometimes the word "in" belongs with the verb. For example, "share in Christ" means to "share in" the benefits that come from knowing Christ. To "glory in" Christ means to be glad and give praise to God for who Jesus is and what he has done. To "believe in" Christ means to trust him as Savior and know him.
Translation Suggestions:
-
Depending on the context, different ways to translate "in Christ" and "in the Lord" (and related phrases) could include:
-
"who belong to Christ"
- "because you believe in Christ"
- "because Christ has saved us"
- "in service to the Lord"
- "relying on the Lord"
-
"because of what the Lord has done."
-
People who "believe in" Christ or who "have faith in" Christ believe what Jesus taught and are trusting him to save them because of his sacrifice on the cross that paid the penalty for their sins. Some languages may have one word that translates verbs like "believe in" or "share in" or "trust in."
(See also: Christ, lord, Jesus, believe, faith)
Bible References:
- 1 John 02:05
- 2 Corinthians 02:17
- 2 Timothy 01:01
- Galatians 01:22
- Galatians 02:17
- Philemon 01:06
- Revelation 01:10
- Romans 09:01
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
in Christ, in Christ Jesus, in Jesus, in him, in the Lord, in the Lord Jesus, into Christ
in Christ
Related Ideas:
in Christ Jesus, in Jesus, in the Lord, in the Lord Jesus, into Christ
Definition:
The phrase "in Christ" and related terms refer to the state or condition of being in relationship with Jesus Christ through faith in him.
- Other related terms include "in Christ Jesus, in Jesus Christ, in the Lord Jesus, in the Lord Jesus Christ."
- Possible meanings for the term "in Christ" could include "because you belong to Christ" or "through the relationship you have with Christ" or "based on your faith in Christ."
- These related terms all have the same meaning of being in a state of believing in Jesus and being his disciple.
- Note: Sometimes the word "in" belongs with the verb. For example, "share in Christ" means to "share in" the benefits that come from knowing Christ. To "glory in" Christ means to be glad and give praise to God for who Jesus is and what he has done. To "believe in" Christ means to trust him as Savior and know him.
Translation Suggestions:
-
Depending on the context, different ways to translate "in Christ" and "in the Lord" (and related phrases) could include:
-
"who belong to Christ"
- "because you believe in Christ"
- "because Christ has saved us"
- "in service to the Lord"
- "relying on the Lord"
-
"because of what the Lord has done."
-
People who "believe in" Christ or who "have faith in" Christ believe what Jesus taught and are trusting him to save them because of his sacrifice on the cross that paid the penalty for their sins. Some languages may have one word that translates verbs like "believe in" or "share in" or "trust in."
(See also: Christ, lord, Jesus, believe, faith)
Bible References:
- 1 John 02:05
- 2 Corinthians 02:17
- 2 Timothy 01:01
- Galatians 01:22
- Galatians 02:17
- Philemon 01:06
- Revelation 01:10
- Romans 09:01
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
in Christ, in Christ Jesus, in Jesus, in him, in the Lord, in the Lord Jesus, into Christ
inherit
Related Ideas:
heritage, inheritance,legacy
Definition:
The term "inherit" refers to receiving something valuable from a parent or other person because of a special relationship with that person. The "inheritance" is what is received.
Translation Suggestions:
- As always, consider first whether there are already terms in the target language for the concept of an heir or an inheritance, and use those terms.
- Depending on the context, other ways that the term "inherit" could be translated might include "receive" or "possess" or "come into possession of."
- Ways to translate "inheritance" could include "promised gift" or "secure possession."
- When God's people are referred to as his inheritance this could be translated as "valued ones belonging to him."
- The term "heir" could be translated with a word or phrase that means "privileged child who receives the father's possessions" or "person chosen to receive (God's) spiritual possessions or blessings."
- The term "heritage" could be translated as "blessings from God" or "inherited blessings."
(See also: heir, Canaan, Promised Land)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 06:09
- 1 Peter 01:04
- 2 Samuel 21:03
- Acts 07:4-5
- Deuteronomy 20:16
- Galatians 05:21
- Genesis 15:07
- Hebrews 09:15
- Jeremiah 02:07
- Luke 15:11
- Matthew 19:29
- Psalm 079:01
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2490, H2506, H3423, H3425, H4181, H5157, H5159, G2816, G2817, G2819
Forms Found in the English ULB:
heritage, inherit, inheritance, inheritances, inherited, legacy
inherit
Related Ideas:
heritage, inheritance,legacy
Definition:
The term "inherit" refers to receiving something valuable from a parent or other person because of a special relationship with that person. The "inheritance" is what is received.
Translation Suggestions:
- As always, consider first whether there are already terms in the target language for the concept of an heir or an inheritance, and use those terms.
- Depending on the context, other ways that the term "inherit" could be translated might include "receive" or "possess" or "come into possession of."
- Ways to translate "inheritance" could include "promised gift" or "secure possession."
- When God's people are referred to as his inheritance this could be translated as "valued ones belonging to him."
- The term "heir" could be translated with a word or phrase that means "privileged child who receives the father's possessions" or "person chosen to receive (God's) spiritual possessions or blessings."
- The term "heritage" could be translated as "blessings from God" or "inherited blessings."
(See also: heir, Canaan, Promised Land)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 06:09
- 1 Peter 01:04
- 2 Samuel 21:03
- Acts 07:4-5
- Deuteronomy 20:16
- Galatians 05:21
- Genesis 15:07
- Hebrews 09:15
- Jeremiah 02:07
- Luke 15:11
- Matthew 19:29
- Psalm 079:01
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2490, H2506, H3423, H3425, H4181, H5157, H5159, G2816, G2817, G2819
Forms Found in the English ULB:
heritage, inherit, inheritance, inheritances, inherited, legacy
innocent
Related Ideas:
guiltless, innocence
Definition:
The term "innocent" means to not be guilty of a crime or other wrongdoing. It can also refer more generally to people who are not involved in evil things.
- A person accused of doing something wrong is innocent if he has not committed that wrong.
- Sometimes the term "innocent" is used to refer to people who have done nothing wrong to deserve the bad treatment they are receiving, as in an enemy army attacking "innocent people."
Translation Suggestions:
- In most contexts, the term "innocent" can be translated as "not guilty" or "not responsible" or "not to blame" for something.
- When referring in general to innocent people, this term could be translated as "who have done nothing wrong" or "who are not involved in evil."
- The frequently occurring expression "innocent blood" could be translated as "people who did nothing wrong to deserve being killed."
- The expression "shed innocent blood" could be translated as "kill innocent people" or "kill people who did nothing wrong to deserve it."
- In the context of someone being killed, "innocent of the blood of" could be translated as "not guilty for the death of."
- When talking about people not hearing the good news about Jesus but not accepting it, "innocent of the blood of" could be translated as "not responsible for whether they remain spiritually dead or not" or "not responsible for whether they accept this message."
- When Judas said "I have betrayed innocent blood," he was saying "I have betrayed a man who did nothing wrong" or "I have caused the death of a man who was sinless."
- When Pilate said about Jesus "I am innocent of the blood of this innocent man," this could be translated as "I am not responsible for the killing of this man who has done nothing wrong to deserve it."
(See also: guilt)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 04:04
- 1 Samuel 19:05
- Acts 20:26
- Exodus 23:07
- Jeremiah 22:17
- Job 09:23
- Romans 16:18
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2600, H2643, H5352, H5355, H5356, H6662, H6663, H8535, G53, G121, G172, G185, G338, G1342, G2513
Forms Found in the English ULB:
declared innocent, guiltless, innocence, innocent
innocent
Related Ideas:
guiltless, innocence
Definition:
The term "innocent" means to not be guilty of a crime or other wrongdoing. It can also refer more generally to people who are not involved in evil things.
- A person accused of doing something wrong is innocent if he has not committed that wrong.
- Sometimes the term "innocent" is used to refer to people who have done nothing wrong to deserve the bad treatment they are receiving, as in an enemy army attacking "innocent people."
Translation Suggestions:
- In most contexts, the term "innocent" can be translated as "not guilty" or "not responsible" or "not to blame" for something.
- When referring in general to innocent people, this term could be translated as "who have done nothing wrong" or "who are not involved in evil."
- The frequently occurring expression "innocent blood" could be translated as "people who did nothing wrong to deserve being killed."
- The expression "shed innocent blood" could be translated as "kill innocent people" or "kill people who did nothing wrong to deserve it."
- In the context of someone being killed, "innocent of the blood of" could be translated as "not guilty for the death of."
- When talking about people not hearing the good news about Jesus but not accepting it, "innocent of the blood of" could be translated as "not responsible for whether they remain spiritually dead or not" or "not responsible for whether they accept this message."
- When Judas said "I have betrayed innocent blood," he was saying "I have betrayed a man who did nothing wrong" or "I have caused the death of a man who was sinless."
- When Pilate said about Jesus "I am innocent of the blood of this innocent man," this could be translated as "I am not responsible for the killing of this man who has done nothing wrong to deserve it."
(See also: guilt)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 04:04
- 1 Samuel 19:05
- Acts 20:26
- Exodus 23:07
- Jeremiah 22:17
- Job 09:23
- Romans 16:18
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2600, H2643, H5352, H5355, H5356, H6662, H6663, H8535, G53, G121, G172, G185, G338, G1342, G2513
Forms Found in the English ULB:
declared innocent, guiltless, innocence, innocent
instruct
Related Ideas:
instruction, instructor
Definitions:
The terms "instruct" and "instruction" refer to giving specific directions about what to do.
- To "give instructions" means to tell someone specifically what he is supposed to do.
- When Jesus gave the disciples the bread and fish to distribute to the people, he gave them specific instructions about how to do it.
- Depending on the context, the term "instruct" could also be translated as "tell" or "direct" or "teach" or "give instructions to."
- The term "instructions" could be translated as "directions" or "explanations" or "what he has told you to do."
- When God gives instructions, this term is sometimes translated as "commands" or "orders."
(See also: command, decree, teach)
Bible References:
- Exodus 14:04
- Genesis 26:05
- Hebrews 11:22
- Matthew 10:05
- Matthew 11:01
- Proverbs 01:30
Word Data:
- Strong's: H631, H1696, H1697, H3256, H3289, H3384, H3948, H4148, H4156, H4687, H4931, H4941, H6098, H6490, H6680, H7919, H8451, G1256, G1291, G1299, G1319, G1321, G1378, G1781, G1785, G2012, G2727, G2753, G3559, G3560, G3807, G3810, G3811, G3852, G3853, G4264, G4367, G4822, G4929
Forms Found in the English ULB:
gave ... instructions, instruct, instructed, instructing, instruction, instructions, instructor, instructors, instructs
instruct
Related Ideas:
instruction, instructor
Definitions:
The terms "instruct" and "instruction" refer to giving specific directions about what to do.
- To "give instructions" means to tell someone specifically what he is supposed to do.
- When Jesus gave the disciples the bread and fish to distribute to the people, he gave them specific instructions about how to do it.
- Depending on the context, the term "instruct" could also be translated as "tell" or "direct" or "teach" or "give instructions to."
- The term "instructions" could be translated as "directions" or "explanations" or "what he has told you to do."
- When God gives instructions, this term is sometimes translated as "commands" or "orders."
(See also: command, decree, teach)
Bible References:
- Exodus 14:04
- Genesis 26:05
- Hebrews 11:22
- Matthew 10:05
- Matthew 11:01
- Proverbs 01:30
Word Data:
- Strong's: H631, H1696, H1697, H3256, H3289, H3384, H3948, H4148, H4156, H4687, H4931, H4941, H6098, H6490, H6680, H7919, H8451, G1256, G1291, G1299, G1319, G1321, G1378, G1781, G1785, G2012, G2727, G2753, G3559, G3560, G3807, G3810, G3811, G3852, G3853, G4264, G4367, G4822, G4929
Forms Found in the English ULB:
gave ... instructions, instruct, instructed, instructing, instruction, instructions, instructor, instructors, instructs
is written
Definition:
The phrase "as it is written" or "what is written" occurs frequently in the New Testament and usually refers to commands or prophecies that were written in the Hebrew scriptures.
- Sometimes "as it is written" refers to what was written in the Law of Moses.
- Other times it is a quote from what one of the prophets wrote in the Old Testament.
- This could be translated "as it is written in the Law of Moses" or "as the prophets wrote long ago" or "what it says in God's laws that Moses wrote down long ago".
- Another option is to keep "It is written" and give a footnote that explains what this means.
(See also: command, law of Moses, prophet, word of God)
Bible References:
- 1 John 05:13-15
- Acts 13:29
- Exodus 32:15-16
- John 21:25
- Luke 03:4
- Mark 09:12
- Matthew 04:06
- Revelation 01:03
Word Data:
- Strong's: H874, H3789, G1125
Forms Found in the English ULB:
are ... written, had ... been written, has ... been written, have ... been written, is ... written, is it ... written, it is written, it was written, Moses ... wrote, was written, were ... written
is written
Definition:
The phrase "as it is written" or "what is written" occurs frequently in the New Testament and usually refers to commands or prophecies that were written in the Hebrew scriptures.
- Sometimes "as it is written" refers to what was written in the Law of Moses.
- Other times it is a quote from what one of the prophets wrote in the Old Testament.
- This could be translated "as it is written in the Law of Moses" or "as the prophets wrote long ago" or "what it says in God's laws that Moses wrote down long ago".
- Another option is to keep "It is written" and give a footnote that explains what this means.
(See also: command, law of Moses, prophet, word of God)
Bible References:
- 1 John 05:13-15
- Acts 13:29
- Exodus 32:15-16
- John 21:25
- Luke 03:4
- Mark 09:12
- Matthew 04:06
- Revelation 01:03
Word Data:
- Strong's: H874, H3789, G1125
Forms Found in the English ULB:
are ... written, had ... been written, has ... been written, have ... been written, is ... written, is it ... written, it is written, it was written, Moses ... wrote, was written, were ... written
jealous
Related Ideas:
jealousy
Definition:
The terms "jealous" and "jealousy" refer to a strong desire to protect the purity of a relationship. They can also refer to a strong desire to keep possession of something or someone.
- These terms are often used to describe the angry feeling that a person has toward a spouse who has been unfaithful in their marriage.
- When used in the Bible, these terms often refer to God's strong desire for his people to remain pure and unstained by sin.
- God is also "jealous" for his name, desiring that it be treated with honor and reverence.
- Another meaning of jealous involves being angry that someone else is successful or more popular. This is close in meaning to the word "envious."
Translation Suggestions:
- Ways to translate "jealous" could include "strong protective desire" or "possessive desire."
- The term "jealousy" could be translated as "strong protective feeling" or "possessive feeling."
- When talking about God, make sure the translation of these terms does not give a negative meaning of being resentful of someone else.
- In the context of people's wrong feelings of anger toward toward other people who are more successful, the terms "envious" and "envy" could be used. But these terms should not be used for God.
(See also: envy)
Bible References:
- 2 Corinthians 12:20
- Deuteronomy 05:09
- Exodus 20:05
- Ezekiel 36:05
- Joshua 24:19
- Nahum 01:2-3
- Romans 13:13
Word Data:
- Strong's: H7065, H7067, H7068, H7072, G2205, G2206, G3863
Forms Found in the English ULB:
jealous, jealousy
jealous
Related Ideas:
jealousy
Definition:
The terms "jealous" and "jealousy" refer to a strong desire to protect the purity of a relationship. They can also refer to a strong desire to keep possession of something or someone.
- These terms are often used to describe the angry feeling that a person has toward a spouse who has been unfaithful in their marriage.
- When used in the Bible, these terms often refer to God's strong desire for his people to remain pure and unstained by sin.
- God is also "jealous" for his name, desiring that it be treated with honor and reverence.
- Another meaning of jealous involves being angry that someone else is successful or more popular. This is close in meaning to the word "envious."
Translation Suggestions:
- Ways to translate "jealous" could include "strong protective desire" or "possessive desire."
- The term "jealousy" could be translated as "strong protective feeling" or "possessive feeling."
- When talking about God, make sure the translation of these terms does not give a negative meaning of being resentful of someone else.
- In the context of people's wrong feelings of anger toward toward other people who are more successful, the terms "envious" and "envy" could be used. But these terms should not be used for God.
(See also: envy)
Bible References:
- 2 Corinthians 12:20
- Deuteronomy 05:09
- Exodus 20:05
- Ezekiel 36:05
- Joshua 24:19
- Nahum 01:2-3
- Romans 13:13
Word Data:
- Strong's: H7065, H7067, H7068, H7072, G2205, G2206, G3863
Forms Found in the English ULB:
jealous, jealousy
joy
Related Ideas:
enjoy, enjoyment, glad, gladness, greet, joyful, joyfulness, jubilant, merry-hearted, rejoice, source of gladness
Definition:
Joy is a feeling of delight or deep satisfaction that comes from God. The related term "joyful" describes a person who feels very glad and is full of deep happiness.
- A person feels joy when he has a deep sense that what he is experiencing is very good.
- God is the one who gives true joy to people.
- Having joy does not depend on pleasant circumstances. God can give people joy even when very difficult things are happening in their lives.
- Sometimes places are described as joyful, such as houses or cities. This means that the people who live there are joyful.
- To "salute" is to greet a high-ranking government or military official.
- "Jubilant" is another word for "joyful."
The term "rejoice" means to be full of joy and gladness.
- This term often refers to being very happy about the good things that God has done.
- It could be translated as "be very happy" or "be very glad" or "be full of joy."
- When Mary said "my soul rejoices in God my Savior," she meant "God my Savior has made me very happy" or "I feel so joyful because of what God my Savior has done for me."
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "joy" could also be translated as "gladness" or "delight" or "great happiness."
- The phrase, "be joyful" could be translated as "rejoice" or "be very glad" or it could be translated "be very happy in God's goodness."
- A person who is joyful could be described as "very happy" or "delighted" or "deeply glad."
- A phrase such as "make a joyful shout" could be translated as "shout in a way that shows you are very happy."
- A "joyful city" or "joyful house" could be translated as "city where joyful people live" or "house full of joyful people" or "city whose people are very happy."
Bible References:
- Nehemiah 08:10
- Psalm 048:02
- Isaiah 56:6-7
- Jeremiah 15:15-16
- Matthew 02:9-10
- Luke 15:07
- Luke 19:37-38
- John 03:29
- Acts 16:32-34
- Romans 05:1-2
- Romans 15:30-32
- Galatians 05:23
- Philippians 04:10-13
- 1 Thessalonians 01:6-7
- 1 Thessalonians 05:16
- Philemon 01:4-7
- James 01:02
- 3 John 01:1-4
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1288, H1523, H1524, H1525, H2287, H2302, H2304, H2305, H2654, H2896, H2898, H3190, H4885, H5727, H5937, H5947, H5965, H5970, H6342, H6670, H7440, H7442, H7444, H7445, H7797, H7832, H7965, H8055, H8056, H8057, H8342, H8643, G20, G21, G782, G2165, G2167, G2744, G4640, G4796, G4913, G5463, G5479
Forms Found in the English ULB:
be glad, be merry, enjoy, enjoyed, enjoying, enjoyment, enjoys, glad, gladness, greet, greeted, greeting, greetings, greets, joy, joyful, joyful shouting, joyfully, joyfulness, jubilant, make ... glad, makes ... glad, merry-hearted, rejoice, rejoiced, rejoiced greatly, rejoices, rejoices greatly, rejoicing, shout for joy, shout joyfully, shout of joy, shouts of joy, source of gladness, was merry
joy
Related Ideas:
enjoy, enjoyment, glad, gladness, greet, joyful, joyfulness, jubilant, merry-hearted, rejoice, source of gladness
Definition:
Joy is a feeling of delight or deep satisfaction that comes from God. The related term "joyful" describes a person who feels very glad and is full of deep happiness.
- A person feels joy when he has a deep sense that what he is experiencing is very good.
- God is the one who gives true joy to people.
- Having joy does not depend on pleasant circumstances. God can give people joy even when very difficult things are happening in their lives.
- Sometimes places are described as joyful, such as houses or cities. This means that the people who live there are joyful.
- To "salute" is to greet a high-ranking government or military official.
- "Jubilant" is another word for "joyful."
The term "rejoice" means to be full of joy and gladness.
- This term often refers to being very happy about the good things that God has done.
- It could be translated as "be very happy" or "be very glad" or "be full of joy."
- When Mary said "my soul rejoices in God my Savior," she meant "God my Savior has made me very happy" or "I feel so joyful because of what God my Savior has done for me."
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "joy" could also be translated as "gladness" or "delight" or "great happiness."
- The phrase, "be joyful" could be translated as "rejoice" or "be very glad" or it could be translated "be very happy in God's goodness."
- A person who is joyful could be described as "very happy" or "delighted" or "deeply glad."
- A phrase such as "make a joyful shout" could be translated as "shout in a way that shows you are very happy."
- A "joyful city" or "joyful house" could be translated as "city where joyful people live" or "house full of joyful people" or "city whose people are very happy."
Bible References:
- Nehemiah 08:10
- Psalm 048:02
- Isaiah 56:6-7
- Jeremiah 15:15-16
- Matthew 02:9-10
- Luke 15:07
- Luke 19:37-38
- John 03:29
- Acts 16:32-34
- Romans 05:1-2
- Romans 15:30-32
- Galatians 05:23
- Philippians 04:10-13
- 1 Thessalonians 01:6-7
- 1 Thessalonians 05:16
- Philemon 01:4-7
- James 01:02
- 3 John 01:1-4
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1288, H1523, H1524, H1525, H2287, H2302, H2304, H2305, H2654, H2896, H2898, H3190, H4885, H5727, H5937, H5947, H5965, H5970, H6342, H6670, H7440, H7442, H7444, H7445, H7797, H7832, H7965, H8055, H8056, H8057, H8342, H8643, G20, G21, G782, G2165, G2167, G2744, G4640, G4796, G4913, G5463, G5479
Forms Found in the English ULB:
be glad, be merry, enjoy, enjoyed, enjoying, enjoyment, enjoys, glad, gladness, greet, greeted, greeting, greetings, greets, joy, joyful, joyful shouting, joyfully, joyfulness, jubilant, make ... glad, makes ... glad, merry-hearted, rejoice, rejoiced, rejoiced greatly, rejoices, rejoices greatly, rejoicing, shout for joy, shout joyfully, shout of joy, shouts of joy, source of gladness, was merry
judge
Related Ideas:
act of judging, consider, decide, decision, give justice, give judgment, judgment, judgment seat
Definition:
The terms "judge" and "judgment" often refer to making a decision about whether something is morally right or wrong.
- The "judgment of God" often refers to his decision to condemn something or someone as sinful.
- God's judgment usually includes punishing people for their sin.
- The term "judge" can also mean "condemn." God instructs his people not to judge each other in this way.
- Another meaning is "arbitrate between" or "judge between," as in deciding which person is right in a dispute between them.
- In some contexts, God's "judgments" are what he has decided is right and just. They are similar to his decrees, laws, or precepts.
- "Judgment" can refer to the ability to make decisions. A person with "sound judgment" is wise, able to make good decisions, while a person who lacks "judgment" does not have the wisdom to make wise decisions.
- The "judgment seat" is a place where a judge sits while he listens to testimonies and gives his decision.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, ways to translate to "judge" could include to "decide" or to "condemn" or to "punish" or to "decree."
- The term "judgment" could be translated as "punishment" or "decision" or "opinion" or "verdict" or "decree" or "condemnation."
- In some contexts, the phrase "in the judgment" could also be translated as "on judgment day" or "during the time when God judges people."
(See also: decree, judge, judgment day, justice, law, law of Moses)
Bible References:
- 1 John 04:17
- 1 Kings 03:09
- Acts 10:42-43
- Isaiah 03:14
- James 02:04
- Luke 06:37
- Micah 03:9-11
- Psalm 054:01
Word Data:
- Strong's: H148, H430, H1777, H1778, H1779, H1781, H1782, H2664, H2713, H2742, H2803, H2940, H3198, H4406, H4941, H6414, H6416, H6417, H6419, H6485, H7081, H7378, H7379, H7663, H7760, H8196, H8199, H8201, G350, G968, G1097, G1106, G1252, G1341, G1345, G1348, G1380, G1492, G2233, G2917, G2919, G2920, G2922, G2923, G4997, G5272
Forms Found in the English ULB:
acts of judgment, consider, considered, considering, decide, decided, decided on, decision, give justice, giving judgment, have decided, insightful decisions, judge, judged, judges, judging, judgment, judgment seat, judgments, renders judgment, will judge
judge
Related Ideas:
act of judging, consider, decide, decision, give justice, give judgment, judgment, judgment seat
Definition:
The terms "judge" and "judgment" often refer to making a decision about whether something is morally right or wrong.
- The "judgment of God" often refers to his decision to condemn something or someone as sinful.
- God's judgment usually includes punishing people for their sin.
- The term "judge" can also mean "condemn." God instructs his people not to judge each other in this way.
- Another meaning is "arbitrate between" or "judge between," as in deciding which person is right in a dispute between them.
- In some contexts, God's "judgments" are what he has decided is right and just. They are similar to his decrees, laws, or precepts.
- "Judgment" can refer to the ability to make decisions. A person with "sound judgment" is wise, able to make good decisions, while a person who lacks "judgment" does not have the wisdom to make wise decisions.
- The "judgment seat" is a place where a judge sits while he listens to testimonies and gives his decision.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, ways to translate to "judge" could include to "decide" or to "condemn" or to "punish" or to "decree."
- The term "judgment" could be translated as "punishment" or "decision" or "opinion" or "verdict" or "decree" or "condemnation."
- In some contexts, the phrase "in the judgment" could also be translated as "on judgment day" or "during the time when God judges people."
(See also: decree, judge, judgment day, justice, law, law of Moses)
Bible References:
- 1 John 04:17
- 1 Kings 03:09
- Acts 10:42-43
- Isaiah 03:14
- James 02:04
- Luke 06:37
- Micah 03:9-11
- Psalm 054:01
Word Data:
- Strong's: H148, H430, H1777, H1778, H1779, H1781, H1782, H2664, H2713, H2742, H2803, H2940, H3198, H4406, H4941, H6414, H6416, H6417, H6419, H6485, H7081, H7378, H7379, H7663, H7760, H8196, H8199, H8201, G350, G968, G1097, G1106, G1252, G1341, G1345, G1348, G1380, G1492, G2233, G2917, G2919, G2920, G2922, G2923, G4997, G5272
Forms Found in the English ULB:
acts of judgment, consider, considered, considering, decide, decided, decided on, decision, give justice, giving judgment, have decided, insightful decisions, judge, judged, judges, judging, judgment, judgment seat, judgments, renders judgment, will judge
judge
Definition:
A judge is a person who decides what is right or wrong when there are disputes between people, usually in matters that pertain to the law.
- In the Bible, God is often referred to as a judge because he is the one perfect judge who makes the final decisions about what is right or wrong.
- After the people of Israel entered the land of Canaan and before they had kings to rule them, God appointed leaders called "judges" to lead them in times of trouble. Often these judges were military leaders who rescued the Israelites by defeating their enemies.
- The term "judge" could also be called "decision-maker" or "leader" or "deliverer" or "governor," depending on the context.
(See also: governor, judge, law of Moses)
Bible References:
- 2 Timothy 04:08
- Acts 07:27
- Luke 11:19
- Luke 12:14
- Luke 18:1-2
- Matthew 05:25
- Ruth 01:01
Word Data:
- Strong's: H148, H430, H1777, H1778, H1779, H1781, H1782, H6414, H6416, H6419, H8199, G350, G1252, G1348, G2919, G2922, G2923
Forms Found in the English ULB:
judge, judges, the judge, the judges, their judges, you judges
judge
Definition:
A judge is a person who decides what is right or wrong when there are disputes between people, usually in matters that pertain to the law.
- In the Bible, God is often referred to as a judge because he is the one perfect judge who makes the final decisions about what is right or wrong.
- After the people of Israel entered the land of Canaan and before they had kings to rule them, God appointed leaders called "judges" to lead them in times of trouble. Often these judges were military leaders who rescued the Israelites by defeating their enemies.
- The term "judge" could also be called "decision-maker" or "leader" or "deliverer" or "governor," depending on the context.
(See also: governor, judge, law of Moses)
Bible References:
- 2 Timothy 04:08
- Acts 07:27
- Luke 11:19
- Luke 12:14
- Luke 18:1-2
- Matthew 05:25
- Ruth 01:01
Word Data:
- Strong's: H148, H430, H1777, H1778, H1779, H1781, H1782, H6414, H6416, H6419, H8199, G350, G1252, G1348, G2919, G2922, G2923
Forms Found in the English ULB:
judge, judges, the judge, the judges, their judges, you judges
justice
Related Ideas:
honest, injustice, just, justification, justify, maintain someone's rights, vindicate, vindication
Definition:
"Just" and "justice" refer to treating people fairly according to God's laws. Human laws that reflect God's standard of right behavior toward others are also just.
- To be "just" is to act in a fair and right way toward others. It also implies honesty and integrity to do what is morally right in God's eyes.
- To act "justly" means to treat people in a way that is right, good, and proper according to God's laws.
- To receive "justice" means to be treated fairly under the law, either being protected by the law or being punished for breaking the law.
- Sometimes the term "just" has the broader meaning of "righteous" or "following God's laws."
- To "vindicate" someone whom others have accused of wrongdoing is to show that he has actually done what is right.
The terms "unjust" and "unjustly" refer to treating people in an unfair and often harmful manner.
- An "injustice" is something bad that is done to someone that the person did not deserve. It refers to treating people unfairly.
- Injustice also means that some people are treated badly while others are treated well.
- Someone who is acting in an unjust way is being "partial" or "prejudiced" because he is not treating people equally.
The terms "justify" and "justification" refer to causing a guilty person to be righteous. Only God can truly justify people.
- When God justifies people, he forgives their sins and makes it as though they have no sin. He justifies sinners who repent and trust in Jesus to save them from their sins.
- "Justification" refers to what God does when he forgives a person's sins and declares that person to be righteous in his sight.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, other ways to translate "just" could include "morally right" or "fair."
- The term "justice" could be translated as "fair treatment" or "deserved consequences."
- To "act justly" could be translated as "treat fairly" or "behave in a just way."
-
In some contexts, "just" could be translated as "righteous" or "upright."
-
Depending on the context, "unjust" could also be translated as "unfair" or "partial" or "unrighteous."
- The phrase "the unjust" could be translated as "the unjust ones" or "unjust people" or "people who treat others unfairly" or "unrighteous people" or "people who disobey God."
- The term "unjustly" could be translated as, "in an unfair manner" or "wrongly" or "unfairly."
-
Ways to translate "injustice" could include, "wrong treatment" or "unfair treatment" or "acting unfairly."
-
Other ways to translate "justify" could include "declare (someone) to be righteous" or "cause (someone) to be righteous."
- The term "justification" could be translated as "being declared righteous" or "becoming righteous" or "causing people to be righteous."
- The phrase "resulting in justification" could be translated as "so that God justified many people" or "which resulted in God causing people to be righteous."
- The phrase "for our justification" could be translated as "in order that we could be made righteous by God."
(See also: forgive, guilt, judge, righteous)
Bible References:
- Genesis 44:16
- 1 Chronicles 18:14
- Isaiah 04:3-4
- Jeremiah 22:03
- Ezekiel 18:16-17
- Micah 03:8
- Matthew 05:43-45
- Matthew 11:19
- Matthew 23:23-24
- Luke 18:03
- Luke 18:08
- Luke 18:13-14
- Luke 21:20-22
- Luke 23:41
- Acts 13:38-39
- Acts 28:04
- Romans 04:1-3
- Galatians 03:6-9
- Galatians 03:11
- Galatians 05:3-4
- Titus 03:6-7
- Hebrews 06:10
- James 02:24
- Revelation 15:3-4
Word Data:
- Strong's: H205, H2555, H3476, H3477, H4941, H5766, H5767, H6415, H6662, H6663, H6664, H6666, H8003, H8199, H8636, G91, G93, G94, G95, G1342, G1343, G1344, G1345, G1346, G1347, G1556, G1557, G1738, G2118, G2920
Forms Found in the English ULB:
desire for justice, dishonest, honest, injustice, injustices, just, justice, justification, justified, justifies, justify, justly, maintain ... rights, unjust, unjustly, vindicate, vindicated, vindication
justice
Related Ideas:
honest, injustice, just, justification, justify, maintain someone's rights, vindicate, vindication
Definition:
"Just" and "justice" refer to treating people fairly according to God's laws. Human laws that reflect God's standard of right behavior toward others are also just.
- To be "just" is to act in a fair and right way toward others. It also implies honesty and integrity to do what is morally right in God's eyes.
- To act "justly" means to treat people in a way that is right, good, and proper according to God's laws.
- To receive "justice" means to be treated fairly under the law, either being protected by the law or being punished for breaking the law.
- Sometimes the term "just" has the broader meaning of "righteous" or "following God's laws."
- To "vindicate" someone whom others have accused of wrongdoing is to show that he has actually done what is right.
The terms "unjust" and "unjustly" refer to treating people in an unfair and often harmful manner.
- An "injustice" is something bad that is done to someone that the person did not deserve. It refers to treating people unfairly.
- Injustice also means that some people are treated badly while others are treated well.
- Someone who is acting in an unjust way is being "partial" or "prejudiced" because he is not treating people equally.
The terms "justify" and "justification" refer to causing a guilty person to be righteous. Only God can truly justify people.
- When God justifies people, he forgives their sins and makes it as though they have no sin. He justifies sinners who repent and trust in Jesus to save them from their sins.
- "Justification" refers to what God does when he forgives a person's sins and declares that person to be righteous in his sight.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, other ways to translate "just" could include "morally right" or "fair."
- The term "justice" could be translated as "fair treatment" or "deserved consequences."
- To "act justly" could be translated as "treat fairly" or "behave in a just way."
-
In some contexts, "just" could be translated as "righteous" or "upright."
-
Depending on the context, "unjust" could also be translated as "unfair" or "partial" or "unrighteous."
- The phrase "the unjust" could be translated as "the unjust ones" or "unjust people" or "people who treat others unfairly" or "unrighteous people" or "people who disobey God."
- The term "unjustly" could be translated as, "in an unfair manner" or "wrongly" or "unfairly."
-
Ways to translate "injustice" could include, "wrong treatment" or "unfair treatment" or "acting unfairly."
-
Other ways to translate "justify" could include "declare (someone) to be righteous" or "cause (someone) to be righteous."
- The term "justification" could be translated as "being declared righteous" or "becoming righteous" or "causing people to be righteous."
- The phrase "resulting in justification" could be translated as "so that God justified many people" or "which resulted in God causing people to be righteous."
- The phrase "for our justification" could be translated as "in order that we could be made righteous by God."
(See also: forgive, guilt, judge, righteous)
Bible References:
- Genesis 44:16
- 1 Chronicles 18:14
- Isaiah 04:3-4
- Jeremiah 22:03
- Ezekiel 18:16-17
- Micah 03:8
- Matthew 05:43-45
- Matthew 11:19
- Matthew 23:23-24
- Luke 18:03
- Luke 18:08
- Luke 18:13-14
- Luke 21:20-22
- Luke 23:41
- Acts 13:38-39
- Acts 28:04
- Romans 04:1-3
- Galatians 03:6-9
- Galatians 03:11
- Galatians 05:3-4
- Titus 03:6-7
- Hebrews 06:10
- James 02:24
- Revelation 15:3-4
Word Data:
- Strong's: H205, H2555, H3476, H3477, H4941, H5766, H5767, H6415, H6662, H6663, H6664, H6666, H8003, H8199, H8636, G91, G93, G94, G95, G1342, G1343, G1344, G1345, G1346, G1347, G1556, G1557, G1738, G2118, G2920
Forms Found in the English ULB:
desire for justice, dishonest, honest, injustice, injustices, just, justice, justification, justified, justifies, justify, justly, maintain ... rights, unjust, unjustly, vindicate, vindicated, vindication
kin
Related Ideas:
kindred, kinfolk, kinsman, relative
Definition:
The term "kin" refers to a person's blood relatives, considered as a group. The word "kinsman" refers specifically to a male relative.
- "Kin" can only refer to a person's close relatives, such as parents and siblings, or it can also include more distant relatives, such as an aunts, uncles, or cousins.
- In ancient Israel, if a man died, his nearest male relative was expected to marry his widow, manage his property, and help carry on his family name. This relative was called a "kinsman-redeemer."
- This term "kin" could also be translated as, "relative" or "family member."
Bible References:
- Romans 16:9-11
- Ruth 02:20
- Ruth 03:09
Word Data:
- Strong's: H251, H1350, H1353, H1730, H4129, H4130, H4138, H4940, H7138, H7607, G1085, G4773
Forms Found in the English ULB:
kin, kindred, kinfolk, kinsfolk, kinsman, kinsmen, relative, relatives
kin
Related Ideas:
kindred, kinfolk, kinsman, relative
Definition:
The term "kin" refers to a person's blood relatives, considered as a group. The word "kinsman" refers specifically to a male relative.
- "Kin" can only refer to a person's close relatives, such as parents and siblings, or it can also include more distant relatives, such as an aunts, uncles, or cousins.
- In ancient Israel, if a man died, his nearest male relative was expected to marry his widow, manage his property, and help carry on his family name. This relative was called a "kinsman-redeemer."
- This term "kin" could also be translated as, "relative" or "family member."
Bible References:
- Romans 16:9-11
- Ruth 02:20
- Ruth 03:09
Word Data:
- Strong's: H251, H1350, H1353, H1730, H4129, H4130, H4138, H4940, H7138, H7607, G1085, G4773
Forms Found in the English ULB:
kin, kindred, kinfolk, kinsfolk, kinsman, kinsmen, relative, relatives
kind
Definition:
The terms "kind" and "kinds" refer to groups or classifications of things that are connected by shared characteristics.
- In the Bible, this term is specifically used to refer to the distinctive kinds of plants and animals that God made when he created the world.
- Often there are many different variations or species within each "kind." For example, horses, zebras, and donkeys are all members of the same "kind," but they are different species.
- The main thing that distinguishes each "kind" as a separate group is that members of that group can reproduce more of their same "kind." Members of different kinds cannot do that with each other.
Picture showing Kinds:

Translation Suggestions
- Ways to translate this term could include "type" or "class" or "group" or "animal (plant) group" or "category."
Bible References:
- Genesis 01:21
- Genesis 01:24
- Mark 09:29
- Matthew 13:47
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2178, H4327, G1085
Forms Found in the English ULB:
kind, kinds
kind
Definition:
The terms "kind" and "kinds" refer to groups or classifications of things that are connected by shared characteristics.
- In the Bible, this term is specifically used to refer to the distinctive kinds of plants and animals that God made when he created the world.
- Often there are many different variations or species within each "kind." For example, horses, zebras, and donkeys are all members of the same "kind," but they are different species.
- The main thing that distinguishes each "kind" as a separate group is that members of that group can reproduce more of their same "kind." Members of different kinds cannot do that with each other.
Picture showing Kinds:

Translation Suggestions
- Ways to translate this term could include "type" or "class" or "group" or "animal (plant) group" or "category."
Bible References:
- Genesis 01:21
- Genesis 01:24
- Mark 09:29
- Matthew 13:47
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2178, H4327, G1085
Forms Found in the English ULB:
kind, kinds
king
Related Ideas:
kingly, kingship
Definition:
The term "king" refers to a man who is the supreme ruler of a city, state, or country.
- A king was usually chosen to rule because of his family relation to previous kings.
- When a king died, it was usually his oldest son who became the next king.
- In ancient times, the king had absolute authority over the people in his kingdom.
- Rarely the term "king" was used to refer to someone who was not a true king, such as "King Herod" in the New Testament.
- In the Bible, God is often referred to as a king who rules over his people.
- The "kingdom of God" refers to God's rule over his people.
- Jesus was called "king of the Jews," "king of Israel," and "king of kings."
- When Jesus comes back, he will rule as king over the world.
- This term could also be translated as "supreme chief" or "absolute leader" or "sovereign ruler."
- The phrase "king of kings" could be translated as "king who rules over all other kings" or "supreme ruler who has authority over all other rulers."
(See also: authority, Herod Antipas, kingdom, kingdom of God)
Bible References:
- 1 Timothy 06:15-16
- 2 Kings 05:18
- 2 Samuel 05:03
- Acts 07:9-10
- Acts 13:22
- John 01:49-51
- Luke 01:05
- Luke 22:24-25
- Matthew 05:35
- Matthew 14:09
Word Data:
- Strong's: H4427, H4428, H4430, G935, G936, G937
Forms Found in the English ULB:
king, king's, kingly, kings, kingship, made ... king, set up ... king, set up kings
king
Related Ideas:
kingly, kingship
Definition:
The term "king" refers to a man who is the supreme ruler of a city, state, or country.
- A king was usually chosen to rule because of his family relation to previous kings.
- When a king died, it was usually his oldest son who became the next king.
- In ancient times, the king had absolute authority over the people in his kingdom.
- Rarely the term "king" was used to refer to someone who was not a true king, such as "King Herod" in the New Testament.
- In the Bible, God is often referred to as a king who rules over his people.
- The "kingdom of God" refers to God's rule over his people.
- Jesus was called "king of the Jews," "king of Israel," and "king of kings."
- When Jesus comes back, he will rule as king over the world.
- This term could also be translated as "supreme chief" or "absolute leader" or "sovereign ruler."
- The phrase "king of kings" could be translated as "king who rules over all other kings" or "supreme ruler who has authority over all other rulers."
(See also: authority, Herod Antipas, kingdom, kingdom of God)
Bible References:
- 1 Timothy 06:15-16
- 2 Kings 05:18
- 2 Samuel 05:03
- Acts 07:9-10
- Acts 13:22
- John 01:49-51
- Luke 01:05
- Luke 22:24-25
- Matthew 05:35
- Matthew 14:09
Word Data:
- Strong's: H4427, H4428, H4430, G935, G936, G937
Forms Found in the English ULB:
king, king's, kingly, kings, kingship, made ... king, set up ... king, set up kings
kingdom
Related Ideas:
power to rule
Definition:
A kingdom is a group of people ruled by a king. It also refers to the realm or political regions over which a king or other ruler has control and authority.
- A kingdom can be of any geographical size. A king might govern a nation or country or only one city.
- The term "kingdom" can also refer to a spiritual reign or authority, as in the term "kingdom of God."
- God is the ruler of all creation, but the term "kingdom of God" especially refers to his reign and authority over the people who have believed in Jesus and who have submitted to his authority.
- The Bible also talks about Satan having a "kingdom" in which he temporarily rules over many things on this earth. His kingdom is evil and is referred to as "darkness."
Translation Suggestions:
- When referring to a physical region that is ruled over by a king, the term "kingdom" could be translated as "country (ruled by a king)" or "king's territory" or "region ruled by a king."
- In a spiritual sense, "kingdom" could be translated as "ruling" or "reigning" or "controlling" or "governing."
- One way to translate "kingdom of priests" might be "spiritual priests who are ruled by God."
- The phrase "kingdom of light" could be translated as "God's reign that is good like light" or "when God, who is light, rules people" or "the light and goodness of God's kingdom." It is best to keep the word "light" in this expression since that is a very important term in the Bible.
- Note that the term "kingdom" is different from an empire, in which an emperor rules over several countries.
(See also: authority, king, kingdom of God, kingdom of Israel, Judah, Judah, priest)
Bible References:
- 1 Thessalonians 02:12
- 2 Timothy 04:17-18
- Colossians 01:13-14
- John 18:36
- Mark 03:24
- Matthew 04:7-9
- Matthew 13:19
- Matthew 16:28
- Revelation 01:09
Word Data:
- Strong's: H4410, H4437, H4438, H4467, H4468, H4474, H4475, G932
Forms Found in the English ULB:
kingdom, kingdoms, power to rule, kingship
kingdom
Related Ideas:
power to rule
Definition:
A kingdom is a group of people ruled by a king. It also refers to the realm or political regions over which a king or other ruler has control and authority.
- A kingdom can be of any geographical size. A king might govern a nation or country or only one city.
- The term "kingdom" can also refer to a spiritual reign or authority, as in the term "kingdom of God."
- God is the ruler of all creation, but the term "kingdom of God" especially refers to his reign and authority over the people who have believed in Jesus and who have submitted to his authority.
- The Bible also talks about Satan having a "kingdom" in which he temporarily rules over many things on this earth. His kingdom is evil and is referred to as "darkness."
Translation Suggestions:
- When referring to a physical region that is ruled over by a king, the term "kingdom" could be translated as "country (ruled by a king)" or "king's territory" or "region ruled by a king."
- In a spiritual sense, "kingdom" could be translated as "ruling" or "reigning" or "controlling" or "governing."
- One way to translate "kingdom of priests" might be "spiritual priests who are ruled by God."
- The phrase "kingdom of light" could be translated as "God's reign that is good like light" or "when God, who is light, rules people" or "the light and goodness of God's kingdom." It is best to keep the word "light" in this expression since that is a very important term in the Bible.
- Note that the term "kingdom" is different from an empire, in which an emperor rules over several countries.
(See also: authority, king, kingdom of God, kingdom of Israel, Judah, Judah, priest)
Bible References:
- 1 Thessalonians 02:12
- 2 Timothy 04:17-18
- Colossians 01:13-14
- John 18:36
- Mark 03:24
- Matthew 04:7-9
- Matthew 13:19
- Matthew 16:28
- Revelation 01:09
Word Data:
- Strong's: H4410, H4437, H4438, H4467, H4468, H4474, H4475, G932
Forms Found in the English ULB:
kingdom, kingdoms, power to rule, kingship
kingdom of God
Related Ideas:
kingdom of Christ and God, kingdom of heaven
Definition:
The terms "kingdom of God" and "kingdom of heaven" both refer to God's rule and authority over his people and over all creation.
- The Jews often used the term "heaven" to refer to God, to avoid saying his name directly.
- In the New Testament book that Matthew wrote, he referred to God's kingdom as "the kingdom of heaven," probably because he was writing primarily for a Jewish audience.
- The kingdom of God refers to God ruling people spiritually as well as ruling over the physical world.
- The Old Testament prophets said that God would send the Messiah to rule with righteousness. Jesus, the Son of God, is the Messiah who will rule over God's kingdom forever.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, "kingdom of God" can be translated as "God's rule (as king)" or "when God reigns as king" or "God's rule over everything."
- The term "kingdom of heaven" could also be translated as "God's rule from heaven as king" or "God in heaven reigning" or "heaven's reign" or "heaven ruling over everything." If it is not possible to translate this simply and clearly, the phrase "kingdom of God" could be translated instead.
- Some translators may prefer to capitalize "Heaven" to show that it refers to God. Others may include a note in the text, such as "kingdom of heaven (that is, 'kingdom of God')."
- A footnote at the bottom of the page of a printed Bible may also be used to explain the meaning of "heaven" in this expression.
(See also: God, heaven, king, kingdom, King of the Jews, reign)
Bible References:
- 2 Thessalonians 01:05
- Acts 08:12-13
- Acts 28:23
- Colossians 04:11
- John 03:03
- Luke 07:28
- Luke 10:09
- Luke 12:31-32
- Matthew 03:02
- Matthew 04:17
- Matthew 05:10
- Romans 14:17
Word Data:
- Strong's: G932, G2316, G3772
Forms Found in the English ULB:
kingdom of Christ and God, kingdom of God, kingdom of heaven
kingdom of God
Related Ideas:
kingdom of Christ and God, kingdom of heaven
Definition:
The terms "kingdom of God" and "kingdom of heaven" both refer to God's rule and authority over his people and over all creation.
- The Jews often used the term "heaven" to refer to God, to avoid saying his name directly.
- In the New Testament book that Matthew wrote, he referred to God's kingdom as "the kingdom of heaven," probably because he was writing primarily for a Jewish audience.
- The kingdom of God refers to God ruling people spiritually as well as ruling over the physical world.
- The Old Testament prophets said that God would send the Messiah to rule with righteousness. Jesus, the Son of God, is the Messiah who will rule over God's kingdom forever.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, "kingdom of God" can be translated as "God's rule (as king)" or "when God reigns as king" or "God's rule over everything."
- The term "kingdom of heaven" could also be translated as "God's rule from heaven as king" or "God in heaven reigning" or "heaven's reign" or "heaven ruling over everything." If it is not possible to translate this simply and clearly, the phrase "kingdom of God" could be translated instead.
- Some translators may prefer to capitalize "Heaven" to show that it refers to God. Others may include a note in the text, such as "kingdom of heaven (that is, 'kingdom of God')."
- A footnote at the bottom of the page of a printed Bible may also be used to explain the meaning of "heaven" in this expression.
(See also: God, heaven, king, kingdom, King of the Jews, reign)
Bible References:
- 2 Thessalonians 01:05
- Acts 08:12-13
- Acts 28:23
- Colossians 04:11
- John 03:03
- Luke 07:28
- Luke 10:09
- Luke 12:31-32
- Matthew 03:02
- Matthew 04:17
- Matthew 05:10
- Romans 14:17
Word Data:
- Strong's: G932, G2316, G3772
Forms Found in the English ULB:
kingdom of Christ and God, kingdom of God, kingdom of heaven
kiss
Definition:
A kiss is an action in which one person puts his lips to another person's lips or face. This term can also be used figuratively.
- Some cultures kiss each other on the cheek as a form of greeting or to say goodbye.
- A kiss can communicate deep love between two people, such as a husband and wife.
- The expression to "kiss someone farewell" means to say goodbye with a kiss.
- Sometimes the word "kiss" is used to mean "say goodbye to." When Elisha said to Elijah, "Let me first go and kiss my father and mother," he wanted to say goodbye to his parents before leaving them to follow Elijah.
Bible References:
- 1 Thessalonians 05:25-28
- Genesis 27:26-27
- Genesis 29:11
- Genesis 31:28
- Genesis 45:15
- Genesis 48:10
- Luke 22:48
- Mark 14:45
- Matthew 26:48
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5390, H5401, G2705, G5368, G5370
Forms Found in the English ULB:
kiss, kissed, kisses, kissing
kiss
Definition:
A kiss is an action in which one person puts his lips to another person's lips or face. This term can also be used figuratively.
- Some cultures kiss each other on the cheek as a form of greeting or to say goodbye.
- A kiss can communicate deep love between two people, such as a husband and wife.
- The expression to "kiss someone farewell" means to say goodbye with a kiss.
- Sometimes the word "kiss" is used to mean "say goodbye to." When Elisha said to Elijah, "Let me first go and kiss my father and mother," he wanted to say goodbye to his parents before leaving them to follow Elijah.
Bible References:
- 1 Thessalonians 05:25-28
- Genesis 27:26-27
- Genesis 29:11
- Genesis 31:28
- Genesis 45:15
- Genesis 48:10
- Luke 22:48
- Mark 14:45
- Matthew 26:48
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5390, H5401, G2705, G5368, G5370
Forms Found in the English ULB:
kiss, kissed, kisses, kissing
know
Related Ideas:
knowledge, make known, unknowingly, unknown
Definition:
To "know" means to understand something or to be aware of a fact. The expression "make known" is an expression that means to tell information.
- The term "knowledge" refers to information that people know. It can apply to knowing things in both the physical and spiritual worlds.
- To "know about" God means to understand facts about him because of what he has revealed to us.
- To "know" God means to have a relationship with him. This also applies to knowing people.
- To know God's will means to be aware of what he has commanded, or to understand what he wants a person to do.
- To "know the Law" means to be aware of what God has commanded or to understand what God has instructed in the laws he gave to Moses.
- Sometimes "knowledge" is used as a synonym for "wisdom," which includes living in a way that is pleasing to God.
- The "knowledge of God" is sometimes used as a synonym for the "fear of Yahweh."
- If a person does something "unknowingly," he does it without knowing that he is doing it.
Translation Suggestions
- Depending on the context, ways to translate "know" could include "understand" or "be familiar with" or "be aware of" or "be acquainted with" or "be in relationship with."
- Some languages have two different words for "know," one for knowing facts and one for knowing a person and having a relationship with him.
- The term "make known" could be translated as "cause people to know" or "reveal" or "tell about" or "explain."
- To "know about" something could be translated as "be aware of" or "be familiar with."
- The expression "know how to" means to understand the process or method of getting something done. It could also be translated as "be able to" or "have the skill to."
- The term "knowledge" could also be translated as "what is known" or "wisdom" or "understanding," depending on the context.
- To "train for" an activity is to learn now to do it well. To train for war is to learn by practice how to be a good fighter.
(See also: law of Moses, reveal, understand, wise)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 02:12-13
- 1 Samuel 17:46
- 2 Corinthians 02:15
- 2 Peter 01:3-4
- Deuteronomy 04:39-40
- Genesis 19:05
- Luke 01:77
Word Data:
- Strong's: H502, H1843, H1844, H1847, H1875, H2713, H2372, H3045, H3046, H3925, H4093, H4486, H5046, H5234, H5475, H5869, G50, G56, G1097, G1107, G1108, G1492, G1834, G1921, G1922, G1987, G2467, G5319, G2589, G2657, G4267, G4894, G5318
Forms Found in the English ULB:
knew, know, know ... beforehand, knowing, knowledge, known, knows, made ... known, made known, make ... known, makes known, unknowingly, unknown
know
Related Ideas:
knowledge, make known, unknowingly, unknown
Definition:
To "know" means to understand something or to be aware of a fact. The expression "make known" is an expression that means to tell information.
- The term "knowledge" refers to information that people know. It can apply to knowing things in both the physical and spiritual worlds.
- To "know about" God means to understand facts about him because of what he has revealed to us.
- To "know" God means to have a relationship with him. This also applies to knowing people.
- To know God's will means to be aware of what he has commanded, or to understand what he wants a person to do.
- To "know the Law" means to be aware of what God has commanded or to understand what God has instructed in the laws he gave to Moses.
- Sometimes "knowledge" is used as a synonym for "wisdom," which includes living in a way that is pleasing to God.
- The "knowledge of God" is sometimes used as a synonym for the "fear of Yahweh."
- If a person does something "unknowingly," he does it without knowing that he is doing it.
Translation Suggestions
- Depending on the context, ways to translate "know" could include "understand" or "be familiar with" or "be aware of" or "be acquainted with" or "be in relationship with."
- Some languages have two different words for "know," one for knowing facts and one for knowing a person and having a relationship with him.
- The term "make known" could be translated as "cause people to know" or "reveal" or "tell about" or "explain."
- To "know about" something could be translated as "be aware of" or "be familiar with."
- The expression "know how to" means to understand the process or method of getting something done. It could also be translated as "be able to" or "have the skill to."
- The term "knowledge" could also be translated as "what is known" or "wisdom" or "understanding," depending on the context.
- To "train for" an activity is to learn now to do it well. To train for war is to learn by practice how to be a good fighter.
(See also: law of Moses, reveal, understand, wise)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 02:12-13
- 1 Samuel 17:46
- 2 Corinthians 02:15
- 2 Peter 01:3-4
- Deuteronomy 04:39-40
- Genesis 19:05
- Luke 01:77
Word Data:
- Strong's: H502, H1843, H1844, H1847, H1875, H2713, H2372, H3045, H3046, H3925, H4093, H4486, H5046, H5234, H5475, H5869, G50, G56, G1097, G1107, G1108, G1492, G1834, G1921, G1922, G1987, G2467, G5319, G2589, G2657, G4267, G4894, G5318
Forms Found in the English ULB:
knew, know, know ... beforehand, knowing, knowledge, known, knows, made ... known, made known, make ... known, makes known, unknowingly, unknown
labor
Related Ideas:
fellow laborers, forced labor, hard labor, hard-working, laborer, occupation, strive, struggle, toil
Definition:
The term "labor" refers to doing physical work of any kind.
- In general, labor is any task which uses energy. It is often implied that the task is difficult.
- A laborer is a person who does any type of labor.
- In English, the word "labor" is also used for part of the process of giving birth. Other languages may have a completely different word for this.
- Ways to translate "labor" could include "work" or "hard work" or "difficult work" or to "work hard."
- "Toil" is hard, unpleasant work, and to "toil" is to do hard, unpleasant work.
- An "occupation" is the work or labor that a person does to obtain food, clothing, shelter, and the other things he needs to live.
- Sometimes "strive" and "struggle" mean to work very hard to do something.
(See also: hard, labor pains)
Bible References:
- 1 Thessalonians 02:09
- 1 Thessalonians 03:05
- Galatians 04:10-11
- James 05:04
- John 04:38
- Luke 10:02
- Matthew 10:10
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3018, H3021, H3022, H3205, H4522, H4639, H5447, H5450, H5647, H5656, H5998, H5999, H6001, H6089, H6468, H8104, G75, G2038, G2040, G2041, G2716, G2872, G2873, G3449, G4866, G4904
Forms Found in the English ULB:
fellow laborers, forced labor, hard labor, hard-working, labor, labored, laborer, laborer's, laborers, laboring, labors, occupation, product of ... labor, products of ... labor, strive, strives, striving together, struggle, toil, toiled, toiling, toils
labor
Related Ideas:
fellow laborers, forced labor, hard labor, hard-working, laborer, occupation, strive, struggle, toil
Definition:
The term "labor" refers to doing physical work of any kind.
- In general, labor is any task which uses energy. It is often implied that the task is difficult.
- A laborer is a person who does any type of labor.
- In English, the word "labor" is also used for part of the process of giving birth. Other languages may have a completely different word for this.
- Ways to translate "labor" could include "work" or "hard work" or "difficult work" or to "work hard."
- "Toil" is hard, unpleasant work, and to "toil" is to do hard, unpleasant work.
- An "occupation" is the work or labor that a person does to obtain food, clothing, shelter, and the other things he needs to live.
- Sometimes "strive" and "struggle" mean to work very hard to do something.
(See also: hard, labor pains)
Bible References:
- 1 Thessalonians 02:09
- 1 Thessalonians 03:05
- Galatians 04:10-11
- James 05:04
- John 04:38
- Luke 10:02
- Matthew 10:10
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3018, H3021, H3022, H3205, H4522, H4639, H5447, H5450, H5647, H5656, H5998, H5999, H6001, H6089, H6468, H8104, G75, G2038, G2040, G2041, G2716, G2872, G2873, G3449, G4866, G4904
Forms Found in the English ULB:
fellow laborers, forced labor, hard labor, hard-working, labor, labored, laborer, laborer's, laborers, laboring, labors, occupation, product of ... labor, products of ... labor, strive, strives, striving together, struggle, toil, toiled, toiling, toils
lamb
Related Ideas:
Lamb of God
Definition:
The term "lamb" refers to a young sheep. Sheep are four-legged animals with thick, woolly hair, used for sacrifices to God. Jesus is called the "Lamb of God" because he was sacrificed to pay for people's sins.
- These animals are easily led astray and need protecting. God compares human beings to sheep.
- God instructed his people to sacrifice physically perfect sheep and lambs to him.
- Jesus is called the "Lamb of God" who was sacrificed to pay for people's sins. He was a perfect, unblemished sacrifice because he was completely without sin.
Translation Suggestions:
- If sheep are known in the language area, the name for their young should be used to translate the terms "lamb" and "Lamb of God."
- "Lamb of God" could be translated as "God's (sacrificial) Lamb," or "Lamb sacrificed to God" or "(sacrificial) Lamb from God."
- If sheep are not known, this term could be translated as "a young sheep" with a footnote that describes what sheep are like. The note could also compare sheep and lambs to an animal from that area that lives in herds, that is timid and defenseless, and that often wanders away.
- Also consider how this term is translated in a Bible translation of a nearby local or national language.
(See also: sheep, shepherd)
Bible References:
- 2 Samuel 12:03
- Ezra 08:35-36
- Isaiah 66:3
- Jeremiah 11:19
- John 01:29
- John 01:36
- Leviticus 14:21-23
- Leviticus 17:1-4
- Luke 10:03
- Revelation 15:3-4
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3532, H3535, H3733, H3775, H6251, H7716, G721, G2316
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Lamb, Lamb of God, lamb, lambs
lamb
Related Ideas:
Lamb of God
Definition:
The term "lamb" refers to a young sheep. Sheep are four-legged animals with thick, woolly hair, used for sacrifices to God. Jesus is called the "Lamb of God" because he was sacrificed to pay for people's sins.
- These animals are easily led astray and need protecting. God compares human beings to sheep.
- God instructed his people to sacrifice physically perfect sheep and lambs to him.
- Jesus is called the "Lamb of God" who was sacrificed to pay for people's sins. He was a perfect, unblemished sacrifice because he was completely without sin.
Translation Suggestions:
- If sheep are known in the language area, the name for their young should be used to translate the terms "lamb" and "Lamb of God."
- "Lamb of God" could be translated as "God's (sacrificial) Lamb," or "Lamb sacrificed to God" or "(sacrificial) Lamb from God."
- If sheep are not known, this term could be translated as "a young sheep" with a footnote that describes what sheep are like. The note could also compare sheep and lambs to an animal from that area that lives in herds, that is timid and defenseless, and that often wanders away.
- Also consider how this term is translated in a Bible translation of a nearby local or national language.
(See also: sheep, shepherd)
Bible References:
- 2 Samuel 12:03
- Ezra 08:35-36
- Isaiah 66:3
- Jeremiah 11:19
- John 01:29
- John 01:36
- Leviticus 14:21-23
- Leviticus 17:1-4
- Luke 10:03
- Revelation 15:3-4
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3532, H3535, H3733, H3775, H6251, H7716, G721, G2316
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Lamb, Lamb of God, lamb, lambs
lament
Related Ideas:
dirge, lamentation
Definition:
The terms "lament" and "lamentation" refer to a strong expression of mourning, sorrow, or grief.
- Sometimes this includes deep regret for sin, or compassion for people who have experienced disaster.
- A lamentation could include moaning, weeping, or wailing.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term to "lament" could be translated as to "deeply mourn" or to "wail in grief" or to "be sorrowful."
- A "lamentation" (or a "lament") could be translated as "loud wailing and weeping" or "deep sorrow" or "sorrowful sobbing" or "mournful moaning."
- A "dirge" is a song that people sing at a funeral because they are sad that someone they love has died.
Bible References:
- Amos 08:9-10
- Ezekiel 32:1-2
- Jeremiah 22:18
- Job 27:15-17
- Lamentations 02:05
- Lamentations 02:08
- Micah 02:04
- Psalm 102:1-2
- Zechariah 11:02
Word Data:
- Strong's: H56, H578, H592, H1058, H2201, H5091, H5092, H5594, H6969, H7015, G2354, G2870, G2875
Forms Found in the English ULB:
dirge, lament, lamentation, lamentations, lamented, lamenting, laments, sing dirges
lament
Related Ideas:
dirge, lamentation
Definition:
The terms "lament" and "lamentation" refer to a strong expression of mourning, sorrow, or grief.
- Sometimes this includes deep regret for sin, or compassion for people who have experienced disaster.
- A lamentation could include moaning, weeping, or wailing.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term to "lament" could be translated as to "deeply mourn" or to "wail in grief" or to "be sorrowful."
- A "lamentation" (or a "lament") could be translated as "loud wailing and weeping" or "deep sorrow" or "sorrowful sobbing" or "mournful moaning."
- A "dirge" is a song that people sing at a funeral because they are sad that someone they love has died.
Bible References:
- Amos 08:9-10
- Ezekiel 32:1-2
- Jeremiah 22:18
- Job 27:15-17
- Lamentations 02:05
- Lamentations 02:08
- Micah 02:04
- Psalm 102:1-2
- Zechariah 11:02
Word Data:
- Strong's: H56, H578, H592, H1058, H2201, H5091, H5092, H5594, H6969, H7015, G2354, G2870, G2875
Forms Found in the English ULB:
dirge, lament, lamentation, lamentations, lamented, lamenting, laments, sing dirges
lamp
Related Ideas:
torch
Definition:
The term "lamp" generally refers to something that produces light. The lamps used in Bible times were usually oil lamps.
- An ordinary oil lamp usually consisted of a common piece of pottery filled with olive oil, with a wick placed in the oil to burn.
- For some lamps, the pot or jar was oval, with one end pinched close together to hold the wick.
- An oil lamp could be carried or placed on a stand so that its light could fill a room or house.
- In scripture, lamps are used in several figurative ways as symbols of light and life.
- A torch is a light that is meant to be carried around outside. It might be a long piece of wood that burns at the top. It might also be a pole with an oil lamp or a cloth soaked in oil at the top.
(See also: lampstand, life, light)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 11:36
- Exodus 25:3-7
- Luke 08:16-18
- Matthew 05:15
- Matthew 06:22
- Matthew 25:03
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3940, H3974, H4501, H5215, H5216, G2985, G3088
Forms Found in the English ULB:
lamp, lamps, torch, torches
lamp
Related Ideas:
torch
Definition:
The term "lamp" generally refers to something that produces light. The lamps used in Bible times were usually oil lamps.
- An ordinary oil lamp usually consisted of a common piece of pottery filled with olive oil, with a wick placed in the oil to burn.
- For some lamps, the pot or jar was oval, with one end pinched close together to hold the wick.
- An oil lamp could be carried or placed on a stand so that its light could fill a room or house.
- In scripture, lamps are used in several figurative ways as symbols of light and life.
- A torch is a light that is meant to be carried around outside. It might be a long piece of wood that burns at the top. It might also be a pole with an oil lamp or a cloth soaked in oil at the top.
(See also: lampstand, life, light)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 11:36
- Exodus 25:3-7
- Luke 08:16-18
- Matthew 05:15
- Matthew 06:22
- Matthew 25:03
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3940, H3974, H4501, H5215, H5216, G2985, G3088
Forms Found in the English ULB:
lamp, lamps, torch, torches
last day
Related Ideas:
last times, latter days
Definition:
The term "last days" or "latter days" refers generally to the time period at the end of the current age.
- This time period will have an unknown duration.
- The "last days" are a time of judgment upon those who have turned away from God.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "last days" can also be translated as "final days" or "end times."
- In some contexts, this could be translated as "end of the world" or "when this world ends."
(See also: day of the Lord, judge, turn, world)
Bible References:
- 2 Peter 03:3-4
- Daniel 10:14-15
- Hebrews 01:02
- Isaiah 02:02
- James 05:03
- Jeremiah 23:19-20
- John 11:24-26
- Micah 04:1
Word Data:
- Strong's: H319, H3117, G2078, G2250
Forms Found in the English ULB:
last day, last days, last times, latter days
last day
Related Ideas:
last times, latter days
Definition:
The term "last days" or "latter days" refers generally to the time period at the end of the current age.
- This time period will have an unknown duration.
- The "last days" are a time of judgment upon those who have turned away from God.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "last days" can also be translated as "final days" or "end times."
- In some contexts, this could be translated as "end of the world" or "when this world ends."
(See also: day of the Lord, judge, turn, world)
Bible References:
- 2 Peter 03:3-4
- Daniel 10:14-15
- Hebrews 01:02
- Isaiah 02:02
- James 05:03
- Jeremiah 23:19-20
- John 11:24-26
- Micah 04:1
Word Data:
- Strong's: H319, H3117, G2078, G2250
Forms Found in the English ULB:
last day, last days, last times, latter days
law
Related Ideas:
lawbreaker, lawgiver, lawyer, principle
Definition:
A "law" is a legal rule that is usually written down and enforced by someone in authority. A "principle" is a guideline for decision-making and behavior.
- Often the term "law" refers to the "law of Moses." This is the commands and instructions that God gave the Israelites.
- God is the lawgiver, the one who made the laws and commanded people to obey them.
- A "lawyer" is a person who studies the law and understands it well.
- Both "law" and "principle" can refer to a general rule or belief that guides a person's behavior.
- A person who "is principled" is a person who does what is good.
(See also: law of Moses)
Bible References:
- Deuteronomy 04:02
- Esther 03:8-9
- Exodus 12:12-14
- Genesis 26:05
- John 18:31
- Romans 07:1
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1285, H1881, H1882, H2706, H2708, H2710, H4687, H4941, H5715, H7560, H7771, H8451, G1785, G3544, G3548, G3551, G3848, G4747
Forms Found in the English ULB:
law, lawbreaker, lawbreakers, lawgiver, laws, lawyer, principle, principled, principles
law
Related Ideas:
lawbreaker, lawgiver, lawyer, principle
Definition:
A "law" is a legal rule that is usually written down and enforced by someone in authority. A "principle" is a guideline for decision-making and behavior.
- Often the term "law" refers to the "law of Moses." This is the commands and instructions that God gave the Israelites.
- God is the lawgiver, the one who made the laws and commanded people to obey them.
- A "lawyer" is a person who studies the law and understands it well.
- Both "law" and "principle" can refer to a general rule or belief that guides a person's behavior.
- A person who "is principled" is a person who does what is good.
(See also: law of Moses)
Bible References:
- Deuteronomy 04:02
- Esther 03:8-9
- Exodus 12:12-14
- Genesis 26:05
- John 18:31
- Romans 07:1
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1285, H1881, H1882, H2706, H2708, H2710, H4687, H4941, H5715, H7560, H7771, H8451, G1785, G3544, G3548, G3551, G3848, G4747
Forms Found in the English ULB:
law, lawbreaker, lawbreakers, lawgiver, laws, lawyer, principle, principled, principles
law of Moses
Related Ideas:
God's law, book of Moses, book of the law, expert in the law, law of God, law of Yahweh, law of the Lord, the law
Definition:
All these terms refer to the commandments and instructions that God gave Moses for the Israelites to obey. The terms "law" and "God's law" are also used more generally to refer to everything God wants his people to obey.
-
Depending on the context, the "law" can refer to:
-
the Ten Commandments that God wrote on stone tablets for the Israelites
- all the laws given to Moses
- the first five books of the Old Testament
- the entire Old Testament (also referred to as "scriptures" in the New Testament).
-
all of God's instructions and will
-
The phrase "the law and the prophets" is used in the New Testament to refer to the Hebrew scriptures (or "Old Testament")
Translation Suggestions:
- These terms could be translated using the plural, "laws," since they refer to many instructions.
- The "law of Moses" could be translated as "the laws that God told Moses to give to the Israelites."
- Depending on the context, "the law of Moses" could also be translated as "the law that God told to Moses" or "God's laws that Moses wrote down" or "the laws that God told Moses to give to the Israelites."
- Ways to translate "the law" or "law of God" or "God's laws" could include "laws from God" or "God's commands" or "laws that God gave" or "everything that God commands" or "all of God's instructions."
- The phrase "law of Yahweh" could also be translated as "Yahweh's laws" or "laws that Yahweh said to obey" or "laws from Yahweh" or "things Yahweh commanded."
- There were people in the Bible who were experts in the Law of Moses, they were called "lawyers."
(See also: instruct, Moses, Ten Commandments, lawful, Yahweh)
Bible References:
- Acts 15:06
- Daniel 09:13
- Exodus 28:42-43
- Ezra 07:25-26
- Galatians 02:15
- Luke 24:44
- Matthew 05:18
- Nehemiah 10:29
- Romans 03:20
Word Data:
- Strong's: H430, H1881, H1882, H2706, H3068, H4687, H4872, H4941, H8451, G976, G2316, G3544, G3551, G3565
Forms Found in the English ULB:
God's law, book of Moses, book of the law, expert in the law, law of Moses, law of Yahweh, law of the Lord, the law, the law of God, your law
law of Moses
Related Ideas:
God's law, book of Moses, book of the law, expert in the law, law of God, law of Yahweh, law of the Lord, the law
Definition:
All these terms refer to the commandments and instructions that God gave Moses for the Israelites to obey. The terms "law" and "God's law" are also used more generally to refer to everything God wants his people to obey.
-
Depending on the context, the "law" can refer to:
-
the Ten Commandments that God wrote on stone tablets for the Israelites
- all the laws given to Moses
- the first five books of the Old Testament
- the entire Old Testament (also referred to as "scriptures" in the New Testament).
-
all of God's instructions and will
-
The phrase "the law and the prophets" is used in the New Testament to refer to the Hebrew scriptures (or "Old Testament")
Translation Suggestions:
- These terms could be translated using the plural, "laws," since they refer to many instructions.
- The "law of Moses" could be translated as "the laws that God told Moses to give to the Israelites."
- Depending on the context, "the law of Moses" could also be translated as "the law that God told to Moses" or "God's laws that Moses wrote down" or "the laws that God told Moses to give to the Israelites."
- Ways to translate "the law" or "law of God" or "God's laws" could include "laws from God" or "God's commands" or "laws that God gave" or "everything that God commands" or "all of God's instructions."
- The phrase "law of Yahweh" could also be translated as "Yahweh's laws" or "laws that Yahweh said to obey" or "laws from Yahweh" or "things Yahweh commanded."
- There were people in the Bible who were experts in the Law of Moses, they were called "lawyers."
(See also: instruct, Moses, Ten Commandments, lawful, Yahweh)
Bible References:
- Acts 15:06
- Daniel 09:13
- Exodus 28:42-43
- Ezra 07:25-26
- Galatians 02:15
- Luke 24:44
- Matthew 05:18
- Nehemiah 10:29
- Romans 03:20
Word Data:
- Strong's: H430, H1881, H1882, H2706, H3068, H4687, H4872, H4941, H8451, G976, G2316, G3544, G3551, G3565
Forms Found in the English ULB:
God's law, book of Moses, book of the law, expert in the law, law of Moses, law of Yahweh, law of the Lord, the law, the law of God, your law
lawful
Related Ideas:
lawfully, lawless, lawlessness, permitted, unlawful
Definition:
The term "lawful" refers to something that is permitted to be done according to a law or other requirement. The opposite of this is "unlawful," which simply means "not lawful."
- In the Bible, something was "lawful" if it was permitted by God's moral law, or by the Law of Moses and other Jewish laws. Something that was "unlawful" was "not permitted" by those laws.
- To do something "lawfully" means to do it "properly" or "in the right way."
- Many of the things that the Jewish laws considered lawful or not lawful were not in agreement with God's laws about loving others.
- Depending on the context, ways to translate "lawful" could include "permitted" or "according to God's law" or "following our laws" or "proper" or "fitting."
- The phrase "Is it lawful?" could also be translated as "Do our laws allow?" or "Is that something our laws permit?"
The terms "unlawful" and "not lawful" are used to describe actions that break a law.
- In the New Testament, the term "unlawful" is not only used to refer to breaking God's laws, but also often refers to breaking Jewish man-made laws.
- Over the years, the Jews added to the laws that God gave to them. The Jewish leaders would call something "unlawful" if it did not conform to their man-made laws.
- When Jesus and his disciples were picking grain on a Sabbath day, the Pharisees accused them of doing something "unlawful" because it was breaking the Jewish laws about not working on that day.
- When Peter stated that eating unclean foods was "unlawful" for him, he meant that if he ate those foods he would be breaking the laws God had given the Israelites about not eating certain foods.
The term "lawless" describes a person who does not obey laws or rules. When a country or group of people are in a state of "lawlessness," there is widespread disobedience, rebellion, or immorality.
- A lawless person is rebellious and does not obey God's laws.
- The apostle Paul wrote that in the last days there will be a "man of lawlessness," or a "lawless one," who will be influenced by Satan to do evil things.
Translation Suggestions:
- This term "unlawful" should be translated using a word or expression that means "not lawful" or "lawbreaking."
- Other ways to translate "unlawful" could be "not permitted" or "not according to God's law" or "not conforming to our laws."
- The expression "against the law" has the same meaning as "unlawful."
- The term "lawless" could also be translated as "rebellious" or "disobedient" or "law-defying".
- The term "lawlessness" could be translated as "not obeying any laws" or "rebellion (against God's laws)."
- The phrase "man of lawlessness" could be translated as "man who does not obey any laws" or "man who rebels against God's laws."
- It is important to keep the concept of "law" in this term, if possible.
- Note that the term "unlawful" has a different meaning from this term.
(See also: law, law of Moses, Moses, Sabbath)
Bible References:
- Matthew 07:21-23
- Matthew 12:02
- Matthew 12:04
- Matthew 12:10
- Mark 03:04
- Luke 06:02
- Acts 02:23
- Acts 10:28
- Acts 22:25
- 2 Thessalonians 02:03
- Titus 02:14
- 1 John 03:4-6
Word Data:
- Strong's: H6530, G111, G113, G266, G458, G459, G1832, G3545
Forms Found in the English ULB:
lawful, lawfully, lawless, lawlessness, not lawful, permitted, unlawful
lawful
Related Ideas:
lawfully, lawless, lawlessness, permitted, unlawful
Definition:
The term "lawful" refers to something that is permitted to be done according to a law or other requirement. The opposite of this is "unlawful," which simply means "not lawful."
- In the Bible, something was "lawful" if it was permitted by God's moral law, or by the Law of Moses and other Jewish laws. Something that was "unlawful" was "not permitted" by those laws.
- To do something "lawfully" means to do it "properly" or "in the right way."
- Many of the things that the Jewish laws considered lawful or not lawful were not in agreement with God's laws about loving others.
- Depending on the context, ways to translate "lawful" could include "permitted" or "according to God's law" or "following our laws" or "proper" or "fitting."
- The phrase "Is it lawful?" could also be translated as "Do our laws allow?" or "Is that something our laws permit?"
The terms "unlawful" and "not lawful" are used to describe actions that break a law.
- In the New Testament, the term "unlawful" is not only used to refer to breaking God's laws, but also often refers to breaking Jewish man-made laws.
- Over the years, the Jews added to the laws that God gave to them. The Jewish leaders would call something "unlawful" if it did not conform to their man-made laws.
- When Jesus and his disciples were picking grain on a Sabbath day, the Pharisees accused them of doing something "unlawful" because it was breaking the Jewish laws about not working on that day.
- When Peter stated that eating unclean foods was "unlawful" for him, he meant that if he ate those foods he would be breaking the laws God had given the Israelites about not eating certain foods.
The term "lawless" describes a person who does not obey laws or rules. When a country or group of people are in a state of "lawlessness," there is widespread disobedience, rebellion, or immorality.
- A lawless person is rebellious and does not obey God's laws.
- The apostle Paul wrote that in the last days there will be a "man of lawlessness," or a "lawless one," who will be influenced by Satan to do evil things.
Translation Suggestions:
- This term "unlawful" should be translated using a word or expression that means "not lawful" or "lawbreaking."
- Other ways to translate "unlawful" could be "not permitted" or "not according to God's law" or "not conforming to our laws."
- The expression "against the law" has the same meaning as "unlawful."
- The term "lawless" could also be translated as "rebellious" or "disobedient" or "law-defying".
- The term "lawlessness" could be translated as "not obeying any laws" or "rebellion (against God's laws)."
- The phrase "man of lawlessness" could be translated as "man who does not obey any laws" or "man who rebels against God's laws."
- It is important to keep the concept of "law" in this term, if possible.
- Note that the term "unlawful" has a different meaning from this term.
(See also: law, law of Moses, Moses, Sabbath)
Bible References:
- Matthew 07:21-23
- Matthew 12:02
- Matthew 12:04
- Matthew 12:10
- Mark 03:04
- Luke 06:02
- Acts 02:23
- Acts 10:28
- Acts 22:25
- 2 Thessalonians 02:03
- Titus 02:14
- 1 John 03:4-6
Word Data:
- Strong's: H6530, G111, G113, G266, G458, G459, G1832, G3545
Forms Found in the English ULB:
lawful, lawfully, lawless, lawlessness, not lawful, permitted, unlawful
letter
Related Ideas:
epistle
Definition:
A letter is a written message sent to a person or group of persons who are usually a distance away from the writer. An epistle is a special type of letter, often written in a more formal style, for a special purpose, such as teaching.
- In New Testament times, epistles and other types of letters were written on parchment made from animal skins or on papyrus made from plant fibers.
- The New Testament epistles from Paul, John, James, Jude, and Peter were letters of instruction that they wrote to encourage, exhort, and teach the early Christians in various cities throughout the Roman Empire.
- Ways to translate this term could include "written message" or "written down words" or "writing."
(See also: courage, exhort, teach)
Bible References:
- 1 Thessalonians 05:27
- 2 Thessalonians 02:15
- Acts 09:1-2
- Acts 28:21-22
Word Data:
- Strong's: H104, H107, H3791, H4385, H5406, H5407, H5612, G1121, G1992
Forms Found in the English ULB:
epistle, letter, letters
letter
Related Ideas:
epistle
Definition:
A letter is a written message sent to a person or group of persons who are usually a distance away from the writer. An epistle is a special type of letter, often written in a more formal style, for a special purpose, such as teaching.
- In New Testament times, epistles and other types of letters were written on parchment made from animal skins or on papyrus made from plant fibers.
- The New Testament epistles from Paul, John, James, Jude, and Peter were letters of instruction that they wrote to encourage, exhort, and teach the early Christians in various cities throughout the Roman Empire.
- Ways to translate this term could include "written message" or "written down words" or "writing."
(See also: courage, exhort, teach)
Bible References:
- 1 Thessalonians 05:27
- 2 Thessalonians 02:15
- Acts 09:1-2
- Acts 28:21-22
Word Data:
- Strong's: H104, H107, H3791, H4385, H5406, H5407, H5612, G1121, G1992
Forms Found in the English ULB:
epistle, letter, letters
life
Related Ideas:
alive, come to life, conduct, exist, fresh, life-giving, lifetime, live, revive, survive, survivor
Definition:
All these terms refer to being physically alive, not dead. They are also used figuratively to refer to being alive spiritually. The following discusses what is meant by "physical life" and "spiritual life."
1. Physical life
- Physical life is the presence of the spirit in the body. God breathed life into Adam's body, and he became a living being.
- A "life" can also refer to an individual person as in "a life was saved".
- Sometimes the word "life" refers to the experience of living as in, "his life was enjoyable."
- It can also refer to a person's lifespan, as in the expression, "the end of his life."
- The term "living" may refer to being physically alive, as in "my mother is still living." It may also refer to dwelling somewhere as in, "they were living in the city."
- In the Bible, the concept of "life" is often contrasted with the concept of "death."
- To "revive" is for someone who is dead or almost dead to live again, or to take something or someone who is dead or almost dead and make him live again.
- A person who "survives" has almost died for some reason but is still alive.
- The same Hebrew words can be translated "fresh" water or "living" water.
- Things that are "lifeless" either have never been alive or were once alive but are now dead.
- The way a person "conducts" himself or his life is the way he lives his life, most importantly the morally good or bad things he does.
2. Spiritual life
- A person has spiritual life when he believes in Jesus. God gives that person a transformed life with the Holy Spirit living in him.
- This life is also called "eternal life" to indicate that it does not end.
- The opposite of spiritual life is spiritual death, which means being separated from God and experiencing eternal punishment.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, "life" can be translated as "existence" or "person" or "soul" or "being" or "experience."
- Depending on the context, the term "live" could be translated by "dwell" or "reside" or "exist."
- The expression "end of his life" could be translated as "when he stopped living."
- The expression "spared their lives' could be translated as "allowed them to live" or "did not kill them."
- The expression "they risked their lives" could be translated as "they put themselves in danger" or "they did something that could have killed them."
- Depending on the context, the expression "give life" could also be translated as "cause to live" or "give eternal life" or "cause to live eternally." The word "life-giving" can be translated as "something that causes to live" or "something that gives life."
(See also: death, eternity)
Bible References:
- 2 Peter 01:03
- Acts 10:42
- Genesis 02:07
- Genesis 07:22
- Hebrews 10:20
- Jeremiah 44:02
- John 01:04
- Judges 02:18
- Luke 12:23
- Matthew 07:14
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2416, H2417, H2418, H2421, H2425, H2465, H2673, H3351, H3824, H3885, H4241, H5315, H5397, H5564, H6106, H7611, H8141, H8300, G326, G386, G390, G895, G979, G980, G981, G982, G1127, G1236, G1514, G2198, G2222, G2225, G2227, G2450, G3118, G4176, G4684, G4748, G4763, G4800, G4806, G5171, G5225, G5590
Forms Found in the English ULB:
alive, come to life, conduct, conducted, existed, fresh, keep ... alive, life, life-giving, lifeless, lifetime, live, lived, lives, living, revive, revived, survive, survived, survivor, survivors
life
Related Ideas:
alive, come to life, conduct, exist, fresh, life-giving, lifetime, live, revive, survive, survivor
Definition:
All these terms refer to being physically alive, not dead. They are also used figuratively to refer to being alive spiritually. The following discusses what is meant by "physical life" and "spiritual life."
1. Physical life
- Physical life is the presence of the spirit in the body. God breathed life into Adam's body, and he became a living being.
- A "life" can also refer to an individual person as in "a life was saved".
- Sometimes the word "life" refers to the experience of living as in, "his life was enjoyable."
- It can also refer to a person's lifespan, as in the expression, "the end of his life."
- The term "living" may refer to being physically alive, as in "my mother is still living." It may also refer to dwelling somewhere as in, "they were living in the city."
- In the Bible, the concept of "life" is often contrasted with the concept of "death."
- To "revive" is for someone who is dead or almost dead to live again, or to take something or someone who is dead or almost dead and make him live again.
- A person who "survives" has almost died for some reason but is still alive.
- The same Hebrew words can be translated "fresh" water or "living" water.
- Things that are "lifeless" either have never been alive or were once alive but are now dead.
- The way a person "conducts" himself or his life is the way he lives his life, most importantly the morally good or bad things he does.
2. Spiritual life
- A person has spiritual life when he believes in Jesus. God gives that person a transformed life with the Holy Spirit living in him.
- This life is also called "eternal life" to indicate that it does not end.
- The opposite of spiritual life is spiritual death, which means being separated from God and experiencing eternal punishment.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, "life" can be translated as "existence" or "person" or "soul" or "being" or "experience."
- Depending on the context, the term "live" could be translated by "dwell" or "reside" or "exist."
- The expression "end of his life" could be translated as "when he stopped living."
- The expression "spared their lives' could be translated as "allowed them to live" or "did not kill them."
- The expression "they risked their lives" could be translated as "they put themselves in danger" or "they did something that could have killed them."
- Depending on the context, the expression "give life" could also be translated as "cause to live" or "give eternal life" or "cause to live eternally." The word "life-giving" can be translated as "something that causes to live" or "something that gives life."
(See also: death, eternity)
Bible References:
- 2 Peter 01:03
- Acts 10:42
- Genesis 02:07
- Genesis 07:22
- Hebrews 10:20
- Jeremiah 44:02
- John 01:04
- Judges 02:18
- Luke 12:23
- Matthew 07:14
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2416, H2417, H2418, H2421, H2425, H2465, H2673, H3351, H3824, H3885, H4241, H5315, H5397, H5564, H6106, H7611, H8141, H8300, G326, G386, G390, G895, G979, G980, G981, G982, G1127, G1236, G1514, G2198, G2222, G2225, G2227, G2450, G3118, G4176, G4684, G4748, G4763, G4800, G4806, G5171, G5225, G5590
Forms Found in the English ULB:
alive, come to life, conduct, conducted, existed, fresh, keep ... alive, life, life-giving, lifeless, lifetime, live, lived, lives, living, revive, revived, survive, survived, survivor, survivors
light
Related Ideas:
bright, brightness, enlighten, shine
Definition:
There are several figurative uses of the term "light" in the Bible. It is often used as a metaphor for righteousness, holiness, and truth.
- Jesus said, "I am the light of the world" to express that he brings God's true message to the world and rescues people from the darkness of their sin.
- Christians are commanded to "walk in the light," which means they should be living the way God wants them to and avoiding evil.
- The apostle John stated that "God is light" and in him there is no darkness at all.
- Light and darkness are complete opposites. Darkness is the absence of all light.
- Jesus said that he was "the light of the world" and that his followers should shine like lights in the world by living in a way that clearly shows how great God is.
- "Walking in the light" represents living in a way that pleases God, doing what is good and right. Walking in darkness represents living in rebellion against God, doing evil things.
Translation Suggestions:
- When translating, it is important to keep the literal terms "light" and "darkness" even when they are used figuratively.
- It may be necessary to explain the comparison in the text. For example, "walk as children of light" could be translated as, "live openly righteous lives, like someone who walks in bright sunlight."
- Make sure that the translation of "light" does not refer to an object that gives light, such as a lamp. The translation of this term should refer to the light itself.
(See also: darkness, holy, righteous, true)
Bible References:
- 1 John 01:07
- 1 John 02:08
- 2 Corinthians 04:06
- Acts 26:18
- Isaiah 02:05
- John 01:05
- Matthew 05:16
- Matthew 06:23
- Nehemiah 09:12-13
- Revelation 18:23-24
Word Data:
- Strong's: H216, H217, H3313, H3974, H5051, H5094, H5105, H5216, G681, G796, G1391, G1645, G2985, G2986, G3088, G5338, G5457, G5458, G5460, G5462
Forms Found in the English ULB:
bright, brightness, enlighten, enlightened, light, lighting, lights, shining
light
Related Ideas:
bright, brightness, enlighten, shine
Definition:
There are several figurative uses of the term "light" in the Bible. It is often used as a metaphor for righteousness, holiness, and truth.
- Jesus said, "I am the light of the world" to express that he brings God's true message to the world and rescues people from the darkness of their sin.
- Christians are commanded to "walk in the light," which means they should be living the way God wants them to and avoiding evil.
- The apostle John stated that "God is light" and in him there is no darkness at all.
- Light and darkness are complete opposites. Darkness is the absence of all light.
- Jesus said that he was "the light of the world" and that his followers should shine like lights in the world by living in a way that clearly shows how great God is.
- "Walking in the light" represents living in a way that pleases God, doing what is good and right. Walking in darkness represents living in rebellion against God, doing evil things.
Translation Suggestions:
- When translating, it is important to keep the literal terms "light" and "darkness" even when they are used figuratively.
- It may be necessary to explain the comparison in the text. For example, "walk as children of light" could be translated as, "live openly righteous lives, like someone who walks in bright sunlight."
- Make sure that the translation of "light" does not refer to an object that gives light, such as a lamp. The translation of this term should refer to the light itself.
(See also: darkness, holy, righteous, true)
Bible References:
- 1 John 01:07
- 1 John 02:08
- 2 Corinthians 04:06
- Acts 26:18
- Isaiah 02:05
- John 01:05
- Matthew 05:16
- Matthew 06:23
- Nehemiah 09:12-13
- Revelation 18:23-24
Word Data:
- Strong's: H216, H217, H3313, H3974, H5051, H5094, H5105, H5216, G681, G796, G1391, G1645, G2985, G2986, G3088, G5338, G5457, G5458, G5460, G5462
Forms Found in the English ULB:
bright, brightness, enlighten, enlightened, light, lighting, lights, shining
like
Related Ideas:
according to, alike, as, as if, compare, in the same way, just as, liken, likeness, likewise, resemble, similar, similarly, unlike
Definition:
The terms "like" and "likeness" refer to something being the same as, or similar to, something else.
- To "compare" two things is to look at how they are the same or how they are different.
- The word "like" is also often used in a figurative expressions called a "simile" in which something is compared to something else, usually highlighting a shared characteristic. For example, "his clothes shined like the sun" and "the voice boomed like thunder."
- To "be like" or "sound like" or "look like" something or someone means to have qualities that are similar to the thing or person being compared to.
- People were created in God's "likeness," that is, in his "image." It means that they have qualities or characteristics that are "like" or "similar to" qualities that God has, such as the ability to think, feel, and communicate.
- To have "the likeness of" something or someone means to have characteristics that look like that thing or person.
- The word "likewise" means "in the same way," referring to something that the speaker has just said.
- The word "unlike" means "not like."
Translation Suggestions
- In some contexts, the expression "the likeness of" could be translated as "what looked like" or "what appeared to be."
- The expression "in the likeness of his death" could be translated as "sharing in the experience of his death" or "as if experiencing his death with him."
- The expression "in the likeness of sinful flesh" could be translated as "being like a sinful human being" or to "be a human being." Make sure the translation of this expression does not sound like Jesus was sinful.
- "In his own likeness" could also be translated as to "be like him" or "having many of the same qualities that he has."
- The expression "the likeness of an image of perishable man, of birds, of four-footed beasts and of creeping things" could be translated as "idols made to look like perishable humans, or animals, such as birds, beasts, and small, crawling things."
(See also: beast, flesh, image of God, image, perish)
Bible References:
- Ezekiel 01:05
- Mark 08:24
- Matthew 17:02
- Matthew 18:03
- Psalms 073:05
- Revelation 01:12-13
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1819, H1823, H3644, H4915, H7737, H8403, H8544, G1503, G1504, G2509, G2531, G3664, G3665, G3666, G3667, G3668, G3669, G3697, G4793, G4833, G5108, G5615, G5616, G5618, G5619
Forms Found in the English ULB:
according to, alike, as, as if, be ... like, become ... like, compare, in the same way, is ... like, just as, like, liken, likeness, likenesses, likewise, resemble, resembled, similar to, similarly, the same, the same way, unlike
like
Related Ideas:
according to, alike, as, as if, compare, in the same way, just as, liken, likeness, likewise, resemble, similar, similarly, unlike
Definition:
The terms "like" and "likeness" refer to something being the same as, or similar to, something else.
- To "compare" two things is to look at how they are the same or how they are different.
- The word "like" is also often used in a figurative expressions called a "simile" in which something is compared to something else, usually highlighting a shared characteristic. For example, "his clothes shined like the sun" and "the voice boomed like thunder."
- To "be like" or "sound like" or "look like" something or someone means to have qualities that are similar to the thing or person being compared to.
- People were created in God's "likeness," that is, in his "image." It means that they have qualities or characteristics that are "like" or "similar to" qualities that God has, such as the ability to think, feel, and communicate.
- To have "the likeness of" something or someone means to have characteristics that look like that thing or person.
- The word "likewise" means "in the same way," referring to something that the speaker has just said.
- The word "unlike" means "not like."
Translation Suggestions
- In some contexts, the expression "the likeness of" could be translated as "what looked like" or "what appeared to be."
- The expression "in the likeness of his death" could be translated as "sharing in the experience of his death" or "as if experiencing his death with him."
- The expression "in the likeness of sinful flesh" could be translated as "being like a sinful human being" or to "be a human being." Make sure the translation of this expression does not sound like Jesus was sinful.
- "In his own likeness" could also be translated as to "be like him" or "having many of the same qualities that he has."
- The expression "the likeness of an image of perishable man, of birds, of four-footed beasts and of creeping things" could be translated as "idols made to look like perishable humans, or animals, such as birds, beasts, and small, crawling things."
(See also: beast, flesh, image of God, image, perish)
Bible References:
- Ezekiel 01:05
- Mark 08:24
- Matthew 17:02
- Matthew 18:03
- Psalms 073:05
- Revelation 01:12-13
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1819, H1823, H3644, H4915, H7737, H8403, H8544, G1503, G1504, G2509, G2531, G3664, G3665, G3666, G3667, G3668, G3669, G3697, G4793, G4833, G5108, G5615, G5616, G5618, G5619
Forms Found in the English ULB:
according to, alike, as, as if, be ... like, become ... like, compare, in the same way, is ... like, just as, like, liken, likeness, likenesses, likewise, resemble, resembled, similar to, similarly, the same, the same way, unlike
lion
Related Ideas:
lioness
Definition:
A lion is a large, cat-like, that has animal, with powerful teeth and claws for killing and tearing apart its prey.
- Lions have powerful bodies and great speed to catch their prey. Their fur is short and golden-brown.
- Male lions have a mane of hair that encircles their heads.
- Lions kill other animals to eat them and can be dangerous to human beings.
- When King David was a boy, he killed lions that tried to attack the sheep he was caring for.
- Samson also killed a lion, with his bare hands.
- A "lioness" is a female lion.
(See also: David, leopard, Samson, sheep)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 11:22-23
- 1 Kings 07:29
- Proverbs 19:12
- Psalms 017:12
- Revelation 05:05
Word Data:
- Strong's: H738, H739, H744, H3715, H3833, H3918, H7826, H7830, G3023
Forms Found in the English ULB:
lion, lion's, lioness, lionesses, lions, lions'
lion
Related Ideas:
lioness
Definition:
A lion is a large, cat-like, that has animal, with powerful teeth and claws for killing and tearing apart its prey.
- Lions have powerful bodies and great speed to catch their prey. Their fur is short and golden-brown.
- Male lions have a mane of hair that encircles their heads.
- Lions kill other animals to eat them and can be dangerous to human beings.
- When King David was a boy, he killed lions that tried to attack the sheep he was caring for.
- Samson also killed a lion, with his bare hands.
- A "lioness" is a female lion.
(See also: David, leopard, Samson, sheep)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 11:22-23
- 1 Kings 07:29
- Proverbs 19:12
- Psalms 017:12
- Revelation 05:05
Word Data:
- Strong's: H738, H739, H744, H3715, H3833, H3918, H7826, H7830, G3023
Forms Found in the English ULB:
lion, lion's, lioness, lionesses, lions, lions'
loins
Related Ideass:
side, thigh, waist
Definition:
The term "loins" refers to the part of the body of an animal or person that is between the lower ribs and the hip bones, also known as the lower abdomen.
- The expression "gird up the loins" refers to preparing to work hard. It comes from the custom of tucking the bottom of one's robe into a belt around the waist in order to move with ease.
- The term "loins" is often used in the Bible to refer to the lower back part of an animal that was sacrificed.
- In the Bible, the term "loins" often refers figuratively and euphemistically to a man's reproductive organs as the source of his descendants.
- The expression "will come from your loins" could also be translated as, "will be your offspring" or "will be born from your seed" or "God will cause to come from you."
- When referring to a part of the body, this could also be translated as "abdomen" or "hips" or "waist," depending on the context.
(See also: descendant, gird, offspring)
Bible References:
- 1 Peter 01:13
- 2 Chronicles 06:09
- Deuteronomy 33:11
- Genesis 37:34
- Job 15:27
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2504, H3409, H3689, H4975, G3751
Forms Found in the English ULB:
loins, hips, side, thigh, thighs, waist
loins
Related Ideass:
side, thigh, waist
Definition:
The term "loins" refers to the part of the body of an animal or person that is between the lower ribs and the hip bones, also known as the lower abdomen.
- The expression "gird up the loins" refers to preparing to work hard. It comes from the custom of tucking the bottom of one's robe into a belt around the waist in order to move with ease.
- The term "loins" is often used in the Bible to refer to the lower back part of an animal that was sacrificed.
- In the Bible, the term "loins" often refers figuratively and euphemistically to a man's reproductive organs as the source of his descendants.
- The expression "will come from your loins" could also be translated as, "will be your offspring" or "will be born from your seed" or "God will cause to come from you."
- When referring to a part of the body, this could also be translated as "abdomen" or "hips" or "waist," depending on the context.
(See also: descendant, gird, offspring)
Bible References:
- 1 Peter 01:13
- 2 Chronicles 06:09
- Deuteronomy 33:11
- Genesis 37:34
- Job 15:27
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2504, H3409, H3689, H4975, G3751
Forms Found in the English ULB:
loins, hips, side, thigh, thighs, waist
lord
Related Ideas:
landowner, Lord, master, master of the house, mistress, owner, owner of a house, sir
Definition:
The term "lord" refers to someone who has ownership or authority over other people.
- This word is sometimes translated as "master" when addressing Jesus or when referring to someone who owns slaves.
- Some English versions translate this as "sir" in contexts where someone is politely addressing someone of higher status.
When "Lord" is capitalized, it is a title that refers to God. (Note, however, that when it is used as a form of addressing someone or it occurs at the beginning of a sentence it may be capitalized and have the meaning of "sir" or "master.")
- In the Old Testament, this term is also used in expressions such as "Lord God Almighty" or "Lord Yahweh" or "Yahweh our Lord."
- In the New Testament, the apostles used this term in expressions such as "Lord Jesus" and "Lord Jesus Christ," which communicate that Jesus is God.
- The term "Lord" in the New Testament is also used alone as a direct reference to God, especially in quotations from the Old Testament. For example, the Old Testament text has "Blessed is he who comes in the name of Yahweh" and the New Testament text has "Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord."
- In the ULB and UDB, the title "Lord" is only used to translate the actual Hebrew and Greek words that mean "Lord." It is never used as a translation of God's name (Yahweh), as is done in many translations.
Translation Suggestions:
Translating "lord":
* * The term "lord" can be translated with the equivalent of "master" when it refers to a person who owns slaves. It can also be used by a servant to address the person he works for.
* When it refers to Jesus, if the context shows that the speaker sees him as a religious teacher, it can be translated with a respectful address for a religious teacher, such as "master."
* If the person addressing Jesus does not know him, "lord" could be translated with a respectful form of address such as "sir." This translation would also be used for other contexts in which a polite form of address to a man is called for.
Translating "Lord":
* When referring to God the Father or to Jesus, this term is considered a title, written as "Lord" (capitalized) in English.
* In the appropriate contexts, many translations capitalize the first letter of this term to make it clear to the reader that this is a title referring to God.
* When "Lord" refers to Jesus Christ (the Son of God), it should be translated with the same word that is used for "Lord" when it refers to God the Father. Or if it is translated with different words, both words should express the same degree of honor.
* Some languages translate "Lord" as "Master" or "Ruler" or some other term that communicates ownership or supreme rule.
* For places in the New Testament where there is a quote from the Old Testament, the term "Lord God" could be used to make it clear that this is a reference to God.
(See also: God, Jesus, ruler, Yahweh)
Bible References:
- Genesis 39:02
- Joshua 03:9-11
- Psalms 086:15-17
- Jeremiah 27:04
- Lamentations 02:02
- Ezekiel 18:29
- Daniel 09:09
- Daniel 09:17-19
- Malachi 03:01
- Matthew 07:21-23
- Luke 01:30-33
- Luke 16:13
- Romans 06:23
- Ephesians 06:9
- Philippians 02:9-11
- Colossians 03:23
- Hebrews 12:14
- James 02:01
- 1 Peter 01:03
- Jude 01:05
- Revelation 15:04
Word Data:
- Strong's: H113, H136, H1167, H1376, H1404, H4756, H5633, H7218, H7980, H8323, G1203, G2634, G2961, G2962, G3617
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Lord, Lord's, landowner, lord, lord's, lords, master, master of the house, master's, masters, mistress, owner, owner of a house, sir, sirs
lord
Related Ideas:
landowner, Lord, master, master of the house, mistress, owner, owner of a house, sir
Definition:
The term "lord" refers to someone who has ownership or authority over other people.
- This word is sometimes translated as "master" when addressing Jesus or when referring to someone who owns slaves.
- Some English versions translate this as "sir" in contexts where someone is politely addressing someone of higher status.
When "Lord" is capitalized, it is a title that refers to God. (Note, however, that when it is used as a form of addressing someone or it occurs at the beginning of a sentence it may be capitalized and have the meaning of "sir" or "master.")
- In the Old Testament, this term is also used in expressions such as "Lord God Almighty" or "Lord Yahweh" or "Yahweh our Lord."
- In the New Testament, the apostles used this term in expressions such as "Lord Jesus" and "Lord Jesus Christ," which communicate that Jesus is God.
- The term "Lord" in the New Testament is also used alone as a direct reference to God, especially in quotations from the Old Testament. For example, the Old Testament text has "Blessed is he who comes in the name of Yahweh" and the New Testament text has "Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord."
- In the ULB and UDB, the title "Lord" is only used to translate the actual Hebrew and Greek words that mean "Lord." It is never used as a translation of God's name (Yahweh), as is done in many translations.
Translation Suggestions:
Translating "lord":
* * The term "lord" can be translated with the equivalent of "master" when it refers to a person who owns slaves. It can also be used by a servant to address the person he works for.
* When it refers to Jesus, if the context shows that the speaker sees him as a religious teacher, it can be translated with a respectful address for a religious teacher, such as "master."
* If the person addressing Jesus does not know him, "lord" could be translated with a respectful form of address such as "sir." This translation would also be used for other contexts in which a polite form of address to a man is called for.
Translating "Lord":
* When referring to God the Father or to Jesus, this term is considered a title, written as "Lord" (capitalized) in English.
* In the appropriate contexts, many translations capitalize the first letter of this term to make it clear to the reader that this is a title referring to God.
* When "Lord" refers to Jesus Christ (the Son of God), it should be translated with the same word that is used for "Lord" when it refers to God the Father. Or if it is translated with different words, both words should express the same degree of honor.
* Some languages translate "Lord" as "Master" or "Ruler" or some other term that communicates ownership or supreme rule.
* For places in the New Testament where there is a quote from the Old Testament, the term "Lord God" could be used to make it clear that this is a reference to God.
(See also: God, Jesus, ruler, Yahweh)
Bible References:
- Genesis 39:02
- Joshua 03:9-11
- Psalms 086:15-17
- Jeremiah 27:04
- Lamentations 02:02
- Ezekiel 18:29
- Daniel 09:09
- Daniel 09:17-19
- Malachi 03:01
- Matthew 07:21-23
- Luke 01:30-33
- Luke 16:13
- Romans 06:23
- Ephesians 06:9
- Philippians 02:9-11
- Colossians 03:23
- Hebrews 12:14
- James 02:01
- 1 Peter 01:03
- Jude 01:05
- Revelation 15:04
Word Data:
- Strong's: H113, H136, H1167, H1376, H1404, H4756, H5633, H7218, H7980, H8323, G1203, G2634, G2961, G2962, G3617
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Lord, Lord's, landowner, lord, lord's, lords, master, master of the house, master's, masters, mistress, owner, owner of a house, sir, sirs
lots
Related Ideas:
allotted, allotted portion, cast lots, chosen by lot, divide up by lot
Definition:
A "lot" is a marked object that is chosen from among other similar objects as a way of deciding something. "Casting lots" referred to tossing marked objects onto the ground or other surface.
- Often the lots were small marked stones or pieces of broken pottery.
- Some cultures "draw" or "pull out" lots using a bunch of straws. Someone holds the straws so that no one can see how long they are. Each person pulls out a straw and the one who picks the longest (or shortest) straw is the one who is chosen.
- The practice of casting lots was used by the Israelites to find out what God wanted them to do.
- As in the time of Zechariah and Elizabeth, it was also used to choose which priest would perform a specific duty in the temple at a specific time.
- The soldiers who crucified Jesus cast lots to decide who would get to keep Jesus' robe.
- The phrase "casting lots" can be translated as "tossing lots" or "drawing lots" or "rolling lots." Make sure the translation of "cast" does not sound like the lots were being thrown a long distance.
- Depending on the context, the term "lot" could also be translated as "marked stone" or "pottery piece" or "stick" or "piece of straw."
- If a decision is made "by lot" this could be translated as, "by drawing (or throwing) lots."
- To allot things to people can mean to divide those things and to toss lots to decide who gets each portion.
- To allot something to someone can mean to assign it to him or give it to him.
(See also: Elizabeth, priest, Zechariah (OT), Zechariah (NT))
Bible References:
- Jonah 01:07
- Luke 01:8-10
- Luke 23:34
- Mark 15:22
- Matthew 27:35-37
- Psalms 022:18-19
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1486, G2819, G2975
Forms Found in the English ULB:
allotted, allotted portion, cast lots, chosen by lot, divide up ... by lot, lot, lots
lots
Related Ideas:
allotted, allotted portion, cast lots, chosen by lot, divide up by lot
Definition:
A "lot" is a marked object that is chosen from among other similar objects as a way of deciding something. "Casting lots" referred to tossing marked objects onto the ground or other surface.
- Often the lots were small marked stones or pieces of broken pottery.
- Some cultures "draw" or "pull out" lots using a bunch of straws. Someone holds the straws so that no one can see how long they are. Each person pulls out a straw and the one who picks the longest (or shortest) straw is the one who is chosen.
- The practice of casting lots was used by the Israelites to find out what God wanted them to do.
- As in the time of Zechariah and Elizabeth, it was also used to choose which priest would perform a specific duty in the temple at a specific time.
- The soldiers who crucified Jesus cast lots to decide who would get to keep Jesus' robe.
- The phrase "casting lots" can be translated as "tossing lots" or "drawing lots" or "rolling lots." Make sure the translation of "cast" does not sound like the lots were being thrown a long distance.
- Depending on the context, the term "lot" could also be translated as "marked stone" or "pottery piece" or "stick" or "piece of straw."
- If a decision is made "by lot" this could be translated as, "by drawing (or throwing) lots."
- To allot things to people can mean to divide those things and to toss lots to decide who gets each portion.
- To allot something to someone can mean to assign it to him or give it to him.
(See also: Elizabeth, priest, Zechariah (OT), Zechariah (NT))
Bible References:
- Jonah 01:07
- Luke 01:8-10
- Luke 23:34
- Mark 15:22
- Matthew 27:35-37
- Psalms 022:18-19
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1486, G2819, G2975
Forms Found in the English ULB:
allotted, allotted portion, cast lots, chosen by lot, divide up ... by lot, lot, lots
love
Related Ideas:
brotherly love
Definition:
To love another person is to care for that person and do things that will benefit him. There are different meanings for "love" some languages may express using different words:
-
The kind of love that comes from God is focused on having good things happen to others even when those good things do not happen to the one who loves. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do. God himself is love and is the source of true love.
-
Jesus showed this kind of love by sacrificing his life in order to rescue us from sin and death. He also taught his followers to love others sacrificially.
- When people love others with this kind of love, they act in ways that show they are thinking of what will cause the others to thrive. This kind of love especially includes forgiving others.
-
In the ULB, the word "love" refers to this kind of sacrificial love, unless a Translation Note indicates a different meaning.
-
Another word in the New Testament refers to brotherly love, or love for a friend or family member.
-
This term refers to natural human love between friends or relatives.
-
The term can also be used in such contexts as, "They love to sit in the most important seats at a banquet." This means that they "like very much" or "greatly desire" to do that.
-
The word "love" can also refer to romantic love between a man and a woman.
-
In the figurative expression "Jacob I have loved, but Esau I have hated," the term "loved" refers to God's choosing of Jacob to be in a covenant relationship with him. This could also be translated as "chosen." Although Esau was also blessed by God, he wasn't given the privilege of being in the covenant. The term "hated" is used figuratively here to mean "rejected" or "not chosen."
Translation Suggestions:
- Unless indicated otherwise in a Translation Note, the word "love" in the ULB refers to the kind of sacrificial love that comes from God.
- Some languages may have a special word for the kind of unselfish, sacrificial love that God has. Ways to translate this might include, "devoted, faithful caring" or "care for unselfishly" or "love from God." Make sure that the word used to translate God's love can include giving up one's own interests to benefit others and loving others no matter what they do.
- Sometimes the English word "love" describes the deep caring that people have for friends and family members. Some languages might translate this with a word or phrase that means, "like very much" or "care for" or "have strong affection for."
- In contexts where the word "love" is used to express a strong preference for something, this could be translated by "strongly prefer" or "like very much" or "greatly desire."
- Some languages may also have a separate word that refers to romantic or sexual love between a husband and wife.
- Many languages must express "love" as an action. So for example, they might translate "love is patient, love is kind" as, "when a person loves someone, he is patient with him and kind to him."
(See also: covenant, death, sacrifice, save, sin)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 13:07
- 1 John 03:02
- 1 Thessalonians 04:10
- Galatians 05:23
- Genesis 29:18
- Isaiah 56:06
- Jeremiah 02:02
- John 03:16
- Matthew 10:37
- Nehemiah 09:32-34
- Philippians 01:09
- Song of Solomon 01:02
Word Data:
- Strong's: H157, H158, H159, H160, H1730, H2245, H2532, H2617, H2836, H3039, H4261, H5689, H5690, H7355, H7356, H7453, H7474, G25, G26, G5360, G5361, G5362, G5363, G5365, G5367, G5368, G5369, G5377, G5383, G5388
Forms Found in the English ULB:
brotherly love, love, loved, loves, loving
love
Related Ideas:
brotherly love
Definition:
To love another person is to care for that person and do things that will benefit him. There are different meanings for "love" some languages may express using different words:
-
The kind of love that comes from God is focused on having good things happen to others even when those good things do not happen to the one who loves. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do. God himself is love and is the source of true love.
-
Jesus showed this kind of love by sacrificing his life in order to rescue us from sin and death. He also taught his followers to love others sacrificially.
- When people love others with this kind of love, they act in ways that show they are thinking of what will cause the others to thrive. This kind of love especially includes forgiving others.
-
In the ULB, the word "love" refers to this kind of sacrificial love, unless a Translation Note indicates a different meaning.
-
Another word in the New Testament refers to brotherly love, or love for a friend or family member.
-
This term refers to natural human love between friends or relatives.
-
The term can also be used in such contexts as, "They love to sit in the most important seats at a banquet." This means that they "like very much" or "greatly desire" to do that.
-
The word "love" can also refer to romantic love between a man and a woman.
-
In the figurative expression "Jacob I have loved, but Esau I have hated," the term "loved" refers to God's choosing of Jacob to be in a covenant relationship with him. This could also be translated as "chosen." Although Esau was also blessed by God, he wasn't given the privilege of being in the covenant. The term "hated" is used figuratively here to mean "rejected" or "not chosen."
Translation Suggestions:
- Unless indicated otherwise in a Translation Note, the word "love" in the ULB refers to the kind of sacrificial love that comes from God.
- Some languages may have a special word for the kind of unselfish, sacrificial love that God has. Ways to translate this might include, "devoted, faithful caring" or "care for unselfishly" or "love from God." Make sure that the word used to translate God's love can include giving up one's own interests to benefit others and loving others no matter what they do.
- Sometimes the English word "love" describes the deep caring that people have for friends and family members. Some languages might translate this with a word or phrase that means, "like very much" or "care for" or "have strong affection for."
- In contexts where the word "love" is used to express a strong preference for something, this could be translated by "strongly prefer" or "like very much" or "greatly desire."
- Some languages may also have a separate word that refers to romantic or sexual love between a husband and wife.
- Many languages must express "love" as an action. So for example, they might translate "love is patient, love is kind" as, "when a person loves someone, he is patient with him and kind to him."
(See also: covenant, death, sacrifice, save, sin)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 13:07
- 1 John 03:02
- 1 Thessalonians 04:10
- Galatians 05:23
- Genesis 29:18
- Isaiah 56:06
- Jeremiah 02:02
- John 03:16
- Matthew 10:37
- Nehemiah 09:32-34
- Philippians 01:09
- Song of Solomon 01:02
Word Data:
- Strong's: H157, H158, H159, H160, H1730, H2245, H2532, H2617, H2836, H3039, H4261, H5689, H5690, H7355, H7356, H7453, H7474, G25, G26, G5360, G5361, G5362, G5363, G5365, G5367, G5368, G5369, G5377, G5383, G5388
Forms Found in the English ULB:
brotherly love, love, loved, loves, loving
lowly
Related Ideas:
bring down, low condition, low position, lowliest, lowliness
Definition:
The terms "lowly" and "lowliness" refer to being poor or having low status. Being lowly can also have the meaning of being humble.
- Jesus humbled himself to the lowly position of becoming a human being and serving others.
- Having a lowly attitude is the opposite of being proud.
- Ways to translate "lowly" could include "humble" or "of low status" or "unimportant."
- The word "lowliness" could also be translated as "humility" or "little importance."
(See also: humble, proud)
Bible References:
- Acts 20:19
- Ezekiel 17:14
- Luke 01:48-49
- Romans 12:16
Word Data:
- Strong's: H6041, H6819, H7034, H8213, H8216, H8217, G5011, G5012, G5014
Forms Found in the English ULB:
bring ... down, bring ... low, brings ... down, brings ... low, brought low, low condition, low position, low positions, lowliest, lowliness, lowly, of low condition
lowly
Related Ideas:
bring down, low condition, low position, lowliest, lowliness
Definition:
The terms "lowly" and "lowliness" refer to being poor or having low status. Being lowly can also have the meaning of being humble.
- Jesus humbled himself to the lowly position of becoming a human being and serving others.
- Having a lowly attitude is the opposite of being proud.
- Ways to translate "lowly" could include "humble" or "of low status" or "unimportant."
- The word "lowliness" could also be translated as "humility" or "little importance."
(See also: humble, proud)
Bible References:
- Acts 20:19
- Ezekiel 17:14
- Luke 01:48-49
- Romans 12:16
Word Data:
- Strong's: H6041, H6819, H7034, H8213, H8216, H8217, G5011, G5012, G5014
Forms Found in the English ULB:
bring ... down, bring ... low, brings ... down, brings ... low, brought low, low condition, low position, low positions, lowliest, lowliness, lowly, of low condition
magic
Related Ideas:
magical, magician, spiritist, those who talk with spirits
Definition:
The term "magic" refers to the practice of using supernatural power that does not come from God. A "magician" is someone who practices magic.
- In Egypt, when God did miraculous things through Moses, the Egyptian pharaoh's magicians were able to do some of the same things, but their power did not come from God.
- Magic often involves casting spells or repeating certain words in order to make something supernatural happen.
- God commands his people not to do any of these practices of magic or divination.
- A sorcerer is a type of magician, usually one who uses magic to do harm to others.
- A spiritist is a person who talks with spirits.
(See also: divination, Egypt, Pharaoh, power, sorcery)
Bible References:
- Genesis 41:08
- Genesis 41:22-24
- Genesis 44:3-5
- Genesis 44:15
Word Data:
- Strong's: H178, H2748, H2749, H3049, G3097
Forms Found in the English ULB:
magic, magical, magician, magicians, spiritist, spiritists, those who talked with spirits, who talk with spirits, who talks with spirits
magic
Related Ideas:
magical, magician, spiritist, those who talk with spirits
Definition:
The term "magic" refers to the practice of using supernatural power that does not come from God. A "magician" is someone who practices magic.
- In Egypt, when God did miraculous things through Moses, the Egyptian pharaoh's magicians were able to do some of the same things, but their power did not come from God.
- Magic often involves casting spells or repeating certain words in order to make something supernatural happen.
- God commands his people not to do any of these practices of magic or divination.
- A sorcerer is a type of magician, usually one who uses magic to do harm to others.
- A spiritist is a person who talks with spirits.
(See also: divination, Egypt, Pharaoh, power, sorcery)
Bible References:
- Genesis 41:08
- Genesis 41:22-24
- Genesis 44:3-5
- Genesis 44:15
Word Data:
- Strong's: H178, H2748, H2749, H3049, G3097
Forms Found in the English ULB:
magic, magical, magician, magicians, spiritist, spiritists, those who talked with spirits, who talk with spirits, who talks with spirits
magistrate
Definition:
A magistrate is an appointed official who acts as a judge and decides matters of law.
- In Bible times, a magistrate also settled disputes between people.
- Depending on the context, ways to translate this term could include "ruling judge" or "legal officer" or "city leader."
(See also: judge, law of Moses)
Bible References:
- Acts 16:20
- Acts 16:35
- Daniel 03:1-2
- Luke 12:58
Word Data:
- Strong's: H8200, H8614, G758, G4755
Forms Found in the English ULB:
magistrate, magistrates
magistrate
Definition:
A magistrate is an appointed official who acts as a judge and decides matters of law.
- In Bible times, a magistrate also settled disputes between people.
- Depending on the context, ways to translate this term could include "ruling judge" or "legal officer" or "city leader."
(See also: judge, law of Moses)
Bible References:
- Acts 16:20
- Acts 16:35
- Daniel 03:1-2
- Luke 12:58
Word Data:
- Strong's: H8200, H8614, G758, G4755
Forms Found in the English ULB:
magistrate, magistrates
member
Definition:
The term "member" refers to one part of a complex body or group.
- The New Testament describes Christians as "members" of the body of Christ. Believers in Christ belong to a group that is made up of many members.
- Jesus Christ is the "head" of the body and individual believers function as the members of the body. The Holy Spirit gives each member of the body a special role to help the entire body to function well.
- Individuals who participate in groups such as the Jewish Council and the Pharisees are also called "members" of these groups.
(See also: body, Pharisee, council)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 06:15
- 1 Corinthians 12:14-17
- Numbers 16:02
- Romans 12:05
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1004, H1121, H3338, H5315, G1010, G3196, G3609
Forms Found in the English ULB:
member, members
member
Definition:
The term "member" refers to one part of a complex body or group.
- The New Testament describes Christians as "members" of the body of Christ. Believers in Christ belong to a group that is made up of many members.
- Jesus Christ is the "head" of the body and individual believers function as the members of the body. The Holy Spirit gives each member of the body a special role to help the entire body to function well.
- Individuals who participate in groups such as the Jewish Council and the Pharisees are also called "members" of these groups.
(See also: body, Pharisee, council)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 06:15
- 1 Corinthians 12:14-17
- Numbers 16:02
- Romans 12:05
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1004, H1121, H3338, H5315, G1010, G3196, G3609
Forms Found in the English ULB:
member, members
memorial offering
Related Ideas:
memorial
Definition:
The term "memorial" refers to an action or object that causes someone or something to be remembered.
- This word is also used as an adjective to describe something that is to remind them of something, as in a "memorial offering," a "memorial portion" of a sacrifice or "memorial stones."
- In the Old Testament memorial offerings were made so the Israelites would remember what God had done for them.
- God told the Israelite priests to wear special clothing that had memorial stones. These stones had the names of the twelve tribes of Israel engraved on them. These were perhaps to remind them of God's faithfulness to them.
- In the New Testament, God honored a man named Cornelius because of his charitable deeds for the poor. These deeds were said to be a "memorial" before God.
Translation Suggestions:
- This could also be translated as "lasting reminder."
- A "memorial stone" could be translated as a "stone to remind them (of something)."
Bible References:
- Acts 10:04
- Exodus 12:12-14
- Isaiah 66:3
- Joshua 04:6-7
- Leviticus 23:23-25
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2142, H2146, G3422
Forms Found in the English ULB:
memorial, memorial offering
memorial offering
Related Ideas:
memorial
Definition:
The term "memorial" refers to an action or object that causes someone or something to be remembered.
- This word is also used as an adjective to describe something that is to remind them of something, as in a "memorial offering," a "memorial portion" of a sacrifice or "memorial stones."
- In the Old Testament memorial offerings were made so the Israelites would remember what God had done for them.
- God told the Israelite priests to wear special clothing that had memorial stones. These stones had the names of the twelve tribes of Israel engraved on them. These were perhaps to remind them of God's faithfulness to them.
- In the New Testament, God honored a man named Cornelius because of his charitable deeds for the poor. These deeds were said to be a "memorial" before God.
Translation Suggestions:
- This could also be translated as "lasting reminder."
- A "memorial stone" could be translated as a "stone to remind them (of something)."
Bible References:
- Acts 10:04
- Exodus 12:12-14
- Isaiah 66:3
- Joshua 04:6-7
- Leviticus 23:23-25
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2142, H2146, G3422
Forms Found in the English ULB:
memorial, memorial offering
mighty
Related Ideas:
Mighty One, mightily, mighty host, mighty men, mighty work
Definition:
The terms "mighty" and "might" refer to having great strength or power.
- Often the word "might" is another word for "strength." When talking about God, it can mean "power."
- The phrase "mighty men" often refers to men who are courageous and victorious in battle. David's band of faithful men who helped protect and defend him were often called "mighty men."
- The phrase "the Might One" refers to God.
- The phrase "a mighty one" can refer to God or to a man.
- The phrase "mighty works" usually refers to the amazing things God does, especially miracles.
- This term is related to the term "almighty," which is a common description for God, meaning that he has complete power.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, the term "mighty" could be translated as "powerful" or "amazing" or "very strong."
- The phrase "his might" could be translated as "his strength" or "his power."
- In Acts 7, Moses is described as a man who was "mighty in word and deed." This could be translated as "Moses spoke powerful words from God and did miraculous things" or "Moses spoke God's word powerfully and did many amazing things."
- Depending on the context, "mighty works" could be translated as "amazing things that God does" or "miracles" or "God doing things with power."
- The term "might" could also be translated as "power" or "great strength."
- Do not confuse this term with the English word that is used to express a possibility, as in "It might rain."
(See also: Almighty, miracle, power, strength)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:22
- Genesis 06:4
- Mark 09:38-39
- Matthew 11:23
Word Data:
- Strong's: H46, H47, H117, H202, H352, H386, H410, H533, H650, H1219, H1368, H1369, H1396, H1397, H1419, H2220, H2389, H2428, H3201, H3524, H3581, H3966, H4101, H5794, H5797, H5808, H6099, H6105, H6108, H6184, H7227, H7580, H8623, H8624, G1411, G1415, G1498, G2478, G2479, G2900, G2904, G3167, G3173
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Mighty One, might, mightier, mightily, mighty, mighty host, mighty men, mighty one, mighty ones, mighty work, mighty works
mighty
Related Ideas:
Mighty One, mightily, mighty host, mighty men, mighty work
Definition:
The terms "mighty" and "might" refer to having great strength or power.
- Often the word "might" is another word for "strength." When talking about God, it can mean "power."
- The phrase "mighty men" often refers to men who are courageous and victorious in battle. David's band of faithful men who helped protect and defend him were often called "mighty men."
- The phrase "the Might One" refers to God.
- The phrase "a mighty one" can refer to God or to a man.
- The phrase "mighty works" usually refers to the amazing things God does, especially miracles.
- This term is related to the term "almighty," which is a common description for God, meaning that he has complete power.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, the term "mighty" could be translated as "powerful" or "amazing" or "very strong."
- The phrase "his might" could be translated as "his strength" or "his power."
- In Acts 7, Moses is described as a man who was "mighty in word and deed." This could be translated as "Moses spoke powerful words from God and did miraculous things" or "Moses spoke God's word powerfully and did many amazing things."
- Depending on the context, "mighty works" could be translated as "amazing things that God does" or "miracles" or "God doing things with power."
- The term "might" could also be translated as "power" or "great strength."
- Do not confuse this term with the English word that is used to express a possibility, as in "It might rain."
(See also: Almighty, miracle, power, strength)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:22
- Genesis 06:4
- Mark 09:38-39
- Matthew 11:23
Word Data:
- Strong's: H46, H47, H117, H202, H352, H386, H410, H533, H650, H1219, H1368, H1369, H1396, H1397, H1419, H2220, H2389, H2428, H3201, H3524, H3581, H3966, H4101, H5794, H5797, H5808, H6099, H6105, H6108, H6184, H7227, H7580, H8623, H8624, G1411, G1415, G1498, G2478, G2479, G2900, G2904, G3167, G3173
Forms Found in the English ULB:
Mighty One, might, mightier, mightily, mighty, mighty host, mighty men, mighty one, mighty ones, mighty work, mighty works
mind
Related Ideas:
expect, intention, likeminded, mindful, sober, think
Definition:
The term "mind" refers to the part of a person that thinks and makes decisions.
- The mind of each person is the total of his or her thoughts and reasoning.
- To "have the mind of Christ" means to think and act as Jesus Christ would think and act. It means being obedient to God the Father, obeying the teachings of Christ, being enabled to do this through the power of the Holy Spirit.
- To "change his mind" means someone made a different decision or had a different opinion than he had previously.
- To "expect" something is to think that it will happen.
- To "think" can mean to use one's mind to form ideas.
- To "think" can also mean to have a belief or opinion about something.
- To "intend" or "have an intention" to do something is to decide or to plan to do that thing. That thing may be good or evil, and the person may or may not want to do it, but he plans to do it.
- A person who is "sober" is able to think clearly, especially in contrast to a person who has harmed his mind by drinking to much wine.
Translation Suggestions
- The term "mind" could also be translated as "thoughts" or "reasoning" or "thinking" or "understanding."
- The expression "keep in mind" could be translated as "remember" or "pay attention to this" or "be sure to know this."
- The expression "heart, soul, and mind" could also be translated as "what you feel, what you believe, and what you think about."
- The expression "call to mind" could be translated as "remember" or "think about."
- The expression "double-minded" could also be translated as "doubting" or "unable to decide" or "with conflicting thoughts."
(See also: believe, heart, soul)
Bible References:
- Luke 10:27
- Mark 06:51-52
- Matthew 21:29
- Matthew 22:37
- James 04:08
Word Data:
- Strong's: H226, H1079, G1380, H1843, H3629, H3820, H3824, H3825, H4093, H4150, H5162, H6419, H6725, H6734, H7217, H7725, G364, G1271, G1374, G1839, G2233, G2657, G3328, G3525, G3539, G3540, G3563, G4102, G4993, G5280, G5426, G5427, G5590
Forms Found in the English ULB:
expect, expected, intention, likeminded, mind, minded, mindful, minds, sober, think, think carefully about, thinks, thought, thoughts
mind
Related Ideas:
expect, intention, likeminded, mindful, sober, think
Definition:
The term "mind" refers to the part of a person that thinks and makes decisions.
- The mind of each person is the total of his or her thoughts and reasoning.
- To "have the mind of Christ" means to think and act as Jesus Christ would think and act. It means being obedient to God the Father, obeying the teachings of Christ, being enabled to do this through the power of the Holy Spirit.
- To "change his mind" means someone made a different decision or had a different opinion than he had previously.
- To "expect" something is to think that it will happen.
- To "think" can mean to use one's mind to form ideas.
- To "think" can also mean to have a belief or opinion about something.
- To "intend" or "have an intention" to do something is to decide or to plan to do that thing. That thing may be good or evil, and the person may or may not want to do it, but he plans to do it.
- A person who is "sober" is able to think clearly, especially in contrast to a person who has harmed his mind by drinking to much wine.
Translation Suggestions
- The term "mind" could also be translated as "thoughts" or "reasoning" or "thinking" or "understanding."
- The expression "keep in mind" could be translated as "remember" or "pay attention to this" or "be sure to know this."
- The expression "heart, soul, and mind" could also be translated as "what you feel, what you believe, and what you think about."
- The expression "call to mind" could be translated as "remember" or "think about."
- The expression "double-minded" could also be translated as "doubting" or "unable to decide" or "with conflicting thoughts."
(See also: believe, heart, soul)
Bible References:
- Luke 10:27
- Mark 06:51-52
- Matthew 21:29
- Matthew 22:37
- James 04:08
Word Data:
- Strong's: H226, H1079, G1380, H1843, H3629, H3820, H3824, H3825, H4093, H4150, H5162, H6419, H6725, H6734, H7217, H7725, G364, G1271, G1374, G1839, G2233, G2657, G3328, G3525, G3539, G3540, G3563, G4102, G4993, G5280, G5426, G5427, G5590
Forms Found in the English ULB:
expect, expected, intention, likeminded, mind, minded, mindful, minds, sober, think, think carefully about, thinks, thought, thoughts
miracle
Related Ideas:
miraculous
Definition:
A "miracle" is something amazing that is not possible unless God causes it to happen.
- Examples of miracles that Jesus did include calming a storm and healing a blind man.
- Miracles are sometimes called "wonders" because they cause people to be filled with wonder or amazement.
- The term "wonder" can also refer more generally to amazing displays of God's power, such as when he created the heavens and the earth.
- Miracles can also be called "signs" because they are used as indicators or evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe.
- Some miracles were God's acts of redemption, such as when he rescued the Israelites from being slaves in Egypt and when he protected Daniel from being hurt by lions.
- Other wonders were God's acts of judgment, such as when he sent a worldwide flood in Noah's time and when he brought terrible plagues on the land of Egypt during the time of Moses.
- Many of God's miracles were the physical healings of sick people or bringing dead people back to life.
- God's power was shown in Jesus when he healed people, calmed storms, walked on water, and raised people from the dead. These were all miracles.
- God also enabled the prophets and the apostles to perform miracles of healing and other things that were only possible through God's power.
Translation Suggestions:
- Possible translations of "miracles" or "wonders" could include "impossible things that God does" or "powerful works of God" or "amazing acts of God."
- The frequent expression "signs and wonders" could be translated as "proofs and miracles" or "miraculous works that prove God's power" or "amazing miracles that show how great God is."
- Note that this meaning of a miraculous sign is different from a sign that gives proof or evidence for something. The two can be related.
(See also: power, prophet, apostle, sign)
Bible References:
- 2 Thessalonians 02:8-10
- Acts 04:17
- Acts 04:22
- Daniel 04:1-3
- Deuteronomy 13:01
- Exodus 03:19-22
- John 02:11
- Matthew 13:58
Word Data:
- Strong's: H4159, H6381, H6382, G1411, G1605, G4592, G5059
Forms Found in the English ULB:
miracle, miracles, miraculous
miracle
Related Ideas:
miraculous
Definition:
A "miracle" is something amazing that is not possible unless God causes it to happen.
- Examples of miracles that Jesus did include calming a storm and healing a blind man.
- Miracles are sometimes called "wonders" because they cause people to be filled with wonder or amazement.
- The term "wonder" can also refer more generally to amazing displays of God's power, such as when he created the heavens and the earth.
- Miracles can also be called "signs" because they are used as indicators or evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe.
- Some miracles were God's acts of redemption, such as when he rescued the Israelites from being slaves in Egypt and when he protected Daniel from being hurt by lions.
- Other wonders were God's acts of judgment, such as when he sent a worldwide flood in Noah's time and when he brought terrible plagues on the land of Egypt during the time of Moses.
- Many of God's miracles were the physical healings of sick people or bringing dead people back to life.
- God's power was shown in Jesus when he healed people, calmed storms, walked on water, and raised people from the dead. These were all miracles.
- God also enabled the prophets and the apostles to perform miracles of healing and other things that were only possible through God's power.
Translation Suggestions:
- Possible translations of "miracles" or "wonders" could include "impossible things that God does" or "powerful works of God" or "amazing acts of God."
- The frequent expression "signs and wonders" could be translated as "proofs and miracles" or "miraculous works that prove God's power" or "amazing miracles that show how great God is."
- Note that this meaning of a miraculous sign is different from a sign that gives proof or evidence for something. The two can be related.
(See also: power, prophet, apostle, sign)
Bible References:
- 2 Thessalonians 02:8-10
- Acts 04:17
- Acts 04:22
- Daniel 04:1-3
- Deuteronomy 13:01
- Exodus 03:19-22
- John 02:11
- Matthew 13:58
Word Data:
- Strong's: H4159, H6381, H6382, G1411, G1605, G4592, G5059
Forms Found in the English ULB:
miracle, miracles, miraculous
mock
Related Ideas:
defy, laughingstock, mocker, mockery, ridicule, scoff at, taunt
Definition:
The terms "mock," ridicule," "scoff at," and "taunt" all refer to making fun of someone, especially in a cruel way.
- Mocking often involves imitating people's words or actions with the intent to embarrass them or show contempt for them.
- The Roman soldiers mocked or ridiculed Jesus when they put a robe on him and pretended to honor him as king.
- A group of young people ridiculed or scoffed at Elisha when they called him a name, making fun of his bald head.
- The term "scoff at" can also refer to ridiculing an idea that is not considered believable or important.
- A "mocker" is someone who mocks and ridicules consistently.
- A person who "defies" another mockingly challenges that other person to do something the mocker believes the other person cannot do.
Bible References:
- 2 Peter 03:04
- Acts 02:12-13
- Galatians 06:6-8
- Genesis 39:13-15
- Luke 22:63-65
- Mark 10:34
- Matthew 09:23-24
- Matthew 20:19
- Matthew 27:29
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1422, H2048, H2049, H2778, H2781, H3213, H3887, H3931, H3932, H3933, H3934, H3944, H3945, H4167, H4426, H4485, H4912, H5058, H5607, H6026, H6711, H7046, H7048, H7814, H7832, H8103, H8437, H8591, H8595, G1592, G1701, G1702, G1703, G2301, G2606, G3456, G5512
Forms Found in the English ULB:
defied, defy, laugh in mockery, laughingstock, mock, mocked, mocker, mockers, mockery, mocking, mocks, ridicule, ridiculed, scoff at, scoffed at, scoffing, taunted, taunting song, taunts
mock
Related Ideas:
defy, laughingstock, mocker, mockery, ridicule, scoff at, taunt
Definition:
The terms "mock," ridicule," "scoff at," and "taunt" all refer to making fun of someone, especially in a cruel way.
- Mocking often involves imitating people's words or actions with the intent to embarrass them or show contempt for them.
- The Roman soldiers mocked or ridiculed Jesus when they put a robe on him and pretended to honor him as king.
- A group of young people ridiculed or scoffed at Elisha when they called him a name, making fun of his bald head.
- The term "scoff at" can also refer to ridiculing an idea that is not considered believable or important.
- A "mocker" is someone who mocks and ridicules consistently.
- A person who "defies" another mockingly challenges that other person to do something the mocker believes the other person cannot do.
Bible References:
- 2 Peter 03:04
- Acts 02:12-13
- Galatians 06:6-8
- Genesis 39:13-15
- Luke 22:63-65
- Mark 10:34
- Matthew 09:23-24
- Matthew 20:19
- Matthew 27:29
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1422, H2048, H2049, H2778, H2781, H3213, H3887, H3931, H3932, H3933, H3934, H3944, H3945, H4167, H4426, H4485, H4912, H5058, H5607, H6026, H6711, H7046, H7048, H7814, H7832, H8103, H8437, H8591, H8595, G1592, G1701, G1702, G1703, G2301, G2606, G3456, G5512
Forms Found in the English ULB:
defied, defy, laugh in mockery, laughingstock, mock, mocked, mocker, mockers, mockery, mocking, mocks, ridicule, ridiculed, scoff at, scoffed at, scoffing, taunted, taunting song, taunts
month
Related Ideas:
monthly
Definition:
The term "month" refers to a period of time lasting about four weeks. The number of days in each month varies depending on whether a lunar or solar calendar is used.
- In the lunar calendar, the length of each month is based on the amount of time it takes for the moon to go around the earth, about 29 days. In this system there are 12 or 13 months in a year. Despite the year being 12 or 13 months, the first month is always called the same name even though it may be a different season.
- The "new moon," or beginning phase of the moon with its sliver of light, marks the beginning of each month in the lunar calendar.
- All the names of months referred to in the Bible are those of the lunar calendar since this was the system used by the Israelites. Modern Jews still use this calendar for religious purposes.
- The modern-day solar calendar is based on how long it takes the earth to go around the sun (about 365 days). In this system, the year is always divided up into 12 months, with the length of each month ranging from 28 to 31 days.
Bible References:
- 1 Samuel 20:34
- Acts 18:9-11
- Hebrews 11:23
- Numbers 10:10
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2320, H3391, H3393, G3376
Forms Found in the English ULB:
month, monthly, months
month
Related Ideas:
monthly
Definition:
The term "month" refers to a period of time lasting about four weeks. The number of days in each month varies depending on whether a lunar or solar calendar is used.
- In the lunar calendar, the length of each month is based on the amount of time it takes for the moon to go around the earth, about 29 days. In this system there are 12 or 13 months in a year. Despite the year being 12 or 13 months, the first month is always called the same name even though it may be a different season.
- The "new moon," or beginning phase of the moon with its sliver of light, marks the beginning of each month in the lunar calendar.
- All the names of months referred to in the Bible are those of the lunar calendar since this was the system used by the Israelites. Modern Jews still use this calendar for religious purposes.
- The modern-day solar calendar is based on how long it takes the earth to go around the sun (about 365 days). In this system, the year is always divided up into 12 months, with the length of each month ranging from 28 to 31 days.
Bible References:
- 1 Samuel 20:34
- Acts 18:9-11
- Hebrews 11:23
- Numbers 10:10
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2320, H3391, H3393, G3376
Forms Found in the English ULB:
month, monthly, months
multiply
Related Ideas:
abound, abundance, abundant, even more, exceeding, grow in number, increase, make to grow, multiplication, multitudes, numerous
Definition:
The term "multiply" means to greatly increase in number. It can also mean to cause something to increase in amount, such as causing pain to multiply.
- God told animals and human beings to "multiply" and fill the earth. This was a command to reproduce many more of their own kind.
- Jesus made the bread and fish multiply in order to feed the 5,000 people. The amount of food kept increasing so that there was more than enough food to feed everyone.
- An "abundance" of something is a large quantity of something.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, this term could also be translated as "increase" or "cause to increase" or "greatly increase in number" or "become greater in number" or "become more numerous."
- The phrase "greatly multiply your pain" could also be translated as "cause your pain to become more severe" or "cause you to experience much more pain."
Bible References:
- Deuteronomy 08:01
- Genesis 09:07
- Genesis 22:17
- Hosea 04:6-7
Word Data:
- Strong's: H553, H1879, H2122, H2123, H3254, H3493, H3513, H3527, H5607, H6105, H6280, H6555, H7227, H7230, H7231, H7233, H7235, H7680, G4052, G4129
Forms Found in the English ULB:
abound, abounding, abundance, abundant, even more, exceeding, exceedingly, exceeds, grew ... numbers, grow ... numbers, increase, increased, increases, increasing, make ... grow, make ... many, makes ... grow, many, multiplication, multiplied, multiplies, multiply, multiplying, multitudes, numerous
multiply
Related Ideas:
abound, abundance, abundant, even more, exceeding, grow in number, increase, make to grow, multiplication, multitudes, numerous
Definition:
The term "multiply" means to greatly increase in number. It can also mean to cause something to increase in amount, such as causing pain to multiply.
- God told animals and human beings to "multiply" and fill the earth. This was a command to reproduce many more of their own kind.
- Jesus made the bread and fish multiply in order to feed the 5,000 people. The amount of food kept increasing so that there was more than enough food to feed everyone.
- An "abundance" of something is a large quantity of something.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, this term could also be translated as "increase" or "cause to increase" or "greatly increase in number" or "become greater in number" or "become more numerous."
- The phrase "greatly multiply your pain" could also be translated as "cause your pain to become more severe" or "cause you to experience much more pain."
Bible References:
- Deuteronomy 08:01
- Genesis 09:07
- Genesis 22:17
- Hosea 04:6-7
Word Data:
- Strong's: H553, H1879, H2122, H2123, H3254, H3493, H3513, H3527, H5607, H6105, H6280, H6555, H7227, H7230, H7231, H7233, H7235, H7680, G4052, G4129
Forms Found in the English ULB:
abound, abounding, abundance, abundant, even more, exceeding, exceedingly, exceeds, grew ... numbers, grow ... numbers, increase, increased, increases, increasing, make ... grow, make ... many, makes ... grow, many, multiplication, multiplied, multiplies, multiply, multiplying, multitudes, numerous
name
Related Ideas:
fame, nameless, notorious, reputation
Definition:
In the Bible, the word "name" was used in several figurative ways.
- In some contexts, "name" could refer to a person's reputation, as in "let us make a name for ourselves."
- The term "name" could also refer to the memory of something. For example, "cut off the names of the idols" means to destroy those idols so that they are no longer remembered or worshiped.
- Speaking "in the name of God" meant speaking with his power and authority, or as his representative.
- The "name" of someone could refer to the entire person, as in "there is no other name under heaven by which we must be saved."
- People who are "nameless" are unimportant, so few people know about them or care about them.
- A person who is "notorious" is one who has a reputation for evil or foolishness.
Translation Suggestions:
- An expression like "his good name" could be translated as "his good reputation."
- Doing something "in the name of" could be translated as "with the authority of" or "with the permission of" or "as the representative of" that person.
- The expression "make a name for ourselves" could be translated "cause many people to know about us" or "make people think we are very important."
- The expression "call his name" could be translated as "name him" or "give him the name."
- The expression "those who love your name" could be translated as "those who love you."
- The expression "cut off the names of idols" could be translated as "get rid of pagan idols so that they are not even remembered" or "cause people to stop worshiping false gods" or "completely destroy all idols so that people no longer even think about them."
(See also: call)
Bible References:
- 1 John 02:12
- 2 Timothy 02:19
- Acts 04:07
- Acts 04:12
- Acts 09:27
- Genesis 12:02
- Genesis 35:10
- Matthew 18:05
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5344, H7761, H8034, H8036, G2028, G2564, G3140, G3141, G3686, G3687, G5122
Forms Found in the English ULB:
fame, name, name's, named, nameless, names, notorious, reputation
name
Related Ideas:
fame, nameless, notorious, reputation
Definition:
In the Bible, the word "name" was used in several figurative ways.
- In some contexts, "name" could refer to a person's reputation, as in "let us make a name for ourselves."
- The term "name" could also refer to the memory of something. For example, "cut off the names of the idols" means to destroy those idols so that they are no longer remembered or worshiped.
- Speaking "in the name of God" meant speaking with his power and authority, or as his representative.
- The "name" of someone could refer to the entire person, as in "there is no other name under heaven by which we must be saved."
- People who are "nameless" are unimportant, so few people know about them or care about them.
- A person who is "notorious" is one who has a reputation for evil or foolishness.
Translation Suggestions:
- An expression like "his good name" could be translated as "his good reputation."
- Doing something "in the name of" could be translated as "with the authority of" or "with the permission of" or "as the representative of" that person.
- The expression "make a name for ourselves" could be translated "cause many people to know about us" or "make people think we are very important."
- The expression "call his name" could be translated as "name him" or "give him the name."
- The expression "those who love your name" could be translated as "those who love you."
- The expression "cut off the names of idols" could be translated as "get rid of pagan idols so that they are not even remembered" or "cause people to stop worshiping false gods" or "completely destroy all idols so that people no longer even think about them."
(See also: call)
Bible References:
- 1 John 02:12
- 2 Timothy 02:19
- Acts 04:07
- Acts 04:12
- Acts 09:27
- Genesis 12:02
- Genesis 35:10
- Matthew 18:05
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5344, H7761, H8034, H8036, G2028, G2564, G3140, G3141, G3686, G3687, G5122
Forms Found in the English ULB:
fame, name, name's, named, nameless, names, notorious, reputation
nation
Definition:
A nation is a large group of people ruled by some form of government. The people of a nation often have the same ancestors and share a common ethnicity.
- A "nation" usually has a well-defined culture and territorial boundaries.
- In the Bible, a "nation" could be a country (like Egypt or Ethiopia), but often it is more general and refers to a people group, especially when used in the plural. It is important to check the context.
- Nations in the Bible included the Israelites, the Philistines, the Assyrians, the Babylonians, the Canaanites, the Romans, and the Greeks, among many others.
- Sometimes the word "nation" was used figuratively to refer to the ancestor of a certain people group, as when Rebekah was told by God that her unborn sons were "nations" that would fight against each other. This could be translated as "the founders of two nations" or the "ancestors of two people groups."
- The word translated as "nation" was also sometimes used to refer to "Gentiles" or to people who do not worship Yahweh. The context usually makes the meaning clear.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, the word "nation" could also be translated as "people group" or "people" or "country."
- If a language has a term for "nation" that is distinct from these other terms, then that term can be used wherever it occurs in the Bible text, as long as it is natural and accurate in each context.
- The plural term "nations" can often be translated as "people groups."
- In certain contexts, this term could also be translated as "Gentiles" or "nonJews."
(See also: Assyria, Babylon, Canaan, Gentile, Greek, people group, Philistines, Rome)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 14:15-17
- 2 Chronicles 15:06
- 2 Kings 17:11-12
- Acts 02:05
- Acts 13:19
- Acts 17:26
- Acts 26:04
- Daniel 03:04
- Genesis 10:2-5
- Genesis 27:29
- Genesis 35:11
- Genesis 49:10
- Luke 07:05
- Mark 13:7-8
- Matthew 21:43
- Romans 04:16-17
Word Data:
- Strong's: H523, H524, H1471, H3816, H4940, H5971, G246, G1074, G1085, G1484
Forms Found in the English ULB:
nation, nations
nation
Definition:
A nation is a large group of people ruled by some form of government. The people of a nation often have the same ancestors and share a common ethnicity.
- A "nation" usually has a well-defined culture and territorial boundaries.
- In the Bible, a "nation" could be a country (like Egypt or Ethiopia), but often it is more general and refers to a people group, especially when used in the plural. It is important to check the context.
- Nations in the Bible included the Israelites, the Philistines, the Assyrians, the Babylonians, the Canaanites, the Romans, and the Greeks, among many others.
- Sometimes the word "nation" was used figuratively to refer to the ancestor of a certain people group, as when Rebekah was told by God that her unborn sons were "nations" that would fight against each other. This could be translated as "the founders of two nations" or the "ancestors of two people groups."
- The word translated as "nation" was also sometimes used to refer to "Gentiles" or to people who do not worship Yahweh. The context usually makes the meaning clear.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, the word "nation" could also be translated as "people group" or "people" or "country."
- If a language has a term for "nation" that is distinct from these other terms, then that term can be used wherever it occurs in the Bible text, as long as it is natural and accurate in each context.
- The plural term "nations" can often be translated as "people groups."
- In certain contexts, this term could also be translated as "Gentiles" or "nonJews."
(See also: Assyria, Babylon, Canaan, Gentile, Greek, people group, Philistines, Rome)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 14:15-17
- 2 Chronicles 15:06
- 2 Kings 17:11-12
- Acts 02:05
- Acts 13:19
- Acts 17:26
- Acts 26:04
- Daniel 03:04
- Genesis 10:2-5
- Genesis 27:29
- Genesis 35:11
- Genesis 49:10
- Luke 07:05
- Mark 13:7-8
- Matthew 21:43
- Romans 04:16-17
Word Data:
- Strong's: H523, H524, H1471, H3816, H4940, H5971, G246, G1074, G1085, G1484
Forms Found in the English ULB:
nation, nations
neighbor
Related Ideas:
neighborhood, neighboring
Definition:
The term "neighbor" usually refers to a person who lives nearby. It can also refer more generally to someone who lives in the same community or people group.
- A "neighbor" is someone who would be protected and treated kindly because he is part of the same community.
- In the New Testament parable of the Good Samaritan, Jesus used the term "neighbor" figuratively, expanding its meaning to include all human beings, even someone who is considered an enemy.
- If possible, it is best to translate this term literally with a word or phrase that means "person who lives nearby."
- A "neighborhood" is a community of people in a town or city who live near each other.
- "Neighboring" countries and regions are countries and regions that are nearby.
(See also: adversary, parable, people group, Samaria)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:26-28
- Ephesians 04:25-27
- Galatians 05:14
- James 02:08
- John 09:8-9
- Luke 01:58
- Matthew 05:43
- Matthew 19:19
- Matthew 22:39
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5997, H7138, H7453, H7468, H7934, G1069, G2087, G4040, G4139
Forms Found in the English ULB:
neighbor, neighborhood, neighboring, neighbors
neighbor
Related Ideas:
neighborhood, neighboring
Definition:
The term "neighbor" usually refers to a person who lives nearby. It can also refer more generally to someone who lives in the same community or people group.
- A "neighbor" is someone who would be protected and treated kindly because he is part of the same community.
- In the New Testament parable of the Good Samaritan, Jesus used the term "neighbor" figuratively, expanding its meaning to include all human beings, even someone who is considered an enemy.
- If possible, it is best to translate this term literally with a word or phrase that means "person who lives nearby."
- A "neighborhood" is a community of people in a town or city who live near each other.
- "Neighboring" countries and regions are countries and regions that are nearby.
(See also: adversary, parable, people group, Samaria)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:26-28
- Ephesians 04:25-27
- Galatians 05:14
- James 02:08
- John 09:8-9
- Luke 01:58
- Matthew 05:43
- Matthew 19:19
- Matthew 22:39
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5997, H7138, H7453, H7468, H7934, G1069, G2087, G4040, G4139
Forms Found in the English ULB:
neighbor, neighborhood, neighboring, neighbors
noble
Related Ideas:
nobility, nobleman
Definition:
The term "noble" describes someone or something that is excellent or of high quality.
- A "nobleman" or a "noble" is a person who belongs to a high political or social class. A nobleman was often an officer of the state, a close servant to the king.
- The "nobility" refers to the people who belong to a high political or social class.
- A man "of noble birth" is one who was born a nobleman.
Translation Suggestion
- The term "nobleman" could also be translated by, "king's official" or "government officer."
Bible References:
- 2 Chronicles 23:20-21
- Daniel 04:36
- Ecclesiastes 10:17
- Luke 19:12
- Psalm 016:1-3
Word Data:
- Strong's: H117, H193, H1419, H2715, H3358, H3513, H5081, H6440, H6579, H7261, H8282, H8269, G937, G2104
Forms Found in the English ULB:
nobility, noble, nobleman, noblemen, nobles
noble
Related Ideas:
nobility, nobleman
Definition:
The term "noble" describes someone or something that is excellent or of high quality.
- A "nobleman" or a "noble" is a person who belongs to a high political or social class. A nobleman was often an officer of the state, a close servant to the king.
- The "nobility" refers to the people who belong to a high political or social class.
- A man "of noble birth" is one who was born a nobleman.
Translation Suggestion
- The term "nobleman" could also be translated by, "king's official" or "government officer."
Bible References:
- 2 Chronicles 23:20-21
- Daniel 04:36
- Ecclesiastes 10:17
- Luke 19:12
- Psalm 016:1-3
Word Data:
- Strong's: H117, H193, H1419, H2715, H3358, H3513, H5081, H6440, H6579, H7261, H8282, H8269, G937, G2104
Forms Found in the English ULB:
nobility, noble, nobleman, noblemen, nobles
oak
Related Ideas:
terebinth
Definition:
An oak, or oak tree, is a tall shade tree with a large trunk and wide spreading branches.
- Oak trees have strong, hard wood that was used to build ships and to make farming plows, oxen yokes and walking sticks.
- The seed of an oak tree is called an acorn.
- The trunks of certain oak trees could bemeasured up to 6 meters around.
- Oak trees were symbolic of long life and had other spiritual meanings. In the Bible, they were often associated with holy places.
Translation Suggestions:
- Many translations will find it important to use the term "oak tree" rather than just the word "oak."
- If oak trees are not known in the receptor area, "an oak" could be translated as "an oak, which is a large shade tree like…," then give the name of a local tree that has similar characteristics.
- See:
(See also: holy)
Bible References:
- 1 Samuel 10:3-4
- Genesis 13:18
- Genesis 14:13-14
- Genesis 35:4-5
- Judges 06:11-12
Word Data:
- Strong's: H352, H424, H427, H436, H437, H438
Forms Found in the English ULB:
oak, oaks, terebinths
oak
Related Ideas:
terebinth
Definition:
An oak, or oak tree, is a tall shade tree with a large trunk and wide spreading branches.
- Oak trees have strong, hard wood that was used to build ships and to make farming plows, oxen yokes and walking sticks.
- The seed of an oak tree is called an acorn.
- The trunks of certain oak trees could bemeasured up to 6 meters around.
- Oak trees were symbolic of long life and had other spiritual meanings. In the Bible, they were often associated with holy places.
Translation Suggestions:
- Many translations will find it important to use the term "oak tree" rather than just the word "oak."
- If oak trees are not known in the receptor area, "an oak" could be translated as "an oak, which is a large shade tree like…," then give the name of a local tree that has similar characteristics.
- See:
(See also: holy)
Bible References:
- 1 Samuel 10:3-4
- Genesis 13:18
- Genesis 14:13-14
- Genesis 35:4-5
- Judges 06:11-12
Word Data:
- Strong's: H352, H424, H427, H436, H437, H438
Forms Found in the English ULB:
oak, oaks, terebinths
oath
Related Ideas:
swear, swear by
Definition:
In the Bible, an oath is a formal promise to do something. The person making the oath is required to fulfill that promise. A person who swears an oath commits himself to being faithful and truthful, and by doing so he is saying that God has the right to punish him if he breaks the oath.
- In a court of law, a witness often gives an oath to promise that whatever he says will be true and factual.
- In the Bible, the term "swear" means to speak an oath.
- The term "swear by" means to use the name of something or someone as the basis or power on which the oath is made.
- Sometimes these terms are used together, as in "swear an oath."
- Abraham and Abimelech swore an oath when they made a covenant together concerning the use of a well.
- Abraham told his servant to swear (formally promise) that he would find Isaac a wife from among Abraham's relatives.
- God also made oaths in which he made promises to his people.
- A modern-day meaning of the word "swear" is "use foul language." This is not its meaning in the Bible.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, "an oath" could also be translated as "a pledge" or "a solemn promise."
- To "swear" could be translated as to "formally promise" or to "pledge" or to "commit to do something."
- Other ways to translate "swear by my name" could include "make a promise using my name to confirm it."
- To "swear by heaven and earth" could be translated as to, "promise to do something, stating that heaven and earth will confirm it."
- Make sure the translation of "swear" or "oath" does not refer to cursing. In the Bible it does not have that meaning.
(See also: Abimelek, covenant, vow)
Bible References:
- Genesis 21:23
- Genesis 24:03
- Genesis 31:51-53
- Genesis 47:31
- Luke 01:73
- Mark 06:26
- Matthew 05:36
- Matthew 14:6-7
- Matthew 26:72
Word Data:
- Strong's: H422, H423, H3027, H5375, H7621, H7650, G331, G332, G3660, G3726, G3727, G3728, G3784
Forms Found in the English ULB:
oath, oath-taking, oaths, swear, swear by, swearing, swears, swears by, swore, swore an oath, sworn
oath
Related Ideas:
swear, swear by
Definition:
In the Bible, an oath is a formal promise to do something. The person making the oath is required to fulfill that promise. A person who swears an oath commits himself to being faithful and truthful, and by doing so he is saying that God has the right to punish him if he breaks the oath.
- In a court of law, a witness often gives an oath to promise that whatever he says will be true and factual.
- In the Bible, the term "swear" means to speak an oath.
- The term "swear by" means to use the name of something or someone as the basis or power on which the oath is made.
- Sometimes these terms are used together, as in "swear an oath."
- Abraham and Abimelech swore an oath when they made a covenant together concerning the use of a well.
- Abraham told his servant to swear (formally promise) that he would find Isaac a wife from among Abraham's relatives.
- God also made oaths in which he made promises to his people.
- A modern-day meaning of the word "swear" is "use foul language." This is not its meaning in the Bible.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, "an oath" could also be translated as "a pledge" or "a solemn promise."
- To "swear" could be translated as to "formally promise" or to "pledge" or to "commit to do something."
- Other ways to translate "swear by my name" could include "make a promise using my name to confirm it."
- To "swear by heaven and earth" could be translated as to, "promise to do something, stating that heaven and earth will confirm it."
- Make sure the translation of "swear" or "oath" does not refer to cursing. In the Bible it does not have that meaning.
(See also: Abimelek, covenant, vow)
Bible References:
- Genesis 21:23
- Genesis 24:03
- Genesis 31:51-53
- Genesis 47:31
- Luke 01:73
- Mark 06:26
- Matthew 05:36
- Matthew 14:6-7
- Matthew 26:72
Word Data:
- Strong's: H422, H423, H3027, H5375, H7621, H7650, G331, G332, G3660, G3726, G3727, G3728, G3784
Forms Found in the English ULB:
oath, oath-taking, oaths, swear, swear by, swearing, swears, swears by, swore, swore an oath, sworn
obey
Related Ideas:
follow, give ear, hear, hold securely, hold to, keep, listen, obedience, obedient
Definition:
The term "obey" means to do what is required or commanded. The term "obedient" describes someone who obeys. "Obedience" is the characteristic that an obedient person has.
- Usually the term "obey" is used in the context of obeying the commands or laws of a person in authority.
- For example, people obey laws which are created by the leaders of a country, kingdom, or other organization.
- Children obey their parents, slaves obey their masters, people obey God, and citizens obey the laws of their country.
- When someone in authority commands people not to do something, the people obey by not doing that.
- To "observe" a law or command is to obey it.
- Other words used to refer to obeying someone or something are: follow, give ear, hear, hold securely, hold to, keep, listen.
Translation Suggestions:
- Ways to translate "obey" could include a word or phrase that means "do what is commanded" or "follow orders" or "do what God says to do."
- The term "obedient" could be translated as "doing what was commanded" or "following orders" or "doing what God commands."
(See also: citizen, command, disobey, kingdom, law)
Bible References:
- Acts 05:32
- Acts 06:7
- Genesis 28:6-7
- James 01:25
- James 02:10
- Luke 06:47
- Matthew 07:26
- Matthew 19:20-22
- Matthew 28:20
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2388, H3349, H4928, H5341, H6213, H7181, H8085, H8086, H8104, G191, G2722, G2902, G3980, G3982, G5083, G5084, G5218, G5219, G5255, G5292, G5293, G5426, G5442
Forms Found in the English ULB:
following, give ... ear, hear, heard, hold ... securely, hold to, keep, keeps, kept, listen, listened, listened to, obedience, obedient, obediently, obey, obeyed, obeying, obeys
obey
Related Ideas:
follow, give ear, hear, hold securely, hold to, keep, listen, obedience, obedient
Definition:
The term "obey" means to do what is required or commanded. The term "obedient" describes someone who obeys. "Obedience" is the characteristic that an obedient person has.
- Usually the term "obey" is used in the context of obeying the commands or laws of a person in authority.
- For example, people obey laws which are created by the leaders of a country, kingdom, or other organization.
- Children obey their parents, slaves obey their masters, people obey God, and citizens obey the laws of their country.
- When someone in authority commands people not to do something, the people obey by not doing that.
- To "observe" a law or command is to obey it.
- Other words used to refer to obeying someone or something are: follow, give ear, hear, hold securely, hold to, keep, listen.
Translation Suggestions:
- Ways to translate "obey" could include a word or phrase that means "do what is commanded" or "follow orders" or "do what God says to do."
- The term "obedient" could be translated as "doing what was commanded" or "following orders" or "doing what God commands."
(See also: citizen, command, disobey, kingdom, law)
Bible References:
- Acts 05:32
- Acts 06:7
- Genesis 28:6-7
- James 01:25
- James 02:10
- Luke 06:47
- Matthew 07:26
- Matthew 19:20-22
- Matthew 28:20
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2388, H3349, H4928, H5341, H6213, H7181, H8085, H8086, H8104, G191, G2722, G2902, G3980, G3982, G5083, G5084, G5218, G5219, G5255, G5292, G5293, G5426, G5442
Forms Found in the English ULB:
following, give ... ear, hear, heard, hold ... securely, hold to, keep, keeps, kept, listen, listened, listened to, obedience, obedient, obediently, obey, obeyed, obeying, obeys
official
Related Ideas:
officer
Definition:
The terms "official" and "officer" refer to people who hold positions within a government or organization. Leaders within the government or organization give the official or officer certain authority and duties to perform as long as he remains in the position.
- A king often had many officials to serve him.
- When someone makes an "official visit," it means a person with authority is visiting a person or place as part of his job.
- An officer is a person who carries out the orders of an official or a judge and issues orders only to officers of lesser rank and to people subject to the government.
Bible References:
- Genesis 39:1
- Ester 01:03
- Jeremiah 01:18
- Matthew 09:18
- Acts 25:13
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5461, H5631, H6496, H7860, H8269, G758, G3175, G4173, G5257
Forms Found in the English ULB:
officer, officers, official, officials
official
Related Ideas:
officer
Definition:
The terms "official" and "officer" refer to people who hold positions within a government or organization. Leaders within the government or organization give the official or officer certain authority and duties to perform as long as he remains in the position.
- A king often had many officials to serve him.
- When someone makes an "official visit," it means a person with authority is visiting a person or place as part of his job.
- An officer is a person who carries out the orders of an official or a judge and issues orders only to officers of lesser rank and to people subject to the government.
Bible References:
- Genesis 39:1
- Ester 01:03
- Jeremiah 01:18
- Matthew 09:18
- Acts 25:13
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5461, H5631, H6496, H7860, H8269, G758, G3175, G4173, G5257
Forms Found in the English ULB:
officer, officers, official, officials
offspring
Definition:
The term "offspring" is a general reference to the biological descendants of people or animals.
- Often in the Bible, "offspring" has the same meaning as "children" or "descendants."
- The term "seed" is sometimes used figuratively to refer to offspring.
(See also: descendant, seed)
Bible References:
- Acts 17:29
- Exodus 13:11-13
- Genesis 24:07
- Isaiah 41:8-9
- Job 05:25
- Luke 03:7
- Matthew 12:34
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1121, H2233, H4138, H5209, H6363, H6529, H6631, G1081, G1085, G4690
Forms Found in the English ULB:
offspring
offspring
Definition:
The term "offspring" is a general reference to the biological descendants of people or animals.
- Often in the Bible, "offspring" has the same meaning as "children" or "descendants."
- The term "seed" is sometimes used figuratively to refer to offspring.
(See also: descendant, seed)
Bible References:
- Acts 17:29
- Exodus 13:11-13
- Genesis 24:07
- Isaiah 41:8-9
- Job 05:25
- Luke 03:7
- Matthew 12:34
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1121, H2233, H4138, H5209, H6363, H6529, H6631, G1081, G1085, G4690
Forms Found in the English ULB:
offspring
oppress
Related Ideas:
oppression, oppressive, oppressor, ruthless
Definition:
The terms "oppress" and "oppression" refer to treating people harshly. An "oppressor" is a person who oppresses people.
- The term "oppression" especially refers to a situation where people of greater strength mistreat or enslave people who are under their power or rule.
- The term "oppressed" describes the people who are being harshly treated.
- Often enemy nations and their rulers were oppressors to the people of Israel.
- The term "ruthless" describes who show no pity or compassion to others. Oppressors are ruthless.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, "oppress" could be translated as, "severely mistreat" or "cause to be heavily burdened" or "put under miserable bondage" or "rule harshly."
- Ways to translate "oppression" could include "heavy suppression and bondage" or "burdensome control."
- The phrase "the oppressed" could be translated as "oppressed people" or "people in terrible bondage" or "those who are treated harshly."
- The term "oppressor" could be translated as "person who oppresses" or "nation who controls and rules harshly" or "persecutor."
(See also: bind, enslave, persecute)
Bible References:
- 1 Samuel 10:17-19
- Deuteronomy 26:07
- Ecclesiastes 04:1
- Job 10:03
- Judges 02:18-19
- Nehemiah 05:14-15
- Psalms 119:134
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1790, H1792, H2541, H2555, H2556, H3238, H3905, H3906, H4642, H5065, H6031, H6115, H6125, H6184, H6206, H6216, H6217, H6231, H6233, H6234, H6693, H7429, H7533, H7701, H8496, G2561, G2616, G2669
Forms Found in the English ULB:
oppress, oppressed, oppresses, oppressing, oppression, oppressive, oppressor, oppressors, ruthless
oppress
Related Ideas:
oppression, oppressive, oppressor, ruthless
Definition:
The terms "oppress" and "oppression" refer to treating people harshly. An "oppressor" is a person who oppresses people.
- The term "oppression" especially refers to a situation where people of greater strength mistreat or enslave people who are under their power or rule.
- The term "oppressed" describes the people who are being harshly treated.
- Often enemy nations and their rulers were oppressors to the people of Israel.
- The term "ruthless" describes who show no pity or compassion to others. Oppressors are ruthless.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, "oppress" could be translated as, "severely mistreat" or "cause to be heavily burdened" or "put under miserable bondage" or "rule harshly."
- Ways to translate "oppression" could include "heavy suppression and bondage" or "burdensome control."
- The phrase "the oppressed" could be translated as "oppressed people" or "people in terrible bondage" or "those who are treated harshly."
- The term "oppressor" could be translated as "person who oppresses" or "nation who controls and rules harshly" or "persecutor."
(See also: bind, enslave, persecute)
Bible References:
- 1 Samuel 10:17-19
- Deuteronomy 26:07
- Ecclesiastes 04:1
- Job 10:03
- Judges 02:18-19
- Nehemiah 05:14-15
- Psalms 119:134
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1790, H1792, H2541, H2555, H2556, H3238, H3905, H3906, H4642, H5065, H6031, H6115, H6125, H6184, H6206, H6216, H6217, H6231, H6233, H6234, H6693, H7429, H7533, H7701, H8496, G2561, G2616, G2669
Forms Found in the English ULB:
oppress, oppressed, oppresses, oppressing, oppression, oppressive, oppressor, oppressors, ruthless
ordain
Related Ideas:
ordination
Definition:
To ordain means to formally appoint a person for a special task or role. It also means to formally make a rule or decree.
- The term "ordain" often refers to formally appointing somebody as a priest, minister, or rabbi.
- For example, God ordained Aaron and his descendants to be priests.
- It can also mean to institute or establish something, such as a religious feast or covenant.
- Depending on the context, to "ordain" could be translated as to "assign" or to "appoint" or to "command" or to "make a rule" or to "institute."
(See also: command, covenant, decree, law, law of Moses, priest)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 12:31-32
- 2 Samuel 17:13-14
- Exodus 28:40-41
- Numbers 03:03
- Psalms 111:7-9
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3245, H4390, H6186, H6213, H6680, H7760, H8239, G2525, G4270, G4282, H6822
Forms Found in the English ULB:
ordain, ordained, ordination
ordain
Related Ideas:
ordination
Definition:
To ordain means to formally appoint a person for a special task or role. It also means to formally make a rule or decree.
- The term "ordain" often refers to formally appointing somebody as a priest, minister, or rabbi.
- For example, God ordained Aaron and his descendants to be priests.
- It can also mean to institute or establish something, such as a religious feast or covenant.
- Depending on the context, to "ordain" could be translated as to "assign" or to "appoint" or to "command" or to "make a rule" or to "institute."
(See also: command, covenant, decree, law, law of Moses, priest)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 12:31-32
- 2 Samuel 17:13-14
- Exodus 28:40-41
- Numbers 03:03
- Psalms 111:7-9
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3245, H4390, H6186, H6213, H6680, H7760, H8239, G2525, G4270, G4282, H6822
Forms Found in the English ULB:
ordain, ordained, ordination
overseer
Related Ideas:
overseer, supervise, supervisor, visitation
Definition:
The term "overseer" refers to a person who is in charge of the work and welfare of other people.
- In the Old Testament, an overseer had the job of making sure the workers under him did their work well.
- In the New Testament, overseers were leaders of the early Christian church. Their work was to take care of the spiritual needs of the church, making sure the believers received accurate biblical teaching.
- Paul refers to an overseer as being like a shepherd who takes care of the believers in a local church, who are his "flock."
- The overseer, like a shepherd, keeps watch over the flock. He guards and protects the believers from false spiritual teaching and other evil influences.
- In the New Testament, the terms "overseers," "elders," and "shepherds/pastors" are different ways of referring to the same spiritual leaders.
- The word "supervisor" is another word for an overseer.
- The word "visitation" refers to an overseer coming to make sure that the workers over whom he has charge are working well.
Translation Suggestions
- Other ways to translate this term could be "caretaker" or "manager."
- When referring to a leader of a local group of God's people, this term could be translated with a word or phrase that means "spiritual supervisor" or "someone who takes care of the spiritual needs of a group of believers" or "person who oversees the spiritual needs of the Church."
(See also: church, elder, pastor, shepherd)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 26:31-32
- 1 Timothy 03:02
- Acts 20:28
- Genesis 41:33-34
- Philippians 01:01
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3256, H6485, H6486, H6496, H7287, H7860, H8104, H8269, G1983, G1984, G1985
Forms Found in the English ULB:
oversee, overseeing, overseen, overseer, overseers, oversees, supervise, supervised, supervisor, supervisors, visitation
overseer
Related Ideas:
overseer, supervise, supervisor, visitation
Definition:
The term "overseer" refers to a person who is in charge of the work and welfare of other people.
- In the Old Testament, an overseer had the job of making sure the workers under him did their work well.
- In the New Testament, overseers were leaders of the early Christian church. Their work was to take care of the spiritual needs of the church, making sure the believers received accurate biblical teaching.
- Paul refers to an overseer as being like a shepherd who takes care of the believers in a local church, who are his "flock."
- The overseer, like a shepherd, keeps watch over the flock. He guards and protects the believers from false spiritual teaching and other evil influences.
- In the New Testament, the terms "overseers," "elders," and "shepherds/pastors" are different ways of referring to the same spiritual leaders.
- The word "supervisor" is another word for an overseer.
- The word "visitation" refers to an overseer coming to make sure that the workers over whom he has charge are working well.
Translation Suggestions
- Other ways to translate this term could be "caretaker" or "manager."
- When referring to a leader of a local group of God's people, this term could be translated with a word or phrase that means "spiritual supervisor" or "someone who takes care of the spiritual needs of a group of believers" or "person who oversees the spiritual needs of the Church."
(See also: church, elder, pastor, shepherd)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 26:31-32
- 1 Timothy 03:02
- Acts 20:28
- Genesis 41:33-34
- Philippians 01:01
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3256, H6485, H6486, H6496, H7287, H7860, H8104, H8269, G1983, G1984, G1985
Forms Found in the English ULB:
oversee, overseeing, overseen, overseer, overseers, oversees, supervise, supervised, supervisor, supervisors, visitation
partial
Related Ideas:
partiality
Definition:
The terms "be partial" and "show partiality" refer to making a choice to treat certain people as more important than other people.
- This is similar to showing favoritism, which means to treat some people better than others.
- Usually partiality or favoritism is shown to people because they are richer or more popular than other people.
- God instructs his people to not show partiality or favoritism to people who are rich or of high status.
- In his letter to the Romans, Paul teaches that God judges people fairly and with no partiality.
- The book of James teaches that it is wrong to treat rich people better than poor people.
(See also: favor)
Bible References:
- Deuteronomy 01:17
- Malachi 02:09
- Mark 12:13-15
- Matthew 22:16
- Romans 02:10-12
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5234, H5375, H6440, G991, G2983, G4299, G4381, G4382, G4383
Forms Found in the English ULB:
be partial, partial, partiality, show partiality
partial
Related Ideas:
partiality
Definition:
The terms "be partial" and "show partiality" refer to making a choice to treat certain people as more important than other people.
- This is similar to showing favoritism, which means to treat some people better than others.
- Usually partiality or favoritism is shown to people because they are richer or more popular than other people.
- God instructs his people to not show partiality or favoritism to people who are rich or of high status.
- In his letter to the Romans, Paul teaches that God judges people fairly and with no partiality.
- The book of James teaches that it is wrong to treat rich people better than poor people.
(See also: favor)
Bible References:
- Deuteronomy 01:17
- Malachi 02:09
- Mark 12:13-15
- Matthew 22:16
- Romans 02:10-12
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5234, H5375, H6440, G991, G2983, G4299, G4381, G4382, G4383
Forms Found in the English ULB:
be partial, partial, partiality, show partiality
patient
Related Ideas:
impatient, patience
Definition:
The terms "patient" and "patience" refer to persevering through difficult circumstances. Often patience involves waiting.
- When people are patient with someone, it means they are loving that person and forgiving whatever faults that person has.
- The Bible teaches God's people to be patient when facing difficulties and to be patient with each other.
- Because of his mercy, God is patient with people, even though they are sinners who deserve to be punished.
- The term "impatient" means not patient.
(See also: endure, forgive, persevere)
Bible References:
- 1 Peter 03:20
- 2 Peter 03:8-9
- Hebrews 06:11-12
- Matthew 18:28-29
- Psalms 037:7
- Revelation 02:02
Word Data:
- Strong's: H750, H753, H2342, H3803, H3811, H6960, H7114, G420, G463, G3114, G3115, G3116, G5278, G5281
Forms Found in the English ULB:
impatient, patience, patient, patiently
patient
Related Ideas:
impatient, patience
Definition:
The terms "patient" and "patience" refer to persevering through difficult circumstances. Often patience involves waiting.
- When people are patient with someone, it means they are loving that person and forgiving whatever faults that person has.
- The Bible teaches God's people to be patient when facing difficulties and to be patient with each other.
- Because of his mercy, God is patient with people, even though they are sinners who deserve to be punished.
- The term "impatient" means not patient.
(See also: endure, forgive, persevere)
Bible References:
- 1 Peter 03:20
- 2 Peter 03:8-9
- Hebrews 06:11-12
- Matthew 18:28-29
- Psalms 037:7
- Revelation 02:02
Word Data:
- Strong's: H750, H753, H2342, H3803, H3811, H6960, H7114, G420, G463, G3114, G3115, G3116, G5278, G5281
Forms Found in the English ULB:
impatient, patience, patient, patiently
patriarch
Definition:
The term "patriarch" in the Bible refers to someone who was a founding ancestor of the Jewish people, particularly Abraham, Isaac, or Jacob.
- It also can refer to the twelve sons of Jacob who became the 12 patriarchs of the 12 tribes of Israel.
- The term "patriarch" has a similar meaning to "forefather," but more specifically refers to the most well-known male ancestral leaders of a people group.
(See also: father)
Bible References:
- Acts 02:29-31
- Acts 07:6-8
- Acts 07:09
- Ezra 03:12-13
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1, H7218, G3962, G3966
Forms Found in the English ULB:
patriarch, patriarchs
patriarch
Definition:
The term "patriarch" in the Bible refers to someone who was a founding ancestor of the Jewish people, particularly Abraham, Isaac, or Jacob.
- It also can refer to the twelve sons of Jacob who became the 12 patriarchs of the 12 tribes of Israel.
- The term "patriarch" has a similar meaning to "forefather," but more specifically refers to the most well-known male ancestral leaders of a people group.
(See also: father)
Bible References:
- Acts 02:29-31
- Acts 07:6-8
- Acts 07:09
- Ezra 03:12-13
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1, H7218, G3962, G3966
Forms Found in the English ULB:
patriarch, patriarchs
peace
Related Ideas:
peaceable, peaceful, peacemaker, quiet
Definition:
The term "peace" refers to a state of being or a feeling of having no conflict, anxiety, or fearfulness. A person who is "peaceful" feels calm and assured of being safe and secure.
- "Peace" can also refer to a time when people groups or countries are not at war with each other. These people are said to have "peaceful relations."
- To "make peace" with a person or a group of people means to take actions to cause fighting to stop.
- A "peacemaker" is someone who does and says things to influence people to live at peace with each other.
- To be "at peace" with other people means being in a state of not fighting against those people.
- A good or right relationship between God and people happens when God saves people from their sin. This is called having "peace with God."
- The greeting "grace and peace" was used by the apostles in their letters to their fellow believers as a blessing.
- The term "peace" can also refer to being in a good relationship with other people or with God.
- A person who is "peaceable" acts in a way that enables him to live in peace with other people. He acts "peaceably."
- To "quiet" someone is to get them to be at peace. To quiet a quarrel is to get the people to stop quarreling and be at peace with each other.
Bible References:
- 1 Thessalonians 05:1-3
- Acts 07:26
- Colossians 01:18-20
- Colossians 03:15
- Galatians 05:23
- Luke 07:50
- Luke 12:51
- Mark 04:39
- Matthew 05:09
- Matthew 10:13
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5117, H7961, H7962, H7965, H7999, H8001, H8002, H8003, H8252, H8535, G269, G1514, G1515, G1516, G1517, G1518, G2272
Forms Found in the English ULB:
peace, peaceable, peaceably, peaceful, peacefully, peacemakers, quiet, quiets
peace
Related Ideas:
peaceable, peaceful, peacemaker, quiet
Definition:
The term "peace" refers to a state of being or a feeling of having no conflict, anxiety, or fearfulness. A person who is "peaceful" feels calm and assured of being safe and secure.
- "Peace" can also refer to a time when people groups or countries are not at war with each other. These people are said to have "peaceful relations."
- To "make peace" with a person or a group of people means to take actions to cause fighting to stop.
- A "peacemaker" is someone who does and says things to influence people to live at peace with each other.
- To be "at peace" with other people means being in a state of not fighting against those people.
- A good or right relationship between God and people happens when God saves people from their sin. This is called having "peace with God."
- The greeting "grace and peace" was used by the apostles in their letters to their fellow believers as a blessing.
- The term "peace" can also refer to being in a good relationship with other people or with God.
- A person who is "peaceable" acts in a way that enables him to live in peace with other people. He acts "peaceably."
- To "quiet" someone is to get them to be at peace. To quiet a quarrel is to get the people to stop quarreling and be at peace with each other.
Bible References:
- 1 Thessalonians 05:1-3
- Acts 07:26
- Colossians 01:18-20
- Colossians 03:15
- Galatians 05:23
- Luke 07:50
- Luke 12:51
- Mark 04:39
- Matthew 05:09
- Matthew 10:13
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5117, H7961, H7962, H7965, H7999, H8001, H8002, H8003, H8252, H8535, G269, G1514, G1515, G1516, G1517, G1518, G2272
Forms Found in the English ULB:
peace, peaceable, peaceably, peaceful, peacefully, peacemakers, quiet, quiets
perfect
Related Ideas:
perfecter, perfection, perfectly
Definition:
The term "perfect" describes something that has no flaw. To "perfect" something means to work at it until it is excellent and without flaws.
- Only God and what he does is absolutely perfect.
- When Christians study the Bible and obey it, they become perfect and mature because they become more like Christ in their character.
- Being perfect and mature means that a Christian is obedient; it does not mean that he is sinless.
- The term "perfect" also has the meaning of being "complete" or "whole."
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "perfect" could be translated as "without flaw" or "without error" or "flawless" or "without fault" or "not having any faults."
- The term "perfectly" could be translated "completely" or "fully."
Bible References:
- Hebrews 12:02
- James 03:02
- Matthew 05:46-48
- Psalms 019:7-8
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3615, H3632, H3634, H4359, H4390, H8003, H8503, H8535, H8537, H8549, H8552, G2005, G2038, G2675, G2676, G3647, G4135, G4137, G5046, G5047, G5048, G5050, G5055
Forms Found in the English ULB:
perfect, perfected, perfecter, perfection, perfectly
perfect
Related Ideas:
perfecter, perfection, perfectly
Definition:
The term "perfect" describes something that has no flaw. To "perfect" something means to work at it until it is excellent and without flaws.
- Only God and what he does is absolutely perfect.
- When Christians study the Bible and obey it, they become perfect and mature because they become more like Christ in their character.
- Being perfect and mature means that a Christian is obedient; it does not mean that he is sinless.
- The term "perfect" also has the meaning of being "complete" or "whole."
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "perfect" could be translated as "without flaw" or "without error" or "flawless" or "without fault" or "not having any faults."
- The term "perfectly" could be translated "completely" or "fully."
Bible References:
- Hebrews 12:02
- James 03:02
- Matthew 05:46-48
- Psalms 019:7-8
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3615, H3632, H3634, H4359, H4390, H8003, H8503, H8535, H8537, H8549, H8552, G2005, G2038, G2675, G2676, G3647, G4135, G4137, G5046, G5047, G5048, G5050, G5055
Forms Found in the English ULB:
perfect, perfected, perfecter, perfection, perfectly
perish
Related Ideas:
imperishable, perishable
Definition:
The term "perish" means to die or be destroyed, usually as the result of violence or other disaster.
- The word "perish" can also be a metaphor for being punished in hell either presently or in the future.
- Something that is "imperishable" will never perish.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, ways to translate this term could include "die" or "be destroyed" or "be punished in hell" or "will be punished in hell."
- When perish is a metaphor, make sure that the translation of "perish" does not only mean "cease to exist."
(See also: death, eternity)
Bible References:
- 1 Peter 01:23
- 2 Corinthians 02:16-17
- 2 Thessalonians 02:10
- Jeremiah 18:18
- Psalms 049:18-20
- Zechariah 09:5-7
- Zechariah 13:08
Word Data:
- Strong's: H6, H7, H622, H1197, H1478, H1820, H1826, H5486, H5595, H7921, H8045, G599, G622, G684, G853, G5356
Forms Found in the English ULB:
imperishable, perish, perishable, perished, perishes, perishing
perish
Related Ideas:
imperishable, perishable
Definition:
The term "perish" means to die or be destroyed, usually as the result of violence or other disaster.
- The word "perish" can also be a metaphor for being punished in hell either presently or in the future.
- Something that is "imperishable" will never perish.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, ways to translate this term could include "die" or "be destroyed" or "be punished in hell" or "will be punished in hell."
- When perish is a metaphor, make sure that the translation of "perish" does not only mean "cease to exist."
(See also: death, eternity)
Bible References:
- 1 Peter 01:23
- 2 Corinthians 02:16-17
- 2 Thessalonians 02:10
- Jeremiah 18:18
- Psalms 049:18-20
- Zechariah 09:5-7
- Zechariah 13:08
Word Data:
- Strong's: H6, H7, H622, H1197, H1478, H1820, H1826, H5486, H5595, H7921, H8045, G599, G622, G684, G853, G5356
Forms Found in the English ULB:
imperishable, perish, perishable, perished, perishes, perishing
persecute
Related Ideas:
persecution, persecutor
Definition:
The terms "persecute" and "persecution" refer to continually treating a person or a certain group of people in a harsh way that causes harm to them.
- Persecution can be against one person or many people and usually involves repeated, persistent attacks.
- The Israelites were persecuted by many different people groups Who attacked them, captured them, and stole things from them.
- People often persecute other people who have different religious beliefs or who are weaker.
- The Jewish religious leaders persecuted Jesus because they did not like what he was teaching.
- After Jesus went back to heaven, the Jewish religious leaders and the Roman government persecuted his followers.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "persecute" could also be translated as "keep oppressing" or "treat harshly" or "continually mistreat."
- Ways to translate "persecution" could include, "harsh mistreatment" or "oppression" or "persistent hurtful treatment."
(See also: Christian, church, oppress, Rome)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:52
- Acts 13:50
- Galatians 01:13-14
- John 05:16-18
- Mark 10:30
- Matthew 05:10
- Matthew 05:43-45
- Matthew 10:22
- Matthew 13:20-21
- Philippians 03:06
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1814, H7291, H7852, G1375, G1376, G1377, G1559, G2347
Forms Found in the English ULB:
persecute, persecuted, persecuting, persecution, persecutions, persecutor, persecutors
persecute
Related Ideas:
persecution, persecutor
Definition:
The terms "persecute" and "persecution" refer to continually treating a person or a certain group of people in a harsh way that causes harm to them.
- Persecution can be against one person or many people and usually involves repeated, persistent attacks.
- The Israelites were persecuted by many different people groups Who attacked them, captured them, and stole things from them.
- People often persecute other people who have different religious beliefs or who are weaker.
- The Jewish religious leaders persecuted Jesus because they did not like what he was teaching.
- After Jesus went back to heaven, the Jewish religious leaders and the Roman government persecuted his followers.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "persecute" could also be translated as "keep oppressing" or "treat harshly" or "continually mistreat."
- Ways to translate "persecution" could include, "harsh mistreatment" or "oppression" or "persistent hurtful treatment."
(See also: Christian, church, oppress, Rome)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:52
- Acts 13:50
- Galatians 01:13-14
- John 05:16-18
- Mark 10:30
- Matthew 05:10
- Matthew 05:43-45
- Matthew 10:22
- Matthew 13:20-21
- Philippians 03:06
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1814, H7291, H7852, G1375, G1376, G1377, G1559, G2347
Forms Found in the English ULB:
persecute, persecuted, persecuting, persecution, persecutions, persecutor, persecutors
perverse
Related Ideas:
crooked, perversion, perversity, pervert, twisted
Definition:
The terms "perverse," "crooked," and "twisted" are used to describe a person or action that is morally bad. The term "perversely" means "in a perverse manner." To "pervert" something means to twist it or turn it away from what is right or good. "Perversity" is perverse thoughts, words, and actions.
- Someone or something that is perverse has deviated from what is good and right.
- In the Bible, the Israelites acted perversely when they disobeyed God. They often did this by worshiping false gods.
- Any action which is against God's standards or behavior is considered perverse.
Translation Suggestions:
- Ways to translate "perverse" could include "morally twisted" or "immoral" or "turning away from God's straight path," depending on the context.
- "Perverse speech" could be translated as "speaking in an evil way" or "deceitful talk" or "immoral way of talking."
- "Perverse people" could be described as "immoral people" or "people who are morally deviant" or "people who continually disobey God."
- The phrase "acting perversely" could be translated as "behaving in an evil way" or "doing things against God's commands" or "living in a way that rejects God's teachings."
- The term "pervert" could also be translated as "cause to be corrupt" or "turn into something evil."
(See also: corrupt, deceive, disobey, evil, turn)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 08:47
- 1 Samuel 20:30
- Job 33:27-28
- Luke 23:02
- Psalms 101:4-6
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1942, H2015, H2555, H3868, H4297, H5186, H5557, H5558, H5753, H5766, H5773, H5791, H6140, H6141, H8138, H8397, H8419, G1294, G1612, G3344, G4646
Forms Found in the English ULB:
crooked, crooked ways, perverse, perverse words, perversely, perversion, perversions, perversities, perversity, pervert, perverted, perverting, perverts, twisted
perverse
Related Ideas:
crooked, perversion, perversity, pervert, twisted
Definition:
The terms "perverse," "crooked," and "twisted" are used to describe a person or action that is morally bad. The term "perversely" means "in a perverse manner." To "pervert" something means to twist it or turn it away from what is right or good. "Perversity" is perverse thoughts, words, and actions.
- Someone or something that is perverse has deviated from what is good and right.
- In the Bible, the Israelites acted perversely when they disobeyed God. They often did this by worshiping false gods.
- Any action which is against God's standards or behavior is considered perverse.
Translation Suggestions:
- Ways to translate "perverse" could include "morally twisted" or "immoral" or "turning away from God's straight path," depending on the context.
- "Perverse speech" could be translated as "speaking in an evil way" or "deceitful talk" or "immoral way of talking."
- "Perverse people" could be described as "immoral people" or "people who are morally deviant" or "people who continually disobey God."
- The phrase "acting perversely" could be translated as "behaving in an evil way" or "doing things against God's commands" or "living in a way that rejects God's teachings."
- The term "pervert" could also be translated as "cause to be corrupt" or "turn into something evil."
(See also: corrupt, deceive, disobey, evil, turn)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 08:47
- 1 Samuel 20:30
- Job 33:27-28
- Luke 23:02
- Psalms 101:4-6
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1942, H2015, H2555, H3868, H4297, H5186, H5557, H5558, H5753, H5766, H5773, H5791, H6140, H6141, H8138, H8397, H8419, G1294, G1612, G3344, G4646
Forms Found in the English ULB:
crooked, crooked ways, perverse, perverse words, perversely, perversion, perversions, perversities, perversity, pervert, perverted, perverting, perverts, twisted
pierce
Related Ideas:
gore, thrust through
Definition:
The term "pierce" means to stab something or to make a hole with a sharp, pointed object. It is also used figuratively to refer to causing someone deep emotional pain.
- A soldier pierced Jesus' side when he was hanging on the cross.
- In Bible times, a slave who was set free would have his ear pierced as a sign that he was choosing to continue working for his master.
- Simeon spoke figuratively when he told Mary that a sword would pierce her heart, meaning that she would experience deep grief because of what would happen to her son Jesus.
- To "thrust someone through" or "thrust a sword through someone" is to push a sword all the way through him so the sword comes out the other side.
- To "gore" is for an animal to thrust a horn into another animal or a person.
(See also: cross, Jesus, servant, Simeon)
Bible References:
- Job 16:13
- Job 20:23-25
- John 19:37
- Psalms 022:16
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1856, H1920, H2342, H2490, H2491, H2944, H3738, H5055, H5181, H5344, H5365, H6398, G1330, G1338, G1574, G2660, G3572, G4044
Forms Found in the English ULB:
gore, gored, holes, pierce, pierced, pierces, piercing, thrust ... through
pierce
Related Ideas:
gore, thrust through
Definition:
The term "pierce" means to stab something or to make a hole with a sharp, pointed object. It is also used figuratively to refer to causing someone deep emotional pain.
- A soldier pierced Jesus' side when he was hanging on the cross.
- In Bible times, a slave who was set free would have his ear pierced as a sign that he was choosing to continue working for his master.
- Simeon spoke figuratively when he told Mary that a sword would pierce her heart, meaning that she would experience deep grief because of what would happen to her son Jesus.
- To "thrust someone through" or "thrust a sword through someone" is to push a sword all the way through him so the sword comes out the other side.
- To "gore" is for an animal to thrust a horn into another animal or a person.
(See also: cross, Jesus, servant, Simeon)
Bible References:
- Job 16:13
- Job 20:23-25
- John 19:37
- Psalms 022:16
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1856, H1920, H2342, H2490, H2491, H2944, H3738, H5055, H5181, H5344, H5365, H6398, G1330, G1338, G1574, G2660, G3572, G4044
Forms Found in the English ULB:
gore, gored, holes, pierce, pierced, pierces, piercing, thrust ... through
plead
Related Ideas:
appeal, ask earnestly, humble request, plea
Definitions:
The terms "plead" and "pleading" refer to urgently asking someone to do something. A "plea" is an urgent request.
- Pleading often implies that the person feels in very great need or strongly desires help.
- People can plead or make an urgent appeal to God for mercy or to ask him to grant something, either for themselves or someone else.
- Make sure it is clear in the context that this term does not refer to begging for money.
- The word translated "humble request" refers specifically to a humble request for favor or mercy.
- To "plead someone's cause" is to testify in court before a judge that the judge should rule in favor of the person whose cause it is.
- A "legal plea" or "cause" is what someone who is trying to get justice tells a judge in a court trial.
- An "earnest appeal" is a serious, humble request.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "plead" could also be translated as "beg" or "implore" or "urgently ask."
- The term "plea" could also be translated as "urgent request" or "strong urging."
Bible References:
- 2 Corinthians 08:3-5
- Judges 06:31
- Luke 04:39
- Proverbs 18:17
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1777, H2603, H3198, H4941, H6279, H6293, H6664, H6419, H7378, H7379, H7775, H8199, H8467, H8469, G1162, G1189, G1793, G2065, G3870, G3874
Forms Found in the English ULB:
appeal, asked ... earnestly, cause, earnest appeal, earnest appeals, earnestly appeal, earnestly appealed, humble request, humble requests, legal plea, moved by ... plea, plea, plea for favor, plead, plead ... cause, pleaded, pleading, pleadings, pleads, pleas
plead
Related Ideas:
appeal, ask earnestly, humble request, plea
Definitions:
The terms "plead" and "pleading" refer to urgently asking someone to do something. A "plea" is an urgent request.
- Pleading often implies that the person feels in very great need or strongly desires help.
- People can plead or make an urgent appeal to God for mercy or to ask him to grant something, either for themselves or someone else.
- Make sure it is clear in the context that this term does not refer to begging for money.
- The word translated "humble request" refers specifically to a humble request for favor or mercy.
- To "plead someone's cause" is to testify in court before a judge that the judge should rule in favor of the person whose cause it is.
- A "legal plea" or "cause" is what someone who is trying to get justice tells a judge in a court trial.
- An "earnest appeal" is a serious, humble request.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "plead" could also be translated as "beg" or "implore" or "urgently ask."
- The term "plea" could also be translated as "urgent request" or "strong urging."
Bible References:
- 2 Corinthians 08:3-5
- Judges 06:31
- Luke 04:39
- Proverbs 18:17
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1777, H2603, H3198, H4941, H6279, H6293, H6664, H6419, H7378, H7379, H7775, H8199, H8467, H8469, G1162, G1189, G1793, G2065, G3870, G3874
Forms Found in the English ULB:
appeal, asked ... earnestly, cause, earnest appeal, earnest appeals, earnestly appeal, earnestly appealed, humble request, humble requests, legal plea, moved by ... plea, plea, plea for favor, plead, plead ... cause, pleaded, pleading, pleadings, pleads, pleas
possess
Related Ideas:
belongings, dispossess, possession, property
Definitions:
The terms "possess" and "possession" usually refer to owning something. They can also mean to gain control over something or occupy an area of land.
- In the Old Testament, "possess" is often used in the context of "possessing" or "taking possession of" an area of land.
- When Yahweh commanded the Israelites to "possess" the land of Canaan, it meant that they should go into the land and live there. This involved first conquering the Canaanite peoples who were living on that land.
- Yahweh told the Israelites that he had given them the land of Canaan as "their possession." This could also be translated as "their rightful place to live."
- The people of Israel were also called Yahweh's "special possession." This means that they belonged to him as his people whom he had specifically called to worship and serve him.
- The term "dispossess" meant "take someone's property."
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "possess" could also be translated as "own" or "have" or "have charge over."
- "Possessions" are also called "belongings" and "property."
- The phrase "take possession of" could be translated as "take control of" or "occupy" or "live on," depending on the context.
- When Yahweh calls the Israelites "my special possession" this could also be translated as "my special people" or "people who belong to me" or "my people whom I love and rule."
- The sentence, "they will become their possession" when referring to land, means "they will occupy the land" or "the land will belong to them."
- The phrase "as your possession" could also be translated as "as something that belongs to you" or "as a place where your people will live."
- The phrase "dispossess them" can be translated as "take their land" or "make them leave their land."
(See also: Canaan, worship)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 06:70
- 1 Kings 09:17-19
- Acts 02:45
- Deuteronomy 04:5-6
- Genesis 31:36-37
- Matthew 13:44
Word Data:
- Strong's: H270, H272, H2505, H2631, H3018, H3027, H3423, H3424, H3425, H3426, H4180, H4181, H4672, H4735, H5157, H5159, H5459, G979, G1139, G2697, G2722, G2932, G2933, G2935, H3520, G4041, G4047, G4632, G5224, G5225
Forms Found in the English ULB:
belongings, dispossess, possess, possessed, possesses, possessing, possession, possessions, property, took possession, valuable possessions
possess
Related Ideas:
belongings, dispossess, possession, property
Definitions:
The terms "possess" and "possession" usually refer to owning something. They can also mean to gain control over something or occupy an area of land.
- In the Old Testament, "possess" is often used in the context of "possessing" or "taking possession of" an area of land.
- When Yahweh commanded the Israelites to "possess" the land of Canaan, it meant that they should go into the land and live there. This involved first conquering the Canaanite peoples who were living on that land.
- Yahweh told the Israelites that he had given them the land of Canaan as "their possession." This could also be translated as "their rightful place to live."
- The people of Israel were also called Yahweh's "special possession." This means that they belonged to him as his people whom he had specifically called to worship and serve him.
- The term "dispossess" meant "take someone's property."
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "possess" could also be translated as "own" or "have" or "have charge over."
- "Possessions" are also called "belongings" and "property."
- The phrase "take possession of" could be translated as "take control of" or "occupy" or "live on," depending on the context.
- When Yahweh calls the Israelites "my special possession" this could also be translated as "my special people" or "people who belong to me" or "my people whom I love and rule."
- The sentence, "they will become their possession" when referring to land, means "they will occupy the land" or "the land will belong to them."
- The phrase "as your possession" could also be translated as "as something that belongs to you" or "as a place where your people will live."
- The phrase "dispossess them" can be translated as "take their land" or "make them leave their land."
(See also: Canaan, worship)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 06:70
- 1 Kings 09:17-19
- Acts 02:45
- Deuteronomy 04:5-6
- Genesis 31:36-37
- Matthew 13:44
Word Data:
- Strong's: H270, H272, H2505, H2631, H3018, H3027, H3423, H3424, H3425, H3426, H4180, H4181, H4672, H4735, H5157, H5159, H5459, G979, G1139, G2697, G2722, G2932, G2933, G2935, H3520, G4041, G4047, G4632, G5224, G5225
Forms Found in the English ULB:
belongings, dispossess, possess, possessed, possesses, possessing, possession, possessions, property, took possession, valuable possessions
power
Related Ideas:
ability, able, mastered, can, capable, could, impossible, incapable, powerful, won, unable
Definition:
The term "power" refers to the ability to do things or make things happen, often using great strength. "Powers" refers to people or spirits who have great ability to cause things to happen.
- The "power of God" refers to God's ability to do everything, especially things that are not possible for people to do.
- God has complete power over everything that he has created.
- God gives his people power to do what he wants, so that when they heal people or do other miracles, they do this by the power of God.
- Because Jesus and the Holy Spirit are also God, they have this same power.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, the term "power" could also be translated as "ability" or "strength" or "energy" or "ability to do miracles" or "control."
- Possible ways to translate the term "powers" could include "powerful beings" or "controlling spirits" or "those who control others."
- An expression like "save us from the power of our enemies" could be translated as "save us from being oppressed by our enemies" or "rescue us from being controlled by our enemies." In this case, "power" has the meaning of using one's strength to control and oppress others.
(See also: Holy Spirit, Jesus, miracle)
Bible References:
- 1 Thessalonians 01:05
- Colossians 01:11-12
- Genesis 31:29
- Jeremiah 18:21
- Jude 01:25
- Judges 02:18
- Luke 01:17
- Luke 04:14
- Matthew 26:64
- Philippians 03:21
- Psalm 080:02
Word Data:
- Strong's: H410, H1368, H1369, H1370, H2220, H2393, H2428, H2632, H3027, H3201, H3581, H4475, H4910, H5794, H5797, H5807, H6109, H6184, H7980, H7981, H7983, H7989, H8592, H8633, G1410, G1411, G1415, G1743, G1754, G1832, G1849, G1850, G2159, G2478, G2479, G2480, G2904, G3168
Forms Found in the English ULB:
ability, able, am ... able, are ... able, are ... possible, be ... unable, be able, be mastered, can, cannot, capable, could, could not, impossible, incapable, is ... able, may ... be able, miraculous powers, possible, power, powerful, powerfully, powers, was ... able, were ... able, will ... be able, won
power
Related Ideas:
ability, able, mastered, can, capable, could, impossible, incapable, powerful, won, unable
Definition:
The term "power" refers to the ability to do things or make things happen, often using great strength. "Powers" refers to people or spirits who have great ability to cause things to happen.
- The "power of God" refers to God's ability to do everything, especially things that are not possible for people to do.
- God has complete power over everything that he has created.
- God gives his people power to do what he wants, so that when they heal people or do other miracles, they do this by the power of God.
- Because Jesus and the Holy Spirit are also God, they have this same power.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, the term "power" could also be translated as "ability" or "strength" or "energy" or "ability to do miracles" or "control."
- Possible ways to translate the term "powers" could include "powerful beings" or "controlling spirits" or "those who control others."
- An expression like "save us from the power of our enemies" could be translated as "save us from being oppressed by our enemies" or "rescue us from being controlled by our enemies." In this case, "power" has the meaning of using one's strength to control and oppress others.
(See also: Holy Spirit, Jesus, miracle)
Bible References:
- 1 Thessalonians 01:05
- Colossians 01:11-12
- Genesis 31:29
- Jeremiah 18:21
- Jude 01:25
- Judges 02:18
- Luke 01:17
- Luke 04:14
- Matthew 26:64
- Philippians 03:21
- Psalm 080:02
Word Data:
- Strong's: H410, H1368, H1369, H1370, H2220, H2393, H2428, H2632, H3027, H3201, H3581, H4475, H4910, H5794, H5797, H5807, H6109, H6184, H7980, H7981, H7983, H7989, H8592, H8633, G1410, G1411, G1415, G1743, G1754, G1832, G1849, G1850, G2159, G2478, G2479, G2480, G2904, G3168
Forms Found in the English ULB:
ability, able, am ... able, are ... able, are ... possible, be ... unable, be able, be mastered, can, cannot, capable, could, could not, impossible, incapable, is ... able, may ... be able, miraculous powers, possible, power, powerful, powerfully, powers, was ... able, were ... able, will ... be able, won
pray
Related Ideas:
prayer
Definition:
The terms "pray" and "prayer" refer to talking with God. These terms are used to refer to people trying to talk to a false god.
- People can pray silently, talking to God with their thoughts, or they can pray aloud, speaking to God with their voice. Sometimes prayers are written down, such as when David wrote his prayers in the Book of Psalms.
- Prayer can include asking God for mercy, for help with a problem, and for wisdom in making decisions.
- Often people ask God to heal people who are sick or who need his help in other ways.
- People also thank and praise God when they are praying to him.
- Praying includes confessing our sins to God and asking him to forgive us.
- Talking to God is sometimes called "communing" with him as our spirit communicates with his spirit, sharing our emotions and enjoying his presence.
- This term could be translated as "talking to God" or "communicating with God." The translation of this term should be able to include praying that is silent.
(See also: god, forgive, praise)
Bible References:
- 1 Thessalonians 03:09
- Acts 08:24
- Acts 14:26
- Colossians 04:04
- John 17:09
- Luke 11:1
- Matthew 05:43-45
- Matthew 14:22-24
Word Data:
- Strong's: H577, H1156, H2470, H3908, H6279, H6293, H6419, H6739, H7592, H7879, H8034, H8605, G154, G1162, G1189, G1783, G2065, G2171, G2172, G3870, G4335, G4336
Forms Found in the English ULB:
heard ... prayer, pray, prayed, prayer, prayers, praying, prays, urgently pray
pray
Related Ideas:
prayer
Definition:
The terms "pray" and "prayer" refer to talking with God. These terms are used to refer to people trying to talk to a false god.
- People can pray silently, talking to God with their thoughts, or they can pray aloud, speaking to God with their voice. Sometimes prayers are written down, such as when David wrote his prayers in the Book of Psalms.
- Prayer can include asking God for mercy, for help with a problem, and for wisdom in making decisions.
- Often people ask God to heal people who are sick or who need his help in other ways.
- People also thank and praise God when they are praying to him.
- Praying includes confessing our sins to God and asking him to forgive us.
- Talking to God is sometimes called "communing" with him as our spirit communicates with his spirit, sharing our emotions and enjoying his presence.
- This term could be translated as "talking to God" or "communicating with God." The translation of this term should be able to include praying that is silent.
(See also: god, forgive, praise)
Bible References:
- 1 Thessalonians 03:09
- Acts 08:24
- Acts 14:26
- Colossians 04:04
- John 17:09
- Luke 11:1
- Matthew 05:43-45
- Matthew 14:22-24
Word Data:
- Strong's: H577, H1156, H2470, H3908, H6279, H6293, H6419, H6739, H7592, H7879, H8034, H8605, G154, G1162, G1189, G1783, G2065, G2171, G2172, G3870, G4335, G4336
Forms Found in the English ULB:
heard ... prayer, pray, prayed, prayer, prayers, praying, prays, urgently pray
preach
Related Ideas:
preacher
Definition:
To "preach" means to speak to a group of people, teaching them about God and urging them to obey him.
- Often preaching is done by one person to a large group of people. It is usually spoken, not written.
- "Preaching" and "teaching" are similar, but are not exactly the same.
- "Preaching" mainly refers to publicly proclaiming spiritual or moral truth, and urging the audience to respond. "Teaching" is a term that emphasizes instruction, that is, giving people information or teaching them how to do something.
- The term "preach" is usually used with the word "gospel."
- What a person has preached to others can also be referred to in general as his "teachings."
(See also: good news, Jesus, kingdom of God)
Bible References:
- 2 Timothy 04:1-2
- Acts 08:4-5
- Acts 10:42-43
- Acts 14:21-22
- Acts 20:25
- Luke 04:42
- Matthew 03:1-3
- Matthew 04:17
- Matthew 12:41
- Matthew 24:14
- Acts 09:20-22
- Acts 13:38-39
- Jonah 03:1-3
- Luke 04:18-19
- Mark 01:14-15
- Matthew 10:26
Word Data:
- Strong's: G312, G518, G1344, G2097, G2511, G2782, G2783, G2784, G2980, G3142, G3870, G4283
Forms Found in the English ULB:
preach, preached, preacher, preaching
preach
Related Ideas:
preacher
Definition:
To "preach" means to speak to a group of people, teaching them about God and urging them to obey him.
- Often preaching is done by one person to a large group of people. It is usually spoken, not written.
- "Preaching" and "teaching" are similar, but are not exactly the same.
- "Preaching" mainly refers to publicly proclaiming spiritual or moral truth, and urging the audience to respond. "Teaching" is a term that emphasizes instruction, that is, giving people information or teaching them how to do something.
- The term "preach" is usually used with the word "gospel."
- What a person has preached to others can also be referred to in general as his "teachings."
(See also: good news, Jesus, kingdom of God)
Bible References:
- 2 Timothy 04:1-2
- Acts 08:4-5
- Acts 10:42-43
- Acts 14:21-22
- Acts 20:25
- Luke 04:42
- Matthew 03:1-3
- Matthew 04:17
- Matthew 12:41
- Matthew 24:14
- Acts 09:20-22
- Acts 13:38-39
- Jonah 03:1-3
- Luke 04:18-19
- Mark 01:14-15
- Matthew 10:26
Word Data:
- Strong's: G312, G518, G1344, G2097, G2511, G2782, G2783, G2784, G2980, G3142, G3870, G4283
Forms Found in the English ULB:
preach, preached, preacher, preaching
priest
Related Ideas:
priesthood, priestly office
Definition:
In the Bible, a priest was someone who was chosen to offer sacrifices to God on behalf of God's people. The "priesthood" was the name for the office or condition of being a priest.
- In the Old Testament, God chose Aaron and his descendants to be his priests for the people of Israel.
- The "priesthood" was a right and a responsibility that was passed down from father to son in the Levite clan.
- The Israelite priests had the responsibility of offering the people's sacrifices to God, along with other duties in the temple.
- Priests also offered regular prayers to God on behalf of his people and performed other religious rites.
- The priests pronounced formal blessings on people and taught them God's laws.
- In Jesus' time, there were different levels of priests, including the chief priests and the high priest.
- Jesus is our "great high priest" who intercedes for us in God's presence. He offered himself as the ultimate sacrifice for sin. This means that the sacrifices made by human priests are no longer needed.
- In the New Testament, every believer in Jesus is called a "priest" who can come directly to God in prayer to intercede for himself and other people.
- In ancient times, there were also pagan priests who presented offerings to false gods such as Baal.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, the term "priest" could be translated as "sacrifice person" or "God's intermediary" or "sacrificial mediator" or "person God appoints to represent him."
- The translation of "priest" should be different from the translation of "mediator."
- Some translations may prefer to always say something like "Israelite priest" or "Jewish priest" or "Yahweh's priest" or "priest of Baal" to make it clear that this does not refer to a modern-day type of priest.
- The term used to translate "priest" should be different from the terms for "chief priest" and "high priest" and "Levite" and "prophet."
(See also: Aaron, chief priests, high priest, mediator, sacrifice)
Bible References:
- 2 Chronicles 06:41
- Genesis 14:17-18
- Genesis 47:22
- John 01:19-21
- Luke 10:31
- Mark 01:44
- Mark 02:25-26
- Matthew 08:4
- Matthew 12:04
- Micah 03:9-11
- Nehemiah 10:28-29
- Nehemiah 10:34-36
- Revelation 01:06
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3547, H3548, H3549, H3550, G748, G749, G2405, G2406, G2407, G2409, G2420
Forms Found in the English ULB:
priest, priest's, priesthood, priestly, priestly office, priests, priests', served as a priest
priest
Related Ideas:
priesthood, priestly office
Definition:
In the Bible, a priest was someone who was chosen to offer sacrifices to God on behalf of God's people. The "priesthood" was the name for the office or condition of being a priest.
- In the Old Testament, God chose Aaron and his descendants to be his priests for the people of Israel.
- The "priesthood" was a right and a responsibility that was passed down from father to son in the Levite clan.
- The Israelite priests had the responsibility of offering the people's sacrifices to God, along with other duties in the temple.
- Priests also offered regular prayers to God on behalf of his people and performed other religious rites.
- The priests pronounced formal blessings on people and taught them God's laws.
- In Jesus' time, there were different levels of priests, including the chief priests and the high priest.
- Jesus is our "great high priest" who intercedes for us in God's presence. He offered himself as the ultimate sacrifice for sin. This means that the sacrifices made by human priests are no longer needed.
- In the New Testament, every believer in Jesus is called a "priest" who can come directly to God in prayer to intercede for himself and other people.
- In ancient times, there were also pagan priests who presented offerings to false gods such as Baal.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, the term "priest" could be translated as "sacrifice person" or "God's intermediary" or "sacrificial mediator" or "person God appoints to represent him."
- The translation of "priest" should be different from the translation of "mediator."
- Some translations may prefer to always say something like "Israelite priest" or "Jewish priest" or "Yahweh's priest" or "priest of Baal" to make it clear that this does not refer to a modern-day type of priest.
- The term used to translate "priest" should be different from the terms for "chief priest" and "high priest" and "Levite" and "prophet."
(See also: Aaron, chief priests, high priest, mediator, sacrifice)
Bible References:
- 2 Chronicles 06:41
- Genesis 14:17-18
- Genesis 47:22
- John 01:19-21
- Luke 10:31
- Mark 01:44
- Mark 02:25-26
- Matthew 08:4
- Matthew 12:04
- Micah 03:9-11
- Nehemiah 10:28-29
- Nehemiah 10:34-36
- Revelation 01:06
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3547, H3548, H3549, H3550, G748, G749, G2405, G2406, G2407, G2409, G2420
Forms Found in the English ULB:
priest, priest's, priesthood, priestly, priestly office, priests, priests', served as a priest
prison
Related Ideas:
custody, dungeon, imprison, imprisonment, prisoner
Definition:
The term "prison" refers to a place where criminals are kept as a punishment for their crimes. A "prisoner" is someone who has been put in the prison.
- The term "prisoners" can also refer in general to people who have been captured by an enemy and kept somewhere against their will.
- The term "imprisoned" means "kept in a prison" or "kept in captivity."
- Many prophets and other servants of God were put in prison even though they had not done anything wrong.
- To "hold someone in custody" is to put him in a prison or other place from which he cannot escape. Sometimes people were held in custody while they waited to be judged in a trial.
- A "dungeon" is an underground prison that is dark and damp.
Translation Suggestions:
- Another word for "prison" is "jail."
- The term "prison" could also be translated as "dungeon" in contexts where the prison is probably underground or beneath the main part of a palace or other building.
- The term "prisoners" can also be translated as "captives."
Other ways to translate "imprisoned" could be "kept as a prisoner" or "kept in captivity" or "held captive" or "shut up."
(See also: captive)
Bible References:
- Acts 25:04
- Ephesians 04:01
- Luke 12:58
- Luke 22:33-34
- Mark 06:17
- Matthew 05:26
- Matthew 14:03
- Matthew 25:34-36
Word Data:
- Strong's: H612, H613, H615, H616, H631, H953, H1004, H1540, H3608, H3628, H3947, H4115, H4307, H4455, H4525, H5470, H6495, H7617, H7622, H7628, G1198, G1199, G1200, G1201, G1202, G1210, G2252, G3612, G4788, G4869, G5084, G5438, G5439
Forms Found in the English ULB:
custody, dungeon, held ... in custody, hold ... in custody, holding ... in custody, imprison, imprisoned, imprisonment, imprisonments, imprisons, prison, prisoner, prisoners, prisons
prison
Related Ideas:
custody, dungeon, imprison, imprisonment, prisoner
Definition:
The term "prison" refers to a place where criminals are kept as a punishment for their crimes. A "prisoner" is someone who has been put in the prison.
- The term "prisoners" can also refer in general to people who have been captured by an enemy and kept somewhere against their will.
- The term "imprisoned" means "kept in a prison" or "kept in captivity."
- Many prophets and other servants of God were put in prison even though they had not done anything wrong.
- To "hold someone in custody" is to put him in a prison or other place from which he cannot escape. Sometimes people were held in custody while they waited to be judged in a trial.
- A "dungeon" is an underground prison that is dark and damp.
Translation Suggestions:
- Another word for "prison" is "jail."
- The term "prison" could also be translated as "dungeon" in contexts where the prison is probably underground or beneath the main part of a palace or other building.
- The term "prisoners" can also be translated as "captives."
Other ways to translate "imprisoned" could be "kept as a prisoner" or "kept in captivity" or "held captive" or "shut up."
(See also: captive)
Bible References:
- Acts 25:04
- Ephesians 04:01
- Luke 12:58
- Luke 22:33-34
- Mark 06:17
- Matthew 05:26
- Matthew 14:03
- Matthew 25:34-36
Word Data:
- Strong's: H612, H613, H615, H616, H631, H953, H1004, H1540, H3608, H3628, H3947, H4115, H4307, H4455, H4525, H5470, H6495, H7617, H7622, H7628, G1198, G1199, G1200, G1201, G1202, G1210, G2252, G3612, G4788, G4869, G5084, G5438, G5439
Forms Found in the English ULB:
custody, dungeon, held ... in custody, hold ... in custody, holding ... in custody, imprison, imprisoned, imprisonment, imprisonments, imprisons, prison, prisoner, prisoners, prisons
profit
Related Ideas:
profitable, unprofitable
Definition:
In general, the terms "profit" and "profitable" refer to gaining something good through doing certain actions or behaviors.
Something is "profitable" to someone if it brings them good things or if it helps them bring about good things for other people.
- More specifically, the term "profit" often refers to money that is gained from doing business. A business is "profitable" if it gains more money than it spends.
- Actions are profitable if they bring about good things for people.
- 2 Timothy 3:16 says that all Scripture is "profitable" for correcting and training people in righteousness. This means that the Bible's teachings are helpful and useful for teaching people to live according to God's will.
The term "unprofitable" means to not be useful.
- It literally means to not profit anything or to not help someone gain anything.
- Something that is unprofitable is not worth doing because it does not give any benefit.
- This could be translated as "useless" or "worthless" or "not useful" or "unworthy" or "not beneficial" or "giving no benefit."
To "take advantage of" someone is to make extra profit from him because he is weak and unable to demand greater return.
(See also: worthy)
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, the term "profit" could also be translated as "benefit" or "help" or "gain."
- The term "profitable" could be translated as "useful" or "beneficial" or "helpful."
- To "profit from" something could be translated as "benefit from" or "gain money from" or "receive help from."
- In the context of a business, "profit" could be translated with a word or phrase that means "money gained" or "surplus of money" or "extra money."
Bible References:
- Job 15:03
- Proverbs 10:16
- Jeremiah 02:08
- Ezekiel 18:12-13
- John 06:63
- Mark 08:36
- Matthew 16:26
- 2 Peter 02:1-3
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1214, H3148, H3276, H3504, H4195, H4768, H5532, H7939, H7965, G147, G512, G890, G1281, G2108, G2585, G2770, G2771, G3408, G3685, G4122, G4297, G4851, G5622, G5623
Forms Found in the English ULB:
profit, profitable, profits, treated ... violently for profit, unprofitable
profit
Related Ideas:
profitable, unprofitable
Definition:
In general, the terms "profit" and "profitable" refer to gaining something good through doing certain actions or behaviors.
Something is "profitable" to someone if it brings them good things or if it helps them bring about good things for other people.
- More specifically, the term "profit" often refers to money that is gained from doing business. A business is "profitable" if it gains more money than it spends.
- Actions are profitable if they bring about good things for people.
- 2 Timothy 3:16 says that all Scripture is "profitable" for correcting and training people in righteousness. This means that the Bible's teachings are helpful and useful for teaching people to live according to God's will.
The term "unprofitable" means to not be useful.
- It literally means to not profit anything or to not help someone gain anything.
- Something that is unprofitable is not worth doing because it does not give any benefit.
- This could be translated as "useless" or "worthless" or "not useful" or "unworthy" or "not beneficial" or "giving no benefit."
To "take advantage of" someone is to make extra profit from him because he is weak and unable to demand greater return.
(See also: worthy)
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, the term "profit" could also be translated as "benefit" or "help" or "gain."
- The term "profitable" could be translated as "useful" or "beneficial" or "helpful."
- To "profit from" something could be translated as "benefit from" or "gain money from" or "receive help from."
- In the context of a business, "profit" could be translated with a word or phrase that means "money gained" or "surplus of money" or "extra money."
Bible References:
- Job 15:03
- Proverbs 10:16
- Jeremiah 02:08
- Ezekiel 18:12-13
- John 06:63
- Mark 08:36
- Matthew 16:26
- 2 Peter 02:1-3
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1214, H3148, H3276, H3504, H4195, H4768, H5532, H7939, H7965, G147, G512, G890, G1281, G2108, G2585, G2770, G2771, G3408, G3685, G4122, G4297, G4851, G5622, G5623
Forms Found in the English ULB:
profit, profitable, profits, treated ... violently for profit, unprofitable
promise
Related Ideas:
binding promise
Definition:
A promise is a pledge to do a certain thing. When someone promises something, it means he is committing to do something.
- The Bible records many promises that God has made for his people.
- Promises are an important part of formal agreements such as covenants.
- A promise is often accompanied by an oath to confirm that it will be done.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "promise" could be translated as "commitment" or "assurance" or "guarantee."
- To "promise to do something" could be translated as "assure someone that you will do something" or "commit to doing something."
(See also: covenant, oath, vow)
Bible References:
- Galatians 03:15-16
- Genesis 25:31-34
- Hebrews 11:09
- James 01:12
- Numbers 30:02
Word Data:
- Strong's: H530, H562, H632, H1696, H2778, H3709, G1860, G1861, G1862, G3670, G4279
Forms Found in the English ULB:
makes binding promises, promise, promised, promises
promise
Related Ideas:
binding promise
Definition:
A promise is a pledge to do a certain thing. When someone promises something, it means he is committing to do something.
- The Bible records many promises that God has made for his people.
- Promises are an important part of formal agreements such as covenants.
- A promise is often accompanied by an oath to confirm that it will be done.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "promise" could be translated as "commitment" or "assurance" or "guarantee."
- To "promise to do something" could be translated as "assure someone that you will do something" or "commit to doing something."
(See also: covenant, oath, vow)
Bible References:
- Galatians 03:15-16
- Genesis 25:31-34
- Hebrews 11:09
- James 01:12
- Numbers 30:02
Word Data:
- Strong's: H530, H562, H632, H1696, H2778, H3709, G1860, G1861, G1862, G3670, G4279
Forms Found in the English ULB:
makes binding promises, promise, promised, promises
prophet
Related Ideas:
prophecy, prophesy, prophetic, seer
Definition:
A "prophet" is a man who speaks God's messages to people. A woman who does this is called a "prophetess."
- Often prophets warned people to turn away from their sins and obey God.
- A "prophecy" is the message that the prophet speaks. To "prophesy" means to speak God's messages.
- Often the message of a prophecy was about something that would happen in the future.
- Many prophecies in the Old Testament have already been fulfilled.
- In the Bible the collection of books written by prophets are sometimes referred to as "the prophets."
- For example the phrase, "the law and the prophets" is a way of referring to all the Hebrew scriptures, which are also known as the "Old Testament."
- An older term for a prophet was "seer" or "someone who sees."
- Sometimes the term "seer" refers to a false prophet or to someone who practices divination.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "prophet" could be translated as "God's spokesman" or "man who speaks for God" or "man who speaks God's messages."
- A "seer" could be translated as, "person who sees visions" or "man who sees the future from God."
- The term "prophetess" could be translated as, "spokeswoman for God" or "woman who speaks for God" or "woman who speaks God's messages."
- Ways to translate "prophecy" could include, "message from God" or "prophet message."
- The term "prophesy" could be translated as "speak words from God" or "tell God's message."
- The figurative expression, "law and the prophets" could also be translated as, "the books of the law and of the prophets" or "everything written about God and his people, including God's laws and what his prophets preached."
- When referring to a prophet (or seer) of a false god, it may be necessary to translate this as "false prophet (seer)" or "prophet (seer) of a false god" or "prophet of Baal," for example.
(See also: Baal, divination, god, false prophet, fulfill, law of Moses, vision)
Bible References:
- 1 Thessalonians 02:14-16
- Acts 03:25
- John 01:43-45
- Malachi 04:4-6
- Matthew 01:23
- Matthew 02:18
- Matthew 05:17
- Psalm 051:01
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2372, H2374, H4853, H5012, H5013, H5016, H5017, H5029, H5030, H5031, H5046, H5197, H7200, H7203, G2495, G4394, G4395, G4396, G4397, G4398, G5578
Forms Found in the English ULB:
give ... prophecies, prophecies, prophecy, prophesied, prophesies, prophesy, prophesying, prophet, prophet's, prophetess, prophetic, prophets, seer, seer's, seers, seers'
prophet
Related Ideas:
prophecy, prophesy, prophetic, seer
Definition:
A "prophet" is a man who speaks God's messages to people. A woman who does this is called a "prophetess."
- Often prophets warned people to turn away from their sins and obey God.
- A "prophecy" is the message that the prophet speaks. To "prophesy" means to speak God's messages.
- Often the message of a prophecy was about something that would happen in the future.
- Many prophecies in the Old Testament have already been fulfilled.
- In the Bible the collection of books written by prophets are sometimes referred to as "the prophets."
- For example the phrase, "the law and the prophets" is a way of referring to all the Hebrew scriptures, which are also known as the "Old Testament."
- An older term for a prophet was "seer" or "someone who sees."
- Sometimes the term "seer" refers to a false prophet or to someone who practices divination.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "prophet" could be translated as "God's spokesman" or "man who speaks for God" or "man who speaks God's messages."
- A "seer" could be translated as, "person who sees visions" or "man who sees the future from God."
- The term "prophetess" could be translated as, "spokeswoman for God" or "woman who speaks for God" or "woman who speaks God's messages."
- Ways to translate "prophecy" could include, "message from God" or "prophet message."
- The term "prophesy" could be translated as "speak words from God" or "tell God's message."
- The figurative expression, "law and the prophets" could also be translated as, "the books of the law and of the prophets" or "everything written about God and his people, including God's laws and what his prophets preached."
- When referring to a prophet (or seer) of a false god, it may be necessary to translate this as "false prophet (seer)" or "prophet (seer) of a false god" or "prophet of Baal," for example.
(See also: Baal, divination, god, false prophet, fulfill, law of Moses, vision)
Bible References:
- 1 Thessalonians 02:14-16
- Acts 03:25
- John 01:43-45
- Malachi 04:4-6
- Matthew 01:23
- Matthew 02:18
- Matthew 05:17
- Psalm 051:01
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2372, H2374, H4853, H5012, H5013, H5016, H5017, H5029, H5030, H5031, H5046, H5197, H7200, H7203, G2495, G4394, G4395, G4396, G4397, G4398, G5578
Forms Found in the English ULB:
give ... prophecies, prophecies, prophecy, prophesied, prophesies, prophesy, prophesying, prophet, prophet's, prophetess, prophetic, prophets, seer, seer's, seers, seers'
province
Related Ideas:
provincial
Definitions:
A province is a division or part of a nation or empire. The term "provincial" describes something that is related to a province, such as a provincial governor.
- For example, the ancient Persian Empire was divided up into provinces such as Media, Persia, Syria, and Egypt.
- During the time of the New Testament, the Roman Empire was divided up into provinces such as Macedonia, Asia, Syria, Judea, Samaria, Galilee, and Galatia.
- Each province had its own ruling authority, who was subject to the king or ruler of the empire. This ruler was sometimes called a "provincial official" or "provincial governor."
- The terms "province" and "provincial" could also be translated as "region" and "regional."
(See also: Asia, Egypt, Esther, Galatia, Galilee, Judea, Macedonia, Media, Rome, Samaria, Syria)
Bible References:
- Acts 19:30
- Daniel 03:02
- Daniel 06:02
- Ecclesiastes 02:08
Word Data:
- Strong's: H4082, H4083, H5675, H5676, G1885
Forms Found in the English ULB:
province, provinces, provincial
province
Related Ideas:
provincial
Definitions:
A province is a division or part of a nation or empire. The term "provincial" describes something that is related to a province, such as a provincial governor.
- For example, the ancient Persian Empire was divided up into provinces such as Media, Persia, Syria, and Egypt.
- During the time of the New Testament, the Roman Empire was divided up into provinces such as Macedonia, Asia, Syria, Judea, Samaria, Galilee, and Galatia.
- Each province had its own ruling authority, who was subject to the king or ruler of the empire. This ruler was sometimes called a "provincial official" or "provincial governor."
- The terms "province" and "provincial" could also be translated as "region" and "regional."
(See also: Asia, Egypt, Esther, Galatia, Galilee, Judea, Macedonia, Media, Rome, Samaria, Syria)
Bible References:
- Acts 19:30
- Daniel 03:02
- Daniel 06:02
- Ecclesiastes 02:08
Word Data:
- Strong's: H4082, H4083, H5675, H5676, G1885
Forms Found in the English ULB:
province, provinces, provincial
provoke
Related Ideas:
provocation
Definitions:
The term "provoke" means to cause someone to experience a negative reaction or feeling.
- To provoke someone to anger means to do something that causes that person to be angry. This could also be translated as to "cause to become angry" or to "anger."
- When used in a phrase such as, "do not provoke him," this could be translated as "do not anger him" or "do not cause him to be angry" or "do not make him angry with you."
(See also: anger)
Bible References:
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3707, H3708, H4784, H4843, H5006, H7065, H7069, H7107, H7264, G2042, G3863, G3947, G3949, G4292
Forms Found in the English ULB:
provocation, provoke, provoke ... to anger, provoked, provoked ... to anger, provokes, provoking
provoke
Related Ideas:
provocation
Definitions:
The term "provoke" means to cause someone to experience a negative reaction or feeling.
- To provoke someone to anger means to do something that causes that person to be angry. This could also be translated as to "cause to become angry" or to "anger."
- When used in a phrase such as, "do not provoke him," this could be translated as "do not anger him" or "do not cause him to be angry" or "do not make him angry with you."
(See also: anger)
Bible References:
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3707, H3708, H4784, H4843, H5006, H7065, H7069, H7107, H7264, G2042, G3863, G3947, G3949, G4292
Forms Found in the English ULB:
provocation, provoke, provoke ... to anger, provoked, provoked ... to anger, provokes, provoking
punish
Related Ideas:
bring down judgment, deal with, inflict punishment, judgment, punishment, unpunished
Definition:
The term "punish" means to cause someone to suffer a negative consequence for doing something wrong. The term "punishment" refers to the negative consequence that is given as a result of that wrong behavior.
- Often punishment is intended to motivate a person to stop sinning.
- God punished the Israelites when they disobeyed him, especially when they worshiped false gods. Because of their sin, God allowed their enemies to attack and capture them.
- God is righteous and just, so he has to punish sin. Every human being has sinned against God and deserves punishment.
- Jesus was punished for all the evil things that every person has ever done. He received each person's punishment on himself even though he did nothing wrong and did not deserve that punishment.
- The expression "leave someone unpunished" means to decide not to punish someone for their wrongdoing.
- The expression "go unpunished" means to sin and not be punished for it. God often allows people to go unpunished as he waits for them to repent.
- To "bring down judgment" on someone is to punish him after declaring him guilty of wrongful behavior.
- Sometimes "judgment" refers to punishment.
- Sometimes "deal with" means punish.
(See also: justice, repent, righteous, sin)
Bible References:
- 1 John 04:18
- 2 Thessalonians 01:09
- Acts 04:21
- Acts 07:59-60
- Genesis 04:15
- Luke 23:16
- Matthew 25:46
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2403, H3027, H3256, H4148, H4941, H5221, H5352, H5414, H5771, H6031, H6213, H6485, H6486, H7451, H7561, H7999, H8011, H8199, G1349, G1556, G1557, G2849, G2851, G2917, G2920, G3811, G5097
Forms Found in the English ULB:
bring down judgment, go ... unpunished, inflicted punishment, inflicting punishment, judgment, leave ... unpunished, punish, punished, punishes, punishing, punishment, unpunished
punish
Related Ideas:
bring down judgment, deal with, inflict punishment, judgment, punishment, unpunished
Definition:
The term "punish" means to cause someone to suffer a negative consequence for doing something wrong. The term "punishment" refers to the negative consequence that is given as a result of that wrong behavior.
- Often punishment is intended to motivate a person to stop sinning.
- God punished the Israelites when they disobeyed him, especially when they worshiped false gods. Because of their sin, God allowed their enemies to attack and capture them.
- God is righteous and just, so he has to punish sin. Every human being has sinned against God and deserves punishment.
- Jesus was punished for all the evil things that every person has ever done. He received each person's punishment on himself even though he did nothing wrong and did not deserve that punishment.
- The expression "leave someone unpunished" means to decide not to punish someone for their wrongdoing.
- The expression "go unpunished" means to sin and not be punished for it. God often allows people to go unpunished as he waits for them to repent.
- To "bring down judgment" on someone is to punish him after declaring him guilty of wrongful behavior.
- Sometimes "judgment" refers to punishment.
- Sometimes "deal with" means punish.
(See also: justice, repent, righteous, sin)
Bible References:
- 1 John 04:18
- 2 Thessalonians 01:09
- Acts 04:21
- Acts 07:59-60
- Genesis 04:15
- Luke 23:16
- Matthew 25:46
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2403, H3027, H3256, H4148, H4941, H5221, H5352, H5414, H5771, H6031, H6213, H6485, H6486, H7451, H7561, H7999, H8011, H8199, G1349, G1556, G1557, G2849, G2851, G2917, G2920, G3811, G5097
Forms Found in the English ULB:
bring down judgment, go ... unpunished, inflicted punishment, inflicting punishment, judgment, leave ... unpunished, punish, punished, punishes, punishing, punishment, unpunished
purple
Definitions:
The term "purple" is the name of a color that is a mixture of blue and red.
- In ancient times, purple was a rare and highly valuable color of dye that was used to dye the clothing of kings and other high officials.
- Because it was costly and time-consuming to produce this dye, purple clothing was considered a sign of wealth, distinction, and royalty.
- Purple was also one of the colors used for the curtains in the tabernacle and temple, and for the ephod worn by the priests.
- Purple dye was extracted from a kind of sea snail by either crushing or boiling the snails or by causing them to release the dye while still alive. This was an expensive process.
- Roman soldiers put a purple royal robe on Jesus before his crucifixion, to mock him for his claim to be King of the Jews.
- Lydia from the town of Philippi was a woman who made her living by selling purple cloth.
(See also: ephod, Philippi, royal, tabernacle, temple)
Bible References:
- 2 Chronicles 02:13-14
- Daniel 05:7
- Daniel 05:29-31
- Proverbs 31:22-23
Word Data:
- Strong's: H710, H711, H713, G4209, G4210, G4211
Forms Found in the English ULB:
purple
purple
Definitions:
The term "purple" is the name of a color that is a mixture of blue and red.
- In ancient times, purple was a rare and highly valuable color of dye that was used to dye the clothing of kings and other high officials.
- Because it was costly and time-consuming to produce this dye, purple clothing was considered a sign of wealth, distinction, and royalty.
- Purple was also one of the colors used for the curtains in the tabernacle and temple, and for the ephod worn by the priests.
- Purple dye was extracted from a kind of sea snail by either crushing or boiling the snails or by causing them to release the dye while still alive. This was an expensive process.
- Roman soldiers put a purple royal robe on Jesus before his crucifixion, to mock him for his claim to be King of the Jews.
- Lydia from the town of Philippi was a woman who made her living by selling purple cloth.
(See also: ephod, Philippi, royal, tabernacle, temple)
Bible References:
- 2 Chronicles 02:13-14
- Daniel 05:7
- Daniel 05:29-31
- Proverbs 31:22-23
Word Data:
- Strong's: H710, H711, H713, G4209, G4210, G4211
Forms Found in the English ULB:
purple
push
Definition:
The term "push" literally means to physically move something away using force. There are also several figurative meanings of this term.
- The expression "push away" can mean "reject" or "refuse to help."
- To "push down" can mean to "oppress" or "persecute" or "defeat."
- To "push someone out" can mean to get rid of someone or send someone away.
- The expression "push ahead" means to persevere or to continue doing something without really making sure it is right or safe.
(See also: oppress, persecute, reject)
Bible References:
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1556, H1760, H1920, H3276, H3423, H5055, H5186, H5493, G683, G4261
Forms Found in the English ULB:
push, push ... away, pushed, pushed ... away, pushed ... down, pushing
push
Definition:
The term "push" literally means to physically move something away using force. There are also several figurative meanings of this term.
- The expression "push away" can mean "reject" or "refuse to help."
- To "push down" can mean to "oppress" or "persecute" or "defeat."
- To "push someone out" can mean to get rid of someone or send someone away.
- The expression "push ahead" means to persevere or to continue doing something without really making sure it is right or safe.
(See also: oppress, persecute, reject)
Bible References:
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1556, H1760, H1920, H3276, H3423, H5055, H5186, H5493, G683, G4261
Forms Found in the English ULB:
push, push ... away, pushed, pushed ... away, pushed ... down, pushing
queen
Definition:
A queen is either the female ruler of a country or the wife of a king.
- Esther became the queen of the Persian empire when she married King Xerxes.
- Queen Jezebel was the evil wife of King Ahab.
- The Queen of Sheba was a famous ruler who came to visit King Solomon.
- A term such as "queen mother" usually referred to the mother or grandmother of a ruling king or the widow of the previous king. A queen mother had much influence; Athaliah, for example, influenced the people to worship idols.
(See also: Xerxes, Athaliah, Esther, king. Persia ruler, Sheba)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 10:10
- 1 Kings 11:18-19
- 2 Kings 10:12-14
- Acts 08:27
- Esther 01:17
- Luke 11:31
- Matthew 12:42
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1404, H1377, H4410, H4433, H4436, H4438, H4446, H7694, H8282, G938
Forms Found in the English ULB:
queen, queens
queen
Definition:
A queen is either the female ruler of a country or the wife of a king.
- Esther became the queen of the Persian empire when she married King Xerxes.
- Queen Jezebel was the evil wife of King Ahab.
- The Queen of Sheba was a famous ruler who came to visit King Solomon.
- A term such as "queen mother" usually referred to the mother or grandmother of a ruling king or the widow of the previous king. A queen mother had much influence; Athaliah, for example, influenced the people to worship idols.
(See also: Xerxes, Athaliah, Esther, king. Persia ruler, Sheba)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 10:10
- 1 Kings 11:18-19
- 2 Kings 10:12-14
- Acts 08:27
- Esther 01:17
- Luke 11:31
- Matthew 12:42
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1404, H1377, H4410, H4433, H4436, H4438, H4446, H7694, H8282, G938
Forms Found in the English ULB:
queen, queens
rage
Related Ideas:
enrage
Definitions:
Rage is excessive anger what is out of control. When someone rages, it means that person is expressing anger in a destructive way.
- Rage happens when the emotion of anger causes a person to lose self control.
- When controlled by rage, people commit destructive acts and say destructive things.
- When the "nations rage," their to ungodly people disobey God and rebel against him.
- To be "filled with rage" means to have an overwhelming feeling of extreme anger.
- "Senseless rage" is rage that comes from no good reason or that prevents the angry person from thinking clearly.
- To "enrage" someone means to make them extremely angry.
- To "enrage" against someone is to be extremely angry with someone.
- When someone is "enraged" he is extremely angry."
"Rage" can also be used figuratively.
* The term to "rage" can also mean to move powerfully, in descriptions such as a "raging" storm or ocean waves that "rage."
(See also: anger, self-control)
Bible References:
- Acts 04:25
- Daniel 03:13
- Luke 04:28
- Numbers 25:11
- Proverbs 19:03
Word Data:
- Strong's: H398, H1348, H1993, H2121, H2195, H2196, H2197, H2528, H2534, H2734, H2740, H3820, H5590, H5678, H7264, H7265, H7266, H7267, H7857, G454, G1693, G2372, G2830, G3710, G5433
Forms Found in the English ULB:
enrage, enraged, rage, raged, rages, raging, senseless rage
rage
Related Ideas:
enrage
Definitions:
Rage is excessive anger what is out of control. When someone rages, it means that person is expressing anger in a destructive way.
- Rage happens when the emotion of anger causes a person to lose self control.
- When controlled by rage, people commit destructive acts and say destructive things.
- When the "nations rage," their to ungodly people disobey God and rebel against him.
- To be "filled with rage" means to have an overwhelming feeling of extreme anger.
- "Senseless rage" is rage that comes from no good reason or that prevents the angry person from thinking clearly.
- To "enrage" someone means to make them extremely angry.
- To "enrage" against someone is to be extremely angry with someone.
- When someone is "enraged" he is extremely angry."
"Rage" can also be used figuratively.
* The term to "rage" can also mean to move powerfully, in descriptions such as a "raging" storm or ocean waves that "rage."
(See also: anger, self-control)
Bible References:
- Acts 04:25
- Daniel 03:13
- Luke 04:28
- Numbers 25:11
- Proverbs 19:03
Word Data:
- Strong's: H398, H1348, H1993, H2121, H2195, H2196, H2197, H2528, H2534, H2734, H2740, H3820, H5590, H5678, H7264, H7265, H7266, H7267, H7857, G454, G1693, G2372, G2830, G3710, G5433
Forms Found in the English ULB:
enrage, enraged, rage, raged, rages, raging, senseless rage
raise
Related Ideas:
arise, rise, risen
Definition:
raise, raise up
In general, the word "raise" means to "lift up" or "make higher."
- The figurative phrase "raise up" means to cause something to come into being or to appear. It can also mean to appoint someone to do something.
- Sometimes "raise up" means to restore or rebuild.
- "Raise" has a specialized meaning in the phrase "raise from the dead." It means to cause a dead person to become alive again.
- Sometimes "raise up" means to exalt someone or something or make someone or something truly great.
rise, arise
To "rise" or "arise" means to "go up" or "get up." The terms "risen," "rose," and "arose" express past action.
- When a person gets up to go somewhere, this is sometimes expressed as "he arose and went" or "he rose up and went."
- If something "arises" it means it "happens" or "begins to happen."
- Jesus predicted that he would "rise from the dead." Three days after Jesus died, the angel said, "He has risen!"
- A person who suddenly becomes important is said to "arise."
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "raise" or "raise up" could be translated as "lift up" or "make higher."
- To "raise up" could also be translated as to "cause to appear" or to "appoint" or to "bring into existence."
- To "raise up the strength of your enemies" could be translated as, "cause your enemies to be very strong."
- The phrase "raise someone from the dead" could be translated as "cause someone to return from death to life" or "cause someone to come back to life."
- Depending on the context, "raise up" could also be translated as "provide" or to "appoint" or to "cause to have" or "build up" or "rebuild" or "repair."
- The phrase "arose and went" could be translated as "got up and went" or "went."
- Depending on the context, the term "arose" could also be translated as "began" or "started up" or "got up" or "stood up."
(See also: resurrection, appoint, exalt)
Bible References:
- 2 Chronicles 06:41
- 2 Samuel 07:12
- Acts 10:40
- Colossians 03:01
- Deuteronomy 13:1-3
- Jeremiah 06:01
- Judges 02:18
- Luke 07:22
- Matthew 20:19
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1804, H2210, H2224, H5375, H5549, H5782, H5927, H5975, H6965, H6966, H7613, G305, G386, G393, G450, G1127, G1326, G1453, G1525, G1817, G1825, G1892, G1999, G4891, G5312
Forms Found in the English ULB:
arise, arisen, arises, raise, raise up, raised, raises, raising, raising up, rise, rise up, risen, rises, rising, rose
raise
Related Ideas:
arise, rise, risen
Definition:
raise, raise up
In general, the word "raise" means to "lift up" or "make higher."
- The figurative phrase "raise up" means to cause something to come into being or to appear. It can also mean to appoint someone to do something.
- Sometimes "raise up" means to restore or rebuild.
- "Raise" has a specialized meaning in the phrase "raise from the dead." It means to cause a dead person to become alive again.
- Sometimes "raise up" means to exalt someone or something or make someone or something truly great.
rise, arise
To "rise" or "arise" means to "go up" or "get up." The terms "risen," "rose," and "arose" express past action.
- When a person gets up to go somewhere, this is sometimes expressed as "he arose and went" or "he rose up and went."
- If something "arises" it means it "happens" or "begins to happen."
- Jesus predicted that he would "rise from the dead." Three days after Jesus died, the angel said, "He has risen!"
- A person who suddenly becomes important is said to "arise."
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "raise" or "raise up" could be translated as "lift up" or "make higher."
- To "raise up" could also be translated as to "cause to appear" or to "appoint" or to "bring into existence."
- To "raise up the strength of your enemies" could be translated as, "cause your enemies to be very strong."
- The phrase "raise someone from the dead" could be translated as "cause someone to return from death to life" or "cause someone to come back to life."
- Depending on the context, "raise up" could also be translated as "provide" or to "appoint" or to "cause to have" or "build up" or "rebuild" or "repair."
- The phrase "arose and went" could be translated as "got up and went" or "went."
- Depending on the context, the term "arose" could also be translated as "began" or "started up" or "got up" or "stood up."
(See also: resurrection, appoint, exalt)
Bible References:
- 2 Chronicles 06:41
- 2 Samuel 07:12
- Acts 10:40
- Colossians 03:01
- Deuteronomy 13:1-3
- Jeremiah 06:01
- Judges 02:18
- Luke 07:22
- Matthew 20:19
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1804, H2210, H2224, H5375, H5549, H5782, H5927, H5975, H6965, H6966, H7613, G305, G386, G393, G450, G1127, G1326, G1453, G1525, G1817, G1825, G1892, G1999, G4891, G5312
Forms Found in the English ULB:
arise, arisen, arises, raise, raise up, raised, raises, raising, raising up, rise, rise up, risen, rises, rising, rose
rebel
Related Ideas:
rebellion, rebellious, rebelliousness
Definition:
The term "rebel" means to refuse to submit to someone's authority. A "rebellious" person often disobeys and does evil things. This kind of person is called "a rebel."
- A person is rebelling when he does something the authorities over him have told him not to do.
- A person can also rebel by refusing to do what the authorities have commanded him to do.
- Sometimes people rebel against their government or leader who is ruling over them.
- The term to "rebel" could also be translated as to "disobey" or to "revolt," depending on the context.
- "Rebellious" could also be translated as "continually disobedient" or "refusing to obey."
- The term "rebellion" means "refusal to obey" or "disobedience" or "law-breaking."
- The phrase "the rebellion" or "a rebellion" can also refer to an organized group of people who publicly rebel against ruling authorities by breaking the law and attacking leaders and other people. Often they try to get other people to join them in rebelling.
(See also: authority, governor)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 12:18-19
- 1 Samuel 12:14
- 1 Timothy 01:9-11
- 2 Chronicles 10:17-19
- Acts 21:38
- Luke 23:19
Word Data:
- Strong's: H4754, H4775, H4776, H4777, H4779, H4780, H4784, H4805, H5327, H5627, H5637, H6586, H6588, H7300, H7846, G436, G485, G498, G506, G3893, G4955
Forms Found in the English ULB:
rebel, rebelled, rebelling, rebellion, rebellious, rebelliousness, rebels, revolt
rebel
Related Ideas:
rebellion, rebellious, rebelliousness
Definition:
The term "rebel" means to refuse to submit to someone's authority. A "rebellious" person often disobeys and does evil things. This kind of person is called "a rebel."
- A person is rebelling when he does something the authorities over him have told him not to do.
- A person can also rebel by refusing to do what the authorities have commanded him to do.
- Sometimes people rebel against their government or leader who is ruling over them.
- The term to "rebel" could also be translated as to "disobey" or to "revolt," depending on the context.
- "Rebellious" could also be translated as "continually disobedient" or "refusing to obey."
- The term "rebellion" means "refusal to obey" or "disobedience" or "law-breaking."
- The phrase "the rebellion" or "a rebellion" can also refer to an organized group of people who publicly rebel against ruling authorities by breaking the law and attacking leaders and other people. Often they try to get other people to join them in rebelling.
(See also: authority, governor)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 12:18-19
- 1 Samuel 12:14
- 1 Timothy 01:9-11
- 2 Chronicles 10:17-19
- Acts 21:38
- Luke 23:19
Word Data:
- Strong's: H4754, H4775, H4776, H4777, H4779, H4780, H4784, H4805, H5327, H5627, H5637, H6586, H6588, H7300, H7846, G436, G485, G498, G506, G3893, G4955
Forms Found in the English ULB:
rebel, rebelled, rebelling, rebellion, rebellious, rebelliousness, rebels, revolt
receive
Related Ideas:
abstain, receiver
Definition:
The term "receive" generally means to get or accept something that is given, offered, or presented.
- To "receive" can also mean to suffer or experience something, as in "he received punishment for what he did."
- There is also a special sense in which we can "receive" a person. For example, to "receive" guests or visitors means to welcome them and treat them with honor in order to build a relationship with them.
- To "receive the gift of the Holy Spirit" means we are given the Holy Spirit and welcome him to work in and through our lives.
- To "receive Jesus" means to accept God's offer of salvation through Jesus Christ.
- When a blind person "receives his sight" means that God has healed him and enabled him to see.
- The word "abstain" means to refuse to take or receive or have something.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, "receive" could be translated as "accept" or "welcome" or "experience" or "be given."
- The expression "you will receive power" could be translated as "you will be given power" or "God will give you power" or "power will be given to you (by God)" or "God will cause the Holy Spirit to work powerfully in you."
- The phrase "received his sight" could be translated as "was able to see" or "became able to see again."
(See also: Holy Spirit, Jesus, lord, save)
Bible References:
- 1 John 05:09
- 1 Thessalonians 01:06
- 1 Thessalonians 04:01
- Acts 08:15
- Jeremiah 32:33
- Luke 09:05
- Malachi 03:10-12
- Psalms 049:14-15
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3557, H3925, H3947, H5144, H6901, H6902, H8254, G308, G324, G353, G354, G568, G588, G618, G1183, G1184, G1209, G1523, G1653, G1926, G2865, G2983, G3028, G3335, G3336, G3549, G3858, G3880, G4047, G4327, G4355, G4356, G4687, G5264, G5562
Forms Found in the English ULB:
abstain, receive, receive back, received, received ... in full, receiver, receives, receiving
receive
Related Ideas:
abstain, receiver
Definition:
The term "receive" generally means to get or accept something that is given, offered, or presented.
- To "receive" can also mean to suffer or experience something, as in "he received punishment for what he did."
- There is also a special sense in which we can "receive" a person. For example, to "receive" guests or visitors means to welcome them and treat them with honor in order to build a relationship with them.
- To "receive the gift of the Holy Spirit" means we are given the Holy Spirit and welcome him to work in and through our lives.
- To "receive Jesus" means to accept God's offer of salvation through Jesus Christ.
- When a blind person "receives his sight" means that God has healed him and enabled him to see.
- The word "abstain" means to refuse to take or receive or have something.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, "receive" could be translated as "accept" or "welcome" or "experience" or "be given."
- The expression "you will receive power" could be translated as "you will be given power" or "God will give you power" or "power will be given to you (by God)" or "God will cause the Holy Spirit to work powerfully in you."
- The phrase "received his sight" could be translated as "was able to see" or "became able to see again."
(See also: Holy Spirit, Jesus, lord, save)
Bible References:
- 1 John 05:09
- 1 Thessalonians 01:06
- 1 Thessalonians 04:01
- Acts 08:15
- Jeremiah 32:33
- Luke 09:05
- Malachi 03:10-12
- Psalms 049:14-15
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3557, H3925, H3947, H5144, H6901, H6902, H8254, G308, G324, G353, G354, G568, G588, G618, G1183, G1184, G1209, G1523, G1653, G1926, G2865, G2983, G3028, G3335, G3336, G3549, G3858, G3880, G4047, G4327, G4355, G4356, G4687, G5264, G5562
Forms Found in the English ULB:
abstain, receive, receive back, received, received ... in full, receiver, receives, receiving
reed
Definitions:
The term "reed" refers to a plant with a long stalk that grows in the water, usually along the edge of a river or stream.
- The reeds in the Nile River where Moses was hidden as a baby were also called "bulrushes." They were tall, hollow stalks growing in dense clumps in the river water.
- These fibrous plants were used in ancient Egypt for making paper, baskets, and boats.
- The stalk of the reed plant is flexible and is easily bent over by the wind.
(See also: Egypt, Moses, Nile River)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 14:15
- Luke 07:24
- Matthew 11:07
- Matthew 12:20
- Psalm 068:30
Word Data:
- Strong's: H98, H100, H260, G4464, H5488, H6169, H7070, G2563
Forms Found in the English ULB:
reed, reeds
reed
Definitions:
The term "reed" refers to a plant with a long stalk that grows in the water, usually along the edge of a river or stream.
- The reeds in the Nile River where Moses was hidden as a baby were also called "bulrushes." They were tall, hollow stalks growing in dense clumps in the river water.
- These fibrous plants were used in ancient Egypt for making paper, baskets, and boats.
- The stalk of the reed plant is flexible and is easily bent over by the wind.
(See also: Egypt, Moses, Nile River)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 14:15
- Luke 07:24
- Matthew 11:07
- Matthew 12:20
- Psalm 068:30
Word Data:
- Strong's: H98, H100, H260, G4464, H5488, H6169, H7070, G2563
Forms Found in the English ULB:
reed, reeds
reign
Definition:
The term to "reign" means to rule over the people of a particular country or kingdom. The reign of a king is the time period during which he is ruling.
- The term "reign" is also used to refer to God reigning as king over the entire world.
- God allowed human kings to reign over Israel after the people rejected him as their king.
- When Jesus Christ returns, he will openly reign as king over the whole world, and Christians will reign with Him.
- This term could also be translated as "absolute rule" or "rule as king."
(See also: kingdom)
Bible References:
- 2 Timothy 02:11-13
- Genesis 36:34-36
- Luke 01:30-33
- Luke 19:26-27
- Matthew 02:22-23
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3427, H4427, H4437, H4438, H4467, H4468, H4475, H4791, H4910, G936, G2231, G4821
Forms Found in the English ULB:
reign, reigned, reigning, reigns, set ... to reign
reign
Definition:
The term to "reign" means to rule over the people of a particular country or kingdom. The reign of a king is the time period during which he is ruling.
- The term "reign" is also used to refer to God reigning as king over the entire world.
- God allowed human kings to reign over Israel after the people rejected him as their king.
- When Jesus Christ returns, he will openly reign as king over the whole world, and Christians will reign with Him.
- This term could also be translated as "absolute rule" or "rule as king."
(See also: kingdom)
Bible References:
- 2 Timothy 02:11-13
- Genesis 36:34-36
- Luke 01:30-33
- Luke 19:26-27
- Matthew 02:22-23
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3427, H4427, H4437, H4438, H4467, H4468, H4475, H4791, H4910, G936, G2231, G4821
Forms Found in the English ULB:
reign, reigned, reigning, reigns, set ... to reign
reject
Related Ideas:
deny, despise, refuse, rejection, scorn, set aside, stay away from, throw away
Definition:
To "reject" someone or something means to refuse to accept that person or thing. The term "reject" can also mean to "refuse to believe in" something. To reject God or his laws means to refuse to obey him.
- To "deny" what someone says is to say that it is not true.
- To "deny" someone is to say that one does not associate with that person.
- To "despise" or "scorn" people or things is to have no respect for them.
- An "object of scorn" is someone or something that people have no respect for.
Translation Suggestions
- Depending on the context, the term "reject" could also be translated by "not accept" or "stop helping" or "refuse to obey" or "stop obeying."
- In some languages the idea of "reject" is expressed as "push away" or "set aside" or "stay away from."
- In the expression "stone that the builders rejected," the term "rejected" could be translated as "refused to use" or "did not accept" or "threw away" or "got rid of as worthless."
- In the context of people who rejected God's commandments, rejected could be translated as "refused to obey" his commands or "stubbornly chose to not accept" God's laws.
(See also: command, disobey, obey, stiff-necked)
Bible References:
- Galatians 04:12-14
- Hosea 04:6-7
- Isaiah 41:09
- John 12:48-50
- Mark 07:09
Word Data:
- Strong's: H936, H937, H947, H959, H2151, H2186, H2778, H2781, H3988, H5006, H5034, H5186, H5203, H5307, H5541, H5800, G114, G483, G550, G579, G580, G581, G593, G683, G720, G1609, G1848, G3868
Forms Found in the English ULB:
denied, denies, deny, despise, despised, despises, refuse, refused, reject, rejected, rejecting, rejection, rejects, scorn, scorns, set ... aside, sets ... aside, stay away from, throw away, tossed aside
reject
Related Ideas:
deny, despise, refuse, rejection, scorn, set aside, stay away from, throw away
Definition:
To "reject" someone or something means to refuse to accept that person or thing. The term "reject" can also mean to "refuse to believe in" something. To reject God or his laws means to refuse to obey him.
- To "deny" what someone says is to say that it is not true.
- To "deny" someone is to say that one does not associate with that person.
- To "despise" or "scorn" people or things is to have no respect for them.
- An "object of scorn" is someone or something that people have no respect for.
Translation Suggestions
- Depending on the context, the term "reject" could also be translated by "not accept" or "stop helping" or "refuse to obey" or "stop obeying."
- In some languages the idea of "reject" is expressed as "push away" or "set aside" or "stay away from."
- In the expression "stone that the builders rejected," the term "rejected" could be translated as "refused to use" or "did not accept" or "threw away" or "got rid of as worthless."
- In the context of people who rejected God's commandments, rejected could be translated as "refused to obey" his commands or "stubbornly chose to not accept" God's laws.
(See also: command, disobey, obey, stiff-necked)
Bible References:
- Galatians 04:12-14
- Hosea 04:6-7
- Isaiah 41:09
- John 12:48-50
- Mark 07:09
Word Data:
- Strong's: H936, H937, H947, H959, H2151, H2186, H2778, H2781, H3988, H5006, H5034, H5186, H5203, H5307, H5541, H5800, G114, G483, G550, G579, G580, G581, G593, G683, G720, G1609, G1848, G3868
Forms Found in the English ULB:
denied, denies, deny, despise, despised, despises, refuse, refused, reject, rejected, rejecting, rejection, rejects, scorn, scorns, set ... aside, sets ... aside, stay away from, throw away, tossed aside
remnant
Related Ideas:
remaining
Definition:
The term "remnant" literally refers to people or things that are "remaining" or "left over" from a larger amount or group.
- Often a "remnant" refers to people who survive a life-threatening situation or who remain faithful to God while undergoing persecution.
- Isaiah referred to a group of Jews as being a remnant who would survive attacks from outsiders and live to return to the Promised Land in Canaan.
- Paul talks about there being a "remnant" of people who were chosen by God to receive his grace.
- The term "remnant" implies that there were other people who did not remain faithful or who did not survive or who were not chosen.
- An "escaped remnant" is a small number of people who did not die when most of their people did die in a war.
Translation Suggestions:
- A phrase such as "the remnant of this people" could be translated as "the rest of these people" or "the people who remain faithful" or "the people who are left."
- The "whole remnant of people" could be translated by "all the rest of the people" or "the remaining people."
Bible References:
- Acts 15:17
- Amos 09:12
- Ezekiel 06:8-10
- Genesis 45:07
- Isaiah 11:11
- Micah 04:6-8
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3498, H3499, H4422, H6413, H7604, H7605, H7611, H8300, G2640, G3005
Forms Found in the English ULB:
escaped remnant, remain, remained, remaining, remains, remnant
remnant
Related Ideas:
remaining
Definition:
The term "remnant" literally refers to people or things that are "remaining" or "left over" from a larger amount or group.
- Often a "remnant" refers to people who survive a life-threatening situation or who remain faithful to God while undergoing persecution.
- Isaiah referred to a group of Jews as being a remnant who would survive attacks from outsiders and live to return to the Promised Land in Canaan.
- Paul talks about there being a "remnant" of people who were chosen by God to receive his grace.
- The term "remnant" implies that there were other people who did not remain faithful or who did not survive or who were not chosen.
- An "escaped remnant" is a small number of people who did not die when most of their people did die in a war.
Translation Suggestions:
- A phrase such as "the remnant of this people" could be translated as "the rest of these people" or "the people who remain faithful" or "the people who are left."
- The "whole remnant of people" could be translated by "all the rest of the people" or "the remaining people."
Bible References:
- Acts 15:17
- Amos 09:12
- Ezekiel 06:8-10
- Genesis 45:07
- Isaiah 11:11
- Micah 04:6-8
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3498, H3499, H4422, H6413, H7604, H7605, H7611, H8300, G2640, G3005
Forms Found in the English ULB:
escaped remnant, remain, remained, remaining, remains, remnant
repent
Related Ideas:
change his mind, hold back, regret, relent, repentance
Definition:
The terms "repent" and "repentance" refer to turning away from sin and turning back to God.
- To "repent" literally means to "change one's mind."
- In the Bible, "repent" usually means to turn away from a sinful, human way of thinking and acting, and to turn to God's way of thinking and acting.
- When people truly repent of their sins, God forgives them and helps them start obeying him.
- A person who "relents" decides not to punish another person.
- A person who "regrets" having done something wishes he had never done that thing.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "repent" can be translated with a word or phrase that means "turn back (to God)" or "turn away from sin and toward God" or "turn toward God, away from sin."
- Often the term "repentance" can be translated using the verb "repent." For example, "God has given repentance to Israel" could be translated as "God has enabled Israel to repent."
- Other ways to translate "repentance" could include "turning away from sin" or "turning to God and away from sin."
(See also: forgive, sin, turn)
Bible References:
- Acts 03:19-20
- Luke 03:3
- Luke 03:8
- Luke 05:32
- Luke 24:47
- Mark 01:14-15
- Matthew 03:03
- Matthew 03:11
- Matthew 04:17
- Romans 02:04
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5162, H8133, G278, G3338, G3340, G3341
Forms Found in the English ULB:
change ... mind, changed ... mind, hold back, regret, regretted, relent, relented, relenting, repent, repentance, repented, repents
repent
Related Ideas:
change his mind, hold back, regret, relent, repentance
Definition:
The terms "repent" and "repentance" refer to turning away from sin and turning back to God.
- To "repent" literally means to "change one's mind."
- In the Bible, "repent" usually means to turn away from a sinful, human way of thinking and acting, and to turn to God's way of thinking and acting.
- When people truly repent of their sins, God forgives them and helps them start obeying him.
- A person who "relents" decides not to punish another person.
- A person who "regrets" having done something wishes he had never done that thing.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "repent" can be translated with a word or phrase that means "turn back (to God)" or "turn away from sin and toward God" or "turn toward God, away from sin."
- Often the term "repentance" can be translated using the verb "repent." For example, "God has given repentance to Israel" could be translated as "God has enabled Israel to repent."
- Other ways to translate "repentance" could include "turning away from sin" or "turning to God and away from sin."
(See also: forgive, sin, turn)
Bible References:
- Acts 03:19-20
- Luke 03:3
- Luke 03:8
- Luke 05:32
- Luke 24:47
- Mark 01:14-15
- Matthew 03:03
- Matthew 03:11
- Matthew 04:17
- Romans 02:04
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5162, H8133, G278, G3338, G3340, G3341
Forms Found in the English ULB:
change ... mind, changed ... mind, hold back, regret, regretted, relent, relented, relenting, repent, repentance, repented, repents
report
Related Ideas:
account, bring news, give an account, news, rumor
Definition:
The term to "report" means to tell people about something that happened, often giving details about that event. A "report" is what is told, and can be spoken or written.
- "Report" could also be translated as "tell" or "explain" or "tell the details of."
- The expression "Report this to no one" could be translated as, "Don't talk about this with anyone" or "Don't tell anyone about this."
- Ways to translate "a report" could include "an explanation" or "a story" or "a detailed account," depending on the context.
- A "rumor" is a report that no one knows for sure is true.
Bible References:
- Acts 05:22-23
- John 12:38
- Luke 05:15
- Luke 08:34-35
- Matthew 28:15
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1319, H1681, H1696, H1697, H5046, H5608, H7725, H8034, H8052, H8085, H8088, H8435, G189, G191, G312, G518, G987, G1225, G1310, G1334, G1834, G2036, G2163, G3004, G3056, G3140, G3141, G3377
Forms Found in the English ULB:
account, accounts, bring ... report, brought ... news, brought ... report, gave ... a full account, give ... a full account, news, report, reported, reports, rumor, rumors, spread ... about
report
Related Ideas:
account, bring news, give an account, news, rumor
Definition:
The term to "report" means to tell people about something that happened, often giving details about that event. A "report" is what is told, and can be spoken or written.
- "Report" could also be translated as "tell" or "explain" or "tell the details of."
- The expression "Report this to no one" could be translated as, "Don't talk about this with anyone" or "Don't tell anyone about this."
- Ways to translate "a report" could include "an explanation" or "a story" or "a detailed account," depending on the context.
- A "rumor" is a report that no one knows for sure is true.
Bible References:
- Acts 05:22-23
- John 12:38
- Luke 05:15
- Luke 08:34-35
- Matthew 28:15
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1319, H1681, H1696, H1697, H5046, H5608, H7725, H8034, H8052, H8085, H8088, H8435, G189, G191, G312, G518, G987, G1225, G1310, G1334, G1834, G2036, G2163, G3004, G3056, G3140, G3141, G3377
Forms Found in the English ULB:
account, accounts, bring ... report, brought ... news, brought ... report, gave ... a full account, give ... a full account, news, report, reported, reports, rumor, rumors, spread ... about
rest
Related Ideas:
at ease, pause, refresh, relief, restless
Definition:
The term to "rest" literally means to stop working. Usually it means to stop working in order to relax or regain strength. A "rest" is what someone has when he stops working. To "rest secure" is to feel safe. To "rest" an object on something means to "place" or "put" it there. An object that is "resting" somewhere is simply in that place. A boat that "comes to rest" somewhere has "stopped" or "landed" there. The phrase "the rest of" refers to the remainder of something.
- God commanded the Israelites to rest on the seventh day of the week. This day of not working was called the "Sabbath" day.
- To be "at ease" is to feel safe or comfortable.
- To "pause" is to stop doing something for a while.
- To "refresh" someone is to give him rest and whatever else he needs so he can get his strength back.
- "Relief" is the rest a person has when a problem becomes less severe or ends.
- If someone is "restless," he feels anxious or bored and cannot rest.
Translation Suggestions:
- When Jesus said, "I will give you rest," this could also be translated as " I will cause you to stop carrying your burden" or "I will help you be at peace."
- God said, "they will not enter my rest," and this statement could be translated as "they will not experience my blessings of rest" or "they will not experience the peace that comes from trusting in me."
- The term "the rest" could be translated as "those that remain" or "all the others" or "everything that is left."
(See also: remnant, Sabbath)
Bible References:
- 2 Chronicles 06:41
- Genesis 02:03
- Jeremiah 06:16-19
- Matthew 11:29
- Revelation 14:11
Word Data:
- Strong's: H14, H1824, H1826, H2308, H3427, H3498, H3499, H3885, H4494, H4496, H4771, H5117, H5118, H5162, H5183, H5315, H5564, H6314, H6960, H7258, H7280, H7599, H7604, H7605, H7606, H7611, H7663, H7673, H7677, H7901, H7931, H7951, H7961, H8172, H8252, H8300, G372, G373, G425, G1515, G1879, G1954, G2270, G2663, G2664, G2838, G4520
Forms Found in the English ULB:
at ease, be at rest, give ... rest, pause, refresh, refreshed, relief, rest, rest secure, rested, rested secure, resting, resting place, resting places, restless, rests
rest
Related Ideas:
at ease, pause, refresh, relief, restless
Definition:
The term to "rest" literally means to stop working. Usually it means to stop working in order to relax or regain strength. A "rest" is what someone has when he stops working. To "rest secure" is to feel safe. To "rest" an object on something means to "place" or "put" it there. An object that is "resting" somewhere is simply in that place. A boat that "comes to rest" somewhere has "stopped" or "landed" there. The phrase "the rest of" refers to the remainder of something.
- God commanded the Israelites to rest on the seventh day of the week. This day of not working was called the "Sabbath" day.
- To be "at ease" is to feel safe or comfortable.
- To "pause" is to stop doing something for a while.
- To "refresh" someone is to give him rest and whatever else he needs so he can get his strength back.
- "Relief" is the rest a person has when a problem becomes less severe or ends.
- If someone is "restless," he feels anxious or bored and cannot rest.
Translation Suggestions:
- When Jesus said, "I will give you rest," this could also be translated as " I will cause you to stop carrying your burden" or "I will help you be at peace."
- God said, "they will not enter my rest," and this statement could be translated as "they will not experience my blessings of rest" or "they will not experience the peace that comes from trusting in me."
- The term "the rest" could be translated as "those that remain" or "all the others" or "everything that is left."
(See also: remnant, Sabbath)
Bible References:
- 2 Chronicles 06:41
- Genesis 02:03
- Jeremiah 06:16-19
- Matthew 11:29
- Revelation 14:11
Word Data:
- Strong's: H14, H1824, H1826, H2308, H3427, H3498, H3499, H3885, H4494, H4496, H4771, H5117, H5118, H5162, H5183, H5315, H5564, H6314, H6960, H7258, H7280, H7599, H7604, H7605, H7606, H7611, H7663, H7673, H7677, H7901, H7931, H7951, H7961, H8172, H8252, H8300, G372, G373, G425, G1515, G1879, G1954, G2270, G2663, G2664, G2838, G4520
Forms Found in the English ULB:
at ease, be at rest, give ... rest, pause, refresh, refreshed, relief, rest, rest secure, rested, rested secure, resting, resting place, resting places, restless, rests
restore
Related Ideas:
bring back, mend, recover, restoration, reverse
Definition:
The terms "restore" and "restoration" refer to causing something to return to its original and better condition.
- When a diseased body part is restored, this means it has been "healed."
- When a broken relationship is restored, it has been "reconciled." God restores sinful people and brings them back to himself.
- When property is restored, it has been "repaired" or "replaced" or "given back" to its owner.
- When people have been restored to their home country, they have been "brought back" or "returned" to their country.
- A person who "recovers" from sickness becomes healthy again.
- A person who "recovers" a possession either finds it when it has been lost or gets it back from someone who has stolen it.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, ways to translate "restore" could include "renew" or "repay" or "return" or "heal" or "bring back."
- Other expressions for this term could be "make new" or "make like new again."
- Depending on the context, "restoration" could be translated as "renewal" or "healing" or "reconciliation."
Bible References:
- 2 Kings 5:10
- Acts 3:21
- Acts 15:15-18
- Isaiah 49:5-6
- Jeremiah 15:19-21
- Lamentations 05:22
- Leviticus 6:5-7
- Luke 19:8
- Matthew 12:13
- Psalm 80:1-3
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2421, H7725, H7999, H8421, G600, G2675, G5483
Forms Found in the English ULB:
bring back, mending, recover, restoration, restore, restored, restorer, restores, restoring, reverse
restore
Related Ideas:
bring back, mend, recover, restoration, reverse
Definition:
The terms "restore" and "restoration" refer to causing something to return to its original and better condition.
- When a diseased body part is restored, this means it has been "healed."
- When a broken relationship is restored, it has been "reconciled." God restores sinful people and brings them back to himself.
- When property is restored, it has been "repaired" or "replaced" or "given back" to its owner.
- When people have been restored to their home country, they have been "brought back" or "returned" to their country.
- A person who "recovers" from sickness becomes healthy again.
- A person who "recovers" a possession either finds it when it has been lost or gets it back from someone who has stolen it.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, ways to translate "restore" could include "renew" or "repay" or "return" or "heal" or "bring back."
- Other expressions for this term could be "make new" or "make like new again."
- Depending on the context, "restoration" could be translated as "renewal" or "healing" or "reconciliation."
Bible References:
- 2 Kings 5:10
- Acts 3:21
- Acts 15:15-18
- Isaiah 49:5-6
- Jeremiah 15:19-21
- Lamentations 05:22
- Leviticus 6:5-7
- Luke 19:8
- Matthew 12:13
- Psalm 80:1-3
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2421, H7725, H7999, H8421, G600, G2675, G5483
Forms Found in the English ULB:
bring back, mending, recover, restoration, restore, restored, restorer, restores, restoring, reverse
resurrection
Definition:
The term "resurrection" refers to the act of becoming alive again after having died.
- To resurrect someone means to bring that person back to life again. Only God has the power to do this.
- The word "resurrection" often refers to Jesus' coming back to life after he died.
- When Jesus said, "I am the Resurrection and the Life" he meant that he is the source of resurrection, and the one who causes people to come back to life.
Translation Suggestions:
- A person's "resurrection" could be translated as his "coming back to life" or his "becoming alive again after being dead."
- The literal meaning of this word is "a rising up" or "the act of being raised (from the dead)." These would be other possible ways to translate this term.
(See also: life, death, raise)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 15:13
- 1 Peter 03:21
- Hebrews 11:35
- John 05:28-29
- Luke 20:27
- Luke 20:36
- Matthew 22:23
- Matthew 22:30
- Philippians 03:11
Word Data:
- Strong's: G386, G1454, G1815
Forms Found in the English ULB:
resurrection
resurrection
Definition:
The term "resurrection" refers to the act of becoming alive again after having died.
- To resurrect someone means to bring that person back to life again. Only God has the power to do this.
- The word "resurrection" often refers to Jesus' coming back to life after he died.
- When Jesus said, "I am the Resurrection and the Life" he meant that he is the source of resurrection, and the one who causes people to come back to life.
Translation Suggestions:
- A person's "resurrection" could be translated as his "coming back to life" or his "becoming alive again after being dead."
- The literal meaning of this word is "a rising up" or "the act of being raised (from the dead)." These would be other possible ways to translate this term.
(See also: life, death, raise)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 15:13
- 1 Peter 03:21
- Hebrews 11:35
- John 05:28-29
- Luke 20:27
- Luke 20:36
- Matthew 22:23
- Matthew 22:30
- Philippians 03:11
Word Data:
- Strong's: G386, G1454, G1815
Forms Found in the English ULB:
resurrection
return
Definition:
The term "return" means to go back or to give something back.
- To "return to" a place or person means to bo back to that place or person again.
- To "return to" an activity means to start doing that activity again.
- When the Israelites returned to their worship of idols, they started to worship them again.
- When the Israelites returned to Yahweh, they repented and worshiped Yahweh again.
- To "return" land or things that were taken or received from someone else means to give that property back to the person it belongs to.
(See also: turn)
Bible References:
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5437, H7725, H7729, H8421, H8666, G344, G390, G1877, G1880, G1994, G5290, G4762
Forms Found in the English ULB:
return, return back, returned, returning, returns
return
Definition:
The term "return" means to go back or to give something back.
- To "return to" a place or person means to bo back to that place or person again.
- To "return to" an activity means to start doing that activity again.
- When the Israelites returned to their worship of idols, they started to worship them again.
- When the Israelites returned to Yahweh, they repented and worshiped Yahweh again.
- To "return" land or things that were taken or received from someone else means to give that property back to the person it belongs to.
(See also: turn)
Bible References:
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5437, H7725, H7729, H8421, H8666, G344, G390, G1877, G1880, G1994, G5290, G4762
Forms Found in the English ULB:
return, return back, returned, returning, returns
reveal
Related Ideas:
revelation
Definition:
The term "reveal" means to cause something to be known. A "revelation" is something that has been made known.
- God has revealed himself through everything he has created and through his communication with people by spoken and written messages.
- God also reveals himself through dreams or visions.
- When Paul said that he received the gospel by "revelation from Jesus Christ," he means that Jesus himself explained the gospel to him.
- In the New Testament book "Revelation," God revealed events that will happen in the end times. He revealed them to the apostle John through visions.
Translation Suggestions:
- Other ways to translate "reveal" could include "make known" or "disclose" or "show clearly."
- Depending on the context, possible ways to translate "revelation" could be "communication from God" or "things that God has revealed" or "teachings about God." It is best to keep the meaning of "reveal" in the translation.
- The phrase "where there is no revelation" could be translated as "when God is not revealing himself to people" or "when God is not speaking to people" or "among people whom God has not communicating."
(See also: dream, vision)
Bible References:
- Daniel 11:1-2
- Ephesians 03:05
- Galatians 01:12
- Lamentations 02:13-14
- Matthew 10:26
- Philippians 03:15
- Revelation 01:01
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1540, H1541, H1540, H5046, H7200, G601, G602, G1213, G1453, G3377, G5318, G5319, G5537
Forms Found in the English ULB:
reveal, revealed, revealing, reveals, revelation, revelations
reveal
Related Ideas:
revelation
Definition:
The term "reveal" means to cause something to be known. A "revelation" is something that has been made known.
- God has revealed himself through everything he has created and through his communication with people by spoken and written messages.
- God also reveals himself through dreams or visions.
- When Paul said that he received the gospel by "revelation from Jesus Christ," he means that Jesus himself explained the gospel to him.
- In the New Testament book "Revelation," God revealed events that will happen in the end times. He revealed them to the apostle John through visions.
Translation Suggestions:
- Other ways to translate "reveal" could include "make known" or "disclose" or "show clearly."
- Depending on the context, possible ways to translate "revelation" could be "communication from God" or "things that God has revealed" or "teachings about God." It is best to keep the meaning of "reveal" in the translation.
- The phrase "where there is no revelation" could be translated as "when God is not revealing himself to people" or "when God is not speaking to people" or "among people whom God has not communicating."
(See also: dream, vision)
Bible References:
- Daniel 11:1-2
- Ephesians 03:05
- Galatians 01:12
- Lamentations 02:13-14
- Matthew 10:26
- Philippians 03:15
- Revelation 01:01
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1540, H1541, H1540, H5046, H7200, G601, G602, G1213, G1453, G3377, G5318, G5319, G5537
Forms Found in the English ULB:
reveal, revealed, revealing, reveals, revelation, revelations
right hand
Related Ideas:
righthand side
Definition:
The figurative expression "right hand" refers to the place of honor or strength on the right side of a ruler or other important individual.
- The right hand is also used as a symbol of power, authority, or strength.
- The Bible describes Jesus as sitting "at the right hand of" God the Father as the head of the body of believers (the Church) and in control as ruler of all creation.
- A person's right hand was used to show special honor when placed on the head of someone being given a blessing (as when the patriarch Jacob blessed Joseph's son Ephraim).
- To "serve at the right hand" of someone means to be the one whose service is especially helpful and important to that person.
Translation Suggestions:
- Sometimes the term "right hand" literally refers to a person's right hand, as when Roman soldiers put a staff into Jesus' right hand to mock him. This should be translated using the term that the language uses to refer to this hand.
- Regarding figurative uses, if an expression that includes the term "right hand" does not have the same meaning in the project language, then consider whether that language has a different expression with the same meaning.
- The expression "at the right hand of" could be translated as "on the right side of" or "in the place of honor beside" or "in the position of strength" or "ready to help."
- Ways to translate "with his right hand" could include "with authority" or "using power" or "with his amazing strength."
- The figurative expression "his right hand and his mighty arm" uses two ways of emphasizing God's power and great strength. One way to translate this expression could be "his amazing strength and mighty power."
- The expression "their right hand is falsehood" could be translated as, "even the most honorable thing about them is corrupted by lies" or "their place of honor is corrupted by deception" or "they use lies to make themselves powerful."
(See also: accuse, evil, honor, mighty, punish, rebel)
Bible References:
- Acts 02:33
- Colossians 03:01
- Galatians 02:09
- Genesis 48:14
- Hebrews 10:12
- Lamentations 02:03
- Matthew 25:33
- Matthew 26:64
- Psalms 044:03
- Revelation 02:1-2
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3225, H3231, G1188
Forms Found in the English ULB:
right hand, right hands, righthand side
right hand
Related Ideas:
righthand side
Definition:
The figurative expression "right hand" refers to the place of honor or strength on the right side of a ruler or other important individual.
- The right hand is also used as a symbol of power, authority, or strength.
- The Bible describes Jesus as sitting "at the right hand of" God the Father as the head of the body of believers (the Church) and in control as ruler of all creation.
- A person's right hand was used to show special honor when placed on the head of someone being given a blessing (as when the patriarch Jacob blessed Joseph's son Ephraim).
- To "serve at the right hand" of someone means to be the one whose service is especially helpful and important to that person.
Translation Suggestions:
- Sometimes the term "right hand" literally refers to a person's right hand, as when Roman soldiers put a staff into Jesus' right hand to mock him. This should be translated using the term that the language uses to refer to this hand.
- Regarding figurative uses, if an expression that includes the term "right hand" does not have the same meaning in the project language, then consider whether that language has a different expression with the same meaning.
- The expression "at the right hand of" could be translated as "on the right side of" or "in the place of honor beside" or "in the position of strength" or "ready to help."
- Ways to translate "with his right hand" could include "with authority" or "using power" or "with his amazing strength."
- The figurative expression "his right hand and his mighty arm" uses two ways of emphasizing God's power and great strength. One way to translate this expression could be "his amazing strength and mighty power."
- The expression "their right hand is falsehood" could be translated as, "even the most honorable thing about them is corrupted by lies" or "their place of honor is corrupted by deception" or "they use lies to make themselves powerful."
(See also: accuse, evil, honor, mighty, punish, rebel)
Bible References:
- Acts 02:33
- Colossians 03:01
- Galatians 02:09
- Genesis 48:14
- Hebrews 10:12
- Lamentations 02:03
- Matthew 25:33
- Matthew 26:64
- Psalms 044:03
- Revelation 02:1-2
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3225, H3231, G1188
Forms Found in the English ULB:
right hand, right hands, righthand side
righteous
Related Ideas:
right, rightly, righteousness, rightful, upright
Definition:
The term "righteousness" refers to God's absolute goodness, justice, faithfulness, and love. Having these qualities makes God "righteous." Because God is righteous, he must condemn sin.
- These terms are also often used to describe a person who obeys God and is morally good. However, because all people have sinned, no one except God is completely righteous.
- Examples of people the Bible who were called "righteous" include Noah, Job, Abraham, Zachariah, and Elisabeth.
- When people trust in Jesus to save them, God cleanses them from their sins and declares them to be righteous because of Jesus' righteousness.
The term "unrighteous" means to be sinful and morally corrupt. "Unrighteousness" can refer to sin or the condition of being sinful.
- These terms especially refer to living in a way that disobeys God's teachings and commands.
- Unrighteous people are immoral in their thoughts and actions.
- Sometimes "the unrighteous" refers specifically to people who do not believe in Jesus.
- "Unrighteousness" can be an abstract noun that refers to words or actions that are unrighteous.
The terms "upright" and "uprightness" refer to acting in a way that follows God's laws.
- The meaning of these words includes the idea of standing up straight and looking directly ahead.
- A person who is "upright" is someone who obeys God's rules and does not do things that are against his will.
- Terms such as "integrity" and "righteous" have similar meanings and are sometimes used in parallelism constructions, such as "integrity and uprightness."
Translation Suggestions:
- When it describes God, the term "righteous" could be translated as "perfectly good and just" or "always acting rightly."
- God's "righteousness" could also be translated as "perfect faithfulness and goodness."
- When it describes people who are obedient to God, the term "righteous" could also be translated as "morally good" or "just" or "living a God-pleasing life."
- The phrase "the righteous" could also be translated as "righteous people" or "God-fearing people."
- Depending on the context, "righteousness" could also be translated with a word or phrase that means "goodness" or "being perfect before God" or "acting in a right way by obeying God" or "doing perfectly good
-
Sometimes "the righteous" was used figuratively and referred to "people who think they are good" or "people who seem to be righteous."
-
The term "unrighteous" could simply be translated as "not righteous."
- Depending on the context, other ways to translate this could include "wicked" or "immoral" or "people who rebel against God" or "sinful."
- The phrase "the unrighteous" could be translated as "unrighteous people."
- The term "unrighteousness" could be translated as "sin" or "evil thoughts and actions" or "wickedness."
-
If possible, it is best to translate this in a way that shows its relationship to "righteous, righteousness."
-
Ways to translate "upright" could include "acting rightly" or "one who acts rightly" or "following God's laws" or "obedient to God" or "behaving in a way that is right."
- The term "uprightness" could be translated as "moral purity" or "good moral conduct" or "rightness."
- The phrase "the upright" could be translated as "people who are upright" or "upright people."
(See also: evil, faithful, good, holy, integrity, justice, law, law of Moses, obey, pure, sin, lawful)
Bible References:
- Deuteronomy 19:16
- Job 01:08
- Psalms 037:30
- Psalms 049:14
- Psalms 107:42
- Ecclesiastes 12:10-11
- Isaiah 48:1-2
- Ezekiel 33:13
- Malachi 02:06
- Matthew 06:01
- Acts 03:13-14
- Romans 01:29-31
- 1 Corinthians 06:09
- Galatians 03:07
- Colossians 03:25
- 2 Thessalonians 02:10
- 2 Timothy 03:16
- 1 Peter 03:18-20
- 1 John 01:09
- 1 John 05:16-17
Word Data:
- Strong's: H205, H2555, H3072, H3474, H3476, H3477, H3483, H4334, H4339, H5228, H5229, H5324, H5765, H5766, H5767, H5977, H6662, H6663, H6664, H6665, H6666, H8535, H8537, H8549, H8552, G93, G94, G458, G824, G1341, G1342, G1343, G1344, G1345, G1346, G2118
Forms Found in the English ULB:
acts rightly, do right, does what is right, in the right, made ... appear ... righteous, right treatment, righteous, righteously, righteousness, rightful, that are right, that is right, unrighteous, unrighteously, unrighteousness, upright, uprightly, uprightness, what is ... right, what was right
righteous
Related Ideas:
right, rightly, righteousness, rightful, upright
Definition:
The term "righteousness" refers to God's absolute goodness, justice, faithfulness, and love. Having these qualities makes God "righteous." Because God is righteous, he must condemn sin.
- These terms are also often used to describe a person who obeys God and is morally good. However, because all people have sinned, no one except God is completely righteous.
- Examples of people the Bible who were called "righteous" include Noah, Job, Abraham, Zachariah, and Elisabeth.
- When people trust in Jesus to save them, God cleanses them from their sins and declares them to be righteous because of Jesus' righteousness.
The term "unrighteous" means to be sinful and morally corrupt. "Unrighteousness" can refer to sin or the condition of being sinful.
- These terms especially refer to living in a way that disobeys God's teachings and commands.
- Unrighteous people are immoral in their thoughts and actions.
- Sometimes "the unrighteous" refers specifically to people who do not believe in Jesus.
- "Unrighteousness" can be an abstract noun that refers to words or actions that are unrighteous.
The terms "upright" and "uprightness" refer to acting in a way that follows God's laws.
- The meaning of these words includes the idea of standing up straight and looking directly ahead.
- A person who is "upright" is someone who obeys God's rules and does not do things that are against his will.
- Terms such as "integrity" and "righteous" have similar meanings and are sometimes used in parallelism constructions, such as "integrity and uprightness."
Translation Suggestions:
- When it describes God, the term "righteous" could be translated as "perfectly good and just" or "always acting rightly."
- God's "righteousness" could also be translated as "perfect faithfulness and goodness."
- When it describes people who are obedient to God, the term "righteous" could also be translated as "morally good" or "just" or "living a God-pleasing life."
- The phrase "the righteous" could also be translated as "righteous people" or "God-fearing people."
- Depending on the context, "righteousness" could also be translated with a word or phrase that means "goodness" or "being perfect before God" or "acting in a right way by obeying God" or "doing perfectly good
-
Sometimes "the righteous" was used figuratively and referred to "people who think they are good" or "people who seem to be righteous."
-
The term "unrighteous" could simply be translated as "not righteous."
- Depending on the context, other ways to translate this could include "wicked" or "immoral" or "people who rebel against God" or "sinful."
- The phrase "the unrighteous" could be translated as "unrighteous people."
- The term "unrighteousness" could be translated as "sin" or "evil thoughts and actions" or "wickedness."
-
If possible, it is best to translate this in a way that shows its relationship to "righteous, righteousness."
-
Ways to translate "upright" could include "acting rightly" or "one who acts rightly" or "following God's laws" or "obedient to God" or "behaving in a way that is right."
- The term "uprightness" could be translated as "moral purity" or "good moral conduct" or "rightness."
- The phrase "the upright" could be translated as "people who are upright" or "upright people."
(See also: evil, faithful, good, holy, integrity, justice, law, law of Moses, obey, pure, sin, lawful)
Bible References:
- Deuteronomy 19:16
- Job 01:08
- Psalms 037:30
- Psalms 049:14
- Psalms 107:42
- Ecclesiastes 12:10-11
- Isaiah 48:1-2
- Ezekiel 33:13
- Malachi 02:06
- Matthew 06:01
- Acts 03:13-14
- Romans 01:29-31
- 1 Corinthians 06:09
- Galatians 03:07
- Colossians 03:25
- 2 Thessalonians 02:10
- 2 Timothy 03:16
- 1 Peter 03:18-20
- 1 John 01:09
- 1 John 05:16-17
Word Data:
- Strong's: H205, H2555, H3072, H3474, H3476, H3477, H3483, H4334, H4339, H5228, H5229, H5324, H5765, H5766, H5767, H5977, H6662, H6663, H6664, H6665, H6666, H8535, H8537, H8549, H8552, G93, G94, G458, G824, G1341, G1342, G1343, G1344, G1345, G1346, G2118
Forms Found in the English ULB:
acts rightly, do right, does what is right, in the right, made ... appear ... righteous, right treatment, righteous, righteously, righteousness, rightful, that are right, that is right, unrighteous, unrighteously, unrighteousness, upright, uprightly, uprightness, what is ... right, what was right
rod
Related Ideas:
measuring rod
Definition:
The term "rod" refers to a narrow, solid, stick-like tool that was used in several different ways. It was probably at least a meter in length.
- A wooden rod was used by a shepherd to defend the sheep from other animals. It was also thrown toward a wandering sheep to bring it back to the the flock.
- In Psalm 23, King David used the terms "rod" and "staff" as metaphors to refer to God's guidance and discipline for his people.
- A shepherd's rod was also used to count the sheep as they passed under it.
- Another metaphorical expression, "rod of iron," refers to God's punishment for people who rebel against him and do evil things.
- In the Bible, a wooden rod was also referred to as an instrument to discipline children.
- In ancient times, measuring rods made of metal, wood, or stone were used to measure the length of a building or object.
(See also: staff, sheep, shepherd)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 04:21
- 1 Samuel 14:43-44
- Acts 16:23
- Exodus 27:9-10
- Revelation 11:01
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2415, H4294, H4731, H7626, G2563, G4463, G4464
Forms Found in the English ULB:
measuring rod, rod, rods
rod
Related Ideas:
measuring rod
Definition:
The term "rod" refers to a narrow, solid, stick-like tool that was used in several different ways. It was probably at least a meter in length.
- A wooden rod was used by a shepherd to defend the sheep from other animals. It was also thrown toward a wandering sheep to bring it back to the the flock.
- In Psalm 23, King David used the terms "rod" and "staff" as metaphors to refer to God's guidance and discipline for his people.
- A shepherd's rod was also used to count the sheep as they passed under it.
- Another metaphorical expression, "rod of iron," refers to God's punishment for people who rebel against him and do evil things.
- In the Bible, a wooden rod was also referred to as an instrument to discipline children.
- In ancient times, measuring rods made of metal, wood, or stone were used to measure the length of a building or object.
(See also: staff, sheep, shepherd)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 04:21
- 1 Samuel 14:43-44
- Acts 16:23
- Exodus 27:9-10
- Revelation 11:01
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2415, H4294, H4731, H7626, G2563, G4463, G4464
Forms Found in the English ULB:
measuring rod, rod, rods
royal
Related Ideas:
kings', royalty
Definition:
The term "royal" describes people and things associated with a king or queen.
- Examples of things that could be called "royal" include a king's clothing, palace, throne, and crown.
- A king or queen usually lived in a royal palace.
- A king wore special clothing, sometimes called "royal robes." Often a king's robes were purple, this color could only be produced by a rare and expensive type of dye.
- In the New Testament, believers in Jesus were called a "royal priesthood." Other ways to translate this could include "priests who serve God the King" or "called to be priests for God the King."
- The term "royal" could also be translated as "kingly" or "belonging to a king."
(See also: king. palace, priest, purple, queen, robe)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 10:13
- 2 Chronicles 18:28-30
- Amos 07:13
- Genesis 49:19-21
Word Data:
- Strong's: H643, H1935, H4410, H4428, H4430, H4437, H4438, H4467, H4468, H7985, G933, G934, G937
Forms Found in the English ULB:
kings', royal, royal official, royalty
royal
Related Ideas:
kings', royalty
Definition:
The term "royal" describes people and things associated with a king or queen.
- Examples of things that could be called "royal" include a king's clothing, palace, throne, and crown.
- A king or queen usually lived in a royal palace.
- A king wore special clothing, sometimes called "royal robes." Often a king's robes were purple, this color could only be produced by a rare and expensive type of dye.
- In the New Testament, believers in Jesus were called a "royal priesthood." Other ways to translate this could include "priests who serve God the King" or "called to be priests for God the King."
- The term "royal" could also be translated as "kingly" or "belonging to a king."
(See also: king. palace, priest, purple, queen, robe)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 10:13
- 2 Chronicles 18:28-30
- Amos 07:13
- Genesis 49:19-21
Word Data:
- Strong's: H643, H1935, H4410, H4428, H4430, H4437, H4438, H4467, H4468, H7985, G933, G934, G937
Forms Found in the English ULB:
kings', royal, royal official, royalty
ruin
Related Ideas:
rubble, ruins
Definition:
To "ruin" something means to spoil, destroy, or cause to be useless. The term "ruin" or "ruins" refers to the rubble and spoiled remains of something that has been destroyed.
- The prophet Zephaniah spoke about the day of God's wrath as a "day of ruin" when the world will be judged and punished.
- The book of Proverbs says that ruin and destruction await those who are ungodly.
- Depending on the context, to "ruin" could be translated as to "destroy" or to "spoil" or to "make useless" or to "break."
- The term "ruin" or "ruins" could be translated as "rubble" or "broken-down buildings" or "destroyed city" or "devastation" or "brokenness" or "destruction," depending on the context.
Bible References:
- 2 Chronicles 12:7-8
- 2 Kings 19:25-26
- Acts 15:16
- Isaiah 23:13-14
Word Data:
- Strong's: H6, H1091, H1197, H1530, H1820, H1942, H2015, H2034, H2040, H2717, H2719, H2720, H2721, H2723, H2930, H3510, H3765, H3782, H3832, H4072, H4288, H4384, H4654, H4658, H4876, H4889, H5221, H5307, H5327, H5422, H5557, H5754, H5856, H6365, H6561, H7451, H7489, H7582, H7591, H7612, H7701, H7703, H7843, H8047, H8074, H8077, H8414, H8510, G2506, G2647, G2679, G2692, G3089, G3639, G4485
Forms Found in the English ULB:
allowed to become ruined, rubble, ruin, ruined, ruining, ruins
ruin
Related Ideas:
rubble, ruins
Definition:
To "ruin" something means to spoil, destroy, or cause to be useless. The term "ruin" or "ruins" refers to the rubble and spoiled remains of something that has been destroyed.
- The prophet Zephaniah spoke about the day of God's wrath as a "day of ruin" when the world will be judged and punished.
- The book of Proverbs says that ruin and destruction await those who are ungodly.
- Depending on the context, to "ruin" could be translated as to "destroy" or to "spoil" or to "make useless" or to "break."
- The term "ruin" or "ruins" could be translated as "rubble" or "broken-down buildings" or "destroyed city" or "devastation" or "brokenness" or "destruction," depending on the context.
Bible References:
- 2 Chronicles 12:7-8
- 2 Kings 19:25-26
- Acts 15:16
- Isaiah 23:13-14
Word Data:
- Strong's: H6, H1091, H1197, H1530, H1820, H1942, H2015, H2034, H2040, H2717, H2719, H2720, H2721, H2723, H2930, H3510, H3765, H3782, H3832, H4072, H4288, H4384, H4654, H4658, H4876, H4889, H5221, H5307, H5327, H5422, H5557, H5754, H5856, H6365, H6561, H7451, H7489, H7582, H7591, H7612, H7701, H7703, H7843, H8047, H8074, H8077, H8414, H8510, G2506, G2647, G2679, G2692, G3089, G3639, G4485
Forms Found in the English ULB:
allowed to become ruined, rubble, ruin, ruined, ruining, ruins
ruler
Related Ideas:
overrule, rule
Definition:
The term "ruler" is a general reference to a person who has authority over other people, such as a leader of a country, kingdom, or religious group. A ruler is one who "rules," and his authority is his "rule."
- In the Old Testament, a king was sometimes referred to generally as a "ruler," as in the phrase "appointed him ruler over Israel."
- God was referred to as the ultimate ruler, who rules over all other rulers.
- In the New Testament, the leader of a synagogue was called a "ruler."
- Another type of ruler in the New Testament was a "governor."
- Depending on the context, "ruler" could be translated as "leader" or "person who has authority over."
- The action to "rule" means to "lead" to "have authority over." It is means the same thing as "reign" when it refers to the ruling of a king.
- To "overrule" people or their plans is to use one's higher authority to prohibit people from doing what they have planned.
(See also: authority, governor, king, synagogue)
Bible References:
- Acts 03:17-18
- Acts 07:35-37
- Luke 12:11
- Luke 23:35
- Mark 10:42
- Matthew 09:32-34
- Matthew 20:25
- Titus 03:01
Word Data:
- Strong's: H117, H995, H1166, H1167, H1404, H2708, H2710, H3027, H3548, H3920, H4043, H4410, H4428, H4438, H4467, H4474, H4475, H4896, H4910, H4941, H5057, H5065, H5387, H5401, H5461, H5633, H5715, H6113, H6213, H6485, H6957, H7101, H7218, H7287, H7336, H7786, H7860, H7980, H7981, H7985, H7989, H7990, H8199, H8269, H8323, H8451, G746, G752, G757, G758, G932, G936, G1018, G1203, G1299, G1778, G1785, G2232, G2233, G2525, G2888, G2961, G3545, G3841, G4165, G4291
Forms Found in the English ULB:
overruled, overrules, rule, ruled, ruler, rulers, rules, ruling, rulings
ruler
Related Ideas:
overrule, rule
Definition:
The term "ruler" is a general reference to a person who has authority over other people, such as a leader of a country, kingdom, or religious group. A ruler is one who "rules," and his authority is his "rule."
- In the Old Testament, a king was sometimes referred to generally as a "ruler," as in the phrase "appointed him ruler over Israel."
- God was referred to as the ultimate ruler, who rules over all other rulers.
- In the New Testament, the leader of a synagogue was called a "ruler."
- Another type of ruler in the New Testament was a "governor."
- Depending on the context, "ruler" could be translated as "leader" or "person who has authority over."
- The action to "rule" means to "lead" to "have authority over." It is means the same thing as "reign" when it refers to the ruling of a king.
- To "overrule" people or their plans is to use one's higher authority to prohibit people from doing what they have planned.
(See also: authority, governor, king, synagogue)
Bible References:
- Acts 03:17-18
- Acts 07:35-37
- Luke 12:11
- Luke 23:35
- Mark 10:42
- Matthew 09:32-34
- Matthew 20:25
- Titus 03:01
Word Data:
- Strong's: H117, H995, H1166, H1167, H1404, H2708, H2710, H3027, H3548, H3920, H4043, H4410, H4428, H4438, H4467, H4474, H4475, H4896, H4910, H4941, H5057, H5065, H5387, H5401, H5461, H5633, H5715, H6113, H6213, H6485, H6957, H7101, H7218, H7287, H7336, H7786, H7860, H7980, H7981, H7985, H7989, H7990, H8199, H8269, H8323, H8451, G746, G752, G757, G758, G932, G936, G1018, G1203, G1299, G1778, G1785, G2232, G2233, G2525, G2888, G2961, G3545, G3841, G4165, G4291
Forms Found in the English ULB:
overruled, overrules, rule, ruled, ruler, rulers, rules, ruling, rulings
run
Related Ideas:
flee, flow, move swiftly, runner
Definition:
Literally the term "run" means "move very quickly on foot," usually at a greater speed than can be accomplished by walking. To "run after" or "pursue" someone or something is to move as quickly as possible to try to catch that person or thing. To run away from someone or something is to "flee."
This main meaning of "run" is also used in figurative expressions such as the following:
- To "run in such a way as to win the prize" refers to persevering in doing God's will with the same perseverance as running a race in order to win.
- To "run in the path of your commands" means to gladly and quickly obey God's commands.
- To "run after other gods" means to persist in worshiping other gods.
- "I run to you to hide me" means to quickly turn to God for refuge and safety when faced with difficult things.
The following figurative uses are about non-living things that are said to run.
- Water and other liquids such as tears, blood, sweat, and rivers are said to "run." This could also be translated as, "flow."
- The border or boundary of a country or region is said to "run along" a river or the border of a different country. This could be translated by saying that the country’s border "is next to" the river or other country or by saying that the country "borders" the river or other country."
- Rivers and streams can "run dry," which means that they no longer have water in them. This could be translated as "have dried up" or "have become dry."
- The days of a feast can "run their course," which means they "have passed by" or "are finished" or "are over."
(See also: god, persevere, refuge, turn)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 06:18
- Galatians 02:02
- Galatians 05:07
- Philippians 02:16
- Proverbs 01:16
Word Data:
- Strong's: H213, H386, H1065, H1272, H1556, H1980, H2100, H2416, H2648, H3001, H3212, H3332, H3381, H3920, H3988, H4422, H4754, H4794, H4944, H5074, H5127, H5140, H5472, H5756, H6437, H6440, H6544, H6805, H7272, H7291, H7310, H7325, H7519, H7751, H8264, H8308, H8444, G413, G1377, G1601, G1530, G1532, G1998, G2701, G3729, G4063, G4370, G4390, G4710, G4890, G4936, G5143, G5240, G5343
Forms Found in the English ULB:
caused ... to flee, fled, flee, fleeing, flees, flow, flows, moving swiftly, ran, run, runner, runners, running, runs
run
Related Ideas:
flee, flow, move swiftly, runner
Definition:
Literally the term "run" means "move very quickly on foot," usually at a greater speed than can be accomplished by walking. To "run after" or "pursue" someone or something is to move as quickly as possible to try to catch that person or thing. To run away from someone or something is to "flee."
This main meaning of "run" is also used in figurative expressions such as the following:
- To "run in such a way as to win the prize" refers to persevering in doing God's will with the same perseverance as running a race in order to win.
- To "run in the path of your commands" means to gladly and quickly obey God's commands.
- To "run after other gods" means to persist in worshiping other gods.
- "I run to you to hide me" means to quickly turn to God for refuge and safety when faced with difficult things.
The following figurative uses are about non-living things that are said to run.
- Water and other liquids such as tears, blood, sweat, and rivers are said to "run." This could also be translated as, "flow."
- The border or boundary of a country or region is said to "run along" a river or the border of a different country. This could be translated by saying that the country’s border "is next to" the river or other country or by saying that the country "borders" the river or other country."
- Rivers and streams can "run dry," which means that they no longer have water in them. This could be translated as "have dried up" or "have become dry."
- The days of a feast can "run their course," which means they "have passed by" or "are finished" or "are over."
(See also: god, persevere, refuge, turn)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 06:18
- Galatians 02:02
- Galatians 05:07
- Philippians 02:16
- Proverbs 01:16
Word Data:
- Strong's: H213, H386, H1065, H1272, H1556, H1980, H2100, H2416, H2648, H3001, H3212, H3332, H3381, H3920, H3988, H4422, H4754, H4794, H4944, H5074, H5127, H5140, H5472, H5756, H6437, H6440, H6544, H6805, H7272, H7291, H7310, H7325, H7519, H7751, H8264, H8308, H8444, G413, G1377, G1601, G1530, G1532, G1998, G2701, G3729, G4063, G4370, G4390, G4710, G4890, G4936, G5143, G5240, G5343
Forms Found in the English ULB:
caused ... to flee, fled, flee, fleeing, flees, flow, flows, moving swiftly, ran, run, runner, runners, running, runs
sacrifice
Related Ideas:
offering
Definition:
In the Bible, the terms "sacrifice" and "offering" refer to special gifts given to God as an act of worshiping him. People also offered sacrifices to false gods.
- The word "offering" generally refers to anything that is offered or given. The term "sacrifice" refers to something that is given or done at great cost to the giver.
- Offerings to God were specific things that he commanded the Israelites to give in order to express devotion and obedience to him.
- The names of the different offerings, such as "burnt offering" and "peace offering," indicated what kind of offering was being given.
- Sacrifices to God often involved the killing of an animal.
- Only the sacrifice of Jesus, God's perfect, sinless Son, can completely cleanse people from sin animal sacrifices could never do that.
- The figurative expression "offer yourselves as a living sacrifice" means, "live your life in complete obedience to God, giving up everything in order to serve him."
Translation Suggestions
- The term "offering" could also be translated as "a gift to God" or "something given to God" or "something valuable that is presented to God."
- Depending on the context, the term "sacrifice" could also be translated as "something valuable given in worship" or "a special animal killed and presented to God."
- The action to "sacrifice" could be translated as to "give up something valuable" or to "kill an animal and give it to God."
- Another way to translate "present yourself as a living sacrifice" could be "as you live your life, offer yourself to God as completely as an animal is offered on an altar."
(See also: altar, burnt offering, drink offering, god, fellowship offering, freewill offering peace offering, priest, sin offering, worship)
Bible References:
- 2 Timothy 04:06
- Acts 07:42
- Acts 21:25
- Genesis 04:3-5
- James 02:21-24
- Mark 01:43-44
- Mark 14:12
- Matthew 05:23
Word Data:
- Strong's: H801, H817, H819, H1685, H1890, H1974, H2076, H2077, H2281, H2282, H2398, H2401, H2402, H2403, H2409, H3632, H4394, H4503, H4504, H4635, H5066, H5068, H5071, H5257, H5258, H5261, H5262, H5927, H5928, H5930, H6453, H6944, H6999, H7133, H7311, H8002, H8426, H8573, H8641, G266, G334, G1049, G1435, G1494, G2378, G2380, G3646, G4376, G5485
Forms Found in the English ULB:
burn ... sacrifices, offer, offered, offering, offerings, sacrifice, sacrificed, sacrifices, sacrificing
sacrifice
Related Ideas:
offering
Definition:
In the Bible, the terms "sacrifice" and "offering" refer to special gifts given to God as an act of worshiping him. People also offered sacrifices to false gods.
- The word "offering" generally refers to anything that is offered or given. The term "sacrifice" refers to something that is given or done at great cost to the giver.
- Offerings to God were specific things that he commanded the Israelites to give in order to express devotion and obedience to him.
- The names of the different offerings, such as "burnt offering" and "peace offering," indicated what kind of offering was being given.
- Sacrifices to God often involved the killing of an animal.
- Only the sacrifice of Jesus, God's perfect, sinless Son, can completely cleanse people from sin animal sacrifices could never do that.
- The figurative expression "offer yourselves as a living sacrifice" means, "live your life in complete obedience to God, giving up everything in order to serve him."
Translation Suggestions
- The term "offering" could also be translated as "a gift to God" or "something given to God" or "something valuable that is presented to God."
- Depending on the context, the term "sacrifice" could also be translated as "something valuable given in worship" or "a special animal killed and presented to God."
- The action to "sacrifice" could be translated as to "give up something valuable" or to "kill an animal and give it to God."
- Another way to translate "present yourself as a living sacrifice" could be "as you live your life, offer yourself to God as completely as an animal is offered on an altar."
(See also: altar, burnt offering, drink offering, god, fellowship offering, freewill offering peace offering, priest, sin offering, worship)
Bible References:
- 2 Timothy 04:06
- Acts 07:42
- Acts 21:25
- Genesis 04:3-5
- James 02:21-24
- Mark 01:43-44
- Mark 14:12
- Matthew 05:23
Word Data:
- Strong's: H801, H817, H819, H1685, H1890, H1974, H2076, H2077, H2281, H2282, H2398, H2401, H2402, H2403, H2409, H3632, H4394, H4503, H4504, H4635, H5066, H5068, H5071, H5257, H5258, H5261, H5262, H5927, H5928, H5930, H6453, H6944, H6999, H7133, H7311, H8002, H8426, H8573, H8641, G266, G334, G1049, G1435, G1494, G2378, G2380, G3646, G4376, G5485
Forms Found in the English ULB:
burn ... sacrifices, offer, offered, offering, offerings, sacrifice, sacrificed, sacrifices, sacrificing
sandal
Definition:
A sandal is a simple flat-soled shoe held onto the foot by straps that go around the foot or ankle. Sandals are worn by both men and women.
- A sandal was sometimes used to confirm a legal transaction, such as the selling of property: one man would take off a sandal and give it to the other.
- Removing one's shoes or sandals was also a sign of respect and reverence, especially in God's presence.
- John said that he was not worthy to even untie Jesus' sandals, which would have been the task of a lowly servant or slave.
Bible References:
- Acts 07:33
- Deuteronomy 25:10
- John 01:27
- Joshua 05:15
- Mark 06:7-9
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5274, H5275, H8288, G4547, G5266
Forms Found in the English ULB:
sandal, sandals
sandal
Definition:
A sandal is a simple flat-soled shoe held onto the foot by straps that go around the foot or ankle. Sandals are worn by both men and women.
- A sandal was sometimes used to confirm a legal transaction, such as the selling of property: one man would take off a sandal and give it to the other.
- Removing one's shoes or sandals was also a sign of respect and reverence, especially in God's presence.
- John said that he was not worthy to even untie Jesus' sandals, which would have been the task of a lowly servant or slave.
Bible References:
- Acts 07:33
- Deuteronomy 25:10
- John 01:27
- Joshua 05:15
- Mark 06:7-9
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5274, H5275, H8288, G4547, G5266
Forms Found in the English ULB:
sandal, sandals
save
Related Ideas:
make well, preserve, safe, salvation
Definition:
The term "save" refers to keeping someone from experiencing something bad or harmful. To "be safe" means to be protected from harm or danger.
- In a physical sense, people can be saved or rescued from harm, danger, or death.
- In a spiritual sense, if a person has been "saved," then God, through Jesus' death on the cross, has forgiven him and rescued him from being punished in hell for his sin.
- People can save or rescue people from danger, but only God can save people from being punished eternally for their sins.
The term "salvation" refers to being saved or rescued from evil and danger.
- In the Bible, "salvation" usually refers to the spiritual and eternal deliverance granted by God to those who repent of their sins and believe in Jesus.
- The Bible also talks about God saving or delivering his people from their physical enemies.
Translation Suggestions:
- Ways to translate "save" could include "deliver" or "keep from harm" or "take out of harm's way" or "keep from dying."
- In the expression "whoever would save his life," the term "save" could also be translated as "preserve" or "protect."
-
The term "safe" could be translated as "protected from danger" or "in a place where nothing can harm."
-
The term "salvation" could also be translated using words related to "save" or "rescue," as in "God’s saving people (from being punished for their sins)" or "God’s rescuing his people (from their enemies)."
- "God is my salvation" could be translated as "God is the one who saves me."
- "You will draw water from the wells of salvation" could be translated as "You will be refreshed as with water because God is rescuing you."
(See also: cross, deliver, punish, sin, Savior)
Bible References:
- Genesis 49:18
- Genesis 47:25-26
- Psalms 080:03
- Jeremiah 16:19-21
- Micah 06:3-5
- Luke 02:30
- Luke 08:36-37
- Acts 04:12
- Acts 28:28
- Acts 02:21
- Romans 01:16
- Romans 10:10
- Ephesians 06:17
- Philippians 01:28
- 1 Timothy 01:15-17
- Revelation 19:1-2
Word Data:
- Strong's: H983, H2421, H2502, H3444, H3467, H3468, H4190, H4422, H4581, H4931, H5337, H5338, H5756, H6308, H6403, H7682, H7965, H8104, H8199, H8668, G803, G804, G1295, G1508, G1515, G4982, G4991, G4992, G5198
Forms Found in the English ULB:
be made well, brought safely, brought safely through, place of safety, preserve, safe, safely, safety, salvation, save, saved, saves, saving
save
Related Ideas:
make well, preserve, safe, salvation
Definition:
The term "save" refers to keeping someone from experiencing something bad or harmful. To "be safe" means to be protected from harm or danger.
- In a physical sense, people can be saved or rescued from harm, danger, or death.
- In a spiritual sense, if a person has been "saved," then God, through Jesus' death on the cross, has forgiven him and rescued him from being punished in hell for his sin.
- People can save or rescue people from danger, but only God can save people from being punished eternally for their sins.
The term "salvation" refers to being saved or rescued from evil and danger.
- In the Bible, "salvation" usually refers to the spiritual and eternal deliverance granted by God to those who repent of their sins and believe in Jesus.
- The Bible also talks about God saving or delivering his people from their physical enemies.
Translation Suggestions:
- Ways to translate "save" could include "deliver" or "keep from harm" or "take out of harm's way" or "keep from dying."
- In the expression "whoever would save his life," the term "save" could also be translated as "preserve" or "protect."
-
The term "safe" could be translated as "protected from danger" or "in a place where nothing can harm."
-
The term "salvation" could also be translated using words related to "save" or "rescue," as in "God’s saving people (from being punished for their sins)" or "God’s rescuing his people (from their enemies)."
- "God is my salvation" could be translated as "God is the one who saves me."
- "You will draw water from the wells of salvation" could be translated as "You will be refreshed as with water because God is rescuing you."
(See also: cross, deliver, punish, sin, Savior)
Bible References:
- Genesis 49:18
- Genesis 47:25-26
- Psalms 080:03
- Jeremiah 16:19-21
- Micah 06:3-5
- Luke 02:30
- Luke 08:36-37
- Acts 04:12
- Acts 28:28
- Acts 02:21
- Romans 01:16
- Romans 10:10
- Ephesians 06:17
- Philippians 01:28
- 1 Timothy 01:15-17
- Revelation 19:1-2
Word Data:
- Strong's: H983, H2421, H2502, H3444, H3467, H3468, H4190, H4422, H4581, H4931, H5337, H5338, H5756, H6308, H6403, H7682, H7965, H8104, H8199, H8668, G803, G804, G1295, G1508, G1515, G4982, G4991, G4992, G5198
Forms Found in the English ULB:
be made well, brought safely, brought safely through, place of safety, preserve, safe, safely, safety, salvation, save, saved, saves, saving
scribe
Related Ideas:
clerk, scholar
Definition:
Scribes were officials who were responsible for writing or copying important government or religious documents by hand. Another name for a Jewish scribe was "expert in Jewish law."
- Scribes were responsible for copying and preserving the books of the Old Testament.
- They also copied, preserved, and interpreted religious opinions and commentary on the law of God.
- At times, scribes were important government officials.
- Important biblical scribes include Baruch and Ezra.
- In the New Testament, the term translated "scribes" was also translated as "teachers of the Law."
- In the New Testament, scribes were usually part of the religious group called the "Pharisees," and the two groups were frequently mentioned together.
(See also: law of Moses, Pharisee)
Bible References:
- Acts 04:05
- Luke 07:29-30
- Luke 20:47
- Mark 01:22
- Mark 02:16
- Matthew 05:19-20
- Matthew 07:28
- Matthew 12:38
- Matthew 13:52
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5608, H5613, H7083, G1122
Forms Found in the English ULB:
clerk, scholar, scribe, scribes
scribe
Related Ideas:
clerk, scholar
Definition:
Scribes were officials who were responsible for writing or copying important government or religious documents by hand. Another name for a Jewish scribe was "expert in Jewish law."
- Scribes were responsible for copying and preserving the books of the Old Testament.
- They also copied, preserved, and interpreted religious opinions and commentary on the law of God.
- At times, scribes were important government officials.
- Important biblical scribes include Baruch and Ezra.
- In the New Testament, the term translated "scribes" was also translated as "teachers of the Law."
- In the New Testament, scribes were usually part of the religious group called the "Pharisees," and the two groups were frequently mentioned together.
(See also: law of Moses, Pharisee)
Bible References:
- Acts 04:05
- Luke 07:29-30
- Luke 20:47
- Mark 01:22
- Mark 02:16
- Matthew 05:19-20
- Matthew 07:28
- Matthew 12:38
- Matthew 13:52
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5608, H5613, H7083, G1122
Forms Found in the English ULB:
clerk, scholar, scribe, scribes
seed
Related Words:
semen
Definition:
A seed is the part of a plant that gets planted in the ground to reproduce more of the same kind of plant. It also has several figurative meanings.
- The term "seed" is used figuratively and euphemistically to refer to the tiny cells inside a man that combine with cells of a woman to cause a baby to grow inside her. A collection of these is called "semen."
- Related to this, "seed" is also used to refer to a person's offspring or descendants.
- This word often has a plural meaning, referring to more than one seed grain or more than one descendant.
- In the parable of the farmer planting seeds, Jesus compared his seeds to the Word of God, which is planted in people's hearts in order to produce good spiritual fruit.
- The apostle Paul also uses the term "seed" to refer to the Word of God.
Translation Suggestions:
- For a literal seed, it is best to use the literal term for "seed" that is used in the target language for what a farmer plants in his field.
- The literal term should also be used in contexts where it refers figuratively to God's Word.
- For the figurative use that refers to people who are of the same family line, it may be more clear to use the word "descendant" or "descendants" instead of seed. Some languages may have a word that means "children and grandchildren."
- For a man or woman's "seed," consider how the target expresses this in a way that will not offend or embarrass people.
(See also: descendant, offspring)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 18:32
- Genesis 01:11
- Jeremiah 02:21
- Matthew 13:08
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2232, H2233, H3610, H6507, G2848, G4687, G4690, G4701, G4703
Forms Found in the English ULB:
seed, seeds, semen
seed
Related Words:
semen
Definition:
A seed is the part of a plant that gets planted in the ground to reproduce more of the same kind of plant. It also has several figurative meanings.
- The term "seed" is used figuratively and euphemistically to refer to the tiny cells inside a man that combine with cells of a woman to cause a baby to grow inside her. A collection of these is called "semen."
- Related to this, "seed" is also used to refer to a person's offspring or descendants.
- This word often has a plural meaning, referring to more than one seed grain or more than one descendant.
- In the parable of the farmer planting seeds, Jesus compared his seeds to the Word of God, which is planted in people's hearts in order to produce good spiritual fruit.
- The apostle Paul also uses the term "seed" to refer to the Word of God.
Translation Suggestions:
- For a literal seed, it is best to use the literal term for "seed" that is used in the target language for what a farmer plants in his field.
- The literal term should also be used in contexts where it refers figuratively to God's Word.
- For the figurative use that refers to people who are of the same family line, it may be more clear to use the word "descendant" or "descendants" instead of seed. Some languages may have a word that means "children and grandchildren."
- For a man or woman's "seed," consider how the target expresses this in a way that will not offend or embarrass people.
(See also: descendant, offspring)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 18:32
- Genesis 01:11
- Jeremiah 02:21
- Matthew 13:08
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2232, H2233, H3610, H6507, G2848, G4687, G4690, G4701, G4703
Forms Found in the English ULB:
seed, seeds, semen
seek
Related Ideas:
go to find, look out for, search, try
Definition:
The term "seek" means to look for something or someone. The past tense is "sought." It can also mean "try hard" or "make an effort" to do something.
- To "seek" or "look for" an opportunity to do something can mean to "try to find a time" to do it.
- To "seek Yahweh" means to "spend time and energy getting to know Yahweh and learning to obey him."
- To "seek protection" means to "try to find a person or place that will protect you from danger."
- To "seek justice" means to "make an effort to see that people are treated justly or fairly."
- To "seek the truth" means to "make an effort to find out what the truth is."
- To "search out" something is to look for the truth about that thing.
- To "seek favor" means to "try to get favor" or to "do things to cause someone to help you."
- To "charge someone for something" is to hold that person responsible for the damage that person has done.
(See also: justice, true)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 10:14
- Acts 17:26-27
- Hebrews 11:06
- Luke 11:09
- Psalms 027:08
Word Data:
- Strong's: H579, H1156, H1239, H1243, H1245, H1556, H1875, H2470, H2603, H2658, H2664, H2713, H3289, H7125, H7592, H7760, H7836, H8446, G327, G1567, G1934, G2045, G2052, G2212, G3987, G4648
Forms Found in the English ULB:
diligently seek, go to find, look out for, looked for, looking for, looks for, search, search carefully, search for, searched, searched for, searched out, searches ... out, searches for, searching, searching for, seek, seek ... out, seeking, seeks, sought, tried, try, trying
seek
Related Ideas:
go to find, look out for, search, try
Definition:
The term "seek" means to look for something or someone. The past tense is "sought." It can also mean "try hard" or "make an effort" to do something.
- To "seek" or "look for" an opportunity to do something can mean to "try to find a time" to do it.
- To "seek Yahweh" means to "spend time and energy getting to know Yahweh and learning to obey him."
- To "seek protection" means to "try to find a person or place that will protect you from danger."
- To "seek justice" means to "make an effort to see that people are treated justly or fairly."
- To "seek the truth" means to "make an effort to find out what the truth is."
- To "search out" something is to look for the truth about that thing.
- To "seek favor" means to "try to get favor" or to "do things to cause someone to help you."
- To "charge someone for something" is to hold that person responsible for the damage that person has done.
(See also: justice, true)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 10:14
- Acts 17:26-27
- Hebrews 11:06
- Luke 11:09
- Psalms 027:08
Word Data:
- Strong's: H579, H1156, H1239, H1243, H1245, H1556, H1875, H2470, H2603, H2658, H2664, H2713, H3289, H7125, H7592, H7760, H7836, H8446, G327, G1567, G1934, G2045, G2052, G2212, G3987, G4648
Forms Found in the English ULB:
diligently seek, go to find, look out for, looked for, looking for, looks for, search, search carefully, search for, searched, searched for, searched out, searches ... out, searches for, searching, searching for, seek, seek ... out, seeking, seeks, sought, tried, try, trying
seize
Related Ideas:
seizure
Definition:
The term "seize" means to take or capture someone or something by force. It can also mean to overpower and control someone.
- When a city was taken by means of military force, the soldiers would seize the valuable property of the people they had conquered.
- When used figuratively, a person can be described as being "seized with fear." This means that the person was suddenly "overcome by fear." If a person was "seized with fear" it could also be stated that the person "suddenly became very afraid."
- In the context of labor pains that "seize" a woman, the meaning is that the pains are sudden and overpowering. This could be translated by saying that the pains "overcome" or "suddenly come upon" the woman.
- This term could also be translated as "take control of" or "suddenly take" or "grab."
- The expression "seized and slept with her" could be translated as "forced himself on her" or "violated her" or "raped her." Make sure the translation of this concept is acceptable.
- The term "seizure" refers to the action of taking someone or something by force.
Bible References:
- Acts 16:19-21
- Exodus 15:14
- John 10:37-39
- Luke 08:29
- Matthew 26:48
Word Data:
- Strong's: H270, H1204, H1497, H1589, H2254, H2388, H2488, H3027, H3423, H3680, G3860, H3920, H3947, H4672, H4685, H5337, H5367, H5375, H5860, H5927, H7760, H8610, G724, G726, G1949, G2638, G2666, G2902, G2983, G3346, G4023, G4084, G4815, G4884, G4912
Forms Found in the English ULB:
seize, seized, seizes, seizing, seizure
seize
Related Ideas:
seizure
Definition:
The term "seize" means to take or capture someone or something by force. It can also mean to overpower and control someone.
- When a city was taken by means of military force, the soldiers would seize the valuable property of the people they had conquered.
- When used figuratively, a person can be described as being "seized with fear." This means that the person was suddenly "overcome by fear." If a person was "seized with fear" it could also be stated that the person "suddenly became very afraid."
- In the context of labor pains that "seize" a woman, the meaning is that the pains are sudden and overpowering. This could be translated by saying that the pains "overcome" or "suddenly come upon" the woman.
- This term could also be translated as "take control of" or "suddenly take" or "grab."
- The expression "seized and slept with her" could be translated as "forced himself on her" or "violated her" or "raped her." Make sure the translation of this concept is acceptable.
- The term "seizure" refers to the action of taking someone or something by force.
Bible References:
- Acts 16:19-21
- Exodus 15:14
- John 10:37-39
- Luke 08:29
- Matthew 26:48
Word Data:
- Strong's: H270, H1204, H1497, H1589, H2254, H2388, H2488, H3027, H3423, H3680, G3860, H3920, H3947, H4672, H4685, H5337, H5367, H5375, H5860, H5927, H7760, H8610, G724, G726, G1949, G2638, G2666, G2902, G2983, G3346, G4023, G4084, G4815, G4884, G4912
Forms Found in the English ULB:
seize, seized, seizes, seizing, seizure
self-control
Related Ideas:
self-indulgence, sensible, use good sense
Definition:
Self-control is the ability to control one's behavior in order to avoid sinning.
- It refers to good behavior, that is, avoiding sinful thoughts, speech, and actions.
- Self-control is a fruit or characteristic that the Holy Spirit gives to Christians.
- A person who is using self-control is able to stop himself from doing something wrong that he may want to do. God is the one who enables a person to have self-control.
- "Self-indulgence" is the opposite of self-control. Someone who is full of self-indulgence does whatever he wants.
(See also: fruit, Holy Spirit)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 07:8-9
- 2 Peter 01:5-7
- 2 Timothy 03:1-4
- Galatians 05:23
Word Data:
- Strong's: H4623, H7307, G192, G193, G1466, G1467, G1468, G4993, G4997, G4998
Forms Found in the English ULB:
self-control, self-controlled, self-indulgence, sensible, use good sense
self-control
Related Ideas:
self-indulgence, sensible, use good sense
Definition:
Self-control is the ability to control one's behavior in order to avoid sinning.
- It refers to good behavior, that is, avoiding sinful thoughts, speech, and actions.
- Self-control is a fruit or characteristic that the Holy Spirit gives to Christians.
- A person who is using self-control is able to stop himself from doing something wrong that he may want to do. God is the one who enables a person to have self-control.
- "Self-indulgence" is the opposite of self-control. Someone who is full of self-indulgence does whatever he wants.
(See also: fruit, Holy Spirit)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 07:8-9
- 2 Peter 01:5-7
- 2 Timothy 03:1-4
- Galatians 05:23
Word Data:
- Strong's: H4623, H7307, G192, G193, G1466, G1467, G1468, G4993, G4997, G4998
Forms Found in the English ULB:
self-control, self-controlled, self-indulgence, sensible, use good sense
send
Definition:
To "send" is to cause someone or something to go somewhere. To "send out" someone is to tell that person to go on an errand or a mission.
- Often a person who is "sent out" has been appointed to do a specific task.
- Phrases like "send rain" or "send disaster" mean to "cause rain to come" or "cause a disaster to come." This type of expression is usually used in reference to God causing these things to happen.
- The term "send" is also used in expressions such as "send word" or "send a message," which means to give someone a message to tell someone else.
- To "send" someone "with" something can mean to "give" that thing "to" someone else, usually moving it some distance in order for the person to receive it.
- To "send someone on his way" or "help someone on his way" is to give him what he needs for his journey.
- Jesus frequently used the phrase "the one who sent me" to refer to God the Father, who "sent" him to earth to redeem and save people. This could also be translated as "the one who commissioned me."
(See also: appoint, redeem)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:33-34
- Acts 08:14-17
- John 20:21-23
- Matthew 09:37-38
- Matthew 10:05
- Matthew 10:40
- Matthew 21:1-3
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1540, H1980, H2199, H2904, H3318, H3474, H4916, H4917, H5130, H5375, H5414, H5674, H6963, H7368, H7964, H7971, H7972, H7993, H8421, H8446, G782, G375, G630, G649, G652, G1026, G1544, G1599, G1821, G3333, G3343, G3936, G3992, G4311, G4341, G4369, G4842, G4882
Forms Found in the English ULB:
send, send ... away, send ... on ... way, send out, sending, sending out, sends, sends out, sent, sent ... away, sent out
send
Definition:
To "send" is to cause someone or something to go somewhere. To "send out" someone is to tell that person to go on an errand or a mission.
- Often a person who is "sent out" has been appointed to do a specific task.
- Phrases like "send rain" or "send disaster" mean to "cause rain to come" or "cause a disaster to come." This type of expression is usually used in reference to God causing these things to happen.
- The term "send" is also used in expressions such as "send word" or "send a message," which means to give someone a message to tell someone else.
- To "send" someone "with" something can mean to "give" that thing "to" someone else, usually moving it some distance in order for the person to receive it.
- To "send someone on his way" or "help someone on his way" is to give him what he needs for his journey.
- Jesus frequently used the phrase "the one who sent me" to refer to God the Father, who "sent" him to earth to redeem and save people. This could also be translated as "the one who commissioned me."
(See also: appoint, redeem)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:33-34
- Acts 08:14-17
- John 20:21-23
- Matthew 09:37-38
- Matthew 10:05
- Matthew 10:40
- Matthew 21:1-3
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1540, H1980, H2199, H2904, H3318, H3474, H4916, H4917, H5130, H5375, H5414, H5674, H6963, H7368, H7964, H7971, H7972, H7993, H8421, H8446, G782, G375, G630, G649, G652, G1026, G1544, G1599, G1821, G3333, G3343, G3936, G3992, G4311, G4341, G4369, G4842, G4882
Forms Found in the English ULB:
send, send ... away, send ... on ... way, send out, sending, sending out, sends, sends out, sent, sent ... away, sent out
servant
Related Ideas:
assistant, attendant, hired worker, maidservant, office, serve, service
Definition:
The word "servant" refers to a person who works for another person, either by choice or by force. Some servants were slaves, and the surrounding text usually makes it clear whether or not a particular servant was a slave. In Bible times, there was less of a difference between a servant and a slave than there is today. Both servants and slaves were an important part of their master's household and many were treated almost like members of the family. Sometimes a servant would choose to become a lifetime servant to his master.
- A slave was a kind of servant who was the property of the person he worked for. The person who bought a slave was called his "owner" or "master." Some masters treated their slaves very cruelly, while other masters treated their slaves very well, as a servant who was a valued member of the household.
- In ancient times, some people became slaves to a person they owed money to in order to pay off their debt to that person.
- In the Bible, the phrase "I am your servant" was used as a sign of respect and service to a person of higher rank, such as a king. It did not mean that the person speaking was an actual servant.
- In the Old Testament, God's prophets and other people who worshiped God were often referred to as his "servants."
- In the New Testament, people who obeyed God through faith in Christ were often called his "servants."
- Christians are also called "slaves to righteousness," which is a metaphor that compares the commitment to obey God to a slave's commitment to obey his master.
The word "serve" means to do things to help other people. It can also mean to "worship."
- In the context of a person serving guests, this term means "care for" or "serve food to" or "provide food for." When Jesus told the disciples to "serve" the fish to the people, this could be translated as, "distribute" or "hand out" or "give."
- To "serve God" can be translated as to "worship and obey God" or to "do the work that God has commanded."
- People who teach others about God are said to serve both God and the ones they are teaching.
- The apostle Paul wrote to the Corinthian Christians about how they used to "serve" the old covenant. This refers to obeying the laws of Moses. Now they "serve" the new covenant. That is, because of Jesus' sacrifice on the cross, believers in Jesus are enabled by the Holy Spirit to please God and live holy lives.
The word "service" refers to the work that a servant does. It may also refer to worship.
The word "office" refers to the position or job that a servant has.
(See also: commit, enslave, household, lord, obey, righteous, covenant, law)
Bible References
- Acts 04:29-31
- Acts 10:7-8
- Colossians 01:7-8
- Colossians 03:22-25
- Genesis 21:10-11
- Luke 12:47-48
- Mark 09:33-35
- Matthew 10:24-25
- Matthew 13:27-28
- 2 Timothy 02:3-5
- Acts 06:2-4
- Genesis 25:23
- Luke 04:8
- Luke 12:37-38
- Luke 22:26-27
- Mark 08:7-10
- Matthew 04:10-11
- Matthew 06:24
Word Data:
- Strong's: H327, H519, H519, H4931, H5288, H5647, H5649, H5650, H5656, H5657, H5659, H5673, H6402, H6635, H7916, H8120, H8198, H8278, H8334, H8335, G1199, G1247, G1248, G1249, G1397, G1398, G1401, G1402, G2038, G2322, G2324, G2615, G2999, G3000, G3008, G3009, G3010, G3011, G3407, G3411, G3610, G3814, G3816, G4342, G5256, G5257
Forms Found in the English ULB:
female servant, female servants, hired servant, hired servants, hired worker, maidservants, male servant, male servants, office, offices, one who serves, servant, servant girl, servant girls, servant's, servants, servants', serve, served, serves, service, services, serving
servant
Related Ideas:
assistant, attendant, hired worker, maidservant, office, serve, service
Definition:
The word "servant" refers to a person who works for another person, either by choice or by force. Some servants were slaves, and the surrounding text usually makes it clear whether or not a particular servant was a slave. In Bible times, there was less of a difference between a servant and a slave than there is today. Both servants and slaves were an important part of their master's household and many were treated almost like members of the family. Sometimes a servant would choose to become a lifetime servant to his master.
- A slave was a kind of servant who was the property of the person he worked for. The person who bought a slave was called his "owner" or "master." Some masters treated their slaves very cruelly, while other masters treated their slaves very well, as a servant who was a valued member of the household.
- In ancient times, some people became slaves to a person they owed money to in order to pay off their debt to that person.
- In the Bible, the phrase "I am your servant" was used as a sign of respect and service to a person of higher rank, such as a king. It did not mean that the person speaking was an actual servant.
- In the Old Testament, God's prophets and other people who worshiped God were often referred to as his "servants."
- In the New Testament, people who obeyed God through faith in Christ were often called his "servants."
- Christians are also called "slaves to righteousness," which is a metaphor that compares the commitment to obey God to a slave's commitment to obey his master.
The word "serve" means to do things to help other people. It can also mean to "worship."
- In the context of a person serving guests, this term means "care for" or "serve food to" or "provide food for." When Jesus told the disciples to "serve" the fish to the people, this could be translated as, "distribute" or "hand out" or "give."
- To "serve God" can be translated as to "worship and obey God" or to "do the work that God has commanded."
- People who teach others about God are said to serve both God and the ones they are teaching.
- The apostle Paul wrote to the Corinthian Christians about how they used to "serve" the old covenant. This refers to obeying the laws of Moses. Now they "serve" the new covenant. That is, because of Jesus' sacrifice on the cross, believers in Jesus are enabled by the Holy Spirit to please God and live holy lives.
The word "service" refers to the work that a servant does. It may also refer to worship.
The word "office" refers to the position or job that a servant has.
(See also: commit, enslave, household, lord, obey, righteous, covenant, law)
Bible References
- Acts 04:29-31
- Acts 10:7-8
- Colossians 01:7-8
- Colossians 03:22-25
- Genesis 21:10-11
- Luke 12:47-48
- Mark 09:33-35
- Matthew 10:24-25
- Matthew 13:27-28
- 2 Timothy 02:3-5
- Acts 06:2-4
- Genesis 25:23
- Luke 04:8
- Luke 12:37-38
- Luke 22:26-27
- Mark 08:7-10
- Matthew 04:10-11
- Matthew 06:24
Word Data:
- Strong's: H327, H519, H519, H4931, H5288, H5647, H5649, H5650, H5656, H5657, H5659, H5673, H6402, H6635, H7916, H8120, H8198, H8278, H8334, H8335, G1199, G1247, G1248, G1249, G1397, G1398, G1401, G1402, G2038, G2322, G2324, G2615, G2999, G3000, G3008, G3009, G3010, G3011, G3407, G3411, G3610, G3814, G3816, G4342, G5256, G5257
Forms Found in the English ULB:
female servant, female servants, hired servant, hired servants, hired worker, maidservants, male servant, male servants, office, offices, one who serves, servant, servant girl, servant girls, servant's, servants, servants', serve, served, serves, service, services, serving
sexual immorality
Related Ideas:
fornicate, fornication, immoral
Definition:
The term "sexual immorality" refers to sexual activity that takes place outside the marriage relationship of a man and a woman. This is against God's plan. Older English Bible versions call this "fornication."
- This term can refer to any kind of sexual activity that is against God's will, including homosexual acts and pornography.
- One type of sexual immorality is adultery, which is sexual activity specifically between a married person and someone who is not that person's spouse.
- Another type of sexual immorality is "prostitution," which involves being paid to have sex with someone.
- This term is also used figuratively to refer to Israel's unfaithfulness to God when they worshiped false gods.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "sexual immorality" could be translated as "immorality" as long as the correct meaning of the term is understood.
- Other ways to translate this term could include "wrong sexual acts" or "sex outside of marriage."
- This term should be translated in a different way from the term "adultery."
- The translation of this term's figurative uses should retain the literal term if possible since there is a common comparison in the Bible between unfaithfulness to God and unfaithfulness in the sexual relationship.
(See also: adultery, god, prostitute, faithful)
Bible References:
- Acts 15:20
- Acts 21:25-26
- Colossians 03:5-8
- Ephesians 05:03
- Genesis 38:24-26
- Hosea 04:13-14
- Matthew 05:31-32
- Matthew 19:7-9
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2181, H8457, G1608, G4202, G4203
Forms Found in the English ULB:
fornicate, fornicates, fornication, fornications, immoral, immorality, sexual immorality
sexual immorality
Related Ideas:
fornicate, fornication, immoral
Definition:
The term "sexual immorality" refers to sexual activity that takes place outside the marriage relationship of a man and a woman. This is against God's plan. Older English Bible versions call this "fornication."
- This term can refer to any kind of sexual activity that is against God's will, including homosexual acts and pornography.
- One type of sexual immorality is adultery, which is sexual activity specifically between a married person and someone who is not that person's spouse.
- Another type of sexual immorality is "prostitution," which involves being paid to have sex with someone.
- This term is also used figuratively to refer to Israel's unfaithfulness to God when they worshiped false gods.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "sexual immorality" could be translated as "immorality" as long as the correct meaning of the term is understood.
- Other ways to translate this term could include "wrong sexual acts" or "sex outside of marriage."
- This term should be translated in a different way from the term "adultery."
- The translation of this term's figurative uses should retain the literal term if possible since there is a common comparison in the Bible between unfaithfulness to God and unfaithfulness in the sexual relationship.
(See also: adultery, god, prostitute, faithful)
Bible References:
- Acts 15:20
- Acts 21:25-26
- Colossians 03:5-8
- Ephesians 05:03
- Genesis 38:24-26
- Hosea 04:13-14
- Matthew 05:31-32
- Matthew 19:7-9
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2181, H8457, G1608, G4202, G4203
Forms Found in the English ULB:
fornicate, fornicates, fornication, fornications, immoral, immorality, sexual immorality
shadow
Related Ideas:
overshadow, shade
Definition:
The word "shadow" literally refers to the darkness that is caused by an object blocking the light. The shadow has a shape similar to the shape of the object that blocks the light.
- The word "overshadow" means to block the light from above and cause a shadow to appear on something.
- The word "shade" means a dark area where the sunlight is blocked, perhaps by a cloud or a trees.
The word "shadow" also has several figurative meanings.
- The "shadow of death" means that death is present or near, just as a shadow indicates the presence of its object.
- Many times in the Bible, the life of a human being is compared to a shadow, which does not last very long and has no substance.
- Sometimes "shadow" is used as another word for "darkness."
- The Bible talks about being hidden or protected in the shadow of God's wings or hands. This is a picture of being protected and hidden from danger. Other ways to translate "shadow" in these contexts could include "shade" or "safety" or "protection."
- It is best to translate "shadow" literally using the local term that is used to refer to an actual shadow.
(See also: darkness, light)
Bible References:
- 2 Kings 20:09
- Genesis 19:08
- Isaiah 30:02
- Jeremiah 06:04
- Psalms 017:08
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2927, H6738, H6751, H6752, H6754, H6757, G644, G1982, G2683, G4639
Forms Found in the English ULB:
overshadow, overshadowed, shade, shadow, shadows
shadow
Related Ideas:
overshadow, shade
Definition:
The word "shadow" literally refers to the darkness that is caused by an object blocking the light. The shadow has a shape similar to the shape of the object that blocks the light.
- The word "overshadow" means to block the light from above and cause a shadow to appear on something.
- The word "shade" means a dark area where the sunlight is blocked, perhaps by a cloud or a trees.
The word "shadow" also has several figurative meanings.
- The "shadow of death" means that death is present or near, just as a shadow indicates the presence of its object.
- Many times in the Bible, the life of a human being is compared to a shadow, which does not last very long and has no substance.
- Sometimes "shadow" is used as another word for "darkness."
- The Bible talks about being hidden or protected in the shadow of God's wings or hands. This is a picture of being protected and hidden from danger. Other ways to translate "shadow" in these contexts could include "shade" or "safety" or "protection."
- It is best to translate "shadow" literally using the local term that is used to refer to an actual shadow.
(See also: darkness, light)
Bible References:
- 2 Kings 20:09
- Genesis 19:08
- Isaiah 30:02
- Jeremiah 06:04
- Psalms 017:08
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2927, H6738, H6751, H6752, H6754, H6757, G644, G1982, G2683, G4639
Forms Found in the English ULB:
overshadow, overshadowed, shade, shadow, shadows
sheep
Related Ideas:
ewe, ram, sheepfold, sheepshearer, sheepskin
Definition:
A "sheep" is a medium-sized animal with four legs that has wool all over its body. A male sheep is called a "ram." A female sheep is called a "ewe." The plural of "sheep" is also "sheep."
- A baby sheep is called a "lamb."
- The Israelites often used sheep for sacrifices, especially male sheep and young sheep.
- People eat meat from sheep and use their wool to make clothing and other things.
- Sheep are very trusting, weak, and timid. They are easily influenced to wander away. They need a shepherd to lead them, protect them, and provide them with food, water, and shelter.
- In the Bible, people are compared to sheep who have God as their shepherd.
- A "sheepfold" is a place where sheep are kept safe. It has a fence or wall around it to keep the sheep from wandering out and to keep dangerous animals from getting in.
- A "sheepshearer" is a person who cuts the wool of sheep.
(See also: Israel, lamb, sacrifice, shepherd)
Bible References:
- Acts 08:32
- Genesis 30:32
- John 02:14
- Luke 15:05
- Mark 06:34
- Matthew 09:36
- Matthew 10:06
- Matthew 12:12
- Matthew 25:33
Word Data:
- Strong's: H352, H1494, H1798, H2169, H3104, H3532, H3535, H3733, H3775, H5739, H5763, H6260, H6629, H6792, H7353, H7716, G4165, G4262, G4263
Forms Found in the English ULB:
ewe, ewes, ram, ram's, rams, sheep, sheepfold, sheepfolds, sheepshearers, sheepskins
sheep
Related Ideas:
ewe, ram, sheepfold, sheepshearer, sheepskin
Definition:
A "sheep" is a medium-sized animal with four legs that has wool all over its body. A male sheep is called a "ram." A female sheep is called a "ewe." The plural of "sheep" is also "sheep."
- A baby sheep is called a "lamb."
- The Israelites often used sheep for sacrifices, especially male sheep and young sheep.
- People eat meat from sheep and use their wool to make clothing and other things.
- Sheep are very trusting, weak, and timid. They are easily influenced to wander away. They need a shepherd to lead them, protect them, and provide them with food, water, and shelter.
- In the Bible, people are compared to sheep who have God as their shepherd.
- A "sheepfold" is a place where sheep are kept safe. It has a fence or wall around it to keep the sheep from wandering out and to keep dangerous animals from getting in.
- A "sheepshearer" is a person who cuts the wool of sheep.
(See also: Israel, lamb, sacrifice, shepherd)
Bible References:
- Acts 08:32
- Genesis 30:32
- John 02:14
- Luke 15:05
- Mark 06:34
- Matthew 09:36
- Matthew 10:06
- Matthew 12:12
- Matthew 25:33
Word Data:
- Strong's: H352, H1494, H1798, H2169, H3104, H3532, H3535, H3733, H3775, H5739, H5763, H6260, H6629, H6792, H7353, H7716, G4165, G4262, G4263
Forms Found in the English ULB:
ewe, ewes, ram, ram's, rams, sheep, sheepfold, sheepfolds, sheepshearers, sheepskins
shepherd
Definition:
- A shepherd is a person who takes care of sheep. The verb to "shepherd" means to protect the sheep and provide them with food and water.
-
Shepherds watch over the sheep, leading them to places with good food and water. Shepherds also keep the sheep from getting lost and protect them from wild animals.
-
This term is often used metaphorically in the Bible to refer to taking care of people's spiritual needs. This includes teaching them what God has told them in the Bible and guiding them in the way they should live.
- In the Old Testament, God was called the "shepherd" of his people because he took care of all their needs and protected them. He also led and guided them.
- David was a shepherd who looked after sheep. God made David king over Israel to take care of the people of Israel in some ways like a shepherd takes care of sheep.
- In the New Testament, Jesus called himself the "good shepherd." The apostle Peter also referred to Jesus as "the Chief Shepherd" over the Church.
- Also, in the New Testament, the term "shepherd" was used to refer to a person who was a spiritual leader over other believers. The word translated as "pastor" is the same word that is translated as "shepherd." The elders and overseers were also called shepherds.
Translation Suggestions
- When used literally, the action "shepherd" could be translated as "take care of sheep" or "watch over sheep."
- The person "shepherd" could be translated as "person who takes care of sheep" or "sheep tender" or "sheep caregiver."
- When used as a metaphor, different ways to translate this term could include "spiritual shepherd" or "spiritual leader" or "one who is like a shepherd" or "one who cares for his people like a shepherd cares for his sheep" or "one who leads his people like a shepherd guides his sheep" or "one who takes care of God's sheep."
- In some contexts, "shepherd" could be translated as "leader" or "guide" or "caregiver."
- The spiritual expression to "shepherd" could be translated as to "take care of" or to "spiritually nourish" or to "guide and teach" or to "lead and take care of (like a shepherd cares for sheep)."
- In figurative uses, it is best to use or include the literal word for "shepherd" in the translation of this term.
(See also: believe, Canaan, church, Moses, pastor, sheep, spirit)
Bible References:
- Genesis 49:24
- Luke 02:09
- Mark 06:34
- Mark 14:26-27
- Matthew 02:06
- Matthew 09:36
- Matthew 25:32
- Matthew 26:31
Word Data:
- Strong's: H6629, H7462, H7469, H7473, G750, G4165, G4166
Forms Found in the English ULB:
chief shepherd, herdsman, herdsmen, keeper, shepherd, shepherd's, shepherded, shepherding, shepherds
shepherd
Definition:
- A shepherd is a person who takes care of sheep. The verb to "shepherd" means to protect the sheep and provide them with food and water.
-
Shepherds watch over the sheep, leading them to places with good food and water. Shepherds also keep the sheep from getting lost and protect them from wild animals.
-
This term is often used metaphorically in the Bible to refer to taking care of people's spiritual needs. This includes teaching them what God has told them in the Bible and guiding them in the way they should live.
- In the Old Testament, God was called the "shepherd" of his people because he took care of all their needs and protected them. He also led and guided them.
- David was a shepherd who looked after sheep. God made David king over Israel to take care of the people of Israel in some ways like a shepherd takes care of sheep.
- In the New Testament, Jesus called himself the "good shepherd." The apostle Peter also referred to Jesus as "the Chief Shepherd" over the Church.
- Also, in the New Testament, the term "shepherd" was used to refer to a person who was a spiritual leader over other believers. The word translated as "pastor" is the same word that is translated as "shepherd." The elders and overseers were also called shepherds.
Translation Suggestions
- When used literally, the action "shepherd" could be translated as "take care of sheep" or "watch over sheep."
- The person "shepherd" could be translated as "person who takes care of sheep" or "sheep tender" or "sheep caregiver."
- When used as a metaphor, different ways to translate this term could include "spiritual shepherd" or "spiritual leader" or "one who is like a shepherd" or "one who cares for his people like a shepherd cares for his sheep" or "one who leads his people like a shepherd guides his sheep" or "one who takes care of God's sheep."
- In some contexts, "shepherd" could be translated as "leader" or "guide" or "caregiver."
- The spiritual expression to "shepherd" could be translated as to "take care of" or to "spiritually nourish" or to "guide and teach" or to "lead and take care of (like a shepherd cares for sheep)."
- In figurative uses, it is best to use or include the literal word for "shepherd" in the translation of this term.
(See also: believe, Canaan, church, Moses, pastor, sheep, spirit)
Bible References:
- Genesis 49:24
- Luke 02:09
- Mark 06:34
- Mark 14:26-27
- Matthew 02:06
- Matthew 09:36
- Matthew 25:32
- Matthew 26:31
Word Data:
- Strong's: H6629, H7462, H7469, H7473, G750, G4165, G4166
Forms Found in the English ULB:
chief shepherd, herdsman, herdsmen, keeper, shepherd, shepherd's, shepherded, shepherding, shepherds
sign
Related Ideas:
demonstration, evidence, mark, marker, omen, proof, remind, reminder, signal
Definition:
A sign is an object, event, or action that communicates a special meaning.
-
"Reminders" are signs that "remind" people by helping them remember something, often something that was promised:
-
The rainbows God creates in the sky are signs to remind people that he has promised he will never again destroy all life with a worldwide flood.
-
God commanded the Israelites to circumcise their sons as a sign of his covenant with them.
-
Signs can reveal or point to something:
-
An angel gave shepherds a sign that would help them know which baby in Bethlehem was the newborn Messiah.
-
Judas kissed Jesus as a sign to the religious leaders that Jesus was the one they should arrest.
-
Signs can prove that something is true:
- The miracles performed by the prophets and apostles were signs that proved they were speaking God's message.
-
The miracles that Jesus performed were signs that proved he was truly the Messiah.
-
A "signal flag" is a flag that a king would raise as a sign so that people could see it and come to him or go into battle.
- An "omen" is an event that people think tells that something else will happen in the future.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on its context, "sign" could also be translated as "signal" or "symbol" or "mark" or "evidence" or "proof" or "gesture."
- To "make signs with the hands" could also be translated as "motion with the hands" or "gesture with the hands" or "make gestures."
- In some languages, there may be one word for a "sign" that proves something and a different word for a "sign" that is a miracle.
(See also: miracle, apostle, Christ, covenant, circumcise)
Bible References:
- Acts 02:18-19
- Exodus 04:8-9
- Exodus 31:12-15
- Genesis 01:14
- Genesis 09:12
- John 02:18
- Luke 02:12
- Mark 08:12
- Psalms 089:5-6
Word Data:
- Strong's: H226, H852, H926, H2368, H2865, H3824, H4150, H4159, H4864, H5162, H5251, H5824, H5953, H6161, H6725, H6734, H7560, H7725, H8074, H8540, G364, G1271, G1382, G1730, G1732, G1770, G1839, G2298, G4102, G4592, G4953, G4973, G5059, H5172, G5280, G5480, G5590
Forms Found in the English ULB:
demonstration, evidence, mark, marker, omen, omens, proof, remind, reminded, reminder, reminders, reminding, reminds, sign, signal, signal flag, signs
sign
Related Ideas:
demonstration, evidence, mark, marker, omen, proof, remind, reminder, signal
Definition:
A sign is an object, event, or action that communicates a special meaning.
-
"Reminders" are signs that "remind" people by helping them remember something, often something that was promised:
-
The rainbows God creates in the sky are signs to remind people that he has promised he will never again destroy all life with a worldwide flood.
-
God commanded the Israelites to circumcise their sons as a sign of his covenant with them.
-
Signs can reveal or point to something:
-
An angel gave shepherds a sign that would help them know which baby in Bethlehem was the newborn Messiah.
-
Judas kissed Jesus as a sign to the religious leaders that Jesus was the one they should arrest.
-
Signs can prove that something is true:
- The miracles performed by the prophets and apostles were signs that proved they were speaking God's message.
-
The miracles that Jesus performed were signs that proved he was truly the Messiah.
-
A "signal flag" is a flag that a king would raise as a sign so that people could see it and come to him or go into battle.
- An "omen" is an event that people think tells that something else will happen in the future.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on its context, "sign" could also be translated as "signal" or "symbol" or "mark" or "evidence" or "proof" or "gesture."
- To "make signs with the hands" could also be translated as "motion with the hands" or "gesture with the hands" or "make gestures."
- In some languages, there may be one word for a "sign" that proves something and a different word for a "sign" that is a miracle.
(See also: miracle, apostle, Christ, covenant, circumcise)
Bible References:
- Acts 02:18-19
- Exodus 04:8-9
- Exodus 31:12-15
- Genesis 01:14
- Genesis 09:12
- John 02:18
- Luke 02:12
- Mark 08:12
- Psalms 089:5-6
Word Data:
- Strong's: H226, H852, H926, H2368, H2865, H3824, H4150, H4159, H4864, H5162, H5251, H5824, H5953, H6161, H6725, H6734, H7560, H7725, H8074, H8540, G364, G1271, G1382, G1730, G1732, G1770, G1839, G2298, G4102, G4592, G4953, G4973, G5059, H5172, G5280, G5480, G5590
Forms Found in the English ULB:
demonstration, evidence, mark, marker, omen, omens, proof, remind, reminded, reminder, reminders, reminding, reminds, sign, signal, signal flag, signs
silver
Related Ideas:
money
Definition:
Silver is a shiny, gray precious metal used to make coins, jewelry, containers, and ornaments.
- The various containers that are made include silver cups and bowls, and other things used for cooking, eating, or serving.
- Silver and gold were used in the building of the tabernacle and the temple.The temple in Jerusalem had containers made of silver.
- In Bible times, a shekel was a unit of weight, and a purchase was often priced at a certain number of shekels of silver. By New Testament times there were silver coins of various weights that were measured in shekels.
- Joseph's brothers sold him as a slave for twenty shekels of silver.
- Judas was paid thirty silver coins for betraying Jesus.
(See also: tabernacle, temple)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 18:9-11
- 1 Samuel 02:36
- 2 Kings 25:13-15
- Acts 03:06
- Matthew 26:15
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3701, H3702, H7192, G693, G694, G695, G696, G1406
Forms Found in the English ULB:
money, silver
silver
Related Ideas:
money
Definition:
Silver is a shiny, gray precious metal used to make coins, jewelry, containers, and ornaments.
- The various containers that are made include silver cups and bowls, and other things used for cooking, eating, or serving.
- Silver and gold were used in the building of the tabernacle and the temple.The temple in Jerusalem had containers made of silver.
- In Bible times, a shekel was a unit of weight, and a purchase was often priced at a certain number of shekels of silver. By New Testament times there were silver coins of various weights that were measured in shekels.
- Joseph's brothers sold him as a slave for twenty shekels of silver.
- Judas was paid thirty silver coins for betraying Jesus.
(See also: tabernacle, temple)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 18:9-11
- 1 Samuel 02:36
- 2 Kings 25:13-15
- Acts 03:06
- Matthew 26:15
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3701, H3702, H7192, G693, G694, G695, G696, G1406
Forms Found in the English ULB:
money, silver
sin
Related Ideas:
sinful, sinner
Definition:
The term "sin" refers to actions, thoughts, and words that are against God's will and laws. Sin can also refer to not doing something that God wants us to do.
- Sin includes anything we do that does not obey or please God, even things that other people don't know about.
- Thoughts and actions that disobey God's will are called "sinful."
- Because Adam sinned, all human beings are born with a "sinful nature," a nature that that controls them and causes them to sin.
- A "sinner" is someone who sins, so every human being is a sinner.
- Sometimes the word "sinners" was used by religious people like the Pharisees to refer to people who didn't keep the law as well as the Pharisees thought they should.
- The term "sinner" was also used for people who were considered to be worse sinners than other people. For example, this label was given to tax collectors and prostitutes.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "sin" could be translated with a word or phrase that means "disobedience to God" or "going against God's will" or "evil behavior and thoughts" or "wrongdoing."
- To "sin" could also be translated as to "disobey God" or to "do wrong."
- Depending on the context "sinful" could be translated as "full of wrongdoing" or "wicked" or "immoral" or "evil" or "rebelling against God."
- Depending on the context the term "sinner" could be translated with a word or phrase that means, "person who sins" or "person who does wrong things" or "person who disobeys God" or "person who disobeys the law."
- The term "sinners" could be translated by a word or phrase that means "very sinful people" or "people considered to be very sinful" or "immoral people."
- Ways to translate "tax collectors and sinners" could include "people who collect money for the government, and other very sinful people" or "very sinful people, including (even) tax collectors."
- In expressions like "slaves to sin" or "ruled by sin," the term "sin" could be translated as "disobedience" or "evil desires and actions."
- Make sure the translation of this term can include sinful behavior and thoughts, even those that other people don't see or know about.
- The term "sin" should be general, and different from the terms for "wickedness" and "evil."
(See also: disobey, evil, flesh, tax)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 09:1-3
- 1 John 01:10
- 1 John 02:02
- 2 Samuel 07:12-14
- Acts 03:19
- Daniel 09:24
- Genesis 04:07
- Hebrews 12:02
- Isaiah 53:11
- Jeremiah 18:23
- Leviticus 04:14
- Luke 15:18
- Matthew 12:31
- Romans 06:23
- Romans 08:04
Word Data:
- Strong's: H817, H819, H2398, H2399, H2400, H2401, H2402, H2403, H2408, H2409, H6588, H7683, H7686, G93, G264, G265, G266, G268, G361, G3781, G3900, G4258
Forms Found in the English ULB:
sin, sinful, sinned, sinner, sinners, sinning, sins
sin
Related Ideas:
sinful, sinner
Definition:
The term "sin" refers to actions, thoughts, and words that are against God's will and laws. Sin can also refer to not doing something that God wants us to do.
- Sin includes anything we do that does not obey or please God, even things that other people don't know about.
- Thoughts and actions that disobey God's will are called "sinful."
- Because Adam sinned, all human beings are born with a "sinful nature," a nature that that controls them and causes them to sin.
- A "sinner" is someone who sins, so every human being is a sinner.
- Sometimes the word "sinners" was used by religious people like the Pharisees to refer to people who didn't keep the law as well as the Pharisees thought they should.
- The term "sinner" was also used for people who were considered to be worse sinners than other people. For example, this label was given to tax collectors and prostitutes.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "sin" could be translated with a word or phrase that means "disobedience to God" or "going against God's will" or "evil behavior and thoughts" or "wrongdoing."
- To "sin" could also be translated as to "disobey God" or to "do wrong."
- Depending on the context "sinful" could be translated as "full of wrongdoing" or "wicked" or "immoral" or "evil" or "rebelling against God."
- Depending on the context the term "sinner" could be translated with a word or phrase that means, "person who sins" or "person who does wrong things" or "person who disobeys God" or "person who disobeys the law."
- The term "sinners" could be translated by a word or phrase that means "very sinful people" or "people considered to be very sinful" or "immoral people."
- Ways to translate "tax collectors and sinners" could include "people who collect money for the government, and other very sinful people" or "very sinful people, including (even) tax collectors."
- In expressions like "slaves to sin" or "ruled by sin," the term "sin" could be translated as "disobedience" or "evil desires and actions."
- Make sure the translation of this term can include sinful behavior and thoughts, even those that other people don't see or know about.
- The term "sin" should be general, and different from the terms for "wickedness" and "evil."
(See also: disobey, evil, flesh, tax)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 09:1-3
- 1 John 01:10
- 1 John 02:02
- 2 Samuel 07:12-14
- Acts 03:19
- Daniel 09:24
- Genesis 04:07
- Hebrews 12:02
- Isaiah 53:11
- Jeremiah 18:23
- Leviticus 04:14
- Luke 15:18
- Matthew 12:31
- Romans 06:23
- Romans 08:04
Word Data:
- Strong's: H817, H819, H2398, H2399, H2400, H2401, H2402, H2403, H2408, H2409, H6588, H7683, H7686, G93, G264, G265, G266, G268, G361, G3781, G3900, G4258
Forms Found in the English ULB:
sin, sinful, sinned, sinner, sinners, sinning, sins
sister
Definition:
A sister is a female person who shares at least one biological parent with another person. She is said to be that other person’s sister or the sister of that other person.
- In the New Testament, "sister" is also used figuratively to refer to a woman who is a fellow believer in Jesus Christ.
- Sometimes the phrase "brothers and sisters" is used to refer to all believers in Christ, both men and women.
- In the Old Testament book Song of Songs, "sister" refers to a female lover or wife.
Translation Suggestions:
- It is best to translate this term with the literal word that is used in the target language to refer to a natural or biological sister, unless this would give wrong meaning.
- Other ways to translate this could include "sister in Christ" or "spiritual sister" or "woman who believes in Jesus" or "fellow woman believer."
- If possible, it is best to use a family term.
- If the language has a feminine form for "believer," this may be a possible way to translate this term.
- When referring to a lover or wife, this could be translated using a feminine form of "loved one" or "dear one."
(See also: brother in Christ, spirit)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 02:16-17
- Deuteronomy 27:22
- Philemon 01:02
- Romans 16:01
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
sister, sister's, sisters, sisters'
sister
Definition:
A sister is a female person who shares at least one biological parent with another person. She is said to be that other person’s sister or the sister of that other person.
- In the New Testament, "sister" is also used figuratively to refer to a woman who is a fellow believer in Jesus Christ.
- Sometimes the phrase "brothers and sisters" is used to refer to all believers in Christ, both men and women.
- In the Old Testament book Song of Songs, "sister" refers to a female lover or wife.
Translation Suggestions:
- It is best to translate this term with the literal word that is used in the target language to refer to a natural or biological sister, unless this would give wrong meaning.
- Other ways to translate this could include "sister in Christ" or "spiritual sister" or "woman who believes in Jesus" or "fellow woman believer."
- If possible, it is best to use a family term.
- If the language has a feminine form for "believer," this may be a possible way to translate this term.
- When referring to a lover or wife, this could be translated using a feminine form of "loved one" or "dear one."
(See also: brother in Christ, spirit)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 02:16-17
- Deuteronomy 27:22
- Philemon 01:02
- Romans 16:01
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
sister, sister's, sisters, sisters'
slaughter
Definition:
The term "slaughter" refers to killing a large number of animals or people, or to killing in a violent way. It can also refer to killing an animal for the purpose of eating it. The act of slaughtering is also called "slaughter."
- When Abraham received three visitors at his tent in the desert, he ordered his servants to slaughter and cook a calf for his guests.
- The prophet Ezekiel prophesied that God would send his angel to slaughter all those who would not follow His word.
- 1 Samuel records a great slaughter in which 30,000 Israelites were killed by their enemies because of disobedience to God.
- "Weapons of slaughter" could be translated as "weapons for killing."
- The expression "the slaughter was very great" could be translated as "a large number were killed" or "the number of deaths was very great" or "a terribly high number of people died."
- Other ways to translate "slaughter" could include "kill" or "slay" or "killing."
(See also: angel, cow, disobey, Ezekiel, servant, slain)
Bible References:
- Ezekiel 21:10-11
- Hebrews 07:01
- Isaiah 34:02
- Jeremiah 25:34
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2026, H2027, H2028, H2076, H2491, H2873, H2874, H2878, H4046, H4293, H4347, H4660, H5221, H6993, H7524, H7819, H7821, G2871, G4967, G4969
Forms Found in the English ULB:
slaughter, slaughtered, slaughtering, slaughters
slaughter
Definition:
The term "slaughter" refers to killing a large number of animals or people, or to killing in a violent way. It can also refer to killing an animal for the purpose of eating it. The act of slaughtering is also called "slaughter."
- When Abraham received three visitors at his tent in the desert, he ordered his servants to slaughter and cook a calf for his guests.
- The prophet Ezekiel prophesied that God would send his angel to slaughter all those who would not follow His word.
- 1 Samuel records a great slaughter in which 30,000 Israelites were killed by their enemies because of disobedience to God.
- "Weapons of slaughter" could be translated as "weapons for killing."
- The expression "the slaughter was very great" could be translated as "a large number were killed" or "the number of deaths was very great" or "a terribly high number of people died."
- Other ways to translate "slaughter" could include "kill" or "slay" or "killing."
(See also: angel, cow, disobey, Ezekiel, servant, slain)
Bible References:
- Ezekiel 21:10-11
- Hebrews 07:01
- Isaiah 34:02
- Jeremiah 25:34
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2026, H2027, H2028, H2076, H2491, H2873, H2874, H2878, H4046, H4293, H4347, H4660, H5221, H6993, H7524, H7819, H7821, G2871, G4967, G4969
Forms Found in the English ULB:
slaughter, slaughtered, slaughtering, slaughters
son
Definition:
The male offspring of a man and a woman is called their "son" for his entire life. He is also called a son of that man and a son of that woman. An "adopted son" is a male who has been legally placed into the position of being a son.
- "Son" was often used figuratively in the Bible to refer to any male descendant, such as a grandson or great-grandson.
- The term "son" can also be used as a polite form of address to a boy or man who is younger than the speaker.
- Sometimes "sons of God" was used in the New Testament to refer to believers in Christ.
- God called Israel his "firstborn son." This refers to God's choosing of the nation of Israel to be his special people. It is through them that God's message of redemption and salvation came, with the result that many other people have become his spiritual children.
- The phrase "son of" often has the figurative meaning "person having the characteristics of." Examples of this include "sons of the light," "sons of disobedience," "a son of peace," and "sons of thunder."
- The phrase "son of" is also used to tell who a person's father is. This phrase is used in genealogies and many other places.
- Using "son of" to give the name of the father frequently helps distinguish people who have the same name. For example, "Azariah son of Zadok" and "Azariah son of Nathan" in 1 Kings 4, and "Azariah son of Amaziah" in 2 Kings 15 are three different men.
Translation Suggestions:
- In most occurrences of this term, it is best to translate "son" by the literal term in the language that is used to refer to a son.
- When translating the term "Son of God," the project language's common term for "son" should be used.
- When used to refer to a descendant rather than a direct son, the term "descendant" could be used, as in referring to Jesus as the "descendant of David" or in genealogies where sometimes "son" referred to a male descendant who was not an actual son.
- Sometimes "sons" can be translated as "children," when both males and females are being referred to. For example, "sons of God" could be translated as "children of God" since this expression also includes girls and women.
- The figurative expression "son of" could also be translated as "someone who has the characteristics of" or "someone who is like" or "someone who has" or "someone who acts like."
(See also: Azariah, descendant, father, firstborn, Son of God, sons of God)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 18:15
- 1 Kings 13:02
- 1 Thessalonians 05:05
- Galatians 04:07
- Hosea 11:01
- Isaiah 09:06
- Matthew 03:17
- Matthew 05:09
- Matthew 08:12
- Nehemiah 10:28
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1060, H1121, H1123, H1247, H1248, H3173, H3206, H3211, H5209, H5220, G3816, G5043, G5207
Forms Found in the English ULB:
son, son's, sons
son
Definition:
The male offspring of a man and a woman is called their "son" for his entire life. He is also called a son of that man and a son of that woman. An "adopted son" is a male who has been legally placed into the position of being a son.
- "Son" was often used figuratively in the Bible to refer to any male descendant, such as a grandson or great-grandson.
- The term "son" can also be used as a polite form of address to a boy or man who is younger than the speaker.
- Sometimes "sons of God" was used in the New Testament to refer to believers in Christ.
- God called Israel his "firstborn son." This refers to God's choosing of the nation of Israel to be his special people. It is through them that God's message of redemption and salvation came, with the result that many other people have become his spiritual children.
- The phrase "son of" often has the figurative meaning "person having the characteristics of." Examples of this include "sons of the light," "sons of disobedience," "a son of peace," and "sons of thunder."
- The phrase "son of" is also used to tell who a person's father is. This phrase is used in genealogies and many other places.
- Using "son of" to give the name of the father frequently helps distinguish people who have the same name. For example, "Azariah son of Zadok" and "Azariah son of Nathan" in 1 Kings 4, and "Azariah son of Amaziah" in 2 Kings 15 are three different men.
Translation Suggestions:
- In most occurrences of this term, it is best to translate "son" by the literal term in the language that is used to refer to a son.
- When translating the term "Son of God," the project language's common term for "son" should be used.
- When used to refer to a descendant rather than a direct son, the term "descendant" could be used, as in referring to Jesus as the "descendant of David" or in genealogies where sometimes "son" referred to a male descendant who was not an actual son.
- Sometimes "sons" can be translated as "children," when both males and females are being referred to. For example, "sons of God" could be translated as "children of God" since this expression also includes girls and women.
- The figurative expression "son of" could also be translated as "someone who has the characteristics of" or "someone who is like" or "someone who has" or "someone who acts like."
(See also: Azariah, descendant, father, firstborn, Son of God, sons of God)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 18:15
- 1 Kings 13:02
- 1 Thessalonians 05:05
- Galatians 04:07
- Hosea 11:01
- Isaiah 09:06
- Matthew 03:17
- Matthew 05:09
- Matthew 08:12
- Nehemiah 10:28
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1060, H1121, H1123, H1247, H1248, H3173, H3206, H3211, H5209, H5220, G3816, G5043, G5207
Forms Found in the English ULB:
son, son's, sons
sorcery
Related Ideas:
sorcerer, sorceress, witchcraft
Definition:
"Sorcery" or "witchcraft" refers to using magic, which involves doing powerful things through the help of evil spirits. A "sorcerer" is a man who does these powerful, magical things. A "sorceress" is a woman who does these things.
- The use of magic and sorcery can involve both beneficial things (such as healing someone) and harmful things (such as putting a curse on someone). But all kinds of sorcery are wrong, because they use the power of evil spirits.
- In the Bible, God says that the use of sorcery is as evil as other terrible sins (such as adultery, worshiping idols, and child sacrifice).
- The terms "sorcery" and "witchcraft" could also be translated as "evil spirit power" or "casting spells."
- Possible ways to translated "sorcerer" could include "worker of magic" or "person who casts spells" or "person who does miracles using evil spirit power."
- Note that "sorcery" has a different meaning than the term "divination," which refers to attempting to contact the spirit world.
(See also: adultery, demon, divination, god, magic, sacrifice, worship)
Bible References:
- Acts 08:9-11
- Exodus 07:11-13
- Galatians 05:19-21
- Revelation 09:20-21
Word Data:
- Strong's: H178, H3784, H3785, H3786, H6049, G3095, G3096, G5331, G5332, G5333
Forms Found in the English ULB:
sorcerer, sorcerers, sorceress, sorceries, sorcery, witchcraft
sorcery
Related Ideas:
sorcerer, sorceress, witchcraft
Definition:
"Sorcery" or "witchcraft" refers to using magic, which involves doing powerful things through the help of evil spirits. A "sorcerer" is a man who does these powerful, magical things. A "sorceress" is a woman who does these things.
- The use of magic and sorcery can involve both beneficial things (such as healing someone) and harmful things (such as putting a curse on someone). But all kinds of sorcery are wrong, because they use the power of evil spirits.
- In the Bible, God says that the use of sorcery is as evil as other terrible sins (such as adultery, worshiping idols, and child sacrifice).
- The terms "sorcery" and "witchcraft" could also be translated as "evil spirit power" or "casting spells."
- Possible ways to translated "sorcerer" could include "worker of magic" or "person who casts spells" or "person who does miracles using evil spirit power."
- Note that "sorcery" has a different meaning than the term "divination," which refers to attempting to contact the spirit world.
(See also: adultery, demon, divination, god, magic, sacrifice, worship)
Bible References:
- Acts 08:9-11
- Exodus 07:11-13
- Galatians 05:19-21
- Revelation 09:20-21
Word Data:
- Strong's: H178, H3784, H3785, H3786, H6049, G3095, G3096, G5331, G5332, G5333
Forms Found in the English ULB:
sorcerer, sorcerers, sorceress, sorceries, sorcery, witchcraft
soul
Related Ideas:
person
Definition:
The soul is the inner, invisible part of a person. It refers to the non-physical part of a person. It is the part of a person that continues living after the body dies.
- The terms "soul" and "spirit" may be two different concepts, or they may be two terms that refer to the same concept.
- When a person dies, his soul leaves his body.
- The word "soul" is sometimes used figuratively to refer to the whole person. For example, "the soul who sins" means "the person who sins" and "my soul is tired" means,"I am tired."
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "soul" could also be translated as "inner self" or "inner person."
- In some contexts, "my soul" could be translated as "I" or "me."
- Usually the phrase "the soul" can be translated as "the person" or "he" or "him," depending on the context.
- Some languages might only have one word for the concepts "soul" and "spirit."
- In Hebrews 4:12, the figurative phrase "dividing soul and spirit" could mean "deeply discerning or exposing the inner person."
(See also: spirit)
Bible References:
- 2 Peter 02:08
- Acts 02:27-28
- Acts 02:41
- Genesis 49:06
- Isaiah 53:10-11
- James 01:21
- Jeremiah 06:16-19
- Jonah 02:7-8
- Luke 01:47
- Matthew 22:37
- Psalms 019:07
- Revelation 20:4
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
person, persons, soul, souls
soul
Related Ideas:
person
Definition:
The soul is the inner, invisible part of a person. It refers to the non-physical part of a person. It is the part of a person that continues living after the body dies.
- The terms "soul" and "spirit" may be two different concepts, or they may be two terms that refer to the same concept.
- When a person dies, his soul leaves his body.
- The word "soul" is sometimes used figuratively to refer to the whole person. For example, "the soul who sins" means "the person who sins" and "my soul is tired" means,"I am tired."
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "soul" could also be translated as "inner self" or "inner person."
- In some contexts, "my soul" could be translated as "I" or "me."
- Usually the phrase "the soul" can be translated as "the person" or "he" or "him," depending on the context.
- Some languages might only have one word for the concepts "soul" and "spirit."
- In Hebrews 4:12, the figurative phrase "dividing soul and spirit" could mean "deeply discerning or exposing the inner person."
(See also: spirit)
Bible References:
- 2 Peter 02:08
- Acts 02:27-28
- Acts 02:41
- Genesis 49:06
- Isaiah 53:10-11
- James 01:21
- Jeremiah 06:16-19
- Jonah 02:7-8
- Luke 01:47
- Matthew 22:37
- Psalms 019:07
- Revelation 20:4
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
person, persons, soul, souls
spear
Related Ideas:
javelin, spearmen
Definition:
A spear is a weapon with a long wooden handle and sharp metal blade on one end that is thrown a long distance.
- Spears were commonly used for war in biblical times. They are sometimes still used in present-day conflicts between certain people groups.
- A spear was used by a Roman soldier to pierce the side of Jesus while he hung on the cross.
- Sometimes people throw spears to catch fish or other prey to eat.
- Similar weapons are the "javelin" or "lance." A javelin is a light spear that is thrown.
- Make sure that the translation of "spear" is different from the translation of "sword," which is a weapon that is used for thrusting or stabbing, not throwing. Also, a sword has a long blade with a handle, while a spear has a small blade on the end of a long shaft.
(See also: prey, Rome, sword, warrior)
Bible References:
- 1 Samuel 13:19-21
- 2 Samuel 21:19
- Nehemiah 04:12-14
- Psalm 035:03
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1265, H2595, H3591, H4294, H6767, H7013, H7420, G3057
Forms Found in the English ULB:
javelin, spear, spearmen, spears
spear
Related Ideas:
javelin, spearmen
Definition:
A spear is a weapon with a long wooden handle and sharp metal blade on one end that is thrown a long distance.
- Spears were commonly used for war in biblical times. They are sometimes still used in present-day conflicts between certain people groups.
- A spear was used by a Roman soldier to pierce the side of Jesus while he hung on the cross.
- Sometimes people throw spears to catch fish or other prey to eat.
- Similar weapons are the "javelin" or "lance." A javelin is a light spear that is thrown.
- Make sure that the translation of "spear" is different from the translation of "sword," which is a weapon that is used for thrusting or stabbing, not throwing. Also, a sword has a long blade with a handle, while a spear has a small blade on the end of a long shaft.
(See also: prey, Rome, sword, warrior)
Bible References:
- 1 Samuel 13:19-21
- 2 Samuel 21:19
- Nehemiah 04:12-14
- Psalm 035:03
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1265, H2595, H3591, H4294, H6767, H7013, H7420, G3057
Forms Found in the English ULB:
javelin, spear, spearmen, spears
spirit
Related Ideas:
ghost, spiritual
Definition:
The term "spirit" refers to the non-physical part of people which cannot be seen. When a person dies, his spirit leaves his body. "Spirit" can also refer to an attitude or emotional state.
- The term "spirit" can refer to a being that does not have a physical body, especially an evil spirit.
- A person's spirit is the part of him that can know God and believe in him.
- In general, the term "spiritual" describes anything in the non-physical world.
- In the Bible, it especially refers to anything that relates to God, specifically to the Holy Spirit.
- For example, "spiritual food" refers to God's teachings, which give nourishment to a person's spirit, and "spiritual wisdom" refers to the knowledge and righteous behavior that come from the power of the Holy Spirit.
- God is a spirit and he created other spirit beings, who do not have physical bodies.
- Angels are spirit beings, including those who rebelled against God and became evil spirits.
- The term "spirit of" can also mean "having the characteristics of," such as in "spirit of wisdom" or "in the spirit of Elijah."
- Examples of "spirit" as an attitude or emotion would include "spirit of fear" and "spirit of jealousy."
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, some ways to translate "spirit" might include "non-physical being" or "inside part" or "inner being."
- In some contexts, the term "spirit" could be translated as "evil spirit" or "evil spirit being."
- Sometimes the term "spirit" is used to express the feelings of a person, as in "my spirit was grieved in my inmost being." This could also be translated as "I felt grieved in my spirit" or "I felt deeply grieved."
- The phrase "spirit of" could be translated as "character of" or "influence of" or "attitude of" or "thinking (that is) characterized by."
- Depending on the context, "spiritual" could be translated as "non-physical" or "from the Holy Spirit" or "God's" or "part of the non-physical world."
- The figurative expression "spiritual milk" could also be translated as "basic teachings from God" or "God's teachings that nourish the spirit (like milk does)."
- The phrase "spiritual maturity" could be translated as "godly behavior that shows obedience to the Holy Spirit."
- The term "spiritual gift" could be translated as "special ability that the Holy Spirit gives
(See also: angel, demon, Holy Spirit, soul, divination)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 05:05
- 1 John 04:03
- 1 Thessalonians 05:23
- Acts 05:09
- Colossians 01:09
- Ephesians 04:23
- Genesis 07:21-22
- Isaiah 04:04
- Mark 01:23-26
- Matthew 26:41
- Philippians 01:27
Word Data:
- Strong's: H178, H5397, H7307, H7308, G4151, G4152, G4153, G4861, G5326, G5427
Forms Found in the English ULB:
ghost, spirit, spirits, spiritual, spiritually
spirit
Related Ideas:
ghost, spiritual
Definition:
The term "spirit" refers to the non-physical part of people which cannot be seen. When a person dies, his spirit leaves his body. "Spirit" can also refer to an attitude or emotional state.
- The term "spirit" can refer to a being that does not have a physical body, especially an evil spirit.
- A person's spirit is the part of him that can know God and believe in him.
- In general, the term "spiritual" describes anything in the non-physical world.
- In the Bible, it especially refers to anything that relates to God, specifically to the Holy Spirit.
- For example, "spiritual food" refers to God's teachings, which give nourishment to a person's spirit, and "spiritual wisdom" refers to the knowledge and righteous behavior that come from the power of the Holy Spirit.
- God is a spirit and he created other spirit beings, who do not have physical bodies.
- Angels are spirit beings, including those who rebelled against God and became evil spirits.
- The term "spirit of" can also mean "having the characteristics of," such as in "spirit of wisdom" or "in the spirit of Elijah."
- Examples of "spirit" as an attitude or emotion would include "spirit of fear" and "spirit of jealousy."
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, some ways to translate "spirit" might include "non-physical being" or "inside part" or "inner being."
- In some contexts, the term "spirit" could be translated as "evil spirit" or "evil spirit being."
- Sometimes the term "spirit" is used to express the feelings of a person, as in "my spirit was grieved in my inmost being." This could also be translated as "I felt grieved in my spirit" or "I felt deeply grieved."
- The phrase "spirit of" could be translated as "character of" or "influence of" or "attitude of" or "thinking (that is) characterized by."
- Depending on the context, "spiritual" could be translated as "non-physical" or "from the Holy Spirit" or "God's" or "part of the non-physical world."
- The figurative expression "spiritual milk" could also be translated as "basic teachings from God" or "God's teachings that nourish the spirit (like milk does)."
- The phrase "spiritual maturity" could be translated as "godly behavior that shows obedience to the Holy Spirit."
- The term "spiritual gift" could be translated as "special ability that the Holy Spirit gives
(See also: angel, demon, Holy Spirit, soul, divination)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 05:05
- 1 John 04:03
- 1 Thessalonians 05:23
- Acts 05:09
- Colossians 01:09
- Ephesians 04:23
- Genesis 07:21-22
- Isaiah 04:04
- Mark 01:23-26
- Matthew 26:41
- Philippians 01:27
Word Data:
- Strong's: H178, H5397, H7307, H7308, G4151, G4152, G4153, G4861, G5326, G5427
Forms Found in the English ULB:
ghost, spirit, spirits, spiritual, spiritually
stiff-necked
Related Ideas:
stiffen his neck, stubborn, stubbornness
Definition:
The term "stiff-necked" is an idiom used in the Bible to describe people who keep disobeying God and refuse to repent. Such people are very proud and will not submit to God's authority.
- Similarly, the term "stubborn" describes a person who refuses to change his mind or actions even when urged to do so. Stubborn people will not listen to good advice or warnings that other people give them.
- The Old Testament described the Israelites as "stiff-necked" because they did not listen to the many messages from God's prophets who urged them to repent and turn back to Yahweh.
- If a neck is "stiff" it does not bend easily. The project language may have a different idiom that communicates that a person is "unbending" in that he refuses to change his ways.
- Other ways to translate this term could include "pridefully stubborn" or "arrogant and unyielding" or "refusing to change."
- If a person "stiffens his neck," he becomes stubborn.
(See also: arrogant, proud, repent)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:51
- Deuteronomy 09:13-14
- Exodus 13:14-16
- Jeremiah 03:17
Word Data:
- Strong's: H47, H3513, H5637, H6203, H6484, H7185, H7190, H8307, G483, G4644, G4645
Forms Found in the English ULB:
stiff neck, stiff-necked, stiffen ... necks, stiffened ... neck, stiffened ... necks, stiffens ... neck, stubborn, stubbornly, stubbornness
stiff-necked
Related Ideas:
stiffen his neck, stubborn, stubbornness
Definition:
The term "stiff-necked" is an idiom used in the Bible to describe people who keep disobeying God and refuse to repent. Such people are very proud and will not submit to God's authority.
- Similarly, the term "stubborn" describes a person who refuses to change his mind or actions even when urged to do so. Stubborn people will not listen to good advice or warnings that other people give them.
- The Old Testament described the Israelites as "stiff-necked" because they did not listen to the many messages from God's prophets who urged them to repent and turn back to Yahweh.
- If a neck is "stiff" it does not bend easily. The project language may have a different idiom that communicates that a person is "unbending" in that he refuses to change his ways.
- Other ways to translate this term could include "pridefully stubborn" or "arrogant and unyielding" or "refusing to change."
- If a person "stiffens his neck," he becomes stubborn.
(See also: arrogant, proud, repent)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:51
- Deuteronomy 09:13-14
- Exodus 13:14-16
- Jeremiah 03:17
Word Data:
- Strong's: H47, H3513, H5637, H6203, H6484, H7185, H7190, H8307, G483, G4644, G4645
Forms Found in the English ULB:
stiff neck, stiff-necked, stiffen ... necks, stiffened ... neck, stiffened ... necks, stiffens ... neck, stubborn, stubbornly, stubbornness
stone
Definition:
A stone is a small rock. To "stone" someone is to throw stones and larger rocks at that person with the intention of killing him. A "stoning" is an event in which someone was stoned.
- In ancient times, stoning was a common method of executing people as punishment for crimes they had committed.
- God commanded the Israelite leaders to stone people for certain sins, such as adultery.
- In the New Testament, Jesus forgave a woman caught in adultery and stopped people from stoning her.
- Stephen, who was the first person in the Bible to be killed for testifying about Jesus, was stoned to death.
- In the city of Lystra, the apostle Paul was stoned, but he did not die from his wounds.
(See also: adultery, commit, crime, death, Lystra, testimony)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:57-58
- Acts 07:59-60
- Acts 14:05
- Acts 14:19-20
- John 08:4-6
- Luke 13:34
- Luke 20:06
- Matthew 23:37-39
Word Data:
- Strong's: H68, H69, H1382, H1496, H1530, H2106, H2672, H4676, H4678, H5619, H6443, H6697, H6872, H7275, H7671, G2642, G2991, G3034, G3035, G3036, G3037, G4348, G5586
Forms Found in the English ULB:
stone, stoned, stones, stoning
stone
Definition:
A stone is a small rock. To "stone" someone is to throw stones and larger rocks at that person with the intention of killing him. A "stoning" is an event in which someone was stoned.
- In ancient times, stoning was a common method of executing people as punishment for crimes they had committed.
- God commanded the Israelite leaders to stone people for certain sins, such as adultery.
- In the New Testament, Jesus forgave a woman caught in adultery and stopped people from stoning her.
- Stephen, who was the first person in the Bible to be killed for testifying about Jesus, was stoned to death.
- In the city of Lystra, the apostle Paul was stoned, but he did not die from his wounds.
(See also: adultery, commit, crime, death, Lystra, testimony)
Bible References:
- Acts 07:57-58
- Acts 07:59-60
- Acts 14:05
- Acts 14:19-20
- John 08:4-6
- Luke 13:34
- Luke 20:06
- Matthew 23:37-39
Word Data:
- Strong's: H68, H69, H1382, H1496, H1530, H2106, H2672, H4676, H4678, H5619, H6443, H6697, H6872, H7275, H7671, G2642, G2991, G3034, G3035, G3036, G3037, G4348, G5586
Forms Found in the English ULB:
stone, stoned, stones, stoning
strength
Related Ideas:
strengthen, strong, stronger, strongest
Definitions:
The term "strength" refers to physical, emotional, or spiritual power. To "strengthen" someone or something means to make that person or object stronger.
- "Strength" can also refer to the power to withstand some kind of opposing force.
- A person has "strength of will" if he is able to avoid sinning when tempted.
- One writer of the Psalms called Yahweh his "strength" because God helped him to be strong.
- If a physical structure like a wall or building is being "strengthened," people are rebuilding the structure, reinforcing it with more stones or brick so that it can withstand an attack.
Translation Suggestions
- In general, the term "strengthen" can be translated as "cause to be strong" or "make more powerful."
- In a spiritual sense, the phrase "strengthen your brothers" could also be translated as "encourage your brothers" or "help your brothers to persevere."
-
The following examples show the meaning of these terms in longer expressions and how they can be translated.
-
"puts strength on me like a belt" means "causes me to be completely strong, like a belt that completely surrounds my waist."
- "in quietness and trust will be your strength" means "acting calmly and trusting in God will make you spiritually strong."
- "will renew their strength" means "will become stronger again."
- "by my strength and by my wisdom I acted" means "I have done all this because I am so strong and wise."
- "strengthen the wall" means "reinforce the wall" or "rebuild the wall."
- "I will strengthen you" means "I will cause you to be strong"
- "in Yahweh alone are salvation and strength" means "Yahweh is the only one who saves us and strengthens us."
- "the rock of your strength" means "the faithful one who makes you strong"
- "with the saving strength of his right hand" means "he strongly rescues you from trouble like someone who holds you safely with his strong hand."
- "of little strength" means "not very strong" or "weak."
- "with all my strength" means "using my best efforts" or "strongly and completely."
(See also: faithful, persevere, right hand, save)
Bible References:
- 2 Kings 18:19-21
- 2 Peter 02:11
- Luke 10:27
- Psalm 021:01
Word Data:
- Strong's: H193, H202, H353, H360, H386, H410, H553, H556, H1368, H1369, H1396, H2220, H2388, H2389, H2391, H2392, H2393, H2428, H3027, H3028, H3559, H3581, H3811, H3955, H4392, H4581, H5326, H5331, H5582, H5794, H5797, H5807, H5810, H5934, H5975, H6099, H6106, H6109, H6697, H6965, H7292, H7307, H8003, H8443, H8623, H8624, H8631, H8632, H8633, G461, G950, G1411, G1412, G1415, G1743, G1765, G1840, G1991, G2159, G2478, G2479, G2480, G2901, G2904, G3619, G4599, G4732, G4733, G4741
Forms Found in the English ULB:
become strong, made ... strong, made ... stronger, make ... strong, makes ... strong, strength, strengthen, strengthened, strengthening, strengthens, strong, stronger, strongest
strength
Related Ideas:
strengthen, strong, stronger, strongest
Definitions:
The term "strength" refers to physical, emotional, or spiritual power. To "strengthen" someone or something means to make that person or object stronger.
- "Strength" can also refer to the power to withstand some kind of opposing force.
- A person has "strength of will" if he is able to avoid sinning when tempted.
- One writer of the Psalms called Yahweh his "strength" because God helped him to be strong.
- If a physical structure like a wall or building is being "strengthened," people are rebuilding the structure, reinforcing it with more stones or brick so that it can withstand an attack.
Translation Suggestions
- In general, the term "strengthen" can be translated as "cause to be strong" or "make more powerful."
- In a spiritual sense, the phrase "strengthen your brothers" could also be translated as "encourage your brothers" or "help your brothers to persevere."
-
The following examples show the meaning of these terms in longer expressions and how they can be translated.
-
"puts strength on me like a belt" means "causes me to be completely strong, like a belt that completely surrounds my waist."
- "in quietness and trust will be your strength" means "acting calmly and trusting in God will make you spiritually strong."
- "will renew their strength" means "will become stronger again."
- "by my strength and by my wisdom I acted" means "I have done all this because I am so strong and wise."
- "strengthen the wall" means "reinforce the wall" or "rebuild the wall."
- "I will strengthen you" means "I will cause you to be strong"
- "in Yahweh alone are salvation and strength" means "Yahweh is the only one who saves us and strengthens us."
- "the rock of your strength" means "the faithful one who makes you strong"
- "with the saving strength of his right hand" means "he strongly rescues you from trouble like someone who holds you safely with his strong hand."
- "of little strength" means "not very strong" or "weak."
- "with all my strength" means "using my best efforts" or "strongly and completely."
(See also: faithful, persevere, right hand, save)
Bible References:
- 2 Kings 18:19-21
- 2 Peter 02:11
- Luke 10:27
- Psalm 021:01
Word Data:
- Strong's: H193, H202, H353, H360, H386, H410, H553, H556, H1368, H1369, H1396, H2220, H2388, H2389, H2391, H2392, H2393, H2428, H3027, H3028, H3559, H3581, H3811, H3955, H4392, H4581, H5326, H5331, H5582, H5794, H5797, H5807, H5810, H5934, H5975, H6099, H6106, H6109, H6697, H6965, H7292, H7307, H8003, H8443, H8623, H8624, H8631, H8632, H8633, G461, G950, G1411, G1412, G1415, G1743, G1765, G1840, G1991, G2159, G2478, G2479, G2480, G2901, G2904, G3619, G4599, G4732, G4733, G4741
Forms Found in the English ULB:
become strong, made ... strong, made ... stronger, make ... strong, makes ... strong, strength, strengthen, strengthened, strengthening, strengthens, strong, stronger, strongest
suffer
Related Ideas:
misery
Definition:
The terms "suffer" and "suffering" refer to experiencing something very unpleasant, such as illness, pain, or other hardships.
- When people are persecuted or when they are sick, they suffer.
- Sometimes people suffer because of wrong things they have done; other times they suffer because of sin and disease in the world.
- Suffering can be physical, such as feeling pain or sickness. It can also be emotional, such as feeling fear, sadness, or loneliness.
- 'Misery' is what a person feels when they suffer.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "suffer" can be translated as "feel pain" or "endure difficulty" or "experience hardships" or "go through difficult and painful experiences."
- Depending on the context, "suffering" could be translated as "extremely difficult circumstances" or "severe hardships" or "experiencing hardship" or "time of painful experiences."
- The phrase "suffer thirst" could be translated as "experience thirst" or "suffer with thirst."
- To "suffer violence" could also be translated as "undergo violence" or "be harmed by violent acts."
Bible References:
- 1 Thessalonians 02:14-16
- 2 Thessalonians 01:3-5
- 2 Timothy 01:08
- Acts 07:11-13
- Isaiah 53:11
- Jeremiah 06:6-8
- Matthew 16:21
- Psalms 022:24
- Revelation 01:09
- Romans 05:3-5
Word Data:
- Strong's: H816, H943, H1741, H1934, H4531, G4912, H5142, H5375, H5999, H6001, H6031, H6040, H6041, H6090, H6770, H6869, H6887, H7489, H7661, G91, G941, G971, G2210, G2346, G2347, G2552, G2553, G2561, G3804, G3958, G4310, G4778, G4777, G4841, G5004
Forms Found in the English ULB:
miseries, suffer, suffered, suffering, sufferings, suffers
suffer
Related Ideas:
misery
Definition:
The terms "suffer" and "suffering" refer to experiencing something very unpleasant, such as illness, pain, or other hardships.
- When people are persecuted or when they are sick, they suffer.
- Sometimes people suffer because of wrong things they have done; other times they suffer because of sin and disease in the world.
- Suffering can be physical, such as feeling pain or sickness. It can also be emotional, such as feeling fear, sadness, or loneliness.
- 'Misery' is what a person feels when they suffer.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "suffer" can be translated as "feel pain" or "endure difficulty" or "experience hardships" or "go through difficult and painful experiences."
- Depending on the context, "suffering" could be translated as "extremely difficult circumstances" or "severe hardships" or "experiencing hardship" or "time of painful experiences."
- The phrase "suffer thirst" could be translated as "experience thirst" or "suffer with thirst."
- To "suffer violence" could also be translated as "undergo violence" or "be harmed by violent acts."
Bible References:
- 1 Thessalonians 02:14-16
- 2 Thessalonians 01:3-5
- 2 Timothy 01:08
- Acts 07:11-13
- Isaiah 53:11
- Jeremiah 06:6-8
- Matthew 16:21
- Psalms 022:24
- Revelation 01:09
- Romans 05:3-5
Word Data:
- Strong's: H816, H943, H1741, H1934, H4531, G4912, H5142, H5375, H5999, H6001, H6031, H6040, H6041, H6090, H6770, H6869, H6887, H7489, H7661, G91, G941, G971, G2210, G2346, G2347, G2552, G2553, G2561, G3804, G3958, G4310, G4778, G4777, G4841, G5004
Forms Found in the English ULB:
miseries, suffer, suffered, suffering, sufferings, suffers
sword
Related Ideas:
dagger, swordsmen
Definition:
A sword is a flat-bladed metal weapon used to cut or stab. It has a handle and a long, pointed blade with a very sharp cutting edge.
- In ancient times the length of a sword’s blade was about 60 to 91 centimeters.
- Some swords have two sharp edges and are called "double-edged" or "two-edged" swords.
- Jesus' disciples had swords for self defense. With his sword, Peter cut off the ear of the high priest's servant.
- Both John the Baptist and the apostle James were beheaded with swords.
- A "dagger" is a short sword used to stab people who are close by.
Translation Suggestions
- A sword is used as a metaphor for God's word. God's teachings in the Bible exposed people's innermost thoughts and convicted them of their sin. In a similar way, a sword cuts deeply, causing pain.
- One way to translate this figurative use would be, "God's word is like a sword, which cuts deeply and exposes sin."
- Another figurative use of this term occurred in the book of Psalms, where the tongue or speech of a person was compared to a sword, which can injure people. This could be translated as "the tongue is like a sword that can badly injure someone."
- If swords are not known in your culture, this word could be translated with the name of another long-bladed weapon that is used to cut or stab.
- A sword could also be described as a "sharp weapon" or "long knife." Some translations could include a picture of a sword.
(See also: James (brother of Jesus), John (the Baptist), tongue, word of God)
Bible References:
- Acts 12:02
- Genesis 27:40
- Genesis 34:25
- Luke 02:33-35
- Luke 21:24
- Matthew 10:34
- Matthew 26:55
- Revelation 01:16
Word Data:
- Strong's: H19, H2719, H4380, H6609, H7524, H7973, G3162, G4501
Forms Found in the English ULB:
dagger, sword, swords, swordsmen
sword
Related Ideas:
dagger, swordsmen
Definition:
A sword is a flat-bladed metal weapon used to cut or stab. It has a handle and a long, pointed blade with a very sharp cutting edge.
- In ancient times the length of a sword’s blade was about 60 to 91 centimeters.
- Some swords have two sharp edges and are called "double-edged" or "two-edged" swords.
- Jesus' disciples had swords for self defense. With his sword, Peter cut off the ear of the high priest's servant.
- Both John the Baptist and the apostle James were beheaded with swords.
- A "dagger" is a short sword used to stab people who are close by.
Translation Suggestions
- A sword is used as a metaphor for God's word. God's teachings in the Bible exposed people's innermost thoughts and convicted them of their sin. In a similar way, a sword cuts deeply, causing pain.
- One way to translate this figurative use would be, "God's word is like a sword, which cuts deeply and exposes sin."
- Another figurative use of this term occurred in the book of Psalms, where the tongue or speech of a person was compared to a sword, which can injure people. This could be translated as "the tongue is like a sword that can badly injure someone."
- If swords are not known in your culture, this word could be translated with the name of another long-bladed weapon that is used to cut or stab.
- A sword could also be described as a "sharp weapon" or "long knife." Some translations could include a picture of a sword.
(See also: James (brother of Jesus), John (the Baptist), tongue, word of God)
Bible References:
- Acts 12:02
- Genesis 27:40
- Genesis 34:25
- Luke 02:33-35
- Luke 21:24
- Matthew 10:34
- Matthew 26:55
- Revelation 01:16
Word Data:
- Strong's: H19, H2719, H4380, H6609, H7524, H7973, G3162, G4501
Forms Found in the English ULB:
dagger, sword, swords, swordsmen
synagogue
Definition:
A synagogue is a building where Jewish people meet together to worship God.
- Since ancient times, a synagogue's services have included times of prayer, scripture reading, and teaching about the scriptures.
- The Jews originally started building synagogues as places to pray and worship God in their own cities, because many of them lived far away from the temple in Jerusalem.
- Jesus often taught in synagogues and healed people there.
- The word "synagogue" can be used figuratively to refer to the group of people meeting there.
(See also: heal, Jerusalem, Jew, pray, temple, word of God, worship)
Bible References:
- Acts 06:09
- Acts 14:1-2
- Acts 15:21
- Acts 24:10-13
- John 06:59
- Luke 04:14
- Matthew 06:1-2
- Matthew 09:35-36
- Matthew 13:54
Word Data:
- Strong's: G656, G752, G4864
Forms Found in the English ULB:
synagogue, synagogues
synagogue
Definition:
A synagogue is a building where Jewish people meet together to worship God.
- Since ancient times, a synagogue's services have included times of prayer, scripture reading, and teaching about the scriptures.
- The Jews originally started building synagogues as places to pray and worship God in their own cities, because many of them lived far away from the temple in Jerusalem.
- Jesus often taught in synagogues and healed people there.
- The word "synagogue" can be used figuratively to refer to the group of people meeting there.
(See also: heal, Jerusalem, Jew, pray, temple, word of God, worship)
Bible References:
- Acts 06:09
- Acts 14:1-2
- Acts 15:21
- Acts 24:10-13
- John 06:59
- Luke 04:14
- Matthew 06:1-2
- Matthew 09:35-36
- Matthew 13:54
Word Data:
- Strong's: G656, G752, G4864
Forms Found in the English ULB:
synagogue, synagogues
tabernacle
Related Ideas:
dwelling place, habitation
Definition:
The word "tabernacle" means "dwelling place."
The tabernacle was a special tent-like structure where the Israelites worshiped God during the 40 years they traveled around in the desert.
- God had given the Israelites detailed instructions for building this large tent, which had two rooms and was surrounded by an enclosed courtyard.
- Each time the Israelites moved to a different place in the desert to live, the priests would take the tabernacle apart and carry it to their next campsite. Then they would set it up again in the center of their new camp.
- The tabernacle was constructed of wood frames hung with curtains made of cloth, goat hair, and animal skins. The courtyard surrounding it was enclosed with more curtains.
- The two sections of the tabernacle were the Holy Place (where the altar for burning incense was located) and the Most Holy Place (where the ark of the covenant was kept).
- The courtyard of the tabernacle had an altar for burning animal sacrifices and a special washbasin for ritual cleansing.
- The Israelites stopped using the tabernacle when the temple was built in Jerusalem by Solomon.
- Another word for "dwelling place" is "habitation."
Translation Suggestions:
- Other ways to translate "tabernacle" could include, "sacred tent" or "tent where God was" or "God's tent."
- Make sure that the translation of this term is different from the translation of "temple."
(See also: altar, altar of incense, ark of the covenant, temple, tent of meeting)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 21:30
- 2 Chronicles 01:2-5
- Acts 07:43
- Acts 07:45
- Exodus 38:21
- Joshua 22:19-20
- Leviticus 10:16-18
Word Data:
- Strong's: H168, H4908, H7900, G3613, G4633
Forms Found in the English ULB:
dwelling place, dwellings, habitation, tabernacle
tabernacle
Related Ideas:
dwelling place, habitation
Definition:
The word "tabernacle" means "dwelling place."
The tabernacle was a special tent-like structure where the Israelites worshiped God during the 40 years they traveled around in the desert.
- God had given the Israelites detailed instructions for building this large tent, which had two rooms and was surrounded by an enclosed courtyard.
- Each time the Israelites moved to a different place in the desert to live, the priests would take the tabernacle apart and carry it to their next campsite. Then they would set it up again in the center of their new camp.
- The tabernacle was constructed of wood frames hung with curtains made of cloth, goat hair, and animal skins. The courtyard surrounding it was enclosed with more curtains.
- The two sections of the tabernacle were the Holy Place (where the altar for burning incense was located) and the Most Holy Place (where the ark of the covenant was kept).
- The courtyard of the tabernacle had an altar for burning animal sacrifices and a special washbasin for ritual cleansing.
- The Israelites stopped using the tabernacle when the temple was built in Jerusalem by Solomon.
- Another word for "dwelling place" is "habitation."
Translation Suggestions:
- Other ways to translate "tabernacle" could include, "sacred tent" or "tent where God was" or "God's tent."
- Make sure that the translation of this term is different from the translation of "temple."
(See also: altar, altar of incense, ark of the covenant, temple, tent of meeting)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 21:30
- 2 Chronicles 01:2-5
- Acts 07:43
- Acts 07:45
- Exodus 38:21
- Joshua 22:19-20
- Leviticus 10:16-18
Word Data:
- Strong's: H168, H4908, H7900, G3613, G4633
Forms Found in the English ULB:
dwelling place, dwellings, habitation, tabernacle
teach
Related Ideas:
educated, teaching, untaught
Definition:
To "teach" someone is to tell him something he doesn’t already know. It can also mean to "provide information" in general, with no reference to the person who is learning. Usually the information is given in a formal or systematic way. A person’s "teaching" is or his "teachings" are what he has taught.
- A "teacher" is someone who teaches. The past action of "teach" is "taught."
- When Jesus was teaching, he was explaining things about God and his kingdom.
- Jesus' disciples called him "Teacher" as a respectful form of address for someone who taught people about God.
- The information that is being taught can be shown or spoken.
- The phrase "what you have been taught" could also be translated as, "what these people have taught you" or "what God has taught you," depending on the context.
- Other ways to translate "teach" could include "tell" or "explain" or "instruct."
- Often this term can be translated as "teaching people about God."
- A person who is "educated" has been taught formally.
- A person who is "untaught" has not been taught.
- A "teaching" is the information that someone teaches.
(See also: instruct, teacher, word of God)
Bible References:
- 1 Timothy 01:03
- Acts 02:40-42
- John 07:14
- Luke 04:31
- Matthew 04:23
- Psalms 032:08
Word Data:
- Strong's: H502, H995, H2094, H2449, H2596, H3045, H3046, H3256, H3384, H3925, H3948, H7919, H8150, H8451, G1317, G1319, G1321, G1322, G2085, G2605, G2727, G2312, G2567, G3811
Forms Found in the English ULB:
educated, taught, teach, teaches, teaching, teachings, untaught
teach
Related Ideas:
educated, teaching, untaught
Definition:
To "teach" someone is to tell him something he doesn’t already know. It can also mean to "provide information" in general, with no reference to the person who is learning. Usually the information is given in a formal or systematic way. A person’s "teaching" is or his "teachings" are what he has taught.
- A "teacher" is someone who teaches. The past action of "teach" is "taught."
- When Jesus was teaching, he was explaining things about God and his kingdom.
- Jesus' disciples called him "Teacher" as a respectful form of address for someone who taught people about God.
- The information that is being taught can be shown or spoken.
- The phrase "what you have been taught" could also be translated as, "what these people have taught you" or "what God has taught you," depending on the context.
- Other ways to translate "teach" could include "tell" or "explain" or "instruct."
- Often this term can be translated as "teaching people about God."
- A person who is "educated" has been taught formally.
- A person who is "untaught" has not been taught.
- A "teaching" is the information that someone teaches.
(See also: instruct, teacher, word of God)
Bible References:
- 1 Timothy 01:03
- Acts 02:40-42
- John 07:14
- Luke 04:31
- Matthew 04:23
- Psalms 032:08
Word Data:
- Strong's: H502, H995, H2094, H2449, H2596, H3045, H3046, H3256, H3384, H3925, H3948, H7919, H8150, H8451, G1317, G1319, G1321, G1322, G2085, G2605, G2727, G2312, G2567, G3811
Forms Found in the English ULB:
educated, taught, teach, teaches, teaching, teachings, untaught
teacher
Definition:
A teacher is a person who gives other people new information. Teachers help others to obtain and use both knowledge and skills.
- In the Bible, the word "teacher" is used in a special sense to refer to someone who teaches about God.
- People who learn from a teacher are called "students" or "disciples."
- In some Bible translations, this term is capitalized ("Teacher") when it is used as a title for Jesus.
Translation Suggestions:
- The usual word for a teacher can be used to translate this term, unless that word is only used for a school teacher.
- Some cultures may have a special title that is used for religious teachers, such as "Sir" or "Rabbi" or "Preacher."
(See also: disciple, preach)
Bible References:
- Ecclesiastes 01:12-15
- Ephesians 04:11-13
- Galatians 06:6-8
- Habakkuk 02:18
- James 03:02
- John 01:37-39
- Luke 06:40
- Matthew 12:38-40
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3384, H3887, H3925, G1320, G2567, G3547, G5572
Forms Found in the English ULB:
teacher, teachers
teacher
Definition:
A teacher is a person who gives other people new information. Teachers help others to obtain and use both knowledge and skills.
- In the Bible, the word "teacher" is used in a special sense to refer to someone who teaches about God.
- People who learn from a teacher are called "students" or "disciples."
- In some Bible translations, this term is capitalized ("Teacher") when it is used as a title for Jesus.
Translation Suggestions:
- The usual word for a teacher can be used to translate this term, unless that word is only used for a school teacher.
- Some cultures may have a special title that is used for religious teachers, such as "Sir" or "Rabbi" or "Preacher."
(See also: disciple, preach)
Bible References:
- Ecclesiastes 01:12-15
- Ephesians 04:11-13
- Galatians 06:6-8
- Habakkuk 02:18
- James 03:02
- John 01:37-39
- Luke 06:40
- Matthew 12:38-40
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3384, H3887, H3925, G1320, G2567, G3547, G5572
Forms Found in the English ULB:
teacher, teachers
temple
Related Ideas:
shrine
Definitions:
A temple is a special building in which people worship their god or gods. The most important temple in the Bible was where the Israelites worshiped the true God with prayers and sacrifices. It was located on Mount Moriah in the city of Jerusalem.
- Often the term "temple" referred to the whole temple complex, including the courtyards that surrounded the main building. Sometimes it referred only to the building.
- The temple building had two rooms, the Holy Place and the Most Holy Place.
- God referred to the temple as his dwelling place.
- King Solomon built the Temple during his reign. It was supposed to be the permanent place of worship in Jerusalem.
- In the New Testament, the term "temple of the Holy Spirit" is used to refer to believers in Jesus as a group, because the Holy Spirit lives in them.
- A "shrine" is a small place where people worship or an object of worship.
Translation Suggestions:
- Usually when the text says that people were "in the temple," it is referring to the courtyards outside the building. This could be translated as "in the temple courtyards" or "in the temple complex."
- Where it refers specifically to the building itself, some translations translate "temple" as "temple building," to make it the reference clear.
- Ways to translate "temple" could include, "God's holy house" or "sacred worship place."
- Often in the Bible, the temple is referred to as "the house of Yahweh" or "the house of God."
(See also: sacrifice, Solomon, Babylon, Holy Spirit, tabernacle, court, Zion, house)
Bible References:
- Acts 03:02
- Acts 03:08
- Ezekiel 45:18-20
- Luke 19:46
- Nehemiah 10:28
- Psalm 079:1-3
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1002, H1004, H1964, H1965, G1493, G2411, G3624, G3485
Forms Found in the English ULB:
shrine, shrines, temple, temples
temple
Related Ideas:
shrine
Definitions:
A temple is a special building in which people worship their god or gods. The most important temple in the Bible was where the Israelites worshiped the true God with prayers and sacrifices. It was located on Mount Moriah in the city of Jerusalem.
- Often the term "temple" referred to the whole temple complex, including the courtyards that surrounded the main building. Sometimes it referred only to the building.
- The temple building had two rooms, the Holy Place and the Most Holy Place.
- God referred to the temple as his dwelling place.
- King Solomon built the Temple during his reign. It was supposed to be the permanent place of worship in Jerusalem.
- In the New Testament, the term "temple of the Holy Spirit" is used to refer to believers in Jesus as a group, because the Holy Spirit lives in them.
- A "shrine" is a small place where people worship or an object of worship.
Translation Suggestions:
- Usually when the text says that people were "in the temple," it is referring to the courtyards outside the building. This could be translated as "in the temple courtyards" or "in the temple complex."
- Where it refers specifically to the building itself, some translations translate "temple" as "temple building," to make it the reference clear.
- Ways to translate "temple" could include, "God's holy house" or "sacred worship place."
- Often in the Bible, the temple is referred to as "the house of Yahweh" or "the house of God."
(See also: sacrifice, Solomon, Babylon, Holy Spirit, tabernacle, court, Zion, house)
Bible References:
- Acts 03:02
- Acts 03:08
- Ezekiel 45:18-20
- Luke 19:46
- Nehemiah 10:28
- Psalm 079:1-3
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1002, H1004, H1964, H1965, G1493, G2411, G3624, G3485
Forms Found in the English ULB:
shrine, shrines, temple, temples
tempt
Related Ideas:
temptation, tempter
Definition:
To tempt someone is to try to get that person to do something wrong.
- A temptation is something that causes a person to want to do something wrong.
- People are tempted by their own sinful nature and by other people.
- Satan also tempts people to disobey God and to sin against God by doing wrong things.
- Satan tempted Jesus and tried to get him to do something wrong, but Jesus resisted all of Satan's temptations and never sinned.
- Someone who is "tempting God" is not trying to get him to do something wrong, but rather, is continuing in stubborn disobedience of him to the point that God must respond by punishing him. This is also called "testing God."
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "tempt" can be translated as, "try to cause to sin" or "entice" or "cause a desire to sin."
- Ways to translate "temptations" could include, "things that tempt" or "things that entice someone to sin" or "things that cause desire to do something wrong.
- To "tempt God" could be translated as to "put God to the test" or to "test God" or to "try God's patience" or to "cause God to have to punish" or to "stubbornly keep disobeying God."
(See also: disobey, Satan, sin, test)
Bible References:
- 1 Thessalonians 03:4-5
- Hebrews 04:15
- James 01:13
- Luke 04:02
- Luke 11:04
- Matthew 26:41
Word Data:
- Strong's: H4531, H5254, G551, G3985, G3986, G3987
Forms Found in the English ULB:
tempt, temptation, tempted, tempter, tempting
tempt
Related Ideas:
temptation, tempter
Definition:
To tempt someone is to try to get that person to do something wrong.
- A temptation is something that causes a person to want to do something wrong.
- People are tempted by their own sinful nature and by other people.
- Satan also tempts people to disobey God and to sin against God by doing wrong things.
- Satan tempted Jesus and tried to get him to do something wrong, but Jesus resisted all of Satan's temptations and never sinned.
- Someone who is "tempting God" is not trying to get him to do something wrong, but rather, is continuing in stubborn disobedience of him to the point that God must respond by punishing him. This is also called "testing God."
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "tempt" can be translated as, "try to cause to sin" or "entice" or "cause a desire to sin."
- Ways to translate "temptations" could include, "things that tempt" or "things that entice someone to sin" or "things that cause desire to do something wrong.
- To "tempt God" could be translated as to "put God to the test" or to "test God" or to "try God's patience" or to "cause God to have to punish" or to "stubbornly keep disobeying God."
(See also: disobey, Satan, sin, test)
Bible References:
- 1 Thessalonians 03:4-5
- Hebrews 04:15
- James 01:13
- Luke 04:02
- Luke 11:04
- Matthew 26:41
Word Data:
- Strong's: H4531, H5254, G551, G3985, G3986, G3987
Forms Found in the English ULB:
tempt, temptation, tempted, tempter, tempting
tent
Related Ideas:
camp, encamp, tentmaker
Definition:
A tent is a portable shelter made of sturdy fabric that is draped over a structure of poles and attached to them.
- Tents can be small, with just enough space for a few people to sleep in, or they can be very large, with space for an entire family to sleep, cook, and live in.
- For many people, tents are used as permanent dwelling places. For example, during most of the time that Abraham's family lived in the land of Canaan, they dwelled in large tents constucted from sturdy cloth made of goat hair.
- The Israelites also lived in tents during their forty-year wanderings through the desert of Sinai.
- The tabernacle building was a kind of very large tent, with thick walls made of cloth curtains.
- When the apostle Paul traveled to different cities to share the gospel, he supported himself by making tents.
- The term "tents" is sometimes used figuratively to refer generally to where people live. This could also be translated as "homes" or "dwellings" or "houses" or even "bodies."
- To "camp" is to sleep in tents or other temporary shelters.
- To "encamp" is for an army to set up camp near a place they will attack.
(See also: Abraham, Canaan, curtain, Paul, Sinai, tabernacle, tent of meeting)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 05:10
- Daniel 11:45
- Exodus 16:18
- Genesis 12:09
Word Data:
- Strong's: H167, H168, H2918, H3407, H4908, H6898, G3925, G4633, G4636
Forms Found in the English ULB:
camp, camped, camping, camps, encamp, encamped, encampments, encamps, tent, tentmakers, tents
tent
Related Ideas:
camp, encamp, tentmaker
Definition:
A tent is a portable shelter made of sturdy fabric that is draped over a structure of poles and attached to them.
- Tents can be small, with just enough space for a few people to sleep in, or they can be very large, with space for an entire family to sleep, cook, and live in.
- For many people, tents are used as permanent dwelling places. For example, during most of the time that Abraham's family lived in the land of Canaan, they dwelled in large tents constucted from sturdy cloth made of goat hair.
- The Israelites also lived in tents during their forty-year wanderings through the desert of Sinai.
- The tabernacle building was a kind of very large tent, with thick walls made of cloth curtains.
- When the apostle Paul traveled to different cities to share the gospel, he supported himself by making tents.
- The term "tents" is sometimes used figuratively to refer generally to where people live. This could also be translated as "homes" or "dwellings" or "houses" or even "bodies."
- To "camp" is to sleep in tents or other temporary shelters.
- To "encamp" is for an army to set up camp near a place they will attack.
(See also: Abraham, Canaan, curtain, Paul, Sinai, tabernacle, tent of meeting)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 05:10
- Daniel 11:45
- Exodus 16:18
- Genesis 12:09
Word Data:
- Strong's: H167, H168, H2918, H3407, H4908, H6898, G3925, G4633, G4636
Forms Found in the English ULB:
camp, camped, camping, camps, encamp, encamped, encampments, encamps, tent, tentmakers, tents
test
Related Ideas:
put to the test
Definition:
The term "test" refers to a difficult or painful experience that reveals a person's strengths and weaknesses.
- God tests people, but he does not tempt them to sin. Satan, however, tempts people to sin.
- God sometimes uses tests to expose people's sin. A test helps a person to turn away from sin and to draw closer to God.
- Gold and other metals are tested with fire to find out how pure and strong they are. This is a picture of how God uses painful circumstances to test his people.
- To "put to the test" can mean, "challenge something or someone to prove its value."
- In the context of putting God to the test, it means to try to make him do a miracle for us, taking advantage of his mercy.
- Jesus told Satan that it is wrong to put God to the test. He is the almighty, holy God who is above everything and everyone.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term to "test" could also be translated as, to "challenge" or to "cause to experience difficulties" or to "prove."
- Ways to translate "a test" could be, "a challenge" or "a difficult experience."
- To "put to the test" could be translated as to "test" or to "set up a challenge" or to "force to prove oneself."
- In the context of testing God, this could be translated as, "trying to force God to prove his love."
- In some contexts, when God is not the subject, the term "test" can mean "tempt."
(See also: tempt)
Bible References:
- 1 John 04:01
- 1 Thessalonians 05:21
- Acts 15:10
- Genesis 22:01
- Isaiah 07:13
- James 01:12
- Lamentations 03:40-43
- Malachi 03:10
- Philippians 01:10
- Psalm 026:02
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1305, H2713, H5254, H5713, H5715, H5749, H6030, H8584, G350, G1252, G1263, G1381, G1382, G1598, G1957, G2983, G3140, G3141, G3142, G3143, G3984, G3985, G3986, G4451, G4828
Forms Found in the English ULB:
put ... to the test, test, tested, testing, tests
test
Related Ideas:
put to the test
Definition:
The term "test" refers to a difficult or painful experience that reveals a person's strengths and weaknesses.
- God tests people, but he does not tempt them to sin. Satan, however, tempts people to sin.
- God sometimes uses tests to expose people's sin. A test helps a person to turn away from sin and to draw closer to God.
- Gold and other metals are tested with fire to find out how pure and strong they are. This is a picture of how God uses painful circumstances to test his people.
- To "put to the test" can mean, "challenge something or someone to prove its value."
- In the context of putting God to the test, it means to try to make him do a miracle for us, taking advantage of his mercy.
- Jesus told Satan that it is wrong to put God to the test. He is the almighty, holy God who is above everything and everyone.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term to "test" could also be translated as, to "challenge" or to "cause to experience difficulties" or to "prove."
- Ways to translate "a test" could be, "a challenge" or "a difficult experience."
- To "put to the test" could be translated as to "test" or to "set up a challenge" or to "force to prove oneself."
- In the context of testing God, this could be translated as, "trying to force God to prove his love."
- In some contexts, when God is not the subject, the term "test" can mean "tempt."
(See also: tempt)
Bible References:
- 1 John 04:01
- 1 Thessalonians 05:21
- Acts 15:10
- Genesis 22:01
- Isaiah 07:13
- James 01:12
- Lamentations 03:40-43
- Malachi 03:10
- Philippians 01:10
- Psalm 026:02
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1305, H2713, H5254, H5713, H5715, H5749, H6030, H8584, G350, G1252, G1263, G1381, G1382, G1598, G1957, G2983, G3140, G3141, G3142, G3143, G3984, G3985, G3986, G4451, G4828
Forms Found in the English ULB:
put ... to the test, test, tested, testing, tests
testimony
Related Ideas:
eyewitness, testify, witness
Definition:
When a person gives "testimony" he makes a statement about something he knows, claiming that the statement is true. To "testify" is to give "testimony."
- Often a person "testifies" about something he has experienced directly.
- A witness who gives "false testimony" does not tell the truth about what happened.
- Sometimes the term "testimony" refers to a prophecy that a prophet has stated.
- In the New Testament, this term was often used to refer to how Jesus' followers testified about the events of Jesus' life, death, and resurrection.
The term "witness" refers to a person who has personally experienced something that happened. Usually a witness is also someone who testifies about what they know is true. The term "eyewitness" emphasizes that the person was actually there and saw what happened.
- To "witness" something means to see it happen.
- At a trial, a witness "gives witness" or "bears witness." This has the same meaning as "testify."
- Witnesses are expected to tell the truth about what they have seen or heard.
- A witness who does not tell the truth about what happened is called a "false witness." He is said to "give false witness" or to "bear false witness."
- The expression "be a witness between" means that something or someone will be evidence that a contract has been made. The witness will make sure each person does what he has promised to do.
Translation Suggestions:
Translating "testify" and "testimony":
* The term "testify" or "give testimony" could also be translated as, "tell the facts" or "tell what was seen or heard" or "tell from personal experience" or "tell what happened."
* Ways to translate "testimony" could include, "report of what happened" or "statement of what is true" or "what has been said."
* The phrase, "as a testimony to them" could be translated as, to "show them what is true" or to "prove to them what is true."
* The phrase, "as a testimony against them" could be translated as, "which will show them their sin" or "exposing their hypocrisy" or "which will prove that they are wrong."
* To "give false testimony" could be translated as "say false things about" or "state things that are not true."
Translating "witness" and "eyewitness":
* The term "witness" or "eyewitness" could be translated with a word or phrase that means "person seeing it" or "the one who saw it happen" or "those who saw and heard (those things)."
* Something that is "a witness" could be translated as "guarantee" or "sign of our promise" or "something that testifies that this is true."
* The phrase "you will be my witnesses" could also be translated as "you will tell other people about me" or "you will teach people the truth that I taught you" or "you will tell people what you have seen me do and heard me teach."
* To "witness to" could be translated as to "tell what was seen" or to "testify" or to "state what happened."
* To "witness" something could be translated as to "see something that happens" or to "experience something that happens."
(See also: ark of the covenant, guilt, judge, prophet, true)
Bible References:
- Deuteronomy 31:28
- Micah 06:03
- Matthew 26:60
- Mark 01:44
- John 01:07
- John 03:33
- Acts 04:32-33
- Acts 07:44
- Acts 13:31
- Romans 01:09
- 1 Thessalonians 02:10-12
- 1 Timothy 05:19-20
- 2 Timothy 01:08
- 2 Peter 01:16-18
- 1 John 05:6-8
- 3 John 01:12
- Revelation 12:11
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5707, H5713, H5715, H5749, H6030, H6315, H8584, G267, G1263, G1957, G2649, G3140, G3141, G3142, G3143, G3144, G4828, G4901, G5575, G5576, G5577
Forms Found in the English ULB:
eyewitness, eyewitnesses, testified, testifies, testify, testify against, testifying, testimony, witness, witnessed, witnesses
testimony
Related Ideas:
eyewitness, testify, witness
Definition:
When a person gives "testimony" he makes a statement about something he knows, claiming that the statement is true. To "testify" is to give "testimony."
- Often a person "testifies" about something he has experienced directly.
- A witness who gives "false testimony" does not tell the truth about what happened.
- Sometimes the term "testimony" refers to a prophecy that a prophet has stated.
- In the New Testament, this term was often used to refer to how Jesus' followers testified about the events of Jesus' life, death, and resurrection.
The term "witness" refers to a person who has personally experienced something that happened. Usually a witness is also someone who testifies about what they know is true. The term "eyewitness" emphasizes that the person was actually there and saw what happened.
- To "witness" something means to see it happen.
- At a trial, a witness "gives witness" or "bears witness." This has the same meaning as "testify."
- Witnesses are expected to tell the truth about what they have seen or heard.
- A witness who does not tell the truth about what happened is called a "false witness." He is said to "give false witness" or to "bear false witness."
- The expression "be a witness between" means that something or someone will be evidence that a contract has been made. The witness will make sure each person does what he has promised to do.
Translation Suggestions:
Translating "testify" and "testimony":
* The term "testify" or "give testimony" could also be translated as, "tell the facts" or "tell what was seen or heard" or "tell from personal experience" or "tell what happened."
* Ways to translate "testimony" could include, "report of what happened" or "statement of what is true" or "what has been said."
* The phrase, "as a testimony to them" could be translated as, to "show them what is true" or to "prove to them what is true."
* The phrase, "as a testimony against them" could be translated as, "which will show them their sin" or "exposing their hypocrisy" or "which will prove that they are wrong."
* To "give false testimony" could be translated as "say false things about" or "state things that are not true."
Translating "witness" and "eyewitness":
* The term "witness" or "eyewitness" could be translated with a word or phrase that means "person seeing it" or "the one who saw it happen" or "those who saw and heard (those things)."
* Something that is "a witness" could be translated as "guarantee" or "sign of our promise" or "something that testifies that this is true."
* The phrase "you will be my witnesses" could also be translated as "you will tell other people about me" or "you will teach people the truth that I taught you" or "you will tell people what you have seen me do and heard me teach."
* To "witness to" could be translated as to "tell what was seen" or to "testify" or to "state what happened."
* To "witness" something could be translated as to "see something that happens" or to "experience something that happens."
(See also: ark of the covenant, guilt, judge, prophet, true)
Bible References:
- Deuteronomy 31:28
- Micah 06:03
- Matthew 26:60
- Mark 01:44
- John 01:07
- John 03:33
- Acts 04:32-33
- Acts 07:44
- Acts 13:31
- Romans 01:09
- 1 Thessalonians 02:10-12
- 1 Timothy 05:19-20
- 2 Timothy 01:08
- 2 Peter 01:16-18
- 1 John 05:6-8
- 3 John 01:12
- Revelation 12:11
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5707, H5713, H5715, H5749, H6030, H6315, H8584, G267, G1263, G1957, G2649, G3140, G3141, G3142, G3143, G3144, G4828, G4901, G5575, G5576, G5577
Forms Found in the English ULB:
eyewitness, eyewitnesses, testified, testifies, testify, testify against, testifying, testimony, witness, witnessed, witnesses
tetrarch
Definition:
The term "tetrarch" refers to a governing official who ruled over part of the Roman Empire. Each tetrarch was under the authority of the Roman emperor.
- The title "tetrarch" means "one of four joint rulers."
- Starting under the Emperor Diocletian, there were four major divisions of the Roman Empire and each tetrarch ruled one division.
- The kingdom of of Herod "the Great," who was king at the time of the birth of Jesus, was divided into four sections after his death, and ruled by his sons as "tetrarchs," or "rulers of a fourth."
- Each division had one or more smaller parts called "provinces," such as Galilee or Samaria.
- "Herod the tetrarch" is mentioned several times in the New Testament. He is also known as "Herod Antipas."
- The term "tetrarch" could also be translated as "regional governor" or "provincial ruler" or "ruler" or "governor."
(See also: governor, Herod Antipas, province, Rome, ruler)
Bible References:
- Luke 03:1-2
- Luke 09:07
- Matthew 14:1-2
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
tetrarch
tetrarch
Definition:
The term "tetrarch" refers to a governing official who ruled over part of the Roman Empire. Each tetrarch was under the authority of the Roman emperor.
- The title "tetrarch" means "one of four joint rulers."
- Starting under the Emperor Diocletian, there were four major divisions of the Roman Empire and each tetrarch ruled one division.
- The kingdom of of Herod "the Great," who was king at the time of the birth of Jesus, was divided into four sections after his death, and ruled by his sons as "tetrarchs," or "rulers of a fourth."
- Each division had one or more smaller parts called "provinces," such as Galilee or Samaria.
- "Herod the tetrarch" is mentioned several times in the New Testament. He is also known as "Herod Antipas."
- The term "tetrarch" could also be translated as "regional governor" or "provincial ruler" or "ruler" or "governor."
(See also: governor, Herod Antipas, province, Rome, ruler)
Bible References:
- Luke 03:1-2
- Luke 09:07
- Matthew 14:1-2
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
tetrarch
the sea
Facts:
In the Bible, the "Great Sea" or "western sea" refers to what is now called the "Mediterranean Sea," which was the largest body of water known to the people of Bible times.
- The Mediterranean Sea is bordered by : Israel (east), Europe (north and west), and Africa (south).
- This sea was very important in ancient times for trade and travel since it bordered so many countries. Cities and people groups located on the coast of this sea were very prosperous because of how easy it was to access goods from other countries by boat.
- Since the Great Sea was located to the west of Israel, it was sometimes referred to as the "western sea."
(See also: Israel, people group, prosper)
Bible References:
- Ezekiel 47:15-17
- Ezekiel 47:18-20
- Joshua 15:3-4
- Numbers 13:27-29
Word Data:
- Strong's: H314, H1419, H3220
Forms Found in the English ULB:
the sea, the Great Sea, the western sea, Mediterranean Sea
the sea
Facts:
In the Bible, the "Great Sea" or "western sea" refers to what is now called the "Mediterranean Sea," which was the largest body of water known to the people of Bible times.
- The Mediterranean Sea is bordered by : Israel (east), Europe (north and west), and Africa (south).
- This sea was very important in ancient times for trade and travel since it bordered so many countries. Cities and people groups located on the coast of this sea were very prosperous because of how easy it was to access goods from other countries by boat.
- Since the Great Sea was located to the west of Israel, it was sometimes referred to as the "western sea."
(See also: Israel, people group, prosper)
Bible References:
- Ezekiel 47:15-17
- Ezekiel 47:18-20
- Joshua 15:3-4
- Numbers 13:27-29
Word Data:
- Strong's: H314, H1419, H3220
Forms Found in the English ULB:
the sea, the Great Sea, the western sea, Mediterranean Sea
the twelve
Related Ideas:
the eleven
Definition:
The term "the twelve" refers to the twelve men that Jesus chose to be his closest disciples, or apostles. After Judas killed himself, they were called "the eleven."
- Jesus had many other disciples, but the title "the twelve" distinguished those who were apparently closest to Jesus.
- The names of these twelve disciples are listed in Matthew 10, Mark 3, and Luke 6.
- Some time after Jesus had returned to heaven, "the eleven" chose a disciple named Matthias to take Judas' place. Then they were called "the twelve" again.
Translation Suggestions:
- For many languages it may be clearer or more natural to add the noun and say, "the twelve apostles" or "Jesus' twelve closest disciples."
- "The eleven" could also be translated as "Jesus' eleven remaining disciples."
- Some translations may prefer to use a capital letter to show that it was used as a title, as in "the Twelve" and "the Eleven."
(See also: apostle, disciple)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 15:5-7
- Acts 06:02
- Luke 09:01
- Luke 18:31
- Mark 10:32-34
- Matthew 10:07
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
the eleven, the twelve
the twelve
Related Ideas:
the eleven
Definition:
The term "the twelve" refers to the twelve men that Jesus chose to be his closest disciples, or apostles. After Judas killed himself, they were called "the eleven."
- Jesus had many other disciples, but the title "the twelve" distinguished those who were apparently closest to Jesus.
- The names of these twelve disciples are listed in Matthew 10, Mark 3, and Luke 6.
- Some time after Jesus had returned to heaven, "the eleven" chose a disciple named Matthias to take Judas' place. Then they were called "the twelve" again.
Translation Suggestions:
- For many languages it may be clearer or more natural to add the noun and say, "the twelve apostles" or "Jesus' twelve closest disciples."
- "The eleven" could also be translated as "Jesus' eleven remaining disciples."
- Some translations may prefer to use a capital letter to show that it was used as a title, as in "the Twelve" and "the Eleven."
(See also: apostle, disciple)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 15:5-7
- Acts 06:02
- Luke 09:01
- Luke 18:31
- Mark 10:32-34
- Matthew 10:07
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
the eleven, the twelve
throne
Related Ideas:
enthroned, seat of authority
Definition:
A throne is a specially-designed chair where a ruler sits when he decides important matters and listens to requests from his people.
- A throne is also a symbol of the authority and power that a ruler has.
- The word "throne" is often used figuratively to refer to the ruler, his reign, or his power.
- In the Bible, God was often portrayed as a king who sits on his throne. Jesus was described as sitting on a throne at the right hand of God the Father.
- Jesus said that heaven is God's throne. One way to translate this could be, "where God reigns as king."
- "Seat of authority" is another way to refer to a throne.
- "Enthroned" means "sitting on a throne." In the Bible, this talks about Yahweh ruling from heaven or his presence being between the cherubim on the ark of the covenant.
(See also: authority, power, king, reign)
Bible References:
- Colossians 01:15-17
- Genesis 41:40
- Luke 01:32
- Luke 22:30
- Matthew 05:34
- Matthew 19:28
- Revelation 01:4-6
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3676, H3678, H3764, H7675, G968, G2362
Forms Found in the English ULB:
enthroned, seat of authority, throne, thrones
throne
Related Ideas:
enthroned, seat of authority
Definition:
A throne is a specially-designed chair where a ruler sits when he decides important matters and listens to requests from his people.
- A throne is also a symbol of the authority and power that a ruler has.
- The word "throne" is often used figuratively to refer to the ruler, his reign, or his power.
- In the Bible, God was often portrayed as a king who sits on his throne. Jesus was described as sitting on a throne at the right hand of God the Father.
- Jesus said that heaven is God's throne. One way to translate this could be, "where God reigns as king."
- "Seat of authority" is another way to refer to a throne.
- "Enthroned" means "sitting on a throne." In the Bible, this talks about Yahweh ruling from heaven or his presence being between the cherubim on the ark of the covenant.
(See also: authority, power, king, reign)
Bible References:
- Colossians 01:15-17
- Genesis 41:40
- Luke 01:32
- Luke 22:30
- Matthew 05:34
- Matthew 19:28
- Revelation 01:4-6
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3676, H3678, H3764, H7675, G968, G2362
Forms Found in the English ULB:
enthroned, seat of authority, throne, thrones
time
Definitions:
In the Bible the term "time" was often used to refer to a specific season or period of time when certain events took place. It has a meaning similar to "age" or "epoch" or "season."
- In both Daniel and Revelation speak of a "time" of great trouble or tribulation that will come upon the earth.
- In the phrase "time, times, and half a time" the term "time" means "year." This phrase refers to a three-and-a-half-year period of time during the great tribulation at the end of this present age.
- "Time" can mean "occasion" in a phrase like "third time." The phrase "many times" can mean "on many occasions."
- To be "on time" means to do something when expected or needed, not late.
- Depending on the context, the term "time" could be translated as, "season" or "time period" or "moment" or "event" or "occurrence."
(See also: age, tribulation)
Bible References:
- Acts 01:07
- Daniel 12:1-2
- Mark 11:11
- Matthew 08:29
- Psalms 068:28-29
- Revelation 14:15
Word Data:
- Strong's: H116, H227, H1697, H1755, H2165, H2166, H2233, H2465, H3027, H3117, H3118, H3119, H3259, H3427, H4150, H4279, H4489, H4557, H4592, H5331, H5703, H5732, H5750, H5769, H6235, H6256, H6440, H6471, H6924, H7105, H7138, H7223, H7272, H7637, H7651, H7655, H7659, H7674, H8027, H8032, H8138, H8145, H8160, H8462, H8543, G744, G530, G1074, G1208, G1441, G1597, G1626, G2034, G2119, G2121, G2250, G2540, G3461, G3568, G3764, G3819, G3999, G4181, G4183, G4218, G4287, G4340, G4455, G5151, G5305, G5550, G5551, G5610
Forms Found in the English ULB:
time, times
time
Definitions:
In the Bible the term "time" was often used to refer to a specific season or period of time when certain events took place. It has a meaning similar to "age" or "epoch" or "season."
- In both Daniel and Revelation speak of a "time" of great trouble or tribulation that will come upon the earth.
- In the phrase "time, times, and half a time" the term "time" means "year." This phrase refers to a three-and-a-half-year period of time during the great tribulation at the end of this present age.
- "Time" can mean "occasion" in a phrase like "third time." The phrase "many times" can mean "on many occasions."
- To be "on time" means to do something when expected or needed, not late.
- Depending on the context, the term "time" could be translated as, "season" or "time period" or "moment" or "event" or "occurrence."
(See also: age, tribulation)
Bible References:
- Acts 01:07
- Daniel 12:1-2
- Mark 11:11
- Matthew 08:29
- Psalms 068:28-29
- Revelation 14:15
Word Data:
- Strong's: H116, H227, H1697, H1755, H2165, H2166, H2233, H2465, H3027, H3117, H3118, H3119, H3259, H3427, H4150, H4279, H4489, H4557, H4592, H5331, H5703, H5732, H5750, H5769, H6235, H6256, H6440, H6471, H6924, H7105, H7138, H7223, H7272, H7637, H7651, H7655, H7659, H7674, H8027, H8032, H8138, H8145, H8160, H8462, H8543, G744, G530, G1074, G1208, G1441, G1597, G1626, G2034, G2119, G2121, G2250, G2540, G3461, G3568, G3764, G3819, G3999, G4181, G4183, G4218, G4287, G4340, G4455, G5151, G5305, G5550, G5551, G5610
Forms Found in the English ULB:
time, times
tomb
Related Ideas:
burial place, grave, gravediggers
Definition:
The terms "tomb" and "grave" refer to a place where people put the body of a person who has died. A "burial place" is a more general term that also refers to this.
- The Jews buried bodies in natural caves, in caves that they dug in the side of a hill, or in holes that they dug in the ground.
- In New Testament times, it was common to roll a large, heavy stone in front of the opening of a tomb in order to close it.
- If in the target language the word for a tomb can only refer to a hole in which the body is placed below the ground, other ways to translate this could include "cave" or "hole in the side of a hill."
- A gravedigger is a person who digs a grave to put a dead body in it.
- The phrase "the grave" is often used generally and figuratively to refer to the condition of being dead or a place where the souls of dead people are.
(See also: bury, death)
Bible References:
- Acts 02:29-31
- Genesis 23:06
- Genesis 50:05
- John 19:41
- Luke 23:53
- Mark 05:1-2
- Matthew 27:53
- Romans 03:13
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1430, H6900, H6913, H7585, H7845, G3418, G3419, G5028
Forms Found in the English ULB:
burial place, grave, gravediggers, graves, tomb, tombs
tomb
Related Ideas:
burial place, grave, gravediggers
Definition:
The terms "tomb" and "grave" refer to a place where people put the body of a person who has died. A "burial place" is a more general term that also refers to this.
- The Jews buried bodies in natural caves, in caves that they dug in the side of a hill, or in holes that they dug in the ground.
- In New Testament times, it was common to roll a large, heavy stone in front of the opening of a tomb in order to close it.
- If in the target language the word for a tomb can only refer to a hole in which the body is placed below the ground, other ways to translate this could include "cave" or "hole in the side of a hill."
- A gravedigger is a person who digs a grave to put a dead body in it.
- The phrase "the grave" is often used generally and figuratively to refer to the condition of being dead or a place where the souls of dead people are.
(See also: bury, death)
Bible References:
- Acts 02:29-31
- Genesis 23:06
- Genesis 50:05
- John 19:41
- Luke 23:53
- Mark 05:1-2
- Matthew 27:53
- Romans 03:13
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1430, H6900, H6913, H7585, H7845, G3418, G3419, G5028
Forms Found in the English ULB:
burial place, grave, gravediggers, graves, tomb, tombs
tongue
Related Ideas:
language
Definition:
There are several figurative meanings of "tongue" in the Bible.
- In the Bible, the most common figurative meaning for this term is "language" or "speech."
- Sometimes "tongue" may refer to a human language spoken by a certain people group.
- Other times it refers to a supernatural language that the Holy Spirit gives believers in Christ as one of the "gifts of the Spirit."
- The expression "tongues" of fire refers to "flames" of fire.
- In the expression "my tongue rejoices," the term "tongue" refers to the whole person.
- The phrase "lying tongue" refers to a person's voice or speech. (See: metonymy)
Translation Suggestions
- Depending on the context, the term "tongue" can be translated by "language" or "spiritual language." If it is not clear which one it is referring to, it is better to translate it as "language."
- When referring to fire, this term could be translated as "flames."
- The expression "my tongue rejoices" could be translated as "I rejoice and praise God" or "I am joyfully praising God."
- The phrase, "tongue that lies" could be translated as "person who tell lies" or "people who lie."
- Phrases such as "with their tongues" could be translated as "with what they say" or "by their words."
(See also: gift, Holy Spirit, joy, praise, joy, spirit)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 12:10
- 1 John 03:18
- 2 Samuel 23:02
- Acts 02:26
- Ezekiel 36:03
- Philippians 02:11
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3956, G1100, G1258, G2084, G5456
Forms Found in the English ULB:
language, languages, tongue, tongues
tongue
Related Ideas:
language
Definition:
There are several figurative meanings of "tongue" in the Bible.
- In the Bible, the most common figurative meaning for this term is "language" or "speech."
- Sometimes "tongue" may refer to a human language spoken by a certain people group.
- Other times it refers to a supernatural language that the Holy Spirit gives believers in Christ as one of the "gifts of the Spirit."
- The expression "tongues" of fire refers to "flames" of fire.
- In the expression "my tongue rejoices," the term "tongue" refers to the whole person.
- The phrase "lying tongue" refers to a person's voice or speech. (See: metonymy)
Translation Suggestions
- Depending on the context, the term "tongue" can be translated by "language" or "spiritual language." If it is not clear which one it is referring to, it is better to translate it as "language."
- When referring to fire, this term could be translated as "flames."
- The expression "my tongue rejoices" could be translated as "I rejoice and praise God" or "I am joyfully praising God."
- The phrase, "tongue that lies" could be translated as "person who tell lies" or "people who lie."
- Phrases such as "with their tongues" could be translated as "with what they say" or "by their words."
(See also: gift, Holy Spirit, joy, praise, joy, spirit)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 12:10
- 1 John 03:18
- 2 Samuel 23:02
- Acts 02:26
- Ezekiel 36:03
- Philippians 02:11
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3956, G1100, G1258, G2084, G5456
Forms Found in the English ULB:
language, languages, tongue, tongues
tradition
Definition:
The term "tradition" refers to a custom or practice that has been kept over time and which is passed down to people in later generations.
- Often in the Bible the word "traditions" referred to teachings and practices that people made, not God's laws. The expression "tradition of men" or "human tradition" makes this clear.
- Phrases such as "traditions of the elders" or "traditions of my fathers" referred specifically to Jewish customs and practices that Jewish leaders over time had added to the laws God gave to the Israelites through Moses. Even though these added traditions had not come from God, people thought they had to obey them in order to be righteous.
- The apostle Paul used the term "tradition" in a different way to refer to teachings about Christian practice that came from God and that he and other apostles had taught new believers.
- In modern times, there are many Christian traditions that are not taught in the Bible, but rather are the result of historically accepted customs and practices. These traditions should always be evaluated in light of what God teaches us in the Bible.
(See also: apostle, believe, Christian, father, generation, Jew, law of Moses, Moses)
Bible References:
- 2 Thessalonians 03:6-9
- Colossians 02:08
- Galatians 01:13-14
- Mark 07:02
- Matthew 15:03
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
tradition, traditions
tradition
Definition:
The term "tradition" refers to a custom or practice that has been kept over time and which is passed down to people in later generations.
- Often in the Bible the word "traditions" referred to teachings and practices that people made, not God's laws. The expression "tradition of men" or "human tradition" makes this clear.
- Phrases such as "traditions of the elders" or "traditions of my fathers" referred specifically to Jewish customs and practices that Jewish leaders over time had added to the laws God gave to the Israelites through Moses. Even though these added traditions had not come from God, people thought they had to obey them in order to be righteous.
- The apostle Paul used the term "tradition" in a different way to refer to teachings about Christian practice that came from God and that he and other apostles had taught new believers.
- In modern times, there are many Christian traditions that are not taught in the Bible, but rather are the result of historically accepted customs and practices. These traditions should always be evaluated in light of what God teaches us in the Bible.
(See also: apostle, believe, Christian, father, generation, Jew, law of Moses, Moses)
Bible References:
- 2 Thessalonians 03:6-9
- Colossians 02:08
- Galatians 01:13-14
- Mark 07:02
- Matthew 15:03
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
tradition, traditions
tremble
Related Ideas:
shake
Definition:
To "tremble" means to shake or quiver out of fear or extreme distress.
- This term is also used figuratively to mean "be very afraid."
- Sometimes when the ground shakes it is said to "tremble." It can do this during an earthquake or in response to a very loud noise.
- The Bible says that in the presence of the Lord the earth will tremble. This could mean that the people of the earth will shake out of fear of God or that the earth itself will shake.
- This term could be translated as "be afraid" or "fear God" or "shake," depending on the context.
(See also: earth, fear, lord)
Bible References:
- 2 Corinthians 07:15
- 2 Samuel 22:44-46
- Acts 16:29-31
- Jeremiah 05:22
- Luke 08:47
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1674, H2111, H2112, H2151, H2342, H2648, H2727, H2729, H2730, H2731, H5128, H5425, H5568, H6206, H6342, H6426, H6427, H7264, H7268, H7269, H7322, H7460, H7461, H7481, H7493, H7578, H8078, G1790, G4579, G5141, G5156, G5425
Forms Found in the English ULB:
shake, shakes, shook, tremble, trembled, trembles, trembling
tremble
Related Ideas:
shake
Definition:
To "tremble" means to shake or quiver out of fear or extreme distress.
- This term is also used figuratively to mean "be very afraid."
- Sometimes when the ground shakes it is said to "tremble." It can do this during an earthquake or in response to a very loud noise.
- The Bible says that in the presence of the Lord the earth will tremble. This could mean that the people of the earth will shake out of fear of God or that the earth itself will shake.
- This term could be translated as "be afraid" or "fear God" or "shake," depending on the context.
(See also: earth, fear, lord)
Bible References:
- 2 Corinthians 07:15
- 2 Samuel 22:44-46
- Acts 16:29-31
- Jeremiah 05:22
- Luke 08:47
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1674, H2111, H2112, H2151, H2342, H2648, H2727, H2729, H2730, H2731, H5128, H5425, H5568, H6206, H6342, H6426, H6427, H7264, H7268, H7269, H7322, H7460, H7461, H7481, H7493, H7578, H8078, G1790, G4579, G5141, G5156, G5425
Forms Found in the English ULB:
shake, shakes, shook, tremble, trembled, trembles, trembling
trial
Related Ideas:
case, on trial, plead a case
Definition:
The term "trial" refers to a situation in which something or someone is "tried" or tested.
- A "trial" can be a judicial hearing in a court in which evidence is given to prove whether the person "on trial" is innocent or guilty of wrongdoing.
- A "case" is a person's problem or complaint and the reasons he thinks he is right. A judge listens to the case during a trial and decides what should be done.
- To "plead" someone's case is to represent his case in court, telling why the person is right about what happened and about what should be done.
The term "trial" is also used figuratively.
- The term "trial" can also refer to difficult circumstances that a person goes through as God tests their faith. Another word for this is "testing. "Temptation" is a particular kind of trial.
- Many people in the Bible were tested to see if they would continue to believe and obey God. They went through trials which included being beaten, imprisoned, or even killed because of their faith.
(See also: tempt, test, innocent, guilt)
Bible References:
- Deuteronomy 04:34
- Ezekiel 21:12-13
- Lamentations 03:58-61
- Proverbs 25:7-8
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3198, H4531, H4941, H7378, H7379, G178, G350, G1383, G2919, G3986, G4822
Forms Found in the English ULB:
case, on trial, plead ... case, trial, trials
trial
Related Ideas:
case, on trial, plead a case
Definition:
The term "trial" refers to a situation in which something or someone is "tried" or tested.
- A "trial" can be a judicial hearing in a court in which evidence is given to prove whether the person "on trial" is innocent or guilty of wrongdoing.
- A "case" is a person's problem or complaint and the reasons he thinks he is right. A judge listens to the case during a trial and decides what should be done.
- To "plead" someone's case is to represent his case in court, telling why the person is right about what happened and about what should be done.
The term "trial" is also used figuratively.
- The term "trial" can also refer to difficult circumstances that a person goes through as God tests their faith. Another word for this is "testing. "Temptation" is a particular kind of trial.
- Many people in the Bible were tested to see if they would continue to believe and obey God. They went through trials which included being beaten, imprisoned, or even killed because of their faith.
(See also: tempt, test, innocent, guilt)
Bible References:
- Deuteronomy 04:34
- Ezekiel 21:12-13
- Lamentations 03:58-61
- Proverbs 25:7-8
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3198, H4531, H4941, H7378, H7379, G178, G350, G1383, G2919, G3986, G4822
Forms Found in the English ULB:
case, on trial, plead ... case, trial, trials
tribe
Related Ideas:
tribal
Definition:
A tribe is a group of people who are descended from a common ancestor.
- People from the same tribe usually also share a common language and culture.
- In the Old Testament, God divided the people of Israel into twelve tribes. Each tribe was descended from a son or grandson of Jacob.
- A tribe is smaller than a nation, but larger than a clan.
(See also: clan, nation, people group, twelve tribes of Israel)
Bible References:
- 1 Samuel 10:19
- 2 Kings 17:16-18
- Genesis 25:16
- Genesis 49:17
- Luke 02:36-38
Word Data:
- Strong's: H523, H4294, H4940, H7625, H7626, G1429, G5443
Forms Found in the English ULB:
tribal, tribe, tribes
tribe
Related Ideas:
tribal
Definition:
A tribe is a group of people who are descended from a common ancestor.
- People from the same tribe usually also share a common language and culture.
- In the Old Testament, God divided the people of Israel into twelve tribes. Each tribe was descended from a son or grandson of Jacob.
- A tribe is smaller than a nation, but larger than a clan.
(See also: clan, nation, people group, twelve tribes of Israel)
Bible References:
- 1 Samuel 10:19
- 2 Kings 17:16-18
- Genesis 25:16
- Genesis 49:17
- Luke 02:36-38
Word Data:
- Strong's: H523, H4294, H4940, H7625, H7626, G1429, G5443
Forms Found in the English ULB:
tribal, tribe, tribes
tribulation
Related Ideas:
distress
Definition:
The term "tribulation" refers to a time of hardship, suffering, and distress.
- It is explained in the New Testament that Christians will endure times of persecution and other kinds of tribulation because many people in this world are opposed to Jesus' teachings.
- "The Great Tribulation" is a term used in the Bible to describe a period of time just before Jesus' second coming when God's wrath will be poured out on the earth for several years.
- The term "tribulation" could also be translated as "time of great suffering" or "deep distress" or "severe difficulties."
(See also: earth, teach, wrath)
Bible References:
- Mark 04:17
- Mark 13:19
- Matthew 13:20-21
- Matthew 24:09
- Matthew 24:29
- Romans 02:09
Word Data:
- Strong's: H4689, H4691, H6862, H6869, H6887, H7185, H7451, G1453, G1568, G2347, G3076, G4912, G4928
Forms Found in the English ULB:
distress, distressed, distresses, tribulation, tribulations
tribulation
Related Ideas:
distress
Definition:
The term "tribulation" refers to a time of hardship, suffering, and distress.
- It is explained in the New Testament that Christians will endure times of persecution and other kinds of tribulation because many people in this world are opposed to Jesus' teachings.
- "The Great Tribulation" is a term used in the Bible to describe a period of time just before Jesus' second coming when God's wrath will be poured out on the earth for several years.
- The term "tribulation" could also be translated as "time of great suffering" or "deep distress" or "severe difficulties."
(See also: earth, teach, wrath)
Bible References:
- Mark 04:17
- Mark 13:19
- Matthew 13:20-21
- Matthew 24:09
- Matthew 24:29
- Romans 02:09
Word Data:
- Strong's: H4689, H4691, H6862, H6869, H6887, H7185, H7451, G1453, G1568, G2347, G3076, G4912, G4928
Forms Found in the English ULB:
distress, distressed, distresses, tribulation, tribulations
tribute
Definition:
The term "tribute" refers to a gift from one ruler to another ruler, for the purpose of protection and for good relations between their nations.
- A tribute can also be a payment that a ruler or government requires from the people, such as a toll or tax.
- In Bible times, traveling kings or rulers sometimes paid a tribute to the king of the region they were traveling through to make sure they would be protected and safe.
- Often the tribute would include things besides money, such as foods, spices, rich clothing, and expensive metals such as gold.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, "tribute" could be translated as "official gifts" or "special tax" or "required payment."
(See also: gold, king, ruler, tax)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 18:1-2
- 2 Chronicles 09:22-24
- 2 Kings 17:03
- Luke 23:02
Word Data:
- Strong's: H814, H1093, H4061, H4503, H4530, H4853, H4864, H6066, H7862, G5411
Forms Found in the English ULB:
tribute
tribute
Definition:
The term "tribute" refers to a gift from one ruler to another ruler, for the purpose of protection and for good relations between their nations.
- A tribute can also be a payment that a ruler or government requires from the people, such as a toll or tax.
- In Bible times, traveling kings or rulers sometimes paid a tribute to the king of the region they were traveling through to make sure they would be protected and safe.
- Often the tribute would include things besides money, such as foods, spices, rich clothing, and expensive metals such as gold.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, "tribute" could be translated as "official gifts" or "special tax" or "required payment."
(See also: gold, king, ruler, tax)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 18:1-2
- 2 Chronicles 09:22-24
- 2 Kings 17:03
- Luke 23:02
Word Data:
- Strong's: H814, H1093, H4061, H4503, H4530, H4853, H4864, H6066, H7862, G5411
Forms Found in the English ULB:
tribute
trouble
Related Ideas:
troublesome
Definition:
A "trouble" is an experience in life that is very difficult and distressing. To "trouble" someone means to "bother" that person or to cause him distress. Something that is "troubling" causes people to feel distressed. Someone who is troublesome causes problems. To be "troubled" means to feel upset or anxious or distressed about something.
A "tumult" is a group of people making much noise because they are troubled or unhappy.
- Troubles can be physical, emotional, or spiritual things that hurt a person.
- In the Bible, often troubles are times of testing that God uses to help believers mature and grow in their faith.
- The Old Testament use of "trouble" also referred to judgment that came on people groups who were immoral and rejected God.
Translation Suggestions
- The term "trouble" or "troubles" could also be translated as "danger" or "painful things that happen" or "persecution" or "difficult experiences" or "distress."
- The term "troubled" could be translated with a word or phrase that means "undergoing distress" or "feeling terrible distress" or "worried" or "anxious" or "distressed" or "terrified" or "disturbed."
- "Don't trouble her" could also be translated as "don't bother her" or "don't criticize her."
- The phrase "day of trouble" or "times of trouble" could also be translated as "when you experience distress" or " when difficult things happen to you" or "when God causes distressing things to happen."
- Ways to translate "make trouble" or "bring trouble" could include "cause distressing things to happen" or "cause difficulties" or "make them experience very difficult things."
(See also: afflict, persecute)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 18:18-19
- 2 Chronicles 25:19
- Luke 24:38
- Matthew 24:06
- Matthew 26:36-38
Word Data:
- Strong's: H205, H926, H927, H1204, H1607, H1644, H1672, H2196, H5916, H5999, H6031, H6040, H6087, H6470, H6696, H6862, H6869, H6887, H7264, H7267, H7451, H7489, H8513, G318, G387, G1613, G1776, G2346, G2347, G2350, G2360, G2873, G2906, G3636, G3926, G3986, G4423, G4660, G5015, G5182
Forms Found in the English ULB:
trouble, troubled, troubles, troublesome, troubling
trouble
Related Ideas:
troublesome
Definition:
A "trouble" is an experience in life that is very difficult and distressing. To "trouble" someone means to "bother" that person or to cause him distress. Something that is "troubling" causes people to feel distressed. Someone who is troublesome causes problems. To be "troubled" means to feel upset or anxious or distressed about something.
A "tumult" is a group of people making much noise because they are troubled or unhappy.
- Troubles can be physical, emotional, or spiritual things that hurt a person.
- In the Bible, often troubles are times of testing that God uses to help believers mature and grow in their faith.
- The Old Testament use of "trouble" also referred to judgment that came on people groups who were immoral and rejected God.
Translation Suggestions
- The term "trouble" or "troubles" could also be translated as "danger" or "painful things that happen" or "persecution" or "difficult experiences" or "distress."
- The term "troubled" could be translated with a word or phrase that means "undergoing distress" or "feeling terrible distress" or "worried" or "anxious" or "distressed" or "terrified" or "disturbed."
- "Don't trouble her" could also be translated as "don't bother her" or "don't criticize her."
- The phrase "day of trouble" or "times of trouble" could also be translated as "when you experience distress" or " when difficult things happen to you" or "when God causes distressing things to happen."
- Ways to translate "make trouble" or "bring trouble" could include "cause distressing things to happen" or "cause difficulties" or "make them experience very difficult things."
(See also: afflict, persecute)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 18:18-19
- 2 Chronicles 25:19
- Luke 24:38
- Matthew 24:06
- Matthew 26:36-38
Word Data:
- Strong's: H205, H926, H927, H1204, H1607, H1644, H1672, H2196, H5916, H5999, H6031, H6040, H6087, H6470, H6696, H6862, H6869, H6887, H7264, H7267, H7451, H7489, H8513, G318, G387, G1613, G1776, G2346, G2347, G2350, G2360, G2873, G2906, G3636, G3926, G3986, G4423, G4660, G5015, G5182
Forms Found in the English ULB:
trouble, troubled, troubles, troublesome, troubling
true
Related Ideas:
certain, certainly, certainty, indeed, real, sure, surely, truly, truth, truthful, truthfulness, truths
Definition:
The term "truth" refers to one or more concepts that are facts, events that actually happened, and statements that were actually said. Such concepts are said to be "true."
- True things are real, genuine, actual, rightful, legitimate, and factual.
- The truth is an understanding, belief, fact, or statement that is true.
- To say that a prophecy "came true" or "will come true" mean that it actually happened as predicted or that it will happen that way.
- The word "truly" is used to emphasize what the speaker is saying. "Truly" is sometimes translated as "surely" or "certainly."
- Truth includes the concept of acting in a way that is reliable and faithful.
- Jesus revealed God's truth in the words that he spoke.
- God's word is truth. It tells about things that actually happened and teaches what is true about God and about everything he has made.
- The word "certainty" refers to a truth about which one can be certain that it is true.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context and what is being described, the term "true" could also be translated by "real" or "factual" or "correct" or "right" or "certain" or "genuine."
- Ways to translate the term "truth" could include "what is true" or "fact" or "certainty" or "principle."
- The expression "come true" could also be translated as "actually happen" or "be fulfilled" or "happen as predicted."
- The expression "tell the truth" or "speak the truth" could also be translated as "say what is true" or "tell what really happened" or "say things that are reliable."
- To "accept the truth" could be translated as "believe what is true about God."
(See also: believe, faithful, fulfill, obey, prophet, understand)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 05:6-8
- 1 John 01:5-7
- 1 John 02:08
- 3 John 01:08
- Acts 26:24-26
- Colossians 01:06
- Genesis 47:29-31
- James 01:18
- James 03:14
- James 05:19
- Jeremiah 04:02
- John 01:9
- John 01:16-18
- John 01:51
- John 03:31-33
- Joshua 07:19-21
- Lamentations 05:19-22
- Matthew 08:10
- Matthew 12:17
- Psalm 026:1-3
- Revelation 01:19-20
- Revelation 15:3-4
Word Data:
- Strong's: H530, H543, H551, H571, H3330, H5229, H6664, H6965, H7187, H7189, G225, G226, G227, G228, G230, G281, G803, G804, G1103, G3483, G4103, G4137, G5198, G5199
Forms Found in the English ULB:
certainly, certainty, for certain, indeed, real, sure, surely, true, truly, truth, truthful, truthfulness, truths
true
Related Ideas:
certain, certainly, certainty, indeed, real, sure, surely, truly, truth, truthful, truthfulness, truths
Definition:
The term "truth" refers to one or more concepts that are facts, events that actually happened, and statements that were actually said. Such concepts are said to be "true."
- True things are real, genuine, actual, rightful, legitimate, and factual.
- The truth is an understanding, belief, fact, or statement that is true.
- To say that a prophecy "came true" or "will come true" mean that it actually happened as predicted or that it will happen that way.
- The word "truly" is used to emphasize what the speaker is saying. "Truly" is sometimes translated as "surely" or "certainly."
- Truth includes the concept of acting in a way that is reliable and faithful.
- Jesus revealed God's truth in the words that he spoke.
- God's word is truth. It tells about things that actually happened and teaches what is true about God and about everything he has made.
- The word "certainty" refers to a truth about which one can be certain that it is true.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context and what is being described, the term "true" could also be translated by "real" or "factual" or "correct" or "right" or "certain" or "genuine."
- Ways to translate the term "truth" could include "what is true" or "fact" or "certainty" or "principle."
- The expression "come true" could also be translated as "actually happen" or "be fulfilled" or "happen as predicted."
- The expression "tell the truth" or "speak the truth" could also be translated as "say what is true" or "tell what really happened" or "say things that are reliable."
- To "accept the truth" could be translated as "believe what is true about God."
(See also: believe, faithful, fulfill, obey, prophet, understand)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 05:6-8
- 1 John 01:5-7
- 1 John 02:08
- 3 John 01:08
- Acts 26:24-26
- Colossians 01:06
- Genesis 47:29-31
- James 01:18
- James 03:14
- James 05:19
- Jeremiah 04:02
- John 01:9
- John 01:16-18
- John 01:51
- John 03:31-33
- Joshua 07:19-21
- Lamentations 05:19-22
- Matthew 08:10
- Matthew 12:17
- Psalm 026:1-3
- Revelation 01:19-20
- Revelation 15:3-4
Word Data:
- Strong's: H530, H543, H551, H571, H3330, H5229, H6664, H6965, H7187, H7189, G225, G226, G227, G228, G230, G281, G803, G804, G1103, G3483, G4103, G4137, G5198, G5199
Forms Found in the English ULB:
certainly, certainty, for certain, indeed, real, sure, surely, true, truly, truth, truthful, truthfulness, truths
trust
Related Ideas:
entrust, trustworthiness, trustworthy
Definition:
To "trust" something or someone is to believe that the thing or person is true or dependable. That belief is also called "trust." A "trustworthy" person is one you can trust to do and say what is right and true, and therefore one who has the quality of "trustworthiness."
- Trust is closely related to faith. If we trust someone, we have faith in that person to do what they promised to do.
- Having trust in someone also means depending on that person.
- To "trust in" Jesus means to believe that he is God, to believe that he died on the cross to pay for our sins, and to rely on him to save us.
- A "trustworthy saying" refers to something that is said that can be counted on to be true.
- For one person to "entrust" something to a second person is for the first person to give that thing to the second person and expect that the second person will do what the first person tells him to do.
Translation Suggestions:
- Ways to translate "trust" could include "believe" or "have faith" or "have confidence" or "depend on."
- The phrase "put your trust in" is very similar in meaning to "trust in."
- The term "trustworthy" could be translated as "dependable" or "reliable" or "can always be trusted."
(See also: believe, confidence, faith, faithful, true)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 09:22-24
- 1 Timothy 04:09
- Hosea 10:12-13
- Isaiah 31:1-2
- Nehemiah 13:13
- Psalm 031:05
- Titus 03:8
Word Data:
- Strong's: H530, H539, H540, H571, H982, H1556, H2620, H3176, H4009, H4268, H7365, G1679, G3860, G3982, G4100, G4103
Forms Found in the English ULB:
entrust, entrusted, entrusting, trust, trusted, trusting, trusts, trustworthiness, trustworthy
trust
Related Ideas:
entrust, trustworthiness, trustworthy
Definition:
To "trust" something or someone is to believe that the thing or person is true or dependable. That belief is also called "trust." A "trustworthy" person is one you can trust to do and say what is right and true, and therefore one who has the quality of "trustworthiness."
- Trust is closely related to faith. If we trust someone, we have faith in that person to do what they promised to do.
- Having trust in someone also means depending on that person.
- To "trust in" Jesus means to believe that he is God, to believe that he died on the cross to pay for our sins, and to rely on him to save us.
- A "trustworthy saying" refers to something that is said that can be counted on to be true.
- For one person to "entrust" something to a second person is for the first person to give that thing to the second person and expect that the second person will do what the first person tells him to do.
Translation Suggestions:
- Ways to translate "trust" could include "believe" or "have faith" or "have confidence" or "depend on."
- The phrase "put your trust in" is very similar in meaning to "trust in."
- The term "trustworthy" could be translated as "dependable" or "reliable" or "can always be trusted."
(See also: believe, confidence, faith, faithful, true)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 09:22-24
- 1 Timothy 04:09
- Hosea 10:12-13
- Isaiah 31:1-2
- Nehemiah 13:13
- Psalm 031:05
- Titus 03:8
Word Data:
- Strong's: H530, H539, H540, H571, H982, H1556, H2620, H3176, H4009, H4268, H7365, G1679, G3860, G3982, G4100, G4103
Forms Found in the English ULB:
entrust, entrusted, entrusting, trust, trusted, trusting, trusts, trustworthiness, trustworthy
tunic
Definition:
In the Bible, the term "tunic" referred to a garment that was worn next to the skin, under other clothing.
- A tunic reached from the shoulders down to the waist or knees and was usually worn with a belt. Tunics worn by wealthy people sometimes had sleeves and reached down to the ankles.
- Tunics were made of leather, haircloth, wool, or linen, and were worn by both men and women.
- A tunic was normally worn under a longer over-garment, such as a toga or outer robe. In warmer weather a tunic was sometimes worn with no outer garment.
- This term could be translated as "long shirt" or "long undergarment" or "shirt-like garment." It could also be written in a similar way to "tunic," with a note to explain what kind of clothing it was.
(See Also: robe)
Bible References:
- Daniel 03:21-23
- Isaiah 22:21
- Leviticus 08:12-13
- Luke 03:11
- Mark 06:7-9
- Matthew 10:10
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2243, H3801, H6361, G5509
Forms Found in the English ULB:
tunic, tunics
tunic
Definition:
In the Bible, the term "tunic" referred to a garment that was worn next to the skin, under other clothing.
- A tunic reached from the shoulders down to the waist or knees and was usually worn with a belt. Tunics worn by wealthy people sometimes had sleeves and reached down to the ankles.
- Tunics were made of leather, haircloth, wool, or linen, and were worn by both men and women.
- A tunic was normally worn under a longer over-garment, such as a toga or outer robe. In warmer weather a tunic was sometimes worn with no outer garment.
- This term could be translated as "long shirt" or "long undergarment" or "shirt-like garment." It could also be written in a similar way to "tunic," with a note to explain what kind of clothing it was.
(See Also: robe)
Bible References:
- Daniel 03:21-23
- Isaiah 22:21
- Leviticus 08:12-13
- Luke 03:11
- Mark 06:7-9
- Matthew 10:10
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2243, H3801, H6361, G5509
Forms Found in the English ULB:
tunic, tunics
turn
Related Ideas:
apostasy, apostate
Definition:
To "turn" means to physically change direction or to cause something else to change direction.
- The term "turn" can also mean "turn around" to look behind or to face a different direction.
- To "turn back" or "turn away" means to "go back" or "go away" or "cause to go away."
- To "turn away from" something can mean either to stop doing it or to not start doing it.
- To "turn away from" someone means either to refuse to have anything to do with him or to reject him.
- To "turn toward" someone means to look directly at that person.
- To "turn and leave" or "turn his back to leave" means to "go away."
- To "turn back to" means to "start doing something again."
- To "turn away from" means to "stop doing something."
- To "avoid" something is to stay away from it.
- "Apostasy" is the act of turning away from God.
- An "act of apostasy" is an action that someone does to show that he no longer wants to obey God or because he no longer obeys God.
- The term "apostate" describes people who have turned away from God.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, "turn" can be translated as "change direction" or "go" or "move."
- In some contexts, "turn" could be translated as "cause" (someone) to do something. To "turn (someone) away from" could be translated as "cause (someone) to go away" or "cause (someone) to stop."
- The phrase "turn away from God" could be translated as "stop worshiping God."
- The phrase "turn back to God" could be translated as "start worshiping God again."
- When enemies "turn back," it means they "retreat." To "turn back the enemy" means to "cause the enemy to retreat."
- Used figuratively, when Israel "turned to" false gods, they "started to worship" them. When they "turned away" from idols, they "stopped worshiping" them.
- When God "turned away from" his rebellious people, he "stopped protecting" or "stopped helping" them.
- The phrase "turn the hearts of the fathers to their children" could be translated as "cause fathers to care for their children again."
- The expression "turn my honor into shame" could be translated as "cause my honor to become shame" or "dishonor me so that I am shamed" or "shame me (by doing what is evil) so that people no longer honor me."
- "I will turn your cities into ruin" could be translated as "I will cause your cities to be destroyed" or "I will cause enemies to destroy your cities."
- The phrase "turn into" could be translated as "become." When Moses' rod "turned into" a snake, it "became" a snake." It could also be translated as "changed into."
(See also: god, leper, worship)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 11:02
- Acts 07:42
- Acts 11:21
- Jeremiah 36:1-3
- Luke 01:17
- Malachi 04:06
- Revelation 11:06
Word Data:
- Strong's: H541, H2015, H2017, H2186, H2559, H3363, H3943, H4672, H4740, H4878, H5186, H5253, H5414, H5437, H5472, H5493, H5528, H5627, H5753, H6437, H7227, H7725, H7734, H7750, H7760, H7847, H8159, H8447, G344, G387, G654, G665, G868, G1294, G1578, G1612, G1624, G1994, G3179, G3313, G3329, G3344, G3346, G4762, G5157, G5290
Forms Found in the English ULB:
acts of apostasy, apostasy, apostate, turn, turn ... away, turned, turned ... away, turned ... away ... in disgust, turned ... back, turning, turning ... away, turns, turns ... away, turns ... away from
turn
Related Ideas:
apostasy, apostate
Definition:
To "turn" means to physically change direction or to cause something else to change direction.
- The term "turn" can also mean "turn around" to look behind or to face a different direction.
- To "turn back" or "turn away" means to "go back" or "go away" or "cause to go away."
- To "turn away from" something can mean either to stop doing it or to not start doing it.
- To "turn away from" someone means either to refuse to have anything to do with him or to reject him.
- To "turn toward" someone means to look directly at that person.
- To "turn and leave" or "turn his back to leave" means to "go away."
- To "turn back to" means to "start doing something again."
- To "turn away from" means to "stop doing something."
- To "avoid" something is to stay away from it.
- "Apostasy" is the act of turning away from God.
- An "act of apostasy" is an action that someone does to show that he no longer wants to obey God or because he no longer obeys God.
- The term "apostate" describes people who have turned away from God.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, "turn" can be translated as "change direction" or "go" or "move."
- In some contexts, "turn" could be translated as "cause" (someone) to do something. To "turn (someone) away from" could be translated as "cause (someone) to go away" or "cause (someone) to stop."
- The phrase "turn away from God" could be translated as "stop worshiping God."
- The phrase "turn back to God" could be translated as "start worshiping God again."
- When enemies "turn back," it means they "retreat." To "turn back the enemy" means to "cause the enemy to retreat."
- Used figuratively, when Israel "turned to" false gods, they "started to worship" them. When they "turned away" from idols, they "stopped worshiping" them.
- When God "turned away from" his rebellious people, he "stopped protecting" or "stopped helping" them.
- The phrase "turn the hearts of the fathers to their children" could be translated as "cause fathers to care for their children again."
- The expression "turn my honor into shame" could be translated as "cause my honor to become shame" or "dishonor me so that I am shamed" or "shame me (by doing what is evil) so that people no longer honor me."
- "I will turn your cities into ruin" could be translated as "I will cause your cities to be destroyed" or "I will cause enemies to destroy your cities."
- The phrase "turn into" could be translated as "become." When Moses' rod "turned into" a snake, it "became" a snake." It could also be translated as "changed into."
(See also: god, leper, worship)
Bible References:
- 1 Kings 11:02
- Acts 07:42
- Acts 11:21
- Jeremiah 36:1-3
- Luke 01:17
- Malachi 04:06
- Revelation 11:06
Word Data:
- Strong's: H541, H2015, H2017, H2186, H2559, H3363, H3943, H4672, H4740, H4878, H5186, H5253, H5414, H5437, H5472, H5493, H5528, H5627, H5753, H6437, H7227, H7725, H7734, H7750, H7760, H7847, H8159, H8447, G344, G387, G654, G665, G868, G1294, G1578, G1612, G1624, G1994, G3179, G3313, G3329, G3344, G3346, G4762, G5157, G5290
Forms Found in the English ULB:
acts of apostasy, apostasy, apostate, turn, turn ... away, turned, turned ... away, turned ... away ... in disgust, turned ... back, turning, turning ... away, turns, turns ... away, turns ... away from
understand
Related Ideas:
argument, craftiness, insight, intelligent, realize, unintentionally, without understanding
Definition:
The term "understand" means to hear or receive information and know what it means.
- The term "understanding" can refer to "knowledge" or "wisdom" or realizing how to do something.
- To understand someone can also mean to know how that person is feeling.
- A person who is "without understanding" does not understand.
- While walking on the road to Emmaus, Jesus caused the disciples to understand the meaning of the scriptures about the Messiah.
- Depending on the context, the term "understand" could be translated by "know" or "believe" or "comprehend" or "know what (something) means."
- Often the term "understanding" can be translated by "knowledge" or "wisdom" or "insight."
- "Arguments" are statements that one person makes to share his understanding with another person and to convince that other person to understand something the same way.
- "Craftiness" is understanding used for evil.
- An "intelligent" person thinks clearly and learns quickly.
- To do something "unintentionally" is to do it without knowing or by accident or without intending to do it.
(See also: believe, know, wise)
Bible References:
- Job 34:16-17
- Luke 02:47
- Luke 08:10
- Matthew 13:12
- Matthew 13:14
- Proverbs 03:05
Word Data:
- Strong's: H995, H998, H999, H1847, H2940, H3045, H3820, H3823, H3824, H4486, H7200, H7919, H7922, H7924, H8085, H8394, G50, G144, G145, G191, G801, G1097, G1108, G1271, G1380, G1492, G1921, G1922, G1987, G1990, G2638, G2657, G3539, G3563, G4894, G4907, G4908, G4920, G5424, G5428, G5429
Forms Found in the English ULB:
arguments, craftiness, gain understanding, gives ... insight, insight, intelligent, realize, realized, understand, understanding, understands, understood, unintentionally, without understanding
understand
Related Ideas:
argument, craftiness, insight, intelligent, realize, unintentionally, without understanding
Definition:
The term "understand" means to hear or receive information and know what it means.
- The term "understanding" can refer to "knowledge" or "wisdom" or realizing how to do something.
- To understand someone can also mean to know how that person is feeling.
- A person who is "without understanding" does not understand.
- While walking on the road to Emmaus, Jesus caused the disciples to understand the meaning of the scriptures about the Messiah.
- Depending on the context, the term "understand" could be translated by "know" or "believe" or "comprehend" or "know what (something) means."
- Often the term "understanding" can be translated by "knowledge" or "wisdom" or "insight."
- "Arguments" are statements that one person makes to share his understanding with another person and to convince that other person to understand something the same way.
- "Craftiness" is understanding used for evil.
- An "intelligent" person thinks clearly and learns quickly.
- To do something "unintentionally" is to do it without knowing or by accident or without intending to do it.
(See also: believe, know, wise)
Bible References:
- Job 34:16-17
- Luke 02:47
- Luke 08:10
- Matthew 13:12
- Matthew 13:14
- Proverbs 03:05
Word Data:
- Strong's: H995, H998, H999, H1847, H2940, H3045, H3820, H3823, H3824, H4486, H7200, H7919, H7922, H7924, H8085, H8394, G50, G144, G145, G191, G801, G1097, G1108, G1271, G1380, G1492, G1921, G1922, G1987, G1990, G2638, G2657, G3539, G3563, G4894, G4907, G4908, G4920, G5424, G5428, G5429
Forms Found in the English ULB:
arguments, craftiness, gain understanding, gives ... insight, insight, intelligent, realize, realized, understand, understanding, understands, understood, unintentionally, without understanding
unleavened bread
Definition:
The term "unleavened bread" refers to bread that is made without yeast or other leavening. This kind of bread is flat because it has no leaven to make it rise.
- When God freed the Israelites from slavery in Egypt, he told them to flee Egypt quickly without waiting for their bread to rise. So they ate unleavened bread with their meal. Since then unleavened bread is used in their yearly Passover celebrations to remind them of that time.
- Since leaven sometimes is used as a picture of sin, "unleavened bread" represents the removal of sin from a person's life in order to live in a way that honors God.
Translation Suggestions:
- Other ways to translate this term could include "bread with no yeast" or "flat bread that did not rise."
- Make sure the translation of this term is consistent with how you translate the term "yeast, leaven."
- In some contexts, the term "unleavened bread" refers to the "Feast of Unleavened Bread" and can be translated that way.
(See also: bread, Egypt, feast, Passover, servant, sin, yeast)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 05:6-8
- 2 Chronicles 30:13-15
- Acts 12:03
- Exodus 23:14-15
- Ezra 06:21-22
- Genesis 19:1-3
- Judges 06:21
- Leviticus 08:1-3
- Luke 22:01
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
unleavened bread
unleavened bread
Definition:
The term "unleavened bread" refers to bread that is made without yeast or other leavening. This kind of bread is flat because it has no leaven to make it rise.
- When God freed the Israelites from slavery in Egypt, he told them to flee Egypt quickly without waiting for their bread to rise. So they ate unleavened bread with their meal. Since then unleavened bread is used in their yearly Passover celebrations to remind them of that time.
- Since leaven sometimes is used as a picture of sin, "unleavened bread" represents the removal of sin from a person's life in order to live in a way that honors God.
Translation Suggestions:
- Other ways to translate this term could include "bread with no yeast" or "flat bread that did not rise."
- Make sure the translation of this term is consistent with how you translate the term "yeast, leaven."
- In some contexts, the term "unleavened bread" refers to the "Feast of Unleavened Bread" and can be translated that way.
(See also: bread, Egypt, feast, Passover, servant, sin, yeast)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 05:6-8
- 2 Chronicles 30:13-15
- Acts 12:03
- Exodus 23:14-15
- Ezra 06:21-22
- Genesis 19:1-3
- Judges 06:21
- Leviticus 08:1-3
- Luke 22:01
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
unleavened bread
virgin
Related Ideas:
virginity
Definition:
A virgin is a woman who has never had sexual relations.
- The prophet Isaiah said that the Messiah would be born from a virgin.
- Mary was a virgin when she was pregnant with Jesus. He did not have a human father.
- Some languages may have a term that is a polite way of referring to a virgin.
- If a person has their "virginity", it means they have never had sexual relations.
(See also: Christ, Isaiah, Jesus, Mary)
Bible References:
- Genesis 24:15-16
- Luke 01:27
- Luke 01:35
- Matthew 01:23
- Matthew 25:02
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1330, H1331, G3932, G3933
Forms Found in the English ULB:
virgin, virginity, virgins
virgin
Related Ideas:
virginity
Definition:
A virgin is a woman who has never had sexual relations.
- The prophet Isaiah said that the Messiah would be born from a virgin.
- Mary was a virgin when she was pregnant with Jesus. He did not have a human father.
- Some languages may have a term that is a polite way of referring to a virgin.
- If a person has their "virginity", it means they have never had sexual relations.
(See also: Christ, Isaiah, Jesus, Mary)
Bible References:
- Genesis 24:15-16
- Luke 01:27
- Luke 01:35
- Matthew 01:23
- Matthew 25:02
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1330, H1331, G3932, G3933
Forms Found in the English ULB:
virgin, virginity, virgins
vision
Definitions:
The term "vision" refers to something that a person sees. It especially refers to something unusual or supernatural that God shows people in order to give them a message.
- Usually, visions are seen while the person is awake. However, sometimes a vision is something a person sees in a dream while asleep.
- God sends visions to tell people something that is very important. For example, Peter was shown a vision to tell him that God wanted him to welcome Gentiles.
Translation Suggestion
- The phrase "saw a vision" could be translated as "saw something unusual from God" or "God showed him something special."
- Some languages may not have separate words for "vision" and "dream." So a sentence such as "Daniel had dreams and visions in his mind" could be translated as something like "Daniel was dreaming while asleep and God caused him to see unusual things."
(See also: dream)
Bible References:
- Acts 09:10-12
- Acts 10:3-6
- Acts 10:11
- Acts 12:9-10
- Luke 01:22
- Luke 24:23
- Matthew 17:9-10
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2372, H2376, H2377, H2378, H2380, H2384, H4236, H4758, H4759, H7203, H7723, H8602, G3701, G3705, G3706
Forms Found in the English ULB:
vision, visions
vision
Definitions:
The term "vision" refers to something that a person sees. It especially refers to something unusual or supernatural that God shows people in order to give them a message.
- Usually, visions are seen while the person is awake. However, sometimes a vision is something a person sees in a dream while asleep.
- God sends visions to tell people something that is very important. For example, Peter was shown a vision to tell him that God wanted him to welcome Gentiles.
Translation Suggestion
- The phrase "saw a vision" could be translated as "saw something unusual from God" or "God showed him something special."
- Some languages may not have separate words for "vision" and "dream." So a sentence such as "Daniel had dreams and visions in his mind" could be translated as something like "Daniel was dreaming while asleep and God caused him to see unusual things."
(See also: dream)
Bible References:
- Acts 09:10-12
- Acts 10:3-6
- Acts 10:11
- Acts 12:9-10
- Luke 01:22
- Luke 24:23
- Matthew 17:9-10
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2372, H2376, H2377, H2378, H2380, H2384, H4236, H4758, H4759, H7203, H7723, H8602, G3701, G3705, G3706
Forms Found in the English ULB:
vision, visions
voice
Related Ideas:
rumbling, sound
Definition:
The term “voice” refers to sound that a person makes when speaking or singing. The term "voice" is often used figuratively to refer to speaking or communicating something.
- God is said to use his voice, even though he doesn't have a voice in the same way a human being does.
- This term can be used to refer to the whole person, as in the statement "A voice is heard in the desert saying, 'Prepare the way of the Lord.'" This could be translated as "A person is heard calling out in the desert…."
- To "hear someone's voice" could also be translated as "hear someone speaking."
- Sometimes the word "voice" isused for objects that cannot literally speak, such as when David exclaims in the psalms that the "voice" of the heavens proclaims God's mighty works. This could also be translated as "their splendor shows clearly how great God is."
(See also: call, preach, splendor)
Bible References:
- John 05:36-38
- Luke 01:42
- Luke 09:35
- Matthew 03:17
- Matthew 12:19
Word Data:
- Strong's: H6963, H7032, H7445, H8193, G2906, G5456
Forms Found in the English ULB:
rumblings, sound, sounds, voice, voices
voice
Related Ideas:
rumbling, sound
Definition:
The term “voice” refers to sound that a person makes when speaking or singing. The term "voice" is often used figuratively to refer to speaking or communicating something.
- God is said to use his voice, even though he doesn't have a voice in the same way a human being does.
- This term can be used to refer to the whole person, as in the statement "A voice is heard in the desert saying, 'Prepare the way of the Lord.'" This could be translated as "A person is heard calling out in the desert…."
- To "hear someone's voice" could also be translated as "hear someone speaking."
- Sometimes the word "voice" isused for objects that cannot literally speak, such as when David exclaims in the psalms that the "voice" of the heavens proclaims God's mighty works. This could also be translated as "their splendor shows clearly how great God is."
(See also: call, preach, splendor)
Bible References:
- John 05:36-38
- Luke 01:42
- Luke 09:35
- Matthew 03:17
- Matthew 12:19
Word Data:
- Strong's: H6963, H7032, H7445, H8193, G2906, G5456
Forms Found in the English ULB:
rumblings, sound, sounds, voice, voices
vow
Definition:
A vow is a promise that a person makes to God. The person promises to do a certain thing in order to specially honor God or to show devotion to him.
- After a person makes a vow, he is obligated to fulfill that vow.
- The Bible teaches that a person may be judged by God if he doesn't keep his vow.
- Sometimes a person may ask God to protect him or provide for him in exchange for making the vow.
- But God is not required to fulfill a request that a person asks for in his vow.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, "vow" could be translated as "solemn promise" or "promise made to God."
- A vow is a special kind of oath that is made to God.
(See also: promise, oath)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 07:27-28
- Acts 21:23
- Genesis 28:21
- Genesis 31:12-13
- Jonah 01:14-16
- Jonah 02:9-10
- Proverbs 07:14
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5087, H5088, G2171
Forms Found in the English ULB:
vow, vowed, vows
vow
Definition:
A vow is a promise that a person makes to God. The person promises to do a certain thing in order to specially honor God or to show devotion to him.
- After a person makes a vow, he is obligated to fulfill that vow.
- The Bible teaches that a person may be judged by God if he doesn't keep his vow.
- Sometimes a person may ask God to protect him or provide for him in exchange for making the vow.
- But God is not required to fulfill a request that a person asks for in his vow.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, "vow" could be translated as "solemn promise" or "promise made to God."
- A vow is a special kind of oath that is made to God.
(See also: promise, oath)
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 07:27-28
- Acts 21:23
- Genesis 28:21
- Genesis 31:12-13
- Jonah 01:14-16
- Jonah 02:9-10
- Proverbs 07:14
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5087, H5088, G2171
Forms Found in the English ULB:
vow, vowed, vows
walk
Definition:
The term "walk" is often used in a figurative sense to mean "live."
- "Enoch walked with God" means that Enoch lived in a close relationship with God.
- To "walk by the Spirit" means to be guided by the Holy Spirit so that we do things that please and honor God.
- To "walk in" God's commands or God's ways means to "live in obedience to" his commands, that is, to "obey his commands" or "do his will."
- When God says he will "walk among" his people, it means that he is living among them or closely interacting with them.
- To "walk contrary to" means to live or behave in a way that is against something or someone.
- To "walk after" means to seek or pursue someone or something. It can also mean to act in the same way as someone else.
Translation Suggestions:
- It is best to translate "walk" literally, as long as the correct meaning will be understood.
- Otherwise, figurative uses of "walk" could also be translated by "live" or "act" or "behave."
- The phrase "walk by the Spirit" could be translated by, "live in obedience to the Holy Spirit" or "behave in a way that is pleasing to the Holy Spirit" or "do things that are pleasing to God as the Holy Spirit guides you."
- To "walk in God's commands" could be translated by "live by God's commands" or "obey God's commands."
- The phrase "walked with God" could be translated as, "lived in close relationship with God by obeying and honoring him."
(See also: Holy Spirit, honor)
Bible References:
- 1 John 01:07
- 1 Kings 02:04
- Colossians 02:07
- Galatians 05:25
- Genesis 17:01
- Isaiah 02:05
- Jeremiah 13:10
- Micah 04:02
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1869, H1980, H1981, H3212, H4108, G1704, G4043, G4748
Forms Found in the English ULB:
walk, walk around, walked, walking, walking around, walks
walk
Definition:
The term "walk" is often used in a figurative sense to mean "live."
- "Enoch walked with God" means that Enoch lived in a close relationship with God.
- To "walk by the Spirit" means to be guided by the Holy Spirit so that we do things that please and honor God.
- To "walk in" God's commands or God's ways means to "live in obedience to" his commands, that is, to "obey his commands" or "do his will."
- When God says he will "walk among" his people, it means that he is living among them or closely interacting with them.
- To "walk contrary to" means to live or behave in a way that is against something or someone.
- To "walk after" means to seek or pursue someone or something. It can also mean to act in the same way as someone else.
Translation Suggestions:
- It is best to translate "walk" literally, as long as the correct meaning will be understood.
- Otherwise, figurative uses of "walk" could also be translated by "live" or "act" or "behave."
- The phrase "walk by the Spirit" could be translated by, "live in obedience to the Holy Spirit" or "behave in a way that is pleasing to the Holy Spirit" or "do things that are pleasing to God as the Holy Spirit guides you."
- To "walk in God's commands" could be translated by "live by God's commands" or "obey God's commands."
- The phrase "walked with God" could be translated as, "lived in close relationship with God by obeying and honoring him."
(See also: Holy Spirit, honor)
Bible References:
- 1 John 01:07
- 1 Kings 02:04
- Colossians 02:07
- Galatians 05:25
- Genesis 17:01
- Isaiah 02:05
- Jeremiah 13:10
- Micah 04:02
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1869, H1980, H1981, H3212, H4108, G1704, G4043, G4748
Forms Found in the English ULB:
walk, walk around, walked, walking, walking around, walks
watch
Related Ideas:
keep watch, watch out, watchful, watchman
Definition:
The term "watch" means to look at something very closely and carefully. It also has several figurative meanings.
- To "keep watch" or "keep close watch" can mean to guard, protect or take care of someone or something.
- To "watch out" means to be careful to avoid a danger or harmful influence.
- To "be watchful" means to be alert and aware of what is happening.
- A "watchman" was someone whose job was to guard a city by looking carefully all around him for any danger or threat to the people in the city.
These ideas can also be used figuratively.
- To "watch" or "keep watch" means to always be alert and on guard against sin and evil. It can also mean to "be ready."
- The command to "watch your life and doctrine closely" means to be careful to live wisely and to not believe false teachings.
Translation Suggestions
- Other ways of translating "watch" could include "pay close attention to" or "be diligent" or "be very careful" or "be on guard."
- Other words for "watchman" are "sentry" or "guard."
Bible References:
- 1 Thessalonians 05:06
- Hebrews 13:17
- Jeremiah 31:4-6
- Mark 08:15
- Mark 13:33-34
- Matthew 25:10-13
Word Data:
- Strong's: H821, H2370, H4931, H5027, H5234, H5341, H6486, H6485, H6822, H6836, H7181, H7462, H7789, H7919, H8104, H8108, H8245, G69, G991, G1127, G1983, G2334, G2657, G2892, G3525, G3708, G3906, G4337, G4648, G5083, G5426, G5438, G5442
Forms Found in the English ULB:
keep ... watch, kept ... watch, watch, watch out, watched, watchful, watching, watchman, watchmen
watch
Related Ideas:
keep watch, watch out, watchful, watchman
Definition:
The term "watch" means to look at something very closely and carefully. It also has several figurative meanings.
- To "keep watch" or "keep close watch" can mean to guard, protect or take care of someone or something.
- To "watch out" means to be careful to avoid a danger or harmful influence.
- To "be watchful" means to be alert and aware of what is happening.
- A "watchman" was someone whose job was to guard a city by looking carefully all around him for any danger or threat to the people in the city.
These ideas can also be used figuratively.
- To "watch" or "keep watch" means to always be alert and on guard against sin and evil. It can also mean to "be ready."
- The command to "watch your life and doctrine closely" means to be careful to live wisely and to not believe false teachings.
Translation Suggestions
- Other ways of translating "watch" could include "pay close attention to" or "be diligent" or "be very careful" or "be on guard."
- Other words for "watchman" are "sentry" or "guard."
Bible References:
- 1 Thessalonians 05:06
- Hebrews 13:17
- Jeremiah 31:4-6
- Mark 08:15
- Mark 13:33-34
- Matthew 25:10-13
Word Data:
- Strong's: H821, H2370, H4931, H5027, H5234, H5341, H6486, H6485, H6822, H6836, H7181, H7462, H7789, H7919, H8104, H8108, H8245, G69, G991, G1127, G1983, G2334, G2657, G2892, G3525, G3708, G3906, G4337, G4648, G5083, G5426, G5438, G5442
Forms Found in the English ULB:
keep ... watch, kept ... watch, watch, watch out, watched, watchful, watching, watchman, watchmen
water
Definition:
In addition to its primary meaning, "water" also often refers to a body of water, such as an ocean, sea, lake, or river.
- The term "waters" refers to bodies of water or many sources of water.
- The term "waters" can also be a general reference to a large amount of water.
- To "water" livestock and other animals means to provide water for them. In Bible times, this usually involved drawing water from a well with a bucket and pouring the water into a trough or other container for the animals to drink from.
- The phrase "draw water" means "pull water up from a well with a bucket."
Translation Suggestions:
- "Streams of living water will flow from them" could be translated as "the power and blessings from the Holy Spirit will flow out of them them like streams of water." Instead of "blessings" the term "gifts" or "fruits" or "godly character" could be used.
- When Jesus is talking to the Samaritan woman at the well, the phrase "living water" could be translated as "water that gives life" or "lifegiving water." In this context, the imagery of water must be kept in the translation.
- Depending on the context, the term "waters" or "many waters" could be translated as "great suffering (that surrounds you like water)" or "overwhelming difficulties (like a flood of water)" or "large amounts of water."
(See also: life, spirit, Holy Spirit, power)
Bible References:
- Acts 08:36-38
- Exodus 14:21
- John 04:10
- John 04:14
- John 04:15
- Matthew 14:28-30
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2222, H3384, H4325, H4857, H7301, H7783, H8248, G504, G4215, G4222, G5202, G5204
Forms Found in the English ULB:
water, watered, watering, waters
water
Definition:
In addition to its primary meaning, "water" also often refers to a body of water, such as an ocean, sea, lake, or river.
- The term "waters" refers to bodies of water or many sources of water.
- The term "waters" can also be a general reference to a large amount of water.
- To "water" livestock and other animals means to provide water for them. In Bible times, this usually involved drawing water from a well with a bucket and pouring the water into a trough or other container for the animals to drink from.
- The phrase "draw water" means "pull water up from a well with a bucket."
Translation Suggestions:
- "Streams of living water will flow from them" could be translated as "the power and blessings from the Holy Spirit will flow out of them them like streams of water." Instead of "blessings" the term "gifts" or "fruits" or "godly character" could be used.
- When Jesus is talking to the Samaritan woman at the well, the phrase "living water" could be translated as "water that gives life" or "lifegiving water." In this context, the imagery of water must be kept in the translation.
- Depending on the context, the term "waters" or "many waters" could be translated as "great suffering (that surrounds you like water)" or "overwhelming difficulties (like a flood of water)" or "large amounts of water."
(See also: life, spirit, Holy Spirit, power)
Bible References:
- Acts 08:36-38
- Exodus 14:21
- John 04:10
- John 04:14
- John 04:15
- Matthew 14:28-30
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2222, H3384, H4325, H4857, H7301, H7783, H8248, G504, G4215, G4222, G5202, G5204
Forms Found in the English ULB:
water, watered, watering, waters
week
Related Ideas:
sevens
Definition:
The term "week" literally refers to a period of time lasting seven days.
- In the Jewish system of counting time, a week begins at sunset on Saturday and ends at sunset the following Saturday.
- In the Bible, the term "week" is sometimes used figuratively to refer to a group of seven units of time, such as seven years.
- The "Festival of Weeks" is a celebration of harvest that takes place seven weeks after Passover. It is also called "Pentecost."
- The word "sevens" can refer to either seven days, seven weeks, or seven years.
(See also: Pentecost)
Bible References:
- Acts 20:7-8
- Deuteronomy 16:09
- Leviticus 23:15-16
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
sevens, week, weeks
week
Related Ideas:
sevens
Definition:
The term "week" literally refers to a period of time lasting seven days.
- In the Jewish system of counting time, a week begins at sunset on Saturday and ends at sunset the following Saturday.
- In the Bible, the term "week" is sometimes used figuratively to refer to a group of seven units of time, such as seven years.
- The "Festival of Weeks" is a celebration of harvest that takes place seven weeks after Passover. It is also called "Pentecost."
- The word "sevens" can refer to either seven days, seven weeks, or seven years.
(See also: Pentecost)
Bible References:
- Acts 20:7-8
- Deuteronomy 16:09
- Leviticus 23:15-16
Word Data:
Forms Found in the English ULB:
sevens, week, weeks
well
Related Ideas:
cistern
Definition:
The terms "well" and "cistern" refer to two different kinds of sources for water in Bible times.
- A well is a deep hole dug into the ground so that underground water can flow into it.
- A cistern is a deep hole dug into rock that was used as a holding tank for collecting rain water.
- Cisterns were usually dug into rock and sealed with plaster to keep the water in. A "broken cistern" happened when the plaster became cracked so that the water leaked out.
- Cisterns were often located in the courtyard area of people's homes to catch the rainwater that would run off the roof.
- Wells were often located where they could be accessed by several families or a whole community.
- Because water was very important for both people and livestock, the right to use a well was often a cause of strife and conflict.
- Both wells and cisterns were usually covered with a large stone to prevent anything falling in it. Often there was a rope with a bucket or pot attached to it to bring the water up to the surface.
- Sometimes a dry cistern was used as a place to imprison someone, such as happened to Joseph and Jeremiah.
- These terms are similar in meaning. The main difference is that a well continually receives water from underground springs, whereas a cistern is a holding tank for water that usually comes from rain.
Translation Suggestions:
- Ways to translate "well" could include "deep water hole" or "deep hole for spring water" or "deep hole for drawing water."
- The term "cistern" could be translated as "stone water pit" or "deep and narrow pit for water" or "underground tank for holding water."
(See also: Jeremiah, prison, strife)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 11:17
- 2 Samuel 17:17-18
- Genesis 16:14
- Luke 14:4-6
- Numbers 20:17
Word Data:
- Strong's: H875, H953, H1360, H4002, H4599, H4726, H4841, G4077, G5421
Forms Found in the English ULB:
cistern, cisterns, well, wells
well
Related Ideas:
cistern
Definition:
The terms "well" and "cistern" refer to two different kinds of sources for water in Bible times.
- A well is a deep hole dug into the ground so that underground water can flow into it.
- A cistern is a deep hole dug into rock that was used as a holding tank for collecting rain water.
- Cisterns were usually dug into rock and sealed with plaster to keep the water in. A "broken cistern" happened when the plaster became cracked so that the water leaked out.
- Cisterns were often located in the courtyard area of people's homes to catch the rainwater that would run off the roof.
- Wells were often located where they could be accessed by several families or a whole community.
- Because water was very important for both people and livestock, the right to use a well was often a cause of strife and conflict.
- Both wells and cisterns were usually covered with a large stone to prevent anything falling in it. Often there was a rope with a bucket or pot attached to it to bring the water up to the surface.
- Sometimes a dry cistern was used as a place to imprison someone, such as happened to Joseph and Jeremiah.
- These terms are similar in meaning. The main difference is that a well continually receives water from underground springs, whereas a cistern is a holding tank for water that usually comes from rain.
Translation Suggestions:
- Ways to translate "well" could include "deep water hole" or "deep hole for spring water" or "deep hole for drawing water."
- The term "cistern" could be translated as "stone water pit" or "deep and narrow pit for water" or "underground tank for holding water."
(See also: Jeremiah, prison, strife)
Bible References:
- 1 Chronicles 11:17
- 2 Samuel 17:17-18
- Genesis 16:14
- Luke 14:4-6
- Numbers 20:17
Word Data:
- Strong's: H875, H953, H1360, H4002, H4599, H4726, H4841, G4077, G5421
Forms Found in the English ULB:
cistern, cisterns, well, wells
wheat
Definition:
Wheat is a type of grain that people grow for food. When the Bible mentions "grain" or "seeds," it is often talking about wheat grain or seeds.
- The wheat seeds or grains grow at the top of the wheat plant.
- After harvesting the wheat, the grain is separated from the stalk of the plant by threshing it. The stalk of the wheat plant is also called "straw" and is often placed on the ground for animals to sleep on.
- After threshing, the chaff surrounding the grain seed is separated from the grain by winnowing and is thrown away.
- People grind the wheat grain into flour, and use this for making bread.
(See also: barley, chaff, grain, seed, thresh, winnow)
Bible References:
- Acts 27:36-38
- Exodus 34:21-22
- John 12:24
- Luke 03:17
- Matthew 03:12
- Matthew 13:26
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1250, H2406, G4621
Forms Found in the English ULB:
wheat
wheat
Definition:
Wheat is a type of grain that people grow for food. When the Bible mentions "grain" or "seeds," it is often talking about wheat grain or seeds.
- The wheat seeds or grains grow at the top of the wheat plant.
- After harvesting the wheat, the grain is separated from the stalk of the plant by threshing it. The stalk of the wheat plant is also called "straw" and is often placed on the ground for animals to sleep on.
- After threshing, the chaff surrounding the grain seed is separated from the grain by winnowing and is thrown away.
- People grind the wheat grain into flour, and use this for making bread.
(See also: barley, chaff, grain, seed, thresh, winnow)
Bible References:
- Acts 27:36-38
- Exodus 34:21-22
- John 12:24
- Luke 03:17
- Matthew 03:12
- Matthew 13:26
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1250, H2406, G4621
Forms Found in the English ULB:
wheat
will of God
Related Ideas:
God's will, desire of God, he wishes, his will, will of my Father, will of our God and Father, will of the Lord
Definition:
The "will of God" refers to God's desires and plans.
- God's will especially relates to his interactions with people and how he wants people to respond to him.
- It also refers to his plans or desires for the rest of his creation.
- The term to "will" means to "determine" or to "desire."
Translation Suggestions:
- The "will of God" could also be translated as "what God desires" or "what God has planned" or "God's purpose" or "what is pleasing to God."
Bible References:
- 1 John 02:15-17
- 1 Thessalonians 04:3-6
- Colossians 04:12-14
- Ephesians 01:1-2
- John 05:30-32
- Mark 03:33-35
- Matthew 06:8-10
- Psalms 103:21
Word Data:
- Strong's: H6634, H7522, G1012, G1013, G2307, G2308, G2309
Forms Found in the English ULB:
God's will, desires of God, he desires, he wishes, his will, will of God, will of my Father, will of our God and Father, will of the Lord, will of your Father, you are willing, your will
will of God
Related Ideas:
God's will, desire of God, he wishes, his will, will of my Father, will of our God and Father, will of the Lord
Definition:
The "will of God" refers to God's desires and plans.
- God's will especially relates to his interactions with people and how he wants people to respond to him.
- It also refers to his plans or desires for the rest of his creation.
- The term to "will" means to "determine" or to "desire."
Translation Suggestions:
- The "will of God" could also be translated as "what God desires" or "what God has planned" or "God's purpose" or "what is pleasing to God."
Bible References:
- 1 John 02:15-17
- 1 Thessalonians 04:3-6
- Colossians 04:12-14
- Ephesians 01:1-2
- John 05:30-32
- Mark 03:33-35
- Matthew 06:8-10
- Psalms 103:21
Word Data:
- Strong's: H6634, H7522, G1012, G1013, G2307, G2308, G2309
Forms Found in the English ULB:
God's will, desires of God, he desires, he wishes, his will, will of God, will of my Father, will of our God and Father, will of the Lord, will of your Father, you are willing, your will
wine
Related Ideas:
new wine, wineskin
Definition:
In the Bible, the term "wine" refers to a kind of fermented drink made from the juice of a fruit called grapes. Wine was stored in "wineskins," which were containers made out of animal skin.
- The term "new wine" referred to grape juice that had just been taken from the grape and was not fermented yet. Sometimes the term "wine" also referred to unfermented grape juice.
- To make wine, grapes are crushed in a winepress so that the juice comes out. The juice eventually ferments and alcohol forms in it.
- In Bible times, wine was the normal drink with meals. It did not have as much alcohol as present-day wine has.
- Before wine was served for a meal, it was often mixed with water.
- A wineskin that was old and brittle would get cracks in it, which allowed the wine to leak out. New wineskins were soft and flexible, which meant they did not tear easily and could store the wine safely.
Translation Suggestions:
- If wine is unknown in your culture, it could be translated as "fermented grape juice" or "fermented drink made from a fruit called grapes" or "fermented fruit juice."
- Ways to translate "wineskin" could include "bag for wine" or "animal skin wine bag" or "animal skin container for wine."
(See also: grape, vine, vineyard, winepress)
Bible References:
- 1 Timothy 05:23
- Genesis 09:21
- Genesis 49:12
- John 02:3-5
- John 02:10
- Matthew 09:17
- Matthew 11:18
smashed
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2561, H2562, H3196, H4469, H4997, H5435, H6025, H6071, H8492, G1098, G3631, G3820, G3943
Forms Found in the English ULB:
new wine, wine, wines, wineskin, wineskins
wine
Related Ideas:
new wine, wineskin
Definition:
In the Bible, the term "wine" refers to a kind of fermented drink made from the juice of a fruit called grapes. Wine was stored in "wineskins," which were containers made out of animal skin.
- The term "new wine" referred to grape juice that had just been taken from the grape and was not fermented yet. Sometimes the term "wine" also referred to unfermented grape juice.
- To make wine, grapes are crushed in a winepress so that the juice comes out. The juice eventually ferments and alcohol forms in it.
- In Bible times, wine was the normal drink with meals. It did not have as much alcohol as present-day wine has.
- Before wine was served for a meal, it was often mixed with water.
- A wineskin that was old and brittle would get cracks in it, which allowed the wine to leak out. New wineskins were soft and flexible, which meant they did not tear easily and could store the wine safely.
Translation Suggestions:
- If wine is unknown in your culture, it could be translated as "fermented grape juice" or "fermented drink made from a fruit called grapes" or "fermented fruit juice."
- Ways to translate "wineskin" could include "bag for wine" or "animal skin wine bag" or "animal skin container for wine."
(See also: grape, vine, vineyard, winepress)
Bible References:
- 1 Timothy 05:23
- Genesis 09:21
- Genesis 49:12
- John 02:3-5
- John 02:10
- Matthew 09:17
- Matthew 11:18
smashed
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2561, H2562, H3196, H4469, H4997, H5435, H6025, H6071, H8492, G1098, G3631, G3820, G3943
Forms Found in the English ULB:
new wine, wine, wines, wineskin, wineskins
wise
Related Ideas:
wisdom, wisely, wiser, wisest
Definition:
The term "wise" describes someone who understands what is the right and moral thing to do and then does that. "Wisdom" is the understanding and practice of what is true and morally right.
- Being wise includes the ability to make good decisions, especially choosing to do what pleases God.
- People become wise by listening to God and humbly obeying his will.
- A wise person will show the fruits of the Holy Spirit in his life, such as joy, kindness, love, and patience.
- "Sound wisdom" is wisdom that enables people who have it to succeed in doing good.
- In the Bible, the phrase "worldly wisdom" refers to what people in this world think is wise, but which is actually foolish.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, other ways to translate "wise" could include "obedient to God" or "sensible and obedient" or "God-fearing."
- "Wisdom" could be translated by a word or phrase that means "wise living" or "sensible and obedient living" or "good judgment."
- It is best to translate "wise" and "wisdom" in such a way that they are different terms from other key terms like righteous or obedient.
(See also: obey, fruit)
Bible References:
- Acts 06:03
- Colossians 03:15-17
- Exodus 31:06
- Genesis 03:06
- Isaiah 19:12
- Jeremiah 18:18
- Matthew 07:24
Word Data:
- Strong's: H998, H1350, H1847, H2445, H2449, H2450, H2451, H2452, H2454, H2942, H3820, H3925 H6195, H7919, H7922, H8454, G4678, G4679, G4680, G4920, G5428, G5429
Forms Found in the English ULB:
sound wisdom, wisdom, wise, wisely, wiser, wisest
wise
Related Ideas:
wisdom, wisely, wiser, wisest
Definition:
The term "wise" describes someone who understands what is the right and moral thing to do and then does that. "Wisdom" is the understanding and practice of what is true and morally right.
- Being wise includes the ability to make good decisions, especially choosing to do what pleases God.
- People become wise by listening to God and humbly obeying his will.
- A wise person will show the fruits of the Holy Spirit in his life, such as joy, kindness, love, and patience.
- "Sound wisdom" is wisdom that enables people who have it to succeed in doing good.
- In the Bible, the phrase "worldly wisdom" refers to what people in this world think is wise, but which is actually foolish.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, other ways to translate "wise" could include "obedient to God" or "sensible and obedient" or "God-fearing."
- "Wisdom" could be translated by a word or phrase that means "wise living" or "sensible and obedient living" or "good judgment."
- It is best to translate "wise" and "wisdom" in such a way that they are different terms from other key terms like righteous or obedient.
(See also: obey, fruit)
Bible References:
- Acts 06:03
- Colossians 03:15-17
- Exodus 31:06
- Genesis 03:06
- Isaiah 19:12
- Jeremiah 18:18
- Matthew 07:24
Word Data:
- Strong's: H998, H1350, H1847, H2445, H2449, H2450, H2451, H2452, H2454, H2942, H3820, H3925 H6195, H7919, H7922, H8454, G4678, G4679, G4680, G4920, G5428, G5429
Forms Found in the English ULB:
sound wisdom, wisdom, wise, wisely, wiser, wisest
womb
Related Ideas:
pregnant
Definition:
The term "womb" refers to where a baby grows inside its mother.
- This is an older term that is sometimes used in order to be polite and less direct.
- A more modern term for womb is "uterus."
- Some languages use a word like "belly" to refer to a woman's womb or uterus.
- Use a word for this in the project language that is well-known, natural, and acceptable.
- A woman is pregnant" if she has a baby growing her her womb."
Picture showing location of a Womb:

Bible References:
- Genesis 25:23
- Genesis 25:24-26
- Genesis 38:27-28
- Genesis 49:25
- Luke 02:21
- Luke 11:27
- Luke 23:29
- Matthew 19:12
Word Data:
- Strong's: H990, H2030, H4578, H7356, H7358, G1064, G2836, G3388
Forms Found in the English ULB:
pregnant, womb, wombs
womb
Related Ideas:
pregnant
Definition:
The term "womb" refers to where a baby grows inside its mother.
- This is an older term that is sometimes used in order to be polite and less direct.
- A more modern term for womb is "uterus."
- Some languages use a word like "belly" to refer to a woman's womb or uterus.
- Use a word for this in the project language that is well-known, natural, and acceptable.
- A woman is pregnant" if she has a baby growing her her womb."
Picture showing location of a Womb:

Bible References:
- Genesis 25:23
- Genesis 25:24-26
- Genesis 38:27-28
- Genesis 49:25
- Luke 02:21
- Luke 11:27
- Luke 23:29
- Matthew 19:12
Word Data:
- Strong's: H990, H2030, H4578, H7356, H7358, G1064, G2836, G3388
Forms Found in the English ULB:
pregnant, womb, wombs
word
Definition:
A "word" refers to something that someone has said. In the Bible, it almost always refers to an entire message, not just one word.
- An example of this is when the angel told Zechariah, "You did not believe my words," which means, "You did not believe what I said."
- Sometimes "word" refers to speech in general, such as "powerful in word and deed" which means "powerful in speech and behavior."
- Often in the Bible "the word" refers to everything God has said or commanded, as in "the word of God" or "the word of truth."
- A very special use of this term is when Jesus is called "the Word." For these last two meanings, see word of God
Translation Suggestions:
- Different ways of translating "word" or "words" include "teaching" or "message" or "news" or "a saying" or "what was said."
(See also: word of God)
Bible References:
- 2 Timothy 04:02
- Acts 08:04
- Colossians 04:03
- James 01:18
- Jeremiah 27:04
- John 01:03
- John 01:14
- Luke 08:15
- Matthew 02:08
- Matthew 07:27
Word Data:
- Strong's: H561, H562, H565, H1697, H1703, H2656, H2706, H4405, H4406, H7878, H8052, G518, G1024, G1310, G3054, G3055, G3056, G4086, G4487, G5023, G5537, G5542
Forms Found in the English ULB:
word, words, message, messages
word
Definition:
A "word" refers to something that someone has said. In the Bible, it almost always refers to an entire message, not just one word.
- An example of this is when the angel told Zechariah, "You did not believe my words," which means, "You did not believe what I said."
- Sometimes "word" refers to speech in general, such as "powerful in word and deed" which means "powerful in speech and behavior."
- Often in the Bible "the word" refers to everything God has said or commanded, as in "the word of God" or "the word of truth."
- A very special use of this term is when Jesus is called "the Word." For these last two meanings, see word of God
Translation Suggestions:
- Different ways of translating "word" or "words" include "teaching" or "message" or "news" or "a saying" or "what was said."
(See also: word of God)
Bible References:
- 2 Timothy 04:02
- Acts 08:04
- Colossians 04:03
- James 01:18
- Jeremiah 27:04
- John 01:03
- John 01:14
- Luke 08:15
- Matthew 02:08
- Matthew 07:27
Word Data:
- Strong's: H561, H562, H565, H1697, H1703, H2656, H2706, H4405, H4406, H7878, H8052, G518, G1024, G1310, G3054, G3055, G3056, G4086, G4487, G5023, G5537, G5542
Forms Found in the English ULB:
word, words, message, messages
word of God
Related Ideas:
God's word, his words, my word, scripture, word of Yahweh, word of the Lord, word of truth, writings
Definition:
In the Bible, the term "word of God" refers to anything that God has communicated to people. This includes spoken and written messages. Jesus is also called "the Word of God."
- The term "scriptures" means "writings." It is only used in the New Testament and refers to the Hebrew scriptures, which is the Old Testament. These writings were God's message that he had told people to write down so that many years in the future people could still read it.
- The related terms "word of Yahweh" and "word of the Lord" often refer to a specific message from God that was given to a prophet or other person in the Bible.
- Sometimes this term occurs as simply "the word" or "my word" or "your word" (when talking about God's word).
- In the New Testament, Jesus is called "the Word" and "the Word of God." These titles mean that Jesus fully reveals who God is, because he is God himself.
The term "word of truth" is another way of referring to "God's word," which is his message or teaching. It does not refer to just one word.
- God's word of truth includes everything that God has taught people about himself, his creation, and his plan of salvation through Jesus.
- This term emphasizes the fact that what God has told us is true, faithful, and real.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, other ways to translate this term could include "the message of Yahweh" or "God's message" or "the teachings from God."
- It may be more natural in some languages to make this term plural and say "God's words" or "the words of Yahweh."
- The expression "the word of Yahweh came" is often used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. This could be translated as "Yahweh spoke this message" or "Yahweh spoke these words."
- The term "scripture" or "scriptures" could be translated as "the writings" or "the written message from God." This term should be translated differently from the translation of the term "word."
- When "word" occurs alone and it refers to God's word, it could be translated as "the message" or "God's word" or "the teachings." Also consider the alternate translations suggested above.
-
When the Bible refers to Jesus as "the Word," this term could be translated as "the Message" or "the Truth."
-
"Word of truth" could be translated as "God's true message" or "God's word, which is true."
- It is important for the translation of this term to include the meaning of being true.
(See also: prophet, true, word, Yahweh)
Bible References:
- Genesis 15:01
- 1 Kings 13:01
- Jeremiah 36:1-3
- Luke 08:11
- John 05:39
- Acts 06:02
- Acts 12:24
- Romans 01:02
- 2 Corinthians 06:07
- Ephesians 01:13
- 2 Timothy 03:16
- James 01:18
- James 02:8-9
Word Data:
- Strong's: H561, H565, H1697, H3068, G3056, G4487
Forms Found in the English ULB:
God's word, God's words, his words, my word, scripture, scriptures, word of God, word of Yahweh, word of the Lord, word of truth, words of God, writings
word of God
Related Ideas:
God's word, his words, my word, scripture, word of Yahweh, word of the Lord, word of truth, writings
Definition:
In the Bible, the term "word of God" refers to anything that God has communicated to people. This includes spoken and written messages. Jesus is also called "the Word of God."
- The term "scriptures" means "writings." It is only used in the New Testament and refers to the Hebrew scriptures, which is the Old Testament. These writings were God's message that he had told people to write down so that many years in the future people could still read it.
- The related terms "word of Yahweh" and "word of the Lord" often refer to a specific message from God that was given to a prophet or other person in the Bible.
- Sometimes this term occurs as simply "the word" or "my word" or "your word" (when talking about God's word).
- In the New Testament, Jesus is called "the Word" and "the Word of God." These titles mean that Jesus fully reveals who God is, because he is God himself.
The term "word of truth" is another way of referring to "God's word," which is his message or teaching. It does not refer to just one word.
- God's word of truth includes everything that God has taught people about himself, his creation, and his plan of salvation through Jesus.
- This term emphasizes the fact that what God has told us is true, faithful, and real.
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, other ways to translate this term could include "the message of Yahweh" or "God's message" or "the teachings from God."
- It may be more natural in some languages to make this term plural and say "God's words" or "the words of Yahweh."
- The expression "the word of Yahweh came" is often used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. This could be translated as "Yahweh spoke this message" or "Yahweh spoke these words."
- The term "scripture" or "scriptures" could be translated as "the writings" or "the written message from God." This term should be translated differently from the translation of the term "word."
- When "word" occurs alone and it refers to God's word, it could be translated as "the message" or "God's word" or "the teachings." Also consider the alternate translations suggested above.
-
When the Bible refers to Jesus as "the Word," this term could be translated as "the Message" or "the Truth."
-
"Word of truth" could be translated as "God's true message" or "God's word, which is true."
- It is important for the translation of this term to include the meaning of being true.
(See also: prophet, true, word, Yahweh)
Bible References:
- Genesis 15:01
- 1 Kings 13:01
- Jeremiah 36:1-3
- Luke 08:11
- John 05:39
- Acts 06:02
- Acts 12:24
- Romans 01:02
- 2 Corinthians 06:07
- Ephesians 01:13
- 2 Timothy 03:16
- James 01:18
- James 02:8-9
Word Data:
- Strong's: H561, H565, H1697, H3068, G3056, G4487
Forms Found in the English ULB:
God's word, God's words, his words, my word, scripture, scriptures, word of God, word of Yahweh, word of the Lord, word of truth, words of God, writings
work
Related Ideas:
act, deed, fellow worker
Definition:
In the Bible, the terms "work," "deed," and "act" are used to refer generally to things that God or people do.
- God's "works" and the "work of his hands" are expressions that refer to all the things he does or has done, including creating the world, saving sinners, providing for the needs of all creation and keeping the entire universe in place. The terms "deeds" and "acts" are also used to refer to God's miracles in expressions such as "mighty acts" or "marvelous deeds."
- The Holy Spirit empowers believers to do good works, which are also called "good fruit."
- The term "work" can also refer to "service" or "ministry."
- People are not saved by their good works; they are saved through faith in Jesus.
- The term "fellow worker" means someone who does a ministry along with someone else.
Translation Suggestions:
- Other ways to translate "works" or "deeds" could be "actions" or "things that are done."
- When referring to God's "works" or "deeds" and the "work of his hands," these expressions could also be translated as "miracles" or "mighty acts" or "amazing things he does."
- The expression "the work of God" could be translated as "the things that God is doing" or "the miracles God does" or "the amazing things that God does" or "everything God has accomplished."
- The expression "your work in the Lord" could also be translated as "what you do for the Lord."
- The expression "examine your own work" could also be translated as "make sure what you are doing is God's will" or "make sure that what you are doing pleases God."
- The expression "the work of the Holy Spirit" could be translated as "the empowering of the Holy Spirit" or "the ministry of the Holy Spirit" or "the things that the Holy Spirit does."
(See also: fruit, Holy Spirit, miracle)
Bible References:
- 1 John 03:12
- Acts 02:8-11
- Daniel 04:37
- Exodus 34:10-11
- Galatians 02:15-16
- James 02:17
- Matthew 16:27-28
- Micah 02:07
- Romans 03:28
- Titus 03:4-5
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1576, H4399, H4566, H4567, H4611, H4639, H4659, H5673, H5949, H5998, H6213, H6466, H6468, G1754, G2038, G2040, G2041, G2716, G3173
Forms Found in the English ULB:
act, action, actions, activities, acts, deed, deeds, fellow worker, fellow workers, work, works
work
Related Ideas:
act, deed, fellow worker
Definition:
In the Bible, the terms "work," "deed," and "act" are used to refer generally to things that God or people do.
- God's "works" and the "work of his hands" are expressions that refer to all the things he does or has done, including creating the world, saving sinners, providing for the needs of all creation and keeping the entire universe in place. The terms "deeds" and "acts" are also used to refer to God's miracles in expressions such as "mighty acts" or "marvelous deeds."
- The Holy Spirit empowers believers to do good works, which are also called "good fruit."
- The term "work" can also refer to "service" or "ministry."
- People are not saved by their good works; they are saved through faith in Jesus.
- The term "fellow worker" means someone who does a ministry along with someone else.
Translation Suggestions:
- Other ways to translate "works" or "deeds" could be "actions" or "things that are done."
- When referring to God's "works" or "deeds" and the "work of his hands," these expressions could also be translated as "miracles" or "mighty acts" or "amazing things he does."
- The expression "the work of God" could be translated as "the things that God is doing" or "the miracles God does" or "the amazing things that God does" or "everything God has accomplished."
- The expression "your work in the Lord" could also be translated as "what you do for the Lord."
- The expression "examine your own work" could also be translated as "make sure what you are doing is God's will" or "make sure that what you are doing pleases God."
- The expression "the work of the Holy Spirit" could be translated as "the empowering of the Holy Spirit" or "the ministry of the Holy Spirit" or "the things that the Holy Spirit does."
(See also: fruit, Holy Spirit, miracle)
Bible References:
- 1 John 03:12
- Acts 02:8-11
- Daniel 04:37
- Exodus 34:10-11
- Galatians 02:15-16
- James 02:17
- Matthew 16:27-28
- Micah 02:07
- Romans 03:28
- Titus 03:4-5
Word Data:
- Strong's: H1576, H4399, H4566, H4567, H4611, H4639, H4659, H5673, H5949, H5998, H6213, H6466, H6468, G1754, G2038, G2040, G2041, G2716, G3173
Forms Found in the English ULB:
act, action, actions, activities, acts, deed, deeds, fellow worker, fellow workers, work, works
world
Related Ideas:
universe, worldly
Definition:
The term "world" usually refers to the part of the universe where people live: the earth. The term "worldly" describes the evil values and behaviors of people living in this world.
- In its most general sense, the term "world" refers to the heavens and the earth, as well as everything in them.
- In many contexts, "world" actually means "people in the world."
- Sometimes it is implied that this refers to the evil people on earth or the people who do not obey God.
- The apostles also used "world" to refer to the selfish behaviors and corrupt values of the people living in this world. This can include self-righteous religious practices which are based on human efforts.
- People and things characterized by these values are said to be "worldly."
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, "world" could also be translated as "universe" or "people of this world" or "corrupt things in the world" or "evil attitudes of people in the world."
- The phrase "all the world" often means "many people" and refers to the people living in a certain region. For example, "all the world came to Egypt" could be translated as "many people from the surrounding countries came to Egypt" or "people from all the countries surrounding Egypt came there."
- Another way to translate "all the world went to their hometown to be registered in the Roman census" would be "many of the people living in regions ruled by the Roman empire went..."
- Depending on the context, the term "worldly" could be translated as, "evil" or "sinful" or "selfish" or "ungodly" or "corrupt" or "influenced by the corrupt values of people in this world."
- The phrase "saying these things in the world" can be translated as "saying these things to the people of the world."
- In other contexts, "in the world" could also be translated as "living among the people of the world" or "living among ungodly people."
(See also: corrupt, heaven, Rome, godly)
Bible References:
- 1 John 02:15
- 1 John 04:05
- 1 John 05:05
- John 01:29
- Matthew 13:36-39
Word Data:
- Strong's: H776, H2309, H2465, H2717, H5769, H8398, G165, G1093, G2886, G2889, G3625
Forms Found in the English ULB:
universe, world, world's, worldly
world
Related Ideas:
universe, worldly
Definition:
The term "world" usually refers to the part of the universe where people live: the earth. The term "worldly" describes the evil values and behaviors of people living in this world.
- In its most general sense, the term "world" refers to the heavens and the earth, as well as everything in them.
- In many contexts, "world" actually means "people in the world."
- Sometimes it is implied that this refers to the evil people on earth or the people who do not obey God.
- The apostles also used "world" to refer to the selfish behaviors and corrupt values of the people living in this world. This can include self-righteous religious practices which are based on human efforts.
- People and things characterized by these values are said to be "worldly."
Translation Suggestions:
- Depending on the context, "world" could also be translated as "universe" or "people of this world" or "corrupt things in the world" or "evil attitudes of people in the world."
- The phrase "all the world" often means "many people" and refers to the people living in a certain region. For example, "all the world came to Egypt" could be translated as "many people from the surrounding countries came to Egypt" or "people from all the countries surrounding Egypt came there."
- Another way to translate "all the world went to their hometown to be registered in the Roman census" would be "many of the people living in regions ruled by the Roman empire went..."
- Depending on the context, the term "worldly" could be translated as, "evil" or "sinful" or "selfish" or "ungodly" or "corrupt" or "influenced by the corrupt values of people in this world."
- The phrase "saying these things in the world" can be translated as "saying these things to the people of the world."
- In other contexts, "in the world" could also be translated as "living among the people of the world" or "living among ungodly people."
(See also: corrupt, heaven, Rome, godly)
Bible References:
- 1 John 02:15
- 1 John 04:05
- 1 John 05:05
- John 01:29
- Matthew 13:36-39
Word Data:
- Strong's: H776, H2309, H2465, H2717, H5769, H8398, G165, G1093, G2886, G2889, G3625
Forms Found in the English ULB:
universe, world, world's, worldly
worship
Related Ideas:
worshiper
Definition:
To "worship" means to honor, praise and obey someone, especially God.
- When the Israelites worshiped God, it often included sacrificing an animal on an altar.
- Often people bow down when they worship someone.
- Some people worshiped false gods.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "worship" could be translated as "bow down to" or "honor and serve" or "honor and obey."
- In some contexts, it could also be translated as "humbly praise" or "give honor and praise."
(See also: sacrifice, praise, honor)
Bible References:
- Colossians 02:18-19
- Deuteronomy 29:18
- Exodus 03:11-12
- Luke 04:07
- Matthew 02:02
- Matthew 02:08
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5457, H5647, H7812, G1391, G2151, G2152, G2323, G2356, G2999, G3000, G3008, H3372, G4352, G4353, G4573, G4574, G4576
Forms Found in the English ULB:
worship, worshiped, worshiper's, worshipers, worshiping, worships
worship
Related Ideas:
worshiper
Definition:
To "worship" means to honor, praise and obey someone, especially God.
- When the Israelites worshiped God, it often included sacrificing an animal on an altar.
- Often people bow down when they worship someone.
- Some people worshiped false gods.
Translation Suggestions:
- The term "worship" could be translated as "bow down to" or "honor and serve" or "honor and obey."
- In some contexts, it could also be translated as "humbly praise" or "give honor and praise."
(See also: sacrifice, praise, honor)
Bible References:
- Colossians 02:18-19
- Deuteronomy 29:18
- Exodus 03:11-12
- Luke 04:07
- Matthew 02:02
- Matthew 02:08
Word Data:
- Strong's: H5457, H5647, H7812, G1391, G2151, G2152, G2323, G2356, G2999, G3000, G3008, H3372, G4352, G4353, G4573, G4574, G4576
Forms Found in the English ULB:
worship, worshiped, worshiper's, worshipers, worshiping, worships
worthy
Related Ideas:
deserve, nullify, unworthy, worth, worthily, worthless, worthlessness, worthy
Definition:
The term "worthy" describes someone or something that deserves respect or honor. To "have worth" means to be valuable or important.
- Being "worthy" is related to being valuable or having importance.
- To do something "worthily" means to do something in a worthy way.
- To be "unworthy" means to not be deserving of any honor or recognition.
- To be "worthless" means to not have any purpose or value.
- To "nullify" something is to make it worth nothing.
Translation Suggestions:
- "Worthy" could be translated as "deserving" or "important" or "valuable."
- The word "worth" could be translated as "value" or "importance."
- The phrase to "have worth" could also be translated as to "be valuable" or to "be important."
- The phrase "is worth more than" could be translated as "is more valuable than."
- Depending on the context, the term, "unworthy" could also be translated as "unimportant" or "dishonorable" or "undeserving."
- The term "worthless" could be translated as "with no value" or "with no purpose" or "worth nothing."
(See also: honor)
Bible References:
- 2 Samuel 22:04
- 2 Thessalonians 01:11-12
- Acts 13:25
- Acts 25:25-27
- Acts 26:31
- Colossians 01:9-10
- Jeremiah 08:19
- Mark 01:07
- Matthew 03:10-12
- Philippians 01:25-27
Word Data:
- Strong's: H457, H1100, H2428, H3276, H3644, H4242, H4373, H4392, H4592, H4941, H5541, H6994, H7385, H7386, H7723, H7939, H8602, G96, G514, G515, G516, G888, G1777, G2425, G2480, G2661, G3152, G4186, G5092
Forms Found in the English ULB:
deserve, deserved, deserves, deserving, nullify, unworthy, worth, worthily, worthless, worthlessness, worthy
worthy
Related Ideas:
deserve, nullify, unworthy, worth, worthily, worthless, worthlessness, worthy
Definition:
The term "worthy" describes someone or something that deserves respect or honor. To "have worth" means to be valuable or important.
- Being "worthy" is related to being valuable or having importance.
- To do something "worthily" means to do something in a worthy way.
- To be "unworthy" means to not be deserving of any honor or recognition.
- To be "worthless" means to not have any purpose or value.
- To "nullify" something is to make it worth nothing.
Translation Suggestions:
- "Worthy" could be translated as "deserving" or "important" or "valuable."
- The word "worth" could be translated as "value" or "importance."
- The phrase to "have worth" could also be translated as to "be valuable" or to "be important."
- The phrase "is worth more than" could be translated as "is more valuable than."
- Depending on the context, the term, "unworthy" could also be translated as "unimportant" or "dishonorable" or "undeserving."
- The term "worthless" could be translated as "with no value" or "with no purpose" or "worth nothing."
(See also: honor)
Bible References:
- 2 Samuel 22:04
- 2 Thessalonians 01:11-12
- Acts 13:25
- Acts 25:25-27
- Acts 26:31
- Colossians 01:9-10
- Jeremiah 08:19
- Mark 01:07
- Matthew 03:10-12
- Philippians 01:25-27
Word Data:
- Strong's: H457, H1100, H2428, H3276, H3644, H4242, H4373, H4392, H4592, H4941, H5541, H6994, H7385, H7386, H7723, H7939, H8602, G96, G514, G515, G516, G888, G1777, G2425, G2480, G2661, G3152, G4186, G5092
Forms Found in the English ULB:
deserve, deserved, deserves, deserving, nullify, unworthy, worth, worthily, worthless, worthlessness, worthy
wrong
Related Ideas:
defraud, hurt, mistreat, wrongdoer, wrongdoing
Definition:
To "wrong" someone means to treat that person unjustly and dishonestly.
- Wrongdoing is the act of doing what is wrong. It can also refer to a behavior that is wrong.
- The term "defraud" means to illegally take money from someone by lying to them. Another word for this is "cheat."
- The terms "hurt" is more general and means to "cause someone harm in some way." It often has the meaning of "physically injure."
- The term "mistreat" means to act badly or roughly toward someone, causing physical or emotional harm to that person.
- Depending on the context, these terms could also be translated as "do wrong to" or, "treat unjustly" or "cause harm to" or treat in a harmful way" or "injure."
Bible References:
- Acts 07:26
- Exodus 22:21
- Genesis 16:05
- Luke 06:28
- Matthew 20:13-14
- Psalms 071:13
Word Data:
- Strong's: H205, H816, H2248, H2255, H2257, H2398, H2554, H2555, H3238, H3637, H4347, H4834, H5062, H5142, H5230, H5627, H5753, H5766, H5791, H5792, H5916, H5932, H6031, H6087, H6127, H6231, H6485, H6565, H6586, H7451, H7489, H7563, H7665, H7686, H8133, H8267, H8295, H8604, G91, G92, G93, G264, G824, G983, G984, G1536, G1651, G1727, G1908, G2556, G2559, G2607, G3076, G3077, G3762, G4122, G4550, G5195, G5196
Forms Found in the English ULB:
defraud, hurt, hurting, hurts, mistreat, mistreated, wrong, wrongdoer, wrongdoing, wronged, wrongfully, wronging, wrongs
wrong
Related Ideas:
defraud, hurt, mistreat, wrongdoer, wrongdoing
Definition:
To "wrong" someone means to treat that person unjustly and dishonestly.
- Wrongdoing is the act of doing what is wrong. It can also refer to a behavior that is wrong.
- The term "defraud" means to illegally take money from someone by lying to them. Another word for this is "cheat."
- The terms "hurt" is more general and means to "cause someone harm in some way." It often has the meaning of "physically injure."
- The term "mistreat" means to act badly or roughly toward someone, causing physical or emotional harm to that person.
- Depending on the context, these terms could also be translated as "do wrong to" or, "treat unjustly" or "cause harm to" or treat in a harmful way" or "injure."
Bible References:
- Acts 07:26
- Exodus 22:21
- Genesis 16:05
- Luke 06:28
- Matthew 20:13-14
- Psalms 071:13
Word Data:
- Strong's: H205, H816, H2248, H2255, H2257, H2398, H2554, H2555, H3238, H3637, H4347, H4834, H5062, H5142, H5230, H5627, H5753, H5766, H5791, H5792, H5916, H5932, H6031, H6087, H6127, H6231, H6485, H6565, H6586, H7451, H7489, H7563, H7665, H7686, H8133, H8267, H8295, H8604, G91, G92, G93, G264, G824, G983, G984, G1536, G1651, G1727, G1908, G2556, G2559, G2607, G3076, G3077, G3762, G4122, G4550, G5195, G5196
Forms Found in the English ULB:
defraud, hurt, hurting, hurts, mistreat, mistreated, wrong, wrongdoer, wrongdoing, wronged, wrongfully, wronging, wrongs
year
Definition:
When used literally, the term "year" in the Bible refers to a period of time lasting 354 days. This is according to the lunar calendar system which is based on the time it takes for the moon to go around the earth.
- A year in the modern-day solar calendar lasts 365 days divided into 12 months, based on the amount of time it takes for the earth to travel around the sun.
- In both calendar systems a year has 12 months. But an extra 13th month is sometimes added to the year in the lunar calendar to make up for the fact that a lunar year is 11 days less than a solar year. This helps keep the two calendars more in line with each other.
- In the Bible, the term "year" is also used in a figurative sense to refer to a general time when a special event takes place. Examples of this include, "the year of Yahweh" or "in the year of drought" or "the favorable year of the Lord." In these contexts, "year" could be translated as "time" or "season" or "time period."
(See also: month)
Bible References:
- 2 Kings 23:31
- Acts 19:8-10
- Daniel 08:01
- Exodus 12:02
Word Data:
- Strong's: H7620, H8140, H8141, G1763, G2094
Forms Found in the English ULB:
year, years
year
Definition:
When used literally, the term "year" in the Bible refers to a period of time lasting 354 days. This is according to the lunar calendar system which is based on the time it takes for the moon to go around the earth.
- A year in the modern-day solar calendar lasts 365 days divided into 12 months, based on the amount of time it takes for the earth to travel around the sun.
- In both calendar systems a year has 12 months. But an extra 13th month is sometimes added to the year in the lunar calendar to make up for the fact that a lunar year is 11 days less than a solar year. This helps keep the two calendars more in line with each other.
- In the Bible, the term "year" is also used in a figurative sense to refer to a general time when a special event takes place. Examples of this include, "the year of Yahweh" or "in the year of drought" or "the favorable year of the Lord." In these contexts, "year" could be translated as "time" or "season" or "time period."
(See also: month)
Bible References:
- 2 Kings 23:31
- Acts 19:8-10
- Daniel 08:01
- Exodus 12:02
Word Data:
- Strong's: H7620, H8140, H8141, G1763, G2094
Forms Found in the English ULB:
year, years
yoke
Definition:
A yoke is a piece of wood or metal attached to two or more animals to connect them for the purpose of pulling a plow or a cart. There are also several figurative meanings for this term.
- The term "yoke" is used figuratively to refer to something that joins people for the purpose of working together, such as in serving Jesus.
- Paul used the term "yokefellow" to refer to someone who was serving Christ as he was. This could also be translated as "fellow worker" or "fellow servant" or "coworker."
- The term "yoke" is also often used figuratively to refer to a heavy load that someone has to carry, such as when being oppressed by slavery or persecution.
- In most contexts, it is best to translate this term literally, using the local term for a yoke that is used for farming.
- Other ways to translate the figurative use of this term could be, "oppressive burden" or "heavy load" or "bond," depending on the context.
(See also: bind, burden, oppress, persecute, servant)
Bible References:
- Acts 15:10
- Galatians 05:01
- Genesis 27:40
- Isaiah 09:04
- Jeremiah 27:04
- Matthew 11:30
- Philippians 04:03
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3627, H4132, H5674, H5923, H6776, G2086, G2218
Forms Found in the English ULB:
yoke, yoked, yoked ... together, yokes
yoke
Definition:
A yoke is a piece of wood or metal attached to two or more animals to connect them for the purpose of pulling a plow or a cart. There are also several figurative meanings for this term.
- The term "yoke" is used figuratively to refer to something that joins people for the purpose of working together, such as in serving Jesus.
- Paul used the term "yokefellow" to refer to someone who was serving Christ as he was. This could also be translated as "fellow worker" or "fellow servant" or "coworker."
- The term "yoke" is also often used figuratively to refer to a heavy load that someone has to carry, such as when being oppressed by slavery or persecution.
- In most contexts, it is best to translate this term literally, using the local term for a yoke that is used for farming.
- Other ways to translate the figurative use of this term could be, "oppressive burden" or "heavy load" or "bond," depending on the context.
(See also: bind, burden, oppress, persecute, servant)
Bible References:
- Acts 15:10
- Galatians 05:01
- Genesis 27:40
- Isaiah 09:04
- Jeremiah 27:04
- Matthew 11:30
- Philippians 04:03
Word Data:
- Strong's: H3627, H4132, H5674, H5923, H6776, G2086, G2218
Forms Found in the English ULB:
yoke, yoked, yoked ... together, yokes
zeal
Related Ideas:
diligence, diligent, eager, eagerness, zealous, zealously
Definition:
The terms "zeal" and "zealous" refer to being strongly devoted to supporting a person or idea.
- Zeal includes having strong desire and actions that promote a good cause. It is often used to describe someone who faithfully obeys God and teaches others to do that too.
- Being zealous includes putting intense effort into doing something and continuing to persevere in that effort.
- The "zeal of the Lord" or the "zeal of Yahweh" refers to God's strong, persistent actions to bless his people or to see justice done.
Translation Suggestions:
- To "be zealous" could also be translated by, "be strongly diligent" or "make an intense effort."
- The term "zeal" could also be translated as "energetic devotion" or "eager determination" or "righteous enthusiasm."
- The phrase, "zeal for your house" could be translated, "strongly honoring your temple" or "fervent desire to take care of your house."
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 12:31
- 1 Kings 19:9-10
- Acts 22:03
- Galatians 04:17
- Isaiah 63:15
- John 02:17-19
- Philippians 03:06
- Romans 10:1-3
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2734, H7065, H7068, G2205, G2206, G2207, G4710
Forms Found in the English ULB:
diligence, diligent, eager, eagerness, making ... effort, zeal, zealous, zealously
zeal
Related Ideas:
diligence, diligent, eager, eagerness, zealous, zealously
Definition:
The terms "zeal" and "zealous" refer to being strongly devoted to supporting a person or idea.
- Zeal includes having strong desire and actions that promote a good cause. It is often used to describe someone who faithfully obeys God and teaches others to do that too.
- Being zealous includes putting intense effort into doing something and continuing to persevere in that effort.
- The "zeal of the Lord" or the "zeal of Yahweh" refers to God's strong, persistent actions to bless his people or to see justice done.
Translation Suggestions:
- To "be zealous" could also be translated by, "be strongly diligent" or "make an intense effort."
- The term "zeal" could also be translated as "energetic devotion" or "eager determination" or "righteous enthusiasm."
- The phrase, "zeal for your house" could be translated, "strongly honoring your temple" or "fervent desire to take care of your house."
Bible References:
- 1 Corinthians 12:31
- 1 Kings 19:9-10
- Acts 22:03
- Galatians 04:17
- Isaiah 63:15
- John 02:17-19
- Philippians 03:06
- Romans 10:1-3
Word Data:
- Strong's: H2734, H7065, H7068, G2205, G2206, G2207, G4710
Forms Found in the English ULB:
diligence, diligent, eager, eagerness, making ... effort, zeal, zealous, zealously